Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 5

Rudolf F.
&
William Sheets
Encyclopedia of
ELECTRONIC .&.-!
CIRCUITS
Volum0 6
Encyclopedia of
ELECTRONIC
CIRCUITS
Volume 5
Patent notice
Purchasers and other users of this book are advised that several projects de-
scribed herein could be proprietary devices covered by letters patent owned or ap-
plied for. Their inclusion in this book does not, by implication or otherwise, grant any
license under such patents or patent rights for commerical use. No one participating
in the preparation or publication of this book assumes responsibility for any liability
resulting from unlicensed use of information contained herein.
NAZIR MATNI ELECTRONICS
HALBOUNI, MOSALAM BAROUDI STR , DIAB BLDG. FU l,P.O.BOX J2011
DAMASCUS - SYRIA
TEL:+963-11 -22211 61 FAX :+963 -11-2239468
E-Mail: nazir@matni.com www .matni.com
Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

All kinds Electronic Components , Pruts , Devices, .... ...... .. .. .... .
~I j..li ~~~I - ~J 4;.J-lj.l f .t
-.,;JJS:h ...,. ~JiJ _r.; - -.,;Jy.S:l1' ..:..1~1 J &il' t '.fi a\S" ~jiJ ~'Jl"-'1'
1,1.\all ..:,\S"_r.ll j..Ati 4.Y' t. lj~ I ~_r. i i _,..:.y ~ J.r-J ~
2239468..,-s'li 2221161- 2451161 ~"'\.lo -"'~))~.,~, ~ u-~- '.)~- ~~
E .mail:nazir@matni.com www.matni.com
Encyclopedia of
ELECTRONIC
CIRCUITS
Volume 5
Rudolf F. Graf
&
William Sheets
TAB Books
Division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.
New York San Franc1sco Washington, D.C. Aucklcmd Bogota
Caracas Lisbon London Madrid Mexico City Milan
Montreal New Delhi San Juan Singapore
Sydney Tokyo Toronto
1995 by Rudolf F. Gral and William Shaats.
Published by TAB Books, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.
Printed in the Un-ited States of America. All rights reserved. The publisher takes no
responsibility for the use of any of the materials or methods described in this book,
nor for the products thereof.
pbk 5678910111213/998765
Library of Congress Cataloging-In-Publication Data

(Revised lor vol. 5)
Graf, Rudolf F.
The encyclopedia of electronics circuits.
Authors for v. 5- :Rudolf F. Graf & William

Sheets.
Includes bibliographical references and indexes.
1. Electronic circuits-Encyclopedias. I. Sheets,
William. II. Tille.
TK7867G66 1985 621.3815 84-26772
ISBN 0-8306-0938-5 (v. 1)
ISBN 0-8306-1938-0 (pbk. : v. 1)
ISBN 0-8306-3138-0 (pbk. : v 2)
ISBN 0-8306-3138-0 (v. 2)
ISBN 0-8306-3348-0 (pbk. : v. 3)
ISBN 0-8306-7348-2 (v. 3)
ISBN 0-8306-3895-4 (pbk. : v. 4)
ISBN 0-8306-3896-2 (v. 4)
ISBN 0-07-011077-8 (pbk.: v. 5)
ISBN 0-07-011076-X (v. 5)
Acquisitions Editor: Roland S, Phelps

Editorial team: Andrew Yoder, Book Editor
Joanne Slike, Executive Editor
Production Team: Katherine G. Brown, Director
Jan Fisher, Coding
Lisa M. Melloll, Coding
Rose McFarland, Layout
Linda L. King, Proofreading
Nancy K. Mickley Proofreading
Joann Woy, Indexer
Design team: Jaclyn J. Boone, Designer
Brian Allison, Associate Designer
Cover design: Stickles Associates, Bath, Pa. EL 1
0110778
Contents
Introduction xi
1 Alarm and Security Circuits 1
2 Amplifier Circuits 17
3 Analog-to-Digital Converter Circuits 27
4 Antenna Circuits 31
5 Audio Power Amplifier Circuits 39
6 Audio Signal Amplifier Circuits 52
7 Automatic Level Control Circuits 60
8 Automotive Circuits 63
9 Battery Charger Circuits 78
10 Battery Test and Monitor Circuits 82
11 Buffer Circuits 90
12 Carrier-Current Circuits 94
13 Clock Circuit 97
14 Code Practice Circuits 100
15 Color Organ Circuit 104
16 Computer Circuits 106
17 Control Circuits 111
18 Converter Circuits 116
19 Counter Circuits 129
20 Crystal Oscillator and Test Circuits 134
21 Current Source Circuits 141
22 Current Limiter and Control Circuits 144
23 Delay Circuit 147
24 Detector, Demodulator, and Discriminator Circuits 149
25 Digital Circuits 156
26 Display Circuits 161
27 Doorbell Circuits 168
28 Fax Circuit 171
29 Field -Strength Meter Circuits 174
30 Filter Circuits 177
31 Flasher Circuits 192
32 Frequency Multiplier Circuit 198
33 Function and Signal Generator Circuits 200
34 Game Circuits 208
35 Gas Detector Circuits 212
36 Gate Circuit 215
37 Geiger Counter Circuits 217
38 Hall Effect Circuits 220
39 Infrared Circuits 223
40 Indicator Circuits 230
41 Instrumentation Amplifier Circuits 233
42 Integrator Circuit 236
43 Intercom Circuits 238
44 Interface Circuits 241
45 Inverter Circuits 245
46 Ion Generator Circuit 248
47 Laser Circuits 250
48 Lie Detector Circuit 255
49 Light-Beam Communication Circuits 257
50 Light-Control Circuits 262
51 Light-Controlled Circuits 272
52 Light Sources Circuits 280
53 Load-Sensing Circuits 284
54 Mathematical Circuits 286
55 Measuring and Test Circuits 289
56 Metal Detector Circuits 322
57 Miscellaneous Treasures 325
58 Mixer Circuits 359
59 Modulator Circuits 365
60 Monitor Circuits 368
61 Moisture & Fluid Detector Circuits 373
62 Motion Detector Circuits 376
63 Motor Control Circuits 378
64 Multiplexer Circuit 382
65 Multivibrator Circuits 384
66 Musical Circuits 389
67 Noise-Generator Circuit 394
68 Noise-Limiting Circuits 396
69 Operational Amplifier Circuits 399
70 Optical Circuits 404
71 Oscillator Circuits 410
72 Oscilloscope Circuits 422
73 Pest Control Circuits 427
74 Phase-Shifter Circuits 429
75 Photography Related Circuits 432
76 Piezo Circuits 439
77 Power Supply Circuits-High Voltage 442
78 Power Supply Circuits-Low Voltage 448
79 Probe Circuits 473
80 Protection Circuits 475
81 Proximity Circuits 484
82 Pulse-Generator Circuits 487
83 Receiver Circuits 493
84 Relay Circuits 504
85 Remote-Control Circuits 508
86 RF Amplifier Circuits 514
87 RF Oscillator Circuits 528
88 Sample-and-Hold Circuits 533
89 SCA Circuit 535
90 Shutdown Circuits 537
91 Sine-Wave Oscillator Circuits 539
92 Sound- and Voice-Controlled Circuits 545
93 Sound-Effects Circuits 556
94 Square-Wave Generator Circuits 568
95 Stepper Motor Circuits 571
96 Stereo Circuits 574
97 Switching Circuits 585
98 Synch Circuits 594
99 Tachometer Circuits 596
100 Telephone-Related Circuits 599
101 Temperature-Related Circuits 616
102 Timer Circuits 621
103 Tone Circuits 628
104 Tone-Control Circuits 630
105 Touch-Control Circuits 632
106 Transmitter Circuits 636
107 Ultrasonic Circuits 650
108 Video Circuits 654
109 Voltage-Controlled Oscillator Circuits 663
110 Voltage-Converter/Inverter Circuits 668
111 Voltage Multiplier Circuits 670
112 Window Comparator and Discriminator Circuits 673
Sources 675
Index 699
Introduction
The Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits, Volume V adds approximately I 000 new

circuits to the treasury of carefully chosen circuits that cover nearly every phase of
Loday's electronic technology. These five volumes contain a wealth of new ideas and
up-to-date circuits garnered from prestigious industry sources. Also included are
some of the authors' original designs.
Each circuit is accompanied by a brief explanation of how it works, unless the cir-
cuit's operation is either obvious or too complex to describe in a few words. In the lat-
ter case, the reader should consult the original source listed in the back of the hook.
The index includes all entries from Volumes I to V. This provides instant access to
about 5000 circuits, which make up the Inost extensive collection of carefully catego-
rized modern circuits availahle anywhere.
Once again, the authors wish to extend their thanks to Ms. Loretta Gonsalves,
whot::e virtuof::IO performance at the word proces8or contributed so much to the sue>
cessful completion of the manuscript for this work. We look forward to the pleasure
of working with her on Volume VI, which is now under development.
Rudolf F. Graf and William Sheets
xi
1
Alarm and Security Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
675. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
High-Power Alarm Driver Exit Delay for Burglar Alarms

Multi-Loop Parallel Alarm 555-Based Alarm
Series/Parallel Loop Alarm Light-Beam Alarm for Intrusion Detection
Parallel Loop Alarm Light-Activated Alarm with Latch
Closed-Loop Alarm Precision Light-Activated Alarm
Delayed Alarm Dark-Activated Alarm with Pulsed Tone Output
Door Minder Light-Beam Alarm Preampllfl.er
Strobe Alert System Precision Light Alarm with Hysteresis
Warble Alarm High-Output Pulsed-Tone/Light-Activated Alarm
Audio Alarm Self-Latching Light Alarm with Tone Output
No-Doze Alarm Alarm Sounder for Flex Switch
Heat- or Light-Activated Alarm Burglar Chaser
Piezoelectric Alarm Silent Alarm
HIGH-POWER ALARM DRIVER
S1 +6-12V
RESET In this circuit, a low-powered 8CR is used to
trigger a higher powered SCR. When a switch is
opening (82, 83, 84) or closing (85, 86, 87), ei-
ther 8CR1 or 8CR2 triggers. This triggers SCR3
via Dl, D2, and R5. BZl is a high-powered alarm
of the non interrupting type.
D2
1N4001
s2 o:o
"=" *SEE TEXT
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-1
MULTI-LOOP PARALLEL ALARM
This alarm has status LBDs connected across each inverter output to indicate the status of its as-
sociated sensor. 88 is used to monitor the switches via the LEDs, or to trigger an alarm via Ql and
SCRl. BZl should be a suitable alarm of the noninterrupting type.
2
SERIES/PARALLEL LOOP ALARM
SENSOR
S2 LOOP
Two SCRs are used with two sensor loops. One loop uses series switches, the other loop parallel
switches. When a switch actuation occurs, the SCR triggers. The alarm should be a noninterrupting
type.
PARALLEL LOOP ALARM CLOSED-LOOP ALARM
sEE TEXT
6 12V
S2"
SENSOR $3"
S1
LOOP RESET
C2 R1
.1 S4'
4.7K

Four parallel switches are used to monitor A string of three series-connected, normally
four positions. When a closure occurs on any closed switches are connected across the gate of
switch, SCRl triggers, which sounds the alarm. an SCR. When one opens, the SCR triggers via
The alarm should be of the noninterrupting type. Rl, sounding an alarm. The alarm should be of
the noninterrupting type.
3
DELAYED ALARM
-~- ... g 12V
0$1
t
SENSOR
?N.C. 3
R1 OJ
Rg lK ....._ Cl 1N4001
10K ~ 1 R2
1K
...!... -
7 +9-12V C5
o-~~~~~~-_j .1
53 TO OTHER 02 R3 R5
N.C. lOOK
RESET SENSOR 1N914 lK
CIRCUITS
R6
470.1~
The alarm/sensor circuit shown is built armmd two SCRs, a transistor, a 4049 hex inverter, and a
few support components, all of which combine to form a closed-loop detection circuit with a delay
feature. The delay feature allows you to enter a protected area and deactivate the circuit before the
sounder goes off.
Assuming that the protected area has not been breached (i.e., Sl is in its normally-closed posi-
tion), when power is first applied to the circuit, a positive voltage is applied to the input of Ul-a
through Sl and Rl, causing its output to go low. That low is applied to the gate of SCRl, causing it to
remain off. At the same time, C6 rapidly charges toward the+ V supply rail through S2, LED2, R4, and
D3. The charge on C6 pulls pin 5 of Ul-b high, causing its output at pin 4 to be low. That low is ap-
plied to the base of Ql, keeping it off. Because no trigger voltage is applied to the gate of SCR2 (Via
Ql), the SCR remains off and BZl does not sound.
But should Sl open, the input of Ul-a is pulled low via R9, forcing the output of Ul-a high, light-
ing LED!. That high is also applied to the gate of SCRl through Dl and R3, causing SCRl to tum on.
With SCRl conducting, the charge on C6 decays, the input of Ul-b at pin 5 is pulled low, forcing its
output high, slowing charging C8 through R8 to a voltage slightly less than the positive supply rail.
Transistor Ql remains off until C8 has charged to a level sufficient to bias Ql on, allowing suffi-
cient time to enter the protected area and disable the alarm before it sounds. Once C8 has developed
a sufficient charge, Ql turns on and supplies gate current to SCR2 through R6, causing the SCR to
turn on and activate BZl. If the circuit is reset before the delay has timed out, no alarm will sound.
The delay time can be lengthened by increasing the value of either or both C6 and R5; decreas-
ing the value of either or both of those components will shorten the delay time.
All of the switches used in the circuit are of the normally-closed (NC) variety. Switch Sl can be
any type of NC security switch. Switch S2 can be either a pushbutton or toggle switch. Because S3 is
used to disable the sounder (BZl) only, anything from a key-operated security switch to a hidden
toggle switch can be used.
4
DOOR MINDER
+8V
R1
470K 01 R2
1NI14 10K A6
s1 C1 + 10K
100 +
C2
'
100!
.... -
.... +8V A3
47K
R4
100K
A9
C11 220K
REGULATED .... 01
U3 +8V
.... LM711.08 SOURCE
02 R12
R13 100K
1N4001 10K
+12V
03 +
1N4001
C10
100 I
.... C7
R14
+ 10K .01 R10
+ C8 4.7K
R16 C14 10
R15
100 220
SPKA1
.... R11
4.7K
C6
10K .01
8-160
C13
.047 -
....
This circuit monitors a door to determine if it has been left open. After 24 seconds, the alarm sounds. Sl is a magnetic sen-
sor. The alarm is an electronic chime sound that is struck once per second.
"'
STROBE ALERT SYSTEM
+330V
R2 R1
52 7501< 1MEG l1
R20
SEE TEXT
TEST
..L
C2
0.047
SEE TEXT
II
J1 T1
.,. TO
U1 POWER
SUPPlY
VTLSC3
FROM
SENSOR
R4
4.7MEG
J2
C1 TP1
0.1
R3 TP2
470K
.,.
A
F1 R6
1A 5000
'R7
4701< POWER SUPPLY
lNPUT.,117VAC R8
OUTPUT~12VDC ~v 470U
20mAOA
SO. MAY '
D 02 BE 'PLUGIN"
'
1N4007 IN4007 TYPE
'
GNO ''
51
1
' TO
rl
+ + +'
C18 :f: STROBE
CIRCUIT
'
C5
100 R5
470K
C4
100 If '
'
''
52
'
+330V ~SEE TEXT
''
GROUND
OUT -
TO STROBE c
SEE TEXT CIRCUIT
B
1992 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK
The circuit is activated by an LED/photorcsistor isolator (Ul), which is a combination of a light-

dependent resistor (LDR) and an LED in a single package. That device was chosen because of its
high isolation (2000 V) characteristic, which is necessary because the strobe part of the circuit is di-
rectly connected to the ac line.
6
STROBE ALERT SYSTEM (Cont.)
The voltage divider is formed by R2, Ll1's internal resistance, and R:3. When U1's internal LED is
off, U1's internal LDR has a very high resistance-on the order of 10 MO. The voltage applied to NEI
is considerably below its ignition voltage of approximately 90 Vde.
The optoisolator's internal LED is activated by a de signal supplying 20 mA. The external sen-
sor(s) that supply the signal are connected to the strohe part ofthe circuit at .Jl and .12.
When the internal LED lights, the LDR's resistance decreases to around 5 kQ. Under that con-
dition, about 125 Vdc is applied across C1, R4, and C2. The neon lamp periodically fires and extin-
guishes as capacitor C3 charges through R4, and discharges via NE l and the SCR gate.
Resistor R4 restricts the current input to C3, and thereby controls the firing rate of NE 1-about
three times per second. The discharge through NE 1 is applied to the gate of SCR1.
SCRI, a sensitive-gate unit, snaps on immediately when NEl conducts, which completes.the
ground circuit for transformer Tl (a 4-kV trigger transformer). As SCR1 toggles on and off in time
with the firing of NE 1, capacitor C2 Cconnected in parallel with T 1's primary) charges via Rl, and
then discharges very rapidly through Tl 's primary winding. A voltage pulse is applied to the trigger
input of FL1, a Xenon flash lamp.
It is important to remember that the circuit is cormected directly to the ac line. Resistor R6 is in-
cluded to limit the amount of line current available to the circuit. The value of R6 can be decreased
if you intend to modify the circuit for more flash power.
Warning: Even though the circuit is fuse-protected, it can still be dangerous if handled care-
lessly.
WARBLE ALARM
+ 12 v
10 kil 10 k!1-
1 N4007
10 4
+220 1'-F 100 kil

25V R2
R1 TIP
3055
100 300
5 C2
n n
7
C1 0.022
10 1'-F 0.01 1'-F 1'-F ""
IC1 NE556 dual time
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 1-9
This circuit uses a 556 to first generate a low frequency square wave, that is moduiated to pro-
duce two alternate tones of about 400 and 500Hz. Circuit generates warble alarm of European emer-
gency vehicles. The frequencies of the oscillators are determined by the vaiues of Rl, Cl and R2, C2.
7
AUDIO ALARM
R9
Rl lOK
2.2K
Dl All
1N914 lOK
C3 02
47 RlO 2N3906
25V RJ
lOK lOK
02
1N914
In the circuit, Ul amplifies the audio picked up by the condenser microphone. Resistor Rllim-
its current, while R2 and R3 center the output of the amplifier to ~B+ to allow a single-ended sup-
ply to be used. Diodes Dl and D2 rectify the output of Ul, and C3 fJ.!ters the resulting pulsing de.
Thus, a de voltage that is proportional to the ambient sound level is produced.
That voltage is presented to the noninverting input of U2. The inverting input is provided with
a reference voltage of between 0 and ~B+, which is set by Rll.
As long as the noise level is low enough to keep the voltage at pin 3 lower than the voltage at pin
2, the output of U2 stays low (approximately 1 V). That is enough to bias Ql partially on. A voltage
divider, formed by R8/Rl0 and Ql (when it's partially on), prevents Q2 from turning on.
When the noise level is high enough to bring the voltage at pin 3 higher than the voltage at pin
2, the output of U2 goes high. That turns Ql fully on and drives Q2 into saturation. The piezo buzzer
then sounds until the power is cut off.
NO-DOZE ALARM
Sl
~.
I" *
1
\1+
6;
47 . ) 10MEG
2 S3
09
A2
AI
'f .1
C2
1 T
This circuit sends out a loud tone if the
input switch (S2) is not retriggered at pre-
''"~
11.16 3 s1
:::; BZ1
9V / set intervals. If you fall asleep and miss re-
____,;_ U1-a R4 triggering the circuit, it will sound until you
1f~ MC14538B 4.7K
4 7 press 82.
R3 01
lOOK 18.12.13,15 2N3904
~
8
HEAT- OR LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM
1 k{l 8.2k{l
+ 12 v 8
s 2N3906 3
n Base
s 1N914
0 4
01
GND 1 k!l 6.8k{l
=
=
=
SENSOR CIRCUITS
+12V +12 v +12V +12V
Thermistor
10k{l
----.Base
r-> 10k{l 10 kfl

sensor
Darkness Light Cold Heat
WILUAM SHEETS FIG. 1-12
The tone generated by a 555 oscillator can be turned on (activated) by heat or light. That causes
Ql to conduct transistor W2 (TIP 3055).Q2 (TIP 3055) acts as an audio amplifier and speaker driver.
9
PIEZOELECTRIC ALARM
G
XDG
"( pcos [M F C1 ,C2....... .047 Disc Capacitor

01,02 .......... 2N3906 Transistor
CELL 01 A1 ....................... 6.BK Resistor
+
--' __.... 02 'I
("?}
R2 ............ ............ 33K Resistor
'
'
...!...
R4
I R1
A3....
R4........
... 200 ohm Resistor
...... 75K Resistor
[
ofC1 XDC.......... .Piezoelectric
transducer
R2
R3
"M -
1991 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 1-13
The alarm uses a fixed-frequency piezoelectric buzzer in conjunction with the cadmium-sulfide
(CDS) cell and the two-transistor circuit to provide a unique effect. Whenever light reaches the CDS
photo-electric cell, the alarm is silent. But when no light strikes the cell, transistor Ql turns on, and
the circuit emits a high-pitched tone.
The alarm consists of a piezoelectric disk that oscillates at the fixed frequency of :3.1:37 kH,, cre-
ated by transistor Q2, capacitor Cl and C2, and resistors Rl through R3. Transistor Ql is used as a
switch. It is forward-biased "on" by R4; however, the CDS cell tums Ql "off' when the light is strik-
ing it.
A CDS photo cell is made from cadmium sulfide, a semiconductor material that changes resis-
tance when the light strikes it. The greater the amount of light, the lower the resistance. The low re-
sistance conducts positive voltage to the base of pnp transistor Ql, keeping it turned "off' when the
light shines on the CDS celL As soon as the light is removed, the CDS cell provides a resistance of
over 100 kQ. That causes Ql to turn "on," allowing a positive voltage to reach the emitter lead of Q2,
which then begins to oscillate. That then causes the piezoelectric element (transducer) to produce
a loud signal.
EXIT DELAY FOR BURGLAR ALARMS
,--------~-----.-+9-12V
C1 R1 03
47 220K 1MEG
R1
Depressing Sl charges Cl to the supply
10!< voltage. This biases Ql on via bias resistors R2
S1 ami 1-<:3. A voltage is available for the duration of
1~ EXIT 01 02 04
OELAY 1N914 1N914 1N914 the delay period, to hold off the alarm circuit.
~ Cl can be increased or decreased in value to al-
TO SIMILAR
ter the delay times.
SENSOR
INPUTS
10
555-BASED ALARM
+9 -12V
LEDl
C3
s ,.
SENSOR
"SEE TEXT
The alarm circuit has a single 555 oscillator/timer (Ul) performing double duty; serving both in the
alarm-trigger circuit and \he entry-delay circuit. In this application, the trigger input of Ill at pin 2 is
held high via Rl. A normally-closed sensor switch, Sl, supplies a positive voltage to the junction of R2
and Cl, and lights LEDl. With both ends of Cl tied high, there is no charge on Cl. But when Sl opens,
Cl (initially acting as a short) momentarily pulls pin 2 of Ullow, triggering the timed delay circle.
At the beginning of the timing cycle, Ul produces a positive voltage at pin 3, which charges C4
to near the positive voltage at pin 3, which charges C4 to near the positive supply voltage. Transistor
Ql is heavily biased on by R3, keeping its collector at near ground level. With Ql on, SCRl's gate is
clamped to ground, holding it off. When the delay circuit times out, pin 3 of Ul goes low and ties the
positive end of C4 to ground. That turns Ql off.
When Ql turns off, the voltage at the gate of SCR goes positive, turning on the SCR and sound-
ing the alarnl. The delay time is adjustable from just a few seconds (Ro set to its minimum resis-
tance) to about one minute (R6 adjusted to its maximum resistance).
LIGHT-BEAM ALARM FOR INTRUSION DETECTION

,---o--+--+- I 12V
IN4007
*Indicator
tOkH lamp
100 kU
When the light beam that falls in the CDS
photocell is interrupted, transistor (EN:3904)
01
2N3904
C106 conducts thereby triggering SCRl (C 106) and
activating alarm bell. Sl resets the SCR. The
SCR1
alarm bell should be a self-interrupting electro-
mechanical type.
CDS
= =
* Lamp should draw at least 100 rnA
to sensure SCAt remaining on
during alarm cycle
11
LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM WITH LATCH
R\ +6T0-+14V
2.2K
S\
RESET
RS
01 R4
0\ 1N4D01 4700
2N3704
R2
\K
R6
4701< R3
\K
~~~~~~~~<>ov
ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 1-17
In this circuit, light causes R5 to conduct forward-biasing Ql. R6 sets sensitivity. SCRl is trig-
gered from the emitter voltage on LQI, sounding the alarm bell. When Sl is depressed, SCRl un-
latches. Be sure that a self-interrupting alarm (electromechanical buzzer or bell) is used.
PRECISION LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM
R\
270H
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 118
The light-sensitive CDS cell R8 configured in a bridge circuit with ICI as a comparator causes
!Cl 's output to go high when light strikes the CDS cell R8, triggering SCRl. This lights LED! and
turns on opto isolator IC2, which switches the load.
12
DARK-ACTIVATED ALARM WITH PULSED TONE OUTPUT
0.1 J.LF 470 pF
To audio
amplifier
R1 R2
680 k!1 1.2Mn Pin 14 CD4001
1 k!! CDS
cell
R3
250kfl
NOR gates a and b form a low-frequency oscillator that is activated when the CDS cell, under
dark conditions, causes NOR gate a to see a logic zero at one input. This low-frequency (10Hz) gates
a high-frequency oscillator (c and d) to oscillate at around 1000Hz. Rl can be varied to change the
pulse rate and R2 to change the tone. R3 sets the trigger point.
LIGHT-BEAM ALARM PREAMPLIFIER

+12V
C1
0.1 '""F
Photo >-..-o output

diode
100kil 100kil 2.2Mn
22 kfl
+ 10 kfl
10~-tFl
I
This circuit can be used for light beams to 20 kHz. The gain of the operational amplifier is set for
a 40-dB gain.
13
PRECISION LIGHT ALARM WITH HYSTERESIS
680 kil
___ c_ri_~bo_, __'_'_"_"_, j; ~:

CDS
cell IC2 lGND
1 kO
100 k!l 1 Mfl R3

R4 Hysteresis
25 kll 100 kfl adjust
10Mfl
The TL081 is used as a comparator in a Wheatstone bridge circuit. When the CDS cell resistance
decreases due to exposure to light, the output from IC2 cause the low-frequency oscillator (a) and (b)
to generate a 10-Hz square wave, gating the 1000Hz oscillator (c) and (d) on and off. This signal dri-
ves an amplifier. R3 controls hysteresis, which reduces on-off triggering near the threshold set by R4.
HIGH-OUTPUT PULSED-TONE/LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM

0 I~J.-F
IC1
470 rF
100kfl 16!1
I 10 ,...F
16V
Horn
speaker
1N4007
s2 n
2N3055
WilliAM SHEETS FIG. 1-22
This circuit can produce up to 1 W of audio power to drive a speaker or horn. When the CDS cell
is struck by light, its resistance decreases thus activating NOR gate (a) thereby causing (a) and (b)
to produce a low-frequency (10-Hz) square wave. This pulses the 1-kHz oscillator (c) and (d), caus-
ing it to generate a pulsed 1-kHz tone at a 10-Hz rate. Q1 and Q2 amplify this signal. Q2 (2N3055)
drives the speaker.
14
SELF-LATCHING LIGHT ALARM WITH TONE OUTPUT
----------~~~~~~~~~~~112V
0.001 tLF
RA
250 k!l )o-4-_. Tone output
a, b, c, d
74COO
l~ll
680 kU 0'
100 kfl CD4000
b
L~Si l~GND
Rase:-]_
A decrease in the resistance of the CDS cell when light strikes it activates latch a and b, enabling
tone oscillator c and d which produces an output of about 1000Hz. RA sets the trip level. S! resets
the circuit.
ALARM SOUNDER FOR FLEX SWITCH
+5T0+15V
Plastic outer sheath

Rl S2 R2
Rubber separators
lK 8 Flex switch 4.7K
7 r-'- 4
R4 Cl + R3
lOOK
6
U1
888 10* 200K
\
Conductive foil strips
~~-C2
2
'-T
3
SPKR1
+
;; =:: C3
~ 2.2
*
A .1 an
,_
B
This is a cross-sectional diagram of a flex switch. They can be used as pushbutton or even posi-
tion sensors. This schematic diagram shows an oscillator, which is used as an alarm sounder, trig-
gered by a flex switch.
15
BURGLAR CHASER
T1 D1 -BZ..... .......................... Metal Hom Buzzer

C1... ..... .5 l-LF 250 vans Capacitor
R1 R2
I:T,, '-l R3
T2nl C2....... ... .022 1-LF Green Cap (223 KSK)
01............ ....................1N4007 Diode
FT.................. Micro Strobe Tube/Reflector
L1................ .. ... .................. Neon Lamp
... =rc' FT"!'
01 ............................C1740 SW Transistor
02........... ...................... ......... 106 SCR
'7
'- ~~I
~de ..Jh.. Q2
R1 ................................. 200 ohm Resistor
R2.... ............................. 820 ohm Resistor
BZ
C2; p'""' R3..... ............................. ;.1 0 meg Resistor
T1....... .................. Inverter Transformer
T2 ........ .......................... 4 kV Trigger Coil
The burglar chaser makes a great accessory for any alarm system. It creates brilliant flashes of
white light and a loud, irritating sound from a metal hom buzzer. Transformer Tl is connected to Ql,
Rl, and R2 to form a blocking oscillator. This creates a 6-Vac signal on the primary ofTl. Because of
Tl 's large ratio of turns from primary to secondary, the 6-Vac signal is stepped up to a level of over 200
Vac, which is then rectified by Dl. The resultant de voltage is applied to storage capacitor Cl and the
neon relaxation oscillator made up of R3, C2, and 11. Each time C2 charges up to a sufficient level, it
ionizes 11, which causes SCR Q2 to fire. The firing SCR causes the charge on C2 to be applied to the
trigger coil. The trigger coil converts the 200 V into the 4000-V pulse that is needed to fire micro xenon
strobe tube/reflector FT. The cycle repeats itself after the strobe tube flashes.
SILENT ALARM
A sensor switch triggers a set-reset flip flop and lights an LED.
16
2
Amplifier Circuits
Difference Amplifier Electret Mike Preamp

Fast-Inverting Amplifier with High Input Impedance Difference Amplifier
Noninverting ac Amplifier General-Purpose JFET Preamp
Inverting Summing Amplifier FET Amplifier with Offset Gate Bias
Noninverting ac Amplifier Push-Pull Darlington Amplifier
Fast High-Impedance Input-Inverting Amplifier Noninverted Unity-Gain Amplifier
Nonlinear Operational Amplifier with Temperature- 500 MQ Input Impedance with JFET Amp
Compensated Breakpoint Discrete Current-Booster Amplifier
MOSFET High-Impedance Biasing Method Frequency Counter Preamp
Inverting Summing Amplifier Audio to UHF Preamp
Bootstrapped Source Follower V- & !-Protected Intrinsically Safe Op Amp
30 MQ JFET Source Follower Current Feedback Amp Delivers
JFET Source Follower 100 rnA @ 100 MHz
Unity-Gain Noninverting Amplifier General-Purpose Preamplifier
JFET Amp with Current Source Biasing Test Bench Amplifier
17
DIFFERENCE AMPLIFIER FAST-INVERTING AMPLIFIER WITH HIGH
INPUT IMPEDANCE
R2
Rl
v' c----<>Nr---<>--'2:.j
6
>-''--+--<: VoUT
LM107
R3
R4
- R3+R2 R4 R2
- YouT., - - - v,-- v1
R1 + R4 A1 Rl
FOR Rl, R3AND R2, R4
R2
VouT = - {V2-V1)
Rl C2
R1!JR2:A311A4 150pf

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 21
Ul is used as a voltage follower to feed in-
By using two inputs as shown, a difference verter U2. Because Ul is in the voltage-follower
amplifier yielding the differential between U1 and configuration, it exhibits a high input impedance.
U2, times a gain factor results.
NONINVERTING ac AMPLIFIER INVERTING SUMMING AMPLIFIER

Rl
Rl R2 v
lMEG lOMEG '
R2
v2 +V A4
R3
910K
6
>'----+--o v,UT
v3
R3
2~ 6
LM107 3 U1/
17'4
R5 LM107
RIN =-R3 .L 1v 2 vV3 )

VouT =-A4-
(
+ - +-
R3=R111R2 Rl R2 R3
R5= R111R211R311R4
A general-purpose noninverting ac amplifier
The output of Ul is the sum of Vl' V2 , and V3 ,
for audio of other low-frequency applications is
multiplied by R /R 4 , R 2/R 4 , and respectively. Rl,
shown. Design equations are in the figure. Al-
R2, R3 ar.e selected as required for individual
most any general-purpose op amp can be used
gains. R4 affects gain of all these inputs.
for Ul.
18
NONINVERTING ac AMPLIFIER FAST HIGH-IMPEDANCE INPUT-
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
R1 R2
1MEG 10MEG
+V
R3
910K
~P'ls U1
3
I:J:-4'/LM107
Vour =R1 R2 v,.

~,.
~ R1
RIN =R3
v,.
R3=R111R2
C2
!-- 150pf
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-5 POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-6
NONLINEAR OPERATIONAL MOSFET HIGH-IMPEDANCE

AMPLIFIER WITH TEMPERATURE BIASING METHOD
COMPENSATED-BREAKPOINT
1 "'
,--------.-----Jf------o e OUT
lOOk!!
R5 02 R6 10 ,._F
187.5K 2N20111 50K
03
2N20111
100 kfl 100Mn
R3 R4
700K R2 100K
100K
3.9KH
01
1N4&7
6
+12V
C1 OUTPUT
30pf
High-impedance biasing method for an N-

channel MOSFET to form a linear-inverting am-
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-7 plifier.
19
INVERTING SUMMING AMPLIFIER BOOTSTRAPPED SOURCE FOLLOWER
+12 v
R1
v,
R2 ;, 22 Mil
v, R4
v, R3
2~
3 U1
6
Your
o--1'
"
100 pF
[:!:..-'4
LM107
RS
... Vour"'-R4- +- +-
R1 R2 R3
(v, v, v,) "
1.0 f.LF
AS= R111R211R311R4
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-9 This bootstrapped source follower uses an

N-channel MOSFET. It has a high input imped-
ance.
30-MO JFET SOURCE FOLLOWER JFET SOURCE FOLLOWER
+12 v
r - - - - - - - - . - - c ).. +12 v
27om MPF 102 MPF 102
0.011-lF
I( 0.01 1'-F I
A"dlo - _j L-t--.---lllf---__j ----4, I 10 1'-F
1nput ~\ llf---ll.-, 1?. v
> > +,(---o
_L 3.3MO ; 10 Mil
10).lf
16V
; 4.7 k!l
+--6---j"f-+c__--+-_+4 t--o Audio AA
~F output
"'i
1
150k!l
1
35V f 2.2 M!l
4.7k0 I ~2.2M!l

\It
+12 v
This JFET source-follower uses an MPF102 WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 2-12
with offset biasing. It has an input impedance of The circuit uses positive gate bias to improve
>30MO. the operating point for better dynamic range.
20
UNITY-GAIN NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER JFET AMP WITH
CURRENT SOURCE BIASING
+10V +12V
4.7 kO
N CH
0.001 1-'F MOSFET , MPF102 +---c+-1(-----o
10 IJ-F Output
'"'"' o----1 t-'---.----ill
I C-----.--.--------1 ~ Ootpot O.t~F
o--1
16V f
to kfl Input
100MO
% 4.7MO
2N3906, 2N2905, etc .
._---~vv~-~~ +to v
t Mfl +
10tJ.F T
16V =-
1 Mn 1N751 2.2 kn
4.7 k!1
-12V
-WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 2-14
Biasing methods for an N-channel MOSFET A current source (MPF102) in the source
to form a unity-gain noninverting amplifier or lead of bipolar transistor 2N3906 permits accu-
source-follower. rate control of drain current.
ELECTRET MIKE PREAMP DIFFERENCE AMPLIFIER
+1.5V
+V
R2
2.2K C1
MIC .001 Rl 2
v,
6
J
v,ur
C10 v, LM107
22jlf RJ
R4
+ I-
_ V R3+R2 R4V A2V
OUT= Rl + R4 R1 2- R1 1
FOR Rl = RJAND R2 = R4
R2
This circuit is suitable for using an electret Vour =- (Vr V1)
AI
microphone for many applications. A 1.5-V bat-
R11iA2=RJIIA4
tery is used. Cl and R3provide treble boost/bass
cut; they can he eliminated, if desired. POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-16
21
GENERAL-PURPOSE JFET PREAMP FET AMPLIFIER WITH OFFSET GATE BIAS
r 49 ILF
25V
~-----+-l'vVv-~ + 24 v
10k!l
1 k!l
0.05,F
100kfl 4.7kH
101-LF
+ 24V
o----1 + 16V
" ~Output
~
Input~
~ 1-~F1 .__+-,--~ f----o
MPF102
1 JJ..F Oatput
_f
r
~. -
Input
f 2.2M!l +
f"' 10 ,.,.F
16V
+ 22 MH
100 k!l
:1:101-LF
4.7k11
= 16V
- 2.2 k!l 471-LF

..L ~
"'
In this amplifier circuit, the gate of the
This JFET preamplifier has a gain of about MPF102 is biased with an external voltage. This
20 dB and a bandwidth of over 100 kHz. It is use- circuit achieves tighter control of the operating
ful as a low-level audio amplifier for high-imped- point and biasing conditions.
ance sources.
PUSH-PULL DARLINGTON AMPLIFIER NONINVERTED UNITYGAIN AMPLIFIER
<V
Rl R4
220K saon
R1
01
2N310C 02
2N3904 V-
R5
JK
R2 R3 R6 C2
lOOK 39 1 WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 220
" saon OUT
An op amp can be used as a unity gain am-

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 219 plifier by connecting its output to its inverting
input as shown. Rl should be low enough so the
This circuit has a high-Z input and push-pull bias current of the op amp does not cause an ap-
output via the output taken across R4 and R6. preciable offset.
22
500-MQ INPUT IMPEDANCE WITH JFETAMP
1.0 I'F
330kD 25 v
,---.---YV\-.---.+~>--o + 18 v
15 MD T
0.01 I'F +18V
o---j f---f------<i--:cMc:-PF::-1
Input 102
f 100 kD
2N3904
Output
._~-~~output
10 kD 1 kll
A current source using a 2N3904 transistor plus bootstrapping, achieves m1 input impedance of
500 Mn. A second 2N3904 trm1sistor can be added at X to lower the output impedance.
DISCRETE CURRENT-BOOSTER AMPLIFIER
C3
1
v,
IOK
R6 rt----r- -6 1/2LM387A
R7
10K
01
MPS6580
+ 24V
4 R4
C2 130K
.1 03
R11
15K MPS6560
R9
R5 C1 33(l
15K 1
R12
10K R10
v,"'
33!l
... RB
10K
Suitable as a line driver, this circuit is useable in mmw similar audio applications.
23
FREQUENCY COUNTER PREAMP
r - - - - - - , +5V
C5
lOOpf R2 01
lOOK . 1N914
Jl
INPUT Rl 02
lMEG 1N914
-5V
+5V
01
2N4418 C3 +
47~f
Cl
R6 .Ol~f
510
R12
R10 5100
47!l 6 04
2N2389
02 04
2N4418 03 1N914 C4
1N914 .Ol~F
R9 2
3.3K
... R6
500 All 05
R7 lK 2N2389
2000
C2 +"" R4
100 R13
47~F 30U
-5V
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 2C23
Based on the LM733 or NE592, the preamp shown has a bandwidth of 100 MHz. The FET inputs
provide about 1-MQ input impedance. Q4, Q5, and IC2 provide signal conditioning.
AUDIO TO UHF PREAMP

IOO,.F RFC
IOV 390..,H
,-----lf'''-....-~"---~ +6VOC REGULATED
tf? ' 24mA
The Signetics NE5204 or NE5205 can be

used in this AF to 350-MHz (-30 dB) preamp. If
600 MHz @ 3 dB is needed, use the NE5205. The
noise figure is 4.8 dB at 75 n. 6 dB at 50 n. Gain
is approximately +20 dB over the passband.
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 224
24
V- & I-PROTECTED INTRINSICALLY SAFE OP AMP
R1
5600
R3
0.01 .,_F 3.9kO
R2
3300
t
] Load
\lin
The circuit is designed to drive an external load. A fault condition in the external load circuit
could feed excessive current or voltage back into the line drive circuit. If excessive voltage appears
from the load, the two zener diodes will clamp that voltage to a safe level, which in this case is 10 V.
The current in the zener diodes, op amp, and the remainder of the circuitry is limited to a safe
level by resistors R1, R2, and R3. D1 protects the op-arnp output stage from 10 V appearing across
the clamp diodes under a fault condition.
The advantage of this circuit is that, although it's designed as unity gain buffer, the same tech
niques can be applied to inverting, noninverting, or differential gain stages.
CURRENT FEEDBACK AMP DELIVERS 100 mA@ 100 MHz
500. Cable
1>-...JVvo.--fl=::JH~VouT
500
500 500
1!200
Using a NS LM6181, this IC is useful in cable
8200
drivers. The supply voltage is 5 V to 15 V.
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR FIG. 2-26
25
GENERAL-PURPOSE PREAMPLIFIER
GENERAL PURPOSE PREAMPLIFIER

,------~--<Y'cr-+9V
S1
R5 ON/OFF
4.7K J2
R3 OUT
lOOK
02
8C109C C3
10
Jl
IN 01 Suitable for general audio usc, the preamp
BC109C
R4
circuit uses a feedback pair. Current gain is set by
470K the ratio of (R 4 + R 6 )/R4 .
R6
390H
Rl R2
470K 4.7K
C2 R7
100 2.2K
TEST BENCH AMPLIFIER
J4
~-'VV'>-- 02 B1
~
EXTERNAL
12V DC R4' 1 N40111 ' 9V SPK1
1
01 SUPPLY 22n 1----11-, 16U
1N34 ... S1 +I' ~
ON
J1 POWER~
AUDIO RF C1 R1 OUT IN
IN ~~ C4 10K
S2 AF +" ~? S3
SPKR
R5 " ~~C2 J2
470K 6 >c- 10 ,!. C5
R3 3 ..._ 'r'.02 SPKR~~
C8 _,,_ 10K~-t---"--+ ~~ 5 +11 OUT
270pFT
L-~----~~~ -~ 2
lM388 4 7
~;:CJ
U1
'< lO
C6
.0~ *& R2
470 ,.o,
wAUDIO
OUT
J3
10n
'SEE TEXT
This amplifier might be useful in servicing or bench testing as a signaU.racer or as a building

block in various systents.
26
3
Analog-to-Digital Converter Circuits
ADC Paller
8-Charmel AID Converter for PC Clones
27
ADC POLLER
4.9152-MHz 10
oscillator
74HC1U7
CLKIN
SCLK
16
cs
DRDY 18
AIN MODE -5 v
Signal AGND SOATA 20
MODE _j_ +5V

cs 16
,-I To 74HC1D7
CS5501
SCLK 20
19 1 11 I 11
12 19 121
r
SOATA 74HC595 74HC595
DROY
18 14
I
l
ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 3-1
Because the CS5501 16-bit-delta-sigma analog-to-digital converter lacks a "start convert" com-
mand, it converts continuously, outputting conversion words to its output register every 1024 cycles
of its master clock. However, by incorporating a standard dual J-K flip-flop into the circuit, the ADC
can be configured to output a single-conversion word only when it is polled.
The CS5501 converter can be operated in its asynchronous communication mode (UART) to
transmit one 16-bit conversion word when it is polled over an RS-232 serial line (see figure). A null
character (all zeros) is transmitted to the circuit and sets the flip-flop FF2. The CS5501 can then out-
put a single-conversion word, which is transmitted over the RS-232 line as two bytes with start and
stop bits.
The baud rate can be chosen by selectLrtg the appropriate clock divider rate on the 74HC4040
counter/divider as the serial port clock (SLCK) for the ADC. This type of polled-mode operation is
also usefui when the ADC's output register is configured to operate in the synchronous-serial clock
(SSC) mode. In this case, the converter will load one output word into a 16-bit serial-to-parallel reg-
ister (two 74HC595 8-bit registers) when polled to do so (see figure).
28
8-CHANNEL AID CONVERTER FOR PC CLONES
The following program causes the A-D convener to perform eight sequential GWBASIC Version
conversiOns and display the result. It's written in Turbc) BASIC/Power BASIC 10' Thfllollo'Ning program causes tl'le A-D convener to pertorrn eight
source code, but il: will run under the GW-BASIC inleiJ)Jfllef if you ~the delay 20' sequerttial COflYeBi:lns and tlispla~ lhe result.
statements with F"Of\lto!EXT loops, and add line nuntlers as shown in the second
30 SCREEN 0 'lex! mode 80 ~olumns
listing. These program~ are available on 1t1e 73 BBS under lhe filvJ'ISlne$ ADC Tur-
_
bo.BAS and ADCGW.BAS. 40 COLOR 14,0 'yellow on blue
50 CLS 'clear lhe screen
INITIALIZE: 'rBmalks follow the apostrOphe 60 CLEAR 'clear all variables
scnten o ,ext mode ao cotuiTII"'S 70 TOGGLE%-2 lnhialize variables
color 14.0 'yelloW on blue
CIS 'dear lhe SCreen 80 OOOSUlN-t-0
clear
roggle%=2..... 'dear al variables
'initialize variabiH
90 IF INKEY$< >'"THEN END
100 OUT 888,1
1100UT888,0
'keep going until a key is pressetl
'regulator line high
Tigrrtupthe~r
120 FOR 'it%.o lO 500:NEXT W% 'wai 54 mseoonds 10 stabifiZI
MINOR LOOP: 130 FOR CH%-0 TO 7 'sl,:an 8 channels
while nol nstat 'keep going !dill key is pressed
140 OUT 888,8 'CS high Pin 5
_,,
oul888,1 'regulator line high
-111 second befonll n&ICI sample 150 OUT 888,0
160 OUT 888,2
'CS low
'start bll is aiM.ys high Olline
out 888.0 'l9lt up the rvgul81or
delay .054 'Wait 5C miliMcondS to slabilize 170 OUT 890,0 'clock high pin 1 of 08 25 printer
lot ch%-0 to 7 'scan 8 ttl811nel5 180 FOR S1..0W'%-O lO 1 NEXT SLOW% 'stretches clock pulse
out eea.a
'*''
._..
'CS high 1900UT890,1 'cloolr.low
oot888,0
oo18882
out890,0
""""
'start bil is always~ ot line
'clock high pin 1 of DB 25 prtur
200 OUT 888,2
2100UT890,0
:220 FOR SLCW%=0 TO 1:NEXT SLOW'%
'8 single encled measurements selected
'clookhigh
'stfvtcheG clock pulse
for sbw%-0 to 1 :neld slow% 'slrelches clodl pulse
..
out890,1 230 OUT 890.1 'cloolr. low
oul888,2 '8 single ended measuntments selec::led 240 OUT 888,00DSIGN"t. 'part of the channel selection string
out890,0
I slow'%>-Oto l:naxt slow%
out890.1
out B88.odlllign%
,_
'clock high
'slre1Ches elock putse
'part Dl the' d'lannel ulection stmg

250 SWAP ODDSIGN%,TOGGLE%
260 OUT 890,0
270FOR SLOW%=010 !:NEXT SLOW%
,oggles between hogh and low
'cloclt: hijtl
'stretchesdocl< pulse
280 OUT 890,1 'clock low
......
~ oddsign%,toggle% 'toggles ~ high 8fld low
out890.0 'clocll; hfgh 290 OUT 888,SELECT1% 'part ollhe channel selection string
=:::!.llctt"!o
for~ to !:next slow%
out890,0
fer sJow"t,.o.Oto 1:next slow%
'stretches clock pulse
'part o1 ~channel selection string

'clock high
'st1'411Ches clock pulse
300 OUT 890,0
310 FOR SLOW%=0 TO 1:NEXT SLOW%
3200UT890.1
330 OUT 888,SELECTO%
340 OUT 890,0
'clock h9'l
'sb&lche1 clock pulse
'doolr.low
'part of lhe channel selaction slrirg
'dock high
out890,1 'clock low ,
out 888.sallcl0% 'part ol .!he d'lannel selection Siring 350 FOR SLOW%=0 lO 1:NEXT SLOW% 'slr81ches clock pulse
out890,0
tor s~O to 1:1111x1 slow%
out:890.1
REAOBITS:
......
'clockl'li!fl
,
'strn:hes clock pulse
3&0 OUT 890,1
370 REM
380FOA BIT%=7TO 0 STEP 1
390 OUT 890.0
'dock low
'read oulput bils
'MSB is first OU1
'clock high
torbll%=7 to 0 step -1 'MSB is first out 400 FOR SLQW%=0 TO 1:NEXT SLOW% if ad"4'stretches clock ptJise
ou1 890,0 'clock high 4100UT 890.1 'clock low
for slow%=0 to l:nelll slow% SlrM::he5 clock pulse
oul 890, 1 'clock low 420 AD%>=1NP(899) 'pon 889 pin 1o 7 low 135-high
ad%ainp(889) 'port 889 pin 10 7-low135-h9'o 430 IF AD%<120 THEN BVTE%o=BYTE%+(2"BIT%)
if ad"fo<12Q 1hen bytB%=byt&"''o-t{2"bbt"'o) 440 NEXT BIT%
nextbil% 450 IF CH~ THEN SELCT1 %=0 : SELECT0%-0 : CHOVOLTS,BYTE%151
if ctl%-0 !hen select1"4s0 sel&cl~ chOvolls=byte%151 460 IF CH%=1 THEN SELECT1%-0: SEt.ECTD%=2: CHIVOLTSBYTE%151
if ch"Joool !hen selactl%=0 Hleci0%=2 chlYOMs-byte%151 470 IF CH%o=2 THEN SELECT1%=0: SELECT0%:2: CH2VOLTS..BYTE'%151
if ch'lW! then select1%=0 S81ed0%o=2 ch2VOhs-byle%151 480 IF CH%"'3 THEN SELECTT%-2: SELECT0%=0: CH3VOLTSo:BYTE%151
if ch'J1,..3 then selectt%-2 S8lecl~ chSvO~S=obyle%/51
if ch%=4 then 5811c11%"'2 seleci0%"'0 ch4volls-obyHI%151 490 IF CH%,. THEN SELECT1%=2 SELECTO..,.._O CH4VOLTS,BYTE%151
it ch%:5 then selacl1%=2 selecW%=2 chSvohs=byte%151 500 IF CH%"5 THEN SELECTT%=2: SELECTO%z2 CHSVOlTS=BYTE%151
if ch%--6 rhen Mlec:tl%4 select~ chSVolls=byte%151 5101F CH%-6 THEN SELECT1~: SELECT0%=2: CH6VOLTS:8YTE%151
.,.....,
if ch%oo7 lhen selectl%=0 selec!O%z0 ch7volt5=byle%/51 5201F CH%=7 THEN SELECT1'%--Q: SELECTO"'"=O: CH7VOLTS=BYTE"'oo51
_..
530 BYTE%a0
neiCtch%
plinlusing
540 neldch%
"ltt.ill':chOvolls, chlvohs, ch2vottS.ch3colts.ch4volls,ch5volts,ch6\lohs,ch7volts 550 PAINT USING"6U":CHOVOLTS. CHWOLTS. CH2VOLTS.CH3COLTS,
CH4VOLTS,CH5VOLTS,CH6VOLTS,CH7VOLTS
! 73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 32

"'
8-CHANNEL AID CONVERTER FOR PC CLONES (Cont.)
. r>l r!-
..
REGUL6TOR
SURFACE
NALOG INPUTS ~OUNT
40COB~8
'" 'i- L:J lf

m
~7~n<
IQMF
"or--
'"
nt--
00
'""
~
PlltNT~R PORT
CO'INECTOR
",----.-
'" r "" v~H
1- -
f-
""rl .. -
""
"' . ..
,,. -
. I
L=~
-
.
'
An AID converter by National Semiconductor (ADCOS:38), converts 0- to 5-V analog inputs to a
digital data format. A 9-V battery is used. The converter connects to the pointer port cormector via
a 25-pin connector.
30
4
Antenna Circuits
Dual-Band Loop Antenna For 80 & 160m

VLF-VHF Wide band Low-Noise Active Anterma
VLF 60-kHz Antenna/Preamp
Simple Balun
Wide band Anterma Preamplifier
HF Broadband Antenna Preamp
Automatic TR Switch
Low-Power Antenna Tuner
Loop Anterma Preamplilier
31
DUAL-BAND LOOP ANTENNA FOR 80 & 160m
02 C5
2N810' .047
R1
1501< R3
1K
R2
150K ~52
C4 T B1
C2
120pf
C1
366pf
.047 I +9V
.J.
see TEXT
A
B
This antenna might help to reduce power-line noise. A plastic "hula hoop" or conduit 3 feet in di-
ameter, covered with aluminum foil as a shield is used for Ll and L2. Ll is two turns and L2 is one
turn, threaded through the loop. Sl selects 160- or 80-m operation. Ql and Q2 form a preamplifier
for the loop antenna. Do not transmit with this antenna-it is for receiving only.
32
VLFNHF WIDEBAND LOW-NOISE ACTIVE ANTENNA
I
I
I
I L1 *
~ 4mH7
~-----------1;V-j
I I * + &OmAII
II : "47~ .. 4mH I
I K3 I K4 I
not on PCB ~ 0~ I C7 1,.. ~. :
(phantom supply) 1-------------.J
ELECTOR ELECTRONICS USA FIG. 4-2
A 30- to 50-cm whip anterma provides reception from 10kHz to over 220 MHz. Tl, a dual-gate
MOSFET, provides low noise, high-input impedance, and high gain. The circuit is powered via the
coaxial cable used to connect the antenna to a receiver.
VLF 60-kHz ANTENNA/PREAMP
FLAT SlOE
FRQ'IT
SCOTCH
TAPE !>
FERIIITE
llOOS
TOGETHER
V"'IOKM
IOOpf Z0-100
'.
v111111.E
~OpF
l ... r..
'. "
I/4W
St"'GLE
LAYER
COIL
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 4-3
Suitable for 60-kHz standard frequency reception, here is a schematic for a FET preamp and an-
tenna.
33
SIMPLE BALUN
The wires must be bound tightly together,

but windings may be slightly spaced if
necessary. The diagram shows a bifilar
balun with two coils.
Ferrite rod
The wire connections for the 4:1 balun.
After connecting up and testing, the
coils and ferrite rod may be located
inside the-plastics film container.
An example of a 4:1
bifilar (a), and (b) a
1:1 trifilar balun.
Plastics
film box
!300
I
ohms
50/75 50/75
c
ohms ohms
PRACTICAL WIRELESS FIG. 4-4
An old ferrite rod from a junked broadcast receiver can be used to construct an antenna balun,
as shomt
34
WIDEBAND ANTENNA PREAMPLIFIER
C1
20
nH 22n
cer
909514 12
ELEKTOR ELECTRONICS FIG. 4-5
This wideband antenna preamplifier has a gain of armmd 20 dB from 40 to 860 MHz, covering
the entire VHF, FM, commercial, and UHF bands. A phantom power supply provides de to the pre-
amp via the coaxial cable feeding the unit.
35
HF BROADBAND ANTENNA PREAMP
1600kHz 32 MHz
HIGH-PASS FILTfR LOW-PASS FILTfR
~~
C1 C2 L5
.001 .3~H
1500
R1
6.20
IN OUT
R2 R3
9100 9100
B
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 4--6
The HF/SW receiver preamplifier is comprised of a broadband toroidal transformer (Ll-a and
Ll-b), LC network (comprised of a 1600-kHz, high-pass filter _and a 32-MHz, low-pass filter), L2 and
L3 (26 turns of #26 enameled wire wound on an Amidon Associates T-50-2, red, toroidal core), a pair
of resistive attenuators (ATTN! and ATTN2), and a MAR-x device.
Shown here is the composition of a basic 1-dB pi-network resistor antenuator. This is the
method of supplying de power to a preamplifier using only the RF coax cable.
36
AUTOMATIC TR SWITCH
n> n>
ANT RIG
Two Meter Two Meter
Aotenna Transcei._.r
ConniC1ion ConnectiOn
Two Meter Ant<lnna

TranSCliiVer Connection
ConneciJon
CNVTR Rea11ve Con~erter Conneeloon CNVT>I

0 lndocates Wtlkmson Hybnd sectoon- See tet lor dis.cussion SeaMer COMecliOf'l
C1, C2 J9pf moca caps

C1, C2 39pf ~cacaps 01, 02 - tN914, IN4148 Si Diodes
01, D2 1N914, 1N4148SID~s
L1 2 tums 18 tonned 'o11'1!1, 11 onet11D. 0 2 mch loflg
Lt 2 hrns' 18tinned .,.;re, 114 onch 10. 0.2 ioeh long
nt. n2 and n3 conSist of 75 n coax sections, 114 wave at the eenter of the
triltlscelver transmitter band typically 147 Mhz.
nt, n2 and n3 consist or 75 ncoa. avt~i~:.ns. 114 wa ... ill the center ot the nt and n3 ar'l!l combined in one continuous length ol e~~bla- 112 wav"ngth 101al.
transceiver transmitter blllld typiCally 147 Mhr
see''"' !or llldclitlonal dscussjon
nt and n3 .,. combin.:l on one con1r""ous length o1 eabltl- 112 wawolength total.
Slla ~txt tor additional di&eu$&iOn
B
A
A pair of diodes and a quarter-wave transmission line are used as an automatic TR switch. Dl
and D2 conduct during transmit periods. short-circuiting the scanner input. In this mode, the Jl,-wave
line appears as an open circuit. In receive, the circuit acts as a Wilkinson power divider.
37
LOW-POWER ANTENNA TUNER
This antenna tuner is suitable for use with

low-power (less than5 W) transmitters or SW re-
ceivers. 82 selects inductance and 82 connects
the 365-pF capacitor to either the transmitter or
the side of the inductor. The tiny tuner is com-
prised of a tapped inductor (11) and a variable
capacitor (Cl), which is connected to the indue
tor through a center-off SPDT switch (Sl). That
switch arrangement permits the capacitor to be
connected to either the input or the output of
the circuit.
1993 ELECTRONICS HOBBYISTS HANDBOOK FIG. 4-8
LOOP ANTENNA PREAMPLIFIER
02
Ql NPN
MPFI02 2N3904, ETC C5 OUT TO
0.01 RCVR
~
LOOP
R4
IOk
RS
lk
R3
IOk C3
*C 1- SEE TEXT
To' ?4
~01
+
9-12V
GSD CBE
MPFI02 NPN
PIN OUTS -BOTTOM VIEW
This preamplifier has a built-in regeneration control boost gain selectivity. Cl is a single or multi-
gang AM broadcast-band tuning capacitor. 11 is a ferrite loop antenna, tapped at about 15 to 25% of
total turns. This circuit should prove useful for low-frequency (up to 3 MHz) reception, where a loop
would be advantageous to reduce man-made noise pickup.
38
5
Audio Power Amplifjer Circuits
The sources ~of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
20-W + 20-W Stereo Amplifier 10-W Inverting Composite Amplifier

40-W Amplifier LM380 Personal Stereo Amplifier
Half-Watt Single-Channel Audio Amplifier Subwoofer Amplifier
Dual Audio Amplifier 18-W Bridge Audio Amplifier
A 70-W Composite Amplifier Subwoofer Crossover Amplifier
A 33-W Bridge Composite Amplifier Audio Power Amplifier
MOSFET Power Amplifier Fast High-Voltage Linear Power Amp
10-W Noninverting Composite Amplifier Single-Chip 40-W Amplifier
39
20-W + 20-W STEREO AMPLIFIER
'"
. :;-4E-
+
~:.~~ C1,C2,C12,C13 ...... 4.71JF Elec-

VDG 01
1. ,1
..
C5
., .....__!
-c1
+
1 +r-.,
~
11
10 "
trolytic Capacitor
C3,C4,C5,C6,
C7,C14,C15 .. 1DO IJF Electrolytic
,1/i; C3 R7
R3 Capacitor
{ C11
"+
<1
2 '
.
~ .~ SPKR
C16,C17,C18,C8,
C9,C10,C19,C20,
"
.. C21 ..... 0.471JF MylarCapacitor
(A)
~
C11 ...... 3300 IJF, 25V Electro-
u lytic Capacitor
' C10 RIO 01 ......... 3 Amp Rectifier
GROUND
I' " L1 ............ Red LED
- A1,A11 .. 47ohm,1wattResistor
I, ""
R2, A12 .. 33K, 1/4 watt Resistor
'
(8)~~~ ,I " "'
R3,R5,R13,R14 ...... 12 ohm, 114
~ watt Resistor
R12 CU
C20 R4,A19 .. 120K, 1/4 watt Resistor
~
R11 p R17
.liD~ '
2
ho
C14
.,. R6,R15 .. 2K.1/4wattResistor
R7,R16 .. 1K, 1/4wattResistor
' "" AS - 680 ohm, 114 watt
C13 '" 1:-';It "" SPKR
Resistor
"' 5 +~ 8 C17 ~9.R10,R17,R18 .... 3ohm, 1/4
f' 'C15 "" C21

""
.,
watt Resistor
P1 ,P2 .... 50K Dual Potentiometer
IC1, IC2 NEC70001AB Amplifier
I'
The 20-W + 20-W stereo amp consists of two complete, separate 20-W RMS bridge-type ampli-
fiers. The input signal source is brought into the amplifier through the voltage divider network, which
is made up ofRl, R2, and Pl. Resistor Rl provides a load impedance between the signal source af!d
ground. ResistorR2 couples that signal to potentiometer Pl.
The signal is coupled by capacitor C1 to the noninverting ( +) input (pin 1) of internal amplifier
(A) of !Cl, where the signal is greatly amplified. Capacitor C2 couples the ( +) input of the other (B)
internal amplifier of IC1 to ground. That causes the input signal, which is referenced to ground, to be
coupled to both amplifiers because both the inputs and outputs of!C1 (A) and IC1 (B) are connected
in a bridge configuration. Notice that the output of IC1 (A) from pin 10 is connected to one side of
the speaker and the output of IC 1 (B) from pin 8 is connected to the other side of the speaker. That
is why the speakers used cannot have one side connected to ground. Resistors R6 and R7 set the gain
of the amplifier. Resistors R9 and R1 0 and capacitors C9 and C1 0 provide frequency stability and pre-
vent oscillation. Capacitors C6 and C7 provide "bootstrapping," which prevents distortion at low fre-
quencies. LED L1lights up by way of a series resistor connected from the anode to +12 Vdc when
power is applied.
Power for both IC1 and IC2 is brought in through Dl (to protect amplifiers from reverse polar-
ity). Capacitor Cll provides additional power supply line flltering. This booster is capable of pro-
ducing 20 W RMS output out of each channel.
40
40-W AMPLIFIER
"
'""
-''
I
I
II
I
"'
2K
IINI'IIT
I
"'
.330
I
I
I R13 "'
.2
I 10K
I
I
'""'
I ... I
L--------------------------------J
This circuit uses two LM1875 devices and a de servo loop. This circuit provides 40-W output. JC3
and IC5 must be heatsinked.
HALF-WATT SINGLE-CHANNEL AUDIO AMPLIFIER
This circuit uses an LM386 IC and will work

from 6- to 12-V battery sources. Output is about
0.5 w into 8 n.
=
41
DUAL AUDIO AMPLIFIER
+15\1
":
~
..~ 5(3 + 1C1a >_:!'111~1~IIII<Wrl-'t-"i-r--;::;:::]l
~"~""9 SOURCEn
MO:~!OR '"''
lMI33
""=L='" "'"l_ '~!! - 1M ~- \ b-.oi'""''rl L~..-----
*PHILIPS 431Z-GZD-3171t1
,..
-15\1
...

T I,ru.;,
"!'!lo "' w~~e~~------
"'LOG
.
.0047 I .115
WX2
,.
~OtN~DE
,.. 11 ...
" J i'meo
CD% OTHER
....
CIWUifl
...,
~~(~~---------------------------
..., 'i
~
MII21(07-----------------~
~(:~~------------------------------~
.
"" .,...~
+ ...
AMPLIFIER -I I
,. I
I ,
..
,_
I
I
I
I
~
610 I
O.&W I
~ .........
-15\1
DTliER
CHANNEL
E
o' :C

VIEWED FfiOM
BELOW
~'"
,.. PLASTIC1
SIDE
"'
BF-,80139
TIP-
SILICON CHIP
42
.01
"' "'
,.. "
IP 3.9k .OM7
,...
TftEILE
"'""
.11147 3.911
-15V
....
~
"!-:AE +38.5V
.
F1
010
""'
.. '"I
07
"''" 21TIP1.42
um
10131 3W
... 0.1
0.470
3W
. ......
TH1
IU7U ,...
8.15 OUTPUT
3W
um
3W
~
~
1DOU
" I 2J.TW147
"'
",..I

...
""" ." '"r
-38.5V
'"I
FIG. 5-4
43
A 70-W COMPOSITE AMPLIFIER
r----------------------------------------------,
I
I R1 -= Cl
3320 150pF
DC SERVO + 15V R2
DUAL-INVERTING
AMP 0 R3 COMPOSITE-AMP A
4.99K 1MEG
+25V
cs
.47 = .,.
+15V +25V
C16
150pF
R14
4.02K
6 -= R17
4 .330
R15
C15
2260 C21
.2
,---------------------
1
I
I
'--'--4 .01 -= R16 :
1n 1
I
I
I
I
= -- I
L --------------------------~
r ------------------,
R18
10K
INPUT
BRIDGE
INVERTER C23 1
AMPC -15V 01 I
L------------------~--~
ELECTRONICS NOW
44
r-------------------------------------------------~
R20 ':" G24

3320 150pf
+ 15V R21
R22
DUAL-INVERTING
4.99K COMPOSITE-AMP B
1MEG G29
47pF
+25V
R23 GJ2
1K 100pF
C30 C34
DC .01 .1
SERVO R29
4.02K
6
R26 R32
1MEG 4 .330
R30
G28 650
C31 2
.47
':" C45
.o1 3 .2~F
':"
+15V
':" R31
C39 10
150pF G36
R28 .1
2K
':"
R33 -25V
4.02K
R36
.330
R34
2260
~--~~--------------~----------"
~---------------------J
I
G44
C57 .2 : RL
1~F '=" I 8.<1
-15V R35 1
1n I
I
I
I ~
OUTPUT
"25V '=" - :
~----------------------------J
Four LM1875 devices, suitably heat.sinked, and a 25-V supply, 70 W of output are available
from this circuit. IC6 is a phase inverter.
FIG. 55
45
A 33-W BRIDGE COMPOSITE AMPLIFIER
----------------------- -------,
I
I
I G1
I 100pF
I
I
I +25V
I R1 - R6
G9 1MEG
13320 G4 .47 R7
150pF 1.5D
r
I
I
----, I
I
I I
1 + I I
I I C12
R4 4 I 2 .27
226<l I
2 I 6
~
3 R5
150K
G8
.1
0M~~- -----------------~:~-~----~
,..------------ C13 R8
.47
.- ----------------------- ___,
+15V +25V I
1MEG
I
I C24
1 .27
CZ1
.1
R15
6 1.5<1
IC6
LM18lS
>.:!.'-f1r--._-6 OUTPUT
G30
.01 lf.J.F
AMPo-15V "="
~-------------
r---- J
R12
I R11 4.99K C18
:
~~
3320 100pf -25V =
L------------------------------~M~~
Two LM1875 !Cs provide 88 W of audio. IC4 is used as a phase inverter. JC6 and IC2 must be
heatsinked.
46
MOSFET POWER AMPLIFIER
.
1011k
20V
IFR 520
IFR 9520
I
o' b 's Two complementary MOSFETs are used to

*5D"'A
deliver 20 W into 8 Q. A TL071 op amp is used as
an input amplifier. The MOSFETs should be
~ heatsinked with a heatsink of better than 5c;w
:,. capability. THD is less than 0.15% from 100Hz to
.J. 10kHz.
-~~----++~~~----1---~
Fl$: l1k2+
~ 100111
20V
303 CIRClJITS FIG. 5-7
1OW NONINVERTING COMPOSITE 10-W INVERTING COMPOSITE AMPLIFIER

AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT

ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 5-B
By using an LM1875, suitably hcatsinked, a Using an LM1875, a 10-W amplifier can be

10-W amplifier Lhat uses two JC devices can be build using just two IC devices. The gain= R/R3 .
built. IC2 must be healsinked. Note that IC12 must be heatsinked.
47
LM380 PERSONAL STEREO AMPLIFIER
.----~------ 915V
+ C9
47QJ.F
CJ ~
C13
2.2;<F 470i<F
CHANNEL 1 B
POWER AMP o-----,;-1 +
INPUT
Cll
0.1
SPKRl
RlS
SOK
i+-..J an
Rll
+ C7 R13
41K 2.2pF 2.7
,----~-------.~ 9-lSV
+ C10
470~F
CHANNEL2
POWER AtoAP
INPUT
SPKRZ
RIG~>-----' an
50K
R12 + CB R14
47K 2.21<F v
1987 R-E EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 5-10
With the simple circuit, you can use your personal stereo to drive standard 8-Q speakers.
48
SUBWOOFER AMPLIFIER
TO
CROSSOVER
OUTPUT +35V C2
~ 2.2
u
C1 +"
~
' " 1.0
30V
4~
U4 1
5
8
R2
R7
4700
1W r--e c
TO
SPEAKfR
r ~ OI'Mf1BM .1n
}
6 R6
2W 1000
R1
10K H~
2.2
R3
lOOK
R4
DAMPING
CONTROL R5
1G
-35V ~
".Ira, 6.04K
I i 2W
-.} R9
I
I..J_
i
~ I
8200 C5 '
1W 4700 '
R8 I
+35V 47K ..i.. K1
SEE TEXT I ~
Designed to feed a low-frequency subwoofer speaker system, the amplifier is capable of up to

100 W into an 8-Q load. The OPA541BM op amp requires heatsinking and is manufactured by Burr-
Brown Corporation. A damping control and a relay to eliminate turn-on and turn-off thump in the
speaker is included.
18-W BRIDGE AUDIO AMPLIFIER

~0-WATi BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
C7 C8
.2 2
A7
A6
cs
.2
14.4V
""" """ R2
14.4V
C6
.2
1MEG
A3 R4 AS
220U 22<1 2.2u
AUDIO~ ~ At
IN C1 lOOK
10
C3 C4
+ 470 470 +
Two LM383 IC devices are used in a bridge circuit that is useful for auto sound applications.
49
"'
0
SUBWOOFER CROSSOVER AMPLIFIER
TO
HEADPHONE +15V $ R6
10.2K
JACK
~}.'RIGHT
HIGH PASS OUTPUT
R7 (NOT USED)
R2 10.2K
. lOOK ~ .,41 -- I S R12
2.55K C2
LEFT Rl .15
R14
1 ... 101< j +15V C7 ..... 2.55K ca LOW PASS OUTPUT
fff -15V .15 TO
R3 .1
POWER AMPLIFIER
lOK R5
10.2K
l
+15V
All
R4
4.75K
R9
10.2K
Cl
.15
10.2K
~-
t ~C8
.1
R8 C9
R10 .1
lOK 10.2K
LEVEL 10
ADJ
-
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 5-13
The electronic-crossover circuit contains a summing amplifier that combines the left and right channels from a stereo's head-
phone jack. Originally used in a subwoofer system, the above circuit might be useful in similar audio applications.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER
+
C3
470
"{":
IN
~+
4.7 R1
1K
+12V
R3 SPKR1
10K an
PDPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 5-14
The circuit, built around an LM741 op amp configured as an inverting amplifier, is used to drive
complementary transistors (Q1 and Q2). The op amp's feedback loop includes the base-emitter
junctions of both transistors-an arrangement that helps to reduce crossover distortion that would
normally occur as-a result of the emitter-to-base junction voltage drop of about 0.6 V. Potentiometer
R5 varies the amplifier's voltage gain from 1 to about 20. As much as 0.5 W can be obtained from the
circuit if a heatsink is added to the transistors.
FAST HIGH-VOLTAGE LINEAR POWER AMP
1000 100k
VHI
An Apex PB50 Booster Amplifier, plus an IC op amp, can be used in a high-voltage op amp that
converts a small analog signal to a 180-V p-p signal.
Apex Microtechnology manufactures a number of power op amps. The above circuit uses a PB50
booster amplifier to deliver a 180-V p-p signal into a 90-0 load, from a 100-V supply.
51
6
Audio Signal Amplifier Circuits
Headphone Amplifier JFET Headphone Amplifier

Audio Line Driver Dual Preamp
Constant-Volume Amplifier Magnetic Pickup Phono Amplifier
Mini Amplifier Using LM1895N Audio Booster
Audio Amplifier with Tuneable Filter Audio Volume Limiter
Audio Compressor Audio Distribution Amplifier
52
HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER
"
1N4001

.....
"' "
80241
" '"
0
'"
: C3
''
"
220n 4701-'
' '" "

''
" ---1'
25kk>g
'' "' "" ""
''
-
'' "' m,
''
~<
220n
'" "
BD241
'"
'''
'
:o """'"
B
...
220 n 470 ~-' El5'

L-J~'~"~'------4-JG,~n~,}--{:)- 1sv B
c '
A
c
303 CIRCUITS FIG. 6-1
Built arow1d Precision Monolithics Inc. OP-50 op amps, this amplifier will drive 100-Q to 1-kQ
headphone, is fiat within 0.4 dB from 10Hz to 20kHz, and has a THD of less than 0.01% over most
of the audio range. Amplification factor is about 6X.
53
AUDIO LINE DRIVER
36V

..
802418
36V
--~
Av-
0 = 112W 17451
R1
* " ' see tot
This line driver can drive low-impedance lines with up to 70 V p-p max. !Cl is a low-noise op amp
suitable for 15-V operation. Tl and T2 are regulators for the power supply for !Cl. T3 and T4 form
a complementary power output stage. Frequency response is flat up to 100kHz.
54
CONSTANT-VOLUME AMPLIFIER
+12 v
10kfl
82 kfl 2N3904
1 Mil
2N3565
100 kfl
10 ILF
16V
,--+-+'-~Output
= 2.2 k!l
0.47 f.'.F
33 k!1
I 33o ,n =
33kn
=
10!J-F
1svi+ 1N9148(2)
=
The amplifier has an output level that shifts about 6 dB for a 40~dB input variation.
MINI AMPLIFIER USING LM1895N

+3 ... 9V
+
co
] '"'"
With 3~ V to 9~ V supplies, this amplifier can
provide from IOO~m W to 1~ W output into a 4 Q
mtd bandwidth is approximately 20 kHz @ 3 dB.
This circuit is useful for low~power and battery
applications. Drain is 80 rnA @ 3 V or 270 rnA @
9 V at maximum signal conditions.
55
AUDIO AMPLIFIER WITH TUNEABLE FILTER
AF
IN
,-J>---,
l
Rl
220K C4 AS
.002 470K
R5
470K
\
\
\
\ \
\ +9V \
' - -:;. __ - - - - - -.l R3
220K
9V
TO
CKT.
R18a
50K
\
\
\
R15
47n
CIJ LM386
220 TO 9V BAT.
OUTPUT{o--} ' OR SUPPLY
TOSPEAKER 5
OR PHONES RIG R19
IOH
1- "T' C9
... _ 5K
- VOLUME
CONTROL
..!. .1
This audio amplifier can tune from 500 to 1500Hz and will drive a speaker or headphones. Use-
ful for CW reception or other receiver applications, only two IC devices are needed.
56
AUDIO COMPRESSOR
* lex! "'
"'


This compressor will compress a 25-mV p-p to 20-V p-p audio output to input levels remaining
between 1.5 V p-p to 3.5 V p-p, and has a frequency response of 7Hz to 67kHz. It is suitable for au-
dio and communications applications.
JFET HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER

+12V
4.7kn
Aud;o
'" o---11....-----'
0.1 v..F
+'"lF >skn
+
Hi-z
phone
1 Mn 10JJ.F _
Log taper 16V -
_ volume
- control
This circuit can drive high-impedance headphones from a low impedance low-level source. Gain
is about 5X to lOX depending on headphone impedance. A volume control is included.
57
DUAL PREAMP
CHANNEL 1
PREAMP R1
INPUT
2.2K
+9-15V
R3 R9
47K 1MEG
'
C1
0.1/JF R5
47K
R7 4
47K If you wish to amplify low-level signals, such
CHANNEL 2
' as the output of a turntable, the signal must first
C15
PREAMP
INPUT
R4 1001JF "" R10 be fed to this preamp.
47K lMEG
~
C2 R6
O.i~o~F 47K
R2 RB
2.2K 47K
""
MAGNETIC PICKUP PHONO AMPLIFIER AUDIO BOOSTER
15V S1
R2 R7 o---- +9V
150K 1K Rb
OUTPUT I FD1 2700 R3
c~
10K
R10
24K 0.01 "" /,! R2 C2
INPUT 1
C6 "" 470K
0.004 C1
.05.1
IN~ 01
C4 C5
"" 50 R9 0.0015
2~3392
+ 22K R4
C1 R1 R5
"" .l.: 50 R12 47K 560fl 100K
OUT
C2 + R4
50 ..,... 330K 1K
-15V
""
This circuit has a maximmu gaiu of about 22

This preamp is RAA compensated for use dB (voltage gain), and it can be used for rniscel-
with magnetic phone cartridges. Jancous audio circuits.
58
AUDIO VOLUME LIMITER
I----J.,.-11----11
06 82" '.:!:- Bl
1>1
OS C9
fo
V
t-'IN"'91"'4'---9'-'V--o- - V 9V 1N914 22f.J.J '=" 7 R3

CHI lOOK
I22J.LF R5
- 01 IC2 lK
1 VTL-5C4-2
\\ C4
~lOR R2
IMEG .I
lE~ 3
C3
lOOpF
lOR J2
OUTPUT
C6 ~
22p.F lOO!l ~
!Cl-a is connected as an inverting amplifier whose gain is controlled by the LDR portion of an op-
tocoupler.
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
R2
2 lMEG 7
Cl ;>'--+---<> OUTPUT A
1 3
INPUT <>--:;-f(---+------<.---"-1
R3
Rl lOOK
lOOk )-"8-<~.o OUTPUT B
R4
+ R5 lOOK
C2
100 100K
Three low-Z audio outputs are available from this circuit, using a quad TL084 FET amplifier. The
input is high irnpcdm1ce. ~c can be 6 to 12 V for typical applications.
59
7
Automatic Level Control Circuits
Digital Automatic Level Control (ALC)

AGC System for Audio Signals
ALC (Automatic Level Control)
60
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC LEVEL CONTROL {ALC)
. o~r'" J,
... ... r~ [;} ~60oF
t4 ~
NYl,.~R
:~ .. ,,.
"" -" ~
'"~ "110914
,---:~
,,." I 11 4 6
RlY
ll
~~t tl
6BoF
;~~
v. . K. ....J." " , m
" ".~~
..,..102 ,,... ~;~~ ... 18 .LMl~U. CT 02
I " >ro
\.!:; "
~
..,,. IO(lt. ~ ~.. F
""
"' UO "" "
"' '~-
""
'"
R20
l9>
vfl!~
Ulo
LIIIIJ68
RlJ
1 ~
*
0
.... !. .
7 :--~
Hlo
IN914
l?O
'" ,,.
...'"
L!J
~
...
"'
"'
..,
""' "~
~
'" ""'"
:n "" "" "" '""" "'
'"
~
""
.. ""
"'
.
L.h
'"
...
~
+ . ,
~.' . "
no
.. I==
..... ru
!::!-:~ ~
,., ...
'" "
CO"<<I6
),'
~
'" r I" l,.l.~=
Ci= YJ "
~1:,,[-()2Nn<'<:A
,---------------~1
I
0
.~
1 " I 7
~~
"
~~
I ?J________ J~-~-J :~ I'"!~ 1
I . .,, I
"
"
R41
270
"
ROO
..
27
A J.
. . .I. . ""
a "" ,~J_
'" u..-;r
:~ 6] "' "'"
~
"" "
"
eo402'9
~ : lit1
....!.
"
eooo~Je
I '
~~~..
h: ~40~38
~""
:
~.t
-~'' '"
,r : ~ M'fi.AR
'"
0.2l,oF
-"'
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY Fl~. 7-1

This approach to automatic level control (ALC) makes use of digitally switched audio attenuators in the signal path. The out-
put level of the system is sensed, compared to a reference, and audio pads are inserted via analog switches. This method is nearly
instantaneous and eliminates the compromises necessary in conventional RC network ALC systems using fast attack, slow-decay
approaches.
~
AGC SYSTEM FOR AUDIO SIGNALS
,----.-----~ ~15 v
D1
+ ~ R3
I Ca
(100 I'F)
This circuit is an AGC system for audio-fre-
quency signals. AGC systems usually consist of
100"F T_ kll 11 three parts: an amplifier, rectifier, and controlled
impedance. In this circuit the functions of an am-
plifier and a rectifier are performed by a single op
amp. This makes the system simple and cheap.
The rectifier is made with the output push-
pull cascade of the op amp and R,, Rv and C8 .
Opamp The transistor Q1 and D1 are used as a voltage-
controlled resistance (Z). The input signal is (Z
v
-15 v + R1)1Z times, diminished by the voltage divider
and 1 + R 21R 1 times, amplified by the op amp. C2
R2
eliminates influence of de bias voltage. R3 pro-
tects Q1 and D1 from excessive current.
R1
WILLIAM SHEETS
1 FIG. 7-2
ALC (AUTOMATIC LEVEL CONTROL)
RX
The rectifier input is tied to the input. This

makes gain inversely proportional to input level
so that a 20-dB drop in input level will produce
33K 33K a 20-dB increase in gain. The output will remain
fixed at a constant level. The circuit will main-
tain an output level of 1 dB for an input range
(5,12Jj-----ll---4
30pF of + 14 to -43 dB at I kHz. Additional external
1"'~ A3 20K components will allow the outputlevel to be ad-
(6,11)
justed.
"'
30K
1989 RF COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK FIG. 7-3
62
8
Automotive Circuits
The sources of the following circuits arc contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
CD Ignition System for Autos Headlight Flasher

Brake and Turn-Signal Light Circuit Automotive Audible-1\1rn Indicator
Vehicular Tachometer Circuit Engine Block Heater Minder
Smart Turn Signal Headlights-On Reminder
Manual Headlight/Spotlight Control for Autos Brake and 1\1rn Indicator
Thermostat Switch for Automotive Electric Fans Lamp-Switching Circuit
Flashing Brake Light Automatic Turn-Off Control for Automobiles
Power Controller (for Automotive Accessories) Alternator Regulator
Automotive Power Adapter for de-Operated Devices Auto Generator Regulator
Time-Delay Auto-Kill Switch Lights-On Reminder
Booster Amplifier for Car Stereo Usc Auto Fuse Monitor
Auto Turn-Signal Reminder Headlight Alarm
63
~
+12 ~
07
1N41Dl
PB-1
PB2
R12
4.7K
Xl5-
R16
4.7K
XIS+ o----JtNtr
I
Rl7
lOK
GNO+-----~~--_.--~._------~------------._ ____________
COIL+o-----------------------------------------------------------"----------"-----------------;t
POPULAR ELECTRONICS
At the heart of the CD4-MX is an astable multivibrator, built around Ql and Q2, that feeds step-up transformer Tl. The out-
put ofTl is rectified by D3 to D6 and used to charge capacitor C4. When the points close, a small voltage is fed to the gate of SCRl,
causing it to fire, dumping the charge of C4 to the vehicle's ignition coil. The circuit also contains optional subcircuits to accom-
modate clifferent types of auto ignitions.
X 15 + and X15 - are alternative trigger configurations for nonpoint breaker ignition systems. R6 is not used for these systems
and must be removed. Optocoupler Ul can be used (pin 4) in conjunction withX15 - or X 15 +depending on polarity of sensor. Note
that 60 to 70 kV is available from this system,so observe suitable safety precautions.
BRAKE AND TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT CIRCUIT
TO BRAKE
SIGNAL
SOURCE R1
10K
C1 R2
l lOOK
TO RIGHT-
TURN
SIGNAL
SOURCE
C2
1
TO LEFT-
TURN
SIGNAL
SOu-RCE
C3
1

This circuit enables single-filament taillights to serve as combination brake lights and turn signals.
VEHICULAR TACHOMETER CIRCUIT

IC1
15!1
+12V
78L
tgnttton 08
+
-switch
10.1 ,...F _l Io.1 ,F 39kH I 101-'-F
6.8 k!l
8 4
6
7 NESSS
LSl_ 820 {l 0.0068 IJ.F IC2
... ~I 2
Breaker 5
points 0.01 "F I
lN751
I
I
.l 0.01,....F 0-1 MA
~
~
0.11-'--F
In this automotive application, the 555 is a pulse counter. !Cl reguiator provides proper operat-
ing voltage for IC2. This circuit is for vehicles with conventional breaker points.
65
SMART TURN SIGIIIAL
BRAKE-QN
+12V
01
1N8U
R5 R2
1K 1MEG R3
0 1MEG
02
C1 C2 02 tRF511
2.2"' .041 1NI1.
R4
R6
270K 1200
R7
1K
TOP BOTIOM +
:~01
SOURCE
DRAIN C3
220~otF
GATE
STS schematic. The 02 gate voltage increases with the charge on C3. After
15 seconds of charging, the buzzer will warble. As the -charging continues,
the sound will grow louder.
I
I
'IC1 RESfT
I'
........... AFTER 10- 15 SECOND DELAY. i
BZ1 BECOMES AUDIBLE. 1
I
:
I'
TURN SIGNAL '
TURN SIGNAL
ON OfF
Circuit waveforms. Point A shows the signal from the flasher. The voltage
at point D will increase as long as the pin-3 output of IC1 (point C) remains
high. The C1-R2 time constant (point B) determines how long the output
will be high.
8
66
SMART TURN SIGNAL (Cont.)
--- -;~A;;---------------1
TURN SIGNAL I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- ------------------------ ---~
Flasher terminal L connects to the load and X connects to the 12-volt supply.
When the driver engages the turn signal, the L terminal voltage varies with
the blinking lights. The STS senses the changing voltage and, after 15 sec-
onds, it applies power to a buzzer through a current-limiting device to
control loudness.
c
This circuit reminds a driver that his turn signal has been left on for more than 15 seconds.
When stopped for a light, the brake-on signal holds the warning off.
MANUAL HEADLIGHT/SPOTLIGHT CONTROL FOR AUTOS

+12V
,-------------------------~From
light
sWitch
+12V
,------------------;~ Battery
Spot
01
head
I K1B
rGND
lights
AI
270 kU 4.7 k!l
~~-4~~---J~~O.l~F S1
6
NE
4.7k0 ~ S~rt
push
button
555 1N4007
KIA, B DFST relay
--ct 20-A contacts
220 ILF I K1
12-Vcoil
Coil
Pressing the START pushbutton turns on either the headlights or spotlights for a predetermined
time. After 1 minute (Rl and Cl determine this), the lights will shut off as the NE555 completes its
cycle.
67
ill
THERMOSTAT SWITCH FOR AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRIC FANS
F1
RATJNG TO
12V~- .
1R4112
~R(:)
+12VFROMQ--------1~-----1~----------------------------~----------------,
IGNmON
31f "'"
1W
3!111<1
11111<l
sw
.~
03
OR
MJ1~c
4700:~ 1...
,. .~
IC1
OUT
~. ~'l'
02
SICOMP MC3334P
1NPUT
..... 4.711
~,~ 1 ~-~ ""'

POWER SENSE
( GilD
lr .,
GND
1N
13
E
""'
R1

,Q,
ZD1
4.1V 1.1 1.1
n~'r,'":!"'
1DOUS 1W 1.1
AUTO PACE
T$&170
ORSIMUR 0.1
..... ""'
0.1
sw
0.1
sw
0 0
l l l l lll l l l I
I
IS
roo
VEHIClE
ni:""'tJ DIVIDER CURRENT
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
CHAlliS SEN Sf
SILICON CHIP FIG. 8-6
The circuit is based on a conunercial temperature sensor (TS6178) and an MC3334P ignition chip. When the radiator tem-
perature increases, the sensor pulls the base of Q2 low via Ql, which is wired as a diode. Q2's collector thus goes high and trig-
gers !Cl, which switches its pin 7 output high and turns on the fan motor via Q3.
FLASHING BRAKE LIGHT
-- 04
ECG5850
+
C3
01
1N914
... I 10 05
ECG5850
~
02 03
R1
R3 1N914 1N914
_270K 01
18K
R9 SK3083
100!1 TO TO
lEFT RIGHT
BRAKE BRAKE
R2
330!1 f::.
1220
TC1
liGHT LIGHT
...
When power is first applied, three things happen: the light-driving transistor (Ql) is
switched on because of a low output from U2, pin 3; timer Ul begins its timing cycle, with the
output (pin 3) going high, inhibiting U2's trigger (pin 2) via D2; and charge current begins to
move through R3 and R4 to C1.
When Ul's output goes low, the inhibiting bias on U2 pin 2 is removed, so U2 begins to oscillate,
flashing the third light via Ql, at a rate determined by R8, R6, and C3. Oscillation continues until the
gate-threshold voltage of SCRl is reached, causing it to fire and pull Ul's trigger (pin 2) low. With its
trigger low, U1 's output is forced high, disabling U2's triggering. With triggering inhibited, U2's out-
put switches to a low state, which makes Ql conduct, turning on 11 until the bra.k:es are released. Re-
moving power from the circuits resets SCRl, but the RC network consisting of R4 and C1 will not
discharge inunediately and will trigger SCRl earlier. So, frequent brake use means fewer flashes.
Bear in mind that the collector/emitter voltage drop across Ql, along with the loss across the se-
ries-fed diodes, reduces the maximum available light output. If the electrical system is functioning
properly (at 13 to 14 V for most vehicles), those losses will be negligible.
69
POWER CONTROLLER (FOR AUTOMOTIVE ACCESSORIES)
+ 12VOC!REGI +12VDC
,-----~~---------, (FROM CAR BATTERY! fl
C3 C2
.02
,..- ------,
RY1 lOA
.3 '
1 ''
+12VOC(REG): ._ 1
' i--<l-+--'
I
R7 I ''
2.2MEG '
G '
Q1L.-------.J ''
01 R3 R4 IRF511
3 LOAoo---.
1Nit14 ~ R2 lK 2.2K
R6 (10 A)Q R5
3.3K '---1*>----'
lOK ?1.5K
r------~,
! S1~o--+---..
1
:~
1
l1 - I
LE01
L:_____JMOUNT ON DASHBOARD
ELECTRONICS NOW -FIG. 8-8

Because the power controller is powered from the vehicle's accessory switch, the load can re-
ceive power only when the ignition key is on. Using half of a dual flip-flop (CD4013), a load of up to
10 A is controlled by a momentary pushbutton. This circuit was originally intended for automotive
power control, but could have other applications as welL
AUTOMOTIVE POWER ADAPTER FOR de-OPERATED DEVICES
0
A2
2400 PL2
R3 A4
47011 2.4K
9V
AOJ:
OUTPUT 3V 6V
A1
INPUT 1.5K 51
1993 ELECTRONICS HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 8-9
In the schematic diagram for the car-power adapter, note how the value of RB (which is RI and
Sl in the center position) is changed by putting R3 or R4 in parallel with Rl.
70
TIME-DELAY AUTO-KILL SWITCH
TO AUTO BATTERY
rh ~~+----<"'.----1~~
01 R1
4 C6
N.C.~ 1N4001 1.8MEG
1
xo
Xo 3 o I + .I 1011.1 ~cA./
~ r- ~~
R2 R5
5
"'
1K 10K t---1- 1OK
D' ~~t----i1:,C1<>--'
J
NC~ 02 ...--1 fL
6
15
I
LJ
2N3903
c'o: 6
100 _U1
8
cs
:f .0047 I C4
.0047-
'---N.-C.-o"'1p;
4-oo I I LM556CN f"---+----+-
RB
c~ 1K
R3
1K
.~ 9 5
~
N.C.-o S o I ! 81
3 7 11 L
K1~ 1 START
L s2
~9
R7
12V1-{10 R10
?rRESET 1K
4PDT TIP31 10K
nm
A
SOLENOID
IGNITION
RESISTOR
N.O.
TO OPTIONAL ALARM
{'-------0
' 0
B
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. B-10
71
TIME-DELAY AUTO-KILL SWITCH (Cont.)
The automobile delayed kill switch is simple in concept. When you get out of your car, a secretly
located pushbutton switch is pressed. Nothing apparently happens, but at the end of a predeter-
mined time, a relay is pulled in and locked. When the relay is pulled in, contacts open, and the hot
lead from the ignition to the coil and the hot wire from the key switch to the starter solenoid is
opened or disconnected. If the engine is running, it stops immediately and the starter will not oper-
ate. When you get into the car, another pushbutton switch is pressed and the relay drops out and
everything goes back to normal.
BOOSTER AMPLIFIER FOR CAR STEREO USE
+12YDC
3,8
C8
100 'i. + C11
.1
C5
9
+u 1 5t"
+"
1
R7
27K J C2
6.8 6
U1
3
+n
C4
Ill
R21
4.7K
,...!1. TDA-2004
]_
R8 1c~~~ j
~ 1c:,
1.50 ~ ~
2 4
-AUDIO
INPUT
R9
1.50
C1_, ,(
100 ;~1~
4
I 5 SPKR
RlO R2 R5 R1
1.50 R3 R4
10 1K 100 1.8K 1n
R6
C9 ~C10
.1 '~
100
6
7 ; CAR FRAME ' .1
GROUND
1990 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 811
Oniy one channel of this circuit is shown. The other is practically a carbon copy.
The input to the circuit, taken from your car radio's speaker output, is divided along two paths;
in one path, a high-power divider network (consisting of R8 through Rl 0) provides 4.5-Q resistance
to make the circuit's input impedance compatible with the output impedance of the car radio. In the
other path, the signal is fed to the input of Ul through resistor LR7, trimmer potentiometer R21, and
capacitor C2. Together, R7 and R21 offer a minimum resistance of 27,000 Q.
Integrated circuit Ul (a TDA-2004 audio power amplifier) amplifies the signal, which is then out-
put at pins 8 and 10 and fed to the loudspeaker. Note: This amp is designed for use only with car radios
whose speaker outputs are referenced to ground: do not use it with radios that have balanced outputs.
72
AUTO TURN-SIGNAL REMINDER
Vee
(KEYED POWER)
F1
TO R1 1A
"LOAD" WIRE 2.2K 14
ON
FLASHER
MODULE 2 ~
C1 R2 U1a U2
5 100U 1/44013 40411
... 8
053
12
,, 01
1N40011
~
9
13
U1-d + C2
1/44013 R3
10K 470
...
This circuit counts tum signal flashes. At the end of about 70 flashes, a chime sounds to remind
the driver to turn off the turn signal. By using various taps on U2, the period can be changed if de-
sired. BZl is a buzzer or chime module.
HEADLIGHT FLASHER
+12V
F1 + C2
10A A1
1000
47K
A2
...
82K
8 7 6
...
U1
+
A3
C1
4.7 r:iO"'N'---<>-"'11011/KH
S1 -'
oOFF
The headlight flasher is nothing more than a 555 oscillator/timer that's configured as an astable
multivibrator (oscillator). Its input is used to drive the gate of an IRF53IND hexFET, which, in turn,
acts like an on/off switch, turning the lamp on and off at the oscillating frequency (1Hz).
73
AUTOMOTIVE AUDIBLE-TURN INDICATOR ENGINE BLOCK HEATER MINDER
TO LEFT TO RIGHT
TURN TURN
INDICATOR INDICATOR
TO Dl
CAR .1N4001 01
1N4001
GROUND
lf you live in the frozen north, knowing your

engine-block heater is working is a comfort. This
POPULAR ELEC'fRONICS FIG. 8-14 device will let you know if yours is okay. Plug in
PLl to your power outlet. NE 1 should light.
This little circuit should be useful to the Then, plug in the block heater. Depressing Sl
hearing impaired. It produces a tone each time a should cause the indicator to get brighter. If not,
dashboard turn indicator lights. The tone drops your block heater might be open and inoperative.
in frequency for as long as-the indicator is lit.
HEADLIGHTS-ON REMINDER BRAKE AND TURN INDICATOR
TO LEFT TURN TO RtGHTTURN

SIGNAL SIGNAL
CURRENT CURRENT
l!...a
' Kt
Rt
TO BRAKE SIGNAL
CURRENT
1 47on
12V 1t2W .5l1
,.....-fi5omA 5W

b~ BZ1 ~ 01
TO 12VOC TO POSITIVE
IGNITION '='TERMINAL ON ECG174}>l1
SWITCH A HEADLIGHT

This might be a quick solution to getting the
This circuit will sound alarm BZ! if the igni- two-wire truck harness to support both turn and
tion is turned off with the headiights on. braking indications.
74
LAMP-SWITCHING CIRCUIT
CONNECl
ACROSS
LIGHT
SWITCH
02
R1 MJE3055
100K

A normally open pushbutton switch (81) delivers a positive input pulse to pin 4 oflll, triggering
the lC into action. The output of U1 at pin 6 supplies base-drive current to a Darlington pair com-
prised of Ql and Q2, activating Kl. A 10-JlF capacitor and any resistor value of from 1 to 10 MQ can
be used as the timing components.
To use the circuit on an auto's headlights, connect the relay's normally open contacts across the
car's headlight switch ru1d press 81 to extend the on time. In connecting the circuit to control an ac-
operated lrunp, turn off the ac power ru1d connect the relay contacts in parallel with the lamp's power
switch contacts.
AUTOMATIC TURN-OFF CONTROL FOR AUTOMOBILES
+i2V
~tohead
+
K1 light
10 IJ.F switch
v conta
16 R1
330 kn "'
.~. 1N4007
t 1K1
3
~
NE 12-Vcoil
555 1N4007
~
A> 100 U
I-' -=
Cl ~
-=- I
,, "'I 0.01 IJ.f
;~n
10 kH
O.Ql 11F Ki SPST
20 A contacts
+12V
-f 1 kn
1N~007
from ignition
SWitCh
. WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 8-19
When the ignition switch is on, relay K1 is energized continuously, and the headlights can be
turned on. Turning off the ignition turns on timer IC1,which keeps IC1 energized for a time deter-
mined by R1 and Cl. With the values shown approximately a 1 minute delay will result. The values
of R1 or C1 can be changed to vary this delay time.
75
,4LTERNATOR REGULATOR
+V
01
19 ~LED
IN4003 1
RS R6
c~~
R4 ~ C3
R1
3.3K
22K 10K 56K 50 p 2~ 1 1'F
"+ R9
0
0 R2
C1
10?,PF 02
1K
0
TIP31(i/l Fie ld
R10 4.7K rv 01 ~ ~ 03
soon
0 \be 2N2222
Circled numbers
0 \b.,.! 2N3055
R3 R7 AS
refer to
edge connector G)
10K 2200 470!! Ground
This alternator regulator uses a 3-transistor de amplifier, and is designed for a "pulled up" field
system, where one side of the alternate field returns to the +12-Vsupply, and the other end is pulled
toward ground. The circuit monitors the state of the battery through a resistive divider and causes
the voltage to change at the field terminal.
AUTO GENERATOR REGULATOR

+V
04
LED 40A
A1 1
C2
3.3K
A4
A5
OK 50 pF \\ r-----,
50V
I I
22K 01 I
A6 IN4003 I
56K I
A10 C1 + 02 I
A9 I
soon 100 pF C3 1K IN4003
I
22 j.l<f I
'
A2
4.7K
'
L----_j ''
Q1 Relay
2N2222
Q3
A3 A7 AS 2N3055 03
10K 220 n 4700 IN4003
RADIOMELECTRONICS FIG. 8-21

This regulator is for the purpose of controlling a de generator. The field configuration is that one
side of the field is grounded. D4 prevents the battery from discharging through the generator and
takes the place of the mechanical cut-out relay. Rl 0 adjusts the system voltage setting.
76
LIGHTS-ON REMINDER AUTO FUSE MONITOR
TO o-----o-~
LIBHTS
I
..i. LED1
TO
IGNITION
1N4001tfl
01
02
1N4001 V
-~
Fuse under test
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 8-22 (12-V_circuit only)
A relay and two diodes are all that is needed-
the relay performs the job of a buzzer so no annw\
ciator is required. When the lights are left on, but WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 8-23
the ignition is off, the normally closed relay con-
tacts are in series with the relay coil. That means
the relay interrupts its own power each time it be- This circuit can quickly check a fuse in an
comes active, so it chatters ru1d acts like a bmzer. automobile circuit. Connect across suspected
This is a real minimalistic headlight reminder. It fuse-either LED glows, fuse is blown. The cir
doesn't even require an annlll\ciator because the cuit must be live for this test to work.
relay acts as buzzer.
HEADLIGHT ALARM The base of Ql is connected to the car's igni

To
tion circuit; the easiest point to make that connec-
To lnst. ignition tion is at the ignition switch fuse in the car's fuse
panel lamp switch
fuse fuse panel. Also, one side of the piezoelectric buzzer is
connected to the instrument-panel light fuse;
when the headlights or parking lights are on, th
Rl instrument panel is lit, too. When the headlights
0J Piezo
AS
rv buzzer
lOK
are off, no current reaches the buzzer. Therefore,
lOK nothing happens. What happens when the head-
lights arc on depends on the state of the ignition
switch. When the ignition switch is on, transistors
Ql and Q2 are biased on, effectively removing the
buzzer and the LED from the circuit
When the ignition switch is turned off, but
the headlight switch remains on, trru1sistor Ql is
turned off, but transistor Q2 continues to be bi
R4 ased on. The result is that the voltage across the
4.7K
piezoelectric buzzer and the LED is sufficient to
cause the buzzer to sound loudly and the LED to
light.
1989 RE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 8-24
77
9
Battery Charger Circuits
Lead-Acid Trickle Charger

RF-Type Battery Charger
Battery Charger
Solar-Powered Battery Charger
Intelligent Battery-Charging Circuit
78
LEAD-ACID TRICKLE CHARGER
03
04 1N4002
1N4002
tl
I
U1
71G1i
f- 07
1N4002
05
1N4002
,..---JG
08 06
1N4002 1N4002
01 !- ~ uz 7805
lo
1
1N.t002
cz
.0333
,
I' -G C3
T1 02 ' '.033 +_~
1N4002
~8V : Bl
112V
R1 R2 ..J..
7600 28012
;
~ +, C1
' ~.aooo
65WVOC
U3 (:
TL430C " R3
2.52K
""'
~,
;Pl1 2A
~
TO
INVERTER
+
The charger can be used as a stand-alone charger or for emergency lighting and burglar alarm
systems using lead-acid batteries.
RF-TYPE BATTERY CHARGER
This type ol' charger couples RF from L2 to an extemal pickup coil. The pickup coil connects to
a rectifier and battery to be charged. This idea is handy because no wire or contacts are required. L2
is lOT #24 wire and L3 is lOT #30 wire. Both coils are mounted on a 1" x Y." ferrite rod.
RX
OPTIONAL R8
(SEE TEXT)
79
BATTERY CHARGER
TO 12V CAR BATTERY

PLl
117VAC +
05
1N4742
06
1N4001
TRICKLE
T1 02 AUTO
25 VAG 1N5400
2A
03
1N4001
02 R6
01 2.7K
2N2222
2N2222
R3
Gaon
The circuit is capable of supplying either a trickle (50 rnA) or high-current (1-A) charge. You can
select either charging method or an automatic mode that will first trickle charge a battery if it is par-
ticularly low before switching to high-current charging.
If the battery's voltage is low, Zener-diode D5 will not conduct sufficient current to produce a
voltage drop across R6 to tum Q2 on. With Q2 off, R4 puils the base of Ql high, turning it 011. That
activates Kl. With Kl active, the only thing between the battery and the power supply is R2 and D4
(which prevents current from flowing through the circuit from the battery).
Once the battery charges a bit, the current through D5 increases, causing a voltage drop across
R6 that is of sufficient magnitude to turn on Q2. Transistor Q2, in turn, grounds the base of Ql, keep-
ing it off. With Ql off, Kl remains in its normally closed state. That places Rl in series with the bat-
tery, thereby reducing the current to a trickle.
80
SOLAR-POWERED BATTERY CHARGER
Solar Array D1 - 1N6492JANTX NiCd Batteries

Vin v...
3.50 -11.00 12.0V
+ 800mA
LM1571K-12/883 Feedback
I
~ 1.20~F
c...,
Camp U1
Simple Switcher
47gcnFI
Rc Ground
2.20K

A National Semiconductor LM1577 IC is used in a step-up regulator to charge Nicad batteries
from a solar panel.
INTELLIGENT BATTERY-CHARGING CIRCUIT
~Charging
LED
560 fl
*Value of current
SCR limiting resistor
ON/OFrF_ __,E"'C'f"'5"'40.,0'&Iot---, depends on the
battery voltage
470K 2.2K
Low
battery
LED
~
RADio-ELECTRONICS FIG. 9-5
Intended for a Nicad application this charging circuit can be used with a wide range of batteries.
A low-battery detector is intended. The trip voltage is set via the 500-kQ pot. Select Rc for the bat-
tery you intend to use.
81
10
Battery Test and Monitor Circuits
Battery Tester
Car Battery Tester for Cranking Amps
Supply Voltage Monitor
Battery Watchdog
Battery Test Circuit
Battery Voltage Monitor
Battery Saver Circuit
0-2-A Battery Current Monitor with Digital Output
Car Battery and Alternator Monitor
Relay Fuse for Battery Charges
Bargraph LED Battery Tester
82
BATTERY TESTER
TO BATTERY
Ufmffi TEST R5
The battery tester uses four transistors and two LEDs to indicate the condition of any battery~you
want to test. Q3 and Q4 are connected in a Darlington configuration that has extremely high gain~ LED
L2lights when a small positive potential appears on the base of Q3~ Transistors Q1 and Q2 form a direct-
coupled de-amplifier circuit. The output of this stage drives the red LED Ll. Rotary switch S1 is used to
select different ranges (which have been previously set by adjusting trinuner resistors Pl through P5).
The positive ( +) lead goes through the selected contacts of Sl to the biasing resistors R3, R4,
and R5. The negative (-) lead of the battery under test goes to the ground or common lead of the
circuit and the ( +) side to one side of Pl through P5.
Ll Red LED
L2 Green LED
P 1 through P5 5-kn trimmer resistor
Rl 100 k(l
R2,R3 33 k(l
R4,R5 470 n
R6 12 n 1 w
Sl 2 P6 position NS rotary switch
82 NO pushbutton switch
Depending on the position of S I, a particular trinuner resistor (wiper lead) is selected. That lead
goes through the contact on Sl to resistor Rl and into the base of npn transistor Ql. If the battery
is good enough, ( +) voltage goes to the base of QI, turning it on. This turns Q2 off, which then al-
lowsQ3 to turn on~ That causes Q4 to turn on and light green LED L2.
If the battery is weak, QI will not turn on, which will cause Q2 to be biased on by R3, which in
turn lights red LED Ll. When Ql is on, it biases the base of Q3 negative, and causes Q3 to be turned
off. That prevents L2 from turning on.
The circuit operates in the same manner for all ranges except the first two, where a 9-Vbattery
has been added by 81 to be in series with the input voltage to allow for testing of very low voltage
batteries. That is because at voltages below 2 Vde, LEDs will not light and the circuit would be un-
able to set a low-voltage (<2-V) battery without the additional internal-battery voltage. A load resis-
tor has also been included; it allows the battery under test to be connected to a load to give a better
indication of its condition. That load resistor is connected across the battery when normally open
(NO) switch 82 is depressed.
83
..."'
CAR BATTERY TESTE~ FOR CRANKING AMPS
(+ )AlliGI\fOR R20
CUP TP8 tK
01 ~IRED! TEST
1tu001
TP7
R2 R5
20K
TP3 TP4 470n 51
to
At 02
~
.,. 3 06
5
R19
23.7K 1N8U TP9 TIMER 15K
RESET
RIB
10MEG
AI Rtt R6
10K tOK tL C4
6811
J!Oj.IF
TP6 ~
R9
tK
t-=-1"--T+ R14
Ct 2.5K
.1 CURRENT A0J
-
~
This circuit deterrrilnes the cold cranking amps of a battery by first discharging the surface charge, then checking the inter-
nal resistance. This gives a more realistic measurement than simply measuring the instantaneous drop in voltage "ith a load. A
constant-current source draws 2.5 A. Then, after one minute, a voltage drop measurement is made under load.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE MONITOR
+V
R1 R3
1 Meg 100K
R6
lOOK
LIN 4 8
+ When supply voltage exceeds a preset level,
~ ~6o
7
R4
2.7
U1 ,o.- the G55 oscillates, and flashes LED I. The !lash
,,
555 rate is controlled by varying C3.
18K
"'f Meg 6 R5
1K
~\\
1 (
+, C2 C3
1 ' 0.1 LED1
TIL209
-
BATTERY WATCHDOG
112-V
"'""'"
D1
nv
"
'"""
Plug
Extension cord
R2
1200l1
Racaptacl"

This circuit uses a pair of Zener diodes to monitor battery voltage of a 12-V battery. If below 11
V, Ill ceases to conduct, pin 3 of 1C2 goes high, setting FF 1C2 turning on Q1, Kl, and the battery
charger. At excess of 14-Vbattery voltage (full charge), D2 conducts, resetting FF IC2, and cutting
off the battery charger.
85
BATTERY TEST CIRCUIT
.sv
"+ inpuf' s
01 430 02
1N4735 1N4733
.,
910
(6.2 V)
RJ
2k
R6
820
-
(5.1 V)
"'
820 03
LED
~
Ra
"2 "4 430
240 240
'tow lever "Higb level"
,, Rg
GND 433
-
Using this circuit, ttuee levels of voltage can be displayed-normal (11 to 15 V}, high (>15 V),
and low ( <11 V). When the voltage is low, the LED glows steadily. In the normal nmge, the LED is
off. When the voltage is high, the LED blinks at a 1-Hz rate. This circuit is useful for assuring proper
electrical system operation.
BATTERY VOLTAGE MONITOR

V
R2 R4
lOOK I MEG
RI
18K
C1
' 'I When battery voltage goes low, pin 4 of Ul
7
4 8 C4 goes high as Ql fails to conduct. This activates
~~I 100
oscillator Ul and generates audio tone. R5 sets
100
VN10KM
ill R3
IOK
Ul
555 f-,-i{ level at which the circuit activates.
~
~d
q
.
,___jl I
lOOK s
LIN
*~i SPKR 1
t:i4 -801l
-v
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. tD-6
86
BATTERY SAVER CIRCUIT
BI :
~
9VO c '
~
..l. ~
l r.
3
Ul
~
II
1
~
4011
I
>9VOC
"-4 ;~ C1
100
_}_
r"-
9
r!- 01
1N914 1
}
~
OUT
TO-LOAD
AI
10MEG "="
POPULAR ELECTRONICS -FIG. 10..7
This battery saver circuit can automatically turn off a small piece of test equipment after a de-
sired period of time, allowing you to leave your shop worry free.
This circuit uses a CD40 11 IC to act as a simple timer. One section acts as an RC discharge timer
(pin 7). This causes its output to go low, holding the three other outputs high acting as a 9-V source.
After Cl/Rl discharges approximately 10 minutes, the output drops to zero. Sl resets the circuit.
0-2-A BATTERY CURRENT MONITOR WITH DIGITAL OUTPUT
-j~
l "T06V
~~f:5~k n~k 470k
' "" ~ 1::'--- 3>-- L cs r

[::./
Vco
0 ~ 112 LT1178 - + LTCT096 CLK
'
0 0 02<HOR2HUCC Sc.c. r Oor
~oeo wuccscm
1 '" v"'
f- l i:L ~ I"""''"'
LT1004 17 ~
/
-
LINEAR TECHNOLOGY FIG. 10-8
IC devices by Linear Technology make up this current monitor circuit. Draln is only 701JA from a
3- to 6-V battery.
87
CAR BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR MONITOR
The monitor is a simple voltage comparator in which a car battery serves as the battery for op-
eration_ The input voltage to the comparator is set by adjustment potentiometer Pl, which must be
adjusted so that the green LED L2 is on when the alternator is operating properly and red LEDl is
on when the alternator is inoperative.
The circuit operates as follows: When the alternator operates properly, the battery voltage is
higher and Pl is set so that transistor Ql causes Q2 to be off. That results in Q3 and Q4 being fully
on, thus applying current to green LED L2. If the battery voltage is lowered (alternator inoperative),
transistor Ql is turned off. That allows transistor Q2 to turn fully on, applying current to red LED Ll,
indicating trouble. Once Q2 is on, it causes Q3 and Q4 to go out of conduction_
RELAY FUSE FOR BATTERY CHARGES
Charged capacitor C3 and momentary push-

button switch S2 are used to momentarily energize
relay RE2. The battery under charge energizes the
relay to hold it closed. S2 -Will energize the relay
even if the battery is too far discharged initially to
energize it.
88
BARGRAPH LED BATTERY TESTER
LED NO 1 '" LED NO 2

9 3 S.~ 160mA
,- " LED NO 3
MODE V+
~
>0
" LED N04
1l 02
"
1
DIVIDER (LOW END) LED NO 5
5 OJ
SIGNAL INPUT
"
13
LED N06 IC1
04
DIVIDER (HIGH END) e LEDN07 LMJ914
o
"
.,..
7
REFERENCE OUTPUT LED NO 8
11
06
REFERENCE ADJUST B LEON09
..........
07
MODE SELECT
9 10
LED NO 10
, 08
-salt. 1 ,
4vs:
, 09
D.U.T.
,, 010
"' V
ELEKTOR ELECTRONICS USA FIG. 10-11
The LM3914A bargraph LED 1s used here as a voltmeter for battery testing. The circuit is pow-
ered by a 4.5-V battery and compares the battery under test with an internally derived reference, set
by Rl/R2/Pl. Each LED of the 10 represent 10% of full scale. !<'or best results, the battery (D.U.T.)
should be loaded with an appropriate resistor.
89
11
Buffer Circuits
The somces of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
675. The figure number in the hox of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Buffer/Amplifiers
High Current Buffer
VFO Buffer Amplifier
MOSFET Buffer Amplifier
3V Rail to Rail SingleSupply Buffer
Simple Video Buffer
LowOffset Simple Video Buffer
90
BUFFER/AMPLIFIERS
.,; ~2
+9-12V
A2
cu
.1 820<l
INPUT OUTPUT
~
A1 A4
12K 47K .027
C1 A3
.0022 AS 240<l
12K
.,.
A
A3
-l~
C4 .,.
A4
100K 100<l 01
.,.
C3
.01
C1
AS
47K
lt=:""""'
01
100pf 40873
INPUT NTE222
ECGZ22
A1
lOOK A2 C2
1SO<l .01
'SEE TEXT
...
8
These two butTer/amplifiers that have been successfully used with VFOs: one (shown in A) is
based on a pair of bipolar npn transistors, <md the other (shown in B) is built around a dual-gate
MOSFET.
91
HIGH CURRENT BUFFER
+9-12V
OUT
3 2
1/o .al41
5 4
'I .al48
7 6
By parallel connecting all six gates of this
,,, .al41
4049 hex inverting buffer, you can obtain a much
9 10 higher output current than would otherwise be
1/o.al41
available.
11 12
1 /o.al48
14 15
IN
VFO BUFFER AMPLIFIER
..----:1!-~~--~~-;;-;,---<r--- + 9- T2V
~ c2 R2
.1 8200
INPUT OUTPUT
~ ~'y~~~~~._~--~g~-
R1
12K
~
C1 R3
.0022 RS 240n
12K
A two-transistor feedback pair provides broadband operation. The gain is approximately li)R 1 .
92
MOSFET BUFFER AMPLIFIER 3-V RAIL-TO-RAIL
SINGLE-SUPPLY BUFFER
,---------~R~3~~---1C~
R4
lOOK lOOn .01
C3 AS +3V
.Ol 47K
VouT
R1
lOOK R2 C2
1500 .01
'SEE TEXT

A MOSFET is used as a wideband buffer am-
plifier. T1 is wound on a toroid of approximately NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR FIG. 11-5
>I" diameter, with material suitable for frequency
(usually 1- to 20-MHz range). The turns ratio
should be about 4: 1 depending on load imped- The LMC6484 provides a 3-V p-p rail-to-rail
ance. Typically, at 4 MHz, there are 18 turns on buffer with a +3-V supply commonly used for
the primary, 4 turns on the secondary, and the logic systems.
stage gain is about 14-dB voltage (ZL =50 Q).
SIMPLE VIDEO BUFFER LOW-OFFSET SIMPLE VIDEO BUFFER

+ ,...---....----.- +5 V lo 12 V
10 f'F_
+ 5V -.,..-------,
ton
330n
Rl 02
1.5K Video
in
01
2N2222
Video
2.2 k!1 ton
out -5Vto-12V
R2
1.5K ~ 10 f'F

ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 11-6.
Tllis circuit has proved to be an effective
video buffer and will easily drive a 75-Q load to
1.5-V p-p output. BW is better than 20 MHz and
This simple emitter follower can be used as a there is less than 0.05-V de offset, wllich is the
video buffer. difference in ~E of Q1 and Q2. The supply lines
should be well bypassed, 5 V or more.
93
12
Carrier-Current Circuits
Carrier-Current Baby-Alert Transmitter

Carrier-Current Bahy-Alert Receiver
94
CARRIER-CURRENT BABY-ALERT TRANSMITTER
C10
.22 Rl R2
1K LEO! 3.31<
3WATT 3WATT 13.6V
117 tHOT 01 02 +
VAG
N;ur
1N401M
I
+...1,. C1
47
1N4731A
6.8V
C2
470
T1
TK1901
+6.8V R9 03
4701< 1N4731A C3 .033
.r~'[-
Yl+f '#
.. <. I 6.8V 470 R17
1000
R14
4.75K
04
1N4148 8 R16
4.7K Ql
RIO 4I U3
MPSA4Z
22K
LMC$55CN
R15
6 2.21K
R12
lOOK
C9
.001
R19
20K U2 A13
SENSITIVITY LMC555GN !OK
~~---~---~
C7
10
The baby-alert transmitter is built around an LM324 quad op amp (Ul), two L'v!C555CM CMOS oscillator/timers (U2 and
U3), and a few support components. The transmitter sends a signal on receipt of a sound at M!Cl. It has a frequency of around
125kHz and crut be used to trigger an alarm receiver.
"''"
CARRIER-CURRENT BABY-ALERT RECEIVER
117 {HOT 05 A20 + C11 R28

1N4004 3.3K 470 4.7K
VAC NEUT. R25
3WATT 100K
BZ1
R21 "
10K 03
~
R22
4.7K 2N311111
C12 04
.001 R23 02 2N3104
C14 2N3104
.001 470K
R27
R26 47K
4.7K
C13
.001
f L1
1.5mH
TK3203
C16
.01 R24
1000
C17
2.2
+ R29
10K
The baby-alert receiver is comprised of three transistors: Q2, which is configured as a high-gain
linear amplifier; Q3, which serves as bolh an amplifier and detector; and Q4, which is essentially used
as a switch; and a few additional components. It sounds an alarm BZl on receipt of a 125-kHz signal
from an alarm transmitter via the 120-V power lines.
96
13
Clock Circuit
The source of the following circuit is contained in the Sources section, which begins on page 675.
The figure number in the box of the circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Binary Clock
97
U8
LM309K
LEOS LED7 LED8 LED9 LE010 LED11 LEDT2 LED13 lED14 LE015 LED16 LED17
G
R27 R28 R30 R31 R32
A20
2000.
R22
330U
A23
33011
R24
3300
R25
.:J3QU
R26
330U 330n JJon ""
330U JJOtl 330n 3300
R33
33on
R21 1 8 4 2 1 2
68n H_10 ~
!:1_! M10 Ml
1992 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK
This circuit is an unusual clock in that the LEDs are bi-color red/green displays that indicate the
time in binary coded decimal form.
LEDs 21 through 24 read out seconds
LEDs 5, 18, 19, and 20 read out 105 seconds
LEDs 14 through 17 read out in minutes
98
+14V
+14V
C6
.1
6
2 CP V+ U3-b
U3-a 10 - V2611
r.
+14V 1/2 4518
R14 CP RS!-1'-'5--+-----+
CP RS G CP
+14V
cs 7 9
I
.l 52 R15
+14V
'l HOLD 1K
"'
000 53
11\ST
S4
SLOW R18
...r..~~~...r..~~~------~
IOK
010
1N4148
09
1N4148
+14V
16 8 15
08 V+G: RS
7 1N4148 USa CP Cl' 10
------+--+ol-+'-lRSt/24518 CP 2 = U6b 9
-
,,2 4518 CP
R16
10K R17 0 3 2
IK 3 14 13 12 11
LED18 LED19 LE020 LE021 LE022 LED23 LED24
3300
R34
3300
.... R36
3300
R37
3300
R38
3300
R39
3300:
R40
3300
~
SlJI
8
' ~1
FIG. 13-1
LEDs 4, 11, 12, and 13 read out in 105 minutes

LEDs 7 through 10 read out thehours
LEDs 1, 2, 3, and 6 read out tens of hours
The 60-Hz line is used as a tirnebase.
99
14
Code Practice Circuits
The source of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page 675.
The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Code Practice Oscillator Uses Optoisolator

Electronic CW "Bug" Keyer
QRP Sidetone Generator/Code Practice Oscillator
Morse Practice Oscillator
Code Practice Oscillator
Variable Frequency Code Practice Oscillator
Single-Transistor Code Practice Oscillator
100
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR USES OPTOISOLATOR
A
+5V
R4 R5 R6 Rl
2200 lOK lK lK
Ul
VTL10G1 01 8
7
2N2222
R2
R3 lOOK
4.7K 4
U2 6
TO REDUCE VOLUME, 555 2
INSERT A 10"0 ADJUSTABLE
BEND A SMALL RESISTOR HERE.
PIECE OF TIN OR 3
THIN SHEET METAL
INTO THIS TYPE
OF FORM. C2 + Cl +
2.2 SPKRl 1
80
VTL10G1
OPTOISOLATOR
B
A slotted-pair isolator (A) is effectively an enclosed-pair isolator with a slit that will allow an ob-
st.acle to intem1pt the light path. That could be useful for building a code key (B).
101
ELECTRONIC CW "BUG" KEVER
"'" '"
'"
"
"" "
l9pF
"
'"
'"
PAOO~
"rooo
"""
,,.
"
" ""
"" "
"
1~914
"
IN914
'"
"'
""C=IT"'
OUTPUT
This keyer uses skin conductivity to simulate the old-fashioned mechanical CW bug keyer. When
the "dit" paddle is touched the bias on the inverter, !CI-a is shunted to ground, and it produces a logic
high, causing oscillator sections C&D to generate a low-frequency square wave keying Ql for a series
of"dits." When the "dah" paddle is touched, section b produces a logic high, driving keyer Ql on.
QRP SIDETONE GENERATOR/CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR

===F=rt-----~----~-,-,--r------r------r----------t--1!-cs,~e~
"
117
1"0.1
fh
R2
47k
11:3
IQk
R4
IOk
lgl/
TO II:EY @-----_J
01-0" -2Nl904
05 2Nl90&
For use with low-power transmitters with a positive keying voltage. Ql/Q2/Q3 form a switching
amplifier. When the key is pressed, the collector of Q3 goes to ground, turning on Q5 ar1d activating
!Cl, an audio oscillator. Q4 drives the speaker. For use as a code practice oscillator, insert Pl and Jl
and a key in .!2.
102
MORSE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
+9V
R1
4.7K rl. KEYSWITCH
S1 1 kH
R2
7
U1 3
100
C2 I-- 7
NE555
8
I - 9-
ba
100K
6
555 + 2 .2 kU
2
3
1 100D: To
12 C3
2
0!.' soon
earphones
Z2:SOOU
.47 6
7
volume
Freq control
SPK R1 contraI 5 1
C1
.022
40-80!!
-----<
ll 0.01 f.LF
c!c

A 555 timer configured as an astable
multivibrator is used in this circ.uiL lo generate The tone and volume of the sound produced
an audio nolc. Cl can be changed to vary lhc when the telegraph key is depressed can be var-
audio note as desired. ied in lhis code practice oscillator.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY CODE PRACTICE SINGLE-TRANSISTOR CODE PRACTICE

OSCILLATOR OSCILLATOR
SPKR1
--------, 8<l4-INCH
r SPEAKER
01
+3-12V +3-12V 2N366
R3
R2
10on
Cl
IOK
U1 -" IOK"
C4 MC34119 R4
.1 100K
+
S1 ";' 81
KEYSWITCH : 9 VOLTS
C3 .!..
-;o R3 .1
47K

A 2N:366 is configured as an audio feedback
The variable frequency audio oscillator can oscillator using an audio tnmsformcr is shown.
be used as a low-level alarm sounder or a code- Adjust Rl for proper operation and desired audio
practice oscillator. note.
103
15
Color Organ Circuit
3-Channel Color Organ
104
3-CHANNEL COLOR ORGAN
F1
OUTLET 1 OUTLET 2 OUTLET 3

120VAG
A A A
G SGR1 G SGR2 SGR3
.--~'lie .----+--+---+'""~ G G
G
R3 R2 R1
G2 G1
.,..
The ac line power is brought back into the circuit through Fl, a protective 5-A fuse. One side of
the ac line is connected to one side of each ac outlet. The other side of the ac line is connected to
each SCR or silicon-controlled rectifier. Each SCR is, in turn, connected to the other side of each ac
outlet.
An audio signal is brought into the circuit from a stereo speaker by transformer Tl. This trans-
former has 500-Q impedance on the primary and 8-Q impedance on its secondary. Connect T1 so
that the 8-Q side is connected to the speaker and the 500-Q side is connected to potentiometer Pl.
Potentiometer Pl is used as a level or sensitivity control. The signal from its wiper lead is applied
to each RC filter stage. Because each SCR has a different RC (resistor/capacitor) filter on its gate
lead, each will respond to different frequencies. The greater the capacitance in the filter, the lower
the frequency that the SCR will respond to.
105
16
Computer Circuits
Printer Sentry
PC Password Protection
Buffer FC Data and Clock Lines
106
PRINTER SENTRY
Jd. 614 615 616 617 16 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 \
{r;1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 110 12 '( 13'(
"!' I I I
+5V
+5V
+5V +5V
1
+5V
.____
+5VL,
R2
.,.~11
1U2 1 i l
R8
t'"* ".. '"
8
R9
+5V
1
/ 7486
U'
~
22on 22on
68K
R1 2 R3
8 6
1'/ ~-7
68K 68K 13
J-!--- 1'/
12
556
U3 2
BUSY~+ f
LE04 LEOS
5V PAPER +5V
ft\ LED?
't'AUTOFEED
~~1 f---
11
r-I EMPTY L_
+
1 3 C3
1
17 19 Is
C4 C6 C5 .J.. ':.J... C2
.01 ..,. .,.. 1 +5V
.01 .01
.,. -
+5V
R4
-t -t
1U21U +sv sU
'/<7486~ ~'17486 us-a ~
220<l R6 R5 14 1 2
220<l ~ ~ 220<l
1/4 7486 ':'
R13
220Q 11 8 6
R11~ ~R12
R10
+ + 220Q 220Q 220!'2
~
51 .,. ~"/1'/ 1'/~1'/ 1'/ 1'/ 1'/
LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED10 LE09 11\LEDB
J1 POWER INPUT STROBE ACKNOWLEDGE ON L.IHE +5V DC1/DC3 +5V 'f'ERROR
":"
6 VOC
-:
PRIME
~
_i PROTOCOL L_

~
.._,
0
PRINTER SENTRY (Cont.)
ACKNOWLEDGE' - - - - - ,
BUSY------,
PAPER EMPTY
SELECT
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
AUTOFEED
'LOW-GOING PULSE ERROR
'----INITIALIZE'
GROUND '-------+SELECT
TABLE 1-PIN CORRESPONDENCE

Centronics~
DB-25 Style
Connector Connector
1 t
10 10
t1 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 32
16 31
17 36
18 19
Handy for monitoring printers, this circuit displays all the signals on a parallel link. It monitors
the status of the lines, enabling remote monitoring of the operation oLa printer, and it also gives an
indication of troubles (paper empty, busy, etc.).
108
PC PASSWORD PROTECTION
8
10
t:::::~-' IC2-<:
PC 'Jt7&8M
GNO
11
--;;)
't74L12t
13 -
.EXPANSION KN
1f 74L821 ~
JU1 7~~. 7 I . '\.. S1-h
A11 A14
' G1 9
"VJ~:.. r f--oo 0
~
'5. -' SI-d
All A13 'I -. I -' Sl-o
~ I
c -3
Yl - 4 '\. Sl-1
AI! A12
' -5
1.-(~.'.1,. II ~.,__:
Sl-g
S1-h
~
----'
-
-
~
= ~; 20
- IC4
43258
11
01 12
13
15
::::::er< 11
~:a ili
~ FJ!Mii IB12
27
m
,A13
WE
:~
v 11100 " A14
GND leo1
~. 7~
; ~IC2-b
5 . '+ br
...!. 107 1
/4~21
::
07
=
= ~~ ;; I
~
- IAi
'----- _AlB
"
ENBI
'I T"
With this circuit, a PC will be protected, requiring a password to boot. After three times, the
computer will have to have a cold reboot and the password tried again. Software for this system is
available-consult the reference for further details.
109
BUFFER FC DATA AND CLOCK LINES
A
All npn's = 2N39114 All pnp's = 2N39D6 All diodes= 1N5712
B
The 12 C serial bus is a popular two-wire bus for small-area networks. 12 C Clock and Data lines
have open collector (or drain) outputs for each device on the network. Only a single pull-up resistor
is needed. With this architecture, each device can "talk" on the network, rather than just "listen." In
some circumstances, it might be desirable to buffer these lines to expand the network, which can
sometimes be a tricky task. The obvious approach (Fig. 1) wont work because it latches in either !he
higher or lower state. A circuit for a noninventory nonlatching buffer is also shown.
The circuit is symmetrical about its center so that the input and output can be swapped. Ql and
Q8 are the output open collector drivers. Q2, Q3, Q6, and Q7 provide the nonlatching functions. The
capacitors prevent switching gliLches by ensuring the inhibit trrulSistors turn off before the output
transistors do.
Operation can be best explained by example: if the input is high, Q4 turns off, ru1d the voltage
across R8 goes to zero. This turns off Ql and QS. The output then goes high, which is the circuit's
normal resting place. If the input is pulled low, Q4 is turned on.
Diode Dl remains reverse-hiased, preventing Q3 from turning off Q4. With Q4 on, current is sup-
plied to botl1 Q2 and Ql to tum them on, but Q2 turns on first to keep Ql off. This prevents the in-
put from latching. Q4 also turns on QS. D4 is now forward-biased, so Q6 turns on, and thus tums off
Q5. With Q5 off, Q7 will not turn on. The output remains low. Even with both the input ru1d the out-
put externally driven low, the circuit will nol latch. The circuit, using the values shown in Fig. 2,
reached a clock rate of 80kHz with a VOH of 5.0 V and a VOL of 0.5 V.
110
17
Control Circuits
6-Digit Coded ac Power Switch

VCR TV On/Off Control
Simple Power Down Circuit
Simple ac Voltage Control
Dual-Control Switch Uses ac Signals
111
~
~
"' 6-DIGIT CODED ac POWER SWITCH

+
9 ... 12V
IC1 .. IC4 = 4013BE

ICS = 4069BE
IC6 = MOC3063
BC109
C~E
10
R N
"
3
""'IC3<
so
s
B 6
R12 ou
C6
.

N
o2N
~
0
Semiconductors:
IC1-IC4 = 4013BE
IC5a ICS = 4069BE
2 IC6 = MOC 3063
AL AL T1, T2 = BC109
01,03 = 1N4001
02 = LED.green
Tri1 = BTA 26-6008
This switch uses four CD4013 BE dual flip-flops, an inverter, and an optoisolator to drive a triac. The circuit can SV>itch
25-A ac load current. A standard 4 x 3 telephone keyboard is used to enter a 6-digit code. In case df a .VTOilg code, a signal is
available to activate ail alarm. The disarming method is a secret reset button that can be any number on the keyboard.
VCR TV ON/OFF CONTROL
Fl
117VAC
3A
:llOOPIV~--------------====+-~---1
lA
Tl I I Cl
24VCT
450mA II 470
C2
470
PL2
Rl
JaM
VCR
R3
101(
AUTO lOK
~R5 01
::,- I +12V
lOOK 111114 ~Kl
,.:4* 12V
fl~
!!!_j
82 R2
Cll R8
.47 47K
Off! ...
lOK 7
02
116 ClO R7
4701l .1
~
lOOK - --- 111114
This circuit senses the video from the VCR. When the VCR is turned on, video signal is amplified by U3A and B to drive Ql,
activating Kl. In tills manner, it is not necessary to tum on and off two video devices every time. In many cases, this avoids the
use of a cable box, the cable-ready VCR performing this function.
"'
SIMPLE POWER DOWN CIRCUIT
.----------+-<>+12
--Power Down
control input
1K - -
vee
U1 = CD4001 10 k
I +
1U,F AD7769
AD7774
- -
Tltis circuit adds a power-down function to ruwlog I/0 pmts (for exrunple, the AD7769 and
AD7774). Moreover, the diodes ordinarily needed to protect the devices against power-supply mis-
sequencing can be eliminated (see the l'igure).
In the circuit, MOSFETs Ql and Q2 switch the +5- and +12-V supplies, respectively, in a se-
quence controlled by two cross-coupled CD4001 CMOS NOR gates (UIC and U1D). The sequence in
which power is applied is important: The controlled circuits may be damaged anytime >';;c exceeds
VDD + 0.3 V. Consequently, the NOR gates must be powered from a 12-V supply throughout the
power-down sequence.
Bringing the power down control high ( +5 V) applies power to the controlled circuit by turning
on all MOSFETs. Specifically, raising the power down brings the output of U1C low, causing capaci-
tor C1 to discharge VOL exponentially with time constru1tR 1C 1 . As the voltage on C1 falls, two events
occur. First, it puts a negative gate-source voltage on P-channel Q1, turrting it on. _
Second, it causes output gate U1D to go high. With the output of U1D high, capacitor C2 charges
exponentially to VOH-about 12-V-applying a positive gate-source voltage to turn on Q2. In the
power down mode, the Power Down control is broug]1t low and the RC circuits and their delays work
in reverse. Consequently, capacitor C2 discharges to the logic input of U1C before C1 can charge.
Hence, Q2 turns off before Ql.
SIMPLE ac VOLTAGE CONTROL

LAMP
OIMMER
Lamp dimmers can be used for more than

just controlling lights. Just provide one with an
ac line cord and a socket, and discover just how
useful they can be.
114
DUAL-CONTROL SWITCH USES ac SIGNALS
C1 01
.1 1N814
ru
+6-10V C2
311
2kHz 1K .47 05
AC 10V
IN 02
ZENER
1N914
A3
1000
C3 03 R1
.1 1N914 10K
Ul
+6-10V C4
31
2kHz 1K .1
AC 04 R2
IN 1N914 27K
The Dual-Control Switch uses two 6-10- Vac sources to trigger the circuit on and off; one source
for each function.
115
18
Converter Circuits
One-Chip Crystal-Controlled Converter Simple 2-m-6-m Transverter

High-Performance Shortwave Converter Sine- to Square-Wave Converter
3-A de-de Converter Needs No Heatsink 439.25-MHz ATV Downconverter
Simple WWV Converter for Auto Radios Sine-Wave-to-Square-Wave Converter
Digital-to-Analog Converter ATV Downconverter
Temperature-to-Frequency Converter 28Ndc to 5-Vdc Converter
VLF Converter Current-to-Voltage Converter
800- to 1000-MHz Scanner Converter Temperature-Compensated One-Quadrant
Crystal-Controlled Frequency Logarittunic Converter
Converter Using MOSFET de/de Converter Circuit with 3.3-V
Temperature-to-Digital Converter and 5-V Outputs
116
ONE-CHIP CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED CONVERTER
J1
RFIN
""'
lr-
- I
Tl .., 1 4
'I ~ J2UT
I
62
l ~ r~ , ~
-- RF 0
I U1 8
~ I C1 ~ .001
HE602
I 2
I .!__ +1 2
L- ..J
C3 C4 VO c
31 6
47pf 240pF
;?- .. .."
II
C5
0
I
U2
7BL05
Pes
C6
SEE TEXT
XTAL 1~
?J iG ~.1
0
" .,b. "
A
+12
R1 VOC
R3
6.8K 560<1
C5
1.001
C3 C4
.001 10pF
TO PIN 6
R2 ON U1
6.8K
.,. R4
150K
C2
.001
cal
.04
v, Tl
C1
01
r R5
01 4712
*SEE TEXT .,.

8
This circuit c'm work over a wide range of frequencies. XTAL 1 is a fundamental-frequency crys-
taL Tl and Clare tuned to the input frequency. An application of this circuit is a simple shortwave
converter for AM radios, etc. A tuneable oscillator can also be used, as shown.
117
HIGH-PERFORMANCE SHORTWAVE CONVERTER
J2 81
~
+12V
C3,, i:: XTAU ;!,; R2
220pf C2
(SEE TEXT)T
T 32pF 1K
~ J1 T1 220pf
7 8 el
5
.---lO.J~!:!z__ , 3 1
.1.
R1
1
''
! ~~~
:41 .....
U1 01
2~'!'f1
10K 2
I
1
I 5
~ fc1 2
FREQUENCY CONVERTER
'
1...---------.J
'I 'f .C404
~INSTALL FOR 6. 0 - 65 P RATI ON
. MH zOE ..!..
1990 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK F/G. 18-2
The NE602 chip, U1, contains oscillator and mixer stages. The mixer combines the oscillator sig-
nal with the input RF signal to produce signals whose frequencies are the sum and difference of the
input frequencies. For example, an 8.5-MHz oscillator and a 10-MHz incoming signal will give output
signals at 18.5 MHz (10 + 8.5) and 1.5 MHz (10- 8 5). Recall that 1.5 MHz is 1500kHz and an orcli-
nary AM radio will tune to it.
The choice of crystal depends on what shortwave band you want to hear. The 9.5- to 10-MHz
band is less crowded and includes the tinte-signal station WWV. For that band, you'll need a crystal
of 8.5 to 8.9 MHz. There is no standard microprocessor crystal in that range, but you can use an am-
ateur radio crystal, have a crystal custom-made, or use a CB crystal.
Transformer Tl rejects signals that are outside the band you are interested in. Transformer Tl
should pass signals from 9 to 11 MHz and attenuate all others.
The transformer, T1, used in the circuit is a 10.7-MHz IF transformer salvaged from an FM radio.
They are fairly easy to obtain new from parts stores and mail-order houses. Most 10. 7-MHz IF trans-
formers will tune across the 9.5- to 10-MHz band without modification; all you need to do is turn its
tuning slug. To receive the 6.0- to 6.5-MHz shortwave band, you'll have to add a 150-pF capacitor.
Capacitors
C1 150-pF, ceramic disc (see text)
C2 32-pF, ceramic disc
C3, Cfi 220-pF, ceramic disc
C4 0.04 or 0.05-).!F, ceramic disc
Additional Parts and Materials
Ul NE602N frequency-converter integrated circuit
Dl 6.2-V, 0.4 or 1-W Zener diode
R1 10,000-Q panel-mount potentiometer
R2 1000-0, ~-W, 5% resistor
.11, .!2 RCA phono jack
Sl DPDT, toggle switch, panel mount
T1 10.7-MHz IF transformer (green color coded)
XTAL 1 8.5-MHz crystal or CB channel-5 receiving crystal (see text)
XTAL 2 5.0-MHz microprocessor crystal for 6-MHz band
118
3-A de-de CONVERTER NEEDS NO HEATSINK
8-111-24-V
inp~
Boost
v. Top gare drive
V+ Top gal! feedbac
5-V/3-A
ollftl~
Top
Bias source
LT1158
half-bridge Sense+
driver
Enable Sense
FauH Bottom gate
drive
Input Bottom gate
C1 feedback
11111flpFI Ground
L1=Colltronics CTX50-3MP
A, =Vlshay/Uitronix RCS01, SMI
lsotek Corp.ISAPLAN SMR
ELECTRONICS DESIGN FIG. 18-3
This regulator delivers 90'){, efticiency at 12-V input, 5-V output. It uses an LT1158 and LT1431
by Linear Technology, Inc. High efficiency is obtained by synchronously switching two power MOS-
FETs in a step-down switching regulator. The LT1431 voltage reference combines with the LT1158
half-bridge driver to form a const,mt off-time current mode loop.
SIMPLE WWV CONVERTER FOR AUTO RADIOS

+9VDC C5
.047
~oM-------j~
8
~----i-[-1)1MHz
4
:f.~ Cx Uf
I NE602 I t OUT
I I I
I 5 I I
I 2 L-------...1
*SEE TEXT
Tltis simple frequency converter mixes the 15-MHz WWV/WVH signal with a 16-MHz signal from
the LO to convert it down to 1 MHz so that it can be heard on AM-band receiver.
119
DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER
2R v,,.
ZR R
2R R
2R R
2R R
2R R
2R R
2R R
2R
=
A
+5V RlO
5K
12
Rll
zoon
DIGITAL
INPUTS ANALOG
IFROM OUTPUT
FIG.21 +12V
-12V
Rl
3.3K
R9 C5
02 lK 2.21J.F
C4 LM329 ISEE TEXTI 15V
.1 6.9V
+ TANTAWM
C7 +
-12V 2.21-lf
15V TANTAWM
B
1992 AE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 18-5
Figure A is an R/2R resistor ladder. Each switch that is closed increases the amount of current at
I,",. A simple channel ND converter is shown in Fig. B. The voltage reference (D2) is common to all
channels, but the value of the dropping resistor (R9) varies as the number of DACs installed in the
system. IC15 is a DAC0808 ND converter chip. ICI6A is an op amp to interface the output current
from the D/A convert to an analog voltage output.
120
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
C3
01
R6
1K
100HzrC
(100Hl/'F)
In this circuit an LM84 or LM35 produces a frequency proportional to temperature. Reference

current (138 J.IA) is set via R3. The output can be used to drive a display, frequency counter, or other
indicating device for temperature readout.
VLF CONVERTER
4 MHr
6 ... 12 v
+ 5 . . HlmA
c'
10 ... 150 kH1 J!oon
IC1
l"
S042P
l6
m"'
u
" "'
c G C10 C11
lOOmti ' 4010 .. 4150kHr
330p ]90\l 100p 60p
0
85484
This converter convcrtslO kHz to lGO kHz to 4.01 to 4.15 MHz Ior use with a shortwave receiver
for VLF reception. A 4-MHz L.O. frequency is used. Xl can be a microprocessor XTAL or another
suitable type. The antenna should be as long as possible.
121
800- TO 1000-MHz SCANNER CONVERTER
r-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
J1 son. :' OFF sz-a '~ son J2.
INtJPUT
Cx N
St A2 TOOpFT
C6
1'100pf
Cl A4
180n
t1C11
- 100pF :u
BOO 1000MHz
..............,
OFF
ON
I C~O~~~r
\, L16
470K ~ - ~
3
I '!!' 1 1 , Is Is 7 J
~r===:J2~ 01 l2"
~ 1
~
~ 1~~F"r:::::! 3
L4 ~LS" ,;:-?3
Ll;;, MIXER
SBLTX
.!L- !I X- 5~~:~
L_~"""1~G,2r,q, '-. D r-;: ~0 ~ ~ Yl,~ f-ICI '--'-' ~ MODI J
r , ~- L_' ' - ~ L3" lOOpF 4 MAR-l '--' I TO LED
C2 Gt .-:IJ -- 1 t--,r--J"'(OPTIONAL
lOOp '=" 1 L__...,
~ C9 SECOND RF ..L L
~ ~' CS 1..:_~pF SECTION 1..- '=" Al
9
coNV'ffiTE'A1
~ ~ ~ ~
f1h
A1 100pF
C3 G0 Ci"".!.
'? ~
1- 5pf
.~:--.f11t<--, C13'
ell
'I' '-~ C14
3900 TP3 ON-OFF
Of
:
100K l-5pfnru ~00-1000MHz (!'J} -:1- 1-5~: 1-5pf R18 FI

800 -1_0,, '=" "=" 15n :== ON 82-b
;, MHz CS LS ~
1
~ ~:~;,:L---""'"''+-~""3~----,*
10 0
~ c2~f s,~ 02~,F,:',70! ,~~;, F ~~::6;E J,

C4 1BOO 2-10pf 3 -lOp -E' .01
l7 100pF 03 r ____u+
!tr SOMHz
0.2-0.32J.tH
100MHz MPS3861J R15
100
Llt A20
100
c33 0
02 ~ C20 C23 QUAD/QUINT 10J.!Fj IC2
2113563 I ,;. 2.2pf 33pf IV" ~ -fi '""GI LM7812
osc
~
~ C18 \ ~~ 56c',,.r
,'-,, ~ ~ ~~ I~~~ ~ IFE~~ITE II + I
h
RtO
3.91\ R11
33011
fw' '
100pf~ 22pF
"''
9 ..
C19"
1 ' ' h;---~
0.05-0.lf.IH
LB R14 -
l10'
FILTER --
E~ I ~J
BEAD!
RF
DETECTOR
c34
47~F
"'"'
C35
.
01 ~
L--t-::--...,ir'---.,-~
c5 XTAL1 R9
0 05 -0 '""
. .
2.2K 400-SOOMHz
C28
.L
.,.
TPl
-,!
- 02
HP5882
_ ZIJOO ~2
03
1N4CJG7 07 ~.J, CJ6
1 .01
'f50MHz 15K
C21
4/0pF' f R12 R13 toopF T *)
~i13 100(l 15K
R6 '? R16 R17 14.5- 26VDC
"" lOK ~
:r l15
1M5 OO
12-20VAC
( 01
MV2187
C22
.01 ~~(FERRITE
BEAD)
60Hz
cmL R\RT OF ro LEDl L

... R6
1K
Rl
10K DELTA TUNE PC BOARD /OPTIONAL I I
This converter enables reception of 800 to 1000 MHz on .any scanner covering the 400 \o 500-
MHz range. The converter can be set up to cover either 800 to 900 MHz or by readjustment 900 to
1000 MHz. Sensitivity is very high because of the GASFET fran\ end. For best results, the scanner
should be of a programmable variety. A complete kit is available from North Country Radio, P.O. Box
53, Wykagyl Station, NY 10804.
122
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED FREQUENCY CONVERTER USING MOSFET
0
R1 XTAL1
J1 100K
RFIN G2
G1
T1
C1
f
C4 C6 A3
0.1 0.1 100U
>SEE TEXT L ---lf------<>---VOC
12
The second gate (G2) of a MOSFET can be used to incorporate a crystal oscillator into the same
stage as a frequency mixer. Although old hat with tubes, this scheme is seldom seen in dual-gate
MOSFET circuitry. L3, C3, and Xl form Lhc cryslal oscillator, and T2 is an IF output transformer. Tl
and Cl are tuned to the converter input frequency. This circuit should be useable up to 25 MHz or
so, or higher with third-overtone crystals.
TEMPERATURE-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
+SV
+ ~39k
OUT IN
LM35 SERIAL
REF ADC08031
DATA OUTPUT
1.28V
GNO <' <> I
75 <
?
> <
100k
<> FB
+
CLOCK
J_ LM385
11'f -r_A~ ENABLE
<> 10k -
GND
The devices shown from National Semiconductor are used in digital temperature circuit sen~or
LM35 and reference LM385 feed A-D converter ADC08031.
123
SIMPLE 2-m-6-m TRANSVERTER
" "
TUf-3H
"" ""
Connection
To
"'
2-Meter Rig c"
"
"' " " Connection
"' "' "' '" "l To

6Meter
Anlenna
From 12 VDC
Switched
source
......
"" "'
'" "' .001
"
cB,
" "
CB...
"'
c"'...
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY
Using the bilateral properties of a balanced mixer this transvcrtcr will produce 6-m output with
2-rn inputs. Y1 is a 90-MHz crystal. Note that the input on 2 rn is 14:3 to 144 MHz for 53 to 54-MHz
output. This avoids possibility of extraneous 2-rn reception during receive periods. If your radio will
not transmit below 144 MHz, then use a 93- or 94-MHz crystal frequency.
SINE TO SQUARE-WAVE CONVERTER

. ---- " __ ___
,.
+5-1 5V
8
'
47 kn
-2 Square
This 555-based Sclunitt trigger circuit
NE555 3 wave
output
is useful for creating clock pulses from
Cc analog signals since it readily converts
Sine 0.47 I" F 6.8 kll
wave a-----.) 6 sincwaves into square waves.
mput +
1
1 5
Cc should have
reactan
"
-~'"'skn @ ~n
47 kl1
t 001 "F
124
439.25-MHz ATV DOWNCONVERTER
o~3----~~~~~~~
ANT~
"
470
w
9.76V
C26
O.OOI,..Fl
FB- FERRITE BEAD

Ll, L.2, L3 MICROSTRIP
CI,CB-SPRAGUE !GREEN) CYC40,000
CIS- SPRAGUE !WIIITEI CYC 20,000
SET FOil BAND RANGE
2.211. GIVES 4o40MH!
Most ATV (Amateur Television) transmitters transmit a DSB signal and commercial television
stations use a VSB (Vestigial Sideband) signal. This fact is made use of in this converter to use the
lower sideband. This results in less interference from repeaters that occupy the 440- to 445-MHz por-
tion of the band. However, this approach might suffer from VHF image responses from channel29, if
that channel is active in your area.
SINE-WAVE-TO-SQUARE-WAVE CONVERTER
IN :';I
tL,
-= .1 This circuit turns a sine wave into a square
r-+--.---<.. +3-SV wave. It is comprised of a single 2-input NAND
U1-a Schmitt trigger that's configured as an inverter
1/4 with a trigger level adjustment at its input. As the
14 4093
.:..~----.... 3 0 UT input voltage rises above the gate's trigger point,
the output snaps to its alternate state, producing
a square-wave output.
125
~
"'"' ATV DOWNCONVERTER
* R2
100K_[
R3
220K ..Q GAIN
'EXTERNAL
CONTROl
R17
4.7K
C21
18pF
J2
OUTPUT
T47c~pF ~221 ~
. (OPTIONAL)
,;is 03
~ ~i
1----40pF L3
.025"H 56pF'1'-
L8 '::"
410c440 R4 0.2-0.41J-H
MHZ 330K
INPUT L1 A18 ~ +BV
J~o ~
470n A15
J1 0251JH 470!1
01
JU1 IF AMP
:.::.:::.:.~1- TEST
~ ~ C4 JUMPER I +
470pF + 12V
R6 C26...l. 03
220n .01.,.. 1N4007
6~~~~~i
02
MPSH81
C11 vco !L C24
.,.. 470"f
~
-C9
470pF
..- C23 L4
~I- -10pF '1'10pF (PART OF ...l.
PC BOAAO) Lt- ~
R7
R9
330il
T":' 3.3pF
02
MV2103
I w.R10
10K
I
., 1 I TUNING
O VOLTAGE
~
6.8K
..
R8
+9V
C14 ..L
..,e---+11
-=-
A13 R16
I OPTIONAL)
2.2K 470pf 470n 1K

01 C151
1N757 10f.lf C27 04 "
.01l 1N757 J
~ ~
- SEE TEXT
This RF converter converts amateur TV signals in the 420- to 450-MHz region to VHF channel 3 or 4, allowing reception
of those signals on a standard TV receiver. RF amplifier Ql feeds mixer Ml, and Q3 acts as an IF amplifier. Q2 is an oscillator
operating around 378 MHz and is tuneable over about a 30-MHz range. A complete kit is available from North Country Radio,
P.O. Box 53, Wykagyl Station, NY 10804.
28-Vdc TO 5-Vdc CONVERTER
Unregulated Feedback
MIL-STD-7400 ~~~----------------~
Input +ViN +5V@ 1A
1 LM1575-5.0 Regulated
L1 330!lH
Output Output
5
2~~~~~V)vv'Y1v~--~_.
3
~ ~1 N6492JANTX CouT
=i= 330MF
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR FIG. 1816
The National Semiconductor LM1575-5.0 allows a very simple switching regulator, with >80% ef-
ficiency, operating as a 5-V source@) lA from a +28-V bus.
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
R1
VouT =IINA1
+---=="-...:.J "FOR MINIMUM ERROR DUE TO
BIAS CURRENT A2 = R1
TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED ONE-QUADRANT LOGARITHMIC CONVERTER
02 R3"
2N2920 1 5MEG
C3 1%
20pF
+V
R2
2K
Rl
15 7K R4"
l 0to 1.5MEG
10nA< 11N < lmA

SENSITIV11Y IS
1V PER DECADE
Cl "DETERMINES CURRENT FOR ZERO .CROSSING
300pr ON OUTPUT lOJ..IA AS SHOWN

A logarithmic converter used to produce an output voltage that is proportional to the logarithm
of an input current is shown. R 5 is the input impedance of the input source.
127
de/de CONVERTER CIRCUIT WITH 3.3-V AND 5-V OUTPUTS
"'r+--~t--+--'S"-H:::O:;.RT:...._,~--------..-- SV, O.OSA TO 0.4A

0
I
~ --.,_,_,..._,.--, 14.3k
1k
BV
TO
30V
SHORT 2.21k
SHORT
S P G SINGLE POINT GROUND, (STAR GROUND)

DARK LINES INDICATE HIGH CURRENT PATHS (SEE TEXT)
l1 ~HURRICANE LABS Hl86B5
~ COILTRONICS CTXOH 1959
All ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS. UNITED CHEMICON SXE SERIES
LINEAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1993 FIG. 18-19
Input voltages can range from 8 V to 30 V. The load nmge on the 5 Vis 0.05 A to 5 A while the 3.3-V
load range is 0.1 A to 1 A. The circuit is self-protected under no-load conditions. Over all load and !ipe
conditions,jncluding cross regulation, the 3.3-V output varies from 3.25 V to 3.27 V. The 5-V output
varies from 4.8I V to 5.19 V w1der the same conditions.
In a typical application to 0.5 A on the 3.3 V and 0.25 A on the 5 V, efliciency is typically 76%,
With an input voltage of 30 V and a full-load condition, the efficiency drops to 66%. In normal oper-
ating regions, efficiency is always better than 70%. The 5-V ripple is less than 75 mV and the 3.3-V
ripple less than 50 m V over all line and load conditions.
128
19
Counter Circuits
2-MHz Frequency Counter

10-MHz Frequency Counter
129
2-MHz FREQUENCY COUNTER
OP 200kHz
U2a a
'"'
T 2201<
200kHz __ 7
OP 2MHz
2~
2M Hz
--- ' ' "
" .L
. --;;i~1NCY '
----
I 52-a 220K ~
'' FREQUENCY 20kHz 16 11
RANCE
'' '
AAMQE ,.. ,.. ......... +5V
-- -- --
2MHz 200MHz +5VOLTS
'' A6
1MEG
4
'
R3
' fC-----
""' U1
LMCHICN R7
~t b
"" GATE
~)<>'._._-+--=_n__=-------,
1
"''
Qt
." 2.2 "1.1"
~ "
1
. I,.
RESET
R4
""' L _ __J__ _---1 101 U6-b
1/2CD46118
I
'-- .~
',~,~f"~-1:,~,~~~~l-2f1-----:u:~.-------~1
'{ 1?...) U3-d I '12 ,~=====~ Clt4518B I
7 C6
270pF
11 Co.t001B .,.
G~EG
@ G
"
012
n~t,"-
a.2768MHz
C7
'"
02
-r,:::;MPF102
R9
" _
470U "''
'"
OFF O ~ 1 "' -~/)-~~Ji1---,---f:f:):::;:=:;---~
SIGNAL
~
r"'!;;'
t------
\:"J..... ) o3 2N38ot
J
SiN Cit .,. INPUT +
AB RIO r C8 ~ Rl'l
1MfG IK 1-330 4.71(
T a1 321 33 31
'"'
t U8
1CIIIn24Fl
Bbcdef!labtdelgabcd~fgabcde!g
I" I"" "1"1"1"1" "I" "I" "1"1"1'1'1' I""" "I" I" "I' I' 3
Ia 135 34 7 Is Is 136Ja7 3ol~ 11 l10 9 13,1321251241ts 14113 2V 21 21l2ol19 16)17)22 23
BACKPlANE
130
2-MHz FREQUENCY COUNTER (Cont.)
16-STAGE
BINARY DIVIDER
TRIGGER GAfE
OSCILLATOR
LATCH
18888
1993 ELECTRONICS HOBBYIST HANDBOOK
This is a schematic and block diagram of a 2-MHz frequency counter. It uses and LSI cmmter/dis-
play driver, LCD readout, and a few logic chips for tirnebase and timing pulse circuitry. Q2 and Q3
form a signal (input) amplifier.
The circuit contains a crystal oscillator built around U3-c and XTALl, which provides the pri-
mary timing-reference signal. That signal is then divided twice to provide two additional timing ref-
erences, giving the circuitry three selectable timing references. The ICM7224IPL is an integrated
circuit that consists of the counter and display driver to drive the LCD-004 display.
131
10-MHz FREQUENCY COUNTER
+5V
dp R2 TEMP.
IOK JUMPER
~ rSEE TE XT)
10 Rl
50Dn 1 i7 2 27 3
5
OSCour .1 SEC
+V '--y--J a
~
~ R3 11 Sl_..o-
RAPID b
~
~
XTAL1 TEST c
RANGE 0-<f
5.24288 MH'r IOMEG
d~ MUX
6 .
ISE~ SEGMENTS
~
OSCIN _
2 II STORE f
*(~~ETEXT) : I' 22pF
STO
C2
-.E-
MUX 12
OUT
13
lS MUX3
13 COUNT
'~
~
GATE 01ff,lci
Jl C3 R4 ENABlE
14 14 021-o
IN }}
j
33K RST RESET 03~
+5V "
U3 6 U2 +5V~ OISP. EN. 04~;>CATHODES
COMMON
R6
1MEG
3 313
4 m
OSCILLATOR
Ul
7208
05'*-"
o61fn<,
R5
3.3K
R7
4.7K
CONTROllER 7 DECADE 07~
COUNTER
R9 +
2.2K : f~4
R8
4
e-1iRESET
S2 IN
, .
470K
' ... I'' ~

dp

dp
f f
~
~ .,;;, " I oJ~r--14
cc 14 1 14
2 f 8 bpr:: 1u tlL- f11-- 2 ..!. 113
TO
ADDITIONAL
DISPLAY
o-1~ o.tb!-- lo-; .,;;, tJ,1--
.,--;, I "J ,,,,
tJ,1-- -Ill,
I fc lfNl
TO
SEGMENT
MODULES epl ~frll-
:Nc 7 [,;;c ~7
0 iJ!!- L....!7 d
DRIVERS
Ydpd
d '-i 8 d ,c 8
NC
'I 'I 'I 'I d
'
b
4 03 02 01
TO DIGIT DRIVERS
132
10-MHz FREQUENCY COUNTER (Cont.)
The circuit consists of an ICM7208 seven~decade counter (U1), an ICM7207A oscillator con~
troller (U2), and a CA3130 biFET op amp (U3). Integrated circuit UI counts input signals, decodes
them to 7~segment format, and outputs signals that arc used to drive a 7~digit display. Integrated cir~
cuit U2 provides the timing for UI, while U3 conditions the input signal to provide a suitable wave~
form for input to Ul. The 5.24288~MHz crystal frequency is divided by U2 to produce a 1280~Hz
multiplexing signal at pin 12 of U2. That signal is input to U1 at pin 16 and is used to scan the display
digits in sequence. The cathodes of each digit are taken to ground several times each second, acti~
vating any segments of the digits whose anodes are high as the result of decoding by Ul. The crystal
frequency is further divided to produce a short "store" pulse at pin 2 of U2, followed (after about 0.4
ms) by a short "reset" pulse at pin 14 of U2. The frequency of the pulses is determined by the state
ofU2 pin 11.
When pin 11 of U2 is taken to ground through 81, the pulses occur every 2 seconds and cause U2
pin to go high for one second, which prevents additional input signals from enterb1g Ul. That causes
the count latched in U1 's internal counters to be transferred to the display.
Integrated circuit U2 pin 13 then goes low for one second, allowing a new count to be entered
into the seven decade counters of Ul. That cycle is repeated, continuously updating the display
every two seconds.
When U2 pin 11 is taken to the positive supply rail ( +5 V), the "store" and "reset" pulses occur
at 0.2~s intervals, resulting in a 0.1~s count~ period. Ten input pulses must be counted in order for a
"1" to appear on the first digit, D1, so that the frequency being measured is obviously 10 times larger
than the frequency that is shown on the display. In that mode, the decimal points are driven by M and
visually indicate that the O.l~s count period is being used.
The display must have at least seven 7~segment common~cathode multiplexed LED digits. Any
common~cathode seven~segment display can be used; no particular display is specified.
133
20
Crystal Oscillator and Test Circuits
Low-Frequency Crystal Oscillator

Crystal Oscillator
Easy Crystal Impedance Checker
Hex Buffer Crystal Oscillator
Multi-Output Timebase
Crystal Activity Tester
10- to 1-Hz Timebase
Crystal Tester
Wide-Range Crystal Oscillator
Pierce Oscillator
Crystal-Controlled Hartley Oscillator
134
LOW-FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
-t 15V
orv
Output
1.5 k
0.1
R R 3.3V 91 k 9.1 k 5.1 k
XTAL c
+----~--101
100 k 100 k
12 k
0.91 k 5.1 k
1N4148 4.7 nF
1M 39 k
NPN transistors: (4) BC548
RF DESIGN FfG. 20-1
Q1, Q2, and the associated circuitry form a modified astable multivibrator in which the loop gain
is automatically adjusted to the threshold of oscillation by means of field effect transistor Q:3. Q4 lin-
early amplifies the signal present at the collector of Q2 and isolates the oscillator section of the cir-
cuit from the output. This stage features wideband operation and delivers a clean 2.5-V amplitude
sine wave into a resistive load greater than or equal \o 20 kO. The stage comprising Q5 has a voltage
gain of I and its sole purpose is to isolate the nonlinear effects of rectifier D1 from the output.
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
220 kU
The CMOS amplifier is biased into the linear

region by resistor Rs- The pi-type crystal network
(Cl ru1d C2, and XTAL) provides the 180' phase
shitt at the resonant frequency which causes the
circuit to oscillate.
.--or-----__,
XTAL
22pF I Parallel
resonant
lundamefltal
~5to5011F
tnmmer
'"'
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 2D-2
135
EASY CRYSTAL IMPEDANCE CHECKER
Crystal
/undertest Crystal
o~~~'trui: ~ ~ ~
47
IOK)
Swept RF source Rsrelmnce ~ _ ~

rests!? lJL1UL_ _ ~ __
lNG)
ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 2o-3
On occasion, microprocessors/microcomputers and microprocessor crystals just aren't compati-

ble with each other. Many microprocessor data sheets specify maximum values for a crystal's equiv-
alent series resistance CRs) that aren't met by some crystals advertised for microprocessor/
microcomputer use. As a result, a crystal with an R5 value greater than the maximum specified for
the chip might cause problems, such as abalky or even inoperative clock oscillator.
To tackle this problem, a suspected crystal cru1 be given a quick check for R 8 with a simple test
setup that consists of a sweep generator, oscilloscope, and three resistors (see the figure). When the
frequency source is brought to the crystal's frequency, output 2 will maximize. If it exceeds the am-
plitude of output 1, the crystal's R, value will be less than the R 8 reference resistor's value. If it
doesn't exceed output l's amplitude, the crystal's R5 value is too large.
HEX BUFFER CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Output
A 4049 single section acts as a crystal oscilla-

tor, driving another section as a buffer, leaving
four sections for other use. Use a 32- or 20-pF
4-40 pF parallel resonant fundrunental crystal.
68 pF
10 pF
136
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 2D-5
A 1-MHz oscillator drives a binary counter to produce pulse widths from 2 to 65,536 ms. V+ is
any CMOS suitable level (5 to 15 V, etc.).
137
CRYSTAL ACTIVITY TESTER
lk
0.01 0.01
300 ~01

0
_.
560
~
0.01
J
0.01 V4
:5 7400
tN34As 2N3904
IN 90s 2N2222
etc. etc. 8
A
This circuit will check a crystal for activity. Two sections of a 7400 act as an oscillator and its out-
put is rectified and drives an npn transistor that switches an LED (Fig. A). In Fig. B, a meter replaces
the LED.
10- TO 1-Hz TIMEBASE
+5V +5V
+12 v
10M
T33 pF 7:25 P_F+_ _j 14 pF
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 2o-7
This system uses an MM5369 JC to derive a 60-Hz signal from a TV burst crystal (3579 MHz). V8
and V9 produce a 10-Hz and 1-Hz signal from this 60-Hz signal. Y1 can be any parallel-mode :3.579-
MHz crystal.
138
CRYSTAL TESTER
"
.~~~-,-,,-,--,-,--------~.-,---,-------------------.~~.------,
:. lOll 9V POWEll II< :53k 114W
l
SUPf'LYI 1/"'W
' LED I
JI.LLIGATOI'I CLIPS~ IOOpF " ,."

lOR TEST SOCKET)
TO CRYSTAL
UNDER TEST
B
Ql acts as a Colpitts crystal oscillator, and if the crystal under test is operational, the RF signal
is rectified by Dl and D2, turning on Q2 and lighting indicator LED2. LEDl is a power indicator.
WIDE-RANGE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
,-----DJ1
1000
A circuit using one 7400 TTL lC can use crys-

560
tals of the fundamental type, from 1 to about 13
MHz. Output is rich in hannonics 1 making this os-
U1 =7400or74LSOO cillator useful for calibrations and test applica-
tions.
3.579545 MHZ
'------111--------'
139
PIERCE OSCILLATOR
22 kfl
,-----------~vv--.-~+SV
01------, 820 fl
65 MHz
10 pF
01
10pF I 470 pF RL=50fl
22 kfl
~
1.5 kfl
Q1 = 2N3563
This Pierce oscillator uses a fundamental-mode 65-MHz crystal.
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
+V
C3
.01
C1 OUT
33pF
R1
22K
C1
.01
R1
4.7K R3
47n
140
21
Current-Source Circuits
Current Source for Low-Resistrutce Measurements

Precision Positive Current Source
Bilateral Current Source
Precision Negative Current Source
141
CURRENT SOURCE FOR LOW-RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS
R,
81
..f:s1
POWER Is
~ 47mH
4 L1
5V.L _2_
7
~
82 + C1
5VT 100'
R1
82K U1
r----- C6
LED1
:t ..__.3_
,__!.
TLC555 01
1N4148 ~~
+"
~ER
\::;/ R5
C2,;
.~01 1
"+ 9 VOLTS
02
1N4801
R3 3.3K ~
R2
100<1
10K R6 ~ 63
1.2V 18K 10
~56
01
+
~
1
U3
b
.;...
R4
15K
~f.' U3
R7
500<1
ADJUST
tAMP 3
2 U2%
[ V.;1
1
R9
100K
/2 LM383
Gi D
s
TOP VIEW - LM385-12 I
e
-+ RIO
R8
1.3K
C4;
.1 ~ C5;
.1 .. .1(1<1
1WATT
.,_
r:::r--t= s 01
Ll____J:::: ~ FRONT VIEW
Useful for low-resistance measurements, this 1-A current source will produce I A in unknown
resistance Rx. For best results, Rx should be less than 1 to 2 n, because only 3 V are available. Ul is
a flyback converter to generate 9 V lor Ll2.
PRECISION POSITIVE CURRENT SOURCE
LM4431
Rt
An LM4431 prccision2.5-V reference and an

LMC6062 op amp to make a positive current
source, from 1 rnA to 10 rnA.
lout=~
- R2
1.0V to 12V R2
142
BILATERAL CURRENT SOURCE
Using two op amps, this circuit produces current proportional to ~N
PRECISION NEGATIVE CURRENT SOURCE
LM4431
Rl
A National Semiconductor LM4431 reference

and an LMC6062 op amp make up a negative cur-
1 out=~
rent source. Current range is I J.lA to I mA.
---R2
-2.5V to -12V R2
143
22
Current Limiter and Control Circuits
Offset-Adjusting Current Source

Inrush Current Limiter
144
OFFSET-ADJUSTING CURRENT SOURCE
Vee Vee
Rs
Load
Load
1. Though this setup can act as a

2. Modifying the configuration
costRetfective current source with an
of Figure 1 can rectify the problem of the
output accurate to 1 %, the voltage offset
current source being turned on by the
will turn on the current source even
voltage offset. The addition of R7 allows
when Vcc equals V;n-
an adjustment that guarantees turn-off
A tor any op-amp offset specification.
8
FIG. 22-1
By carefully choosing components, you can create a cost effective circuit for a current source
with an output that's accurate to 1% (Fig. A).l0 1TT (the current flowing from the collector of Ql) is
Vc 0-VIN (the voltage at the wiper of R3) divided by the value of R,.
In some instances, it's importru1t to be able to tum off the current source (within the limits of
lew for Ql). Unfortunately, in about half ofthese cases, the offset voltage (V05 ) of the op amp will
turn the current source on even when Vee ~ v;N" That's because the offset voltage (when the nonin-
verting input needs to be at a higher potential than the inverting input to get an output of 0 V from
the op amp) is impressed across R2. This offset voltage forces Ql to tum on enough to yield a col-
lector current of V08 divided by R 2 .
Figure B offers a fix for this predicament. The addition of R7 presents the emitter of Q2 with a
Thevenin equivalent voltage and resistance represented by:
u _ V,c (1 - R,)
VTH-
R 5 +R7
R _ R 5 xR 7
711 -R f> + R7
The difference between V,c and VTH is ~;c (R 5/R 5 + R 7). If 1{,0 (R 5/R 5 + R 7) is set equal to the max-
imum Vas spec for the op runp in question, the circuit is then guaranteed to tum off. This circuit has
an output current of VTH- v;N divided by RTII'
The compromise of Fig. B does present another error term in the circuit. The term (VTII - >';N)
will have to be 2 x 1\"Js to guarantee a current output for whole population of the op amp chosen. This
error can be made arbitrarilysmall (but not zero) by increasing the voltage of D2 and V,c while rais-
ing the value of D2 and 1{,0 while also raising the value of the equivalent resistance RrH
145
INRUSH CURRENT LIMITER
HOT
R1 R5
10011 1(1(11( R6
1(1(11(
R9
1MEG
C1 R2 02
1.2pF 2.2MEG MPSM4
R4
""
INPUT D3
1N4802
10K
(SEE
TEX11
R7 OUTPUT
220K
01
1Nti7&2
02
1111742
C2
22illtF
+
R3
22K
,_
05
NEUTRAl
Ql is an npn Darlington and Q2 is a pnp Darlington. MOVI is a metal-oxide varistor and RS is an

NTC thermistor for limiting inrush current.
This circuiL limits ac line current to a load. When a predetermined interval has passed, RYl
shorts out thermistor or resistance RB. R4 can be 150 kQ if R9 is not used. If power is removed, the
circuit is ready for inunediatc restart.
146
23
Delay Circuit
Power-On Delay Circuit
147
POWER-ON DELAY CIRCUIT
DELAY TIMES
Switches~ Time (s)
Re1 =V23127AOOO&A101 1 2 3 4
0 0 0 0 0.0
0 0 0 1 5.1
0 0 1 0 10.2
0 0 1 1 15.4
0 1 0 0 20.5
0 1 0 1 25.6
0 1 1 0 30.7
0 1 1 1 35.8
1 0 0 0 41.0
1 0 0 1 46.1
1 0 1 0 51.2
1 0 1 1 56.3
1 1 0 0 61.4
1 1 0 1 66.6
1 1 1 0 71.7
1 1 1 1 76.8
Using an IC to count ac mains pulses, the circuit produces 16 various delay times, where ac
power is applied to a load after a preset intervaL
148
24
Detector, Demodulator, and
Discriminator Circuits
Bug Detector
FM Demodulator
555 Missing Pulse Detector
Simple Full-Wave Envelope Detector
Open-Loop Peak Detector
Closed-Loop Peak Detector
Fast Pulse Detector
Air-Flow Detector
Negative Peak Detector
Low-Drift Peak Detector
455-kHz FM Demodulator
149
BUG DETECTOR
/ANT1
C3 ri--B-,-12-
\ R3 R4 R22
?}
C1~,
c~, ~ 10'
~ ~
+9V R20
1000
39K 4700 22U .01'

'
C1
.001
C4
.01,
R6
5600
l~~iG ' C7
.01
L~
R8 R10
C2
01 " R7
2200 'I lOOK
BF~ 01 MC3403P
~} 1SS99
5K
~
+
3?.1 R2L
AI
~~*
R2 R5 R17 Rl6 11 470U
220il
lOOK 1.5K IOK 10K _ A11
47K ....
.,..
*0~7
u~
R13 Rl8
47K 1/4 MC3.t03P
47K
~1-d5 7
13~
12y
- 14
1/4 MC3403P
1
1 MCS403P "'; ~C9
r' 4.7
I
1 0~
9
L,
Rl2
47K
02
PN2222
!(f!f R13
IK I
Rl4
10K
R15
lOOK
Rl9
IOK
~ SPKRI
03
.F .l.PN2222
The circuit, built around a single integrated circuit (UI, an MC3403P quad op amp), three tran-
sistors (QI-Q3), and a few support components,receives its input from the antenna (ANTI). The
signal is fed through a high-pass filter, formed by C I, C2, and Rl, which eliminates bothersome 60-
Hz pickup from any nearby power lines or line cords located in and around buildings and homes.
From the high-pass filter, the signal is applied to transistor Ql (which provides a 10-dB gain for
frequencies in the 1- to 2000-MHz range) for amplification. Resistors R2, R:i, and R4 form the biasing
network for Ql. The amplified signal is then ac coupled, via capacitor C4 and resistor R7's (the sensi-
tivity control) wiper, to the inverting input (pin 2) of Ul-a. Op amp Ul-a is configured as a ver; high
gain amplifier. With no signal input from ANTI, the output of Ul-a at pin I is near ground potential.
When a signal from the antenna is applied to the base of Ql, it turns on, producing a negative-go-
ing voltage at the cathode of D1. That voltage is applied to pin I of Ul-a, which amplifies and inverts
the signal, producing a positive-going output at pin 1. Op amps Ul-b and Ul-c along with C8, RIO
through R 18, and Q2 are arranged to form a voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) that operates over the
audio-frequency range. As the output of Ul-a increases, the frequency of the VCO increases. The VCO
output, at pin 8 of Ul-c, is fed to the input of Ul-d, which is configured as a noninverting, unity-gain
(buffer) amplilier. The output of Ul-d is used to drive Q3, which, in tum, drives the output speaker.
150
FM DEMODULATOR
+9V
+9V 1P3 C13
A1
1000 100pf
R2
A20
Ji 10K
470K
V ICJ
'
v~
V01
s
I
+9V +9V ~
l~
IN MC34118 V02
8
j!c
FC2 CD GND FC1
! ... - c,.'~ 1 SPKA1

A19 ' 3
~"
1
"" C1 22K
rlM
te R14
C1
11AF
lOOK
A3
11l_f 68K
R15 4.71!F
'"'
10K
i SQUELCH
*~~ t~, li~ I ~~ ,.,---------~ ~1:
I 4.7K ~ , ~
3tHzlOW~ '
:''
A18
FILTER en 10K
R16 .01 VOLUME
FM demodulator. An LM311 comparator converts a small analog signal
to a dig~al level for the CD4046 phase-locked loop. which is configured
10K l
as a first-order FM demodulator. i 1r '
I
L-----------.J
MOUNTED
OFf BOARD
An LM311 comparator converts a small analog signal to a digital level for the DC4046 phase-locked loop, which is config.
ured as a first-order FM demodulator. This demodulator works with a 50-kHz FM modulated input signal. It has applications
in FM light beam receivers or in remote control applications. Pin I of IC3 can be used to squelch the receiver if it is lifted from
ground; if not desired, leave it grounded.
~
555 MISSING PULSE DETECTOR
+10 v
Clock
220 kH
2 8 4
330fl
LED
J Relay
NE
2.2 kn 6 555 3
7
5
100!1
2N3906
~
=
=
I 0.1p..F
This missing pulse detector can use an LED or relay output.
SIMPLE FULL-WAVE ENVELOPE DETECTOR

V+
Negative-going
rectified envelope
RF transformer with center-tapped

secondary
+-----2N-4-124~
] @
! Ceotec tap -t'-'~
Last i-~+ '--t-------------t====--o d!lihlli
Positive-going
rectified envelope
Class-A
bias - -
I RF bypass
RFbypassi
DC
bias
Simple, yet sensitive, this amplifying full-wave detector circuit has an almost zero rectification
threshold. lt presents a highly linear RF load to the final IF stage. The gain for the collector output is
given (approximately) by r/r, The emitter output gain is slightly less than unity.
152
OPEN-LOOP PEAK DETECTOR
5V
02
1N5712
-sv
"
50k
-5V
In this open-loop design, the detector diode is D1, and a level shifting or compensating diode is
D2. Load resistor R~, is connected to -5 V, and an identical bias resistor R~, is connected to -5 V, and
identical bias resistor R8 is used to bias the compensating diode. Resistors with equal values ensure
that the diode drops are equal. Low values of RL and R 8 (1 kQ to 10 kQ) provide fast response, but
at the expense of poor low-frequency accuracy. High values of RL andRn provide good low-frequency
accuracy, but cause the amplifier to slew rate limit, rewlting in poor high-frequency accuracy. A good
compromise can be made by adding a feedback capacitor CFB which enhances the negative slew rate
on the (-) input.
CLOSED-LOOP PEAK DETECTOR
5V
This closed-loop peak detector circuit uses a Scholtky diode inside feedback loop to obtain
good accuracy. The 20-Q resistance R 0 isolates the 0.01-J.LF load and prevents oscillation. The de
value is read with a DVM. At a low frequency, the error is small and dominated by the decay of the
detector capacitor between cycles. As the frequency rises, the error increases because capacitor
charging time decreases. During this time, the overdrive becomes a very small portion of a sine-
wave cycle. Finally, at approximately 4 MHz, the error rises rapidly because of the slew-rate lim-
itation of the op amp.
153
FAST PULSE DETECTOR
-5V
-5V
A fast pulse detector can be made with this circuit. A very fast input pulse will exceed the am-
plifier slew rate and cause a long overload recovery time. Some amount of dv/dt limiting on the input
can help tltis overload condition, however this will delay the response.
AIR-FLOW DETECTOR NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR
i 15V
OUTPUT
HIGH
W1TH
U1 6
AIR FLOW
LM335
R5
1MFG
R4
10K U3
TRIP POINT~1~J LM335
ADJUST
sELF HEATING IS USED TO DETECT AIR Fl OW
'I\vo precision temperature sensors are used

to detect a small temperature difference. When
air !low occurs, self-heating of the LM335 is re-
duced, and the output of the two temperature
sensors is unequal. This is amplified by Ul. POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 24-9
154
LOW-DRIFT PEAK DETECTOR
Leakage of D2 is provided by feedback path
through Rr
Leakage of circuit is essentially lb (LF155,
LF156) plus capacitor leakage of Cp.
Diode D3 clamps Vout (Al) to Vin -VD3 to im-
prove speed and to limit reverse bias of D2.
Maximum input frequency should be < <~ 1t
RPDz where CD2 is shunt capacitance of D2.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS riG. 24-10
455-kHz FM DEMODULATOR
r-""1r----,....- 9v
INPUT FROM
HAMMARLUNO C2
HO 170-A
l " .
AUDIO OUT TO
EXTERNAL
"
IOOpF 6. 27pF -9
IN PARALLEL
AMPLIFIER
*C3 IS REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE POSSIBLE OSCILLATION IN THE

CONTROL CURRENT SOURCE
73 AMATEUR RADIO FIG. 24-11
Free-running frequency of VCO:J;. ~ 1.2/4 (R 1) (C 1)
lock rangef, ~ Sf,Jl'cc
capture rangef, ~ Ye1t

r
where r ~ (3.6 x 103) (C2)
Useful for NBFM reception on older shortwave receivers lacking this capability, this circuit uses
a PLL IC, an N565N, to achieve this. It was originally used with an old Hammarlund HQ-170 receiver,
for both G- and 10-m FM reception.
155
25
Digital Circuits
Digital Entry Lock

Digital Audio Selector
Digital Multiple-Gang Potentiometer Control
Digital Resistance Control
Digital Capacitance Control
BCD Rotary Switch
156
DIGITAL ENTRY LOCK
.------<>N.C. }
~COM. OUT
+6-12VDC ~N.O.
~
; C1
~
220
3 ' ) SELECTED KEYS

KEYPAD
COMMON
., 01
1Nt14
r5VOC
K1
'
IN SEQUENCE SAVE INDICATOR
OliTl'liT
f-o..J:.. . 1
801
24 3
~
R1
1211<1
(SE TEX1)
'
f-o-:r- 7 2 23 4
r'L- R2
LS1220 f-o~ 4 3
X 22 5
U1
13 2.2K
IV
0!.,~)
r-o~ 1
4 21 '6 LS72211
~ 2113914
The LS7220 keyless lock (a pinout
of which is shown here) is a special- r-o-:r- 0
5 20 2 .!.
r-o~
purpose IC designed to accept a
four-digit code.
8
6 19 7
~ C2
3.3
f-o~ 5
7 18
f-o~ 8 17
r-o~
2
I
9 16 ..
f-o~ 9
10 15
f-o-:r- 6
11 14
~..J:.. 3 12 13
1992 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 251
A block pinout diagram of the 187220 keyless-lock lC is shown. The keypad must provide each
key with a contact to a common cormection. In this case, the common connection goes to the posi-
tive suppLy rail so that when a key is pressed, a positive voltage is passed through to the wire associ-
ated with that key. Each of the 12 keys are brought out to separate wires, and each wire is connected
to a different pin of a 24-pin socket (SO 1).
To activate (unlock) the circuit, a preprogrammed four-digit access code must he entered in the
proper sequence. The four-digit access code must be entered in the proper sequence. The four-digit
access is programmed into the circuit by connecting jumpers between terminals of a 24-pin plug-in
header.
When the correct access code is entered (in the proper sequence), positive voltages appear at
pins 3, 4, 5, and 6 of Ul. That causes Ill to output a positive voltage at pin 13, which is fed through
resistor R2 to the base of Q1, causing it to conduct. With Q1 conducting, its collector is pulled to
ground potential, energizing relay Kl. The normally open relay contacts close, switching on any ex-
ternal device.
Capacitor C2 controls the total time that the output of Ul at pin 13 is positive after the release
of the first key. With a value of 3.3 ~F for C2, aetive time" after release of the first key is about two sec-
onds, assuming a 6-V suppLy or four seconds with a 12-V supply. Therefore, if you push the subse-
quent keys too slowly, the relay might not close at all! To increase the time allotted for code entry,
you will have to increase the capacitance of C2.
157
DIGITAL AUDIO SELECTOR

15V
33mA
,, A,. GVt
T" IC2
Be
8 = IVf
560C
C = OV2
D"' 14VS
E.,. 14VS
IC1 f ~
G,. 14V2
13V6 l800)J.I.
H = ZVT
J" 2VI
IC 1 = 74 LS 45, 74LS 145,

74HCT45, 74HCT145
'"
7mA
This circuit uses switched emitter followers, rather than the usual analog switch CMOS chips.
This yields better reduction of crosstalk between channels. This circuit can handle up to 4 V,m, with
less than -80-dB crosstalk.
DIGITAL MULTIPLE-GANG POTENTIOMETER CONTROL
N Analog switches
CD4016, CD4066, etc.
4.7 k!1
50 kH 7
IN914
2
555
4.7 kil
6
IN914 ~
15o pFI Audio out

=
In/out~- Out/in
/
Control analog SWitch
A 555 timer can be configured to simulate a multi-gang potentiometer by controlling the mark-
space ratio. The switching rate should be at least twice the maximum expected signal frequency the
potentiometer has to handle.
158
DIGITAL RESISTANCE CONTROL
--DA
R = 500 n to 500 kfl
2R RroTAL = 0 10 15R
A, B. C, D = Logic input
B
IC ~ CD4016 or C04066
4R
BR
Quad
analog
switch
Digital resistance control is possible with bilateral switches. Do not forget that analog switches
have "on" resistance.
DIGITAL CAPACITANCE CONTROL
IC1 -,- 40668

Quad analog swftch
Ao---~ IC1a
(LSB)
c
so--+~ IC1b
Logic
input
co--+~ IC1c Digital capacitance control is possible with
4C bilateral switches. Do not forget to consider "ON"
resistance ofthc analog switches.
oo--+~ IC1d
(MSB)
sc
(}-----<---Y
lc:>--------'
CroTAL CrorAL = Cto 16C
C = 100 pF to 1 f.LF, etc.
159
BCD ROTARY SWITCH
3 ... 18V
A1 R9
9x100k
)
"' ' . . ICI
2 ! 401478
'
.
c'
' -
'
'i
"' D 14
ELEKTOR ELECTRONICS USA FIG. 25-6
This circuit allows a simple rotary switch to emulate a BCD switch. The circuit draws about 200
rnA. A 10-position rotary switch is used.
160
26
Display Circuits
4033 Display Circuitry Corrnnon Cathode

Cascaded 4026B Counter/Display Driver Circuit
Large LCD Display Buffering Driver
7-Segment LCD Driver
LED Display Leading-Zero Suppressor
7-Segment Common-Cathode LED Display Driver
7-Segment (LED) Display Driver
4543B 7-Segment LCD Driver
Gas Discharge Tube or Display Driver
45llB Common-Anode Display Driver
Fluorescent Tube Display Driver
4543B Cormnon-Cathode LED Driver
161
4033 DISPLAY CIRCUITRY COMMON CATHODE
To next decade (hundreds)
5 Tens
CY
Out 10
a
b
12
13
c
d
9 Display
11
e
3 6
RBI
f
16 Vee 7
g
GND LT Cl RS CK
+ Vee
18
14
~
e 115 1
1-= C{)m.
cathode
5 Units
CY
Out 10
a
b
12
13
c
9 Display
d
11
e
3 6
RBI
f
16 Vee 7
g
GND LT Cl RS CK
18
14
i2 115 1
1-
-
Com.
cathode
+ Vee ~
Clock in
To drive two or more conunon-cathode displays two or more 4033 decode counters can be cas-
caded.
162
CASCADED 40268 COUNTER/DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT
To next
decade if needed
Tens
a 10
b 12
e 13
40268 d 9 Display
3 e 11
,------- DIE 6
I
,___
16
Vee g
7
Reset C1 GND CK
+Vee 15 I
~Cathode
12 18
-='"
5 Units
CYout
a 10
b 12
e 13
40268 d 9 Display
3 e 11
- DIE 6
I
16 7
Vee g
Reset C1 GND CK
+Vee 15 ~Cathode
12 18
Clock in
"'

1\vo or more 4026B counters can be cascaded as shown to give a multiple-digit dispiay. 1\vo,
three or more displays can thus be cormec\ed.
163
~
..."' LARGE LCD DISPLAY BUFFERING DRIVER
To r--;::;::;1 CS 8X,Y,l c,,;~-8~----------------------------------------------,

.
micr I {' ~ lo.1 1X,Y,l ~9t.t1 L
1
------------------------,
proce sor !!~ BD . 1x,U ~1!:.71~9___________________________,-------
03 1M 1M
5V 40 I v' COM1 3 5V o---JVVv vvv
:> .;>
75k> 1M> -
COM1 4 < IC11 "C Bias ' 1.5 V
~ ~ 3
75 k;_ c~~:,, CDM3 5 1M ~ ">----<~H--.,-,...-------3+-..,1:--3+-"'~---,--3t-u-3-,
751 1M ~1 M 1M ITIJ ITIJ: ITIJ

~ -='::- IC19 lrJ) lrJ) lrJ)
Vo;sp GNO I' ; '---
Rt
1
1N3906
16 1M
<
IV A A A
1Mv
J Oigil1 Dlgil1... Digil I
IOOkl - 1M ~ 1M .
-L IC1c..--_ __,
>---+----__J
~
MAX7131
.'
1M ?-
+
J
-='=' 1M 1M
--'--
ICL/631
Large LCD devices of 1" or more exhibit a large driving capacitance to the driver circuits. To solve this problem, the drive cir-
cuit shown (see the figure) introduces a buffer amplifier for each of the three common lines. Each amplifier can be programmed
independently for a quiescent current of 10, 100, or 1000 !LA In this application, the bias network applies a voltage that sets the
tliree quiescent currents to 100 ![A.
The display driver and triple op amp operate between 5 V and ground, and the COM signals range from 5 V to z 1 V. To en-
sure that these signals remain within the amplifiers' common-mode range, the signals are attenuated by one-half and the buffers
operate at a gain of two. The circuit drives eight l-inch displays, and is suitable for ambient temperature variations of 15"F br less.
At the highest expected temperature, Rl sho~d be adjusted so that no "off' segments are visible.
7-SEGMENT LCD DRIVER
2 Required
7486, 74LS86, etc.
exclusive OR gates or equivalent
A a
B b a
BCD
b
inputs c
'
D 'd 7 Seg.
7448 d LCD
74LS48 a display
e
81/RBO g
RBI g
LT Back
plane
Square wave
~
50 Hz
5V

This circuit shows how a 7448 IC is used to drive a 7-segment LCD display. An external 50-Hz
square wave supplies necessary phase signals to the back plane of the display.
LED DISPLAY LEADING;;zERO SUPPRESSOR
RBI
-
) RBOIBI
MSD DISP
~ RBI
-1
,-- > RB0/81

MSD DISP
The diagram shows how to connect 744 7-

type IC devices for leading-zero suppression in
~
RBI -2 an LED display.
.-e->
MSD DISP
RBO/BI
L RBI I
c::===~> LSD e--~DISP
165
7-SEGMENT COMMON-CATHODE LED DISPLAY DRIVER
Rx should limit drive current to segment rated value
Common R _ Vee- VoiSPLAY

cathode x- /SEGMENT
LED
display
Typical values Vee= 12 V, VDISPLAY = 2.5 V,
lsEC>- 20 mA
12-2.5
Ax= ~=4750 (use470fi)
+ 12V
A CD4511B CMOS LED display driver can be used to drive a common cathode LED display. Cur-
rent limiting resistors limit the segment current to the rated value at maximum supply voltage. A
sample calculation is shown.
7-SEGMENT (LED) DISPLAY DRIVER
R, R _ VouT - V SEGMENT
A A /SEGMENT
B- B
'b 'b X
Typical : VouT = 4 3 V VsEGMENT = 2.5 V lsfG = 20 mA

c c
D D
'd '
d
Common
anode
R _4.3-2.5_
x-~ 1aon
LED
display
81/RBO
RBI
'f 'f An !Cl like a 7447 drives a 7-segmentcom-
LT g -'VV'v--- g mon anode LED display. Current limiting resis-
tor R should limit the segment current to the
= ~ I 1 +SV
rated value at maximum supply voltage. A sam-
ple calculation is shown.
WILLIAM S-HEETS FIG. 26-7
45438 7-SEGMENT LCD DRIVER

LCD
-A
'
-B b
2
BCD{
input
-c
-D
'
d
'f The circuit shows a frequently-used method

- LD of driving an LCD display. A square-wave drive is
l'T
G g
necessary for this application.
BL!l 1 Backplan
'
Square
wave
166
GAS DISCHARGE TUBE OR DISPLAY DRIVER
+ v, Gas discharge
'""" To drive the display, RA should provide

a rlnve of about 1 rnA to the gas discharge
tube. RB is a current-lirniting resistor.
,,,
Vcm;o1.25 V2
4511B COMMON-ANODE DISPLAY DRIVER

+V
The usc of a switchlng transistor
(like a 2N2222 or 2N:3904) allows use of
the CD4511B with a common-anode
display. R" should be chosen to provide
Common anode about 1 rnA to drive Ql and RL should
provide enough current to drive the dis-
Segment drive play. For this circuit, the transistor gain
2N2222 )
Q1 ( 2N3904typically (HFE) should be at least the ratio of the
segment drive current to the current
= through RY.
FLUORESCENT TUBE DISPLAY DRIVER
16
FlUORESCENT
TUBE
45438 A fluorescent tube or display cm1 be driven
SEGMENT with a 454813 IC, as shown.
DRIVE
OUTPUT
-V
4543B COMMON-CATHODE LED DRIVER

Common
: c~lhode
R , , diSplay
CD4543B
--v--~~~r This circuit shows a way of driving a com-
L'-'1~--"TT~ mon-cathode display segment or an LED with a
CD4543B.
167
27
Doorbell Circuits
Electronic Doorbell
Twin Bell Circuit
Electronic Door Buzzer
168
ELECTRONIC DOORBELL
t.... * Rl
+ C2
TB1 2.2MEG 100
1
Ul~e
/s74C14
l ~u1-a
6
- 02 10
BC568
':'" ,''' 74C14
~ R3
_cs A6"
150K
Cl R2 3.3MEG r.Ol
4.7MEG
c-:
.1 C6 9
2.2
"' 10! U2-b
AB - + 1
/2 4007 12
!
lOK
.,.~
"=!=
8.2K
+6V +6V
RlO
01 lOK
BC558
3~
A13 ~
C9
'keiT 5 lOK I I .22
~
All*
~ ~;s:
100
6BOK
2 iR12
lOK
I I idli l I(
SPKRl
ABU
Dl A14
= 1N914 - 220K
"SEE TEXT
ClO +
C11
10
.0331
"f JJutl.
' ., '"" ~
When the doorbell switch is pressed, the two monostable stages are activated in sequence, applying bias to a pair of voltage-
controlled resistor stages. These then modulate the outputs from a pair of tone generators. The resulting signals are fed to an au-
dio amplifier, then to the speaker.
8l
TWIN BELL CIRCUIT
S2
.X.
'LJ -----------------------,
00 ''
303 CIRCUITS
Tr1 = bell transformer FIG. 27-2
It is often desirable for a single doorbell to be operated by two buttons, for instance, one at the
front door and the other at the back door.
The additional button, S2 in series with the break contact of relay Rel, is connected in parallel with
the original bell-push, Sl. When S2 is pressed, the bell voltage is rectified by Dl and smoothed by Cl.
After a time, t = R 1R 2C2 , the direct voltage across C2 has risen to a level here Tl switches on. Relay Rei
is then energized and its contact breaks the circuit of 82 so that the hell stops ringing. After a short
time, Cl and C2 are discharged, the relay returns to its quiescent state and the bell rings again.
In this way, Sl will cause the bell to ring continuously, wltile S2 makes it ring in short bursts, so
that it is immediately clear which button is pushed.
ELECTRONIC t>OOR BUZZER

Butto11
M
~
1k!l
.I
7
I
8
I 6-to9V
battery
_, This simple electronic door huzzer draws

a~rF
R,
22 kfl NE555
no quiescent current. When Sl is pressed the
speaker produces a tone. The NE555 (Ul) gen-
6 erates signal.
5 1
J:''' eF
1 1
Tone frequency '~ 330 Hz
Vary Rx to change tune
170
28
Fax Circuit
Fax Mate
171
FAX MATE
IN FROM TELEPHONE LINE TO FAX MAGH1NE
J1 J2
DATA PATH
DECODE AND CONTROL PATH

RING
TRANSFORMER
DASH UNES INDICATE ACTUAL FAX-MATE

TO ALL OTHER TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
FIG. 1-BLOCK DIAGRAM for the Fax-Mate. The upper path is for data, and the lower one
Is the decode and control path.
FIG. 2-SCHEMAT\Cfortt'te Fax-Mate. Notice how it closely resembles the block dlegram.
1992 AE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 28-2
172
FAX MATE(Cont.)
The fax mate separates the fax machine from the phone line, rings the fax machine on com-
mand, connects equipment to incoming lines, and senses the end of the message. When a touch
tone pound signal(#) is detected, it actuates a ring greater and driver for the fax machine (the#
signal is not used in ordinary dialing). The connect signal is inhibited for this time (ring cycle).
1C46 runs for 15 sand drives part of the connect JC. Then the fax or modem has fired up and is
sending out a handshake tone. IC6 connects the equipment for initial hookup and keeps the con-
nect section powered. When the fax machine hangs up, the loop current detector turns off, andre-
sets the system.
173
29
Field-Strength Meter Circuits
67fi. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Remote Field Strength Meter

Amplified Field Strength Meter
Simple Amplified Field Strength Meter
Simple Field Strength Meter I
Simple Field Strength Meter II
174
REMOTE FIELD STRENGTH METER
II.LTERNATE~,"'\7
+12V
ANTENNA 'f
"' '
'
I
BSI70
;r"
n:==;-'J'"~~~"0oo~~" ,:. ', C2
ANTENNA
J METERS
01 lmH
" ""
+12V +ADJUST 0.1
II ''c
REG FOR IOOmW
'" lmH INPUTU
I { s
~INPUT
F SENSOR
1
COAX
\[7 '
t F. S SENSOR
J2 OUTPUT
~
D
IN34 :~
This field strength meter consists of a twred crystal detector producing a de output voltage from
a transmitted signal. The de voltage is used to shift the frequency of a transmitter of 100-mW power
operating at 1650kHz. The frequency shift is proportional to the received field strength. This unit
has a nmge of several hundred feet and is operated under FCC part 15 rules (100-rnW max power
into a 2-m-long antenna between 510 and 1705kHz).
AMPLIFIED FIELD STRENGTH METER
-=- 9V
'" "' ,., l
PLUG-IN COIL "f---@---,
ILO-BANOI'1 ~ M
02001'-A
non
~'"'---t R F:C
" 0.01 IN914
" "'
IN914 ''"
1(101
FET Q I acts as an RF amplifier to boost sensitivity of the usual diode detector field strength me-
ter.
175
SIMPLE AMPLIFIED FIELD STRENGTH METER
11
., -,
,, t
I This circuit uses a FET as a de amplifier in a
-
Do 1
)4A 1
J...
bridge circuit. R4 is set for meter null with Jl
"
,,
0001
1
tv..:..
short circuited. Any surplus 50-InA meter can
serve in this circuit. RFC I is any suitable RF
choke for the band in use. A 2.5-mH RF choke
"'C' >OO will do for broadhand operation. Rl is a sensitiv-
tht U U"S.'''"''" ity control. The antenna can be any small whip
antenna (2 ft or less).
SIMPLE FIELD STRENGTH METER I
l 0.001
02
Useful for checking transmitters and anten-
nas, this circuit uses a voltage-doubling detector
"
4.7~ Dl and D2 (HP 5082-2800 hot carrier types). Dl
and D2 can also be type IN34 or IN82. M is a 100-
" mA meter movement .
SIMPLE FIELD STRENGTH METER II
ANT1
19\NCH
ROD ANT. M1
01
""'"' This simple field-strength meter provides a
1N34A cheap way to monitor an amateur radio or Cll
C1
L1 .005 R1
transmitter (or even an antenna system) for
2mH 201< maximum output.
176
30
Filter Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contailled in the Sources section, which begins on page 675.
Active Low-Pass Filter Audio Notch Filter for Shortwave Receivers

High Q Notch l<'ilter Active Second-Order_Bandpass Filter
Universal Stale Variable Filter Variable-Frequency Audio BP Filter
Adjustable Q Notch Filter Variable Low-Pass Filter
Fourth Order High-Pass Butterworth Filter Variable High-Pass Filter
Tunable~Notch Filter 1-mV Offset, Clock-Tunable,
High Q Bandpass Filter Monolithic 5-Pole Low-Pass Filter
Simulated Inductor Unity-Gain Second-Order High-Pass Filter
Bandpass Filter Active Unity-Gain Second-Order Low-Pass Filter
Fourth Order Low-Pass Butterworth Filter Active Fourth-Order High-Pass Filter for 50 Hz
Active High-Pass Filter Simple High-Pass (HP) Active Filter for 1kHz
400-Hz Low-Pass Butterworth Filter Equal Second-Order HP Filter
Bandpass Filter Second-OrderLow-Pass Filter for 10kHz
Active Low-Pass RC Filter Simple Low-Pass (LP) Active Filter for ll<Hz
Passive L Filter Configurations Current-Driven Sallen Key Filter
Passive Pi Filter Configurations 455-kHz Narrow-Band IF Filter
Four-Output Filter Audio-Range Filter
Variable Q Filter for 400 Hz BI-Quad RC Bandpass Filter
Twin T Notch Filter for 1 kHz Passive T Filter Configurations
Variable Bandpass Audio Filter Full-Wave Rectifier/Averaging Filter
Active Fourth-Order Low-Pass Filter 1-kHz Tone Filter
177
ACTIVE LOW-PASS FILTER HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER
+V
Cl +V
940pf Rl R2 R4 6 VouT
V IN IOMEG lOMEG 6.BK
Cl
Rl R2 6 540pf
24K 24K >-._-ovoul
VIN LMIIO C2 R3 C3
270pf ~ 5MEG 270pf
-V
UNIVERSAL STALE VARIABLE FILTER
Cl R3
+V .001 lOOK
R4
IOK C?
.001
Rl RS
lOOK 20K
IN 7
R5
1/4 20K B lOWPASS
LFI47 OUT
R6 R9
-V lOOK -= IOK
R2
IOK R7
R10
.,. IOK lOOK
14 NOTCH
OUT
HIGHPASS BANDPASS 114
OUT OUT -= lfl47
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 3Q-3
178
ADJUSTABLE a NOTCH FILTER FOURTH ORDER HIGH-PASS
BUTTERWORTH FILTER
Rl R2 R5
lOMEG 10MEG 240K
v,N
Cl
540pF
R3
C2 5MEG
270pF
C3
270pF
-V
TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER HIGH a BANDPASS FILTER
R3 .001
lOOK
C4 R7
v,N 1pF 620K
+V C5
Rl .1
62K
~ vour
6
Cl
500pF
R4 R2 .1
50K 300K -V
-V
R5 C2
50K 6
179
SIMULATED INDUCTOR BANDPASS FILTER
R1
1K
6
)"--+---o 0 UT
RJ -V
10MEG
V IN
POP!JLAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 308 POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 30-9
FOURTH ORDER LOW-PASS ACTIVE HIGH-PASS FILTER

BUTTERWORTH FILTER
VouT R1
C1 CJ
.01 .01 110K
+V
R2
240K 3 RS R6 1/1LF353
43K 300K C1
02 6
C2 VQUT
R1 .02
51K vl.o---)
.,. 2
v,. -lSV
.,. RJ .,.
11K
180
400-Hz LOW-PASS BUTTERWORTH FILTER
A1
INPUT '"'
o--l.--lir--'-"~~;--__.,i.\.----=:;---~;:....,~ OUTPUT
A11
13.2K
Designed for a 400-Hz cutoff frequency, the cutoff can be scaled by varying the element values
proportionally to frequency
BANDPASS FILTER ACTIVE LOW-PASS RC FILTER

v,.
"'
390K
"
01
Cl
01
C2 A4
01 lOOK
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 31J..13
Appropriate center frequency of this circuit
is:
1
The circuit shown has a cuto!T frequency at
Rp, about 1kHz. R1, R2, C1, and C2 can be scaled to
C ~C2, R ~R
change this to any other clcsirccl frequency.
1 1 4
PASSIVE L FILTER CONFIGURATIONS PASSIVE PI FILTER CONFIGURATIONS
LOW PASS
LOW PASS
, __"; "':_,___,
LOW PASS
LOW PASS
~ 1TCl
~ 0
0
HIGH PASS HIGH PASS HIGH PASS HUitt PASS
~~ : "~ 1~ ~" :
~~
181
FOUR-OUTPUT FILTER
High pass Bandpass low pass

Rs 10 k
R4 10 k
R3 10 k
Vin
Rs
10 k
-
R1 1o k
Bandpass fcenler = - 1 -
2nRoCo
A
Notch Hlg4ass Bandpass lDw pass
Rs1D k
R110 k
Yin
1
Fcenler= - -
2nRoCo
B
ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 30:17
The classic "state-variable" (two-integrator) filter (see Fig. A) is famous for its insensitivity to
device parameter tolerances, as well as its ability to provide three simultaneous separate outputs:
high pass, bandpass, and low pass. These advantages often offset the fact that a quad operational
amplifier is needed to implement the circuit.
A modification of the classic scheme that applies the input voltage via amplifier U0 , rather than
UA provides a bandpass output with a fixed peak gain that doesn't depend on the Q of the filter. It
was found by using that configuration, a fourth notch-filter output can be obtained if R 1 ~ R6 (see
Fig. B).
If R 1 ~ R 6 ~ R,, the gains of both the notch and bandpass outputs are unity, regardless of the Q
factor, as determined by R3, Rl, R2, R4, R5, and R6. The resonant (or cutoff) frequency is given by
ro, - l/R0 x C0 . Depending on the capacitor values and frequency ro, resistance R 0 might also share
the same monolithic network for maximum space economy. As with the classic configuration, reso-
nant frequency ro can be electrically controlled by switching resistors R0 , or by using analog multi-
pliers in series with the integrators.
182
VARIABLE Q FILTER FOR 400Hz
33 kf1 33 k!l
0.022 J.LF
15 k!l
AF in ICA,B LM1458
1 5 k!l
Null
330!l
Rs
'------_.>
Sharpness
10 kU
=
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 3o-18
A bootstrapped twin T notch filter in this circuit can yield an effective Q of up to 10. R 8 adjusts
the feedback, hence the Q. Values of cl and c2 can be changed to alter the frequency. RF is a fine-
tune null control.
TWIN T NOTCH FILTER FOR 1 kHz
33 k!l
0.01 ~F 0.01 ~F
470k!1
16 k!1
33k!1
Input 33 k!1 33k!1

0.01 ~F
~ 1/2 LM1458 Output
=
1
The circuit shown uses a twin T notch filter and an amplifier. Used to remove unwanted fre-
quency.
183
VARIABLE BANDPASS AUDIO FILTER
R1
lOK
C4 +9V
500pF
C1 : R5
l.!li!F : lOK C6
- 9V l.O~F
C5
R3 R4 500pF
INPUT lOK lOOK OUTPUT
This circuit is a variable audio bandpass filter that has a low cutoff variable from about 25 Hz to
700 Hz and a high cutoff variable from 2.5 kHz Lo over 20 kHz. Rolloff is 12 dB/octave on both high
and low ends. R2-a-b and R6-a-b are ganged potentiometers for setting lower and upper cutoff fre-
quencies, respectively.
ACTIVE FOURTH-ORDER LOW-PASS FILTER
R7 RB C3 R5
47 kil 6.8 kil 0.002 ~F 39 kil
C1
0.002 ~F R6
"' 39 kil
--
R1 R2 24 k
24kl1 24 kil
R4
R3 24 k!l i:>-'~0 Output
R9
4.7kfl
IC1 a, bop amp= LM1458
This circuit is a fourth-order low-pass filter with values for kHz. The values of Rl' R2 , C1 and C2 ,
and R 3 , R 4 , C3 and C4 can be scaled for operation at other frequencies. Roll-oJJ'is 24 dB/octave.
184
AUDIO NOTCH FILTER FOR SHORTWAVE RECEIVERS
AF IN
,-A---,
c5.1
.1
J. R3
10K 9V
500Hl A 1k.HzT03!o:Hl)
TO 1.5 kHz 0 cs
r-- B
Sla
C2
.005
Cl
.005
+-~no:;t:
1 R7
10K
R5
R1 R2 10K
47K lOOK
R4
10K
C7
RG
47 lOK
R9 A
10K
TUNE
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 3D-22
The notch filter can be added to just about any receiver to attenuate a single frequency by more
than 30 dB. This filter should be handy for reducing heterodynes and whistles.
ACTIVE SECOND-ORDER BANDPASS FILTER FOR SPEECH RANGE
51 kn 100 kfl 100 kll 100 kn 100 k!1
0---l f-----H----<1>-----1 47k!1 47k!1

0.01 ILF 0.01 ILF
51 kn I 0.0011'-F
Op amp LM1458 dual, etc.
This filter circuit which uses LM1458 or similar op amp has a response of 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz with
12 dB/octave roll-off outside the pass band. SQction A is the high-pass one, followed by low-pass sec-
tion B. Values of Bither section can be scaled to alter the pass band.
185
VARIABLE-FREQUENCY AUDIO BP FILTER
J.r-lf''--;:===t===:;--(>;s
ci 1o----t6-12V
':'" 100 MIKE AF
R3 OUTPUT
470K "
470K
RS C4
4.7K
Ul
.002
LM741 PRE-AMP L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _;
' ' OUTPUT
A9-~ 4 STAGE AMP
50K
'
'
c~T
Tlw jilrer nm he ll"ircd into un existiiiR ampf!/ier hy
' R8 imerring the filter circuit hctJH'l'11/he amp's preamp and OUIJI!If
\ \OK
I stages us 5holl'n here.
____ - -- _______ \....

I ' AF OUT
\\.. ~
A
This variable-frequency, audio bandpass filter is built around two 741 op amps that are con-
nected in cascade. Two 741 op amps are configured as identical RC active filters and are connected
in cascade for better selectivity. The filter's tuning range is from 500Hz to 1500Hz. The overall volt-
age gain is slightly greater than 1 and the filter's is about 5. The circuit can handle input signals of 4
V peak -to-peak without being overdriven. The circuit's input impedance is over 200 kQ and its out-
put impcdrutce is less than 1 H2 .
VARIABLE LOW-PASS FILTER VARIABLE HIGH-PASS FILTER

330 pF
""
47 Kn
0.001 "'F
Ganged
/pots
t
R2a
500 KH LM1458
sao kn J.1A74i, etc.
opamp
o---1 " +
~J
Ci Cib
-
0.01 1!-F 0.01 .,.F
4 7 k!l R2 0
Eln (Lo-Z)
1 Ri 0
47k!l
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 30-25 WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 30-26
This second-order low-pass lilter uses a 741 This second order filter which should prove
op amp and is tuneable from 2.5 kHz to 25 kHz. useful in audio applications uses an LM1458 or
This circuit is useful in audio and tone control ap- other similar of op amp. It is tuneable from 30 to
plications. R1 and 2 are ganged potentiometers. 300Hz cutoff. R2a, bare ganged log-taper poten-
tiometers.
186
1-mV OFFSET, CLOCK-TUNABLE, MONOLITHIC 5-POLE LOW-PASS FILTER
V1N 1
The LTC1063 is the first monolithic low-pass fil-
Vour' ter that simultaneously offers outstanding de and ac
-5V f.--.--- performance. It features internal or external clock
"I" U1"F 4 5
tunability, cutoff frequencies up to 50 kHz, 1-mV typ-
R ical output de offset, and a dyuamic range in excess of
c 12 bits for over a decade of input voltage.
CLOCK OUT= 1/RC -=E" 200pf The LTC1063 approximates a 5-polc Butterworth
low-pass filter. The unique internal architecture of
the filter allows outstanding amplitude matching from
8
VIN 2 device to device. '!Ypical matching ranges from 0.01
7
dBat 25% of the filter passband to 0.05 dB at 50% of
LTC1063 6
-5V 5V the filter passband.
"I" 01"F 4 5 "I" 0.1of An internal or external clock programs the filter's
cutofffrequency. The clock-to-cutofffrequency ratio is
TO OTHER 100:1. In the absence of an external clock, the
LTC1063s DJtOlf01
LTC 1063's internal precision oscillator can be used. An
external resistor and capacitor set the device's internal
clock frequency.
LINEAR TECHNOLOGY CORP. FIG. 30-27
UNITY-GAIN ACTIVE UNITY-GAIN

SECOND-ORDER HIGH-PASS FILTER SECOND-ORDER LOW-PASS FILTER
It>
o--1
R1
10k
4l 33 pF
LE
:J: 112
33 kil
~~~ 458
"~
C1 Output
Input 0.0039 JJ.F 0.0039 JLF R2 Output ,! 680 pF
20 kH v- ?33k!l
IC1: Any general-purpose

op amp ()J.A741, LMi458, etc.}.
WILLIAM SHEE"FS
'"'"'-1.i
Lo-z
4.71dl
FIG. 30-29
This second-order Butterworth filter cuts off
This filter circuit has a cutoff frequency of near 10 kHz. The values of C1 and C2 can be
2' 900 Hz with the values shown. changed to alter the frequency, or else calculated
I from the formula.
f:utuiT:::: 2.83nRC 1
fcutoff ::::
2.83nRC
R =R 1
R, = 2Rl C1 = zc,
c = c, = c, R 2 =R1 =R
187
ACTIVE FOURTH-ORDER HIGH-PASS FILTER FOR 50 Hz
This circuit which uses an LM 1458 or similar

op amp is a fourth-order high-pass filter with a 24
dB/octave roll-off. The values of R/R 2 , RjR 4 ,
~"
31.6kH C/C2 , C,/C4 can be scaled to suit other cutoff fre-
1 quencies.
Op amp LM1458
SIMPLE HIGH-PASS (HP) EQUAL COMPONENTS

ACTIVE FILTER FOR 1 kHz SECOND-ORDER HP FILTER
C1 R3
20 kO
0.0015
~,~:.. 1--l
-~~+ h~ Any G.P. op amp -=- o---,
C1~
o.oos9 ~'-FI
o---1~:
ln
l_
; '(>
1::)--
C2
0.0039 ~'-
F <zo k
[_
f0 -~ 1500Hz
Out
'l'
LM741, etc.
ICl: General-purpose op amp {741, etc.)
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 3()-31 WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 30-32
This simple 1 kHz filter uses a voltage fol- This filter circuit uses equal value compo-
lower and an RC section for ai!lter element. For nents and is shown for 1500 Hz. The values can
other frequencies f 1 dB - 1/6.28 R1C1. The re- be scaled for other frequencies.
sponse drops 6 dB/octave belowf 3 dB. f 1
cutoff - 2.831tRC
SECOND-ORDER R=R 1
LOW-PASS FILTER FOR 10kHz Rz = 2Rl
c = C1 = c,
Rl R2
SIMPLE LOW-PASS
47k0 331<0
(LP) ACTIVE FILTER FOR 1 kHz
"
100 Kfl
ICt 112 LM1458

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 30-33 or general-purpo""
WILLIAM SHEETS "=o FIG. 30-34
This circuit uses equal value capacitors. The
cutoff frequency (f,) is This simple filter uses an RC sectionfor a fil-
ter element, with a voltage follower for other fre-
1 quenciesf3 dB= 1/6.28 R1 C1 . Response drops 6
J, = 2.831tRC dB/octave abovej3 dB.
188
CURRENT-DRIVEN SALLEN KEY FILTER
R1 1\1
VJn
Vout Rs
&!I >-.._,w.,...--.--oVo
-
lout; H(s)
I.,
A B
The low-pass Sallen-Key filter is staple for designers because it contains few components (A).
By redesigning the filter, a current to voltage conversion can be avoided when the input signal to be
filtered is in current form (B).
455-kHz NARROW-BAND IF FILTER
ssJop22~m1ton: 0 TJ:. DHoTpssop

*See text
330 n 330f1
* * * *
D D
1n2
D
680p
D
680p
D
86442-1
This filter uses five 455-kHz ceramic resonators. The impedm1ce is 330 n, the bandwidth is 800
Hz, and the ultimate rejection;o:60 dB. The ceramic resonators could be replaced by crystals.
189
AUDIO-RANGE FILTER
INPUT
11 12 14 11 12 14
Out Out Oul Oul Oul Out Out Oul Out Out
500Hz 250Hz 125Hz 62.5 Hz 31.3 Hz
0"' Out
NATLONAL SEMICONDUCTOR FIG. 30-37
The LMF380 switched audio filter by National Semiconductor is used here to obtain a third-oc-
tave filter set that covers the entire audio range.
BI-QUAD RC BANDPASS FILTER PASSIVE T FILTER CONFIGURATIONS
R1
lOOK
LOW PASS LOW-PASS
::E : ~ Cl~,. :
l1 l2
R5
470K
R3
:
lOOK HIGH PASS HIGH PASS
~--11\!r<'--- ~~-+-o VOUT

V
LM124 R8 CJ R7
10 lOOK
lOOK
...
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 3038 POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 30-39
190
FULL-WAVE RECTIFIER/AVERAGING FILTER
R1 R2 R3 Rl R8
C1 C2 20K 20K 20K 20K 2.5K
4.7
4.7 1% 1% 1% 1% CAL
AC
INPUT C>-.-J~ + R6
01 10K C3
FD888 1% 4.7
DC
OUTPUT
02 +V
FDU8
The input signal is rectified by Dl and D2 op ampUl-a, and fed to output amp U2. R8 is set for
correct circuit calibration.
1-kHz TONE FILTER
Q.Q22_JLF
8.2 kfl
lo.od2 eF 8.2kll
5.6 k!l
Audio
1 The Wien-bridge based filter has a variable

bandwidth and a center frequency of 900 Hz. The
5.6 k!1 circuit will oscillate if the 10-kQ pot is set too low.
Q adj.
10 kH
Most any IC op amp LM1458, LM324, etc.
191
31
Flasher Circuits
675, The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Sequential Flasher
36 LED Flasher Driver
LED Flashers
Dark-Activated LED Flasher
Super LED Flasher
LED Flasher for 2 tolO LEDs
Flash Signal Alarm
LieD Christmas Tree Light Flasher
192
SEQUENTIAL FLASHER
117Vac~--~~--------~~----------.----------.--------------.---------,
+ vee
R4 AS R6
10 k 10 k 10k
2W 2W 2W
See text
+ vee ~--.---.-~>--~~--------<.---+-+--+-----, .-------rl~ 117 Vac
R1
1 MEG
R2
10 k 4
R3
CLK
14
1k
IC2
4017
C1
.1
8
=
R-E EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 31-1
A 555 timer, IC1, drives a 4017 CMOS decade counter. Each ofthe 4017's first four outputs drives
a CA3079 zero-voltage switch. Pin 9 of the CA3079 is used to inhibit output from pin 4, thereby dis-
abling the string of pulses that the IC normally delivers. Those pulses occur cvc:ry 8.3 ms, i.e., at a
rate of 120 Hz. Each pulse has a width of 120 llS.
Because of the action of the CA3079, the lamps connected to the triacs turn on and off near the
zero crossing ofthe ac waveform. Switching at that point increases lamp life by reducing an inrush of
current that would happen if the lamp were turned on near the high point of the ac waveform. In ad-
dition, switching at the zero crossing reduces radio frequency interference (RFI) considerably. Cau-
tion: The CA3079s are driven directly from the 117-Vac power line, so use care.
193
36 LED FLASHER DRIVER
Originally intended as a 3-bell animation circuit for Christmas decorations, the circuit can be
used for many other purposes that require a flasher of this kind. By re-connecting U2 (see the data
manual), more than three outputs can be be obtained.
194
LED FLASHERS
,---------~~--------~+9V
LED
NE555
=
Single
A 555 is used to switch an LED on and off.

Cl determines the flash rate. Single ended (one
LED) and double-ended (alternating) flashers
are shown.
7 3
100 kO NE555
C1+
10 to--100 f.I.F I
= = =
DARK-ACTIVATED LED FLASHER

,---~----------~------~------~~----~+12V
10 11-F +
10 kO 16V I
R1 2.2k1l
CDS
cell
8
3 330fl
100 kD
4 LED
1 kH
1' kll
C1
tOto =
100 "FI
WilLIAM SHEETS
= FIG. 31-4
This circuit can be used as a small beacon or marker light, and toys or novelty items. Rl is an
LDR that has :2:10 kO dark-resistance, or a CDS photocell. C! determines the flash rate.
195
SUPER LED FLASHER
R4
R1 C1, C4 ......... .4.7 1-lF Electrolytic
Capacitor
i
I 9V
R2
7
6
g> 6
7
R5
C2, C3 ..... 330 pF Disc Capacitor
D1 ........................... Yellow LED
02, 03 ........................ Red LED
J_BATIERY 6 3 3 6 04 .. .. .. ....... ...... ...... Green LED
R3 IC1 IC2 R6
IC1, IC2 .... ... 555 Timer IC
5 2 R1, R4 ...... ..... 100 ohm Resistor
D1 D4 + R2, RS ..... .. 82 k Resistor
C1 C2 C3 C4
-R3, R6 ...... .. . 33 k Resistor
The super LED flasher is actually two complete LED flasher circuits on one circuit board. The
first LED flasher is made up of ICI and LEDs Dl and D2. !Cl is a 555 timer IC configured as an
astable (free-rurming) multivibrator with its output on pin 3.
The frequency of the 555's oscillation is controlled by R2, R3, and Cl. Resistor Rl limits the in-
put voltage to a low enough level to prevent damage to the !C. As the 555 IC oscillates, the output of
pin 3 goes high (+)then low(-). When the output is high it supplies currentto Dl, which lights up.
When it is low, pin 3 sinks current and D2 lights up. This happens because LEDs are polarity-sensi-
tive (like all other diodes, they permit current flow in only one direction) and one lead of each LED
has been connected to therespective polarity needed to light that LED.
The second LED !lasher, made up of IC2 and LEDs D3 and D4, operates in the same way as the
first LED flasher.
LED FLASHER FOR 2 TO 10 LEOs
,,.
4.7kH
~~ #LE D;
7 4 8
+ 1-5 R,, R = Vee- 2(#LEDs)
2
{LED
R1 Typically Vee = 12 V
#LEOs= 2
15kfl -2
/LED= 30 mA
NE555
(# LEDS 1 to 5 per side)

R21 I
8 R1, R2 = 12 - 2 (2 ) = 267 n
0.03
5 1
47 ~~ use 270fi
I l ~
WILLIAM SHEETS
::1 ,F
I * FIG. 31-6
Th.is LED flasher has double-ended output cmmection. The circuit can be used with 1 to 5 LEDs
on each side as indicated.
196
FLASH SIGNAL ALARM
200-
400 Vdc 1 Meg
Flash tube
Flash
This circuit is useful if you need a low-energy

.s ,F _LII flashing alarm. The 200 to 400-dc supply should
500 v .,..
have enough internal resistance to charge the 0.5
Trigger O---H---'4-::
Ground o--._.>----0--C'---._-' JlF capacitor between flashes, about 2 or 3 time
constants, which means about 500 kQ to I MQ
1. Choose an SCR with the for a 1-s rate. Use lower values for higher rates.
proper power ratings
2. Be careful since high

voltages are present
at the flash tube
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG 31-7
LED CHRISTMAS TREE LIGHT FLASHER
R7 Rll R15
~ 39{)
~ ~ 39!1 ~ ~ 3911 ~
~~
?..':\
R8
;;; ~
R12 ;: ~~ R16
39{! 1
~
39!l 390
LEDl~~
:fu;'~ ~~ Lj'g~ R17
II/
?..':\ "'
39H ~
R13
39!1 ~ 391! ~
_l~~ RlO
Jsn r;: ~~ R14
39U ;: L~~ '"
39{1 ~ ~.,::-
l5V .L+
\;,;/~
,I, \:::./~
'I ' """'~
81
5 5
'I ' 5 1.5V
II ICI
3909 I R1
220!! I IC1
3909 I R1
220H I IC3
3909 I R3
2200
.
I
\0+
2 j 'I 4 I 'l 'I
I 4
1
1.'[ 'I 4
"+
ci
500~-tF
1i C3
R4 R5 soo"F R8 500fi.F
3K
6V 2.2K sv 2:.7K 6V
RE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 31-8
Three individual flashing circuits that use an LM3909 LED flasher/oscillator IC create the ap-
pearance of a pseudo-random firing order. The combination of C,IR 4 , CjR 5 , and CjR 6 control the
blink rate, which is between 0.3 and 0.8 s, and the inherent wide tolerance range (-20% to +80%) of
standard electrolytic capacitors add to the irregularities of the blink cycles. The continuous current
drain is about 10 rnA; however, if you decrease the values of R4 through R6 or Cl through C3 in or-
der to increase the blink rate, the current will then increase proportionally.
Note in particular that external current-limiting resistors aren't needed for LED13 through
LED18; the resistors are built into the !Cs. LEDlO, which serves as the tree's "star," is a special kind
of flashing LED that blinks continuously at a fixed rate.
197
32
Frequency Multiplier Circuit
Frequency Multiplier Without PLL
198
FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER WITHOUT PLL
2 1~
2 I I I I
3 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
4~
5 11111111111111111111
6 SLfLJl..JL...J
Cl D 6 Q
LoadL-_...J
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING FIG. 32-1
An input rectangular signal is differentiated mtd short impulses arc formed from its edges. These
impulses write the content of counter A to a latch that clears the counter after a very short time.
Cow1ter A counts impulses of the frequency.f, that are much greater than that of the input signal.
The pulses come from an impulse generator. Thus, the nwnbcr, which is written to the latch, ex-
presses the number of these impulses between the edges oft.he input signal. The impulses from the
same generator pass to (reverse) counter B. The carry impulse loads the content of the latch to
counter B. The latcl1 is connected with the reverse counter such that the number written to th1s
counter is 2M times smaller than the number introduced to the latch. This can be readily achieved by
omitting M most significant bites of counter B. Because the number loaded to counter 13 is 2M times
smaller than the number in the latch, the carry impulses of counter B have frequency 2M times
greater than the frequency of the impulses at the output of the tlifferentiaLor. The carry impulses arc
fed to a D flip-flop, which divides their frequency by two. In this way, the output frequency is 2M
greater thm1 input frcqucncy.J;, as long as the frequency of impulse generator.f0 is much greater than
2M.f0 .
199
33
Function and Signal Generator
Circuits
Function Generator
100-dB Dynamic-Range Log Generator
Function Generator
Fast Logarithm Generator
Triangle-Wave Generator
555-Based Ramp Generator
Triggered Sawtooth Generator
Signal Generator
Transistorized Schmitt Trigger
Linear Sawtooth Generator
Capacitance Multiplier
Triangle-Wave Oscillator
Clock-Driven Triangle-Wave Generator
Triangle- and Square-Wave Generator
Root Extractor
200
FUNCTION GENERATOR
c,
111111Pf
,, '--+-----,. J:: O.I.F

R!
6.8k 3.31k
.
2H
- .
S.ik
This function generator, based on an LT1016 high-speed comparator, will generate from a single
+5-V supply. The slow rate of the op amps used determines the maximum useable frequency of this
circuit.
100-dB DYNAMIC-RANGE LOG GENERATOR

Ql Q2 R3
2N2920 2N2920 1.5MEG
C3
300pf R5
1.5MEG
Cl
360pf C2 C5
150pf 01
E 0 m = constant x (Log E 1N). This circuit has 100-dB dynamic range, which is five decades of volt-
age change at the input.
201
FUNCTION GENERATOR
"
0 022
" IN
-T2VAC
'"
'" "'
"1
lOOk
"' ..... Rl4 j,~~-y

1000
'"'"'
.
IOk .
~ &II
"- UIO CIO
0' I"ooo,
"
"
0'
- Rl3
'" '"
4?0k "
IN4001
N "'"------+---1-_j ce:;: +
"l:l
lOOk
FREQUENCY I "
-
"'
20k GAl" "'
ro
IOOO~F
"
1N914
,,.
" l ~001
"' "
~
A
0'
IN914
A quad op amp makes up the heart of this f1mction generator. Ul-a generates a square wave, and
outputs this to J3. Jl and J2 are pulse outputs obtained by difierentiating the square wave. Integra-
tor Ul-b generates a triangle-wave shapcr to obtain a sine wave. Ql is an output.amplifier.
FAST LOGARITHM GENERATOR

ERH
15V
In this circuit, Eoer = (constant) x logE1N. The circuit should be useable with op amps other than
the ones illustrated.
202
TRIANGLE-WAVE GENERATOR
+5V
C1
0.1
-5V
LM311 FREQUENCY
R4
-5V 22K
R6
5K R5
AMPLITUDE tOK
This is a simple triangle-wave generator using two IC devices and a transistor. The triangle wave
is used as feedback to the square-wave generator. Sl allows range switching in three ranges from 100
Hz to 100kHz. Extra positions could be used to extend the range to lower frequencies, using larger
values of capacitance.
555-BASED RAMP GENERATOR
01 = last charge 02 = fast discharge

r-----~--~-------------{+
5 15V
4 2 X 1N4001
R : 02 ....
''
This circuit is used to generate a ramp voltage
~?'~I

for tuning a radio receiver. An NE555, nmning at
: : R3
OUT. 3 ' ' about 0.1 Hz, is used as an astable multivibrator.
cv
C3
5
203
TRIGGERED SAWTOOTH GENERATOR
,----<~--.-------.>-----~.---------)~ +1-2 V regulated
+
470 v,F
16V
Saw out
Pulse out
1\vo 2N3904 transistors and a 555 form a triggered sawtooth generator. A sawtooth or other ris-
ing voltage input provides a pulse output when the trigger point is reached.
SLGNAL GENERATOR TRANSISTORIZED SCHMITT TRIGGER
~
= 9V
l
4 8
R2 R3
33K 18K
22 kn
7
Rl
3 1K
220 kn
0.001 v,F
10kn ~f-ooutput
5 y to probes
R4
68K
R6
56K
0.001 "F I I0.01 "F
= =
This simple oscillator is rich in harmonics
which make this circuit useful for signal tracing
applications. POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 33-9
204
LINEAR SAWTOOTH GENERATOR
+ .---.-----.---..----------.-~ + 12 V regulated
10 I'F
16V I 15 k!l
1 k!l
12 kil
25 kil 2N3906
4 8
470 pF Pulse 33 kil
2
ou1
+ 12 v
o---------j
Trigger
NE
555
=-
Output
T 7 = 8 V P-P
1=- I-
5
I 0.1f'F
- 12 v
sawtooth
=- - -
The 2N3906 transistor is used as a constant-current source, to assure that the 555-based saw-
tooth generator generates a linear ramp waveform.
CAPACITANCE MULTIPLIER TRIANGLE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
R2 THRESHOLD INTEGRATOR
lOMEG DETECTOR
C1
O.l
+V
Rs = A3
C1
10
)
R1
10MEG C2
30pf AMP R4
1"/o
8 2K
OUTPUT
Ul-b acts as an integrator while Ul-a is a
Capacitance multiplier uses the gain of an op threshold detector. R2 sets the trip level and
amp to produce an effective capacitance-in tltis therefore the amplitude. R3 controls charging
case 100,000 flF. current of C I and the frequency.
205
CLOCK-DRIVEN TRIANGLE-WAVE GENERATOR
.,
4Jk
.
"
,, "'a
T'"" 12V
11V -12V
12
U2-a, C3 and R2 operate as an integrator. Q2 and Q3 are alternately switched at 256 cycles.
U2-b, Q4, Q5, and RS t11rongh Rll arc a constant current generator, and Rll is set for a symmet-
rical triangular waveform.
TRIANGLE- AND SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR

Square
~----------o
wave
c
The circuit will generate precision triangle and square waves. The output amplitude of the
square wave is set by the output swing of op amp Al, andR/R2 sets the triangle amplitude. The fre-
quency of oscillation in either case is approximately 110.69RC.
The square wave will maintain 50% duty cycle-even if the amplitude of the oscillation is not
symmetrical. The use of a fast op amp in this circuit will allow good square waves to be generated to
quite high frequencies. Bcc<Iuse the amplifier runs open-loop, compensation is not necessary. The
triangle-generating runpliiier should be a compensated type. A dual op runp, such as the MC1458, can
be used for most applications.
206
ROOT EXTRACTOR
01"
2N3728
OUTPUT
R10
10K
C1
"MATCHED PAIRS
300pF
This circuit produces a voltage that is proportional to the root ofthe Input. This gives a logarith-
mic response, log VIN1'l = N log V 1w
207
34
Game Circuits
Electromagnetic Ring Launcher

Quiz Master
Electronic Slot Machine
208
ELECTROMAGNETIC RING LAUNCHER
+5V
"'
lOOK "'
2.2K
1 14
V474GD
9l10 1 8
....:!1. I ~U1.?l .........!. ~r
7 , rL
~
1MEG
"'
10K
I a__J 7 8
6 U2
&eli ~
......
01
~Ut-b
4
6 11 "'
741911
pL-
...
R7
' 11 7 ,,,,...
~
14
' U5
2
1OOK
~
'1
C2
14 C1 1~81 01 6 7 6
.01 "'
1K 2N31D4 R4
' 2
L1
4
(
U6
MOC3D10
4700
R5
470<l
1
T +
~
ca
10
m::,
~~I
T1 7 1 2 6
PL1
17VAC
12V
2A ...... MG 6
J
II:~ 2 8
rL-
r'L- OISPt
u~

p
U4
"12
,-I
EC81311
b
11 c 2:..

r~(>
14 15 9 10
II
}~
0
' I=I
U7
L 7805 f ~
SEE TEXT G
-!>-
+ C4 SOURCE
SA , . 4700
SOP IV
The electromagnetic ring launcher is comprised offour suhcircuits: a clock circuit (built around
U5, a 555 oscillator/timer configured for astable operation), a count-down/display circuit (built
around U3), a 74190 synchronous up/down counter with BCD outputs that is configured for count-
down operation; U4, a ECG8368 BCD-to-7-segrnent latch/decoder/display driver; and DISPl, a com-
mon-cathode seven-segment display), a trigger circuit (comprised of U6), an MOC301 0 optoisolator/
coupler with Triac-driver output; TRl, an SK3665 200-PIV, 4-A Triac; and a few support compo-
nents), and a reset circuit (comprised of Ul, a 7400 quad 2-input NAND gate; U2, a second 555 os-
cillator/timer configured for monostable operation; and a few support components).
This circuit is that of a repulsion coil (Ll) used to demonstrate the principle of electromagnetic
repulsion by propelling a metal ring around the core of LI through the air. A countdown circuit is
provided to count seconds before launch.
209
QUIZMASTER
~S3 ~
P2
Ci-t al
Kl ~
'
~ I 8
R11 .,~
TN.G.
rI
R7 I
PI
:- ;~ R3 R5
'"G4
2
3 ICI 6
7
1 ezQ
t-L.N.C.:.L R8
--
Cl
ll ( l2
%
l3
...L~
/., l4 ':::
~
po ~~ :4
..J:..'
r" :~
R4
1>'1 R9
.)03 RIO
52
-
~
R12 R13 R15
~~
r- ,----
St _+
5PK . I
~--~1----1.,
1 l6 y L7 L l8
,y_ l9
N.G.
:?
..La? ...L09" . ...La~ ...La'>
~cl
P3~.R6 *c' R20
~~ s1J'
0
1
;
0
I -RIB
58
0
159o- S11 I
L. -._..a' GJ R17 ~
'
R18
R19 i
Up to eight players each have their own answer button to press, corresponding to the four Red
Team and four Green Team LEDs on the master control board. As soon as the first contestant who
thinks that he knows the answer presses the button, a loud tone sow1ds, all other contestants are
locked out, and the contestant's indicator LED lights on the control board so that it's obvious who
buzzed in first.
The control board also features two selectable "time out" periods-each adjustable from 3 to 15
seconds, setting specified time intervals in which the player must answer before the "time's up!" tone
sounds. Bight SCRs form the hea1t of the circuit. The anode of each SCR has a positive ( +) bias on it
by way of an LED and a negative (-) bias on each cathode. AB soon as a contestant depresses his or
her switch button (S4 through 811), a positive bias is applied to the respective 8CR gate. That bias
latches the contestant's 8CR on, which in turn lights up the appropriate LED on the master control
board. At the same time, the activity of the 8CR latching on turns on the answer buzzer (BZ) and
Jocks out all other contestants. The lockout occurs because relay K2 contacts operate to remove the
availability of a bias voltage to the gate of the other 8CRs.
The other circuitry consists of a timer circuit ar1d a "time's-up" tone-generating circuit. The timer
circuit consists of transistor Ql, capacitor Cl, resistors Rl through R3, ar1d trimmer resistors Pl and
P2. Depending on the adjustment ofthe trimmer resistors and selection switch 83, a specific time pe-
riod c:an be set. The time's-up tone-generating circuit is made up of !Cl, transistors Q2 and Q3, and
the associated resistors and capacitors. The "on" time of the tone can be set by P3. Relay Kl, which
is operated by the timer circuit, serves to reset the entire unit for the next question.
210
ELECTRONIC SLOT MACHINE
r-
R19 -
R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R20 R21 R22
~
a as as 07 Ta. Q9 010 011 01
R.11
R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R2 R29 R30
The slot machine's realistic action is provided by seven ICs and three displays, as shown. Two
555 CMOS timer ICs generate pulses. ICl is used to generate the clock pulses for the entire elec-
tronic slot machine. The pulses are coupled from the output (pin 3) to the clock inputs of JC4, JC5,
andlC6, the display-driver JCs.
The displays are conunon-cathode ?-segment LED types. They are wired to display three differ-
ent symbols, an "L," a "7," and "bar." When all three displays show the same symbols, IC7 (a 4023
triple :3-input NAND gate) decodes a winner and sends a signal to pin 5 of !C:3. That IC is a 4001
CMOS NOR gate and it turns on IC2, a 555 timer !C. JC2 acLually produces the winner tone on its out-
put, pin 3.
Transistors Q4 through Ql2 are used to drive the common-cathode displays. An LED is used to
indicate the clock pulses, and a variahle resistor is provided for each of these functions. Trimmer re-
sistor Pl controls the overall clock rate, P2 controls the "winner" tone, and P3 controls the display
brilliance.
211
35
Gas Detector Circuits
Explosive Gas Detector

Combustible Gas Detector
212
EXPLOSIVE GAS DETECTOR
+5V
C5 +
0
. ,...
U2
G C2
-
100 ~ 1
+ 8V 0 U3
+ C1
+ G 1000
C4 C3
22 1
-!;-
+8V _j R4
6.81K
1%
R5
10K 1 Pll
SEN1 117VAC
'+! R2
*1~
5 TGSBZZ
,(~=
1~ l~~J~\b
1K TJ1"
,-,
R3
tOOK
01
C8 t""i 22K
01 I
*
5 8 PNUZZ
1% .47
7 3
C11
SENSITIVITY* ~ I U5 1 " R11 ~ 10
ADJUST - cs
R26
+BV .1
~ ""'" ~ '
C9'
1
27K
R12
lK
" i-1\
l
A9
~
100n RB + SPKR1
R6 lOOK 47.50: ClO
3.9
.,._ ~-'"
1/2W 12.1K 1% Bil-321
C14 1% 1
1%
,.,~ 10 5 + 1
R7 LED2
IN CALmON A ~
5K
~ 11 LEVEL tC{/
~
~
12
13 R13
'IL~R16
10 10K
.1~
9 ~4-b
4
8
13~
14'<'-'
12
f"".,\i...
1K
10
02
1N4148
R25
4.7K
~ U6~
tOOK
>.:~
~~~
14
.....,U1 . CAUTION
SET
R15
10K
R17
10MEG 1/S 74C'14N 1
/s 74C14N
R24
47K U6-b
I"::"~
~
15
16 ~
~
1
/4LM324N
R20
10K
~
_d
~ R22 ~4N
U6-a
y 4
"
17 5 1K 1 2
!_ + [_;:
i ~ 18
R14
tOOK sl~~
7 9
8
7 C13 BZ1~
.047
~r ~t:
DANGER 11
~ A19
1 SET 10K
A21
or 10MEG
1
/~ 74C14N
U6-t::
~ Ct2 '="
10 01
...
2.4 R27
OISP1
"SEE TEXT
L 1.21K. 1%
A23
,/6 74C14N 6 1N4148
- 1kHz
R28
3.631<,1%
560n
3 6 OSCILLATOR '"' OSCILLATOR
~
UJAD H
~u
01 '""""
------"--}
MOC30421SND TO AC liNE
2 4
.
A gas sensor (TGS823 from Allegro Electronics, Cornwall Bridge, CT 06754) conducts in the
presence of explosive gases. U5 is a voltage-to-frequency converter that produces a frequency pro-
portional to the sensor conductance. The output frequency ranges from 100 Jlz in clean air to 8 kHz
in a contaminated atmosphere. The de voltage from the sensor also drives bar graph LED U7 and
comparators U4-b and U4-c to sense present caution and danger levels. U1 drives an ac load up to
100 rnA (relay, indicator, alarm, etc.).
213
COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTOR
r---~~--------------------------------------------------------
01 BZ1 ~
1N40D1
R6
02 2.2K
'""""
+ C1
I 4701JF
I
e1
J.T *R1
SEE
TEXT
9VDC
..1.. C5 R4 Cti
0.1 10K 0.1
THE GAS SENSOR is mainly

composed of tin dioxide on a ceramic
base; the resistance of the sensor varies
depending on the concentration of re-
ducing gases in the air.
The circuit shown is useful for the detection of dangerous levels of combustible fumes or gases.
It uses a comparator circuit to trigger an alarm buzzer. The sensor's resistant element is connected
in series with resistor Rl to form a voltage-divider circuit; Rl is specifically matched to each gas sen-
sor by the manufacturer.
214
36
Gate Circuit
AND Gate
215
AND GATE
~ RS R4
1K 1K R7
R1
100K +V 3K
Ao ~
R2
100K
B
R3
100K
Co n
R6
1K
~T ~
POPUlAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 36-1
A left-over section of a quad op amp can be used to save cost and eliminate an extra logic chip
for this AND gate.
216
37
Geiger Counter Circuits
TllC sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
675. The Iigure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Geiger Counter I
Geiger Counter II
217
GEIGER COUNTER I
C8 R1 R2 R3
220 22K 1K 100
rl.
~
01 R4
1N4007 10MEG
C3
.01 03
r
~
1N53888
II 04
,. 1N!i388B
05
02 C4 1N5271B
Ts1 1N4007 01
' 9V
1--;,
~
C5
1
02
R7 nr120 + J2
047 IQOI<
ro
R5 G-M TUBE
100K
9
R6
10K

The circuit is built around a 4049 hex inverter (Ul), a pair or 555 osciliator/timers (U2 and U3),
two transistors, a Geiger-Muller tube, and a few additional support components. The first 555 (U2)
is configured for astable operation. The output of U2 (a series of negative-going pulses) at pin ~ is
fed to three parallcl-cormected inverters (Ul-a, Ul-b, and Ul-c). The positive-going output pulses or
the inverters are fed to the gate of Ql, causing it to toggle on and off.
The output of Ql, which is cormected in series with the primary of step-up transformer Tl, pro-
duces a stepped-up series of pulses in Tl 's secondary. The output of Tl (approximately 300 V) is fed
through a voltage doubler (consisting of Dl, D2, C3, and C4), producing a voltage of around 000 V
Three series-connected Zener diodes (D3, D4, and D5) are placed across the output ofthe voltage dou-
bler to regulate the output to 500 V, fed through R4 (a 10-MQ current-limiting resistor) and J2 to the
anode of the GM tube. The limiting resistor also allows the detection ionization to be quenched.
The cathode side of the tube is connected to ground through a 100-kQ resistor, R5. When a par-
ticle is detected by the GM tube, the gases within the tube ionize, producing a pulse across R5. That
pulse is also fed through C5 and applied to the base of Q2 (a TlP120 npn transistor), where it is am-
plified and clamped to 9 V. The output of Q2 is inverted by gate Ul-d, then it is used to trigger U3
(the second 555, which is configured for monostable operation). The output of U3 at pin 3 causes
LED 1 to flash, and produces a click that can be heard through speaker SPKRl or headphones. The
circuit is powered by a 9-V alkaline battery and draws about 28 rnA when not detecting radiation.
218
GEIGER COUNTER II
BZ .......... Blue Piezo Buzzer

C1 ........ 4.6-j.LF Electrolytic Ca-
pacitor
C2-G4 .... 0.005-~F 1-kV Disc Ca-
C3 pacitor
CS .01-j.LF 1-kV Disc Ca-
pacitor (103M)
C6 .1-j.LF 100-VMylarCa-
pacitor (104 k)
R1 R2 C? ......... 33-j.LF Electrolytic Ca-
01 02
+ pacitor
'l' 01-05 ... 1N4007 Diodes
''
..!..
GR1 ....... Alpha Window Geiger
Mueller Tube
L1-L6 ..... Neon Lamps
M1 ......... D-200 Microamp Meter
01 ........ 02-GE PNP Power Tran-
05 sistor
02 ......... 2N3906 Transistor
Al .......... 47-ohm Resistor
02 R2, R3 ... 3.9-k Resistor
R4, AS ... 4.7-Meg Resistor
R7
R6 ......... 220-k Resistor
L-----------~-------~~ R? .......... 27-k Resistor
AS .......... 18-kO Resistor
81 .......... SPOT Slide Switch
Tl . Inverter Transformer
PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 37-2
QI is a pnp power transistor used in conjunction with a ferrite transformer to form a blocking-
type oscillator. This oscillator is a fixed-frequency type, and the feedback to sustain oscillations is
from capacitor C1. Because of the turns ralio ofT 1, the small ac voltage produced on its primary is
converted to a large ac voltage on its secondary. That high-voltage ac is applied to the voltage trip-
per stage, which consists of capacitors C2, C3, and C4 and diodes Dl, D2, and D3. The resultant volt-
age is now over 800 V andit is regulated by neon lamps 11 through 16. Diode D4 rectifies the high
voltage and applies it to the cathode lead of the GM tube. The positive ( +) bias on the GM tube is ap-
plied to the anode by way ol" load resistors R4 and R5. Each time a radioactive particle strikes the GM
tube, it causes the gas inside to ionize. This ionization of the gas creates a pulse, which drives the
piezo speaker and is also coupled by diode D5 to the base of Q2. Transistor Q2 is a pnp type and is
used to "integrate" the pulses in conjunction with capacitor C6. That produces a de voltage level,
which is in proportion to the quantity of pulses arriving at the hase of Q2. The collector of Q2 is con-
nected through resistor RS to the ( +) terminal of the meter. The other side of the meter goes directly
to (-) of the battery.
219
38
Hall Effect Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which ~begins on page
07fi~ The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section~
The Talking Compass

Unusual Hall-Effect Oscillators
220
THE TALKING COMPASS
TABLE 1-74S1BB TRUTH TABLE

Decimal
Directory Input Output Equivalent
A4 A3 A2 A1 AO BO 81 82 83 84 85 86 87
North L H L H H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
N.W. L L L H H 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 20
West L J. H H H 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 40
s.w. L L H H L 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 60
South L H H H L 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 80
S.E. L H H L L 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 100
East L H H L H 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 120
N.E. L H L L H 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 140
R13
10K
R14
101< [,. R5
10K
R6
101< R7
10K
RB
10K R9
10K
R10
10K R11
10K
R12
101<
1
),.
1---
10
11
9
7 2 "
~ ~C3.1 *~:
6 3
2
"3' 31 R15 5 4 13
~.
2 10K U3
12 4 5 R1
n1111
3/
-
2 1 10K
MO~
3 6
R16 2 9 U2
-10K 1 10 1101111 17 "
13 23
14
fL. f1!!-. .22 MIC1
.!.~52
R3
I" ps 10K
-
~ ...xl' ~C5
- ..n
1'UY REC 27
01 1 9' ell-'
14
t: r .
_..J
OFFO '"""" I
I ~r-:
19 15
R2
~ ~.~
+
81
1-~--1
j C1
22 4.7
R4
"" I" l" 100 SPKR1
A talking compass is made up using a Hall-effect direction sensor (MODl) and an ISD1016 ana-
log audio storage device. It is possible to program eight two-second announcements, for each of the
eight main compass directions.
The Talking Compass is comprised of a digital compass (MODl), and ISD1016 analog storage de-
vice (U2), a 748188 prcprograrnmed PROM (U3), and a handful of additional components.
221
UNUSUAL HALL-EFFECT OSCILLATORS
+9-12V
Dl
1N400:!
Rl
Ul 2.2K NORTH
'"b
UGN311!U
FACE
SPKR1
U9N!113U
.,.
A
+ 9-12V
01
1H4002
u
U1
UGH3113U R1
220K
Cl
+
.1 OR .,.
NV1+4-5V
4.7
1 TO 50Hz .,. (SEE
TEXT)
"SEE TEXT
8
Although not intended for this application, Hall-effect switch can be used as the basis for a rather
unusual oscillator. The oscillator can be reconfigured, as shown in Fig. B, to allow the circuit's oscil-
lating frequency to be controlled via an RC network, comprised of Rl artd Cl.
222
39
Infrared Circuits
Remote-Control Analyzer Wireless IR Headphone Receiver

IR-Pulsc-to-Audio Converter Infrared Remote-Control Tester
IR-Controlled Remote AlB Switch Puised Infrared Transmitter for On/Off Control
Simple IR Detector Very Simple IR Remote-Control Circuit
Infrared Receiver IR Receiver
Selective Preamplifier for Infrared Photodiode Remote-Control Tester
Wireless IR Headphone Transmitter
223
REMOTE-CONTROL ANALYZER
Rl
330U LED1
/f
=!{]!! .':--+----J
12.5V
Cl
1000
G
PL2
MOOt
... CASE
A schematic diagram for the remote analyzer is shown. The circuit is powered from a simple 5-V
supply, consisting of PL1, S1, T1, a bridge rectifier (comprised of D1 through D4), capacitor C1, and
a common 5-V regulator, Ul. Switch S1 is the on/off control and is optional. The power-supply trans-
former used in the prototype is a 12.6-Vac unit, but any transformer that can supply at least 5.6-Vac
will do. The 12.6-V unit was used solely because of its availability.
The output of T1 is full-wave rectified by diodes Dl through D4 and filtered by Cl. The buntpy
de output from the capacitor is regulated down to 5 V by U1, a 7805 integrated regulator. LED1 acts
as a power indicator to let you know that the circuit is active.
The 5-Vdc powers a GPJU52X infrared-detector module* (MOD1), which demodulates the 40-
kHz carrier used by most infrared remotes. Alter demodulation, the resulting logic pulses are sent to
an oscilloscope via PL2, a BNC connector.
*Radio Shack part #276-137
lR-PULSE-TO-AUDlO CONVERTER
If your ear is good, you can use this JR-pulse-tocaudio converter to troubleshoot infrared remote-
controls. It is also a good project for detecting infrared-light sources. A photo cell module (Radio
Shack P/N 276-137) detects IRradiation and drives audio IC Ul. This circuit is useful for trou-
bleshooting IR remote controls.
224
IR-CONTROLLED REMOTE AlB SWITCH
WALL TFIANSFOftMER~
9-12VDC -
RECEIVER MOOULE
OUll'UT J2
~
2
r' 4
3
6 IC5
555
r-
n. ""
,.l TIMER 4.71(
) C12 ""
lMEG
+
1"F
" ',~ ""
. .,. f- f. C1
1 10K
n
01
0111F 5-VOII ZEitER
.sv'""' C1D ~
REGUUTOR
1\.?'
"'...
15K
R1 R2
1K
lMEG"'
-
C6
47J,~f
+
.
lOK
~
14
IC3
"1/27474
1C4-b
'lt740 4 LE01
. ~
R7 C2 4 RlO ,1.1
0 fl ..FLO
D ~ fL-1- !'... 2 :;..
R5
'"
7
6
10K lf.LF
3
'
1K 131' 14 12 11
CLK
v1"--,4~
~~
4 LM741
IC1 " IC2 IC4~~~ 7 af'--,.1 -
10K UP-AMP
=---'
p
LM567
TONE
1/e7404
7 ~- 10 v,C4~ "-"~
~
R17 DECODER
20K ~ C7
1"F
6
R14
02
7 1
~ :'
~~ :
Rll
+ lOK
"F C5 C4

2N2222 J1
'
1"F 2.2~(f
""' ?b$2 1/t7414 Pll
'
'
-
RADIO ELECTRONICS FIG. 39-3
Useful for AlB control, the IR receiver shown controls a relay from an infrared beam that has a
pulsed tone-modulated signaL Q1 is the photo receptor feeding op amp !Cl, tone decoder JC2, and
flip-flop IC3. IC5 turns off the indicator LEDs after about 15 seconds.
SIMPLE IR DETECTOR
C1
' TO
SPKR1
8!1 SCOPE
Useful for IR detection, this circuit uses an op amp of the 741 family (or similar) to detect and
amplify IR pulses.
225
INFRARED RECEIVER
10Jl
,-----.-----------~--------------~vv~--~~+SV
Photo
diode
Data
0.0068 flF
I o.o22
The circuit operates from a 5-V supply and has a current consumption of 2 rnA. The output is a
current source that drives or suppresses a current of more than 75 JlA with a voltage swing of 4.5 V.
The Q-killer circuit eliminates distortion of the output pulses because of the decay of the tuned in-
put circuit at high input voltages. The input circuit is protected against signals of more than 600 mV
by an input limiter. The typical input is an AM signal at a frequency of 36 kHz.
SELECTIVE PREAMPLIFIER FOR INFRARED PHOTODIODE

1Ml1
r+,------.-------JyVV----------.------~ + 9 to 12 V
1 fLF r- Photo
diode 4.7 kl1
r---"N'C"+-----:+rl ~ Output
200 kfi
200 kil
470 pF
22mH
2N3565
0.004711-F
100 k!1
f= 51 kHz
The circuit uses a tuned circuit to achieve frequency selection. Values are for operation at about
51 kHz. The 2N3565 amplifies the output developed by the tuned circuit.
226
WIRELESS IR HEADPHONE TRANSMITTER
7-14V 0...,
51 R7
SPST R8
2700 cs
.1
:,.,c~
lOOn LED1 (
~
5.5V-6V
~
C7
R1 " ~ 2~~F
LED2(
16,15
PL 1 1K
AUDIO C2 ZENER
IN
0
2.2
.. 9
vco,, U1 VCD""
4 I " I 01
2N2 222A
<1041
..z_ R6 \!:!
5.1K
+ 1o: c1
I' 50
R3
1.5K
PLL
5,8, 11
3,14 12 L :
C4
100pF
R2 R4 RS
22<1 g;7:1o:
270K 150K
SEE TEXT .
The transmitter for the wireless headphones is buill around a CD4046 CMOS phase-locked loop,
coupled with a driver transistor, and a pair of infrared LEDs. Although the CD4046 is comprised of
two phase comparators, a voltage-controlled oscillator (or VCO), a source follower, and a zencr ref-
erence, only its VCO is used in this application.
WIRELESS IR HEADPHONE RECEIVER
C1
10
~
D~( D
+
A1
2.21<
~C2 22
.....,.U1
R2
1000
C3
.--
f
R9
3300:
5.5-6V C10 AB C4 C12

C14
220
+
;,]
SPST
Ftl-3& I 10 f--.1----1 +
"-.'
6fll)pf
1 2 3 5 7
gi6.3V+II f~,j, 10K I.'(' ~ 1:~ ~
-
B1
"'
r ,.
~
~ C6 C8 ~ 1s1s v I .1
rJ7+
F1 10 ' ~ ~10~~~~
C7 + - I R11
10
"
R4
1
""
.1
11 12 ~~5,8
~R12
100K
3 ~~
5
100
U3 ... >"c~hp---
20Q
SPKR2
R7
12!11(
R3 RS R10 "+
51K R6 24K C15 SPKA1*
47n 68K 10
SEt TEXT SPKR1 & SPKR2

8- 32!.1 SPEAKER

IR detector diode Dl intercepts theIR signal at around 40kHz and feeds it from Ul, a high-gain
preamp, to PLL, U2, a 4046 configured to serve as an FM detector. U3 is an audio amplifier that feeds
a pair of headphones or a speaker.
227
INFRARED REMOTE-CONTROL TESTER
P1
+ S1 +
T'9VDC
s1
..!..
The infrared remote-control tester uses a sensitive P~-type solar sensor that is connected di-
rectly to a Darlington amplifier made up of transistors Ql and Q2.13iasing is provided by Rl and PI,
a variable resistor that serves as a sensitivity controL The collector lead of Ql is the output lead of
the Darlington amp, and it is connected to a red LED and the primary of transformer Tl. The func-
tion ofT 1 is to convert the low-voltage output signal to a level high enough to drive a small piezo disc.
That disc makes a clicking sound when the sensor picks up an infrared signal that is varying in fre-
quency or amplitude. The infrared sensor will also pick up visible light. The use of an lR lilter (Wrat-
ton #87) is recommended.
BZ Piezo Disc
Ll .Jumho Red LED
PI 2-MQ Trimmer Resistor
Ql 2N3904 Transistor
Q2 2N3906 Transistor
Rl 270-Q Resistor
S1 Solar Sensor
Tl Audio Transformer
PULSED INFRARED TRANSMITTER FOR ON/OFF CONTROL
INFRARED
LED4
SEP8703-1
This transmitter consists of an oscillator and LEDs. It generates a pulsed tone of arow1d 850 Hz.
228
VERY SIMPLE IR REMOTE-CONTROL CIRCUIT
OUTPUT
~
~+12V ~
..I...S1
1----1-'1+:....__ _~0 I
81
LED1
gv R1 SEP8703-001
3300
LED1
~ 01
~
USE A LIGHT SHIELD 111411111
TO PREVENT LIGHT
SCATIER.
RECEIVER
A USE A LIGHT
I~
Q~
SHIELD TO
PREVENT fALSE
TRIGGERING

8
Here is a complete IR remote-control system that consists of a simple transmitter (A) and an
equally simple receiver (B).
IR RECEIVER REMOTE-CONTROL TESTER
To LED
9 Vdc buzzer, etc.()----,
R1 511
22K
4.7 k
1k
1 Meg
7
6
1- 9Vo
81:
.....
Any C1
silicon .1
phototransistor

This circuit is just about the simplest IR re- The IR Tester circuit lets you know if the but-
ceiver you can build. The parts are cheap, the lay- ton you press on a remote control is working. QI
out is not critical, and a 9-V battery will last a long is a photo transistor that is activated by IR en-
time. ergy.
229
40
Indicator Circuits
Polarity Indicator
Tri-Color Indicator
230
POLARITY INDICATOR
GREEN
ELEMENT
COIN-SIZE
TEST
PLATE REO
ELEMENT
This circuit consists Of a tri-color LED, a resistor, wire, and a coin-size test plate. You will have to
build two such circuits-one for each black clamp on a set of auto battery jumper cables. The author
installed the circuits inside the black clamps themselves using lengths of wire to make the connec-
tions to the red clamps.
The first step is to connect one red clamp to what you believe is the positive post on the okay
battery. Then, touch the test plate on the black c:lamp at the end of the cable to the negative Lenni-
nat on the good battery. The LED will light red if the red clamp is on the wrong terminal. If so move
the clamp to the other post and check again. If ail is well, the LED will light green. Pick up the other
black clamp and connect it to the remaining post on the good battery.
Cormect the remaining red clamp to what you assume to be the positive terminal on the bad bat-
tery. Now, touch the test plate on the remaining clamp to the engine block or a bare area on the dead
car's frame. If the LED appears or doesn't glow, switch the reel c:lamp to the other terminal and test
again. When the LED glows green, attach the black clamp to the car's frame (which will prevent any
sparks from occurring near the battery). When you remove the clamps, take the clamps off in reverse
order to avoid sparks.
231
BI-COLOR INDICATOR
+12V
~
R4
sson LEOl
R2 R3
560!1 68K
01
2N222Z
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 40:2
With Sl open, base bias is supplied to Q2 through a voltage divider (formed by R2 and R3), thus
turning on the green element in the LED. That indicates that power is being supplied to the project.
If you close Sl, current through Rl biases Ql on, thereby grounding the voltage divider and turning
off Q2. That reverses the flow of current through the LED, which causes its red element to light. That
indicates that the circuit is under power and Sl (really a DPDT switch), whose remaining section
controls another circuit, is active. In this circuit, a bi-color LED is used to indicate when a circuit is
under power and the status of Sl. In that way, the LED does the job of two indicators.
232
41
Inst-rumentation Amplifier Circuits
LMC6062 Instrumentation Amplifier

LM6218 High-Speed Instrumentation Amplifier
233
LMC6062 INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
R, R, If R1=Rs, Ra=Rs and A4=A1

25k 250k Then:
Vour A2 + R1 A4
--=--x-~
V1N A2 Ra
:.AV"" 100 for circuit shown
(R2=4.91k)
R2 Rs
10k 44.2k
All Op Amps Pol . ..--vvv---,
1/2 LMC6062
224k
Rs
25k
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR FIG. 41;1
Useful for +5-V single-supply applications, this op amp circuit features low drain (around I mA),
high input resistance (10 14 Q), and low bias current (=10-HA).
234
LM6218 HIGH-SPEED INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
'"" '""
20pF
'"" 20pF
21dl
'""
'""
This amplifier features 400-J.Lsec settling time (to 0.01 %), 140-V/J.Lsec slow rate, and 17-MHz
gain-bandwidth product. The supply voltage can be 5 to 20 V.
235
42
Integrator Circuit
Fast Integrator
236
FAST INTEGRATOR
R1 C3
v,. o---JY..,__ _,__---}1----
R2 C2
SK 10pF
VouT is the integral of V1 in this circuit.
C1
150pf
237
43
Intercom Circuits
675, The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
One-Way Voice-Activated Intercom

Very Simple Telephone Intercom Circuit
Telephone Intercom
238
ONE-WAY VOICE-ACTIVATED INTERCOM
rt-----..,--"'Yr-,-----..,----,-----,---~mv
R1
2.2K CJ R6
470 !OK
MICJ~
Cl ":"
.1
R2
1K RS
IOK
02
1N914
' C6
R4
1DK
!'' RB
1Dl1
R3 CS
lOK .22
+ 12V
An omnidirectional electret microphone can be used to pick up the sound and convert it into an
electrical signaL The output of the microphone is fed along two paths. In the first path, the signal is
sent to the inverting input at pin 6. In the second path, the microphone signal is fed to the non-in-
verting input of U2, where it is amplified all(] output to the speaker, SPKRl.
VERY SIMPLE TELEPHONE INTERCOM CIRCUIT
AI
l PHONE 1 J
RED
01 soon
fuT1 1N4001
11 U1 lo 5 WATT GREEN
lJil
7812
I I
~ C1
R2
500Sl
Pl1
I 35WVDC
1000 ~
i' l" 5 WATT
RED GREEN
I PHONE 2 I
'1\vo telephones can be used as an intercom by using this circuit. Older style rotary phones that
are nonelectronic might work best in this application. Also, handsets only might be powered this way.
239
TELEPHONE INTERCOM
S02a
MODULAR
CONNECTOR
WIRES
J
~---~~====~~~~~~~~~~~;;;;;t~;;~===r~~~
+-
R1
11V
100S/.
rGi!N - fiEo .., rGR'N - iiED -,

I TO 0:::...!-+--::---+ I TO
o--J+---. I
1 TELEPHONE 1 TELEPHONE
CIRCUITRY CIRCUITRY
BLU BLU
I I I
____ ..J
l!!l~E ~ - - - - - ...J
An intercom using dual-modular wall jacks is shown in this circuit. If the wires are available in
the home telephone cable, this system can be installed with little trouble.
240
44
Interface Circuits
Audio-to-ADC Interface
Process-Control Interface
Relay Interface for Amateur Radio Transceivers
Receiver Interface Circuit for Preamps
Microcomputer-to-Triac Interface
241
AUDIO-TO-ADC INTERFACE
- 5V
!PlN25 OF P1) R13 R5
1001< 10K
R12
10K R14
JFfSLl 1MFG R7
AU~
GAIN 10K
R6
HJ?UT I 10K
R15
~v
10K R9
INPUT R8
lOOK 10K
LfVFt
This simple general~ purpose driver for an analog/digital converter uses two 741 IC devices with
adjustable gain and offset. Other op amps might be substituted, but some circuit adjustments might
be needed.
PROCESS-CONTROL INTERFACE
PRECISION PROCESSCONTROL INTERI'>\CE

+ 15V
ROM 2 WIRE TRANSMITTER 4()- 200mV
SIMILAR TO A Ll-10045 4- 20rnA
INPlJT R1
10Q
*C2.01
*
7
1 __3_ +........ 8 Yom
I
R2
lOOK 2 U2 -..., 6 10V FOR 2Om A
LHO~
u1 lz OV FOR 4mA
LH0021) I R3
;~ r,' 3 90.9K R9
+ 15V
R4
R5
249K
R7
24.31<
50K
SPAN *g;
10K
ZERO R6 R8 -
3921.2 1MEG
~
This circuit can be used to interface a 2-wire transmitter/sensor combination to an external de-
vice or measurement setup.
242
RELAY INTERFACE FDR AMATEUR RADIO TRANSCEIVERS
-120V
HEATHKIT
II RELAY
2.4-27K IN4004
Ql
The relay power in the linear is obtained from the -120-V bias supply, and the transmit keying
output from the Kenwood is + 12 Vat 10 rnA maximum. The key ingredient in the circuli is the pnp
driver transistor, which must be capable of handling at least 150 Vat about 250 rnA.
RECEIVER-INTERFACE CIRCUIT FOR PREAMPS
SHIELD
r-----------..,
I C9 :
J3 .01 J4
TO TO
PREAMP', R2 oRECEIVER
1200 1
I L7 :
I 1mH 81 :
I 9V '\.S1!
: + ----JI-0 -~
L-----------J
The purpose of the receiver/interface circuit is to pass RF to the receiver through capacitor C9,
while adding de power to the feedline through R2 and RF choke L7.
243
MICROCOMPUTER-TO-TRIAC INTERFACE
100 wau
light bulb
220Q
110 VAG
L_r-t- 2N6154
MOC 3010 TRIAC
phototriac
aptocoupler
330Q WARNING:
+5 v ----'N1,.----' Extreme shock hazard on
right half of this circuit!
PORT - - - - - - - '
RADIQ-ElECTRONICS FIG. 44-5
A microcomputer-to-triac interface uses a phototriac optoisolator to Jet safety-isolated logic sig-

nals directly control high-power loads. Depending on the input waveforms and the load, tllis circuit
can be used in either an on/off switch or a proportional phase control. A low input powers the lamp.
244
45
Inverter Circuits
250-W Inverter
Digital Inverter
dc-to-ac Inverter
Power MOSFET Inverter
245
250-W INVERTER
12V
(FROM CAR BATTERY) 120 VAC OUT
f1 (SQUARE WAVE)
20 AMPS
R1 01
60U "tM4001
,....,
04
,....,
D3

A 555 timer (!Cl) generates a 120-Hz signal that is fed to a CD4013BE flip-flop (!Cl-a), which
divides the input frequency by two to generate a 60-Hz clocking frequency for the FET array (Ql
through Q6). Transformer Tl is a 12-/24-V center-tapped 60-Hz transformer of suitable size.
DIGITAL INVERTER
Voo
PCH
MOSFET
A CMOS digital inverter is formed by con-

necting two MOSFETS, as shown.
Input NCH Output""' Input
MOSFET
=
246
dc-to-ac INVERTER
-12V
R3
22on Tl
OLD FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
R1 C2
15K 0.047
(ORIGINAL
C1 PRIMARY!
0.047
* R2
15K
R4
22012
117VAC
OUTPUT
A multivibrator circuit drives a pair of 2N3055 power transistors. T1 is a 12.6-V CT filament

transformer with a 120-V primary.
POWER MOSFET INVERTER
+12V
~
+
OUTPUT
R4
100K
R,
R1 47K-100K
47K
R3
100K
R2
47K
T1 is a suitable transformer for the voltage desired, with a 12.6-V CT winding.
247
46
lon Generator Circuit
Negative Ion Generator
248
NEGATIVE ION GENERATOR
DISCHARGE
~POINT
01
IMD5210
C3
.002
C4
R2 .002
1K 7
R3
2.2K
R4
4700
This oscillator-driver induces a high voltage in the windings of T2.
249
47
Laser Circuits
G75. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Efficient Laser Supply

Laser Power Supply and Starting Circuit
Handheld Laser
High-Voltage Power Supply
Fantastic Simulated Laser
Laser Power Supply
250
EFFICIENT LASER SUPPLY
0.01 ,F 1800 pF 4/k

SkV 10 kV 5W
I
-- r 1800pF
10 kV
laser t 1
6.5KrnA
=
150
MUR405
10 k
Vtn Vin 190

9VIO 1%
35 v I 2.2,F Ll1170
-
- 10 k -
vc GNU 1N4002
(alii lp
1.23 V/1900
Vin
HV diodes= SemlechFM-50
0.41 ,F Wima (Mannheim, Germany) 3X0.15,F, type MKP-20
01,02 .Zel!l ZTX-849
L1 =Coi!trcnics CTX02111282
L2 =Pulse Engineering PE921G5
Laser Hughes 3121 H-P, 6.5- rnA beam current
Driving Helium-Neon Lasers can be simplified considerably using tllis power-supply configura-
tion. When power is applied, the laser doesn't conduct and the voltage across the 190-Q resistor is
zero. However, a resonant circuit and a voltage tripler then produces over 10 kV to turn on the laser.
251
LASER POWER SUPPLY AND STARTING CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE QUAORUPLER MULTIPLIES

2liV TO APPRQX IQkV PEAK
I IOOpF
.
' l51cV
VOLTAGE
DOUBLER
., ~~
,.
50
,.
50
.
( 0"
'"
IOOpf IQOpF IOOpF 115kVI
',.
oo
"
110 PRI
,., 1--047 RESISTOR NETWORK BALLAST FOR
"'
.
lkVSECON LASER 'TUBE PROTECTION CURRENT LIMIT
MAX. EXAMPLE IOmW LASER REQUIRES ~OOk
850V MIN BALLAST RESISTOR LIM!T$ CURRENT
TO 7-SmA@ Z5W ',oo
., .,,
LASER TUBE
This circuit delivers 10 kV peak, then limits current to 7.5 rnA@ 2 kV. The resistors shown pro
vide ballasting. The starting circuit cannot maintain the 10 kV under load and appears as a series-
pass circuit with little drop in voltage.
HANDHELD LASER
HEATSINK
R3
470U
C4 +
1"F
l1
(SEE
TEXT\
TEST POINTS-ENCIRCLED R7/!!7D,
3~1
2~ck[
~
~I
LE03~
01
SIMULATED LASER
BASE OF DIODE
LASER
DIODE
L1~3 -----03
2
A laser diode TOLD9200 (Toshiba) is used as a source of laser light. Q3, Q2, and Sl form a touch
switch to control thelaser. L1 is an RF pickup coil to pick up energy from an RF -type battery charger.
It is 10 turns of #18 wire on a W' diameter.
252
HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
+ 12V
3.3
kD 50 kD
pot.
'------._~-1 ~--._, e
'--::-::::-OOutput
O.Q1 ILF ,-- sec. ~ 20 kV
+
100 ILF I + 12 v
a-1 Six sections

CD4049 or 74C04
The high-voltage power supply is a CMOS-based oscillator that pulses a high-voltage ignition
transformer. The transformer output is around 20 kV.
FANTASTIC SIMULATED LASER
I
I
R2 Ct = t,.F
ct~
8
At IC1 = 555
R3
._1 7 'I L1 = Bright LED
~ .. 3 IC1 6 Pt = 50 kl1 pot.
L1 Rt, R2 = 4.7 kl1
4 ,L Pt R3 = NO push button
The circuit uses a 555 timer IC to power an ultrabright LED. The output is a pulsing red light
that can be projected using lenses. An ultrabright Stanley LED, capable of 300-millicandle output, is
tied to pin 3 of the 555 timer !C. That IC has been configured as an astable multivibrator. The fre-
quency of this multivibrator is controlled by Rl, R2, Cl, and Pl. You can vary the frequency by ad-
justing Pl, which changes the output from a slow blinking to a fast pulsating light. Resistor R3 is used
to limit the current flowing into the circuit to a safe value, to prevent the LED and the IC from burn-
ing out. Switch Sl applies power to the circuit when its button is pressed.
253
LASER POWER SUPPLY
" R5
F1
C5. ,
.001' ~
01" C1, + R1
03" l 1:7
.001 j 33K
2W
.5A 10' I" 330K 04" 05" R6
-rl"\.P- 1W 75K
5W
~ ~
~ ~
~
R2 c6" ;,_.._I"\
~
[0
~~'~ 330K
1W
.001
R099
-----' T1 LASER
450V-30mA
R3
TUBE
~
c~,
10 ~ 330K
1W
C9
0~1 ..__,
lo-o Pl1 "
02" f-
'lT 117V
AC R4
10 ~
c~' 330K or oa
ool__r,.
ca , 1W
All DIODES:
.0011 f:
1Noi807/1N6401 o,~1 I
This supply generates an initial high voltage for ignition pmposes. AJ'ter ignition, the supply gen-
erates about 1300 to 1500 V. If a higher ignition voltage (than the 6000 V supplied) is necessary, more
multiplier stages can be added to D5 and DS.
254
48
Lie Detector Circuit
Simple Lie Detector
255
SIMPLE LIE DETECTOR
The circuit uses a two-transistor direct-coupled oscillator that has a frequency determined by
Cl, R2, and the (skin) resistance across the touch pads. Since Cl and R2 are fixed values, only the
skin resistru1ce across the touch pads can vary the sound of the oscillator. To sustain oscillations, Cl
feeds a pmt.ion of the output from Q2 back to the input of Ql through resistor Rl.
Transistor Ql is an npn type and transistor Q2 is a pnp type. The output of Q2 is fed into a small
speaker. The circuit relies on the fact that the human skin conducts electricity.
Cl 0.01-~-tF Capacitor
Q2 2N3906 Transistor
Rl 4. 7 kn Resistor
R2 82 kn Resistor
256
49
Light Beam Communication Circuits
Modulated Light Transmitter

Modulated Light Receiver
FM1.ight-Bcam Receiver
FM Light-Beam Transmitter
Light-Wave Voice-Communication Transmitter
Light-Wave Voice-Communication Receiver
Visible-Light Audio Transmitter
Visible-Light Receiver
257
MODULATED LIGHT TRANSMITTER
r---------------~--------~~------~~------~----~-<~o---+ +SV
R6 Sl
R2 680fl
R1
5.6K
UMEG
C1 R5 R7
100 4.7K 1K
C2 C3
015 0.47
C4
10

56 0K
MIC1 R8
XTAL 39K II
MIKE 02 3.5V
BC107 0.15 OR 0.3A
A light-bulb filament can be modulated with audio as a method of optical transmission. Ampli-
fier Ql/Q2/Q3 drives emitter-follower TR4. Adjust RIO for the Q point (light bulb) giving best results.
It should have a filament with low thermal inertia for best audio responses.
MODULATED LIGHT RECEIVER
-----------<>"' <>----------~ 9 v
E
~
51
c
AI .00
680H
QJ
R2 BC179
1.5MEG
R4
C1
1.5MEG
100 cs
10
C1
.22
Q2 R5 PHONES
3.91<
BC109
01
ZN517-7
Using a phototransistor, this receiver will detect and demodulate a modulated light beam. R6 af-
fects sensitivity.
258
FM LIGHT BEAM RECEIVER
1ft
"'
"'
IOkJ!
"'
15 k!!
~
;:1)
"'
"'
1001!
"'
""'
'"lJ '" "
t1 I ""
10 1'-F
"
_L '
"''
""
4.7k!l "'' ""
4.7k.O 15 k!l
'" ~
IOO,.F
"'"' ~
'
'K
15 k!l
rn
= ~ f----<'
0
~ p
~:,.G
SHF205
~~
C3
~~
~ AS
" " 20
ao A14
5.6Ml
i~ _470pF
T
Q; '"
m
f----<'
'""' 2~
47() pF 470pF
- 150kl!
~4
"'
1t--
~ =
150k!l
~ ""
"" "" ~
"''
5.6k!l 00,
''"
"'
'00"' "'
3.3k.O "'
3.9k!l "'"
15k!l
'""'
'"
4 7kl!
= ""
4.7 kfl ""
3.3 k!l
'~
~""'
R24
3.3kll
!o
_ 40kHz HIGH PASS 60 kHl LOW PASS !o

This receiver will pick up IR or light beams that are frequency modLilated on a GO-kHz carrier.
Q2/Ql/Q3/Q4 from an active filter and amplifier and differential amp Q5/Q6 provide more gain.
FM LIGHT-BEAM TRANSMITTER
"v .sv
1o 1
c~~
,Fl '"
"" "'"
221l
~~; G~~
----
' +
100~1 ,I ~~~'"'@;
;c
R13
'' ':::" 2.2K
' '"
NI055!i 03 ~04
' "' '" ''"" 2N~
"'~
" '""'
"'
'""
"'
'" ~~ '"
50~~-
Center R14
lSK
~
"~' 0~'
TRIG
n+
Deviation frequency THRES
'' , , . 1 """':!=-
r J'
dJUSI adjust
'"
~'
CONT
'"' O.Ql -:-
'
'' "',, I"
- 0001 = "'
"
'
' I
' ',,
' ,I"
"
- ',,
" o.~r * "'
0.01
2N~
j tP'
2H~~
-
"'
~
"'" +
"',,
"'
'" ""
4701\
+
"
IOji.F

This transmitter uses two-stage amplifier Ql/Q2 to frequency modulate an NE555 (configured
as a VCO) operating at about 50 kHz. The resultant FM-modulated pulse train is converted to light
pulses via LED! through LED4, driven by Q3 and Q4.
259
LIGHT-WAVE VOICE-COMMUNICATION TRANSMITTER
+9V
R1 R2
50 K!1 1 Mll
R5
1 Kll R8
330!!
Mic C2
10 I'F
6
')'--~
R6
+ 50K!1
R3
5.6 Kll Any
R4 LED
+9V
l 5.6 K!1 R7
1 Kll

This transmitter uses a 741 op amp as a high-gain audio amplifier, which is driven by a micro-
phone. The output of the 741 is coupled to Q1, which serves as the driver for a LED. Potentiometer
R1 is the amplifier's gain control. Miniature trimmer resistor R6 permits adjustment of the base bias
of Q1 for best transmitter performance. Gain control R1 can be eliminated if C1 and R2 are con-
nected directly to pin 2 of the 741. For maximum sensitivity, increase the value of R 2 from 1 to 10
MQ and use a crystal microphone with a large diaphragm.
LIGHT-WAVE VOICE-COMMUNICATION RECEIVER
C1 r---------------~~+9V
0.1 f.l.F This light-wave receiver consists of a 741 op-
erated as a preamplifier and an LM386 operated
A1 as a power amplifier. Potentiometer R2 is the gain
""-"" 1 Mil LM control. Various kinds of detectors can be used as
7 386
IC1 the front end of the receiver. Phototransistors are
p.,A741 very sensitive, but they do not work well in the
presence of too much ambient light. A 100-kQ se-
ries resistor is required if you use a phototransis-
tor. Solar cells, photodiodes, and LEDs of the
same semiconductor as the transmitter all work
well in this circuit.
260
VISIBLE-LIGHT RECEIVER
R5
lOOU S1
R2
' C1 4.7K
100
SEE TEXT
This receiver for amplitude-modulated light signals uses phototransistor Ql mounted in a para-
bolic reflector (to increase range). Any npn phototransistor should work. Emitter-follower Q2 drives
amplifier Q3. The output from Q3 feeds volume control R7 and audio amplifier Ul. A 9- to 12-V supply
is recommended for the receiver.
VISIBLE-LIGHT AUDIO TRANSMITTER
In the visible-light transmitter, a 7805 volt-

age regulator is connected in a variable-voltage
C2 configuration, and an audio signal is fed to the
R1 .1
500!1 common input, to modulate the output voltage.
The modulated output voltage is used to transmit
sEE TEXT
intelligence via an incandescent lamp.
261
50
Light Control Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are container! in the Sources section, which begins on page
Light Sequencer Simple Triac Circuit

Holirlay Light Sequencer Running Light Sequencer
Automatic Porch-Light Control MOS Lamp Driver
Dinm1er for Low Voltage Loads CMOS Touch Dinnner
Three-Power-Level Triac Controller Neon Lamp Driver for 9-V Supplies
Phase-Controlled Dimmer Sensitive Triac Controller
120-ac Shinnnering Light Halogen Lamp Protector
262
LIGHT SEQUENCER
pj[_J
* 'fc4NcsJ
R2 R1
21 6 71 8
[13
11
141 3
IC1
1!1
~ IC2 16
.....
l:J__l:
I
FUSE~ 1312IJ~r 1 111

01 R23
G 6G 6G 6G 6G 6G oG 6G 6G 6G
-
1i?c
0 UTPUT
1 2
ils 02
3 4
R
5
R
6 7
1~t R
8 9
R
10
R
21
;
+
it
~3 c~' i"
R3o1 R7
03
R9
04 11~ 13 06 17
&a ~9 010
19
~~
~ f(s Rs ~ ~ ~ ~
po p2 14 16
A ~ ~22
;is ~0
The light sequencer uses two TCs and 10 SCfts to create an ac sequencer. The first JC, a 555
timer, is used to provide dock pulses for IC2. The IC is configured as an astable multivihrator, and its
output is on pin 3.
Capacitors Cl and C4, along with resistor R2 and potentiometer Pl, control the frequency ofthe
pulses. IC2 is a 4017 Johnson counter, which shifts a high-signal level to each one of its 10 output
pins in sequence. Each output pin is resistively coupled to the gate lead on an SCR. When the re-
spective output pin on the 4017 is high and the positive half of the ac cycle is on the anode lead of
the SCR, it turns on. The lamp that is connected to its anode lights.
Power is brought into the PC board by the line cord, then the circuit is fuse-protected. Diode
LDl changes the acto pulsating, which is smoothed by C2 and C3. R23 limits the current, and zener
diode D2 limits the de voltage to 6 Vdc.
Cl, C4 0.1-!lF Capacitor R2, R4, R6,

C2 100-!lY Capacitor RS, RlO, Rl2,
C3 4 7-11F, 350-V Electrolytic Capacitor Rl4, R16, Rl8
Dl 1N4007 Diode R20,R22 100-kQ Resistor
D2 6-V Zener (M747814) R3,R5,R7
IC1 GGG Timer IC R9, Rll, R13
IC2 4017 CMOS IC R15, R17, Rl9
Pl 500-k!l Potentiometer R21 2.2-kn Resistor
Q1-Q10 106 SCR R23 15-kQ 7-W Resistor
R1 560-Q Resistor
263
HOLIDAY LIGHT SEQUENCER
01-04
- 1H4001
=LJE~~-~----~,~,o--.------.--,,,r---0-~~~ 02
Pl1 ~ ~ .~~---------,
r-- NEI ~ ~6.3V ojyo4 Cl
.~ F1 : 1~~0
EARTH _!A 11 +
GROUND
Rl Ts
"'
rt==;;::=====~~~
7
U1
3
1 sss
Rll;: 2 OSCfTIMER !.J
B CJ
~'," ., ,'---,r,--..J~n "' 0 .+3:~

1 22K
t-}"1-,.-+_j 2 74CI75
DTYPE
'''"-'------;1>
r4 1-
'" t-----'''-J FLIP-FLOP / S2 -
..!..! 15
I~--------------r==='=~============~-i!~'L_
112 ___j~f2!
L..!. U3 f!--- L..!. U4 ~ ~us ~ i..!. U6 ~
~ ~~C~OIO ~ _2 MOC3010 ~~- _-~
r-
MOCJOIO 15 _l MOC3010 ~
r-
. J14
OPTO ,- OPTO r-- I OPTO
2 Lc_o_u_c_ER_jrl R7 I 1 L_c_o_u'_'_"_.J1 RB / J.. COUPLER 14 R9 /2_1 __
co_u_PL_E_R
180fZ 180!1 '-------' 180!1 ~
"UK .I R4 R5
I.BK 1.8K
"
I.BK
R10
180fZ
MT2~;~~2
~ ~~504
"~:;:
MTZ TRt
1::\BA 400V 4DOV
~--400V MT1
~T1
) ~SOl ~:~;
TO METAL ENCLOSURE
1990 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. SD-2
264
HOLIDAY LIGHT SEQUENCER (Cont.)
Integrated circuit U1 (a 555 oscillator/timer) is wired as a conventional pulse generator. The fre-
quency of the pulse generator is controlled by potentiometer R11. Resistor R2 puts a reasonable limit
on the highest speed attainable.
The output of the pulse generator is fed to the common clock input ofU2, a 74C175 quad D-typc
flip-flop. Each flip-Jlop is configured so that its Q output is coupled to the D input of the subsequent
flip-flop.
Information on the D input of each flip-flop is transferred to the Q (and Q) outputs on the lead
ing edge of each clock pulse. Switch S2 allows you to invert the information on the D input of the first
flip-flop at any time during the cycle. This allows you to create a number of different sequences,
which are determined by the state of the CQ output at the time of the switching.
Some of the possible sequences are:
1 through 4 on, 1 through 4 off;
1 of 4 on sequence;
1 of 4 off sequence;
2 of 4 on sequence;
1and3onto2and4off;
and other instances when the sequence of events is difficult to determine.
However, if S2 is switched to position B while all outputs are high or all are low (which seldom
occurs), the sequence stops and the outputs remain either all on or all off. If that happens, you only
need to switch back to position A for at least one pulse duration, then back to position B again.
Likewise, S2 should be in position A (pin 4 connected to pin 14) each time the power is turned
on. This is because the data on pin 4 must be a logic 1 in order to start a sequence; otherwise all out
puts remain at logic 0, regardless of the clock pulses.
Each output of the sequencing circuit is connected to an MOC3010 optoisolat.or/coupler (U3
through U6), which contains an infrared-emitting diode with an infrared-sensitive diac (triac driver
or trigger) in close proximity. The cliac triggers the triac, which carries the 117-volts ac.
Each time that the infrared-emitting diode receives a logic 1, it turns on and causes the diac to
conduct. With the optoisolator/coupler's internal cliac conducting, the triac turns on, and power is
supplied to whatever load is plugged into the corresponding ac socket. So, the sequencing circuli and
the 117-V ac outputs are "optically coupled" and are effectively isolated from each other.
Power for the sequencing circuit is provided by a 6.3-V miniature transformer. The output of the
transformer is rectified by a four-diode bridge circuit, the output of which is filtered by C1 (1000-J.l.F
electrolytic capacitor). Capacitor C3 is added at the supply pin of IJ2 to suppress transients.
265
AUTOMATIC PORCH-LIGHT CONTROL
Rl
150 HOT TO
TO lOW BULB
HOT
LINE Tlll
~o
40G-VOLT
~
Tlll R3
c~, R6
0
/ l~l2 10MEG 10 2201l
~
16
.!L
~ 1o
R2
2701l - Ul R5
2 4 6 BR1 4020 3. 5.6K /VI
~
l.ol 1A
100V
~~ t- 6.2V
8
U2 "'A 01 R4
MOC3041 ?' Cl,n' 2N2222
1000 lOOK
.I SW
1 L2 see TEXT
The automatic porch-light conlrol circuit hokls a triac on until a 4020 divider counts a number
of 60-Hz powerlinc pulses. The circuit turns off a light after a predetermined time by using pins other
than pin :3 of U1. Various times can be set. Consult the 4020 data sheet for information.
DIMMER FOR LOW VOLTAGE LOADS
"'
.,
A 1...A2 =IC 1 =CA3240

This circuit controls a low voltage de supply by pulse width modulation. The switching rate is
200Hz. Input supply voltage should be +5 to +30 V lJp to 5 A can be controlled.
266
THREE-POWER-LEVEL TRIAC CONTROLLER
o, R,
Ac load
1N4001 27k 11/2W
R,
4/k, 1/4 w R,
22 k, o,
o, 1/2W 1N758 MT,
1 1N914
A 3 Triac
2 J Teccor
8
c, 02004f31
1/4 CD40118
o, 0.1 "f,
sov
1/4C040118 1N914 Teccor KT32
5 4 R, . R,
100, 1/4 w
K 1./k, 1/4 w
o,
2N4123
COM
L, Ac input l,

Three power levels are supplied by the two logic inputs of this enhanced circuit. R5, D4, D5, and
C2 form a power supply for the logic !C. They can be omitted if another source of low voltage is avail-
able.
PHASE-CONTROLLED DIMMER
I 00 walt
light bulb
A phase-controlled dimmer delays the triac

t t 0 VAC turn-on to a selected point in each successive ac
2N6154
TRIAC
.--e... half cycle. Use this circuit only for incandescent
lamps, heaters, soldering irons, or "universal"
motors that have brushes.
WARNING: Extreme shock hazard!
267
120-ac SHIMMERING LIGHT
02
R2
03
120VAC P1
R1
01 A
R3 SCR
+ c
C1 G
R4
You can tum any ordinary household bulb into one that shimmers or blinks. This circuit works on
any incandescent light up to 200 W, and rw1s on standard 120 Vac. The circuit uses m1 SCR to cause
an ordinary lamp to shimmer. Note that one side of the lamp is connected directly to 120 Vac, and the
other side ofthe lmnp goes to the cathode of the SCR. As ac voltage is brought into the circuit through
the line cord, it is full-wave rectified by diodes Dl and D2. That changes the acto de, and a portion of
that de voltage is applied to capacitor Cl through R2. Diode D3 blocks the (+)de voltage so that only
the voltage from the path of Rl and D3 is dear. That forms an oscillator, which has a frequency de-
termined by the setting of potentiometer Pl (because the other components have fixed values).
Remember to use extreme caution when using a device that connects to the ac line. Never use
it outside or near water and always mount the entire kit inside a wooden or plastic (insulated) box
to prevent any c:ontact with the ac voltage.
SIMPLE TRIAC CIRCUIT
100 watt
light bulb
A triac can be used as a line-operated ac
110 VAC
power switch that can directly control lamps,
2N6154 heaters, or motors. A brief and small current
TRIAC
pulsf into the gate turns the triac on; it remains
on until the main current reverses.
WARNING: Extreme shock hazard!
268
RUNNING LIGHT SEQUENCE
H
Dr-II4H
"' "'H~-+-1
.,8
r--1r-----1>---1rl3300
..--1~-~--------''-'11 8 r!L
--o,,~
""
...H-1--,
i"
ii"
0.;-!!.t~=t--i
05
7 8 4 ,---"er---"'J" A fL.-
:f:,____..Jr:._HJ--H
::~ ~
IC1 ] ' " ' ("'
IC2
555
g UAA 170 3
Gl"----,
o.-114H
,. H 2 E+-NH~
! _____~,~ 00""~~1-+-+-~
,. c fL-- o"Lf<IIJ--l-l-H
' 'I'-------' ~ o&-
:H*+-'
' o"rHI-t-t-H
"'$""$ '
v
400MW
... 0
This rwming light sequencer drives 16 LEDs and runs from a 12-V supply. Cl can be varied to
alter the rate of operation.
MOS LAMP DRIVER
+6--12V
The circuit shows a way of using a MOSFET as a load driver. II can be a lamp, or any other load,
that does not exceed the current rating of Q I.
269
CMOS TOUCH DIMMER
"
2./IT
100n
250VAC
Trt1
L1
100~o~H/5A
SFT12-so-
i.a1
10 400W
0
A Seimens SLB0586A IC allows the construction of a simple touch-controlled clirmner circuit.

The circuit controls a triac ac switch, which allows control of loads from 10 to 400 W.
NEON LAMP DRIVER FOR 9-V SUPPLIES

.
~R1 T1
01
IN914
' 47 K 4 B
C3;:::
7 Bil I11 K 0.1 ~F .
125V Neon{liill
?R2 555 3 bulb\
1K
_ C1
G 5
C2
1
T0.1 ~F _j 0.1 ~F
This circuit is for driving a neon lamp from a 9-V supply. The 555 generates an ac signal (stepped
up by Tl), and lights the neon bulb. Tl is any small audio output transformer.
270
SENSITIVE TRIAC CONTROLLER
Ac load
R,
22k,1/2W
MT 2
o, Triac
Diac Teccor
~-;;-~r:ec:co:_:rH:.:_T3~2.{..-J.:f---r..J.G.J:Z]7 02004F31
MT,
R,
R, 100, 1/4W
"A" input o---..-.----1'-i 2N4123
2.7k
L2 Ac input l1

The single transistor connected between the capacitor and the common side of the ac line aliows
a logic-level signal to control this triac power circuit. Resistor R2 prevents false triggering of the triac
by the trickle current through the diac.
HALOGEN LAMP PROTECTOR
Rl BUZ10(A)
Lal
_o,
0
...
0
-
..,..
z R2
i
"'"'
BUZ
10(A)
R3
i
~
GOS
sv:
Cl
86468 1

This circuit produces a soft \urn-on for halogen lamp filaments upon powering up. MOSFET
used is a BUZlO, which has 0.2 n Rns on. Rl, R2, mrd Cl set the turn-on rate and Dl discharges Cl
at turn-off.
271
51
Light-Controlled Circuits
Light-Dependent Sensor for Multiple Inputs Photoelectric Sensor

Simple Light-Activated Alarm Precision Light-Sensitive Relay Switch
Precision Dark-Activated Switch with Hysteresis Self-Latching Light-Activated Switch
Combined Light-/Dark-Activated Switch Simple Nonlatching Photocell Switch
Outdoor Light Controller Light-Controlled Oscillator
Dark-Activated Relay with Hysteresis Phototransistor Circuits
Porch Light Control Dark-Activated Relay
Dark-Activated Switch
272
LIGHT-DEPENDENT SENSOR FOR MULTIPLE INPUTS
7 Ul-a
l/4 4093
R5
4.7K
NEG.
OUT
02
1N914
.,
OK
01
4 2N3904
UlO This light-dependent sensor uses LDRs to
1/4 409J
detect the presence or absence of light. As long
as the light source striking the LDRs remains
constant, the aiarm does not sound. But when
03 the light is interrupted, the alarm is triggered.
1N914
10
Uld
1/4 409J
SIMPLE LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM
,.-~~~~~~...,.~~ .... + 12 v
2700
1N4007
CDS
cell A cadmium-sulfide photocell conducts when
a light beam strikes it. This triggers the SCR and
activates the alarm device.
1~1
273
PRECISION DARK-ACTIVATED SWITCH WITH HYSTERESIS
-.------------.--- 0 + 12V
Ri
270 Jl
R5
10 Mf! Load to be
R2 Hysteresis switched
R6 100 k!i R adjust
3
100 kH o--~-IVY VvOv--
2N3904
R7
CDS R4 =
cell 100 kn
A CdS cell is one leg of a bridge circuit. Potentiometer R6 in another leg sets the trip point. Po-
tentiometer R5 provides hysteresis adjustment to prevent "chattering" or hunting of the relay. The
light level has to increase noticeably before the 2N3904 turns off and the circuit deactivates.
COMBINED LIGHT-/DARK-ACTIVATED SWITCH

,---~--- 1--------------_,~ _______.. + V (tOto 15 V}
Ri
470H 100 II
470 u nn
R2
to kn
10 kll
470fl
/ ICt LM1458
IC2 MC3010, etc.
optoisolator
t
Dark
= signal
10k!l
Set R4 so 112 of Vee appears across R3.

Set R2 for dark trip point
Set Rt for light trip point.
Two op amps used in a bridge circuit conliguration detect high and low light levels. Potentiome-
ter R2 sets the dark level and Rl controls the light level. R3 is set so that about Y, the supply voltage
appears across R4 at the desired light level. Rl and R2 set the trip point of the optoisolator 1C2 at
darker or lighter ambient levels, as required.
274
OUTDOOR LIGHT CONTROLLER
R1 Load
100 '
I NE2H 100W
lamps
(max. 5 lamps)
R5
cell 33 kH C106B, etc.
R2
Heat sinker
4.7 kH
0.1 ILF
600 Vac
R3
2.2 kn Diac
0.1 p.,F
R4
100 mH/6 amp

(AFI suppression)
A neon bulb and a CdS photocell enclosed in a light-tight enclosure form an optocoupler. A
diac/triac combination is used to provide the snap-switch effect. A second CdS photocell acts as the
main sensor.
As darkness approaches, the resistance of R4 begins to increase. At a threshold level, the diac
triggers the triac and causes the neon bulb to light. This reduces the resistance of R6, causing the
rliac to trigger the triac, which lights the neon bulb and provides power to the load.
As morning light comes up, the process is reversed. The neon bulb goes out and the SCR turns off.
DARK-ACTIVATED RELAY WITH HYSTERESIS
c--1r-----------------~------~~~~ +12V
Sensitivity
10 kH 1 '"~1----+:::::---o To controlled
4 8 circuit
2 wsJ__....::::J-----t::::.__o or device
NE555 Optoisolator
6
cos
DC
LOR
=
The hysteresis of a 555 IC can be used to advantage for sensing a drop in light. An LDR or CDS
cell with about 2 to 8 k resistance at desired light level should be used.
275
PORCH LIGHT CONTROL
+ 12V
CDS
cell (D eakn
R1
33{) kll
4 B
220kn
2
Lt----
0.01 tJ..F
6 555
7 3
1 kn
GD~
25 kll
:J Trigger
level C1
220 J.l.F r
1
0.01 11-F
To triac
and light
circuit
Optoisolator
This circuit can control the on/off cycle of a light via a CDS photocell, and turn it off after a pre~
set period. The light can only be turned on when CDS cell is in darkness, and it stays on for a time
determined by the 555 circuit. On time depends on Rl and Cl and is about 80 seconds with the val~
ues shown.
DARK-ACTIVATED SWITCH
R2
1 k!l
Load (relay, etc.)
In this circuit, lowering of the light level on the CDS cell turns on Ql and Q2 which switches on
the load which could be a relay, light, etc.
276
PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR
+9-12 v
02
2N3906
R3
R2
4.7 k 01
10 k 2N3904
RS"
R1
/) X
~See text 10 k
~
1 MEG -::::
The circuit can he used as a sensor that cantrigger an alarm without direct contact being made
by the intruder. In this circuit, a visible or invisible light source radiates on the sensor, keeping the
detection loop in what could essentially be called a normally closed condition.
As long as the light source striking R5 remains uninterrupted, the switch remains closed. But if
an intruder passes between the light source and the sensor, the circuit goes from closed to open, and
triggers the alarm.
A light-dependent resistor (LDR), whose resistance varies inversely in with the amount of light
hitting its sensitive surface, is used. A bright light aimed at R5 causes its internal resistance to drop
as low as a few hundred ohms; in total darkness, the unit's resistance can rise to several me,~Sohms.
The light-dependent resistor (R5) is connected between the +V supply and the base of Q I. As long
as R5 detects light, it supplies ample hase current to cause Ql's collector to saturate to near ground
level. That also pulls the hase of Q2 (a 2N3906 general-purpose pnp transistor) to near ground level,
turning it on and clamping its collector to the +V rail.
277
PRECISION LIGHT-SENSITIVE RELAY SWITCH
R1
1 k!l
R6
CDS
R2
Cell
R3
100 k!l
10k!l
R7
113 12-V
22 k!l relay
R4 IC1
R9
~-/100k!l TL081
470 !l
R5
nom. 100 kfl
A CDS cell in a bridge circuit with an op amp provides a simple means of operating a relay at a
predetermined light level. Potentiometer R4 sets the sensitivity.
SELF-LATCHING LIGHT-ACTIVATED SIMPLE

SWITCH NON LATCHING PHOTOCELL SWITCH
,---------.r----~ +3to2V
270 f!
2.2 kfl Relay
IN4007 ~Relay
II ~contacts
3 to 12 V relay
=
10 kO
,____---wv-----_._-+ + 12 v Switched
[>1_ sR~sat to load

When light strikes the CDS cell it turns on A CDS photocell is used to drive the relay.
the transistors which activates the relay which The circuit operates from a + 12 V supply.
latches. Depressing Sl grounds the base of the
2N3565 and the relay resets. The 250 k poten-
tiometer adjusts the sensitivity of the circuit.
278
LIGHT-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR PHOTOTRANSISTOR CIRCUITS
+5V +V + v
R1
10K
7 +---Oeo Phototransistor
mode
R3
100K
6
C2 1 SPKR1 C1
.01 60 2.2 + v +V
This circuit can be used as a light detector +---Oe0 Photodiode

and possibly as an aid for the visually handi- mode
capped. The frequency of the oscillator is deter-

mined by the amount of illwnination striking
LDR4.
Here are four ways to connect a phototran-
sistor for general use in phototransistor circuits.
DARK-ACTIVATED RELAY
Sensitivity +12 v
1 k!l
8.2 k!l
To controlled
4 8 circuit
6
2 NE555
Optoisolator
l
Configuring a 555 JC as shown yields a dark-activated relay with low hysteresis. CDS or LDR
should be in the 2 k to 8 krangc at desired light leveL
279
52
Light Sources
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Somces section, which begins on page
Battery-Operated Black Light

Solid-State Light Sources
280
BATTERY-OPERATED BLACK LIGHT
FTB
T1
+ ... - C1 - 1 1-lF Electrolytic Capacitor
FTB- FTBBT6 Black-light Tube
P1 - 2.5-k Trimmer Resistor (252C)
01 - C1740 SW Transistor
R 1 - 330 !1 Resistor
R2 - 1-k Resistor
P1
S1 -Slide Switch
T1 -Inverter Transformer
R1
C1
S1
The battery-operated black light uses a "U"-shaped, unfiltered, black-light tube, which requires
approximately 2RO Vac to operate. To create the 250-Vac 6-V battery, the circuit uses a one-transis-
tor blocking oscillator that drives a ferrite inverter transfonner. A blocking oscillator tw-ns itself off
alter one or more cycles. In this circuit, it consists ofCl, Pl, Ql, Rl, and Tl. The oscillations are sus-
tained because the base of Ql is cormec\ed to one of the windings on Tl.
Transformer Tl is a step-up transfom1er that consists of a ferrite core, which has a few turns on
the primary and many turns on the secondary. The oscillating (ac) output of Ql is fed to Tl, which,
because of its large turns ratio, converts the low-voltage signal into a high-voltage alternating cur-
rent, which is coupled through resistor R2 to the hlack-light tube. Resistor Rl and trinmter resistor
Pl limit the current flowing through the circuit. As the control on Pl is rotated, more current flows
in the circuit, producing a brighter light output.
281
SOLID-STATE LIGHT SOURCES
v, ,,
(mV) (mA)
21
20 10
9
8
15
7
6
10 5
current output 4
3
5
2
1
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
LED Current (rnA)
Variable
de power
A1
LED 1
A
--....+
--.,;:
-- lo
PC1
photovoltaic
M2
milliammeter
supply M1
milliammeter
~ cell
(solar cell)
A1
Variable
ED1
de power
supply M1 ~ PC1
Milliammeter
f-- ~1CM ---1

c
In A we show two LED output curves derived by experiment. The circuit in B was used to
get the data tor the short-circuit current plot, while the circuit inC yielded the data for the
open-circuit voltage plot.
+5VOC
LED1 'l
R1
510!1
Since LED intensity is linearly related to the

input current this circuit can be used to vary
the LED's brightness via R2.
You can drive an LED with an open-collector
TIL inverter. The inverter shown must
ground the LED to turn it on.
The 12 LED circuits shown are useful for experiments and applications of LED devices. The cap-
tions are self-explanatory and illustrate many common LED applications.
282
+5VOC
t
R1
LEOl
Unlike TTL devices, integrated circuits made
with CMOS technology can source enough
current to power an LED as shown here.
V+
R1
A CMOS-based gate can sirik current much

like a TTL gate in order to activate an LED.
A totem-pole TTL output can drive an LED
by grounding the LED's cathode, much like
the open-collector driver.
R3
+SVDC
1
V+
LED1
,, R1
100011
2.7K ~.,. Rl
LED2
(USED FOR TTL);:
I L-------~-------oB
I
GENERIC : This simple polarity checker is easy to build
DRIVER 1 R2 and can be of help if you don't know much
1 lOK1: about a circuit's wiring or grounding convention.
NOMINAL VALUE
This driver circuit will work for either CMOS or

.----r--'W.---ol
R1
TTL gates, but you don't need R3 in a CMOS-
driven circuit.
v
+12VOC
LED1 VLED~l.SVOC
R1
V1 10000
;/
V2 A LED2 This is a simpler voltage-level sensor than
V1>V2 that shown back in Fig. 9. To use it you have
-12VOC
~ ;/ to know the polarity of the voltage it is to monitor.
LED1
VI<V2
This is a bipolar output indicator that lets you know

if one voltage is greater than, less than, or equal to
another.
BLACK BLACK HEATSHRINK

SILICONE SEAL TUBING
?:t:a#w
You can "roll your own" optocoupler by using
some heat-shrink tubing, an LED, and optical
transistor, and silicon sealant as shown here.
This high sensitivity Darlington LED driver circuit
can be used as a simple logic probe. You may have
to vary the value of Rl to suit the circuit under test.
283
53
Load-Sensing Circuits
Load-Sensing Solid-State Switch

Load-Sensing Trigger
284
LOAD-SENSING SOLID-STATE SWITCH
Rl'
211
PL1 TRI
When this triac circuit senses current flow
E::----,ECG 5616 SOlb through SO 1-a, it activates the device plugged
COMPRESSOR
into SOl-b. The values of the resistors must be
chosen for the specific devices to be plugged in.
LOAD-SENSING TRIGGER
Ul
M0Cl010 R1
22on
CONTR6~{ l
6 HOT }
MT2 TO AC
LOAD
CIRCUIT
o-'+--'
~
4 G
MT1
NEUTRAl]
TR1
ECG-5616
HOT
1
TO 117 VAC
SOURCE
TricKs can be controlled b_v low-power circuits through

Triac-driver optoisolators as shown here.
01 04
R1 TRl
IOK 02 05 01-06
ECG-5616
1N4004
6A
03 06 400 P1V
TO 117
VAC
SOl MT2 S02
8
A device plugged into SOl causes a voltage-limited gate trigger for triac TRl, and causes power
to be applied to SC2.
285
54
Mathematical Circuits
Second-Order Polynomial Generator

Polar-to-Rectangular Converter and Pattern Generator for Radio Direction Finding
Root Extractor
286
SECOND-ORDER POLYNOMIAL GENERATOR
8.25k, 1%
Notes:
20 k, 1% 1. Rp bI VRff I R1/a
r-------------- 2. K11-b),\
: R1
R2 &.81 k, 1% 3. 11J R1IIziK IR2- R1J
Vm+2.5V
21.5 k, 1%
Ro!
4. R4f(Ra +1141 Jii
/--- ___ !~~-~~- 5. 0<b<1
6. lkcdl.1
Pauive adder _
By using a circuit built with a single analog multiplier and five precision resistors, an output vall-
age (V:,) can be made to create a second-order polynomiaL
The circuit implements the following quadratic:
The input terminals of !Cl are connected to create a positive square term and present the Vr sig-
nal to the output with a 1-10-V scale factor. Incorporating the voltage-divider network (resistors R3
and R4) in the input signal path provides additional attenuation adjustment for the coefficient (c) of
the square term in the quadratic. Then, the passive adder (resistors Rl, R2, and R,) is wired to ICI 's
internal summing circuit to generate the polynomial's other two terms; the offset term (a) and the
linear coefficient (b).
287
POLAR-TO-RECTANGULAR CONVERTER AND PATTERN GENERATOR FOR RADIO
DIRECTION FINDING
lOOk lOOk
S- METER f---_:::.;;~r-__:;:;.;:_---1
+15V
-15V
l3 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 54-2
In order to display polar quantities (magnitude and direction of a received radio signal), a sine
and cosine voltage proportional to an angle (antenna direction) is needed. In this case, a sine-cosine
potentiometer coupled to a directional anlerma and a sample of a voltage proportional to received
signal is used to display relative magnitude and directiml of a received signal.
ROOT EXTRACTOR
01' ROOT EXTRACTOR

2N3728
OUTPUT
03'
2N372B
a
2N3728
RlO
lOK
Cl ":' "MATCHED PAIRS

-=
300pf
288
55
Measuring and Test Circuits
Energy Consumption Monitor Signal Generator

Harmonic Distortion Analyzer Simple Signal Tracer
Watch Tick Timer DVM Adapter for PC
Visual Continuity Tester Simple Digital Logic Probe
RC Decade Box S Meter for Communications Receivers
Digital Altimeter LED Expanded Scale Voltmeter
Electronic Scale 1-kHz Harmonic Distortion Meter
Radar Calibrator Line Voltage-to-Multimetcr Adapter
Cable Tester Audible Logic Tester
Simple Curve Tracer Short Tester for 120-V Equipment
Voltage Level Circuit Digital Pressure Gauge
Low-Drift de Voltmeter Simple Short Finder
Light Meter Voltage Monitor
Mercury Switch Tilt Detector Linear Inductance Meter
50-MHz RF Bridge DeBounce Circuit
ac Watts Calculator ac Wiring Locator
Audio-Frequency Meter Circuit Audible Continuity Tester
One-IC Capacitance Tester ac Outlet Tester
Transistor Checker JFET Voltmeter
Low-Current Ammeter Check for Op-Amp de Offset Shift
Analog Frequency Meter Continuity Tester for Low-Resistance Circuits
Electromagnetic Field Sensor Supply Voltage Monitor
Magnetic Proximity Sensor Audio-Frequency Meter
High-Impedance Voltmeter Zener Diode Test Set
Fast Video-Signal Amplitude Measurer
289
ENERGY CONSUMPTION MONITOR
NEUTRAl
R1a-d
4x47Q
RHo
Pl1
117VAC
F1
HOT
.., Rl-d
T2=
..,
,..... '"'
*
~*- 1~~. ~~7
01
"' Lo
ol1 7815CT--I +18V "'
113834
VOLTMETER
~ C1
+
R3
270U
c
R2
2.2K c~'
+
'C11
.;,
1..... ll'2 ~1
a
112 LM14&8 C9
+ R12(
lOOK
f:;<,; IC1-b
1f2 LM1411 J9JI
,.....
'""' 1"'
02
t~O
.1 R5
47K R11
1"'
- ..!.
12V 5K
22~t ~ ~-~F
.
2.2K
r-:1.
+ "' 22K rv ,....,
05
1NUA
01
R20
3.61<
+18V
R7 R8 ~ ,_L ~ ~ 2.7K
R25
5K 2.21< _,
c: f ~~
R10 ll6
C5 f C7 10K 1N914 IC3a LE01
0.47 0.47 0.47 R21 010
V4 LM839
2.2K 111114
'"""'~w:~
~
4~2~
IC3-b LED2
,....
S1 R22 'I~ l.MRI 011
1N114
,-------o..L~
R13 R15 08 1.5K
10K 1000
ll'3
COUNTER
MODULE ..11~~:.~
.n ~ ""
1501(
1~13 J?,
""
10K
+ K 09
1NI14
4 [g) [g)J&J [g) [g) "" 660il ~ 1NJ14
C3-<
1/4l.M331 012
~
LM741 R23
C10 3 ._j_ >71(
1000J1F
All R16
100K
R19
10K R24
'~;<,';'".?.
IC3-d LED4
'"' 120ll
~
1/4 LM33t
RADIOELECTRONICS FIG. 551
The ECM circuit consists of four sections, as shown in the block diagram. A power converter gen-
erates a voltage that is proportional to the true of real power consumed by the load. That voltage
feeds both a bargraph and a voltage-to-pulse converter. The bargn>~lh gives an approximate indica-
tion of the amount of power used, and the voltage-to-pulse converter produces a pulse whose fre-
quency is proportional to lhe power. The pulse triggers the counter module, which displays the cost
of powering the monitored load.
290
HARMONIC DISTORTION ANALYZER
;oo
rQWtR 03
1M~002
"'"
68011
"'
430!l
+15V
"
1Qj.lf +15V
" "'
lOOK 22K 1 I
'"
6200
en" OUTPUT
I;
.I "="
+15V
'"
lK
"
PifTEN
F\10A
5.6K '"
'"
" "" "'
'"' '"
.'"'"
lOOK lOO~oF
2200
"'01
"'
+
'"
62Dfl
J7~""
-15V
'"
'"'
'"
!MEG
""'
MO
4 53K
'"
"'
,,
'"' '"
909K
+---~NULL_~-t"""'/NO.o-'-"'1""- "'
'"'"' ""
,_
''l
OPTIONI\L
"'
~ART II
'"
The circuit includes a low-distortion, 1-kHz oscillator and will measure THD at a user selected
voltage level for voltage amplifiers, or for checking amplifiers of power levels to 600 W. It will detect
THD levels of .005% (-86 dB)_ A bullt-in one-percent THD calibrator is included. The output device
is a digital multimeter (DMM).
291
1\)
<D
1\)
WATCH TICK TIMER
AA~. AA;, -:3Vp-p

-vv\vv-_ Square wave
\.::'d ~ Interval between ticks
+
47 j.LF
16 v ~
10 k!l
10 kH
Gam
.
~ \
J
! I I
..
~ +12
+5V
v
+5 v
Cl D +4V
rt
33 kn 33 k!l 2.2 kO. J Q
100kfl 100 kf!

b I lcKJK,,
FF
'PI -=:j( I " FFol I o Nc

1 ~F Gate
2N3565 to k!l flip flop
Pulse
Electret mike shaper
2N3565 Pulse TRA
on or near Audio amp -
Audio amp Oiff & clipper shaper
watch
470fl 4700
External} To frequency
Pulse gate counter
gate Inverter C with external
1
'tl-------------~~.tnput
oun gating input
+4V _liil\il______j
l\lill 11\MI
JUL GND
1-MHz Bursts of 1 MHz signal
1 1 1 rK .l square wave
>~470/.I.F
XTAL 20 to 100 pF
1 MHz Freq. adjust I
This circuit adapts a frequency counter to measure intervals. It was originally used as a shutter speed checker for a photo ap-
plication. The watch ticks are clipped and shaped and formed into a square wave. This square wave is used to gate an accurately
known clock (1-MHz TTL XTAL OSC) and an external counter is used to directly count the clock pulses during the interval to be
measured. A 1-MHz clock can be used to measure to a resolution of 1 IJ.Sec. Accuracy = time base 1 IJ.S 1 count LSB.
VISUAL CONTINUiTY TESTER
lj ~
LED2
'l
r'-6,-''"'+-.-_____,
+9V
14
lEDl
1J 12 11 10 9
LE03
8
TEST
LEADS U2
,.----/'--, 4824
A1
10K
r 01
1N4003
2
10
3 4 5 6 7
By judging the rate at which a particular LED flashes, you'll be able to estimate the resistance.
The circuit consists of two IC's (1 4011 CMOS q1llld 2-input NAND gate, Ul; and a 4024 binary
counter, U2), seven LEDs, and a handful of additional components. All of the gates in Ul are wired
as inverters.
Two of the inverters (Ul-a and Ul-b) comprise an astable-multivibrator (free-running oscillator)
circuit, whose operating frequency depends on the ammmt of resistance detected between the test
probes. Feedbackfrom the output of the oscillator (at pin 4 of Ul-b) back to the input of the circuit
(atUl-a, pins 1 and 2) is provided via Cl. Resistor, Rl, along with the unknown resistance between
the test probes, completes the RC timing circuit. The frequency of the oscillator decreases as the re-
sistance between the test probes increases.
The output of the oscillator is fed to pin 12 and 13 ofUl-c, the output of which then divides along
two paths. In the first path, U1-c's output is applied to the clock input of U2 (a 4024 binary counter)
at pin 1; in the other path, the signal is fed through D2 and across capacitor C2, causing it to begin
charging. The charge on C2 is applied to Ul-d at pins 8 and 9. The output of that inverter (Ul-d) is
fed to the reset terminal (pin 2) nf U2. If there is continuity or a measurable resistance between the
test probes, U2's reset terminal is pulled low, triggering the counter and allowing it to process the in-
put pulses (count).
The rate of the count is proportional to the resistance between the test probes. If the resistance
between the test probes is low, the counter advances slowly. The counter provides a 7-bit binary out-
put that is wired to seven LEDs.
When the test probes are placed across a short circuit, LED7 flashes. If the tester is placed
across a resistance of, for example, 2 Mn, LED1 will flash. In either case, the LED whose assigned
value most closely corresponds to the resistance connected between the two probes will flash con-
tinually at a steady pace, while the other LEDs will seem to flash intermittently.
293
'"'E. RC DECADE BOX
..
lOOK ~
lOOK
R33
"'
R28
lK
A29
R23
1K
R22
"'
lOOK IK lK
---,
"l r- o-++---~
t::=: ~vm
R3
"'
!MEG
0
o-4- ""
'"
IMEG BPI 0 BP2 BP3
9
0
BP4~ BPS BPS R9
100 "
100
"
125mA
"' ~~~1"t -t'JI"j'"~ li!~r '"

._ IF Y. WATI RESISTORS
ME USED, FUSE CAN BE
~ ; '~[t fjj;; I,;] ~) ~(t t~j:r ~,

INCREASED TO .2-.25 AMP_
t~::~0 ~sw. ~',~ ,~~ ~sw10 D~~.~ 4 ll

82pf ~ ~ 22pf
!15pF
I::C46 SW12
1 C55
IOOpf )
!OpF
"1u " ' '"' '"'

o 0 \,.._F--o.l~f o 0 0.0\J~.f-O.OOIS..,.f 0
~~~~~~
100pHOpf
I ' '
I 'I; C1
'""''
"4 f'Jj
471LF
C3
-0
);J SWI
C7
3.311-F
CB
'''
C9
~tfQJ
~-~a~~ ~
820p
C31
(btfJ"
lOOOpf ;J
fl'"
F
SW1!
~
c
471)pF 390p~ 43
220pf
C45::
150pf
0 100 ... F-2-2pJ ,. I 0 0 O.I ...F---0.015,...F 00~

RC DECADE BOX (Cont.)
I R 2 5 c 6 I R c 6
c w. 0 0 IE 0 0 ....... I( 0
A B c
c
;
I R 6 R 6
~(
I
0 0 0 \\\ 0
GJ 3
~
cf 4
~
3
~
Rf
D E F
THE VARIOUS CONFIGURATIONS are set using S13: (a) resistor only and (b)
capacitor only (both in position R1c); (c) series RC {position SER); {d) parallel RC (position
PAR); (e) Low-Pass Filter (position LPF); and (f) High-Pass Filter (position HPF). The terminal
numbers listed are those of bindinq-posts BP1-BP6.
TABLE 1-DECABOX TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

1
Configuration 513 Position IN/GND OUT/GND
Resistance RiC IN: BPt OUT: BP2
Capacitance R/C IN: BPS OUT: BP6
Series RC SER IN: BPt OUT: BP6
Parallel RC PAR IN: BP1 OUT: BP6
Low Pass Filter LPF IN: BP1 OUT: BPS
(Integrator) GND: BP3 GND: BP4
High Pass Filter HPF IN: BP6 OUT: BPt
(Differentiator) I GND: BP3 GND: BP4
This decade hox can he set for any resistance value between 10 n and 11.1 Mn in 10-Q stops. A
switch can be used to configure several RC configurations. Usc close tolerance components in the
circuit. If possible, check components with--an accurate bridge or other means to ensure accuracy.
295
DIGITAL ALTIMETER
l l ,-l II
-I OSP1
I.COIII2
23
l I L/ l l
3 13 e3 d3 c3 b3 a3 -g2 f2 e2 d2 c2 b2 a2
17 18 19[20" 21
1 fl
27 26 13 ,. 15 24 25 32 311 9
1 dl cl bl al
2
BACK PLANE 21
rLL'_'-------"'123
-SIGN
HAlf DIGIT
20
19
16
47K
1C3
27
8
A19
C8
-~~
C7
ICL7108CPLI__ .47
L-----------~2~4 ~~L__ _ _ _~v~
1 "
18 "
17
22 ""
1MEG
12
l~
11
10
L___ 9
ClSEGMENT
"
13
25
5
IDENTIFICATION
4
C5
3
2
,. ~r
8 ,;,
6 39 lOOK
7
"' C3
-
a
3 t:"71l~JTI-!1--.----.-------l-----_.::+5;>_V~O~LTc;Sc__ _ _ _ _,__ _ _+-::c-:----~1f-,
.~
~ "" -?
I+
~
12
m
.1 R1
lOOK
RIO R15 h-
C1 ....- ._. 2[:--., 4 107K 2K ~---+----'
10JIF ,. ___ .} - - - , ~- R5 1900'
~~~;.I,V.l~.. .~:~ ""
G
1.5K
1 100K ::
J T81
I 9V
.J..
A
MPX!'IG1AP
PRESSURE
SENSOR
1
i
-..I.
1/4
r
!CHI
A3
5K
'AMPL CAL
L-.!Ci4
LM32411
A? _
tOOK
"
R9
[9
-
IC1-c
114LMJUN
1~~ ~~to----,
BARO
SET R12
249K
2.5V 0 0 FT
l 5 lOOK
-~
107K
A pressure sensor (IC4) is used with a de amplifier to convert the bridge output (IC4) to a sin-
gle-ended voltage. !Cld provides a reference voltage for setting barometric pressure. IC3 is an AID
converter manufactured by Intersil. This drives an LCD module. Calibration reads out in fact. A vac-
uum pump and a water-based manometer can be used for sensor calibration.
296
ELECTRONIC SCALE
13 _...! R3
+-'~-:t---'"F"' 14 " ' , -~ OISP1 *
R1
22.1K 12~ IC2-d \\ IC3-c~ 10 LO
11 L.MU4N 9 1J CD40301 -40 BAT
I
DIGIT 1 DIGIT 2 DIGIT 3
R2
1071(
1< ozb
~S2-a~JI
13
IC3d~1
14
--
I II
I I
IG1 GM 12 CD41J3DB 12 OP
M71L10
+
7 BAT
~
1
r+ IN
-GND
OUT r- ~--t---1 ,-l BP
I MINUS
SIGNa Qa lla g
ffi
'll
ct czr 2330!2S1110931132252415t4132EI212t21:111 2
10' O.Tj.lf I
ST
POWER)
,
OUT GN~ ,JL-------=~'~'Im~''l~~~~~~~~~9~~"~'7'~'~'~"~~~~,~~~~~~~~rr;~~~~~~~
IBP/GND TEST
1 V+ POL
AB4 A3 C3 03 E3 FJ G3 A2 82 C2 02 E2 F2 -G2
IG4
1 81 CT 01 E1 Fl G1
T1 B1 GRE~LUE
{'
+
R4
""""""
"IJYilo
R5 -t'"' v- IN IN REF REF
All. C11u- ~er+ OSC3 O~C2 OSC1
ICL7101CPL
i,w ~- CJ
HI LO COM HI LO
31_u 30 32 Sll !35
tNT BUFf
co~z~c~~_;~~~~n~__;:::::::~Tr.~~~f:i~~~~~~~~~~~~li~fi~~
27AZT 28 29 33 134 38 39 40
T" ,______.,"'...,:1 1~~ 47~Fll~ .~ C5 47K C8

07
0.1 C8 R22
i I 9V ~r---..._
~- . . . . , "'
10K R7
~ ,':. o. .22 .47
.__.,_:_.:...J -
100pF lOOK
'--__.._--'
_!.~ R9 rS +
101<.
IC2;
UUZ4N
R19
G~
R18
10K
R10
""'
R11
1
+ 8
f-/~
CAl GM
{k~t-~--.....,_-,1,19!.J- ..,;>,_,.._-----1 R14 S2-b *NOTE: UNUSED SEGMENT OF

,/"'"~~411
R20 DISP1 PINS 8,16,37.38
SET\ R13 1000 100<
R12 100K ANO 39 ARE TtEO TO BACKPLANE
PIN.
4750< R16 R17
1001< 4.75K
+10V
An electronic scale using a pressure transducer (load cell) and an analog-digital (AID) converter
to drive a digital display is shown. The scale range depends on load cell. Display is calibrated in ap-
propriate units. Components are on main circuit and display boards. The off-board controls are on
the front panel and case. The cell in this scale is rated for 1.3.pounds (600 grams).
297
1\l
~ RADAR CALIBRATOR
....
, 01
1DV
:1.. C2
..,... lOt-<F
R10
nun cs
I 25V 101'-F
I R21 25V
2JK
M
R21
1K
"' ~ TIP 120
~1
IN4148 01
2s v.-.
R13
1
{ - - * '
R24 ll!
J1
~ lS_f!P.~
53-0- IK
R3
0~
LED2@ Cl~+ IOK :o5_5
-:- Q!!!PUT
EQ~~!! '=' ~ I I 1101'-F 03
IN414&
. 25V ----+-- '=' Jl
I 1<;::::-f:l_~ti(l_QI,JTPUT
C--~--,,_,-1---- __
-- _ _J QJ
---- -- lOOK -il)li
16 "' 1MEG
'"""'
'
R14
' 13 5V
51-~ ON
0:.~--l
IK
R13 ---~~,
25V 1
2 T,
HOLD-OFF
tiME I
47K
IN R2
J ~B.YYPAPASSSS
4
"'
:0~
lH
Vee;~
,;, 1.1K
-
J3 (6.)-.J
' R\6
I
~-
LE01 '/ ,
*
~:
5K
~
'l% RESISTOR
RADIO -ELECTRONICS FIG. 55-8

This circuit is basically a system that generates a pulsed modulation signal for a Gunn diode microwave oscillator. Several
speed settings are preset (83 a and b). A 555 timer is used 'kith a frequency divider cham to produce Doppler shift equivalents
of 25, 35, and 55 mph, for both X- and D-bal)d radars.
CABLE TESTER
..L
,,____,,
-+9V
Bl
+
0
51
= 1 10 9
z
3 52 8
,_-<>4 5
,0 ~ 7
2 3 4 5 Pll 6 7 8 9
1.1
' '' '' '' ' 10 "
'' ' 'I (CABLE UNDER TEST) '' ' '' '
I '' I ' . I '' ' '
I' 1
' 2
'3 '4 5
'
SD1
'
6
I
7
I
8 9 10 il
Q~\' Q~~E06 \'
LED3 LE06
E~ ~'LEO~ ~'LED~
LEOS
~:G~~EDQ
L
~\LE~
\' ~\' c \' ~\' \' ~\'
R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17
24 on 240n 240n 240n 2400 240n 240n 240n 240n 240n
A
LED1-10"
R4
..y ~
LED1~/c
24 on 1/? 1458
av._
~
-'L 5
= c; 7
f
6 R1
1
L~ I
sBOn
RD B
R2
~
l%3
~ 1~3 j
1/2 1458 ..::_j
270U
1 U2-a c
L~ 4 - 2
~2R7
GN L~ ,/2 1
R5
= R6 Dl
YL
02
120U
(OPTIONAL) R3
240!) 240!l 1N914 1N914 ~ 470!l
SEE TEXT -
At the heart of the cable tester arc two op amps, which are used as a window comparator to in-
ilicatc a short- or open-circuit condition. Athird op-amp comparator is used to indicate a good cir-
cuit (i.e., neither open nor shorted). Colored LEDs are used to show the condition of inilividual
conductors within the cable w1dcr test; a red one to indicate a short between conductors, a yellow
one to identify an open conductor, and a green one to signify that the conductor is okay. Individual
LEDs of a bar-graph ilisplay are used to show which conductor in the cable is being tested.
299
SIMPLE CURVE TRACER
DEVICE TO SCOPE'S
UNDER X INPUT
TEST
AC
SIGNAL
SOURCE R R' } TO SCOPE'S
V=l "YINPUT
)---------<,____'--<>
This is a simple block diagram of

the EZ-Curve. Current-limited AC signals
are passed through both the device under
test and a precision resistor to yield
current and voltage readings.
D1 02
1N4001 1N4001
03
R2 1N4001
1000 1%
1DmAIY
R3
1Kn 1%
S2
1mAIY
R4
10K 1%
._w..-----J .1niAN
'------------@J1 J2
CURRENT/VERTICAL
Useful for checking diodes, transistors, triacs, SCRs, resistors, and LEDs, this curve tracer
should prove useful in the experimenter's lab. It displays the volt-ampere characteristic of a two-ter-
minal device on an oscilloscope.
300
VOLTAGE LEVEL CIRCUIT
.-~~~~~~~-+9V
+9V
R3
R4 3K TO
2K PIN 6
R7
"'
2K
-9V
1K R5
2K
TO
PIN 9
Rl
2201< R6 TO
1K PIN 13
The variable voltage divider

R2 shown here can be used with
lOMEG the circuit to allow a wide range
of input voltage settings.
+
~
B
INPUT
POPULAR ELECTRONICS A FIG. 55-11
A DC op amp and a comparator with a ladder reference divider allow a de input voltage to light
one or more LEDs, depending on voltage levels.
LOW-DRIFT de VOLTMETER
1v ____,.. +6 V to +9 V
02
01
22 Mll MPF102
MPF102
6.28 Mll
3V
r ~I
10 v 4.7 kll 4.7 kll
2.2 Mll 5 kll
30V
~-- _______.. -6 V to -9 V
628 kll
100V
313 kll
1
c!_

This voltmeter uses a pair of JFETs in a balanced-bridge source-follower amplifier circuit. Ql
and Q2 should be matched within 10% for IDss This minimizes meter drift and maintains bridge bal-
ance over temperature.
301
LIGHT METER
LED 1
The outputs from the comparators will

LED5
swing, in sequence, from high to low as the input
voltage rises above the reference voltage applied
R2 R6 330ft
1 K!l to each comparator. The output LEDs will then
LED4
LED2-5
switch on in sequence as the voltage rises.
R3 R7 330.0
Regs The inverting inputs of the comparators are
1 Kn
IC1-LM339 connected in conm1on to the collector ofphoto-
LED 3
transistor Ql. When Ql is illuminated, its collec-
R4 R833o n tor-emitter junction conducts, thereby placing all
1 KU
LED 2
the inverting inputs within a few millivolts of
RS
ground. For most settings of Rl, each of the four
R9 330 fl
1 Kn reference voltages exceeds the value. Therefore,
when Ql is illuminated, the output from each
comparator is high and its respective indicator
LED is otT.
MERCURY SWITCH TILT DETECTOR
+5V TILT
TILT
s HORIZONTAL
+5V
If the mercury bulb in this circuit is tipped,

Ul-a will light LED 1 by going low, indicating a
7 "tilted" condition.
R2 1/s 7404 R1
10K 220<1
302
50'MHz RF BRIDGE
500-n Linear pot*

50-mHz v
input {
(+10to20dbm) ..
rR1
1
-
R2
51 0 1f4 w *Cermet
carbon or carbon
(RV6 style)
::, C1
~r' 0.01 I'F
I
Unknown
impedance
' HP 5082-2835
R3
~ 1 k!l
+
~~ ~:::
100 I'A
0.01 / FSD
-
The hridge shown was used for measurements on 50-MHz amateur radio antennas. Rl is a minia-
ture 500 n linear potentiometer. The urtknown impedance is compared to R2, a 51-Q resistor. An ex-
ternal signal source is required.
303
ac WATTS CALCULATOR
To 115 v
ac line
v,
Rs Load
(1-
The load's power factor, which is the cosine of the
phase angle between the voltage across the load
current, can be calculated simply with this circuit.
A 1:1 isolation transformer is used to prevent direct v,
contact with the line
By properly adjusting RP the vector diagram
of voltages Ys, Vd, and V, forms an isosceles
triangle, which simplifies the power calculation.
The method basically consists of determining the power factor of the load-the cosine of the
phase angle between the voltage across the load mtd the load circuit. Using a simple circuit, that an-
gle can be calculated quite simply.
This circuit uses a 1:1 isolation transformer to prevent direct contact with the line. It is wise to
proceed with caution whenever voltages of this magnitude are utilized in a test setup, even though
the voltages that will be measured are usually below I V
Rs is a circuit-sense resisLor and Rr is a multi-turn potcnlimneter. The voltage across R.r is ap-
proximately 0.5% of the line voltage, which shouid be sufficient for most applications.
R, is adjusted so that IV)= IV, I; then v;, is measured. In the vector diagram according to Kirch-
hoff's voltage law, V,, Vd, and V, form a triangle, which becomes isosceles by adjusting R,. V, is in
phase with the load current mtd V, is essentially in phase with the load voltage.
The power delivered to the load can be calculated as follows:
PL = V, X/1. X Cos 8
= v;, x (J.:;IR,) x Cos [2 Sin-! (l-:,/21-:;)1
[821J1=2Sin-l Cl-:,121-:;)1
304
AUDIO-FREQUENCY METER
~~~----~~---------------------t9V
.1V TO- C1 R12 R13
10V RMS .1 470!1
AF IN
20K
R7 R6
lcJ .1
1K 10K
R1 R11
10K 47K C6
3 .1
LM741
6
CB +
4.7
4
q
+9V
R5 "='
10K C5
..I.. R9 R10 .1
1K LE03 1K
S1
RB SPOT C3
R3 R2 1K .1
10K 10K .,.
.,.
+9V R4
10K
'SEE TEXT 02
1N914
This meter differs from the norm in that it does not use a D'Arsonval movement or digital display
to give a reading of the input frequency. Instead, the measured frequency is read from a hand-cali-
brated dial.
Any audio signal applied to the circuit is amplified by Ul and the resulting output is divided along
two paths. In one path, the output signal is appliedio the mixer; in the other path, the signal is ap-
plied to the input of U2 through Sl (a normally open pushbutton switch).
The portion of the amplifier signal that is fed to the mixer is applied to the base of Q1, causing it
to toggle on and off at the signal frequency. In the other path, when S1 is pressed, a portion of the op
amp's output. is applied to U2. If the signal is within the range of U2's internal oscillator's operating
frequency, LED 1 lights, and a signal is fed to the base of Q2. If the two signals arriving at the mixer
rio not match exactly, LED2 and LED3 light. That means that the circuit must be fine tuned, which
is accomplished by releasing S1 and fine tuning Rl3 until LED2 and LED3 go out. The dial setting at
that point gives the frequency of the input signal to within 1 Hz (or as close as the calibrated dial will
allow).
305
ONE-IC CAPACITANCE TESTER
+12V + 12V
R4
10K IC1-d
CA4011BE
114
8 12r---._
R5
100K c,
R3
470K
This circuit can be used to match capacitors, etc. The de output voltage is related to the capac-
itance values of Cx. The circuit values shown are for capacitors in the 0.01-/-lF order of magnitude,
but they Call be changed for lower or higher values.
TRANSISTOR CHECKER
Sl-a
1
,---------1r,-os~ ":!.:
lK I i Bl
1 JJv
0-lV + 1MEG
INPUT
R1 R3
lOOK >"....,....1-fv'-K::F~ ~ ~ :
I
J
[ _ _ _j
R2
1MEG- L....----+"-o,"'1 ;>tl-a111-i
9V j_
-=- -=-
The circuit is built around a 741 general-purpose op amp that is configured as a voltage follower;
with the components shown, the op amp has a voltage gain of one. The output of the 741 is used to
drive a 50-/-lA meter movement. Potentiometer f<7 is used to zero the meter a11d R6 sets the meter's
full-scale reading.
Calibrating the meter is a snap. With no input applied to the circuit, set R6 to mid-position anrl
adjust R7 to zero the meter. Once that is done, apply a positive 1-Vde voltage to the input and adjust
R6 for a fuil-scale reading. The voltmeter can be adjusted to read both positive and negative voltages
by adjusting R7 for a center scale reading at the meter's zero position and a positive 1-V reading at
the meter's full-scale position.
306
LOW-CURRENT AMMETER
110 Rl
TT .T4 ~ IC1 ~ CA3046

Al ~IC2~LF411,0P41 TOOpA
R5 R10~5T1!!.1% b 1 ~A
01 .02 ~ 1N4148 10 nA
d 100 nA
Without using high-value precision resistors, this circuit uses a current mirror. Tla!Tlb. Cur-
rents of 100 pA can be measured with tltis circuit. Ml is a 100-mA meter. Make sure to usc a high-
quality PC board and low-leakage circuit construction.
ANALOG FREQUENCY METER

Adj. for 1kHz
full scale
r~~-<i>-<i>--jl-1>--50-ikl-ll_o_a_l.~~~~~--- t v regulated
5to9V
10kfl 22k11
4.7 KO 8 4
0.001 f!.F IN4148
2 3
J
4.7kn 6
0-'V'Jv-...., 2N3904 555
0 Input 7
I wave
-::!:- form
'1 IO.Ot 51
~-tF
10pF
16V
=
This 1-kHz linear-scale analog frequency meter circuit uses the 555 as a pulse counter. Fre-
quency is read on Ml, (or 1 rnA meter) wltich can be calibrated to read 0 to 1kHz.
307
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD SENSOR
Gain
1N914B
+0.47 J.LF
6.8kll
I HiV
1= 9Lol2V
I
A telephone pick-up coil is used as a sensing coil. Any 60-Hz hum picked up by the sensing coil
is rectified, amplified, and detected, and then drives a meter.
MAGNETIC PROXIMITY SENSOR HIGH-IMPEDANCE VOLTMETER
MAGNETIC OR I-IIGH IMPEOENCE VOL TMETEA

+5T0+15V R2 S2
MAGNETIZED ON/OFF
OBJECT lMEG sov
R1 S1
R3 S1
,---ro-o:;
00
1K MAGNETIC 5MEG ~
l _.!!_ PROXIMITY
SENSOR 10V
R4
lOMEG sv
R3 R2 s Cl
U1 1
100K 4.7K
6 11116 4 R5
-,
50MEG lV
2 3
+ C1 CA3140T
,1::c2 SPKR1 lo 1- 2.2 R6
.1 an 2.2K R7
.,. R1
lOMEG +
4.7K
POPULAR ELECTRONICS
FIG. 55-23 INPUT{o-~----......_---+----'~-~-~
.....>=--1
A magnetic need switch enables a 555 oscil- GNO
lator, which drives a speaker. C2 can be varied for POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 55-24
different tone frequencies.
308
FAST VIDEO SIGNAL AMPLITUDE MEASURER
~
/
,.
Videa r;,,
....,;: sse
~~
ADHII
~~ .,~ "''" r~
22~
~148 u~_j
DC
"'
1164148
1:148
f-m '" n
'"' ~ 1N4Ma
,

1- 2N~~
/
.~
150DpF1' Cj S.lk
5.6k 5.6~
sn j
.,
I "''~~ "'
1114101
'"'
5V
L: Latch E111bla
Video-signal amplitude can be measured with this simple circuit, which is basically a modified
standard peak detector. The device can verify RGB generated by video RAMDACs. Ul is a high-speed
buffer and U2 is a latched comparator. Cl is a hold capacitor. Reset is performer! by Q3. U2 has a
latch that maintains the last comparator state. The reset holds the comparator output low during the
reset operation. The ric output voltage is equal to the signal's maximum amplitude.
SIGNAL GENERATOR SIMPLE SIGNAL TRACER
r~ 1
OlJTI'UT INPUT C3
~ 1
"
0022
1L j 1 f-;--o'}
.r- OUTPUT
I C2
Rl
56000. 1 022 ~
I
I R1
I 2MEG
2N464
I
I
DI
lNJ&B
--'
I I'
R1 Ql ~,,----
2MEG
!'ITCH
2Nl66
):-----~
T+9V
a1
1
1
' ''"
: 9V
~
Useful for troubleshooting aurlio, video, and In this circuit, Cl/Dl/Rl form an envelope
lower frequency RF amplifiers, this circuit gener- detector. C2 couples audio to the base of Ql. R2
ates a signal that is rich in harmonics. can be adjusted for the rlesired gain.
309
DVM ADAPTER FOR PC
R7 J2
100
;,
1

2
~
4
+5V fOlfT GND
R1 RB
10MEG
'---- "=" 100
02 1 8
1N458 '----'- ~ +Vs
U1
Alll54 R9
R2 R4 2 GND +C2[37 2.2K
1MEG 10K ~ C2
3 .01
----"- -v,. - C2
'- 4 R5
-~-... 10K
U2-a' 1 4 +Vn -Vsr!-
...._..,.,._...._-+--'''-1
,.- ,:!:-- ;.-'LM324
11
R3
10MEG 01
1N458

The adapter consists of a voltage to frequency adapter with a signal conditioner and protection
circuit. J2 connects to the game port of a PC. See reference listed for software for use with this cir-
cuit.
SIMPLE DIGITAL LOGIC PROBE
TO POWER SUPPLY
rl-.,-------,
(ALLIGATOR CLIPS)
LED2
GREEN
// The design of the digital logic probe centers
A3 R2 around a pair of complementary bipolar transis-
4.7K 330U tors) which, in this application, are used as elec-
tronic switches.
02
A5 R4 ZN4403
100K 4.7K
PROBE TIP
POPULA~ ELECTRONICS FIG. 55-29
310
S METER FOR COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVERS
12V<40mA
cs ,----.------------( +
47oni
CA 3189
Because many amateur receivers are fitted with an S meler that functions far from logarithmi-
cally, the proposed circuit should be a welcome extension of such receivers. Although !Cs such as the
CA3089 or the CA3189 are not in conunon use anymore, they serve a useful purpose in the meter cir-
cuit, because, apart from a symmetric limiter, a coincidence detector, and an AFC amplifier, they
contain a very good logarithmic amplifier-detector.
As is seen, the circuit is fairly simple, but remember that these !Cs operate up to about 30 MHz;
the wiring of the meter and its cormections in the receiver should be kept as short as possible.
LED EXPANDED SCALE VOLTMETER
Connect 9 to 3
for bar
open for dot
Battery --!
.;:+;__ _
input _ 390
1.5k
A 10-V zener diode is used to expand the scale of a 0- to 5-V voltmeter to a 10- to 15-V voltmeter.
The LED bar graph lights one segment per 0.5-V input above 10 V. The 7805 IC provides a 5-V refer-
ence and 5 V for the bar graph LEDs.
311
1-KHz HARMONIC DISTORTION METER
Input
Dlstortlon
9
1 "'
~
To
true
16 kfl RMS
""' +~
1 meter
c
(5%)!
0.021lFF
5<0
(5%) (5%)
10kfl
om.,.F 0.01
" ldf IC1

6.6kU
Level set
f~l
IC1
LM~458
The circuit usefui for distortion measurements notches out the fundamental frequency of 1 kHz
to allow measurement of the residual level of harmonics. First a true RMS meter is used to measure
the 1-kHz input level Em by setting SA to the input position. Then, SA is placed in the distortion posi-
tion and the 2 k potentiometer is adjusted for a null. The residual reading is noted. The THD is then
calcuiated based on the formula:
LINE VOLTAGE-TO"MULTIMETER ADAPTER
PL1
,.
PL2 PL3
BANANA
~sEE TfXT PLUGS TO - - . J I
METE A
This ac line-to-multimeter adapter can make checking line voltage safer. You can use it to fmd
taxing loads on your household wiring.
312
AUDIBLE LOGIC TESTER
+V
Rl R3
lOOK 50K
5~3 1 5 14
~ I 1].
3 4
,...._, - ICI-a IC2-a

I
R6
il IC2-b
01
Ql
1N914
\4 LM339 IOK v. .
~
4011 4011
6;"
INPUT
R4
SOK 0.1
IC1-b
IC~-c IC2-d
7~ 12 y, 4011 02 R8
~"4011\! 0 ~
1N!n4 1K
I'-'1
jl---!- +
1
R2
'v"
RS
19-I R7
20K
C2
~~
I
-, SPKRl
8ll
lOOK SOK "
1989 RE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 55-34
The tester provides an audible indication of the logic level of the signal presented to its input. A
logic high is indicated by a high tone, a logic low is indicated by a low tone, and oscillation is indicated
by an alternating tone. The input is high impedance, so it will not load down the circuit under test. It
can be used to troubleshoot TTL or CMOS logic.
The input section determines whether the logic level is high or low, and enables the appropriate
tone generator; it consists of two sections of an LM339 quad comparator. One of the comparators
(JCl-a) goes high when the input voltage exceeds 67% of the supply voltage. The other comparator
goes high when the input drops below 33% of the supply. Resistors Rl and R2 ensure that neither
comparator goes high when the input is lloating or between the threshold levels.
The tone generators consist of two gated astable multivibrators. The generator built around
IC2-a and IC2-b produces the high tone. The one built around W2-c and IC2-d produces the low
tone. Two diodes, Dl and D2, isolate the tone-generator outputs. Transistor Ql is used to drive a
low-impedance speaker.
SHORT TESTER FOR 120-V EQUIPMENT
Do you deal with old equipment in un-

known condition? If so, this little circuit could
keep you from causing further harm to already
Shorted devices.
313
...~
DIGITAL PRESSURE GAUGE
1-
0tv cl,I 'I
*
IC3
'"I AN78L05 J""' c:
,'" 'I c; 'I' Al A2 A3
'f' A4
GN';,!, 510
1
lOOK 10K 100K '='
ni!':P1
36 35
I9V - ~ ,_ 40
16 14
l FULL SCALE R5 23 15
01
11U148 .
n. A6 A7
1001<
"
39
38
17 16 _[7~
L _L
I
L
c::::!:::,
_o--
200K 41.2K A9
lOOK
& 22 17
~o-
I~ ~
02
1N4141 A8 lOO~t::
cs 18
3 -{}
~1
.1 34
~''
IC2
AlO
100K
9 ~'-....._ 8
All
1MEG
ICL 7106 CPL 15 4 ~s=
C4 :4 C1a 31 24 5
OOON + "'1~/4 LM324 lO IC1-c r-
+ C&:
;_ ___ , .J
''
'
1
t~LMW .01 I< 30
~
12
13
11
12
BACK
PLANE
A12
~
1001< 32
03 -'
1M4148
A13 C7
25 13 7 8 9 10
1~
04
1N4148 R14
22Hl
:;29 14
.} 41.2K 1 ..... AlB 9
7 47K 10
st~ 1
lC1-b
28
11
/4LM324
AlB A16
~;i I ""
~),
21
This electronic pressure gauge uses a Wheatstone bridge-type pressure sensor tb drive a 3/, digit AID converter and a dis-
play. !Cl is a pump (quad) that interfaces the bridge sensor to the JVD converter. R16 provides zero adjustment and R6 pro-
vides full-scale calibration. Dl thru D4 provide temperature compensation.
SIMPLE SHORT FINDER
Rz RJ Rs R5
100 10 k 2k 2k
Ra
30 k
Rj
X ~-A.!Vv-+----'
5 RJ
1N34A D{germanium)
100
y
Transistors Q1 and Q2, together with resistors Rl through R7, make up the input balancing
stage, which senses the resistance between points X andY. The input stage is essentially a bridge,
consisting or R1, R2, R6, R7, and the resistance between points X andY.
Transistors Q3 and Q4 and their associated passive components form a buzzer, which sow1ds
when the tester detects a short. The buzzer is controlled by the output from Q2. When the input re-
sistance is high (more than about 10 Q), Q2 turns on, so its collector potential is close to ground, and
the buzzer remains off. When the input resistance is sufficiently low, Q2 turns off, and the buzzer
sounds. The frequency of the sound, which is about I 000 Hz, can be adjusted by varying the value of
capacitor (C).
VOLTAGE MONITOR
r-----~--------------~+9V
R2
1K
Rl
100K
+
'---v---'
D.C. IN
The adjustable voltage monitor can be used to check

whether the voltage in a circuit remains within a given range.
If the de voltage is less than the voltage at pin 5 ofU1-B, then LED 1 will light. If the voltage is
over 5V, LED2 will light. If the voltage is within the window set by R4 and R5, neither LED will light.
This circuit is useful as an under~or-over voltage Inonitor.
315
LINEAR INDUCTANCE METER
"!"'""'-'-----, OU'rPUT 01' 1<1.111<10 2
0 VOLTS
TIME--
II<IPUT TO I<IAND 3
OISC~.o.~Gf OF IOIOUtTOR
" ~ i
.
220fi
,.U
_n
OUTPUT OF NAND 4
TO DIGITAL
lo'OLTMETER
c__ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___J
A B
Using the fact that in an RL circuit, the pulse width seen across the inductor is proportional to
the inductance, this circuit reads this indirectly on a DVM. The range is about 5 to 250 11H.
DEBOUNCE CIRCUIT
+5V
4
1
/674~
CONTACT
~ BOUNCE
This de bounce circuit will keep the electrical noise generated by the mechanical switch (S I)
from reaching the next circuit in line.
316
ac WIRING LOCATOR
9V
-a "
8800
' "
iu---
"1
I
I
I
I
""
A 1.A2,AJ- % IC1 = LM 324
This circuit uses a pick-up coil to sense the 50- or 60-Hz field around wiring carrying ac. 11 is a
telephone pick-up coil with a suction pad. Dl (LED) lights during positive half waves, indicating that
ac current is present.
AUDIBLE CONTINUITY TESTER
4.7 kfl
8 1kn
7
R1 2
This 555 oscillator sounds a tone when conti-
NE555 Probes
47 kn nuity exists between the probes. Oscillator fre-
6 quency is determined by the values of R1 and Cl.
C1 ------~:> 10 kf!
I0.022~J..F J.s J2 Sensitivity
10.01 ~F 1 kfl
317
ac OUTLET TESTER
C1 ................ 50 ~F Electrolytic
Capacitor
C2,C3 ... 047 ~F Disc Capacitor
D1 ...................... 1N4003 Diode
IC1 ........................ 555 Timer IC
l 1 .................. Jumbo Red LED
R3
R1 ............ 3.9K, 1 watt Resistor
R2 ............ 2K, 1/4 watt Resistor
R3 ... ..... 4. 7K, 1/4 watt Resistor
SPK ........ Piezoelectric Speaker
The tester consists of a rectifier circuit and a multivibrator circuit. The ac voltage is half-wave
rectified by diode Dl and stored in capacitor Cl. Resistor Rl is used to limit the current through Ill
to a safe value. The voltage stored across Cl supplies !Cl operating power. The IC, the versatile 555
timer, is configured to operate as a multivibration whose operating frequency is determined by C2,
R2, and R3. The output of !Cl, on pin 3, is coupled to a piezoelectric speaker (SPK), which gives an
indication of the presence of ac. An LED (11) also lights when ac is present.
JFET VOLTMETER
o---<~~~
IN914
10MO 0.3 v
100 kn
3V
1 Mil
30 v
100 k!l
300 v
11 kfl
This very simple voltmeter circuit uses a 50-I!A meter in a bridge circuit. It is useful for noncrit-
ical applications.
318
CHECK FOR OP-AMP de OFFSET SHIFT
mY oLd
500
100 '
Lft12CH
51
Adjllll input as raq1ired to maillain I 2 3 ( 5678118 21 31 4D 5868 _1111 1~
Ill!
1n vJt-t* at dewiCHIIIer-tesloolllut
LflliJ
DVM -10
mVout N!S032N
LFmCN Lf35&1 NES532H Tl082CP 100
II'Vout
~
1
mi I
~
1
... '"'
'1D"' "'"" 1
II
'1D"'
191
101
mV Mt
31( -1011
Tli82CP
1 1! 100 I
Rlrl' l;m 13
10 . '
I
y
21
1000
-~
7 1500
-~ 227
H
I@ "
1741 7
17.5 I 110 I 2111
" '
The de values of op-amp offsets can't always be taken for granter! when rlelivering ac outputs. No
device is ever exactly synunetrieal for maximum positive slew rate versus maximum ncgaLive slew
rate. Consequently, there is always some range of output slew rates in which the device used limits
in one direction more severely than in the other. What results in rectilication of the ac signal and an
apparent shift of the de offset.
This test circuit can check for the shift phenomenon. The accompanying table ;md graph illus-
trate the results obtained for four devices, all of different types. As frequency anrl slew rate are in-
creased, the effect can be either relatively abmpt (LF412CN and NE55532N) or relatively gradual
(LF358.J and TL082CP).
CONTINUITY TESTER FOR LOW-RESISTANCE CIRCUITS
The continuity tester is little more than a battery and a lamp connected in series, with one end
of the string terminated in an alligator clip, and the other end cormected to the probe tip.
319
SUPPLY VOlTAGE MONITOR
R1 R3
!MEG lOOK
RS
tOOK
LIN 4 8
*;,,
C1 7
U1 1.._
Excessive voltage causes Ul to oscillate,
R4 causing LED! to flash. R6 sets the desired trip
2.7MEG 555
Rl
18K
6
12
"
1K
level.
Q
~\\
1

*;2 'f' .1C3 LED!
TIL209
--
AUDIO-FREQUENCY METER CIRCUIT
M1
0-lmA
INPUT
r
Q)
C1 2N464
022
~ UK
R1
1000: This simple tachometer circuit uses a pulse
I"'
470!1
R4
82K ~ ~
shaper Ql to drive Ml, a 0- tol-f.IA meter. Cl can
be varied to optimize operation.
~----1
B1
.qv
~
320
ZENER DIODE TEST SET
r---+1;----,
T1
28V 01-04
....cru>- 1A r - - - - 1N4801 ..-
1 DIODE
UNDER TEST VOOT TO
MULTlMillR
F1
1A
.. --- ---,
I I
OR PROJECT
I +I
)'-1'-..--'-1
R1
2K
+
R2
50K
This versatile circuit can be used to test zener diodes or act as a stand-alone power supply. It re-
quires a voltmeter to work as a zener tester.
321
56
Metal-Detector Circuits
675. The figure number in \he box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Metal Pipe Detector

Low-Cost Metal Detector for Experimenters
Metal Locator
322
METAL PIPE DETECTOR
<lOmA
co
r-!--,e
1::1::1
I
I
"T" I
I
~ l :9 v
I ' I
::r-:
.. _J:_ .. 8
C. I
I
I
I
I
tin.
02,03"' 1N4148
L1 500 1urnnm.tld copper wirt.
0.2 ... O.J mm d ...
on lti'Titt rod 200 mm lont 1nd 10 mm di.

This circuit uses a 15-kHz oscillator coil. When metal placed in the energy field is withdrawn, the
uscillator voltage is rectified and compared to a reference. A drop in oscillator voltage therefore op-
erates comparator IC2 and D4 (LED) extinguishes.
LOW-COST METAL DETECTOR FOR EXPERIMENTERS
Cl
L1 &BOpF
R~ SEE TEXT
50K
01
Sl MPS&172 C2 This circuit is on oscillator with Ll being a 4"
.0015
lTa 19V
diameter coil of 35 turns of #26 magnet wire.
Metal in proximity to L1 will cause the oscillator
to shift frequency. An AM transistor radio is used
to detect the frequency shift.
Rl R2
..:.. 15K 4.7K
323
METAL LOCATOR
C3
COIL
C4
C2 R1
R2
,__..__....__-'-!+1----1
The metal locator uses a one-transistor oscillator and an AM radio to detect metal. Transistor Ql
is a pnp transistor that is connected to an oscillator. Resistor Rl provides the correct base bias and
capacitors C:3 and C4 and the search coil determine the frequency of oscillation.
Capacitors C3 and C4 are fixed in value, but the search coil is an inductor that varies in induc-
tance (and thus varies the oscillator frequency) as metal is brought near it. The oscillator frequency
is rich in harmonics and its output falls within the AM broadcast band. The metal detector works by
combining its output with the local oscillator of the AM radio. The resulting net output of the radio is
a low-frequency audio tone that changes-gets higher or lower-as metal is brought near or taken
away from the search coil. Commercial metal detectors use two oscillators, so they don't require an
AM radio. This metal locator provides an inexpensive alternative to an expensive commercial metal
locator.
Cl, C2 0.01-~FCapacitor (103)

C3,C4 0.001-~FCapacitor
R1 47-kQ Resistor
R2 100-Q Resistor
324
57
Miscellaneous Treasures
Voice Disguiser de Output Chopper

Soldering Iron Control ac Isolation Transformers Use
Furnace Fuel Miser Inexpensive 12-V Transformers
Personal Message Recorder ac Line Voltage Booster
Four-Input Minimum/Maximum Selector Octal DA Converter
Soil Heater for Plants 1-dB Pad
Key Illuminator Pseudo-Random Bit Sequence Generator
Radio Commercial Zapper Simple External Microphone Circuit
Audio Limiter for Transceivers
Analog De-Glitch Circuit JFET Chopper Circuit
Acoustic Field Generator Audio Memo Alert
Suppress Jitter with Hysteresis Octave Equalizer
Heartbeat Monitor Complementary or Bilateral ac
Self-Retriggering Timed-On Generator Emitter-Follower Circuit
Frequency Divider for Measurements Capacitor Hysteresis Compensator
Video, Power, and Channel-Select Amplifier Cool-Down Circuit I
Signal Carrier NE602 Input Circuits
7805 Turn-On Circuit NE602 Output Circuits
AF Drive Indicator Basic Latch Circuits
Phase-Locked Loop Bootstrap Circuit
Capacitance Muitiplier Simple Schmitt Trigger
Practical Differentiator Amplifier Cool-Down Circuit II
Hum Reducer for Direct-Conversion Receivers NE602 de Power Circuits
Preamp Transmit-Receive Sequencer Inrush Current Limiter
325
VOICE DISGUISER
----i 1--- -1"- --------<Y"'51

47J4t
C2~
81
9V RB
1K
4 Ut-a
" 3
R10
lOOK R11
\\ R42 1{4 4016 lOOK
t;:.. 2.2K +ot
5
"'"~ Rl
R4
2. 7K
+ot
R6
56K PN;p 01
'
10 R9
1K
J ,---
I +II'
cs 1
~~
10K
,; C4
VOl
H 47 13 U1b 2 3 U2-a
R3
68K
01
PNiP 47
.005
R38
1
/4~8
.f
1/4 MC3403
L + 3.3K
1~
R7
MICl
C1
10 R2
~~ R5
15K
U3-a R12
4o- 10K C23
15K ~ 1200 R39
3.3K
1fe 4069 47
..t- +'~
+9V J -
R14 R13
* ~'
5.6K
13
_..:.., UH
/s4089 ~
12
l "
11 ~~ Cl
10
R21
27K
R22
1.SK 1
J C13
~~
1
cs
.005
R15
220K .05
7
5 U2-b
R16 R17 11 +
C9
~g5* ~~2 ><
R19 R20 C11
6800. 9.1K
f
005 150K 8..2K 1/4 M'C3403 ;:: .05
R18
IE
1 2.7K C10
~
C19 .005
"M
_]~ 1/4 4011
R27
9.1K
l R26
68011
C15
_:~ 14
R24
1
~13
R23
lOOK 6
R31
27K
R29
150K
+ ~12 1~
l2!!.4016
~
R40
Ch 'I ) 3.3K
R25
10K 1
/4 MC3403
~12
C16
JR30
~
.005 .01 3
8.2K C18
.01
R28
27K
~~CJi R41
3.3K
; C25
47 R36
~
10 10K 9 f C14
01
FREO
R33
10<l
" -~
"",L
1.5K
+9V R35
~
~
5~
) C21 C28 5.6K 5.6K
9
a~.~ 47 C27
~{, T1 3 U3-d S
PN2222 1~0
+ U4
5 ~84089 1/e 4089
~~ ~.bt
+"
czo R34 ;
~ C26
' 05 1K <
' .001
SPKR1
-=
A complete schematic diagram of the voice disguiser is shown. Microphone MICl picks up the
voice signal and feeds it to an audio amplifier, consisting of Ql and Q2, and a few support compo-
nents. The amplifier has a low-pass gain response that limits the voice frequencies to 5kHz or lower.
326
VOICE DISGUISER (Cont.)
The voice signal is then fed to the input of the first balanced modulator, which is comprised of
Ul-a, Ul-b, U2-a, and U3-a. The output of the first 4-kHz oscillator, built around U3-f and U3-e, is fed
to the carrier input of the first modulator. The frequency ofthe first oscillator is controlled by the
setting of potentiometer Rl3. The modulator output-a douhle-sidehand suppressed-carrier signal
centered on 4kHz-is then filtered by the first 5-kHz low-pass filter, formed by U2-b, which elimi-
nates the upper-sideband signals.
At this point, the voice frequency spectrum is inverted (e.g., the frequencies that were low now
become high, and vice versa), making the voice signal completely unintelligible. The output of the
first low-pass filter is fed to a second modulator formed by Ul-c, Ul-d, and U3-b, where it is fre-
quency modulated with the output of the second carrier oscillator, comprised of U3-c and U3-d; the
frequency of the second oscillator is controlled by potentiometer R36.
The output of the second modulator is filtered by the second low-pass filter, which consists of
U2-d and few support components, and amplified by Q3. The voice OLltput signal from Q3 is fed to Ll4
(an LM386 low-voltage, audio-power amplifier) through an impedance-matching transformer, TL
The output of Ll4 is then used to drive SPKRl (an 8-Q speaker).
In operation, if hoth carrier osr:illators are set to the same frequency, the voice signal from the
speaker will be an exact duplicate of the input signal from the microphone. However, if the frequency
of the second oscillator is varied (via R36), the output voice signal also shifts in frequency. That
makes the voice reproduced by the speaker sound higher- or lower-pitched than normal.
SOLDERING IRON CONTROL
01
1N4001
04 A current control to temperature regulate a

03
1N4001 1N4001 soldering iron uses a high-voltage integrated reg-
ulator, TL 783 (Ul). With the component values
specified, the circuit shouid be used with a sol-
dering iron of 25 W or less.
S01
U1
PINOUT
Ellmaa INPUT
OUTPUT
: ADJUSTMENT
327
FURNACE FUEL MISER
01
+ 1N.UrM "'
1500
9TO 15
VOLTS DC
+
C
R4
MT2 l
INPUT
47~ D"JUT
1MEG"'
4 16 3 2 4 7
-
3 14
U2
U1 CD4017B
1MEG"' 13 15 8 y
6 UJ-b
1
/~ C1Mfl(l:18
~
~
R3
C2" C2::::221.!F FOR GAS AND ElECTRIC SYSTEMS 1001<
C2=100~Jf FOR OIL SYSTEMS
A
CCUNTI 0 I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 71 8 I 9 o 1 ,
U2
PIN14
ClOCK
'' ''
U2
PIN3
100%
n l
'
'IL
~~------------~~r-
U2
PIN2
90%
U2
PIN 4
80%
"'
PIN7
70%
U2
PIN12
Q0-4
U3
PIN 3
DUTY
CYCLE START STOP
8
A timer (LM555CN) and decode counter is used to generate duty cycles from 10% to 100% to
control the time a heating system can operate. V2 is a decode counter that can be switched from 10%
to 100% duty cycle. V3Aand B form a latch that drive Al, LEDl, and V4. The triac TRI is used as an
ac switch, in series with the thermostat that controls the heating system.
328
FURNACE FUEL MISER (Cont.)
AC
LINE
POWER
R6
+ 1K ~r--"----,
VOLTDC
INPUT ~lii ''-'"'----fi4J-
117VAC
FURNACE
When- the circuit is working HEATING
properly, the output circuitry can be ELEMENT
checked using a 24-volt step-down
transformer, a Jk. relistor, and an LED.
Together those components simulate the
load that the Fuel Miser sees during Electric-heating systems may or rna!>' not use a relay in the thermosJat drcuit.
normal operation. Those that do have a relay can be controlled by the Fuel Miser by wiring its output
circuit in series with the relay coil connections as shown here.
i :.:&..:.,
o---~~-----+1'6 '
o~'----~
THERMOSTAT
FURNACE
HEATING
ELEMENT
K1
ADDEO
HEAVY DUTY
This drQwing shows the Fuel RElAY OR
Miser connected in series with the CONTACTOR
thermostat of a two-wire gas furnace
that's powered by a 24-volt transformer. t1ectnc-heating system~ that do not contain a /ow-current thermostat (as in the
pre\'ious installation), use a heavy-duty thermostat that directly feeds current to the
hnuinR element.For such systems, it will be necessary to install a hemy-duty relay (K/
in this example) to control the heavy heatin!(-element current.
WALL FUEL
ADAPTER -MISER
+
OUTPUT
Some oil-fired systems use three-

wire thermostats to control the operation
of the burner motor and ignition s_vstem
by activating a relay. This is a typical
installation for such s:.,stems.
329
PERSONAL MESSAGE RECORDER
+ 5V
C7
r--<1----1 + :? I I U2 Io '!,0
':- 91 53 I LM7806 I +"
+9V ON/OFF
.,!; Cl
1
+5V
,r---------------,I YE--
COM
1 h g I RB ~
I
I ' d ' h a : lflK
_,
S4
----, ' - - -
9 B 7
--
0 5 4 3 2
1I 116 I
vcco F
r7f~
AO
16
:15 VCCA
n . ' vsso ~
A1
!1
31 ..... 14 3 13
A2 VSSA
TS4-e I
4 I _,. 113 4
n .. ,,
d
5' _.._ 5
A3
U1
SP+
5 15
14
II
SPKR1
8/16 OHM
A4 IS010111 P-
184-e I
~ AUX ~
61
71
184_.1 "'
110
6 Afj
9
ANA IN
20
AO
B'
84-g
__..-_ lg 10
ANAOUT " C4
+
A7 19
184-h I
+5V 23 AGC I
"' 1..---J CE AI
J~'F
24 PO
Sf 470K
A4 ____}}_ PIA
START
47K
..I... ~
.,r' ~ TEST MIG

17
~
AI
1K
c,' 'f:
A2 AJ
C3 22K !OK
2N4403 ii +SV
MJCl
AS A6 C6 +
+SV m 2201< 22
.f PLAYBACK
~
* RECORD
D S2
REG/PLAY
330
PERSONAL MESSAGE RECORDER (Cont.)
INTERNAL CLOCK
ANA IN SP+
ANALOG TRANSCEIVERS
SP~
ANA OUT
"'"'cw ANALOG
0 STORAGE ARAAYn.1
MIC
"'wc
AUXIN
AGC
AO AI A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 TEST PD PIA CE EOM
The personal message recorder is built around an lSD 1016 CMOS voice messaging system,
which does away with the cumbersome and expensive analog-to-digital and digital-to-<malog con-
version circuits.
A functional block diagram of the lSD 1016 is shown. The lSD 1016 contains all of the functions
necessary for a complete message-storage system. The preamplifier stage accepts audio signals di-
rectly from an external microphone and routes the signals to the ANA OUT (analog out) terminal. An
automatic-gain control (AGC) dynamically adjusts the preamplifier gain to extend the input signql
range. Together, the preamp and AGC circuits provide a maximum gain of 24 c!B. The internal clock
samples the signal and, under the control of the address-decoding logic, writes the sampling to the
analog~storage array. Eight external input lines allow the lSD 1016's message space to he addressed
in160 equal segments, each with a 100-millisecond duration. When all address lines are held low, the
storage array can hold a single, continuous, 16-second message.
However, there is a special addition to the POWER DOWN input (pin 24) of U1. 1f the internal mem-
ory becomes full during recording, an overflow condition is generated in order to trigger the next de-
vice. Once an overflow occurs, pin 24 must be taken high and then low again before a new playback
of record operation can be started.
Transistor Q1, C3, R5, and R6 form a one-shot pulse generator that automatically clears any
overtlow condition each time that start switch (S 1) is pressed. Switch S2 selects either the playback
or the record mode. Switch S4-an 8-position (a-h) DIP switch-is included in the circuit to allow
the circuit's record/playback time to be varied from 0 to 16 seconds. The maximum time available is
when ailS switch positions are closed (or set to the on position). Resistor network R8 (a-h) is in-
cluded in the circuit to provide a pull~up f1mction for the address lines, which thereby controls U1's
record/playback time.
331
FOUR-INPUT MINIMUM/MAXIMUM SELECTOR
LM324
V1 ~ 74C86
1A
V2 + ~&
LM324
V3 ~C86
1B
V4 + ._j) 2B)
~
Min/max
control
t
-
~
3A LM324 74C86
I
v
-
ll2c)-
f r--
'~
3B f
-n Output
IC1 Opamp LM324 3C
IC2 Exclus1ve OR 74C86
IC3 Analog sw. CA4066B
This circuit outputs the maximum (or the minimum) of the four input voltages V1 , V2 , V3, and V4 .
Each of these input voltages is in the range 0 to 5 V.
The output oft he 1mitis the maximum of VI' V2 , V3 , and V4 if the control voltage input is 5 V (i.e.,
logical 1). The output is the minimum of V1 , V2 , V3 , and V4 if the control input is zero.
By cascadingN such units, one can select the maximum (or the minimum) of 3N + 1 input volt-
ages.
Thus if k is the number of input voltages, we need [(k+ 1)/3] units.
332
SOIL HEATER FOR PLANTS
TIC.
Iv
5 A
VEE
REF 4
R6
A
A1A2G
Cl C3
B
220n
86469. 1
Tri 1 =TIC 206; TIC 216; TIC 226; TIC 236
A TDA1024 electronic thermostat senses soil temperature via thermistor R6. The circuit uses
zero-crossing switching of the heater. The heater is made of elastic-coated steel wire. Pl is used to
set the temperature. The heater should have 2 Q or more resistance and operate from the 9-V trans-
former. About 40 W of heat is available.
KEY ILLUMINATOR
Used as a 10-second momentary illuminator,

this circuit can be useful in other applications as
well. Pressing Sl charges Cl, which holds Ql on
and holds the LED lit for about 10 seconds.
0
2N2222
BOTTOM
VIEW
333
RADIO COMMERCIAL ZAPPER
"'
1K
R34
lK "lK'
R-E EXPERIMENTER'S HANDBOOK FIG. 57-8
334
RADIO COMMERCIAL ZAPPER (Cont.)
.r
R8
I GAIN
RIGHT
INPUT
lEFT
INPUT
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
(JC2-aJ -- ENVELOPE
DETECTOR f- COMPARATOR
IIC2-bl r-
TRANSITION
CONVERTER f-o,OUTPUT
RIGHT
L. i1C2-cJ
U-fLlL -- LEAKY
INTEGRATOR
IIC2-dl
f-
DUAl
VCA'S
UC1-c, ICl-d)
f-o.OUTPUT
lEFT
t 1 lED I
fADE-"/
~
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE COMMERCIAL KILLER: The envelope of the signal is used to vary
the pulse rate from IC2-c. The pulses are integrated; the resulting signal controls the gains of a pair of
VCA's.
The L&R inputs are summed, dated and drive a comparator. The comparator senses level and
generates a transition when audio inputs go above or below preset thresholds. The number of these
transitions (corresponding lo rapid volume changes) are integrated and feed voltage controlled am-
plifiers. This device actually senses dynamic range.
AUDIO LIMITER
To amp or
Limit adjust speaker
220~FI
500 !l
+V
16 v
+
600/600 !l 10 kll
isolation 3 6
gain
transformer adjust 5
2- LM386
4
FromJ
earph_one II
J8Ck Optoisolator
2.2 kll
An optoisolator is used as an attenuator in this circuit. When the LM386 draws more current on
audio signals, the 2N3638 turns on, which biases the optoisolator on, and reduces the volume.
335
ANALOG DE-GLITCH CIRCUIT
Fig.1
100k
10R
OUTPUl
10k 0
+15
47k
ov
VR1
1k
LM393 -15
-15 +15
47k
VR2
1k 1k
100k
ov
Fig. 2 1M ov
ElECTRONIC ENGINEERING FIG. 5710
336
ANALOG DE-GLITCH CIRCUIT (Cont.)
Low-frequency signals produced by transducers, measurement equipment, or data loggers often

appear like the first waveform in the figure. The circuit shown operates as a tracking sample-hold,
and the transients are replaced in the output by the stored value of the current signal at the instant
of the transient.
The input signal is buffered and inverted by !Cla, and the differentiated resuit shown at 2 ap-
plied to the inputs of two comparators IC2-a and IC2-b. VRl and VR2 set levels to prevent false or
unnecessary operation. Either comparator output triggers the mono IC3 from positive or negative
signal transients. When IC3 has not been triggered, TRl and TR2 'p' channelJFETs are on, and !Clb
operates as an integrator with a high leakage, and tracks the input signal. When the mono is trig-
gered as at 3, TRl and TR2 turn off and the previous signal value is held constant, as shown at 4. The
resulting output waveform can then be easily filtered to remove the harmonics from the restoring
step at the end of the mono period, if needed.
The criteria for successful operation are:
t2 > t 1 (mono period longer than glitch)
tjT small (to optimize output waveform)

1
Signal bandwidth! =
n
c
21t R
Signal phase 0= tan' 2r';[CR
The signal range is approximately 5 V, depending on the transient amplitude and polarity. The
mono period shown is 100 mS, but this can be optimized in practical applications. The shorter the
mono period in relation to the signal waveform, the better the quality ofthe result.
337
ACOUSTIC FIELD GENERATOR
r;:======:::==:::j
I
Rl9 R80 MONO
7~Hz LOW
FIG 3 PASS
,------@J7
SUBWOOFER
41K lOOK NULL OUTPUT
R7S ~---->---@ JB
Rl3 lK
47K
C23
2.2~.tF
Jl NP
R11
LEFT @--lf-T"i 47K
INPUT Rl7 -12V
Rll 1001(
47K
R16 R18
BUFFfRS lOOK lOOK
SURROUND
OUTPUT
R~l C75 LEFT
lOOK 047 WIDE
''>s3_-----~LE~
,, J5
R17
1500 CENTER
R10 +12V OUTPUT
lOOK
0.--------j~RIGHT
~12V
J6
RIGHT
RIO C11l WIOE
47K 1 R13
lOOK '"
.047 R15
1001< R2fi
1500
R22 R29 R28
l:===='oo:'======================'="'=~_J''oo
0
THE AFG IS MADE UP OF 10 relatively simple circuit elements.
A
RE EXPERIMENTER'S HANDBOOK FIG, 57-11
Referring to the simplified schematic in A, the AFG is made up of 10 relatively simple circuit el-
ements. lCl-c and ICl-d arc configured as unity-gain noninverting buffer amplifiers.
The summing (L+R) amplifier, IC2-c, combines equal amounts of the left and right signals, via
Rl4 and Rl5, to develop a total composite signal. Left- and right-channel signals are applied equally
through Rl3 and Rl2 to IC2-d, the difference (L-R) decoder. Any common to both channels is can-
celed by IC2-d, which exactly balances the inverting and noninverting gains ofthe amplifier for a per-
fect null.
The stereo width-enhancement circuit made up from !Cl-a and lC-b works similarly to the (L-R)
decoder, except that C25 and C26 have been added in the inverting inputs of each op amp. !Cl-b de-
velops the "left wide" signal because its inverting and noninverting inputs are connected to the left
338
ACOUSTIC FIELD GENERATOR (Cont.)
(L+R)
R62 CS6
INPUT
10K .01 R69
FROM 102K
S1 '"
IOK
R63 RES TO SJ
IOK IOK OUTPUT
R70
1500
cso C51 +12V
.012 .01 LOW PASS HIGH PASS RfiB G49
3kHz-18dB 3IIOHH9d8 9.53K .1
THE CENTER-CHANNEL SPEECH FILTER is built by cascading a 3kHz low-pass

filter with a 300-Hz high-pass filter to form a band-pass filter.
INPUT
FROM LEFT
BUFfER
R55
TOOK R57
330K
"''
10K
RSO R5B R59 R6D

TOOK IOK IOK
INPUT
IC3-a
y, LFJU "'
FROM R!GI1T SUBWOOFEA
SUFFER 3 +
R79 OUTPUT
C45 C46 C41
+12V .I 56 .47
"
LEVEL
AN ACTIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK for driving a high-power subwoofer system

1s made from IC3-a and IC3-b.
c
and right channels opposite that of 1C1-a. The output of the width-enhancement circuit is routed to
84, which selects either the "wide" or the bypass signal for feeding the front-channel amplifier.
The center-charmel dialogue filter is huilt hy cascading a 3-kHz low-pass filter with a 3-Hz high-
pass filter to form a band-pass filter. It has a sharp -18 dB/octave cutoff, a flat voltage and power fre-
quency response, and minimum phase change within the passband.
In C, 1C3-a ar1d JC3-b form an active crossover network for driving a subwoofer. IC3-a sums sig-
nals from the left- and right-channel buffer amps, it inverts the summed signal180 degrees, ar1d pro-
vides a low driving impedance for the following filter stage. IC3-b and its associated RC network form
a 75-Hz, 3rd-order low-pass filter. The filter inverts the signal another 180 degrees, so the signal that
appears across R79 (which is the output-level control) is back in phase with the original input signal.
The delay section of the AFG, shown in D, is built around the MN3008 bucket brigade device
(BHD), ar1d the MN3101 two-phase variable-frequency clock generator. The amount of delay re-
quired in this system varies between approximately 5 to 35 milliseconds. The delay time of a BBD is
equal to the number of stages divided by twice the clock frequency. Values were chosen for R5:3, R54,
R77, and C44, to produce a clock frequency, adjustable via R77, which varies from about 30kHz to
130kHz.
339
R35 R
"" ""
100 K
"" ""
""
Input R3<
rom
"" ""
8.06 K """
8.06 K
" R39
8.06 K
R<O
8.06 K ""
8.06 K
""
""
~
1 C39 c"
3300 pF 2700 pF
""
"'" ~
~ 12V
RSO
coo
2.2 ILF
R52 ""
""
cs cs
5.6 K
"'f- 2.4K ""
8.013 K
c"
120 pF
MN3101 MN3008
""
8.06 K
"" ""
Output
""
"" Rn "'
8.2 K
10.1C30
""'
'"' K
100 K
5.6 K
C<O
270 pF
CO>
2700 pF
IC4-c
1{4LF347 ~
SOK
Frequency
In A, Sl selects the signal to be delayed; either the difference signal (L-R) from IC2-d in the ma-
trix mode or the sum signal (L+R) from IC2-c in the concert mode. The selected signal is fed from
Sl to the delay section (D) where IC4-d is configured as an inverting amplifier; R75 adjusts the gain
between unity and X3. Integrated circuits IC4-a and IC4-b, along with their assoicated RC networks,
are identical 3rd-order 15'kHz low-pass filters. Cascading two filters produces a very sharp cut off
(-36 dB per octave). Potentiometer R76 adjusts the bias voltage required by the BBD to exactly one
half the supply voltage, as required.
The power supply of the AFG, shown in G, is of conventional design. A 25-V center-tapped trans-
former, along with diodes Dl and D2, produces about 18-V unregulated de. Two 2200-j.tF filter ca-
pacitors provide ample energy storage to meet the high-current demands of the audio output
amplifier !Cs during high output peaks.
340
"''
20K
FROM H71 R12 R7J
R78 IOK IOK IOK
TU
Sl
C57 CSB
5500pF 4700pF
E
A Jrd-ORDER 7-kHz LOW-PASS FILTER is made from IC3-c and its associated AC
network.
+18V -18V + ISV -18V

l R
IN PUT ~ INPUT ~
~+< rr~
.1 '?:::-:!.
,!\:,; i' rrc:o .I
2.2~F .I
P.G. P.G.
NP
+--'1~5
+
~ NP
+--'~~
+ ,~
IC9 4 F2 J9 + R3 ICIO 4 f3 J12 +

"
~sn "''V ~
LM1815T LM1815T
'"
'v 3 R5
2DK
RB
SPEAKER
J Rl
"' R9
sn
SPEAKER
R4 R5
In -18V In
" -1SV
"
TO
m
221-'F
~.
.I
'w
.22
fCIS
21~-CF
Cl2
I
;~18
.22
PO WER NP NP
GR OUNO
TO
Auoro
GR OUND
F
THE SURROUND CHANNEL POWER AMPLIFIERS are designed around a pair of

LM1875 monolithic power-amplifier IC's.
TO LEFT POWER AMP

TO RIGHT POWfA AMP + 18V II ICJ 0
,.....
,.,, I +12V
01 C3 ,, + I
22001'-F c C19
POWER GROUND I
GROUND
!t< 2200JJ.F '' J' F
{Jiit"J,
C1
TO
CHASSIS ? 1D,_.F
AUDIO
+t< 22001'-F
C2 r.::.._ LED1
C6
GROUND
02 C4 +
,Y'V'
R1
~
0 """ ~
L5K
TU lEFT POWER AMP """" IBV
22001'-F II
I
IC8
,.,, I
IC -12V
TO RIGHT POWER AMP
THE POWER SUPPLY produces about ..!. 18-volts unregulated DC. G
341
SUPPRESS JITTER WITH HYSTERESIS
Vee
510
B LM311
Inputs
C1 470pF
a1 BC\38

When the comparator's output changes its state from low to high, the rising edge of the output
pulse, differentiated by the Cl/Rl cham, opens Ql. This blocks comparator M via its strobing input and
sustains its output in the H state for a period of time, defmed by the time constant R 1C1. After Cl is
charged by the current flowing through Rl, Ql is shut off and the comparator is released. When the
comparator's output state changes from high to low, a similar process, involving elements R2, C2, and
Q2, occurs. In many applications, the output transition in only one direction is of vital importance, and
the elements, which provide temporal hysteresis for the opposite direction transition, can be omitted.
HEARTBEAT MONITOR
+5 Vdc
>
~ 270il ~ 10 K ~~ey
~10 K
F104
(see text)
470 K~ 0.47 ~F
+li 3
7
"-'"-' +I r (r' ''
2N3391 741~~.
'~ 1'6~F+ ~ 2 ;7"4 04
r +
~ ~0.47 ~F ~0.47 ~F 0.01 ~Fr 1 .
1
-
An IR photodiode, which senses IR skin reflectivity as a result of increased blood volwne during
the periods that the heart forcibly contracts, is used to pick up a signal that is correlated with the
heartbeat. A transistor and op amp raise this to a level suitable to trigger logic circuitry or to be dis-
played on a scope.
342
SELF-RETRIGGERING TIMED-ON GENERATOR
9-16V~r-------~c~
1 ------------~----,
.l-10 LED1
R1
10K-10MEG
2
..-'-''-----'-'-,
3
Ul-a R2
1/2 MC14538B 6 4.7K
1-'----41>/r--Hf-1
01
8,12, 13,15
1N914
C2 + R4
4.7 100K-
10MEG
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG.57-14
When power is first applied to the circuit, C2 begins to charge via LED1, R3, and R4. When the
voltage across C2 reaches U1's input trigger level, the output of U1 at pin 6 goes positive for a period
that is determined by the values of C 1 andR 1 That turns Ql on, discharging C2 through D1 and Ql.
At the end of the set period, the output of U1 at pin 6 goes low, turning Ql off and allowing the
current to begin flowing through LEDl, R3, and R4 to gain charge C2, causing the cycle to repeat.
The repeat time is detennined by the values of R 3 , R 4 , and C2 . The previous formula won't be as ac-
curate for this circuit, but it will at least get you close enough for the capacitor value; then R 4 can be
fine-tuned to obtain the desired timing period.
FREQUENCY DIVIDER FOR MEASUREMENTS
FROM
STANDARD
IOfh
TO US
PIN 8
"PINS 2, 3, 6,7, 10 TO GROUNO
This circuit is meant to be driven by a 1-MHz standard signal of a few volts amplitude. Ul
through U5 are 7490 decade cow1ter/divider and produce a division ratio of 100,000:1. Successive di-
visions of 10 can be tapped off, if desired, between stages. One or more stages can be added for still
lower frequencies.
343
VIDEO, POWER, AND CHANNEL-SELECT SIGNAL CARRIER
.,, ..
~:
'" R:l4 100< c.....u
SHfCI
SWliCHES
''" ... "''"'

8
"' "' 74HC132
IN914
' "'' 9
'" 9
,-
.
,""
' '
'"
74HC191
D
"' LD ~
ae DC 00 """" "
AC VOO
13 16
t L SNO
sunoN
Ol~F
'"
fAQM T0750HM
REMOTE
>1---r---\M-'\:()) ~~?TOR
""'
"''"
A
v, M TYP
INPUT CHANNELS "

CHI r.'"'
sxv
~ I"
"- ,'"""..
~455
'" "
'I ~~-51~~
ICADDELLBURiiS
-:/ I
r"'-
"''>f
'"
'"
IC T.oJIL[
'""~
74HC191
lrt}
6950-460R EOUfl/ I
"- 20 f!Q 75 TO VlDEO

"' 74HC132
"-
."'"'
AECEM
'"r- '"'''" ..
CtwiHHS 1 TH C~ ~ Clt IVIA75QHM
INCLUDE ~C CO UPtl!i
NETWORKS.I.SSHO 6 1!9' ~ ~10 2al.~ _ COM)
'r-
..
19 1 lk -01
~
L., f--
'r- '" GNil
R111
01
EMITTfJI~
.vov __., SiC
' '"'
,r ..~
I 1 "' 3 6
v. GIG
6[\,IFJ

"~
_IU1__fl__
ov
&AS IC38
_j ""
TIE 00 UNUSED
CtwiN!liNPUT SONIC! ICJC
1
OIRCIL Y TO "8 lAS" NODE
~
... ~. ,,
.,-- I 2~~w
~ ,- voo ao ac as
16 131 71
AC
6 1 3
OA
+ CHASSJS GNO ""'" "

' IC2 14HC191
ON
,J. ll
01
11<1914
... l cv ""~ do,.
J.
~ICJB
l " L"".__
Cl
lD
'" D "'
' w'
II
' C:NO
" i""13R13
TO
rTGNO 9 I IS
C13 RIS A16
-& lll'f 1M 1001;
IC3C
'<lc3Ct:::
' IC3 74HC132
MAXIM ENGINEERING JOURNAL FIG. 57-16
344
VIDEO, POWER, AND CHANNEL-SELECT SIGNAL CARRIER (Cont.)
In the video system of Figs. A and R, a single coaxial cable carries power to the remote location,
selects one of eight video channels, and returns the selected signal. The system can choose one of
several remote surveillance-camera signals, for example, and display the picture on a monitor near
the interface box.
The heart of the multiplexer box (A) is a combination S-channe! multiplexer and amplifier
(!Cl). Cll couples the multiplexer's baseband video output to the coax, and Ll decouples the video
from de power arriving on the same line. This power-approximately 30 rnA at 10 V-supplies all cir-
cuitry in the multiplexer box.
In interface box (B), a desired channel is encoded by three bits, set either by switches as shown
or hy an applied digital input. Momentary depression of the send button triggers downconverter !Cl
and gated oscillator JC2A to initiate a channel-selection burst.
7805 TURN-ON CIRCUIT
V unreg
C1 R2
o.47'"'F1
16 v
50011
A logic level can control a 7805 regulator

Vou-t with this circuit. Q2 is a series switching trallSis-
tor controlled by Ql. Ql is turned on by a logic
voltage to its base.
345
AF DRIVE INDICATOR
IC2 =.t538
-T -0
,-----"'"'
BDUO
30 .. 70V (-)--J;f-4-----------------------4---.J
ELEKTOR ElECTRONICS FIG. 57-18
This circuit was used with an audio power amplifier to detect the point at which output is --:3 dB
from maximum, indicated by LED D5, and at clipping, shown by LED D6. The inclicatorcan be used
with any amplifier operating from a :30 to 70 V symmetrical supply.
346
PHASE-LOCKED LOOP CAPACITANCE MULTIPLIER
R2
10MEG
As= A3
C1
10
)
R1
10MEG R3 C2
1% 1K 30pf
FIG. 57-19 OUTPUT

POPULAR ELECTRONICS
The PLL will lock onto an input signal. Both

triangle- and square-wave outputs are available.
A quad Op amp can be USed in this circuit, Which POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 57-20
should be usefui in the audio and LF radio region.
PRACTICAL DIFFERENTIATOR HUM REDUCER FOR

DIRECT-CONVERSION RECEIVERS
C2
R2 DC POWER
SUPPLY
- +
R1
.....
~ II ~T1
1
T
17VAC - +
1=-- DIRECT
c 27tA2C1 CONVERSION
1 1 C3 RECEIVER
' 2n:R
-- 1Cl = - -
2n:R2C2
30pf

One cure for ac power line hum and ripple
(caused by leakage current) is to use a well-reg-
A differentiator has a high-pass characteris- uiated and filtered 9- to 18-Vdc power supply
tic. Components arc chosen by using the design with a balancing choke (Tl in this illustration)
equations. between the power supply and the DCR.
347
~
PREAMP TRANSMIT-RECEIVE SEQUENCER
r ------------@"
J, CW OUT JACK
TO XCVII
~~~-~~:,~---------"--~'ri
PTT OUT
A3
k
R2
lk
R6
IOk
74HC08
.....--...
,. ____ 1
I
4
: Sl CW
01 ,KI
:
:
l,_ _ ___,
TO J3, XCVII
MIC CONNECTOR
PTT OUT
COMMON
1!/""" !_... SSI 6
"'
1'10~ +ll\1
SWITCH CLOSURE ~RI

FROM CW KEY ~IOk
ORMIC PTT
SEE OETIIIL I "'"'
" ~ !],
'Y'
SWITCHED
PREAMP Vet
511 '
'' SHI[LOEO CABLE
t Sl AS TO PR(AMP
~"I BYPASS l''l

I
" Vee a GROUND
L----- ____ .J'

'
WR ON RESfT
"
oQ~F
r-----------------------------,
"" "lOOk j
~------------------------------,
DETAIL I 1
"
IQ,.F '
I O!IC AUOIO
+SV OUT
+12V
" ":9'
"'., "'"'
PIN 5 '"
~ l
( ,1
l""' (1------..,---CJ'
:'\ MIC PTT Jl
ICWK[Y P1'T
"'""'
,~"""":
O UX :COILOF
ACCESSORY
)m '"""'" : GROUND v~
'"
L
1 RELAY FOR PTT OUT I
t:I <:J :
I LH~EAR AMP
' ~CVR lloUJC

CONTACTS
L.
"
OI!C ..UOIO
MIC IN CO!IINECTOR
<
o.. MOfl
.. COMMON
liCVR Mit CONNECTOR

I
II
I
--------- --- -- -- -- ______ ...J
i
This circuit is useful in amateur radio VHF and UHF work where a mast-mounted antenna preamp is used for receiving. The
kit controls T-R switching and change-over relay sequencing so that !Ugh RF levels are prevented from accidentally being applied
to the preamplifier during switching intervals.
de OUTPUT CHOPPER
MM74C107N
+
1.8M 160k
Input 2H6027
215 Vdc 14 13 1 4 8 10 11
(0.5 rnA P13T1
12 3 9 6f-----o
maximum)
A/6 1
~
210 pF ~;:; K 270k
+ 0.47 flF ru
'f' 20V
Any de voltage source in the 2- to 15-V range can be chopped into a unipolar square wave that
has a peak amplitude nearly equal to the de source voltage with circuit (lightly loaded CMOS will
swing within a few millivolts of each rail at low frequencies). Depending on the actual voltage of the
supply, the programmable-unijunction-transistor (PUT) relaxation oscillator produces 2000-Hz trig-
ger pulses. These pulses operate the cascaded 74Cl07 flip-flop, producing a square wave.
ac ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS ac LINE VOLTAGE BOOSTER

USE INEXPENSIVE 12-V TRANSFORMERS
"Safety first" is a good motto to follow when When incoming ac power drops, you coo
you play with electricity. You can follow that brlng the voltage back up with this booster cir-
adage more closely with this home brew isolation cuit. It adds the transformer's secondary voltage
transformer. to the ac line voltage.
801
349
OCTAL D/ACONVERTER
5v
11 r
VREF
01 .,
1N5817 .- ~
31
GND
24 10 v 8 2
Voo 1 Vt CAPt
23 Ao
22
A1
A2
c1
15Dpf
::r:~ Ou1 CAP
-=---tJ_c2
.!.3'15Dpf
21 ~ LV
Wii
ICz
-==- MAX6611
MSI 13 2
14 3
..
15 4
Dlgllal 16 5
dala - 17 6
v
bus -:'
Analog
18 7
LSB
19
20 9
8 '
~
Vss GND
IC1
MX7228 10Ll
This octal digital-to-analog converter operates on 5 V and provides eight output voltages, each
digitally adjustable from supply rail to supply rail (0 to 5 V). Each output's resolution is 20 m V/LSB.
The DAC chip (!Cl) requires 3.5 V of "headroom" between its ~D and reference voltages. However,
a voltage-doubler charge pump (IC2) removes this limitation by generating an approximate 10-V
supply for ~rr All of the converter references are connected to the 5-V supply. IC2 doubles the s:v
input to an unregulated 10-V output that has an output impedance of less than 10 Q. It can deliver
100 rnA, which enables the eight DACs to issue their maximum output currents simultaneously (8 x
5 mA = 40 mA).
1-dB PAD
R1
6.2!l
In Out
z = 50 n o--..-...Y.fr-~>---o z = 50 n
R2 R3 The 1-dB pad is useful as a termination in RF
910!! 910!! work to limit possible mismatch range between
system blocks, etc.
350
PSEUDO-RANDOM BIT SEQUENCE GENERATOR
Res~
1 Clock
input
1512kHz) r-
'6
7486 '' 7
-_1_-----
- R2 12 k
In this circuit, an additional exclusive-OR gate is cormected after the modulo-2 feedback, with C1
and R2 applyjng the supply turn-on ramp into the feedback loop. This provides sufficient transient sig-
nal so that the PRES generator can self-start a power-up. A shift-register length n of 10 is shown with
feedback at stages 3 and 10, providing true and inverted maximal length sequence outputs.
This technique applies an input directly to the feedback loop. Therefore, it's considered more
reliable than applying an RC configuration to the shift-register reset input to create a random tun:-
on state.
SIMPLE EXTERNAL MICROPHONE CIRCUIT FOR TRANSCEIVERS
ELECTRET MIC ELEMENT
~ N,n I Used originally for an !com ICZAT handie

1 !~r talkie, this circuit might prove useful in other ap-
MOMENoTARY plications.
351
JFET CHOPPER CIRCUIT
0.1 ~F
47 k!l
de ac output
input =1kHz
r
03
1 MPF102
,--~>------~-~>---)~ +9 v
33 33
3.3 k!! 3.3kil
kil kil
I= 1kHz
c __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -u Chop signal
output
A JFET (MPF102) is used to chop a de signal for amplification in an ac coupled amplifier. Q3 is

the chopper element and Ql-Q2 forms the multivibrator to derive a chopping signaL RB sets the bias
on the FET to keep the drive to MPF102 as low as possible.
AUDIO MEMO ALERT
r-~>--------------.+9V
S1 C2
'=" BZ1
SEE TEXT .1
This device prevents paper notes and memos from being overlooked. A paper note placed be-
tween two fingers made of a conducting material (metal or conductive plastic) breaks the circult, al-
lowing pair 1 of Ul-a to go high. This causes Ul-c & Ul-d to act as an oscillator, pulsing piezo buzzer
BZI.
352
OCTAVE EQUALIZER
10 (Hz) c, c,
" 32 0.18p.F 0.018~tF
64 0.1"F 0.01,F
125 0.047,F 0.0047,F
250 0.022,F 0.0022,F
500 0.012,F 0.0012,F
1k 0.0056,F 560pF
2k 0.0027,F 270pF
4k 0.0015,F 150pF
Bk 680pF 68pF
-11V
16k 360pF 36pF
PRECISION MONOLITHIC$ INC. FIG. 57-33
This circuit is one section of an octave equalizer used in audio systems. The table shows the val-
ues of Cl and C2 that are needed to achieve the given center frequencies. This circuit is capable of
12 dB boost or cut, as determined by the position of R2. Because of the low input bias current of the
OP-08, the resistors could be scaled up by a factor of 10, and thereby reduce the values of Cl and C2
at the low-frequency end. In addition, 10 sections will only draw a combined supply current of 6 rnA
maximum.
COMPLEMENTARY OR BILATERAL ac CAPACITOR HYSTERESIS COMPENSATOR

EMITTER-FOLLOWER CIRCUIT
,---..-------l~ +12 v
4.7 kU
-
2N3904
INPUT
+
470 p,F
12
1N914
1 "
lOOk
o--J h+-------....- -
100 flF
--r=2:3:06-F 1k0 ..,
nOGIC
4.7 kO
IOM"'
= seLECT fOR TIME CONSU.NT C1 = l~k
'"ADJUST FOR AMPLITUDE

This noninverting circuit uses a pair of com-

plementary npn (2N3904) and pnp (2N3906)
transistors. LINEAR OATABOOK FIG. 57-35
353
AMPLIFIER COOL-DOWN CIRCUIT I
TO
BLOWER
02
1000 +
"
'!)01/~CI
.----,
"'
4 7M
EXCEPT AS INDICATED, DECIMAL

VALUES OF CAPACITANCE ARE
IN MICROFARADS (~F), OTHERS
ARE IN PICOFARADS ( pF ),
RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS.
k"' 1000, M; 1000 000
IC PINS NOT SHOWN ARE UNUSED
QST FIG. 57-36
This cool-down relay circuit uses an IC timer to drive a relay, which keeps the blower on for a
time delay from timer U3. The value of C2 can be changed to lengthen or shorten the time, as needed.
354
NE602 INPUT CIRCUITS
::JlI
NE-602
OPTIC~\
Cl
10.051-'f
GROUND
A B
NE-602
Cl
'
u NE -602
!!co cz
10.051-'f
' E
c D

Input circuits for the NE-602.
NE602 OUTPUT CIRCUITS
Et
c~'''
I~)RFOUTA
USE
~R
IIIE-602
;
~ Ll
~RFOUTB
C2
0.051-'F
A B
C2
,.,
P' "
"' ~
v.

u
E ~-'~:.N..'.~.-,'Llr-....--~) RF OUT
J1 I l'
---1f--
OPTrONAL 2
NE-602 OUTPUT
CIRCUIT " " USEO) R2
rL-INOT USEO)
c D

Output circuits for the NE-602.
255
BASIC LATCH CIRCUITS
22K
~
Clear Change -:;f 0 _ 1 ~F
{A) Relay converted to latch (B) Inverter pair used as latch.
(C) Alternate act10n pushbutton.
-ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 57-39

Some simple latches and alternate action circuits.
_, +15
BOOTSTRAP CIRCUIT
1.G:(!\111r)t1
2.R;I.~IIyflz
3.111111i'*FHOIIIItlldellkrUz
Bootstrapping the substrate of a JFET am

plifier reduces the distortion caused hy the non
linlearity of the JFET input capacitance. In the
figure, a second feedback divider bootstraps the
substrate of Ul. With R 1 = 500 kQ (source irn-
pedance), THD at 10 kHz was reduced an order
of magnitude.
-15V
SIMPLE SCHMITT TRIGGER
7 NC
NE555
A 555 IC is shown configured to function as
Input
a Sclunitt trigger. Inputs above and below the
1 Output threshold level will turn the circuit on and off
producing a square wave output.
1
356
AMPLIFIER COOL-DOWN CIRCUIT II
SU ..(~O;:P~E::;RA~T~E'-----j
120 II AC
QOFF TO F"ILAMENT/HEATER
120 v 1 HANSFORMER PRIMARY
AC OcooL
120 II AC
TO BLOWER
... OPERATE
TO fiLAMENT/HEATER
120 y TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
[_
AC
K1B
NO
K2A
THERMO
RELAY
NC
+-----+1 ""
K<C
NO
OPERATE
0 ... r---l
120 II AC
TO BLOWER
B
QST FIG. 57-42
High-power amplifiers used in RF service, using vacuum tubes, often benefit from leaving the
blower air flow on after removal of filament/heater voltage.
357
NE602 de POWER CIRCUITS
C2
0.1 f<F
+12voc-.--'-l I
Rl
IOOil
Cl
~~":~~----0~.1~
78L05
BOTTOM
VIEW
INPUT A
OUTPUT A]
ICl SEE
SEE FIG. 3 NE 602 FIG.4
[ OUTPUT B
INPUT B
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
COMPONENTS
ISEE FIG. 5 I
The de power supply circuit for the NE-G02.
INRUSH CURRENT LIMITER
TO SUPPlY
c:
l
VOLTAGE
{ R1"
"SEE TEXT
A 780fi can be configured as a constant-current regulator, to serve as an inn1sh current limiter.

Rl will have G V across it at all times so the total current through 11 will be 5 V/R 1 + 5 rnA, the 5 mA
being the regulator operating current. In tltis case, R 1 ~ 5 V/95 mA ~ 52.6 n for 11 current~ 100 rnA.
358
58
Mixer Circuits
Low-Noise 4-Channel Guitar Mixer

Audio Mixer
FET Microphone Mixer
Unity-Gain Four-Input Audio Mixer
FET Op Amp Microphone Mixer
359
LOW-NOISE 4-CHANNEL GUITAR MIXER
+15V
z.z
n
' ~f--............1
INPUT 21iVW
'" m
+15V
1.2k 100~
"
10VW
z.z
INPUT 25VW
' - '
....
2.21
"""
-
1.2k
"
'":t:
+15
,.
"'
Hk
...."
-
lltPUT ''
25VW 1k
' ~lf'TW..-'l
'"
....
,.,.I:
"
SILICON CHIP -
!Cl-a, !Cl-b, IC2-a, and IC2-b all function with a gain of about 19. Their outputs are mixed via
the level-control pots and the resulting signal amplified by IC3-a and fed to tone-control stage IC3-b.
Finally, the output from IC3-b is fed to unity-gain buffer stage JC4-a via volume-control potentiome-
terVR8.
360
'"
""
25VW
1.1
'"
...
TIIEILE
I.A
'"'
1DIIII:LIN 1.111
..... ....
+15VfiEG +1$V
11~= + hO.ll
z~vw -
" 108 ..
,;;:.; - hU.1
+
-15VAEO o--__.--~~--15V
FIG. 58-1
361
AUDIO MIXER
+9Vdc
4
R11
Mike 1
560{1
R1
560{1
R12
220{1
Output
-Line 1
R2 R15
220{1
47 K
R5
560{1
R13
C3 9 560{1
Mike 2 0
...
+n
R3
.05 ~F
I 8
560{1
R14
220!l
Line 2 R16
R4 220{1
47K
R6
560{1
GND
...
Designed around an LM3900 quad op amp, this mixer combines 2-line and 2-mike inputs and
sums them at the output terminal. R7 through RlO can be changed to vary the gain (around +23 dB).
362
FET MICROPHONE MIXER
C1
MIG 1
RB
81
0
MIC2
l 81
R7
R10
I
--
C6
MIC3 Out
R6
C5
MIC4
B-9 Vdc battery

C1, C2, C3, C4-Q.22 "f.LF capacitor
C5, C6-1 o--~F capacitor
R1, R2, R3, R4-500 k!l potentiometer, audio taper
R5, R6, R7, RB-2.2 Mn resistor
R9-1 0 MO resistor
R1 o-2.2 k!! resistor
R11-----470 n resistor
Q1-FET (field effect resistor), MPF102
81-8P8T switch
A .JFET transistor is used as a high-to-low impedance converter and signal mixer. Input imped-
ance is approximately 500 kQ but it can be increased by increasing R5 to R8 as high as 10 MQ. Out-
put Z is about 2 kQ, but it can be increased or decreased by changing the value ofRw. Use 560 or 680
Q to feed a 600-Q input; use 100 kQ to 1 MQ for high impedance.
363
UNITY-GAIN FOUR-INPUT AUDIO MIXER
Audio inputs 470 kf!
470 kn
In #1
IC1
470 kO Mixed
In #2 >-.._--D output
audio The circuit has four inputs. The voltage gain
470 kfl between each input and the output is held at
In #3
~ unity by the relative values of the 4 70k0 input
470 kO resistor and the 4 70kQ feedback resistor.
In #4
EouT = - (In #1 + In #2 + In #3 + tn #4)

ICi = LM741, etc.
FET OP AMP MICROPHONE MIXER
C\
1
{o-----1\~:G
R2 R9
2.2MEG 2 2M(G
IN\
C2 "' ,gy
1
~~~
R4
2.2MEG
IN2 R3 2
1MEG
3
C3 "' TL081
.1
-9V
IN3~~
R6
2.2MEG
R5
1MEG
R10
1K
C4 "'
.1 C5 +
R8 10
ro-----1
2.2MEG
R7
IN4l 1MlG OUT
"'
364
59
Modulator Circuits
FM Modulator
455-kllz Modulator
555 FM Circuit
365
FM MODULATOR
IC-1- Motorola MC-1648P
All resistors 5%, 0.25 W
Zener 5.1 V, 0.5 W
All 0.1 and 0.01 uF capacitors ceramic, 16V
C4 100 uF, 16 Velectrolytic
D1, D2 Motorola MV-209
L 1 a1rwound, 6 turns, 3116'" d1a. 5116'"1ong, 20 AWG
C3 500 pf, silver mica The FM modulator is built with a Motorola
MC1648P oscillator. Two varactors, Motorola MV-
209, arc used to frequency modulate the oscilla-
If'PUT 0 .I
Jt~l~-+~~--~r-~1~ tor. The 5000-Q potentiometer is used to bias the
'J:'
-::;:-
'1.2k IOk varactors for best linearity. The output fre-
Dl D2
C'l- I.., 100 uF quency of approximately 100 MHz can be ad-
justed by changing the value of the inductor. The
output frequency can vary as much as 10 MHz on
each side. The output level of the modulator is -5
IO 12 51 o .01 OUTPUT dBm. In this prototype, the varactor bias was 7.5
I C# 1 3 1----'Vv------+~ J 2 V for best linearity; but this could be different
.., with other varactors .
5 7 9 1 1'1-
220
5U
ZEI'R +12V
~
AF DESIGN FIG. 59-1
455-kHz MODULATOR
+9V
J: 2.2 k!l
I
4
I 8
10
r 2
6
5
NE555
1
3!-----o Output
This circuit shows how to frequency-modu-

late the oscillator using a 555. Oscillator fre-
0.002 "F
I
l
quency is set with the 5-kQ potentiometer and
the modulation signal is de-coupled.
Madulation
;"
10 kl1 '"'
~+9V
--:1-- 5kf!
Frequency
adjustment
366
555 FM CIRCUIT
IC-1 -Motorola MC-1374P

IC-2 - National LH0002C
L 1, L2- Mouser Electronics #4211F200
C1, C2- silver mica. 300 pF
All 0.1 uF cap., ceramic disc, 16V
C3- 100 uF, 10 V, electrolytic
All resistors 5%, 0.25 W
ADJUSTMENT: Adjust A 1 for minimum carrier; signal from function genera-
tor should generate 500 mVpp at pin 8 of IC-2 (suppressed carrier double
sideband). Adjust A2 and function generator JeveLto achieve 800 mVpp at
pin 8 of IC-2 (standard AM with carrier-). Adjust L2 for 455kHz. Adjust L 1 for
maximum output.
0 I
RF DESIGN FIG. 59-3
Circuit for applying a de-coupled FM or PPM to a 555 configured as an oscillator.
367
60
Monitor Circuits
675. The flgure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Room Monitor
Baby Monitor
Bird Feeder Monitor
Acid-Rain Monitor
368
ROOM MONITOR
" +1.5V
1.
11VW
"l
" .....c
01
OS
.... 10
11"'! 11 ,.,IC1... DSC
...
"''
111
"
LEFT IN
...
"''
10
11VW
- 1
RIGHT IN
lA L '"
."' T "
ANTENNA
181111MHZ
ELECTRET
MICROPHON
,,vwr
10
7
.~0...
'1
...
LOW RIGHT CHANNE
AT MPX OUT C2
HIGH LEFT+ RIGHT
47jllf u
.,
CHANNELS AT
"' MPX OUT

Q, IC551 E
VIEWED FROM
IELOW
"''
l 1, U . 1.5T D.l2mm ECW ON 5mm
FORMER WITH FH CORE
1DD +
"
The circuit uses Ql to buffer the right-channel balance output while Q2 and Q3 form a VOX cir-
cuit. When the signal level from the microphone goes high, the output of the VOX also goes high and
the multiplexer inside lCl switches the high-gain left-channel output through to a following buffer
stage. This signal is then ac-coupled via C3 into an RF mixer stage and thence to an RF amplifier,
which is tuned by C2 and L2.
369
-BABY MONITOR
~:h ._~
:j< C10
.
22 R1 R2
1K LEDl 3.31<
3WATT 3WATT 13.6V
t::L:I Ul
117 {HOT
VAG NEUT.
01
1N4004 j<C1
47
~\ 02
1N4731A
6.8V
:t-
"' !<'
C2
' :,'"" l K1901
+6.8V ~
I R9 3
470K
03
1N4731JA
6.8V 470
C3 ,; C8
033
R17
? R7 ~ lOOn
R3
6~ R14
1ME~ j
~
10K R6 10K
C4 -- 4.75K
2
.01 U1-b 7
R4 Ul-a 1 .-, 5 + 04
10K 3 + 8
lf4LM324N 1N4148 R16
R5
!/4 LM324N R8
10K 3
4.7K r.; 01
MPSA42
10K : !' C501 ~
R10
22K ~ U3 ~
LMC555CH 7
~
+ R11
lOOK
c,s: +
1
'I'
R15
2.21K
R18
100U
07,(~
P7055 l
D
~
MIC1- ~
~ ~
lOOK
L.!~ sl
,j
R19 01-c
8 2 3 I C9
.001
n
20K l0~4LM324N U2
t-'- R13 i-
SENSITIVm 11 LMC555CN IOK
~
1 Transmitter
* ; C7
10
117 {H~O,---.---JD.;-5~-~--e= +
C11 R28
1N4DD4 3.3K LEDZ 470 4.7K
VAG NEUT JWATT R25
06 lOOK
BZ1 :
1N4750A
R21 27V
I OK 03
R22
= 4. 7K 2N3906
C12 04
001 R23 02 2N3904
C14 2N3904
470K
001
R27
R26 47K
4 7K
L1 C16....._
C13 +
001 1 1 5mH
TK3203
01 R24
TOOU:
C17
2.2
R29
IOK
Receiver
B
370
BABV MONITOR (Cont.)
Transmitter operation. Operaling power for the transmitter circuit is derived ilirecUy from
the ac line. The de power to operate the circuit is generated in two stages, one for an RF power-am-
pliJ"ier stage, and the second for the remainder of the circuit.
The ac line voltage is applied to D1, which half-wave rectifies the ac input. The resulting de volt-
age (approximately 30V under load) is fed across an RC filter (comprised of Rl and C1) and used to
operate amplifier, Ql. The second stage ofthe power supply (composed of LED!, R2, D2, D3, C2, and
C3, which forms a regulated+ 13.6-V, center-tapped supply) feeds the remainder of the circuit. LED!
is connected in series with R2 and is used as a visual power-on indicator for the transmitter.
An electret microphone element (M!Cl) is used as the pick-up. The output of the microphone is
ac coupled through C5 to Ul-a (a noninverting op amp with a gain of about 100). The output of
U1-a at pin 1 is ac coupled through C4 to the noninverting input of Ul-b (which provides an additional
gain of 48) at pin 5. The output of U1-b at pin 7 is then fed through D4 and RIO, and across R11 and
C6 to the inverting input of Ul-c which is biased to a positive voltage that is set by SENSITIVITY-control
R19. This represents a threshold voltage at which the output of Ul-c switches from high to low.
During standby, the output ofU1-c a\ pin 8 is held at about 12 V when the voltage developed
across C6 is less than the bias-voltage setting at pin 10. When a sound of sufficient intensity and du-
ration is detected, the voltage at pin 9 of lll-c exceeds the threshold level (set by Rl9), causing
U1-c's output at pin 8 at go low. That low is applied to pin 2 of U2 (a 555 oscillator/timer configured
as a monostable multivihrator). This causes the output of U2 to~go high for ahout. one second, as de-
termined by the time constant of R12 and C7. The output of U2 a\ pin 3 is applied to pin 4 of U3 (a
second 555 oscillator/timer that is configured for astable operation, with a frequency of about 125
kHz). That causes U3 to oscillate, producing a near square-wave output that is used to drive Ql into
conduction. The output ofQ1 is applied across a parallel-tuned circuit composed a T1 's prinmry and
C8. The tuned circuit, in turn, reshapes the 125-kHz signal, causing a sine-wave-like signal to appear
across both the primary and the secondary of Tl.
The signal appearing at T1's secondary (about 1 or 2 V peak-to-peak) is impressed across the ac
power line, and is then distributed throughout the building without affecting other electrical appli-
ances connected to the line. Transient suppressor D7 is included in the circuit to help protect Ql
from voltage spikes that might appear across the power line and he coupled to the circuit through T 1.
Receiver operation. Power for the receiver, as with the transmitter, is derived from a tradi-
tional half-wave rectifier (D5). The resulting de voltage is regulated to 27 V by D6 and R20, and is
then filtered by Cll to provide a relatively clean, de power source for the circuit. A light-emitting
diode, LED2, connected in series with R20 provides a visual indication that the circuit is powered
and ready to receive a signal.
The 125-kHz signal is plucked from the ac: line and coupled through R21 and Cl2 to a parallel-
tuned LC circuit, consisting of Cl3 and 11. That LC circuit passes 125-kHz signals while attenuating
all others. The 125-kHz signal is feci through C14 to the base of Q2 (which is configured as a high-
gain linear amplil"ier), which boosts the relatively low amplitude of the 125-kHz signal. The RF out-
put of Q2 is ac coupled to the base of Q3 through Cl5. Transistor Q:J acts as both an ampliJ"ier and
detector. Because there is no bias voltage applied to the base of Q3, it remains cut off until driven by
the amplified 125-kHz signal. When Q:1 is forward biased, its collector voltage rises.
Capacitor C16, cormected across Q3's collector resistor, filters the 125-kHz signal so that it is es-
sentially de. When the voltage at the collector of Q3 rises, Q4 is driven into conduction. That causes
current to flow into piezo buzzer BZ1, producing a distinctive audio tone that alerts anyone within
earshot that the baby needs attention.
371
BIRD FEEDER MONITOR
The first amplifier circuit is a bird phone. In

+6V J1
this circuit, the electret mike (M!Cl) is mounted
in the neck of a large plastic fmmel. The amplifier,
C4 +
100
built arom1d an MC34ll 9 (which is available from
R4 D.C. Electronics, P.O. Box 3203, Scottsdale, AZ
8 7 6 5 250K 85271-3203; Tel. 800-467-7736, and elsewhere),
GAIN is then placed outside of the funnel with the pick-
U1
MC34119 up facing a nearby bird feeder. The output of the
R3 amplifier is then connected to a 16-1< speaker.
4 47K The amplifier's voltage gain is determined by
the values of the input resistor (Rl) and the
R2 R1 feed-back resistor (R3 and R4, respectively). The
2.2K 2.2K differential gain of the amplifier is given by: R3 +
RiR 1 x 2. With the component values shown, the
maximum voltage gain is about 270. This pcrrnits
listening to the activity at the bird feeder.
ACID-RAIN MONITOR
----------------~:
,-- SOLI
,--------------l--'t1oRAIN
SOLENIOD
117VAC RS
220K '
l-----.J
'
'--4-'n pH SENSOR
12V ISEE TEXT)
450mA Cl
470)1f R5
35V 470U
INSIDE OUTSIDE
RE EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 60-4
The drain-to-source resistance of Q1 varies depending on the acidity of the sample presented to
Q1's gate circuit. That variable resistance varies the current flowing through the bridge; that current
is proportional to pH.
372
61
Moisture- and Fluid-Detector Circuits
Water-Activated Alarm
Simple Flood Alarm
Moisture Detector
373
WATER-ACTIVATED ALARM
Rl
lOOK SENSOR
8 4
C1
100
R1 Ul 3
4.7K 61& +
6
1 SPKRI
40-80!!
Cl
.011
-V
When sensor gets wet, it conducts, forward-biases Ql, and activates audio oscillator Ul. A tone
is heard from the speaker.
SIMPLE FLOOD ALARM
R2 Rl
'-<----' IK 1K
WIRE LEADS
iO SUMP PII
A common collector amplifier drives a 2N3904 switch to sound alarm BZI. The wire leads to wa-
ter sensor or sump pit, level switch, etc. and used to allow the alarm to operate and be mounted in a
dry place.
374
MOISTURE DETECTOR
The moisture detector uses two transistors and a piezoelectric transducer to sound an alarm
tone when water is present. Transistor Ql forms a crystal-controlled oscillator, using a portion of
piezoelectric transducer XDC-which contains two piewelectric crystal regions-as the crystal. The
transducer has three separate leads. One lead goes to each of the crystals, and the third lead is com-
mon to both.
The smaller internal crystal region sets the frequency of operation and the larger element is
driven by Ql (when it is biased "on") to provide the loud tone output. Tb turn the pnp transistor Ql
(used as an oscillator) "on" pnp transistor Q2 (used here as a switch) mustbe on. To turn it "on" with
the biasing that is normally connected, you would only need to connect a resistor from the collector
of Q2 to the base, which gives the base a negative (-) bias. The resistor used is the water that is to
be detected. That turns Q2 on, which, in turn, turns on Ql. The result when water touches the probe
is that the transducer emits a loud sound.
Cl, C2 0.1-;tF Mylar Capacitor

Ql, Q2 2N3906 Transistor
Rl 6.8-kn Resistor
R2 33-kQ Resistor
R3 200-Q Resistor
XDC Piezoelectric Transducer
375
62
Motion Detector Circuit
Microwave Motion Detector
376
MICROWAVE MOTION DETECTOR
C19~ ,k
2N~~04~
R2 R1 02 C2
470Q
~N[l
2201"2
n
10001 2~ ~~
C3 ~
~&
II+
.01
C4
~ C1
10
2,~0
F 47K
R3 --:;i
~
;f-"';\ C6
2.2pf
01
18899
1/J. LM324
~
R21
10K
,; 10~ 4 R4 R5
03
2SC2570
(:Y " R6
8 10K 100K
~
C9
1K
r--
9 b11t ;~
12~
C10
R?
1K *2~~F C8
.01 ~ cwf RB "+ ~1-d 14 ~~
-~ ETCHED STRIP LINE -~ R9 .'
10K
R12 ~~ 1fLM324
+"
R11 1MEG C11 4.7K R14
-~,I-
1K 10K
+9-15V R15
470Q R10 C15
SOURCE C12 C16
1MEG
c;~,
~ .1 .01
11 .~
10 R13
470K 1 )I ~
~~
C14
LED1~ 10
+"
~
.,.:1.!.1 +'(
2 Q4
~-
R17 .,[,-
;;: 14- ~ 1~3
R16
1/4 LM324 10DK 10K
t+-5 R1S

5
'I~~
100K 7 C17
~~
R19
'--
6 C20'
.1 1-
DGS
C18
~
~
..
~.
02
10K
~
'""
BOTTOM VIEW
5 .01 ~
~
R20
1K
1N914
'
Operating at around 1.1 GHz, the detector senses field disturbance in the neighborhood of the antenna. The Doppler signal
from detector Dl is amplified and drives a power MOSFET switch. The antenna is a short (2 to 3") length of wire.
"'::J
63
Motor-Control Circuits
The sources of the !"allowing circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
Blender-Control Circuit
PWM Motor-Drive Circuit
Speed-Control Switch Circuit
Piezo Motor Drive
Pulse-Width-Modulated Motor-Speed Control
Speed-Control Switch
378
BLENDER-CONTROL CIRCUIT
0.68 ~F 270\l
1 Watt 1.5 Meg
110 VAC
1N4004
220~F _
13 v 470 pi WARNING: Extreme
shock hazard except
at touch pads!
3.3 Meg
(x11)
2.7 Meg
(X 11)
2.7 Meg
IX 11)
A 10-speerl touch-control blender circuit that uses the low-cost LS314 chip by LSI Systems. The
11th touch pad is for power off.
379
PWM MOTOR-DRIVE CIRCUIT SPEED-CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
SCA1
6A
,6 F1
~
SA
~
T1 ~
...
01
240VAC
~
CT
SCR2
6A
r-
~
~
02
1N4DD7 R3
f=1/(1.4RC) 03 R2
Voo 1N40G7
f-- 2.2K
R4
"" ""
R6
10K Ol 25K
20W AS r+R'
1000 2~48
12V
10W
ZENER
04
r R1
47U
rW c\,
.22 ~
01 02
IN914 IN914
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 63-2 A center-tapped 240-V transformer is used

with two SCR devices to provide rectified ac
This circuit will drive a small de motor over a (pulsating de) to MOTl. Ql is a UJT ramp gen-
wide range of speeds without stalling by control- erator used to generate trigger pulses for SCRl
ling the duty cycle or the motor, rather than the and SCR2.
supply voltage.
PIEZO MOTOR DRIVE

R 20R 20R
20R
Ro
Plezo motor
0 to 630 volts output
100 n
330pF L r
-15 -330

Using two Apex Mierotechnology PA41 devices in a bridge circuit, this piezo motor driver deliv-
ers 0- to 630-V output.
380
PULSE-WIDTH-MODULATED MOTOR-SPEED CONTROL
1N914"'
1/4
4001 C1
3 068
114 4001 114 4001
03 04
1N4002 1N4002
U2
R1 LM317
von C2
RJ 01
'l R2
1K
IOK 2NJ904
~SI
NO
~ ~
1
~
Connected in this manner, an LM817 1-A adjustable-voltageregulator can be used to control the
speed of a miniature de motor or vary the brillirutce of a small lamp. The circuit docs so by control-
ling the pulse width, and therefore the current, to the load device.
To set the desired maximwn output voltage, momentarily close 81 and adjust R3. Connect either
a lrunp or small de motor (as is shown in the schematic to the circuit's output) and adjust R4 for the
desired results. Any device that is driven by this circuit should have a current requirement of 1 A or
less. And you should be sure to usc good-sized heatsink for the LM317 regulator !C.
SPEED-CONTROL SWITCH
r; ,'(
~
~
..
SCAT
...
SA
T1 ~ 01
~~ 240VAC
~
~
CT
-
~
.
SCR2
~ MOTT
The speed-control switch offers reasonably
good control and stability to both ends of its op-
~
02 erating range. This circuit uses two SCR devices
-lN4007 R3 in a full-wave configuration to control the de
03
1N41t07 "'
270
270
power to a motor. A center-tapped transformer is
R6
~
"'
2.2K
used to supply the SCRs.
TOK
20W
"'
100!1
!~
Q1 rf.:"' 25K
D4
12V
TOW
RT
47n
~ CT
22 I<
ZENER
381
64
Multiplexer Circuit
32-Channel Analog Multiplexer
382
32-CHANNEL ANALOG MULTIPLEXER
+15V -15V
n
,. '
1 12
19
27
'
Analog '
Analog
'
inputs < ' 28 --"
output
1-16 ''
'
'
' 4
"" 17 16 15 14 18
+15 v -15 v
n
1 12 27
,. 19 28
Analog
< inputs
17-32 Inverter
. ~
4
17 16 15 14 18
Ao
A, A
n
A
Using two Siliconix DG506 multiplexer chips, this 32-channcl analog multiplexer selects 1 of 32
channels, depending on the data inputs A 0 - A 4 .
383
65
Multivibrator Circuits
675. The figure. number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Improved CMOS Muitivibrator Monostable Multivibrator II

Very Low Frequency Muitivibrator Astable Multivibrator II
Monostable Multivibrator I One-Shot Multi vibrator
Astable Muitivibrator or Free-Running Flip-Flop or Bistable Multivibrator
Square-Wave Oscillator with Pushbutton Triggering
Astable Multivibrator I Free-Running Multivibrator Using Op Amp
384
IMPROVED CMOS MULTIVIBRATOR
R1
74C04, etc.
)C}---_.---0 Output
R2
c_~/\f\1'----lif-'C:_:_1_--'
This circuit uses a protective resistor R2 in conjunction withfeedback resistor Rl. Together, they
form a voltage divider to reduce the input voltage amplitude for !Cl-a so that the protective diodes
never conduct. This improves temperature and voltage stability of the multivihrator.
VERY LOW FREQUENCY MULTIVIBRATOR
,----------------~.--~+12V
2.2kil 2.2kil
0.1 ~F
0.1 ~F 3.3kil
3.3 kil
22 22
1 Mil M!l
JFETs Transistor: N-channel (MPFf02, etc.)
The use of JFETs permits, high resistance and long time constants in this very low frequency
muitivibrator. The values shown are for 0.15 Hz operation.
385
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR I
+3to15V
R2 R3 R1
IL
C1
SR5
Q
1~ I-;,. 02
>R4
? Pulse-~ 0.7 (C1 X R3)
l
rLn.
;g:j SW1
Push 1o start

This circuit is activated when SWI is pushed to ground the base of transistor Q2. The pulse rate
is approximately equal to 0.7(R3xC1).
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR OR FREE-RUNNING SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR

+ V~(3to15V)
2.2 22 22 2.2
k!l k!l k!l k!l
0.1 ~F
Eo
0.1 I'F
/=300Hz
2N3904
"' "'
E0 < 180'
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG.654
This free-running square-wave oscillator uses two npn transistors. Output frequency is approx-
imately 800 Hz with the values shown.
386
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR I
7
4 Js
'II' 1N914
NE 3
47 Oll
w fa- 555 Output
1
100 kll
width
~ 1 N914
~
1
f 0.01 f'F
2.2 kil
100 kil
frequency
In tltis multivibrator circuit frequency and pulse width can be separately controlled by using
steering diodes (1N914) and two potentiometers.
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR II
+10V
47 kil
sl4
AA
0.00 ) I'F
2 ~
o---j
Trig.
v NE
555 .L...
1 ,1.
1
~ Ic
~
I
Pulse output
T= 1.1 RC
The time constant of RAXC dcterrrtines the period of the monostable multivibrator. A negative
pulse at pin 2 of the 555 starts the cycle.
387
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR II ONE-SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR
+9V
RA lto,.F V+
1 k!l 4 8 I 16V l
v,.
R3
I MEG
R4
7 IOK
lms ~v
Rs NE
1 Cl
IOOpf
+V 0
YoU!
33 k!l
G 555
3
Out put
A2
I MEG
2
c
0.022 ~F
I g 1
1 01
1H914
C2
.001
I
~
-
...
AI 02
I MEG 1H914
1.44
(RA + 2Rs) C ~
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 65-7 POPlJLAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 65-8
An astable rnultivibrator based on the 555 is

shown. Freq is approxirnalely 975 Hz as deter- A section of a quad LM139 is used here as a
mined by the values of RB and C. one-shot pulse former.
FLIP-FLOP OR BISTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR FREE-RUNNING

WITH PUSHBUTTON TRIGGERING MULTIVIBRATOR USING OP AMP
+V
AI R4
R2 R3
AI
+V 160K
6
Output >-"-4--o Eour
02
Ql
9 "CHOSEN FOR
OSCILLMION
A3
160K
L_,.~-4----_..,o,..-J AT 100Hz
R5 R6
LO HI
ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 65-9 POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 65-10
388
66
Musical Circuits
Precision Audio Generator for Musical Instrument Tune-Up

Perfect Pitch
Musical Instrument DigitaLinterface (MIDI) Receiver
Electronic Metronome
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Transmitter
Melody Circuit
Top Octave Generator
389
PRECISION AUDIO GENERATOR FOR MUSICAL INSTRUMENT TUNE-UP
FlAT
C7 LP
R6 51
+W .01
1.2MEG v
C6 C8 C11
0 12K"' 27pF 10 2
13
3 1.8V tO
J3
:,~ 2~~. l~OV 6 r:-.._

4.8V CH1
f' T
R5 +C9 U3
- 6 12K L..:-~~~.,.0 7 ~- 6 NE570 R7 R6 'fC
1 5~2b +" 33K
<
2001(
R2
47K SV U2-a >'+-Y;.-,.-"j+
4V 3 +..,.. LMIH '12 LM351 J 5
+ C1
47
,.,c
r 47
R3
1K
_...,.,
~~;.
cs
4.7 C10 +
R9
33K ~lro C12
J2
, o '--+------1r-''o=--'
~ J4
J 1K [ ; .+OV
R16
~+9V
CNTR
C13,.
w G
C14
FINE
R11
R10
1K
FREQ. ADJ.
1001(
COARSE
C15r
001l...f_
6
9
11
13 14 16
US
4148
R15
9.1K
R14
10K
,_
~4,_...__...,._.!14"J
r'6'---,
..,,
U6 E,~ U8
..,,
E,
r
.22 ..-- .22 ____E.

R12
12K...,.,-o.'
Rt3 js a ]6 ]13]15 J ]13]15 8 13 15
30IJI( l 1 R17 R16 R19
9.1K 9.1K 9.1K
+OV [
R21
10K R25 C18 j+4.5V 52
.... J5
R20 VOLUME 470K 0.1 1 1\1\1\ ~
+--w~''-J:
1K
3
8
~~:!-- 1 6
~n . wL I.___~--,
"" rvh ,,...,
.01 +]4.5V
R22
47K
'
-,.....::.
U9-k1klM3151
.!-4 ' \."-)
-
.~ IP 03
"'470
''
AU!!D
+--*
"!
.,!+':.:.:...-----~
C17 A23
R2<
33K
C20
47
...... '-------@:t
10
+9V_.....,,.._, 33K
.-=:::...+--'lJ7--....
-W
One section of the precision audio frequency generator uses an electret microphone element to
pick up audio from the piano. That signal is then processed and sent to one channel of a dual-trace
oscilloscope. The other section of the circuit is used to produce a variable-frequency signal that is fed
to a digitalfrequcncy counter. After conditioning, the audio signal is presented to the second chall-
nel of the scope ancl output to a set or stereo headphones.
390
PERFECT PITCH
+5V +5V +5V +5V
31 40 "'
330
18 X2 E15 4RS L!ll1

GAlE LED
0 19 X1 RW 16 SRW
XTAL1 RS 17 GE +5V
12MHz
DO t:1~,..,.____,'-j
7
00
D1 r:'--,1/~, D1
C2 8
27pf 3 9
02 oz
4 10 03 MOD1
03
C1 IC1 HD44180
5 11
27pf +5V 8751H 04 o4
C3 + PROCESSOR 056 1205
1o,d' 06 7 13 o6 +5V
8 14 +5V
07 o7
R1
11lK +6V
+5V
I 20
IC3
1f2 74lS74
+5V
C17
.1 R9
2.2MtG
R11
10K +9VOC
INPUT
+5V R6
R6 1MEG
10t!K
Perfect pitch, which is based on the 8751 H microprocessor, is an inexpensive and easy-to-build
instrument tuner/frequency counter with a built-in headphone amplifier and a visual metronome.
Perfect pitch converts the audio signal from your instrument to a digital signal, and displays the mu-
sical note you are playing and its frequency in real time on a 16-charactcr liquid-crystal display. It
also has an auxiliary audio input for radio, tape, or CD players so that you can tune up and play along
with your favorite artists.
391
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT DIGITAL INTERFACE (MIDI) RECEIVER
-
ICS 74HC04
ICB
7809
@-<:'"T-~~
... N--t---, BF245B
0
.I

Receiver photodiode SFH250 is used to convert. optical data pulses at 32.5 Kb to electrical sig-
nals. Buffer T2 feeds the signals to cascade amplifier T3-T4, then to op amp IC4, and buffers IC5"-f
and JC5-e. JC6 supplies 9 V for the circuit.
ELECTRONIC METRONOME
RA rate
100 kll
RA sets the rate while R" sets the volume of

clocks in the speaker. The 555 is configured as a
low frequency oscillator. The circuit is powered
RB by a 6 V battery.
+,.+===j~~-,~
2
1kll
volume
5 32 !l
10v.F::r:: Io.D1 ""F Speaker
392
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT MELODY CIRCUIT
DIGITAL INTERFACE (MIDI) TRANSMITTER
r
(pilch)
0.01~ 15K
T-
-
9 volt ba!lery
(lempo)
0.1~ j_
2.2M

(durailon)
Used for digital control of musical instru-
ments, this transmitter converts the digital data RADIOELECTRONICS FIG. 66-6
signals to equivalent optical signals for fiberoptic
cable interface. Optocoupler lCl provides isola- A high-quality melody circuit. The slow decay
tion, and drives IC2-a and-band Tl, and finally waveform produced will create chime-like notes.
provides a cable driver LED (SFH750). Pitch, tempo, and duration are all adjustable.
TOP OCTAVE GENERATOR
Inputs and outputs are 12 volt square waves
2.00240 Mhz
CLOCK 16 1 1 13 12 11
l.r--
10 g
INPUT ~ C! Bl W A1 Gil G1 Fll
r.
MK50240
L +12V0
2 IN GilD Gn D? 017 E7 F7
1 2 3 4
6
1 8
ll
C C# D 0# E F F# G G# A A# B C
OUTPUT TONES
Using an MK50240, this circuit produces 12 top octave tones. The input and output lines can be
divided using a binary divider IC to obtain the lower notes.
393
67
Noise-Generator Circuits
Noise Generator
394
NOISE GENERATOR
12 v
< 10mA
C3
R2
I o"
6V

6V8
IC1 = CA 3130
see text
This circuit generates noise pulses that are suitable !"or test purposes, etc. A zener diode is used
as a noise source. !Cl is a relaxation oscillator. Pl determines noise bandwidth, and P2 and P3 the
noise amplification. Current consumption is 10 rnA @ 12 Vde.
395
68
Noise-Limiting Circuits
675. The figure nwnber in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Audio Dynamic Noise-Reduction System

Amplified Noise Limiter for SW Receivers
Receiver AF Noise Limiter for Low-Level Signals
Simple Noise Limiter for Receivers
396
AUDIO DYNAMIC NOISE-REDUCTION SYSTEM
DNR-SYSTEM
C12
I
+V
--
.ll' 0
>0
R3,>~C8
C7
.015 0039
-#it 100
"7' i'
.047
4.71J.H 100!l .} .1 ~ C1
1
c13 1 9 12
INPUT {LEFT
FROM
TAPE
"----'
Ir--E
..,----------,
~
Ul -o OUTPUT
TO VOLUME
PREAMP LM1894
~
-o } CONTROL AND
OR RIGHT C POWER AMPS
FM
1 14 7 6 3 4
Cl~.~ .~
C10
'"
R2
I' cs Jl.
R1
*gg1
C3 C4
100 1 soon .0039 1
500U 1
L_
.k +
Ul is a dedicated IC (National Semiconductor) that achieves up to 10 dB noise reduction by an

adaptive bandwidth scheme and a psycho acoustic masking technique.
AMPLIFIED NOISE LIMITER FOR SW RECEIVERS
FILTE:fl
R'fSISTORS 14-1~ All[ 1'1,
11113 IS NEEDED TO K[[P FROM
OV[RQAIVtNG THE FILlER I
WOOE
'"f----
...._,,.::__,~
I TQ lQ~F
NAAFMIW
TO 11.0010
A..,PLIFIER INPUT
NOISE L/llltT1? VOICE Fi<JER

"'"
LOW LEVEL R2
INPUT
'"d_ c"
--t= TO PIN 14
OF
~"'
~900
C6, C7. C9. CIO, Col, C 2 POLY
STYR['I[
ADJUST FOR
BEST QP[IIATIQN
The noise limiter circuit has a preamplifier clipper, and a switchable audio bandpass filter. Audio
levels in the 5- to 50-mV range are amplified in a preamp to several volts p-p, fed to a clipper, voice
band filter, then to a narrow band aelive filter which can be switched in and out of the circuit.
397
RECEIVER AF NOISE LIMITER FOR LOW-LEVEL SIGNALS
PREAMP
"
IOOpF
"
1.2M ADJUSTABLE
NOISE LIMITER
VOICE FILTER
"
INJ4 "
IN34
LOW LEVEL .,.

INPUT
I LIRE WRAP
6 Bk TO
"''"
PIN USED
FOR TEST 8o
'"
TROUBLE I---'--,
SHOOTING
IALSO AT 81 " "'
lOOk
OUTPUl
"
220k
+13 8V "'
LIMil
~OJUST
~OJUSl
"
220<
1JBV
,. "'
+13.8V
+'
f IOOfl
L__c;;;;:_,1J-c~oc-"~~ ~~Ns:
0
AOJUST FOR BEST N L f<ESPONSE
CHOOSE A~
'~'
FOil BEST OUTPUT SYMMETRY, A IOk POTENTIA-
METER COULD BE USED FOR [~ACT ADJUSTMENT
A preamplifier in the audio frequency range amplifies a noisy audio signal to drive a diode clip-
per. Suitable audio input levels would be in the I 0-rrN to 1-V range.
SIMPLE NOISE LIMITER FOR RECEIVERS
"'SPEECH" RANGE
BANDPASS
ADJUSTABLE FIL TEA
LIMITER
~
'0-,---------------,-,-~
..........,,
22,.F ~~34 IN34
"
0 0047/'F
POLYSTYA10[ 2-20~F
" -'it---
TO EAR PHONE
OR OTHER
HI(,H LEVEL
"
,,.
6.8 TO "
'" "'" R5
non ,, NAAA0\111
OUTPUT OUTPUT i;;s
" NO FILTER
." "
ADJUST 100~
TIUMPOT
",,,
LIMIT
AOJlJST
j ~-7"F
m
0.047
P-STYR[N[
13.8V J"h ALL RESISTORS- 114 W
This circuit uses a diode series clipper to limit noise peaks on a received signal. It is best used
where several volts p-p of audio signal are available.
398
69
Operational-Amplifier Circuits
675. The figure number in \he box of each circuit correlates to the entry in \he Sources section.
Polarity Gain Adjustment

Fast Composite Amplifier
Non-Linear Opera\ional Amplifier with
Temperature-Compensated Bre<Jkpoints
PowcrOpAmp
Variable Gain Op-Amp Circuit
Low Noise and Drift Composite Amp
High-GBW Op Amp
Single Op-Amp Fuil-Wave Rectifier
399
POLARITY GAIN ADJUSTMENT
+15V Ou1pu1 con1rol

RJ
Rs 0k Eoul' E;nl1 +R7IRBI
5.0 k
-
-
cr-fL
lnpul R2
F. -
3
c4
4.7"F
15 v R5
5.0 k
Rs
10 k
8 E2
10 k
R3
10 k
U1 MC34084 u1c
ELECTRONIC DESIGN
By adjusting one potentiometer, this circuit's output can be varied from a positive-going version
of the input signal, smoothly through zero output, then to a negative-going version of the input (see
the figure). If the input signal is a positive pulse of, for example, +2-V peak, the output pulse ampli-
tude can be smoothly varied from +2'V through ground (no output) to a -2-V peak.
Taking a closer look at the setup, assume that the signal has a +2-V peak input. The A section of
the quad op amp is an input buffer, op amp C provides a fixed negative-going output of -4-V peak,
and op amp B supplies a positive-going output that varies from +2-V to +6-V peak. The D section
adds the B and C outputs. Thus, by varying the B output, the circuit output varies smoothly from
-2-V to +2-V peak.
The circuit can, of course, also be used as a 0/180 phase switcher. For instance, with a growld-
centered sine-wave input of 4V p-p, the output varies from 4-V p-p in phase with the input, smoothly
through 0 V, to 4V p-p 180 out of phase with the input.
400
FAST COMPOSITE AMPLIFIER
2k
Culpul
., .,
"' '"
An ultra-low-noise, low-distortion op amp-the AD797-is combined with the ADS!! op amp,

which offers a high bandwidth and a 100-ntA output drive capability. The composite-amplifier circuit
serves quite well when driving high resolution ADC's and ATE systems.
The fast ADS!! operates at twice the gain of the AD797 so that the slower amplifier need only
slew one-haif of the total output swing. Using the component values shown, the circuit is capable of
better than-90 dB THD with a 5-V, 500-kHz output signal. If a 100-kHz sine-wave input is used, the
circuit wlll drive a 600-Q load to a level of 7 V rms with less than -109 dB THD, as well as a 10-kQ
load at less than -117 riB THD.
The device can be modified to supply an overall gain of 5 by changing both the R/R,n ratio anrl
RJR2 ratio to 4:1. This raises the gains of ADS!! and the total circuit while maintaining the AD797 at
unity gain. If only the R/ll.,n ratio is changed, the circuit might become unstable. In contrast, if only
the ll.jR 2 ratio is varied, the AD797 will then operate at gain. Subsequently, the circuit will have a
lower overall bandwidth. R 1 should be equal to the parallel combination of R,n and Rr
NONLINEAR OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER

WITH TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED BREAKPOINTS
RS 02 R6
167.5K ZNZI!Ia SOK
03
ZNZ605
R3 R4
700K R2 100K
100K
Using resistor and transistor feedback ele-
01
ments, this operational amplifier circuit can be
1N457 used as a nonlinear amplifier. R4 and R6 can be
6 varied to change breakpoints, as required.
C1 OUTPUT
30pf
401
POWER OPAMP
+V,
Sleep command mput PA04
20 y (+100Vmax.)
+ vboost -Boost]
35 m!J
current-
sensmg
Vout resistor
Small
signal
DMOSFEJS
Small
signal
DMOSFETS
20AmR
I oad
-In
CQmpensalion
-Vboost -20V -V,

o---+----.__ _ __.__ _ _ _.__.__ _;_ boos1 ~ (-100Vmax.)

This circuit from Apex Microtcchnology can deliver 180 V p-p @ 90 kH' into a 4-Q load. The
PA04 can deliver 400-W RMS into an 8-Q load with low THD at frequencies beyond 20kHz.
VARIABLE GAIN OP-AMP CIRCUIT
~R2
A JFET acts as a variable.attenuator for this
~FET
-0
op amp. Maximum gain is:
Control I 0.1 fl.F
voltage ::::- R,
RDS(on) Max. gain = R, t R
is "on" resistance DS(onl
of FET Min. gain "'"" A2
A, + Aos(off)
if Ros(off) > > > R2
402
LOW NOISE AND DRIFT COMPOSITE AMP
a
10 This circuit offers the best of Loth worlds. It
can be combined with a low input offset voltage
and drift without degrading the overall system's
dynamic performance. Compared to a standalone
FET input operational amplifier, the composite
1001 amplifier circuit exhibits a 20-fold improvement
1001 1001 in voltage offset and drift.
In this circuit arrangement, A1 is a high-
speed FET input op amp with a closed-loop gain
of 100 (the source impedance was arbitrarily
chosen to be 100 kQ). A2 is a SuperBeta bipolar
input op amp. It has good de characteristics,
!JiFET-levcl input bias current, and low noise. A2
monitors the voltage at the input of Al and in-
+15V o =t: :f II +Vs jects current to Al's null pins. This forces Al to
0.1 f,l.f 1 flf
Cnmmon o I I
GND l have the input properties of a bipolar ampliller
0.1,F-r T1,F-=- while maintaining its bandwidth and low-input-
15V o>--~+-0----++--~~ Vs hias~current noise.
HIGH-GBW OP AMP SINGLE OP-AMP FULL-WAVE RECTIFIER
5V
.MJJXI.M
'
'
1!2MAX457
MJJXJ.NI
. 112M~45~7
VIN
7
.I'' J>j: R2 V+{5V)
5V
6
I
~
''
0 11JF
i ,
0 lllf
,,
560
5%
~

."~
1%
RLOAD
,,
vour
IN
Rl
IDk
P500U!I09 ~
IDk
2~ 7
MAX~
3
....::..y,
6
R3
IN914 j OUT
lOOk

You can build a composite amplifier featuring MAXIM ENGINEERING JOURNAL FIG. 69-8
high gain, wide bandwidth, and good de accuracy
by cascading the sections of a dual video ampli-
fier and adding two appropriate phase-compen- This circuit operates from +5 V and uses a
sation components. The op amp drives a 150-Q single op amp to deliver a full-wave rectified out-
load and provides a closed-loop gain of 40 dB. put of the input signal.
403
70
Optical Circuits
675. The figure munber in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Optical Proximity Detector

Photoreceiver Optimized for Noise and Response
Optoisolator and Optocoupler Interface Circuits
Optocoupler Circuits
Optical Direction Discriminator
Optical Safety Circuit Switches
Simple Amplifier for Phototransistors
Variable-Sensitivity Phototransistor Circuit
404
OPTICAL PROXIMITY DETECTOR
+5V~
Rl
220.Q -:::::::
REFLECTIVE
TARGET LED1'=-
SEP8703- 001
PHOTOOIODE _ENCLOSURE
OR PHOTOTRANSISTOR
01
SDP8403- 301
OUTPUT
~
LED
A
OBJECT
+T7J I
R2
Kl
150K
12V

A "reflector" isolator (A) detects the presence of an object by bouncing light off of it. This tech-
nique is useful in circuits that detect when an object is close enough to the sensor (B).
PHOTORECEIVER OPTIMIZED FOR NOISE AND RESPONSE

C6 RS Rll
.L I 470
15V
7 1.0 220
Rl R3 22K
10M R2
5k1
2 7
6
AD743BQ
R9
...... 71.0
"'!" RlO
-15V
"'!" 1.0 470 220
405
OPTOISOLATOR AND OPTOCOUPLER INTERFACE CIRCUITS
R1
330!.!
,.---..----<>+
svoc{+ 20-mA
-~
.,. 01
1N4001
CURRENT
LOOP
TTL{
DATA
INPUT
~ TTL
.,. OPEN-COLLECTOR
INVERTER
R1 }svoc
470n
r
20-mA
+ U1
4N35
v~ TTL
}OUTPUT
~-r:
01
CURRENT
LOOP 1N4007
:F c1 ~
0.01
I
~.,.
B
+ 15VDC
R2
R1 1.5K
220U
U1 A
4N35
20-mA
CURRENT
LOOP
-15VDC
.,.
c
Interfacing equipment, whether TTL, RS-232C, or 20=mA current-loop based,
with optoisolators.
406
OPTOISOLATOR AND OPTOCOUPLER INTERFACE CIRCUITS (Cont.)
+V1 +V2
Rl
RELAY
CONTACTS
.-o-Ne
;--o-coM
HIGHl r o---
Q1
~NO
LOW L__j A2 K1
47001!
Vay heavy load.~. Y>hith fan'/ be powered direct/\' h-v an opwisolutor. might
rtquirt' the USt' of a rela\' m shown 11t A. Yim can sometimes ~-:et away wilh u~1ng u
nrcuir like thai .1hown in B. -hul it won't/urn iwlf 1!f}
A circuit for isolating a variable resistor is shown. An optoisolator that has an LED and a photo-
conductive cell (or photoresistor) is used. The current through the LED controls its brightness,
which in turn determines the resistance between terminals A and B. The LED current is set by the
voltage of the de power supply and the value of the two resistors (Rl and R2). The fixed resistor (Rl)
is used to limit the current to a maximum of 20 mA (when the resistance of the potentiometer, R 2, is
set to zero ohms), otherwise, the LED might burn out.
OPTOCOUPLER CIRCUITS
V1 +5VDC
R1 R2
3900U
TTL
OUTPUT
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 7o-4

Tlris circuit is a TTL-to-TTL isolator circuit. The driver circuit is an open-collector TTL inverter
(Ul). When the input is high, then the output ofthe inverter is low. Thus, when the input is high, the
output of Ul grounds the cathode end of the LED and causes the LED to turn on.
407
OPTICAL DIRECTION DISCRIMINATOR
Disk with
slot cutout
Photodiode
ccw
ICs- CD4001, etc.

01,02 lA photodiode
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. lo-5

The very simple circuit uses only two CD4001 packages, i.e., eight NOR gates and operates in
the following way: Pulse streams are fed to an RS flip flop generating an output waveform which has
a small or large duty cycle depending on the direction of rotation. The same input pulses are also fed
to a NOR gate, which "adds" the two pulse trains.
The rising edges of this waveform are used to produce short positive pulses from the circuit con-
sisting ofRl, Cl, D3, and a NOR gate used as an inverter. This is used to "sample" the outputs of the
flip flop to detect the direction of rotation. The outpul, whose duty cycle is large, forces the sampling
NOR gate to generate a pulse train which sets (or resets) the second RS flip-flop continuously giv-
ing a permanent indication of the direction of rotation.
408
OPTICAL SAFETY CIRCUIT SWITCHES
11 R3
1MEG
AS Al C1
;\, 47K .1
~-+~~--~--~~
R4
12 1MEG
R2 C2
47K .1
~_,~+----4--~~

Use of two LDR devices replaces the two pushbuttons used in safety switches. The lamps pro-
vide light sources for the LDR devices.
SIMPLE AMPLIFIER FOR PHOTOTRANSISTORS

9 Vdc
R1 R2
220k 1k
6
Any silicon
phototransistor Signal
out

This simple amplifier will work well with just about any phototransistor. The 741, although de-
signed to operate with a split supply, will work with a single-sided supply as well.
VARIABLE-SENSITIVITY PHOTOTRANSISTOR CIRCUIT
Photo
transistor

A variable resistor is used to vary the light-level response of a photo transistor. Phototransistors
are more light sensitive than photodiodes, but they generally have poorer frequency response.
409
71
Oscillator Circuits
NE602 Local Oscillator Circuits Local Oscillator for Double Balanced Mixers
LC Audio Oscillator Precision Audio-Frequency Generator
Colpitts Oscillator CMOSVFO
MOSFET Mixer-Oscillator Circuit for Frequency Switcher
AM Receivers Precision Gated Oscillator
Simple RF Test Oscillator Wien-Bridge Audio Oscillator
AF Power Oscillator Variable Duty-Cycle Oscillator
Gated 1-kHz Oscillator (Normally Off) Adjustable VFO Temperature Compensator
Gated 1-kHz Oscillator (Normally On) 409:3 CMOS Astable Oscillator
Precision LF Oscillator Simple Audio Test Oscillator
Basic Oscillator Circuits 4093 CMOS VFO
Variable Wien-Bridge Oscillator
410
NE602 LOCAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS
NE-602
'

.... "
c,l CZ
o.os,.r
u
Cl
o.os16r
;:);''
'" IC) ,h "
NE-602
NE-602
'

~"
"

"l
lOOpf
t
" :~c>
T VTOR GROUND
'"
"'
Local oscillator circuits for the NE602.
LC AUDIO OSCILLATOR COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
+V

R3
2.2K
01
2N2712
"'
tOOK R2 }
15K- - - - - <
-8._2--.4.-R-3 OUT
._. *SELECTED FOR LOAD L
411
MOSFET MIXER-OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT FOR AM RECEIVERS
MIXER
-3N21i
40673
0'
~0-1600 kHz G2
0
0.001
'"'"
CONVERTER
150nt
rn "
"
lOOk
'" "
0.1
,3-6\1
,_,
+12\1
"
* NEW CONNECTIONS
ANO COMPONENT$ 0.~
G2a$
"
820k
07 BOTTOM
0 '"~ 001
NC-NO CONNECTION
~ 1 0-2 055 MHJ
QST FIG. 71-4

This circuit is an improved front end for upgrading a transistor AM receiver. This front end is
useful when the radio is to be used as a tuneable IF amplifier with shortwave converters.
SIMPLE RF TEST OSCILLATOR AF POWER OSCILLATOR
r----,--.,---o..,..o--- +15V-!8V
u
" 100k
Frequency
30k
R2
I t,F.
COIL "
,0033
'"
1k
R3 } 0.47 t-LF
L--f-'-'-'-----<> 12Vp.p
*SEE TEXT

A simple oscillator for IF alignment (455 kHz)
cmt prove useful in field testing or where a stan-
dare! signal generator is available. Ll should res- An LM386 audio power IC is set up as a feed-
onate at the desired output frequency with the back oscillator. Any supply from 6 to 12 V can be
series combination of C2 and C3. used. The circuit cmt drive a loudspeaker.
412
GATED 1-kHz GATED 1-kHz
OSCILLATOR (NORMALLY OFF) OSCILLATOR (NORMALLY ON)
,----.----.---.. t 12 v
22 k!l
,---+-.-*l~ +Vee 12 v
4 8
4 8
22 k!l
3 Output
sq. wave 3
o--C~'
Output
l N3904
100!1
= =
Control
Control =
2N3904Ic =
Neg. voltage
turns on
oscillator = >0 ..6e:o:off
<0.6=on
f 1.44
f = 1.44 osc- (RA t 2Ra)C
V..,:0.6V osc {RA + 2R8)C
ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 71-7 ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 71-8

This gated 1-kHz oscillator offers "press-to- This gated 1-kHz oscillator offers "press-to-
turn-on, operation, A, and waveforms at the out- turn-off' operation, A, and waveforms at the out-
put of pin 3 and across C1, B. put of pin 3 and across C1, B.
PRECISION LF OSCILLATOR
Ra (Vee )
Rc+ Ro = 3+0.6)
T~ 1.44
(RA+ 2R8)C
FIG. 71-9
Using Rl, R7, and D1 to preset Cl to one third of the supply voltage, this circuit avoids a longer
first cycle period than subsequent cycles.
413
BASIC OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS
Bias ~ Vee
3 Coupled
+
windings
L, ~Bypass
G C1
C 1 "" 0.3 to 1.0xCz
Ratio A:
1 :10to1:2
B
= Rerf Rc Cr << (c~~c~J

typical
CE R
E Bias
Bias
I - Seriestuned Colpitts (Clapp) Hartley
Reinartz
A
B c
RF
choke M
01
(pnp) c, Secondary
_r:-IC1 I Lr winding
= C2
01
Re C 1 = 2to 10C 2
typical
=
Bias
+Vee
Colpitts Tuned
collector
D
E
Five basic types of LC oscillators are shown. The frequency can be chru1ged by using the for-
mula:
1
.f '= __ 2_1t_L-,,-,,-"-""'-.,-c->-,,-,,-,,-,v-,--
where L ~rrecLive ~ equivalent inductance
C effective ~ equivalent capacitance
414
VARIABLE WI EN-BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
D1,D2=1N4148
u.
---------r~,"~'------~0~
A1, A2 = IC1 = TLC272, TL072, OP-221

This circuit uses a single potentiometer to t1me a 300- to 3000-Hz range. A FET op amp is used at
Al and A2. The upper frequency limit is determined by the gain-bandwidth product of the op amps.
LOCAL OSCILLATOR FOR DOUBLE BALANCED MIXERS

t2~DC
FH. TERED
"20
1/~W
,,,
l001
"
IO ll
., 'l
0 121"
"
,,,
OO
This circuit has an amplifier to supply + 10 dBm to an SBL series (Mini-circuits) or similar type
doub~y-balanced mixer assembly. This circuit has values shown for ~so- to 90-MHz crystals, although
values of oscillator circuit constants can be scaled for higher or lower frequencies.
415
PRECISION AUDIO-FREQUENCY GENERATOR
---/r. FLAT
C7 ..r:-- R6 Sl lP
+-9V 01 ;;;;;;;; 1.2MEG +9V
..
,11 R4 C6 G8 C11
12V 13 10
1 Ul 0 12K 27pF 10 3 1.SV
@--~-~r,--'-~L._moo H~~R-1--01 I - -~w.--t-------)H,-,-.l..f-'''-l , J3
1
G 77K ZN441t1 ~~+9V 6 ........_ C9 U3
7 4.8V ~
__:__ -:-._ ~
1 2 8 R5 7 lO 6 NE570 RB 'L
~U2-b
f
R7
C2 C3 - 1 12K 5 tl\
22'T' ??:;: R? 4V U2-a + t 200K 33K
3 1 5
I 47K ~V R3 + ~,;.,;:; LM358 1/1 LM358 l
;f? 1 + ~ C5
I 4
,
L_~~-~t--~~-~L_-~--+---~
",
r
C4
47 1K
_.,
r4.7 C10
10
+
] '
C12
L_~~---4-~~
10
R9
33K +
J2 ":"
~
"
r~, re9V ~ C~l
_1;+9~ ~R
R10
1K J 6 [3 [14116
~
~
C1~:
FINE R15
91K
FAEO. ADJ. 001 7
G R11 9 us 4 14
US ~~ U7 ~~ U8 ..!_?_
lOOK 4046 4011 .4017 4017
R14
COARSE 11 10K
C140. Rl? 1?
22 ,- 12K
R13 8 13 ]15 8 13 ]15 8 13 15
--~
JOOK
- 1' 18
l R17
9.1K
R18
9.1K
R19
9.1K
---- 100
10 1000
R21 -+S.OV
10K R25 C18 r4.5V _.,.,.,_ Jlj'- +4.5V S2
JS
CH2
VOLUME 470K
~~ +4.0V
I I
6 "-
R22 +
C19
47K + 470 J6
03 AUDIO
4
R?4 2N4403
-::- C17 R23 33K 47
10 33K +9V
~
~
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 71- 13A
The precision audio-frequency generator consists of several sub circuits-an audio-amplifier/fil-

ter circuit, an automatic level control, a variable voltage-controlled oscillator, a frequency divider cir-
cuit, an integrator, and an audio output amplifier.
An electret microphone element is used to pick up the audio tone produced by the instrument.
That signal is then fed to an amplifier/filter/level-controlled circuit and output via channel I (CHI)
to an oscilloscope for display.
The variable voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) is used to produce a signal of from less than 10
kHz to more than 99kHz. The VCO output is fed to a digital frequency counter for display, and is also
routed to a chain of frequency dividers, where the signal is divided by 10, 100, or l ,000, depending
on the setting of a selector switch.
416
PRECISION AUDIO-FREQUENCY GENERATOR (Cont.)
Note/ Keyjl Hertz Stretch Note/ Key# Hertz Stretch
Octave in Cents Octave in Cents
AID 1 27.184 -2D F/4 45 349.03 - 1

Bb!O 2 28.817 -19 Gb/4 46 369.76 - 1
BID 3 30.548 -18 G/4 47 391.77 - 1
C/1 4 32.384 -17 Ab/4 48 415.07 - 1
Ob/1 5 34.329 -16 A/4 49 440.00 0
0/1 6 36.391 -15 Bb/4 50 466.16 0
Eb/1 7 38.578 -14 814 51 493.88 D
E/1 8 40.895 -13 CIS 52 523.25 D
F/1 9 43.352 -12 obis 53 554.37 D
Gb/1 1D 45.956 -11 0/5 54 587.33 D
G/1 11 48.717 -1D Eb/5 55 622.61 + 1
Ab/1 12 51.644 - 9 E/5 56 659.64 + 1
A/1 13 54.746 - 8 F/5 57 698.86 + 1
Bb/1 14 58.035 - 7 GbiS 58 740.42 + 1
B/1 15 61.522 - 6 GIS 59 784.44 + 1
C/2 16 65.180 - 6 Ab/5 60 831.57 + 2
Db/2 17 69.D96 - 5 A/5 61 881.02 + 2
012 18 73.204 - 5 Bb/5 62 933.41 + 2
Eb/2 19 77.602 - 4 815 63 988.91 + 2
El2 20 82.217 - 4 C/6 64 1047.7 + 2
F12 21 87.106 - 4 Db/6 65 1110.7 + 3
Gb/2 22 92.285 - 4 D/6 66 1176.7 + 3
G/2 23 97.773 - 4 Eb/6 67 1246.7 + 3
Ab/2 24 103.65 - 3 E/6 68 1321.6 + 4
A/2 25 109.81 - 3 F/6 69 1400.1 + 4
Bb/2 26 116.34 - 3 Gb/6 70 1484.3 + 5
812 27 123.26 - 3 Gl6 71 1572.5 + 5
Cl3 28 130.59 - 3 Ab/6 72 1667.0 + 6
Db/3 29 138.35 - 3 Al6 73 1766.1 + 6
013 30 146.58 - 3 Bb/6 74 1872.2 + 7
Eb/3 31 155.29 - 3 816 75 1984.7 + 8
E/3 32 164.53 - 3 C/7 76 2103.9 + 9
F/3 33 174.31 - 3 Ob/7 77 2230.3 +10
Gb/3 34 184.73 - 2.5 0!7 78 2230.2 +10
G/3 35 195.71 - 2.5 Eb/7 79 2506.3 +12
Ab/3 36 207.41 - 2 E/7 8D 2656.9 +13
A/3 37 219.75 - 2 F/7 81 2818.1 +15
Bb/3 38 232.81 - 2 Gb/7 82 2989.2 +17
B/3 39 246.66 - 2 Gl7 83 3170.6 +19
C/4 4D 261.32 - 2 Ab/7 84 3363.0 +21
Db/4 41 276.86 - 2 A/7 85 3567.1 +23
D/4 42 293.33 - 2 Bb/7 86 3783.6 +25
Eb/4 43 310.86 - 1.5 8/7 87 4013.2 +27
El4 44 329.44 - 1 C/8 88 4259.2 +30
Standard pitch, A49= 440 Hz

Values shown are stretched tor the average piano
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 71- 138

From there, the selected signal frequency divides along two paths; one going to CH2 (which
feeds the oscilloscope"s sweep synchronization input) and to an integrator that converts the square-
wave output of the divider into a triangular waveform. The output of the integrator is then amplified
and fed to a set of stereo headphones via an audio output jack.
One section of the precision audio-frequency generator uses an electret microphone element to
pick up audio from the piano. That signal is then processed and sent to one channel of a dual-trace
oscilloscope. The other section of the circuit is used to produce a variable-frequency signal that is
fed to a digital frequency counter and, after conditioning, is presented to the second channel of the
scope and output to a set of stereo headphones.
417
CMOSVFO
+ 12V
C5
RUN 11
S1
~ ' ~ "U1-b
'I< 4093
)
OUTPUT
R2 + f-o AC
1MEG C6
S2 100
R1
100K fRANGf
C2
.1 C1 2Hz TO 32Hz
01 C2 30Hz TO 310Hz
.001 C3 285Hz TO 2.85kHz
~ C4 2.75kHz TO 30kHz
The circuit shown has a frequency range of 2 Hz to 30 kHz. R2 is a linear or log potentiometer.
FREQUENCY SWITCHER
r-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~--.+12V
C3
11
2
R1
4
U1-b
'I< 4093
+
DC
(-o AC
I
OUTPUT
C1 100K C4
101 100
LOW FREQ.
S1 -+12V
C2 0
.01 01 R3 HIGH FRED.
2N3904 1K
R2
100K
This transistor can achieve frequency switching in this CMOS astable oscillator.
418
PRECISION GATED OSCILLATOR WIEN-BRIDGE AUDIO OSCILLATOR
R4
3K
,---~~------~-o~

~
'"
02 01
+Vee 111114 7.rN
,---~r-----~r----.-.~~10to15V
C4
R1 R4
30pf., tV lzN:
1 k!l 2.2 k!l C5
300pf
- \!:: "
Ct
R3
10 k!l
4 8 RIO
!OK
' .01
R1
~
!OK
R2 R2
470!1 NE 3 C2
!OK .01
555 Output
R3 , 02
UK 2N2222
R5 (
Control TOOK ~.
~ R7
!OK
150<
+, CJ
!%'
2N3111
R6
TOOK
08
11111114
10
~
15V
ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 71-16 R1 = A2 C1 =C2

'" --'-
2ltfltC1
A 1~kHz gated oscillator with no loAA "turn~on" POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 71-17
cycle is shown. R2, R3, and D1 presel the voltage For variable~ frequency operation, Rl and R2
on twtir~g capacitor C1 to Y, of the supply voltage. can be replaced by a dual potcntiomeler.
VARIABLE DUTY-CYCLE OSCILLATOR
I Vee
>
>" 1 k!l RA
4 8
T= 1.44
7 (RA + 2R8 )C
'?IN914
s NE 3
IN914
y As
~r: 555 }ou~ put NOTE: Diodes have the effect of slightly
reducing the observed frequency-especially
1 MO >
C;f 1
~
~5
1~
if Vee < 10 Vas a result of 0.6 V offset.

Using a potentiometer and steering diodes, this 1.2~kHz oscillator will provide 1 to 99% duty cy
cle. Vary C1 to change frequency.
419
ADJUSTABLE VFO TEMPERATURE COMPENSATOR
OUll'UT
C1
C4 C5
47pf N1500/P3K
L1 C1 C2 C3 NPO 47pf
'C6
*SEE TEXT ... 50pf!SOpF

Use of a differential capacitor allows temperature compensation of LC circuit using an NPO and
NlGOO ceramic. C6 is a differential capacitor that has two stators and one common rotor. When one
capacitance (stator) is maximum, the other is minimum. Ll, Cl, C2, and C3 are tuning, trimming,
and fixed capacitors, respectively.
4093 CMOS ASTABLE OSCILLATOR

+12V
s10
RUN U1-a
1~ ,,*~' Two gates of the Quad 4093 are used to
'
mlP 2] -.;:.. 3 .!..
I
5
6J~
U1.b<7
14
4
.Il..r
SQUAREW~VE
OUll' UT
make an oscillator. R, can be from about 5 kQ to
around 10 Mn. Cr can be from about 10 pF to
many )lF, the limit being set by the leakage
Rx* 1f4 4011 of the capacitor. Frequency is approximately
c,
'SEE TEXT 2.8/R,C, (R Mn, Cmfd).
SIMPLE AUDIO TEST OSCILLATOR
An 88-mH surplus telephone toroidal coil is

used in a 1-kHz oscillator. Up to 8 V p-p into a
high-Z load is available. THD is 0.9%.
"'
2.2K
10K 8.5 Vp.p
'-----+----'--<>} (.9% THDI
420
4093 CMOS VFO
RUN Ut-a
81 --1/4 .tOI3
3
Rx
1MEG """
2.8kHz """
451<Hz
C:70pF-
10MEG 300Hz 5kHz
} .001~F
22MEG 130Hz 2.5kHz
1ME6
10MEG
2.5kHz
270Hz
17kHz
l.85kHz
~ C.170pF-
22MEG 115Hz 835Hz
J .0011~
Two gates of a Quad 4093 are used in an astable multivibrator. Cl is a three-gang 365 pF variable
capacitor with sections paralleled. 83 and 84 switch in optional extra capacitors.
421
72
Oscilloscope Circuits
The sources of the follmving circuits are contained in the Sources sectjon, which begins on page
Oscilloscope Preamplifier
Simple Spectrum Analyzer Adaptor for Scopes
Simple Oscilloscope Timebase Generator
Trigger Seleetion Circuit for Oscilloscope Time base
Variable Gain Amplifier
422
OSCILLOSCOPE PREAMPLIFIER
A18 C11
910K 4-440pf
C14
3-10pf
C2
R3
10pf
lMEG
J1
INPUT
R20 C13
lMEG 4-40pF
~
' R15
---o:' o- 1K
VERT
-o : 82-t o- CAL.
C3 R12 '
100pf '
10K o-
VAR.
GAIN
"'
lOOK
D1 +5VT0+7V
1N814
C1
.Q1~f
DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
PLATE B PLATE A
02
1N914
_ R1 R2
son lOU
-5VT0-7V
RADIO ElECTRONICS FIG. 72-1
An oscilloscope front-end amplifier can be built with low-cost transistor and video amp ICs. This
preamp uses a FET input and compensated attenuators, and has approximately 100-MHz bandwidth,
which is adequate for most general-purpose oscilloscopes.
423
SIMPLE SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTOR FOR SCOPES
ANTENNA
DETECTOR 50K
MAIN ~-<>-'t---o TO Vr
TUNE
\OK 0.1
FINE
VOLTAGE TUNE
TUNED
VFO SAWTOOTH
1K INPUT
Here's an alternate
Block diagram of a spectrum analyzer. tuning network for the
spectrum analyzer.
ca
1---- 1>-:L.
.,.
I
ANT1 R1 C12,!,t S1 B1
C5
)~.
+9V
1
.068 1K
3 T1
pi- C6
r-------,
1 r--1IFT
R2 I
,-------!
8
5
470U .01 MC1350P
8
2 :' ~ q ~
I
: c:.-:I__~_J:
" 4 I
fC:J' u';,.' 1 I
I
02
L2
~~~~L3
3-4T ~ ~ 18T
U1
NE802 Fll1
R4
4.7K :_f r;7 5 I
1N34
1N6ll
455kHz -:- l-
2
~
, C3
'068
3 7
C1
R3
1.5K
'.,.
C?
.1 " -.,.
ClO
10,~pf .1
R9
,_ 62 47K
~
" R5
R10
100pf
C4 69 1000
20K ' 'm .05
R8
C11
.05
01 ' I R6
20K
.."
~ ~C13
NTE61Q 4.7K R7
C14 : ~
.05 L - : 10K TO
- ___ ..J GAIN

YAX IS
'0000 .,. INP UT
- ON SCOPE
*SEE TEXT
POPULAR ELECTRONICS F/G. 72-2
Suitable for monitoring an amateur band or a segment of the radio spectrum, this simple adap-
tor uses an NE602 mixer-oscillator chip to produce a 455-kHz IF signal, which U2 amplifies, then
feeds to detector D2 and theY axis of an oscilloscope. Vr is used to drive the horizontal axis input of
a scope. L2 and L3 are coils suitable for the frequency range in use. For this circuit, coils are shown
for the 10- to 15-MHz range. L2 and L3 are wound on Amidon Associates, T-37 or T-50 toroidal cores,
and L1 is a commercial or homemade variable inductor, etc.
424
SIMPLE OSCILLOSCOPE TIMEBASE GENERATOR
,-------------.-----------------~----------------~~+15V
10kD S
330 pF
~{~~------~._--~
c f-C--------------":J Ramp output (X)
Trigger
Time
10 kD
f-=--------------":J Pulse out (E)
1 kD
vv
2N3906 ,!z,f
------~1\~----~
O.~r 35 to 380 pF"'" 20 I'F_J_
~~ ~I
o.oo2~'FI
121'F~ "'"
'---------Kr/ f-----~
..J T 0.2 1-LF Time base
o.o2~'FI
3.3V =- range
Zener selector
ElECTRONICS NOW FIG. 72-3

The 555 timer generates both a linear ramp and an output for Z-axis modulations of the CRT
electron beam.
TRIGGER SELECTION CIRCUIT FOR OSCILLOSCOPE TIMEBASE
Trigger 100 KD
10 kD
+ o------, polarity Trigger
Vert. defl. 0 switch 1 k!1 sensitivity
signal from
CRT plates 0 Comparator
(ac couple) _ Q---J
100 kD
.____.==-- Buffer To timebay
10 kf! Trigger level
1 kD
:ro.001 I'F ~ OP AMP: Any suitable 11igh slew
+ V REFERENCE - V REFERENCE rate type or video op amp
425
VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER
+V
+sv
-t
R7 10 k
c__;) ~Ok
~
RS
4
R12 ;, u 1~ ~
~~'
2+ 470 k
10 k 7 IC10-a
C5 < R9 1/4 LM3900
0.1f'F
~ 10 k
.A AA A
R10 R11
1 Meg 1 Meg
-L
This circuit uses X of an LM3900 to build a simple variable-gain front end for an oscilloscope. R7
is the gain controL Also shown is a simple preamp if you need more Lhan lOX of gain.
426
73
Pest-Control Circuits
Pest Repeller
Ultrasonic Pest Repeller
427
PEST REPELLER
......" .--- '"" ...

""
...i
,"
' DISCHARGE
Z THRESHOlD
U1
DISCHARGE
' "
" "
4.3K The two timers in the bug repeller have some
~
interesting characteristics. Both of them have
' THRESHOlD 12
'""' their thresholds externally set; the oscillator on
I '"'"
~-

v VO!.OOE
"
~
1200pF
L the left has a 50% duty cycle and the oscillator on
NC __!_ JOUTPUT ' " the right acts as a VCO.
Lr>.-J T 9 ,...
lRIGGER ;;,;
'~1-c
005
... &ND
T
~~8
ULTRASONIC PEST REPELLER
;,;"-
R3 R2
_) R1 R8
R7
8
1
7161
~01
... ,
c
""" ~' R4
I IC1
I
1 2
C2
'L XDC
R5
R6 ['lw;;c'tL.: + ci ;~c
This circuit uses two transistors and one IC (555 timer !C) to produce a pulsating ultrasonic fre-
quency. Transistors Q1 and Q2 arc connected in a direct-coupled oscillator. The frequency of that os-
cillator is set by capacitor Cl. The oscillator output is taken from the emitter of Q2 to pin 7 of !Cl.
Transistor Q1 is an npn transistor, and Q2 is a pnp transistor. The signal of pin 7 on !Cl causes the
output signal appearing on pin 3 to be modulated or varied by the audio frequency developed by Ql
and Q2. The IC itself is connected as a stable multivibrator with a frequency that is determined by
C3. Capacitor C3 sets the basic freqllncy to be well above the human hearing range (ultrasonic).
The combined modulated ultrasonic frequency appears on pin 3 of !Cl, where it is coupled by ca-
pacitor G4 to the piezoelectric transducer.
C1,C2 0.1-1-LF Mylar Capacitor R2 3.3-MQ Resistor

G2 1-1-LF Electrolytic Capacitor R3, R6 10-kQ Resistor
C3 0.001-1-LF Mylar Capacitor R4,R5 100-Q Resistor
IC1 555 timer IC R7 l8-H2 Resistor
Ql 2N3904 Transistor RS Potentiometer
Q2 2N3906 Transistor XDG Piezoelectric Transducer Disc
R1 4.7-kQ Resistor Mise IC Socket, 9-V Snap, PC Board
428
74
Phase Shifter Circuits
The sources of the folloffing circuits are contained in the Sources section, Which begins on page
Long-Tailed Pair Phase-Splitter

Phase-Splitter Circuit
Phase Shifter with Eight Outputs
429
LONG-TAILED PAIR PHASE-SPLITTER
+13.2V
t
1
~ 4.7 k.U 4.7 kil
I- 0"1 Out2
Input f------D 0------<

/
-dl ~
+
a/
2N3904
-102
2N3904
I+ 10)-lF
1W
10k!l 10kil
=
8.2 k!l
I 1~1

The single-phase input produces out-of-phase outputs at the collectors of Ql and Q2.
PHASE-SPLITTER CIRCUIT
+12 v
1 kn
10 kD
10 t.Lf
01 + f----0 Out L 180
In L0 o-----j 1--"+:..__,.__--t 10 f.Lf
10 tJ.f + f----0 Out L0
4.7 k!! 1 k!!
01: 2N2222, etc.

This phase splitter uses a 2N2222 (or other general purpose npn transistor) to achieve outputs
that are 180 out of phase.
430
PHASE SHIFTER WITH EIGHT OUTPUTS
Phase shiller
10k
Control
10 k
I
220
47k
',...BA220
L--+--o -5V
v,,
2.2 k
v,*J..
Yo7
0
V2
Yo3
Control
,__ --- ---.------------------------------- -- Yo6 Ya4
A"I/40PA40. 0 Vas
DTA.CA3ll80
B
A
The circuit consists of eight cascaded idenlical cells, each cell being a de-controlled active phase
shifter. Because the de control is common for all shifters, the circuit is adjusted by trinuning RA so
that the phase difference between v,;, and V, is zero_ As a result, each shifter will introduce a phase
difference of exaclly rrlr. The eight signals for PSK are available at the op amps' outputs_
Phase accuracy is acceptable for 1%-tolenmce resistors and 5%-tolerancc 100-nF capacitors.
Also, the amplitude of V, (which is a 1700-Hz sine wave), should not exceed 1 V.
431
75
Photography Related Circuits
675. The figure number in the box ofeach circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Time-Delay Flash-Trigger Circuit

Photo Flash Slave Unit
Enlarging Light Meter
Photo Strobe
Darkroom Timer
Photo Strobe Slave Trigger
Strobe Light
Enlarger Exposure Meter
432
TIME-DELAY FLASH-TRIGGER CIRCUIT
Plh
TO
FlASH
R6
01 3.3K
1N4448
R5
1K
R3 R2 U1-c
1/4 CD4093
4 300K lOOK
R1
330K U1-b
1/4 CD4093
+ R4
U1-d G2 680K
1/4 4093
11 + G1
1
SEE TEXT ...
The circuit is built around a single 4093 quad 2-input NAND Schmitt trigger. Two gates from that
quad package (Ul-a and Ul-b) are configured as a set-reset flip-flop.
PHOTO FLASH SLAVE UNIT
+9V
Sl
ON/OFF
R4
"
4.71\
Cl R3
J!lon
Jl
+ I '270K (fLASH LEAD)
Cl
100
R1
1001<.
Ql
2N5177
02
8C107

Phototransistor Ql receives a light pulse from a photoflash unit. The pulse is ac-coupled to am-
plifier Q2. It then triggers SCRI, which triggers a flash unit that is connected to Jl.
433
ENLARGING LIGHT METER
R1 C1 R2
100K .1 1MEG
R3' R15'
01 100K 150!.1
+ 1/2W
1N914B
02 R4' 50~A
1N914B 220!.1
T1
03 12V
R6 R5 1N4007
1.2K 330!.1 300mA
R7 + C2
4.7K
R12 RB
120!.1 18K R14
1K
51
Nlill
MAX
R9 04
68K R13 1N4007
330!.1
R10 R11
220K 820K
'SEE TEXT

Meter Ml, a +i-50-J.LA zero-center D"Arsonval meter movement is driven by Ul, a TLOSl FET op
amp, through R3. The gain of Ul is set at 11 by Rl and R2, while capacitor Cl is used to restrict the
bandwidth of Ul to 1.6 Hz. Power for the circuit is derived from a simple dual-polarity 12-V pow.er
supply (consisting ofT!, D3, D4, C2, and C3).
A light-dependent resistor (LDR), Rl6 (which is a semiconductor element whose resistance de-
creases as it is exposed to increasing illumination), is used as a light-sensing device. One end ofR16
is connected to the negative supply rail through R12, and the other end is connected to pin 3 ofU1,
applying a negative current to Ul. A variable (over a 4:1 range) positive current determined by the
settings of R14 and 81 (and derived Iwm the positive supply rail) is also fed to pin 3 of Ul.
When the two currents (of opposite polarities) are equal, they cancel each other out, so effec-
tively no current is applied to pin 3 of Ul. With no current applied to pin 3, the output of U1 is zero
and meter M1 registers accordingly, indicating a null. However, when light striking R16 causes its re-
sistance to decrease, the current through the device increases, making the negative current greater
than the positive current. Under that condition, the negative current causes the output of Ul to
swing negative, causing the pointer to swing in the negative direction.
That indicates that the light intensity must be reduced by using a smaller lens opening on the en-
larger (smaller f/stop). The opposite occurs if the light is too dim. Lamp 11, a 12-V 60-mA "grain of
wheat" unit, is used to illuminate the meter scale, and RH5 is used to limit the meter's illumination to
a faint glow that is just bright enough so that the face of M1 can be plainly seen in a photo darkroom.
434
ENLARGING LIGHT METER (Cont.)
Resistors R8 ami R4 should be selected ror the meter used. With a dual supply of +1-12 V, Ul pro-
duces an output voltage of 10 V peak-to-peak. The resistance of R:J can he found hy dividing the peak
voltage (i.e., 10/2) by Lhe full-scalemcter current (in amps); i.e., R,1 ~ (10/2)/0.0005 ~ 100,000 Q. R4,
the shunt resistor, should be selected to have a value equal Lu the meter's internal resistance.
R16 R18
10K 1K
R20 +V
1.5MEG
+V
LED3
POWER
Sound or light sensors cormected to J2 produce a voltage Lhat is amplified by !CI-a and ICI-b. A
positive trigger voltage that is develo11ed hy Dl and D3 and amplified by H~l-cl, drives IC2 and ICI to
trigger SCRl. SCRl is connected to a strobe. This device is handy for photographic purposes to take
pictures of events that involve sound, such as impacts, etc.
435
DARKROOM TIMER
'" "
'"""
R2
4.7K
DRIVE IN
(RED)
R5
470U
"
" ,I
10MEG
~,"
4
8 ' 6
"
l~:p c
""' ..."
OSC/TIMER
b J, 01
MP828a7
'
8
' '
~
R8
'--- '" "'' C4
"
FEEDBACK
_;;)_ {BLUE) ' '
t COMMON
(BLACK) ""' _d( " "
Slo----}~h
22 2.2
LED1 \;..;./
1991-PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 75-5
The electronic darkroom timer is built armmd a 555 oscillator/timer, a pair of general-purpose tran-
sistors, a buzzer, and an LED. The 555 (Ul) is configured as an astable multivibrator (frec-numing os-
cillator). The frequency of the oscillator is determined by the valuesR 1 throughR3 and C1 through C4 .
Switch Sl is used to divide the capacitor network to vary the time interval between beeps; when Sl
is closed, the circuit beeps at intervals of 30 seconds. With Sl closed, it beeps at 15-second intervals.
When power is applied to the circuit (by closing switch 82), the output of Ul at pin 3 is initially
high. That high is applied to the base of transistor Ql (an MPS2907 general-purpose pnp device),
keeping it turned off. That high is also applied to the anode of LED 1 (which is used as a power on in-
dicator) through resistorR7, turning it on.
Timing capacitors Cl through C5 begin to charge through timing resistors Rl through R3. de
voltage is applied to BZl's driver input through R5 and to its feedback terminal (through R4), which
is also connected to Q2's base terminal. The V + voltage that applied to Q2's base causes it to turn on,
tying BZl's common terminal high.
When the tinting capacitors are sufficiently charged, a trigger pulse is applied to pin 2 (the tr.ig-
ger input) of U2, causing Ul's output to momentarily go low. This causes LED! to go out and trrul-
sistor Ql to turn on. That, in turn, grounds the common lead of buzzer BZl, causing BZl to sound.
Afterward, the output of Ul returns to the high state, turning off Ql, and turning on LED!, until an-
other time interval has elapsed and the pmcess is repeated.
The circuit is powered by a 9-Vac adapter, which plugs into a standard 117'V household outlet.
Because the circuit draws only about 10 to 15 rnA, a 9-V alkaline transistor-radio-battery can also he
used to power the circuit.
PHOTO STROBE SLAVE TRIGGER
~~~;r-LCENTER
The photo strobe slave trigger circuit uses a
LEAD solar cell and an SCR to flash any strobe when you
~ Ur OUTER LEAD
trigger your "master" strobe. The tiny solar cell
produces a very small voltage when light falls on its
surface.
436
STROBE LIGHT
C1,C2,C3 ... 10 ~F 160V Electro-

lytic Capacitor
C4,C5,C6 ... 160 ~F 200V Electro-
lytic Capacitor
C7 ........ 0.5 ~F 250V Mylar Ca-
pacitor
01, 02 .. 1N4004 Diodes
F1 1 Amp Pigtail Fuse
FT1 --- Giant Xenon Strobe Tube
L1 ....... . Neon Lamp
P1 ....... . 10 Meg Potentiometer
01 ....... . 10601 SCR
R1 ....... . 20 ohm 10 Watt Power
Resistor
R2 ....... . 270K 1/4 Watt Resistor
S1 ....... . Slide Switch
T1, T2 .. Trigger Coil
This strobe light operates from standard 120-Vac power. R1limits the amount of current applied
to the voltage doubler stage, which is comprised of C1, C2, C3, D1, D2, C4, C5, and C6. Capacitors
C1, C2, and C3 are connected in parallel and form a capacitance of 30 ].IF at 160 V. Capacitors C4, C5,
and C6 are connected in series and form an equivalent capacitor of about 53 ].IF at 480 V. Diodes Dl
and D2 not only rectify the ac voltage, but also complete the voltage doubler stage, which converts
the incoming 120 Vac to the appropriately 300 V that are required by the xenon strobe tube.
The next stage of the circuit is the neon relaxation oscillator and trigger stage. This stage is
made up of R2, Pl, C7, Ll, Q1, T1, and T2. As the storage capacitor (made up of C4, C5, and C6)
reaches its full-capacity charge, the voltage divider (made up of R2 and P 1) applies voltage to ca-
pacitor C7. As C7 charges up, it reaches a threshold voltage level, SCKQl. When Q1 has a positive
pulse on its gate, it fires (causes a short from anode to cathode). That firing action discharges most
of the energy stored in C7 into trigger transformers T 1 and T2 (which have secondaries connected
in series to developer 8 kV). The frequency of the 8-kV pulses is determined by the setting of P1
and the value of CT Because C7 is a fixed capacitor, only the setting of Pl adjusts the flash rate in
this circuit.
As soon as an 8-kVpulse is applied from the secondary of T2 (trigger wire) to the trigger lead of
FTI, it discharges storage capacitorsC4, C5, and C6, which causes it to ionize (flash). The cycle then
repeats itself until the power is removed from the circuit board by turning "off" 81 or removing the
line cord.
437
ENLARGER EXPOSURE METER
r----------------1~-ry~a---.+9V
Sl
ON/OFF
1\vo gates of a 4011 arc used as a comparator.

When the resistance of R4 decreases the voltage
14 at pin 1 and 2 increases, producing a logic zero at
UH pin 3, causing pin 4 to go high and activating the
7.8.9.12,13
LED. R3 is calibrated in light units, or seconds ex-
R2
lK posure time. To calibrate, set pot R3 so as to just
be on the LED ON/OFF threshold. With a light
level that is suitable to correctly expose a photo-
R1
graphic print, use a known enlarger and a known
LE01
47K negative.
POPULAR ElECTRONICS FIG. 75-8
438
76
Piezo Circuits
CMOS Piczo Driver

CMOS Piezo Driver Using 4049
Piezo Driver
Piezo Micropositioner Driver
555 Oscillator for Driving a Piezo Transducer
439
CMOS PIEZO DRIVER CMOS PIEZO DRIVER USING 4049
Rl
R1 R2 39K
lMEG 510K
R5
390K
G2 R3
.001 R4 20K
01
1K 2N2222
Vee ---+-iOt---+--,.,<:::;-.
XTALl
PIEZOGERAMLG
ELEMENT
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 76-1 FIG 76-2
A CMOS-gate and transistor buffer can be This circuit uses a 4049 JC to drive a 2N2222
used as an effective driver for a piezoelectric switching transistor. The transistor drives crys-
transducer. tall a piezo transducer.
PIEZO DRIVER PIEZO MICROPOSITIONER DRIVER
R
"'"
'"'-' V1N
-175 -175
-175
ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 763 ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 76-4
Using a PA41 from Apex Microtechnology, The PA41 fromApexMicrotechnologyis used

this monolithic amplifier is capable of 350-V op- here to drive a piezoelectric micropositioner. The
eration and delivers 660 V p-p in a bridge circuit. drive voltage is less than 20 V pp at input.
440
555 OSCILLATOR FOR DRIVING A PIEZO TRANSDUCER
2 7
U1 R2
l LM555 310K
r-----1H--"l
A3
{SEE 5
TEXT)
C2 C1
.01
1000pf
XTAl1
CJ PIEZOCERAMIC
ELEMENT
A 555-timer oscillator is perhaps one of the most popular circuits for driving a piezoelectric
transducer.
441
77
Power Supply Circuits-High Voltage
High-Voltage de Generator
Fluorescent Tube Power Supply
Photomultiplier Supply
Negative Voltage Supply
Photomultiplier Circuit
Single-Chip de Supply for 120-240 Vac Operation
High-Voltage Supply
Cold-Cathode Fluorescent-Lamp Power Supply
442
HIGH-VOLTAGE de GENERATOR
C3 C5 C7 C9 C11
.001 .001 .001 .001 .001
C2 HIGH VOillOSE
220 OUTPUT
+
~
C1 LE01 R3
.22 220<1
C13 011 +12VDC

220 1N40D7 2
IN
+
~
R1
12 1.5K
+I'
L_______________ 4_~_~_. ~}'"~

______
In the miniature high-voltage de generator, the input to the circuit, taken from a 12-Vdc PO"Ccr
supply, is magnified to provide a 10,000-Vdc output causing a pulsating signal, of opposite polarity,
to be induced in Tl's secondary winding.
The pulsating de output at the secondary winding of T1 (ranging from 800 to 1000 V) is applied
to a 10-stage voltage-multiplier circuit, which consists of Dl through DlO, and C3 through Cl2. The
multiplier circuit increased the voltage 10 times, producing an output of up to 10,000 Vdc. The mul-
tiplier accomplishes its task by charging the capacitors (C3 through Cl2); the output is a series ad-
dition of the vo!Lages on all the capacitors in the multiplier.
In order for the circuit to operate efficiently, the frequency of the square wave, and therefore
the signal applied to the multiplier, must be considered. The output frequency of the oscillator (Ul-
a) is set by the combined values of R 1 , R 0 , and C1 (which with the values specified is approximately
15kHz). Potentiometer R5 is used to fine tune the output frequency of the oscillator. The higher the
frequency of the oscillator, the lower the capacitive reactance in the multiplier.
Light-crnilling diode LED! se1ves as an input-power indicator, and neon lamp NEI indicates an
output at the secondary of Tl. A good way to get the maximum output at the multiplier is to connect
an oscilloscope to the high-voltage output of the multiplier, via a high-voltage probe, and adjust po-
tentiometer RG for the maximum voltage output.
443
FLUORESCENT TUBE POWER SUPPLY
C1
33
C2
.1
R1
1.5K
CJ
"]
+ } FROM
CHARGER
RJ R2 47
AND
3300 lOG 25WVDC BATTERY
01
2N3055H
3'~ LAYER
163 TURNS
NO. 28 WIRE
FLUORESCENT
TUBE

A 2N3055 oscillator (Q1) drives a homemade transformer, wound on a 'Xc x 1%'' ferrite rod. 82 is
used as a filament switch and it can be eliminated, if desired. A 20-W fluorescent tube is recom-
mended. The supply is 12 V.
PHOTOMULTIPLIER SUPPLY
Cathode Typical PMT Anode
,-----------~------------~
Capacitors low value 100-200pF "'limit

diodes-ln4006 or Equiv current
0.5mA max
A Cock croft-Walton voltage multiplier supplies the stepped voltage required for the dynodes of
the PMT without the power-wasting voltage-divider resistor string-that is traditionally used.
444
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE SUPPLY
r----,----....--+9-15V -100V
R2 R1 C3 + DC
sson 100K 22 OUT
_.A----.
C4 +
T1 .05
_...,.__._-lf-~---14 -1 0:;-V-----,
R4
2MEG
C1
.01
~
A
C4 C6
.05 .05
---~~~lif- 01-04
1114002
j~~
H.V.
OUT
_____ .J
L- - -
+
C5
OS

The combination Hartley oscillator/step-up transformer shown in A can generate significant neg-
ative high voltage, especially if the voltage output of the transformer is multiplied by the circuit.
PHOTOMULTIPLIER CIRCUIT
500-1200 Vdc
p+
200 k
This circuit is typical of the way that a photomultiplier tube is used. The circuit shown is ac con-
pled, but if de coupling is needed, the capacitor can be omitted artd a suitable interfacing method
used. A typical tube is the widely available 931/931A.
445
SINGLE-CHIP de SUPPLY FOR 120-TO 240-Vac OPERATION
tOO 260VRMS
IC1
HV4205E

5 24V
914113-11

Direct derivation of 5 to 24 Vdc from ac mair1s, without a transformer is possible with tllis cir-
cuit. Note that a direct mains connection to the de output exists. Suitable safety preca.?J.tions rnust
be taken.
HIGH-VOLTAGE SUPPLY
Rl
3.3K
r TB1
J_9V
DB'
Tl
HIGH VOLTAGE
TERMINAl 6U:1200U '-+---Jf---lf---jif--l>--~(--li---lf-~
T2
IGNI- +
TION
COIL
o1-D8ARE1N.007
""C2-C9ARE .01 UNITS
Tllis circuit uses a transistor oscillator and a voltage multiplier to charge ClO and C!l to a high
voltage. When the spark gap breaks down, T2 produces a high-voltage pulse via the capacitance dis-
charge of ClO and Cll into its primary. T2 is an auto ignition coil.
446
COLD-CATHODE FLUORESCENT-LAMP POWER SUPPLY
C1 =WIMA MKP-20
Q1, Q2 letJX Z!X-149
L1 =Coillronlcs CIX 150-4
n =Colllronlcs CTX 110-6112
or Sumida EPS-207
Colllronlcs: (305)781-8900
S.mlda: (708)95611666 n
1
01
+7VIo+24V 5 4 1114148
+
10.F I
02
- 680 1114148
+3.0 vIa 5.5 v
300
10 k
Dimming lnpul
This circuit is a 92%-efficient power supply for cold-cathode fluorescent lamps (CCFLs), which
are used to backlight LCD in portable equipment. The efficiency depends heavily on the component
types, particularly Cl, Ql, Q2, Ll, and Tl, whose manufacturers are noted.
447
78
Power Supply Circuits-Low Voltage
Tracking Double-Output Bipolar Supply 5-V to 3.3-V Switching Regulator

Universal Laboratory Power Supply 24-V to 3.3-V Switching Regulator
+5 V/+3.6 V from 4 AA Cells Laptop Computer Power Supply
Inductorless Switching Regulator Subwoofer Amplifier Power Supply
Single LTC Power Supply Dual Voltage-Rectifier Circult
Configurable Power Supply Dual Audio Amplifier Power Supply
Combination Voltage and Current Regulator Diodeless Rectifier
HV Power Supply with 9-to 15-Vdc Input Regulator Loss Cutter
Inductorless Power Supply Converter Synchronous Stepdown Switching
Simple Negative Supply for Regulator with 90% Efficiency
Low-Current Applications 5- to 35-V Tracking Power Supply
Inverting Power Supply 8-V from 5-V Regulator
Multivoltage Power Supply +1.5-V Supply for ZN416E Circuits
Current-Limiting Regulator Antique Radio de Filament Supply
Neon Lamp Driver for 5- to 15-V Supplies Inexpensive Isolation Transformer
13.8-Vdc 2-A Regulated Power Supply (Impromptu Setup)
0- to 12-V, 1-A Variable Power Supply 5-VUPS
Voltage Doubler Supply +5-V Supply
Adjustable 20-V Supply Add 12-V Output to 5-V Buck Regulator
Switching Regulator Converter Telecom Converter -48 V to +5 V @ 1 A
448
TRACKING DOUBLE-OUTPUT BIPOLAR SUPPLY
,I
~
R1 R2!
J1
r; =
1300 11100:
ZMC F1 Off 01
~,-
ADJ IC2 +11
~ at!- ,! 2
3 I
IC1 I I.ID17T a lD
81 UII17T ADJ D2
~ F,Opf
C5 +20VIIC
f:,' ~
OU1PIIr
1~ ~
1 1-
C1J R3
1000pf
.. ...
1240
C4.' ~c: V1R18

10pf
2K
D3
1-
R4
5100
t b;:
Wl1 R6 ADJ
1K .
,_ D5 +01
..11ipf
tlll
,.::~~ ~
OUAL
SEP1UWE nw:K
~F_C19
15
R22
9100 6
)ig2
~~ C17
~
,.

R5
3K
R7
rV S3
2 I
1
ADJ
IC3 at!-
IJIIII7T
1300
2
R6
IC4
Jllllf1Ta
ADJ
3
R6
11100
,_ ,_
D6
R21
10K
!~~
V2 -1.3
~ro
-2WDC
-~:.W 1K IJ1
1Jif ~ Gal
10pf
i' 1
R10.
1240
07
Oll1l'IIT
R11
r,ll47~
'
De ... "+
C8
.,10pf
' r
5100
This circuit is useful for a bench supply in the lab. Separate or tracking operation is possible. The regulatdrs should be properly
heatsinked. Tl is a 24-Vac wall transformer of suitable current capacity.
UNIVERSAL LABORATORY POWER SUPPLY

r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - -- - --
I
Tl
!REDrYEllOWl
R1
""
pvAc
IRED!
5K
!BLUE!YELLOWI
:L - +
'"; ~17 1 BR2 +L C3
VAC~ evAC 1 DB1113 J"' 10001-'f
,----J ~~;.;======~------------~:
(BLUE I
(GREEN!
,t-~~-}-T<~MVD~C~
~ ,,
VAC
L---------~
!GREEN/YELLOW)
'
I
~~~==l=u-----,t-,
!REDIYHLOW) '' I
I
I
~42
~VAC
MODULE B
I
I
0 50VDC
(RED) I
VARIABLE 0-50 I
,-- (BWE!YELLOWJ
SUPPLY
IOU PliCATE
VDC I
I
"~l ~J;,
Of MODULE A) I
VAC I
1BlUE) I
~~==J-GIL--_jt--
!GREENI ,, I
I
I
E ''
f>VAC
I
I
(GREFNIYELLOW) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,-,
!FROM BEHINO!
Sl I
:'----------------
1
I
l~r V I
J
IL _______________ _
r------- ---------------------,
1 MODULE C !-IX0 t JV!JC SUPPLY
(WHITFI
(BLACK)
'
I
.- :
18--=~-:,;-,~,,_ _IINVO'
IWHITEI
''
CD l@..'P14-----'-'=!BlAC""---KI
I
''
' I JN.
_ r-----z.;l !
_j :
I IBOTH)M VIEW + OUT
CIO
22.000~,F rbot
I
I
AS MOUNHD _ _ IC3 0-+t----,
I ON SFCONDARY " ~M32'JK Cl2 r"-------- 1I
I H!ATSINK 1 0 GNO I 1
I I
I
I
------ :
L_- ---- ------------- ~oC_+ ________ J
Pll J6 J5
1992 R-E EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK
450
---------------------------------------------------------------
MODULE A 9- SOVDC VARIABLE SUPPLY CURRLN 1 RfNGL :
R3
~MJ4!i02
12 CURRFNT ~
SET Rl3
6A lOOK
!TOP VltW AS COARSE
MOUNTED ON
PRIMARY HI:ArSINK1
''
f~{ h : ~~~ "" ~' M2
C4
lpF Jijij(l
Ll.- CURR~Nl
v/
---< -
ICI O-+~----.---.--;;D,-.1 --------+,_+------+-----_j--<1

LM317tMC C5 F+ TN4i44A 15VOC
ADJ 101-'F
'-,.____.1-----4 L- 1N~7~4A 15VDC

01 R5
1N4148 liRO~)f' I' ~ IC2 t!-
t-1j---4--~
~t/---t_jr~C~13~h
,- i--
~ 75pF LF357A .2_
02
1N4148 LE01 2 L >Vu r .
DVERCURRENT C6 6 Rl9
IOrC) 00\ 1 r + HOI<
INDICATOR ~~
f-- Ml
+ C9 +~VO.lTAGf
, , 10,1 b~
010 R20
FR802 51<
R10
14K
RIG flm
IK
I 32
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - J
The value of the design lies in the use of !Cl, an LM317HVK adjustable series-pass voltage reg-
ulator, for broad-range performance remainder supplies voltage-setting and current-limiting func-
tions. The input to !Clcomes from the output ofBRI, which is filtered by Cl and C2 to about +60
Vdc, and the input for current-sense comparator IC2 comes from BR2, which also acts as a negative
bias supply for regulation down to ground. The output voltage is determined by:
(V0 UT-- 1.25 + L3)/(R 15 + R 16 ) ~ 1.25/Rw
Thus, the maximum value from each variable supply board is:
Vm:T ~ (1.25/R 8) X (R 15 + R 16 ) ~ 50.18 Vdc.
FIG. 78-2
451
+5 V/+3.6 V FROM 4 AA CELLS
l1'100 ,H 1N5818 SI9405DY

Main
bUe~
oulpul .;.L~ 120
15D,F' 1 2
+
150,F~I'
~"
"'". J t ~1
470 k
3 75 k
luM v;, sw1f ' - - <
4XAA
--=-
-
--
7 U AD 5
1
SH LT11 73 FB 8 J. 33D,F
~I'
alkaline GND sw2 240 <
5 4 <
39 k 62 k
VN2f22 j- 5 V/3.6 V
-='=" lf' 22D,H 1N~~3

>> 910k ~1k
>, 2
~470k<
;:> 360 k
!,-
33a::
3 6
--" SW1 luM V;n AD 8l4 -
av
J.V
fil~itrm
--=- ~~ 1 SET ll1u~ 3
FB
8
10,F .fiND sw2
;.1M 5 4 ~ 200 k
VN2222 L,-l f- BKUP/NDRM
_I_
'l1 TOKO 262LYF0092K ''L2 TOKO 262LYF0096K
-ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 78-3
With this unique logic-power-converter design (see the figure), a switchable 3.6 or 5 Vat 200 rnA
can be attained by using four AA cells. The supply incorporates a MOSFET switch that can switch to
a lithium backup battery, providing a :3.4-V output when the main battery is dead or removed. The
supply consumes only 380 !!A under no-load conditions.
The circuit operates in a somewhat novel mode as a step-up/step-down converter. When t;he
cells are fresh (from about 6 V to about 5.2 V), the LT1173's gain block drives the p-channel MOS-
FET, which turns the circuit into a linear voltage regulator. Tllis rni!lht seem inefficient, but the bat-
teries are quick to drop from 6 V to 5 V With a 5-V input, the efllciency (for the 3.6-V output) is 3.6/5
or 72%, which is reasonable. As the battery-pack drops in voltage, efficiency increases, reaching
greater than 90% with a 4.2-V input.
At a point below a 4-V input, the circuit switches to step-up mode. This mode squeezes the bat-
teries for all of their available energy. In this case, efficiency runs between 83% at approximately a
4-V input to 73% at a 2.5-V input.
The supply can deliver 200 mA over its entire operational range. In its linear mode of operation,
the supply has no current spikes that, because of the fairly high internal resistance of the alkaline
cells, can reduce battery life. The topology delivers over 9.3 hours of 3.6-V 200-mA output power,
compared to just 7 hours using the traditional flyback topology that is used in other designs.
452
INDUCTORLESS SWITCHING REGULATOR
45V ALL
TO DIODES
12V si IC1 1N5S17
,,
J~t
VOUT
1M
A4AXIA4
MAX641
,,v
112mA
.------!- VFB EXT
~- ,, 0 111F
?
L
130k GND
'Y
LBI
' "'I f"'
Substituting the diode-capacitor network shown for an inductor
allows thi.\ switching-regulator /C to deliver 2mA at comparable
line and load regulation, with somewhat reduced efficiency.
45 v ALL
TO
12V sl
VOUT
oj_
Voo
DIODES
1N5817
1 7 '"'
r
Rt < IC1 INA IC2 OA ' + 12V
"
l l''"
1M -,MAXI.AI'I A4AXIA4 @20mA
MAX641
7 VFB EXT 6 INB MAX627 OB 5
tllOOpf
I ,, <
130< <
~
GNO
'I _L
lntroducin~ an
LBI
11
GND
'1
'"'
'"'1
MOS driver (/C2) enables the Figure I circuit to deliver as much as 20mA.

r'"'
B
In conventional applications, switching-regulator !Cs regulate VauT by controlling the current

through an external inductor. The IC in A, however, driving a diode-capacitor network in place of the
inductor, offers comparable performance for small loads. The network can double, triple, or quadru-
ple the input voltage.
Feedback from the R1/R2 voltage divider enables IC1 to set the regulated-output level. (As
shown, the circuit derives 12 V from a 5- to 12-V input and provides as much as 2 mA of output cur-
rent.) Adding a noninverting MOS driver (B) boosts the available output current to 20 rnA. Substi-
tuting the diode-capacitor network shown for an inductor allows this switching-regulator lC to
deliver 2 mA at comparable line and load regulation, with somewhat reduced efficiency.
453
~ SINGLE LTC POWER SUPPLY
v.
8V TO 24V
INPUT ..hcs ..hcs

v,.' 4..l
RETURN i1M4148
I. ..l T '""" T '"""
~ a...,,-e 16
ca....r::- CN>
Vee
P-GATE
P-O RIVE
1
C9
0.047Jlf
~~01 ~Q2
10001 S~50Y 1 Si94350Y I .. . SVOOJ
OA TO 3A
-o
7
Vee
U1
SENse
L1A { ::
tC3 ];C4
"" T """' .,... '""''
~ f1 I
LTC1149 10Dn 11
y~l2
SENSE- I
1C1D
-,-4700pf Cr Yra 1N4148 l1B ~~
11
DtJTPUT
RETURN 17W
13 11 TOTAL
t i
~
502 N-GATE
1k s.GNO R-GND P-GNO ~ 1N5819
4~ ~1::" I !~ 20
I j~ ~941DDY 't
11 14 12
11 3.3Vour
IliOOpf
I
OA TO 5A
-o
C12
""'I!:-, ....l.ct ..1.~2
1% r-'"' :!?~'"' At
102k
+oz
1N4148 """
1% 1%
C1 TOC4: 220p.F, 10V (SANVO OS-CON, "SA" SERIES) ~
C5, C6: ~F. 35V, (UNITED CHEM-GON, "LXf" SERIES)
Cl TO C12: USE SIMILAR OIELECTIUCS, FOR TEMPERATURE TRACKING 111!1 . .
(00 NOT USf TYPE Z5U CERAMIC CAPACITORS}
R3: 0.020. NOifiNOUCTM. IRC TYPE MSM-1-0.02D-:t5%.
L1A.l1B, L2: SEE TEXT
UNMARKED RESISTORS ARE 0.2SW. 5%
One LTC 1149 synchronous switching regulator can deliver both 3.3- arid 5-V outputs. The design's simplicity, low cost, and
high efficiency make it a strong contender for portable, battery-powered applications. The circuit described accepts input volt-
ages from 8 to 24 V, to power any combination of 3.3-V and 5-V loads totalling 17 W or less. For input voltages in the 8-V to 16-V
range, the LTC1148 may be used, reducing both quiescent current and cost.
CONFIGURABLE POWER SUPPLY
T1
The adju,table supply can easily be reconfigured hy altering the value of V2 and beefing up some
other components, as is necessary.
The output voltage is given by J\n 1T = 1.25 (I+ R,IR 1). R 2 can be changed, as is necessary.
COMBINATION VOLTAGE AND CURRENT REGULATOR
+18-24V U2 f-'0++-<+ OUT

IN 7805 5-12V
G R5
470!2
C3
R4 .I
50011
C2
.1
This voltage-regulator/cwTent-limiter combination can be made from two 7805 regulators as shown.
Rl, R2, and R3 should be selected for a 5-V drop at the maximum allowable current limit. 81 select" one
of the three current values. Do not forget that U1 require" 5 rnA to operate and this means that the min-
imum current limit setting should be 10 rnA or more (R 1 = 1.25 kQ). Resistor values are as follows:
R (kQ) = 5 volts
" (cu.rrent f1.m1.t mA- 5 rnA)
For 100 rnA,
R
5
= -- = -
5 kQ or 52.5 Q
X 100-5 95
455
HV POWER SUPPLY WITH 9-TO 15-Vdc INPUT
+9-15V -100V
R2 R1 ca + DC
560<l 100K 22 OUT
~
e<+
T1 .05
4-10V
01 R4
2MEG
II
C5 C7 '='
.05 .05
I
The combination Hartley oscillator/step-up transformer shown in A can generate significant neg-
ative high voltage, especially If the voltage output of the transformer is multiplied by the circuit in B.
INDUCTORLESS POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER
BC639
BC640
8S418-1
~
ece
Using a 555 timer and voltage doubler, this circuit will supply ?50mA at 20 Vdc. Tl and T2 act as
power amplifiers to drive the voltage doubler. Frequency of operation is approximately 8.5 kHz.
456
SIMPLE NEGATIVE SUPPLY FOR LOW-CURRENT APPLICATIONS
+12 v
1 kD
8 4
7
1 N914(2)
10 ,_F
1
r
NE 3
10 k!1 +( -20V
2 555 > No load
_....,.... 10 IJ.F
6 _r-
::0 -
-
-
::0
I= 6.8 kHz

This de negative-voltage generator based on the 5fi5 produces a negative output voltage equal to
approximately 2x the de supply voltage.
INVERTING POWER SUPPLY
--~----------~
IC 4049 CMOS
lOOk O H(X INVERTER
YouT
This circuit will provide a negative de voltage that is approximately equal to the positive input
voltage at no load and about 3 V less at 10 rnA load. v;N is from +5 to +15 Vdc. Do not exceed 15 V or
U1 might be damaged.
457
MULTIVOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
+12V
8V
Fl
!A
01
3A
100PlV
>5V
02
3A
lOOP IV
C2
I_ sooo -5V
04
3A
t-----+ !OOPIV
-8V
' C7
.1
This dual-polarity, multivoltage power supply can be built for a very small investment. The cir-
cuit is built around 78XX and 79XX series 1-A voltage regulators, four :3-A diodes, a 24-30-V 2-6-A
transformer~ and cighL filLer capacitors.
CURRENT-LIMITING REGULATOR
POSITIVE-
VOLTAGE Floating adjustable regulators can be user! as
POSITIVE REGULATOR
FILTERED current limiters. Resistor Rl programs the cur-
PULSATING rent flowing through R2.
DC
R2 R1
t993 ELECTRONICS HOBBYISTS HANDBOOK FIG. 78-13
458
NEON LAMP DRIVER FOR 5- TO 15-V SUPPLIES
+,---~~----------~~------~+5to15V
10~FI
1 k!1
4 8
7 100 k!1
T1
5/o II
10 k!1 NE 68!! Tap " Pulse
2 555 3 x frmr
6 " 1:30 Step-up
I 0.0051'F
I 5
0.01 ~F
I= 15kHz
This neon-lamp driver based on the G5G Tl can be wound on an old TV Jlyback transforrner core.
13.8-Vdc 2-A REGULATED POWER SUPPLY
BLACK
R1
1
B
01
R2
Cl + E +
C2 05 R3 F2 13.8 VDC
Fl
BtACK
This regulated power supply consists of step-down Lransformcr Tl, a full-wave rectifier bridge
(Dl through D4), and a filtering regulator circuit made up of Cl, C2, Rl, R2, R3, D5, and Ql. When
120 Vac is provided, the neon-lamp assembly Lll.ights up, and transformer Tl changes 120 Vac: to
about 28 Vac. The rectifier bridge, Dl through D4, rectifies the ac into pulsating de, which is then fil-
tered by Cl. Capacitor Cl acts as a storage capacitor. Zener diode D5 keeps the voltage constant
across the base of Darlington regulator Ql, causing constant voltage across resistor R3 and the ( +)
and (-) output terminals, where the load is connected. Fuse F2 is used to open ("blow"), if the cur-
rent through the output terminals is too high. Make sure to take proper precautions when using
projects powered by 120 Vac.
459
0- TO 12-V, 1-A VARIABLE POWER SUPPLY
IC1
3
R1 R3 R4
+
05 06 07 0-12VDC
.--()
R2 L1 L2 L3
~~ ~
This 0- to 12-Vdc variable power supply uses an IC voltage regulator and a heavy-duty trans-
former to provide a reliable de power supply. Looking at the schematic shown, you can sec that
transformer T1 has a 120-V primary and a 28-V secondary.
F'iltered de is fed to the input (pin 2) of the LM317T voltage regulator, IC, which keeps the volt-
age at its output constant (pin 3) regardless (within limitations) of the input voltage. Pin 1 of the
LM317T is the adjustment pin. Varying the voltage on pin 1 (via Pl) varies the output voltage.
Diodes D5 through D7 and LEDs L1 through L3 give an approximate indication of the output
voltage. Each LED/diode path has a limiting resistor to limit the current to a level that is safe for the
LED.
VOLTAGE DOUBLER SUPPLY
-----,
-
A
+ 3G-34V
01
;
~
- '*~
0
02
.,.__J T1
8
12V
fA
;~.~
,F
The voltage rlouhler is built around a pair of diodes (D1 and D2) and a pair of capacitors (Cl and
C2) that are fed from, in this case, a 12-V, 1-A step-down transformer (T1).
460
ADJUSTABLE 20-V SUPPLY
Q1
+
"""'
"' ""
+
.
""' ""' G--0
1.47
"
+
121U
VRI
"
-
Dt
"

This circuit can deliver :3 A or more and a maxim1m1 de voltage ol' a little over 20 V. It is designed
around the readily available LM:317T adjustable 3-tcrminal regulator and has a pnp power transistor
to boost the current output.
The transformer has an 18-V secondary rated at fi A; this feeds to bridge rectifier and two 4700-
JlF capacitors to yield around 25 Vdc. This voltage is fed to the emitter ofthe MJ2955 transistor and
to the input of the LM317 via a 33-n resistor.
SWITCHING REGULATOR CONVERTER
GND
NE
-48V INPUT
The Max650 switching regulator produces a regulated 5 V from large negative voltages, such as
the -48 V found on telephone lines. The resulting power supply operates with several external com-
ponents, including a transformer, and it delivers 250 mA The device includes a 140-V 250-mA pnp
transistor, short-circuit protection, and all necessary control circuitry.
461
5-V TO 3.3-V SWITCHING REGULATOR
Vin
OFF l_ 5V5% FB
Vout
ON
0
n 1 Vln
L M2574M-3.3 l = lOO~H
3.3V
@0.5 A
2~FI
2 OUT
'
PWR
GND
SIG
GND
~
"'> D
IN5817
fi:' ~F
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR, LINEAR EDGE FIG. 78-20
A National Semiconductor LM2574 is used to derive 3.3 Vat 0.5 A from a 5-Vlogic bus. The duty
cycle is:
VD ~ diode drop (0.39)

v;Nn ::::inductor de drop
V,AT ~saturation voltage of LM2574 (0.9 V typical)
This circuit should be useful to derive 3.3 V for logic devices from existing +5-V buses.
24-V TO 3.3-V SWil'CHING REGULATOR
Vln = 24V FB
Vout
0 n J:: Vin LM2574M-3.3 l = 220~H

3.3V
@0.5 A
~Fr
22 OUT
- SIG ~ D Cou
F
OFl_-
ON/
OFF
PWR
GND
.L
GND
o!o
"'- 1N5818
r30 ~F
ON
The National Semiconductor LM2574 delivers 3.3 V out at 0.5 A from a 24-V source. The duty cy-
cle is:
VD ~ diode drop (0.39)

TjND ~ inductor de drop
V,,,T ~ saturation voltage of LM2574 (0.9 V typical)
462
LAPTOP COMPUTER POWER SUPPLY
FuSE "
IN 5'101
"0sw'"
SCRI ~CI ~2n E~{t 03
IN'5401
__/ IIOO,..F sw
l
2'5VOC
"'
0sw' "
02
I N5401
~~317TJIIO
rg~ . I'" " t~6.,
F
Yll
zoon
sw "
RS'
l SEE TABLE I)
R6
'on
I/4W
l-'~ 211
4
IN4738
RS
lOOn
I/4W
L
G~~ED I
R7
'"
I/4W
' l
RS Resistor Value Voltage Out
7500 SV
9100 6V
1.2K BV
1.5K 9V
1.8K 10V
2.0K 12V
2.7K 15V
3.3K 18V
3.6K 20V
4.3K 24V
Note: Any output voltage value greater
than 10V requires a higher input voltage
than 13.6V. In addition capacitor working
voltage ratings will have to be increased
accordingly. Allow a minimum of 2.5
times the voltage expected to appear
across the capacitor as a standard for the
working voltage.
Table 1. Resistor value/voltage 11Ultchup.

A laptop r:omputer supply Lhal has 9-V output, crowbar overvoltage protection, and operates
from a 12-V supply is shown above. The supply volLage should be at least 3.6 V above the expected
output voltage. Ql should be heatsinked appropriately. R5 should have a value of 1.5 kQ for g_y out-
put. Table 1 gives values for other voltages.
463
SUBWOOFER AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY
TO 117 VAC SWITCHED + 15V

.-~----(TO CROSSOVER)
POWER ON RECEIVER R11 01
820<1 15V
1W ~1N4744B
F1 ~ BR1 -=
2A 6A +35V
T1 ,----------, 200PIV ._--.---.~----<> (TO AMPLIFIER)
~~~ r---~~, +
5~5* HI
R10
5K
5W --35V
.__ _ _ _ _ _.__ _.,_c..-'-o (TO AMPLIFIER)
-15V
L _ . W i r - - - - - . - -- - - ( T O CROSSOVER)
R12 02
820<1 15V
1W 1N,7448
Although intended to power a 100-W low-frequency amplifier, this power supply should handle
many mono or stereo amplifiers in the medium power range that require 30 to 35 V.
DUAL VOLTAGE-RECTIFIER CIRCUIT
1t7
VI
1--------------<._-o -16-18V
This stepped-up dual voltage supply provides 15 to 18 V unreguiated.
464
DUAL AUDIO AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY
...... +15V
DV
-----------.--------~~r----.----+----+--~~--~--~~
~
CHASSIS
""
5DVW - "
3SVW -
UT -15V
I7Ull
3W
-38.5V
m
5
GilD
,t
OUT

'""
100 0.1: 110 0.1
18VW 11VW
IV
100 0.1 110 0.1

10VW 11VW
-15
PREMPLIFIER AIID CONTROL UIIJT
A dual audio amplifier that will deliver 50 W per channel is shown in the schematic. It includes
preamp and tone controls, and also includes a headphone amplifier. The circuit depicts the power
supply that supplies 38.5 V and 15 V regulated for the dual 50 watter.
465
DIODELESS RECTIFIER
Vee Vee
R4
1D k Ra
(a) R1 10 k
Rs
10 k 20 i 10 k
(bj 1 Notes:
1. R:!ffl1 2is orillcal(1% resioton are
reoommendedj.
2.1\1. 114 are not critical.
3.11; and Rs are gain reslston
(i flt/Rs +1). In thiseumplo
K. 2, thus the amplitude otthe
ouljlul signal is twice as high as
ollnput signal. R& 0(i 1 I gives
us equal input and output amplitudes.
The gain oan be inoreased (H needed)
for small input levels.
It's common knowledge that when working with single-supply op amps, implementing simple
functions in a bipolar signal environment can be difficult. Sometimes additional op amps and other
clecLronic components are required.
Taking that into consideration, can any advantage be attained from this mode? The answer lies
in this simple circuit (A). Requiring no diodes, the circuit is a high-precision full-wave rectifier with
a high-frequency limitation equalling that of the op amps themselves. Look at the circuit's tinting di-
agram (B) to see the principle of operation.
The first arnpliller rectifies negative input levels with an inverting gain of 2 and turns positive
levels to zero. The second amp, a noninvcrting sumnting amplifier, adds the inverted negative signal
from the first amplifier to the original input signal. The net resuit is the traditional waveform pro-
duced by full-wave rectillcation.
In spite of the limitation on the input signal amplitude (it must be less than ~c/2), litis circuit
can be useful in a variety of setups.
466
REGULATOR LOSS CUTTER
l lT1874
5 V;n vsw 4
P
-~
D1
l1
58~H 1
L2 ~
5 tJt
r V;n
LT11114
ADJ
iout Yout
1. 25to31UA
vut <Yin 8V
GND Vc FB 1.
~ II' IBR745 T I He
,,
c5 l3l
3 2 3!1,.1'
,,.
V;,
-=-
~~3
35V
~5-0V
* ,c~ ;;:::+ Ce
+ C1 +I-
& I I ,.I'
470,.1'
58V
~~Dvk ~1~F 101
LT10116
[4-(r:-2 VREF=1.5 V R7
I
""""'
; 2.2k "J ?'!I
---~ "
R5 1W
TD.~~F
~
4.7k,1% 101:1%
- -
lout< U A: 17187&,1111186 l1 CoillroRicl ClXl0-5-52 Cp Nlclllcon UPL1H471MRH
~ut <5A: 111D74,1J11184 L2 =Colllrnnlcs CTX5-HR C2=Nlol!icoo UPL1H331MRH
C3 =Nloi!IOOA UPL1V3!11MEH
Large input-to-output voltage differentials, caused by "ide input voltage variations, reduce a linear regulator's efficiency and
increase its power dissipation. A switching preregulator can reduce this power dissipation by minimizing the voltage drop across
an adjustable linear regulator to a constant 1.5-V value.
The circuit operates the LT1084 at slightly above its dropout voltage. To minimize power dissipation, a low-dropout linear reg-
ulator was chosen. The LT1 084 functions as a conventional adjustable linear regulator with an output voltage that can be varied
from 1.25 to 30 V.
Without the preregulator (for a 40-V input and a 5-V output at 5 A), it would be virtually impossible to find a heatsink large
enough to dissipate enough energy to keep the linear-regulator junction temperature below its maximum value. With the prereg-
ulator technique, however, the linear regulator will dissipate only 7..5 Wunder worst-case loading conditions for the entire input-
voltage range of 15 to 40 V. Even under a short-circuit fault condition, the 1.5-V drop across the LT1084 is maintained .
...
~
SYNCHRONOUS STEPDOWN SWITCHING REGULATOR WITH 90% EFFICIENCY
4: YIN
5.5V TO
-::!:; Cl -!- C2 3
~~IN
"'I:"
~ 25V
15~tf x3
..!- 13.5V T'l)lf TO.lJ,iF

v,
PDAIVE
1
,,_ 01
l1
I j..: Si94300Y RSfNSE
62~tH
OV ~NORMAL ...!
LTC1148-5
SHUTDOWN
I
"""' SVI'lA
~~ .SV =SHUTDOWN
SENSe ' ::!::!-~OUT
6
SENSE-
7 1' C40.0011Jf T""""
10V
'"
fi C3
L1300pF
X?R
-b~~
~~70pf
NPO
4
c,
SGND
.11
..1..
NO RIVE
PGND
12
" lE Q2
SI94100Y
<
~ ~~RS140T3
Cl(TA) 01 MOTOROLA SCHOTTKY. VBR =40V

C1N AVX (TA) TAJ0156K025RLR. ESR = O.Jr.t. IRMS = 0.707A Rst:NSf lAC LA2512-01-R050J Po 1W
CouT AVX (TA)TAJE227K010RLR, ESR = O.OSU, IRMS = 1.4A l 1 COILTRONICS CTX622MP. OCR= 0.0350, MPP CORE (THROUGH HOLE)
01 SILICONIX PMOS, BVDSS ~ 20V, ROSoN = 0.1U, CRSS =400pF. DG = 50nC l 1-1 COIL TAO NICS CTX02117152, OCR 0.11U. FERRITE CORE (SURFACE MOUNT)
02 SILICON IX NMOS. BVOSS = 30V. ROSeN= 0 050, C~ss = 160pF, 06 .. 30nC All OTHER CAPACITORS ARE CERAMIC
A LTC1148 (5.5V-13.5V to 5V/2A) surface mount
Vm"'1~
90 -+hml
~
(;
zw
u
~ 80
70 v IIIIII
2 20 200 2000
OUTPUT CURRENT (mA)
B LTC 1148-5: 5.5V to 13.5V efficiency

A shows a typical LTC1148 surface-mount application providing 5 Vat 2 A from an input voltage
of 5.5 V to 13.5 V. The operating efficiency, shown in B, peaks at 97% and exceeds 90% from 10 rnA
to 2 A with a 10-V input. Q1 and Q2 comprise the main switch and synchronous switch, respectively,
and inductor current is measured via the voltage drop across the current shunt. R8ENSE is the key
component used to set the output current capability according to the formula/00T = 100 rrlY/R 8ENSE'
The advantages of current control include excellent line and load transient rejection, inherent short-
circuit protection and controlled startup currents. Peak inductor current is limited to 150 mV/RsENSE
or 3 A for the circuit in A.
468
:t5- TO 35-V TRACKING POWER SUPPLY 8-V FROM 5-V REGULATOR
REGULATED
+8V
TO CIRCUIT
+ 40V UNREGULATED
5VOU 0
R1
IN REGULATOR f"---+
C1 3901<
300pF +Voor(REG)
If you have trouble locating an 8-V regulator.

although they are commonly available, a 5-V unit
can replace it by connecting the regulator, as is
shown here.
+1.5-V SUPPLY FOR ZN416E CIRCUITS
r-----.- + 6V
R1
1.5K
R3
2.5K
TO
.,. ZN416E
This regulator cm1 be used with a +6-Vsource

This supply is designed to operate from a 40- to supply ZN416E low-voltage TRF radio-receiver
V nominal unregulated power source (bridge rec- lC the necessmy + 1.5 V. R3 sets output voltage.
tifier, etc.).
469
ANTIQUE RADIO de FILAMENT SUPPLY
This de supply is great for operating battery-powered antique radios, because it is designed to
prevent harming the tube filaments. The circuit is useful for powering filaments of 00-A, 01-A, 112A,
and 71A tubes, which require 5V at 250 rnA.
INEXPENSIVE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER (IMPROMPTU SETUP)
Using two 12-V filament or power transformers, an impromptu isolation transformer can be
made for low-power (under 50 W) usc in testing or servicing. SO! is an ordinary, duplex ac recept-
able. Use heavy-wire connections between the 12-V windings because several amperes can flow.
470
5-V UPS
Vin(8VIo17VI ,,
1N4148
.. '1
,, ,, ,,
~
1N4148
r,,,
'1 390 ~-tH 1N5817
ro ~~~7
.,
7300-ZO
(Cad4eiiBurnsl ., c2_l--n4
You!
(5V)
5
2BOk
1% 1nFt 1M 470k
470k q-- 2
v, 7 Sense Yout
6
c,,,,
'" ' Yset
S SHDN Yin~ o~"
'-=: "'
lc

. ,,
'1 AXC001
3.6V 1 MAX63D
~ lBI
"'
MAX666
,,
c1
['' LBR
1L____. 4
GN!l IDDi
1'/o
01
2M3904
'S\
,!
.,
7 LBO
GNO -~ "''
47~FJ
IOU
'I
-- Notes.
1. Use groun~ plane. 2. Re;islllrs are 5% U.O.S.
ElECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 78-34

A 9-V wall adapter supplies VIN. IC2 contains a low-battery detector circuit that senses V1N by
means of R6 and R7. The detector output (pin 7) drives an inverter (Ql), which in turn drives the
shut~down inputs 10 of !Cl and SHDN of 1C2. These inputs have opposite~polarity active levels. The
common feedback resistors, R2 and R3 enable both regulators to sense the output voltage, V0 J:T"
When IC2 shuts down, its output turns off. However, when !Cl shuts down, the whole chip as~
sumes a low~ power state and draws under 1 !JA. Ll, D2, Cl, C2, R2, and R3 are part of the 250~mW
switching reguiator. Diodes D3 and D4 wire~OR the power connection to IC2, and C3 improves the
linear regulator's load regulation.
+5-V SUPPLY
R12 R13 ~ LED2

POWER
1 1300 1300 VJ
Ml R16 +5V
3 I
AOJ
0
IC7
l LM317T O 2
\7 2200 OU11'UT
'"
LM317T ADJ
1
R14
,.....
010 +
1:16
10j.tF
C13
.22
''"' + R15 ,.....
09
""
1600
C15
'"'' ""'
NOTf
? =GROUND FOR VARIABLE SUPtop[n/E,.-S----<>---+4 ----_j
'9"' GROUND FOR 5VOLT SUPPLY
The power supply shown is designed to operate from a wall transformer. This circuit can be used
in conjunction with a variable supply to test circuits in the lab, etc. T2 is a 12~V wall transformer.
471
ADD 12-V OUTPUT TO 5-V BUCK REGULATOR

lta11V
Ypp
"""'
5 "'
....
1115117
SIIDN otiT r''--.----._,;{Yop)
1 IC2 421k
,----+.i'----.---.--~111 MAQI7 1'1i
m'
"' ,.
--
47.U
11
r11:1.SIIml~atht;---jiiii,.JI,_,...._.
Colllr'DIIIcii:IJG.11!MI-1
.,."..
By adding a flyback winding to a buck-regulator switching converter (see the figure), which is
essentially a 5-V supply with a 200-mA output capability, a 12-V output C\j,pl can be produced. The
flyback winding on the main inductor (forming transformer T1) enables an additional low-dropout
linear regulator (IC2) to create the 12-V output voltage that's needed to program EEPROMs. There-
quired input voltage is 8 to 16 V.
TELECOM CONVERTER -48 V TO +5 V @ 1 A
FB (
LM2575
HVT-ADJ SR306
ON/OFF GND SW .., I .,. r +5V @ !>1A

Output
1N91 4
L
,~
-~~~ 10DO"F~ R1
471J- ~/75V
1
15V 4.32k
10 k -< ,...
GND
o.47)1Fnsv ~
l.p==5801J.H
Np:Ns==:1:1
""
01
> 2N3906
-48V Input
~~ ~j l'sRaoo ~
R2
~
1.23VFB{
1.21k
0
The circuit supplies 1 A at +5 V from the -48-V supply conunonly used in telephone equipment.
The National Semiconductor LM2575 is a simple switching regulator.
472
79
Probe Circuits
675. The 1\gure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Simple Voltage Probe

ac Voltage Probe
473
SIMPLE VOLTAGE PROBE
01 RJ
2N3904 4700
A2 A4
47K 4700
A1
470K
C1
630pf +6-9V
+
~
PROBE
This simple voltage probe can be helpful in checking and troubleshooting solid-state circuitry.
ac VOLTAGE PROBE
01
POPULAR ELECTRONICS
~}'""'" FIG. 79-2
This simple probe can save your life by warning you of live circuitry. It's ideal for times when
more than one person is working on a device.
474
80
Protection Circuits
Speaker Protector Overvoltage Protection Circuit

Electronic Fuse Thned Safety Circuit
Safety Circuit Modern/Fax Protector for Two Computers
Overload Indicator Ear Protector
Relay Fuse for Power Supplies Loudspeaker Protector
Speaker Protector Simple Safety Circuit
Modem Protector
475
SPEAKER PROTECTOR
V+
FROM AMPLIFIER{+
LEFT CHANNEL _
+}TO LEFT
_ SPEAKER +
R9
56K
R10
56K
R11
270K
+
C3
470
o-+---------4--o C2
100
01
1NS114
R2
47...,..-----1>1------+------,
02 +
1N914 C1
10
R3
47K
FROM AMPLIFIER{+
RIGHT CHANNEL _
o-+--+-----; 03
BC647
*SEE TEXT
""SEE TEXT
C4 C5 R7
47 47
22K
04'
+30-65V 1H4002
FROM { R1'
AMPLIFIER 22on ce A15"
2.2K
SW 100
:iGND 1W
~
Most of the transistors in this speaker protector !"unction as switches. Normally, Q4, Qfi, and Kl
are on and the speakers are connected to the amplifier. However, if a large de voltage appears at an
amplifier output, either Q3, or Ql and Q2 turn on, biasing Q4 off. That action turns Q5 off, de-ener-
gizes the relay, and discormecls the speakers from the amplifier. Components Ill, D2, and Q6 form
the overdrive-protection circuit.
476
ELECTRONIC FUSE
R2
4421< ~
83
~
Cl LE01
200pf
04 R15
1N4004 1K
R9 + C5 R13 NTE
12K 100!JF 2K U04
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. BQ-2
llasically, this circuit is an adjustable electronic circuit breaker, containing a toroidal transformer
that senses 60-Hz load current. T1 has a two-turn winding for primary, and 100 turns of #30 gauge
wire for the secondary. A high-low range switch selects 0.1 to 6 A or 1 to 12 A The primary winding
of T1 carries full load current and voltage; should be suitably insulated, as should beRYl.
SAFETY CIRCUIT
,--------------.-+12V
Rl 51
4700 ..I..
Cl + CONTROL
R2 1000 OUTPUT
:=aD
470ll
,.
52
..I..
I
+ C2
1000 K2
,.
Because of the finite hold-on time of delay circuits Rl/Cl and R2/C2, both Sl and 82 must be
pressed at the same time to power up the load.
477
OVERLOAD INDICATOR
Two op amps are used as comparators to indi-

cate excessive magnitude of an AF signal, either
positive or negative, even if the signal is asymmet-
rical. Pl sets the reference voltage for both op
amps. This circuit is useful for audio-amplifier and
op-an1p circuits using split power supplies.
RELAY FUSE FOR POWER SUPPLIES
,,
4ZOO
A method of adding overload protection to a

power supply using a relay is shown. In each cir-
cuit, the relay must be reset by a rnomentary
switch using a charge on capacitor C2. This pre-
vents overload if the short still exists.
478
SPEAKER PROTECTOR
+
12V
::;1
12V
,,,,
:1
,,
,,
"
""
"",, A speaker system can be protected against
BC560C "",,
BCSSOC l1 C4 amplifier failure when de voltages (on speaker
"",,
BC560C
BC517 \00!1
line a-b) arc sensed by the circuit. Either positive
:: "' or negative de voltages are sensed. A relay opens
l '
""
"""
""
"
""
""
"",,
in this case, removing the de from the speakers.
About 12 Vat 50 mA is needed to power the cir-
cuit, depending on the relay.
",,
"
"" 0
MODEM PROTECTOR
RING
IRED\ 01
11163818
SVP1
!SEE TEXT\ 02
1N53818
.,. This protector uses surge voltage proteetors

03 rated at 2:30-V breakdown. An effective ground
1N13818 should be used.
04
TIP 111138H
(GREEN\
479
....co
0 OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION CIRCUIT
+33V
+33V
L 1M ,1~
+33V
LM317ll
U2
I Oul Adi In t36V
.A, vvvl-
0-32 Vdc tn 510 k
circuil underhsl
_l
l~~~1% ~~!fa !11393 11 t
i
v_
1
241 VVVJ:_
~3 ~ S1
LM78L12
..
~In
U3
Dull +12V
- . -=- 0.047 ,F ~
GND 1oi
1
LM317t('
U1 30 t ~ 3Gt -
+3&V ,_In Out -<
Adj
2411 "e1rl
5 13 3 -- -=-
01 >10k Vee 10 k RST TRG ~51K 1n LM393 10 t
~ 0.1~F 6
5t:r: >r:
<
B U4B
Oul TRG
6 1
U4A
Out TMG ~
7
4 + ...or ~ ,,. .. '02
R2
R1 1/4 558 1/4 558 _ _!00 pF 5 _ 1ot
TMG GND I"e2
-= "
LM385 ~ 1o. 1.24V VN2222L
(orsimi~r) 7 12 l T 10M
- -=--
1k
10 v lilA 5~ delay i+ or GND 111 used elsewflere on loor ~st setrr,.

U4B RS HipHop
ELECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. BO-B
When testing a circuit, a source of voltage that is variable and has overvoltage shutdown is very useful. In this circuit, Rl is
adjusted to 1 to 2 V below the eventual shutdown threshold. R2 sets the trip voltage. When this voltage is reached, the circuit
shuts the voltage to the circuit under test down. To reset, reduce Rl below trip threshold and depress reset switch Sl.
TIMED SAFETY CIRCUIT
RS R3 Cl S1 +12V
lOOK
~lNSK~-1',~~-oTO-l
Rl
220K
RB
lOOK
FIG. Bo-9
When Sl is closed, pin 9 of Ul goes low, turning on Ql for a preset period. If 82 is closed during
this period, Q2 is turned on for a preset period. Rll and Rl3 set the two time periods.
481
MODEM /FAX PROTECTOR FOR TWO COMPUTERS
r--------------------,
I R1 R5 I
TRANSMIT! 15i"l 100 I lX
01 02
1N53008
'""'"
RECEIVE:
"
15!> lOU
R6
...,,
COMPUTER 0/i()\
TfRMINALj
READY 1
I
I
I
I
R3
""
03
1N6a801
10n
R7
"'
1NUI118
OTI<
_...,
TERMINAL
OR
""""""-
I 05 06
'I 1N6311DB 1M53101
DATA I
SET I
""" "
READY I 100
I
TO
I 07 06 GAOUHO
I 1NUIIIOB 1N5HIB AOOOR
I --=- I WA'IER
~---------------------J ~
VARIATION OF THE MODEMIFAX PROTECTOR for uae In telephone line
connections between PC or terminal and larger distant computer.
ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. Bo-10
This modern/fax protector can be used in telephone-line connections between a PC or a termi-

nal mrd a distant computer. In this circuit, the SVPs (surge voltage protectors) are rated at 230 V. A
good ground is a must for effective operation.
EAR PROTECTOR
TO
PIN 5
OF
MC34119
C\
1
Dl Rl
1N914 lK
R4 OUTPUT
02 C2
1N914 \OK TO
1 PIN 1
Of
MC34119
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. Bo-11
The ear protector is actually a peak audio-detector/shutdown circuit that disables the mnplifier
through its chip-disable input when the output volume of an amplifier reaches the set level. The cir-
cuit, although intended for the MC:34119 mnplificr, shouid work with similar IC devices or applications.
482
LOUDSPEAKER PROTECTOR
..
,
.....
"
"
"''"
'I
I"'
'
HIOTECTIOII/
I'OWEII 011 OEU.Y IIlLA I
- I
I
n~~~~--f*+-'
I
I
MAlliS OFf OffiCTOR
I
I
I
...I.L

I
I
m m I
----+----T---------------------"-~-n-om__cr_'______
' ~ ~'
FROM POWEll ' / TO
AMPl~"'."_'-----l----------------------------' q-J S~E"

Transistors Ql, Q2, and Q3 monitor the two outputs of the stereo amplifier. If the offsets exceed
2 V, Q7 is turned off, which turns off Q8 and the normally on relay. Diodes D2 and D5, together with
Q4, provide a mains voltage monitor. As soon as the ac input voltage disappears, as when the ampli-
fier is turned off, Q4 turns off and Q5 turns on. This turns off Q7, QS, and the relay. Hence, the loud-
speakers arc disconnected iiiiiilediately after the amplifier is turned off.
SIMPLE SAFETY CIRCUIT

TO
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
S1
~
S2
...:t_
f~ I
The simple two-hand safety-control switch
shown here is little more than two pushbutton
+r~~K1
switches cormected in series; both must be de-
pressed in order to energize the relay.
12-24V DC
483
81
Proximity Circuits
Proximity Alarm I
Proximity Alarm II
484
PROXIMITY ALARM I
'\ 7ANTENNA
I ..
C3 1
0
16 R3
- ~ ._..+
-
- IC1
_j
9V
I
l
R1 '---
~j
f-
8 rg
~ C2
- C1 P1
+ " t R2 !1
GND_
!Cl contains several oscillators and an amplifier. The low-frequency audio-signal oscillator is
used to supply an input to the amplifier. That signal is the audio tone that is amplified, then supplied
to the speaker by the amplifier.
The high-frequency oscillator is purposely set to be very unstable. It is dormant or "off' until the
resistor-capacitor (RC) network is changed. The resistance (R) in this case is made up of R2 and Pl.
As the resistance of Plis decreased, the wlit becomes more sensitive (more unstable), and less ca-
pacitance (C) is needed to cause the oscillator to oscillate.
The capacitance required is provided by C2 and by any capacitance introduced via the antenna
loop. When you come near that loop, your inherent body capacitance causes the high-frequency os-
cillator to begin to oscillate, which then causes the low-frequency oscillator to be "switched on" in:
temally. Once the alarm is sounding, the IC is designed so that it "latches", that is, it stays on until
the power to it is switched off.
Cl 1"~F Axial Capacitor

C2 27-pF Silver Mica Capacitor
C3 0.1-~F Mylar Capacitor
JCl CM1001N IC
P1 50-kQ Trinuner Resistor
Rl 75-kQ Resistor
R2 200-Q Resistor
R3 100-kQ Resistor
S1 SPDT Switch
Spk Small Speaker
Mise IC Socket, Battery Snap, Ground Plate, Wire, PC Board
485
PROXIMITY ALARM II
+ C6
U1a Ul-b
1
/~4049 100
1Js 4049 +
R3
1K 01
2N2222
Cl C2 C3 02 C5
9-50pF 9-SOpF 680pF 1N914 39pF
01 C4 R2
4-IN.x61N. 1N914 lOOK
1
PLATE
ANTENNA
A CMOS logic gate is used to make up this circuit. When an object is near the antenna, the
change in oscillator output is detected by Dl and D2 and amplilied by UlC, which drives Ql, sound-
ing alarm BZ l.
486
82
Pulse-Generator Circuits
Add-On Pulse Generator

Pulse Generator
Logic Pulser
Precise One-Shot
Digitally Controlled Sawtooth Pulse Generator
Delayed Pulse Generator
Pulse Generator with Variable Duty Cycle
487
ADD-ON PULSE GENERATOR
,-----.----1~------1r--~+10V
100 M-F+
16V I Width
6.8 kO
C ~F Pulse width
4.7kfl 4.7 40 ms to 540 ms
0.47 4 ms to 54 ms
NE 0.047 400 ms to 5.4 ns
Trig. 470 pF 3 220fl
555 0.0047 40 f.LS to 540 f.LS
inpu1 o---j
pulse 470 pF 4 f.LS tO 54-f,LS
Level
n+6V soon
..1 Pulse out
Oto6V
= =
I
This pulse generator can supplement a standalone pulse generator. Using a transistor and a 555
timer, pulse widths of <5 11s to 500 11s can be produced. The value of C3 is approximately found from
the formula:
C3 11F = 1.1 x 10.., T where Tis the shortest pulse width (~Is) desired in a 10:1 range
(T should be greater than 5~Is)
The capacitor values and consequent pulse width range are shown.
PULSE GENERATOR
+5to+15V
6.8 kfl
22 kfl Width
22 kO 100 kO
4 14 10
0.01J..LF
10k0 6 5 8 9
0-i '12
12
'12 Output
556 1 470 pF 556
IN914 22 kfl 2 13

=
= = CI I
11
= =
Pulsewidth T = 1.1 RC
In this circuit T = 7.4 x 1o- 3 CILF to 0.117 x C11-F seconds

with C= 0.11-LF T= 740 IJ.Sto 11.7ms

By using a 556 dual timer with JC1Aacting as a waveshaper and 1C1B as a pulse generator, a 10:1
range of pulse widths can be generated.
A sine wave can be used to trigger this circuit.
488
LOGIC PULSER
VOUT
LED~~
R8
R7 330ll 0
rt6 R5
2.2K 02
2N3904
1MEG
10
RESET
9
OUT
,t/
~
Q1
2N3904 ,_11.
THRESH CONTR 11 "
1111 Is
14 U3
40888
BilATERAl
SWITCH
14
!_
U1-b
1/2 558
OSC./TIMER
C7
0.01 ~
1
~
10 J12 9 16 13 ~ DISCH
L:: (5 8
r,
TRIG
~
R4
10K C6
12 D2
Q a 1N914
___1 0 C5
U2-b 0?~1
,,, <10131
14
+V D FLIP-FLOP
c
R8 q
s 1
Q
R6
4.7K
Ri_
'1
11 U2-a
3 c 1/2
40138
0 FLIP-FLOP
a2
5 31 0 s
~
OUT CONTR *ocff,
~
'---5
+V U1a
1/2 7
558 GND Dl
.
RESET OSC./TIMER
-4- 1N34A
~ r~
DISCH THRESH TRIG
b, Cl
Rl
1K
1 2 6 ; Fo.47
C4 +
R3 R2
3.3K 3.3MEG 10
GND
I
500Hz 6 0 0.5Hz
51 ""T'"
SPST---
1990 PE HOBBY1ST HANDBOOK FIG. 82-3
The logic pulscr generates pulses at 500 Hz or 0.5 Hz. When the pulser's tip connects to an in-
put that is already being driven high or low, the pulser senses thelogic state and automatically pulses
the input briefly to the opposite state.
489
PRECISE ONE-SHOT
D nslage shift 0
RCLK ter
reg1s
Clock
Trigger
Flip-Flop 0
Register 0
--~------------~
n-stage shlh
Output ___jC _______ _------------------
lw
~ c __ _ __J
A more precise and stable one-shot pulse is generated by this circuit (a).
When a trigger pulse is present, the flip-flop initiates a one-shot pulse whose
width is a multiple of the clock period (b).
Trigger 01 01
01 Output
5 02
02
12 03 02
03
13 04
ii3
04
04
Clock 9 CLK
1 CLK
+5V 1~ 74HC175
This simple one-shot circuit has a pulse width of one clock period and is
more precise and stable than a multivibrator.
490
PRECISE ONE-SHOT (Cont.)
This approach uses a !lip-!lop, a shift register, and two gates (A). Before the one-shot pulse, the
output of the NOR gate is 0. Consequently, the data input of the D-type !lip-!lop is equivalent to the
trigger. When a trigger pulse is present, the !lip-!lop initiates the one-shot pulse, and the n-stage
shift register controls the pulse width, tw, which is a multiple of the clock's period (B).
The precision of the one-shot pulse is determined by the clock period, which is inversely pro
portional to its frequency. For the circuit to work properly, the width of the trigger pulse, t"''' should
be greater than one clock period.
The OR gate masks the trigger's effect when the circuit is generating the desired pulse. The net
result is a circuit that functions as a nonretriggerahle multivibrator.
When the pulse needs to be only one-clock-period wide, the circuit can be simplified. All thal"s
required are two D-type 11ip-11ops and an AND gate. However, despite its simplicity, this circuit gen
erates a more stable and precise one-shot pulse than a multivibrator.
DIGITALLY CONTROLLED SAWTOOTH PULSE GENERATOR
a,o--------,
b,o------,
c,o--~~-r-t-r-t-r--A~n=a~lo=g~~
switch
CD4066B 330 l.l
etc.
R1 R2 R3 R4
2N4871 UJT
c
R1 to R4 1 k!lto 1m!!
(typical) I 100!!
c.__ _ _ _ _ _O Sawtooth
Use of an analog switch as shown allows digital control of a UJT oscillator.
491
DELAYED PULSE GENERATOR
r--.~---.--------------~-.-------.----------~~~------~~+10V
I
'""FI R1 R2
22 kO
22 k!! 22k!1
4 8 8 8
o-------1 f----"v'vknv-.---t-----=12
Input 470 pF 6
NE 4.7 kO NE 4.7 kn NE 3
555 555 555
IC1 2 2 Output
0.01 p.,F IC2 0.01 1-1-F IC3
C1 C2
=-
T _r
=-
j_5
Io.o11-1-F
=-
T =- =-
5
Io.o1 "F
=-
Three 555 IC timers are used in this circuit to constmct a simple delayed-pulse generator. IC1
acts as a waveform shaper to produce a rectangular waveform. IC2 produces a delaying pulse to trig-
ger IC3 on the trailing edge of the delaying pulse. R1 controls delay time and R2 controls pulse width.
As much as a 10:1 range can be generated.
Delay: Cl = 1.1 x 10-5 T delay c ~F
Pulse: C2 = 1.1 x 10 5 Tpulsc T ~sec
PULSE GENERATOR WITH VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
positive voltage at the output of ICA causes the

output of ICB to become a negative-going ramp.
When the output of this ramp reaches a certain
value, ICA, hy virtue of its positive-feedback net-
work, changes state; its output becomes nega-
tive, and the integrator generates positive ramp.
This process continually repeats. A voltage fol-
lower (ICC) and a 100-kQ potentiometer pro-
Output vide a variable 0.18-V reference voltage. This
reference voltage, aiong with the triangular
waveform, feeds into the positive and negative
inputs, respectively, of comparator lCD. You can
WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 82-7 set the comparator's trip voltage at any point on
the triangular waveform; ICD's output changes at
Using only one IC and six passive compo- that point. Varying the reference voltage alters
nents, this pulse generator has a frequenr:y range the duty cycle of the comparator's output by ad-
of 400 to 4000 Hz and an adjustable duty cycle of justing the potentiometer at the negative input
1 to 99%. A threshold detector (ICA) and an in- of the integrator, thereby varying the integration
tegrator (ICB) generate a triangular waveform. A time without altering the duty cycle.
492
83
Receiver Circuits
Simple Direct-Conversion NE602 Direct-Conversion Receiver

lteceiver for 160 to 20 M 80- and 40-M CW/SSB Receiver
27.145-MHz NBFM Receiver NE602 ltF Input Circuits
VLF Whistler Receiver Super-Simple Shortwave Receiver
Basic AM Receiver Circuit Transistorized AM Radio
Simple 1.5-V AM Broadcast Receiver NE602 Superhet Front End
CMOS Line Receiver
493
SIMPLE DIRECT-CONVERSION RECEIVER FOR 160 TO 20M
,.,
r---------------------~~~~+9V
F13 R6 CPPlt
L8k 22D.
m 0.1
1'"'
T3
33 ""''
Table. Component Yalun lor Different Bonde

Bond C1 C2 C3 T1 T2
160 220pF 10 pF 220 pF BKXN-K3333A BKXN-K3333A
80 47pF 3 pF 47 pF BKXN-K3333A BKXN-K3333A
40 100pF 8.2 pF 100 pF BKXN-K3334A BKXN-K3334A
30 47pF 3 pF 47 pF BKXN-K3334R BKXN-K3334R
20 100pF 3 pF 100 pF BKXN-K3335R BKXN-K3335R
YC1 + C10 C4 C5 C8 T3
All Sections + 100 pF 0.001 ~F 0.001 ~F 560pF BKXN-K3333R
All Sections + 100 pF 0.001 ~F 0.001 ~F 560pF BKXN-K3334R
1 Section + 47pF 560 pF 560 pF 270pF BKXN-K4173AO
1 Section + 68pF 680 pF 680 pF 220pF BKXN-K3335R
1 Section + 68pF 220 pF 220 pF 68pF BKXN-K3335R
Note that Tl and T2 are TOKO, including part nwnbers for the coils Tl and T2. The direct-con-
version receiver shown uses a double-tuned input network made from readily available TOKO coils.
!Cl, an NE602, acts as a VFO and mixer, with the output being an IF frequency in the audio range.
IC2 is an audio amplifier, R4 is a volume control.
494
27.145-MHz NBFM RECEIVER
"
;~oGf +-~(..:.:.--,..J>--<t~\.,,'----,
I J5
200-500MA-~ t i t - 4~i; .c;_ 2 BATTERY
UNREGUu<EO' ~ '"(~i ~ ~r''--~--g~w_--_I]....J

Voo
AX fM RfCEIVEI\
1s1rN~G~ER~ R12
\ICAPCON~ ""
1ST
~ fMITTEfl
LO TANK $.Ct l(W.l~ 114
4
' - - - - - - ''-j COLLECT
1ST 25 1 5pF - - "f 2200
R13
LO TANK
l8 'I-OK AUDtO AMPliFIER
1.2J1H ~
1STIOOUTj-!!4~---.:,..-....,....,---, +----.ljCO V02~h,J~~P3
+
R9
2
,-----:1 FCl GNO :--- h ~
1ST MIXI'I"'"t--, 4.7K + + ~ FCl Vet; :---- r;;(
OUTPUT F2 I C42r C44 4 v,N V01 .J2 SPI<R1
2NOMIXI- _jloliJ -1pf lOp!' ~ S2D
OUTPUT ~ I I J.., ~ IICMt1.
2ND Mlx~l~'----'I C22 .._._..,_ _,

INPUT .001pF CQ R2V 045 +
lpF 88CI< too..F
~
MUTE OUTI'I"L----1
,,.
""
R23 ,,. _,,.,
""
1001( 1500pf
1
~ __,g ~~~ETR AEC AUDI0~'---,C1iOO/'r-..-irlf-'
18
Cl5
_,,.,
""
SQUELCH +~--"i/'r---f 4 OUADGOIL MUH 111-
~
330pf
It
QOpf
RlO INPliT 1'--"Wr--0-_,......,1 :;:

4.7MEQ
A14
IC3
Mllll!
1\21
lOOK
R22
100K VOLIJIE
""
lOOK :-
47K
Using a Motorola MC3363 LSI one-chip FM receiver, the circuit is a dual-conversion FM receiver
with a 10.7-MHz IF chain. IC4 provides power to drive a small speaker.
495
VLF WHISTLER RECEIVER
u _,'
C6 R1
81~+
.1 ~
51JK Ia 5 a1
_sv I
T
* c2
_y_ U1 1
"
c'i .F C3
ULN-3718M I
.01 .001 ~
1 2 3 4
L1'
~
4Cfo' :
2501 o:.C5
.. '
... ... #26WIRE
~:.~

470
J1
The VLF whistler rec"iver is intended to listen to natural radio noise and signals that occur below
20 kHz. Ll is a large loop artterma that is 250 to 300 turns #26 gauge wire on a form 3' diameter. Ll
should be mounted well away from power llnes and is oriented for minimum 60- and 120-Hz pickup.
BASIC AM RECEIVER CIRCUIT
0 ~~ C1
365pf
I< .... _: C10
+ ioo
+
r"~
81 ..
s
i8 B2 +
Ia 7 s Is R1 c7 1sVT
L2'
..~ I Ul
ZH416E
1000
R2
5K
47 01
co i-
.1
p 2 3 l' VOL.
?
*~ c6" 8 5
C4
.1
~
.01 I U2
ULN3718M
-~~*
C11
1 2 3 14
470' it
cs.' 'iJ
..F "SEE TEXT
" +"
&l
41NCH
SPEAKER
Using a single ZN416E IC and a ULN3718M, this simple TRF receiver can drive a loudspeaker.
Two 1.5-V cells power the circuit.
496
SIMPLE 1.5-V AM BROADCAST RECEIVER
C7 + C6 B1
220 .1 1.5V
S1 o----;:1~
C5 ... C4
.01 .01
1\
"
L1 "" U1 Z1
LOOPSTICK " ZN418E LOWZ
""
"" HEADPHONES
C2
.1
This receiver uses the ZN416E made by GEC Plessey. The tuning is via Cl.
CMOS LINE RECEIVER
Sv
14
1<>:...--o OUT
INPUT
R2 lMEGn
,,
100Kn
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS DATA BOOK FIG. 83-6
This circuit will interface a line input to CMOS. The supply current is > 1 rnA at +5 V.
497
NE602 DIRECT-CONVERSION RECEIVER
51
R6
1001l + G10 +
01
11140111
~
+9VDC
470
C5 + G13
8 .1
4 10
C6 R2 G9
.05 10K .05
U1
HEB02
4
5 G11
3 .1
R3
1.5K R4
10K
SEE TEXT
c,
Table 1-- CAPACITOR SELECTION
Band Capacitor values (picofarads)
(meters) Cc Cd Ce Cf Cg Ch
75/80 1000 1000 470 120 365 270

40 330 330 120 150 365 68
An NECf\02 is used as a mixer with a zero IF frequency output. U2 acts as an audio amplifier.
This receiver is primarily for SSH and CW signals. Tl and T2 are 10.7-MHz IF coils used in AM/FM
transistorized radios, etc. or in any similar indicator.
498
80- AND 40-M CW/SSB RECEIVER
. "IN~Ot '1-
(A)
![ ttc:z
'"-~
', ll'l Cl
J Rl C4
,,...
' , 220,.F toon J220,.F IOO,..F
',.!;v m ~~ -~
-!--~
r
a l1 r. 5 I SPEAKER
', C3
LM386 tOn
',,',,''
C5
_j' N~2
HoZ
RANDOM
IOOpF
--)f-- .!!!
TDA 7000
, ',
'
l ,);
WIRE ' '

-'-'

c.. 8
co
'
R2 cAPS MARKED ARE NPO CERAMIC
O~rF IOk POT
ALL RESISTORS 114 WATT
.!i
' '
IIUOIO TAPER WfSWJTCH
oo
" " " '
=;?:. " ~XR LOCAL ' " L4

"~,~g,, ~,00,,
j ==k.ctz
!
Ct.t~
_l
ctr.
*" IO "
;. CIS
. TD.t,.F ...!.:o
O>< m Tooo,r 220pf
0.001 f- t,.F tOOpF ftOOpf
Cf!.
; =r:~20pF
.-- ,hL_.
"
tOQkn .!C
.;_
t'-
80 l,o
"'
365pF "'
AIR VAR I
r ~
),
REG
02
' .,
ECG618 1.!
~
rlcs
lQ_t,..F _4,,
jloopF j~"
IOOpF
12Y
"
4.7k
""
LINEAR POT
"PEAK" CONTROl
470on
L1- ST 24AWG SCRAMBLE WoUND ON L2

L2- 35T 24AWG CLOSE WOUND ON 3/Bon DIA FORM
-(A)ro,., 12:v
~
"
ECG6t8
.t--s .. ."
tOOk
ALTtRNATIVE FOR
365pf AIR VARIABLE
L l- 27T 24 AWU CLOSE WOUND OH li'B in OIA FORM
Loll- tOT 24 AWG CLOSE WOUND ON 318 in OIA FORM
This direct-conversion receiver uses a TDA 7000 IC and it drives an LM386 audio amplifier. The TDA7000 is used for its mixer
..,. and 1.0. section. The frequency control can be either with an air variable capacitor or a varactor diode.
co
co
NE602 RF INPUT CIRCUITS
"
U1
IEI02
"SEE TEXT
A B
1. 1
SIJ~AL ]Tt ~ '

SOURCE
{ 0; C1"
2
U1
IEIGZ
U1
NEBI2
C2
"SEE TEXT sEE TEXT
'I'
..... .047
c D
R1 VT
C1" 15K
""lh
!
C3 ""
.047
U1
NEI02
C2
"SEE TEXT C2
.047
"SEE TEXT :r.,. 047
E F
Here are a few of the many possible RF input circuits for the NE602. Just about any tuned or
broadband circuit will work.
500
SUPER-SIMPLE SHORTWAVE RECEIVER
r-------------------~~------~----~------~~+9V
C16 .04 R5 C10 R6 R9
220 ZN3904 270n .01 1K R8
J1 1K
TO
47K
ANTENNA
R10
10K
02
1N34A
C2
51 +9V .01
POWER
~
+l
T B1
C5
.01
R15
J_9V R4 ~
47K
G6 + \OK 01
10 MYAM-108
OPTIONAL
SEE TEXT -Pc,~--'1+'----<~+--,

C20 220
220
J2
TO ~v-<>-----) +
R16 C19
SPEAKER -
"' .1
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 83-iO
Integrated circuit Ul (an NE602 double-balanced mixer) is a combination oscillator and fre-
quency mixer. Signals from the 'mterma input (at J 1) are fed through de-blocking capacitor C1 to the
RF-gain control, Rl, and fed to the input or Lll at pins I and 2.
The local-oscillator frequency, which varies with the settings or R2 and 12, is mixed internally
within Ul, resulting in an output. The mixer output at pin 4 of Ul is applied to a tunable 260-kHz
band-pass intermediate-frequency (IF) transformer, 1:3, through de-blocking capacitor C7. There-
fore, signals that are roughiy 260 kHz above and below the local-oscillator frequency arc passed
while others are effectively blocked. The IF frequencies are now amplified by Q2 and Q3. The AM au-
dio signal is detected by D2 and its associated components, which bypass the RF signals, and leave
only the audio signals. The signals are preamplified by Ul-a (half of an 1M3 58 dual op amp). The au-
dio is then boosted to speaker level by the LM386low-voltage audio power amplifier, U3.
501
TRANSISTORIZED AM RADIO
MIXER/OSC
I 0- 2.05!! MHz
IF AMP IF AMP DET/AGC
'155kHz 455kHz
,.,.
Sl
~~~-~.~~~~~--~~ "
68k IOk
--
- A.GC CURRENT
002
0.02~
"1 '" l"o,r AF AMP
" "
PHONES
Rl IOk
AF GAIN
+
1
SPKR
QST FIG. 83-11
Shown is a schematic of a typical transistor AM radio. This circuit uses npn transistors. The cir-
cuit is "generic;" therefore, no specific values are given for some components. This circuit is for ref-
erence) to serve as a starting point for experimenters.
502
NE602 SUPERHET FRONT END
RB + C4
+ C3 1000 4.7
1
C1 C2
.047 1
+
B
1
INPUT
ANY
CONFIGURATION
~
"SEE TEXT
R4 R5
+ C11 4.7K 10K
GAIN RS
1 5.1K
By using an NE602 with a filter and an MC1:350P IC, a front end and an IF system for a basic su-
perheterodyne receiver can be built with few parts. Tl is any suitable IF transformer for 262 kHz,
455kHz, 10.7 MHz, etc.
503
84
Relay Circuits
Solid-State Latching Relay

Solid-State Relay Circuit
Solid-State Relay Circuits
Time Delay Relay
Sensor-Activated Relay Pulser
504
SOLID-STATE LATCHING RELAY
5V
-'--
Set
4
1/4
HEF4043B
16 2
Output
{)
2N~
1/2
PVR 3301
--'- 510
Reset Enable 5
3
Signal In
8
5
HEF4043B
01 8
6*it0:""'-1.
g
s
Dz Signal aut
ov
This simple circuit provides a solid-state equivalent of the electromechanical latching relay (see
the figure). What's more, the switching is clean, highly resistant to vibration and shock, and isn't sen-
sitive to magnetic lields or position.
The circuit operates as follows: a set pulse to the 4043 RS latch takes its output high and turn on
the 2N3904 transistor. Current will then flow through the photovoltaic relay's LED and the resistance
between D1 and D2 will fall from several g,igaohms to less than 30 Q. The PVR will remaln in this state
until a reset pulse is received by the 4043 RS latch.
SOLID-STATE RELAY CIRCUIT

r--------------------~
POSITIVE I R3 R4 I
INPUT I 18011 2.2K : FUSE BLACK
+ IHOTI
Rl I
lOOn I
lW HEAT:
\\ SINK
DC Dl 2 4 MT2
1N4002 IG1
4-10VOLTS MOC3010
G
01 C1
2N3904 .01
R2 RS
43<1 IOK
NEGATIVE LOAD WHITE

INPUT (AC ONLY) (NEUTRAL)
~----------------------
Rl limits input current willie Ql acts as a current sink to protect !Cl. Dl serves as a polarity pro-
tector. ICl provides a triac output to trigger the main triac, TRl.
505
SOLID-STATE RELAY CIRCUITS
---.r---.--.----------r-------------~+10to15V
22kH
4 8
6
3
2 NE 555
Optoisolator
Io.t~-'-F 220k!l
~
J'= 5
Temperature
R1 and R2
Thermistor-resistor pair
R1
The voltage at B should
.-----l~B go positive to activate
the NE555
R2

This dark-activated relay switch can he used to turn on walkway or other outdoor lighting at
dusk. By using alternate connections to A and B, increasing illwnination, high and low temperatures
can be sensed.
TIME DELAY RELAY
Using a 4060 CMOS binary divider and buill-in clock oscillator, a long-duration timer can be
made very simply. The solid-state relay can be sized for your application, and can be replaced with a
mechanical relay if a suitable power supply is available. With the components shown, a 4.5-Hz clock
frequency is generated. Divided outputs are available from -c 4 to 16384 (about 4 hours).
506
SENSOR-ACTIVATED RELAY PULSER
Either RA or R8 can be sensors, as desired. A decrease in R8 or an increase in RA will

cause the NE555 to flash 11.-RA and R 8 should be :=::::100 k!l max.
A sensor turns on Ql to activate the low-frequency 555 oscillator, which pulses LAMP 11. Sensor
may be sensitive to changes in light or temperature.
507
85
Remote-Control Circuits
Remote-Control Transmitter
Remote-Control Receiver
Interface Circuits for the Remote-Control Transmitter
Remote-Control Extender
Ultrasonic Remote-Control Transmitter
Remote-Control Transmitter
Ultrasonic Remote-Control Receiver
508
REMOTE-CONTROL TRANSMITTER
T11,r,,
~ c/ R1
~
LEO~(
.1 10.F IC1 P17
34 Jl-1
Jt-2
ROW1
16-KEY KEYPAD ALE 20QE
IC2
"" Tll>l
INS8048l PlO 27 COLt 19 07
87C64
~
7 35 Jl-3
8 0 [!] B
~\
1806 LE~(
26 '"
P11 28
AOW2
J1-4 COL2 17 05 TllJI
40 J6 J1-5
000El 1
{D'
P25 ROW3 04
01 29 J1-6
~
P12 COL3 15 03
AowCQQJ[TI~
' 1N4001 37 Jl-8 13 02
P26
++6VOlJSDC 38 J1-9
P27 COL4 12 01
C1
'lt.l27pF 2
XTALl
P19
P14 31
30 J2-t
J2-2
ROWS~
COL5
CD El~ 11 DO
21
A10
A2
1K
IRFl22
,, XTAlli J2-31 24 A9 OPTIONAL

T1~
...
25 AB
aMHzT 2
9 o;- 3 A7 A-
..
" 3 XTAL2
C2 PSE
.;,' f!i,
- 27pF
C3
P22 2J
P21
22
+r .
5A5
...
1
2A
....
IC4
,-!-1
,-!-1
...
P20 21
l1JF,1 4
RES 087
19
R3 R4 7
A3 'I , ,
1K 1K
*
20 Vss 08 18 B A2
,---
* 08 17
16
g A1
1 AO
~Q-A12
084
C5 15 22Df 161
083 All
.1 082 14 ~
,--l' CLK jlli
C6
' " .1
+r 081 13
08 12
ADDRESS JUMPER BLOCK ~
R.
IC3
15 FtES f017
C7 ALE tt ALE
.1 P15 1y
321
IR TRANSMITTER SCHEMATIC- The 40-kHz carrier is derived by dividing IC1 's

oscillator frequency (6 MHz) by 15, to get 400kHz. which is divided by 10 by IC3.
This transmitter sends an FM signal in the 88-to 108-MHz range, with a tone of 19kHz. This can be used to activate the FM
MPX pilot carrier indicator, which can be interfaced to external devices. L4 is for use with a 15 CM wire antenna. Ll is 9 turns of
#26 enamelled wire on a V.-W 10-kQ resistor (carbon type), L2 is 2 turns wound over Ll. L3 is 7 turns of #26 enamelled wire on a
g 10-kQ V.-W resistor.
REMOTE-CONTROL RECEIVER
c~ ~
.1
c:' ~.
lO"F ICl P17 ~
ALE 2(
CE
T1 127128
INS8048L PlO E2.. 1 IC2

... 7
P24 ~ _,f""GND 1 06
07 87C84
~
26 1 05
01
48
Pll l!
P25 ~
P12 ~
t
- MOD!
GP1U52X
Vee
1
1
04
03
1NQ01
P2 . 13 02
' - + 6 VOLTS OC
P27 ~ r- OUT 12 01
Cl
\12/pF 2
Pl ~ 11 00
XTAL1 P14 f!- 2l A10
" XTAL1~ T1 ~ 24 A9
2S A8
6MHzJ.
" 3 XTAL2 PSE 9
iiE 3 A7
,~ C2
... 27pF P22 123 A10 4 A6
+5V
P21 22
P20
21
A9
A8
+r 5
6A4
AS
087 19 R3 R4 7
A3
C5 18 1K 1K 8
' .1 086
D8S
17 9
A2
AT
~ Vss 16 10
A11~o-A12
084 AO
15 22
C3
083 iiE
14 A~
1~ 4
082
RES 081
13
ADDRESS ~
... +
080
12 JUMPR BLOCK
~ PIS ALE
11 1~
This circuit is based on the Sharp GP 1U52X 1R module and INS8048L microprocessor. The
GPl U52X is a hybrid IC/infrared detector that provides a strong clean signal for later filtering and de-
modulation.
510
INTERFACE CIRCUITS FOR THE REMOTE-CONTROL TRANSMITTER
LEFT N.C. RIGHT N.C.

+V
PLL
DECODER
CHIP
A
S1 LMP
.,
-I
V+ ---r-o
~
R,
+
K1
FROM
PLL ORIGINAL LED
DE MOO OR LAMP-REMOVE
.f 2
U3
4N33
6
NC.
5 ~I<
5V<Vo+<12V
V+
4
c .,
+V
6 R
NC
4.il<
2 3
R
4.1'K 5
+
c 4,6,7
(OR PLL 10
OUTPUT)
0
Shown here arc several possible interface circuits that can be used with the remote-control
transmitter. The one in A illustrates a typical FM stereo MUX decoder with a load connected directly
to the open-collector output of a TA7343 PLL. The circuit in B illustrates an optoisolator-coupler out-
put driving a 12-V relay coil via a general-purpose transistor. C shows the gate of anN-channel power
MOSFET connected to the output of a 4N33. The final circuit, D, is a toggle flip-flop that allows push-
on/push-all' control.
511
REMOTE-CON"I"ROL EXTENDER
+9
R3
R5
lK
It lMEG
IR-LE02
SEP87031
01 Cl
TIL414 01 All
01 4.7K
Rl 2N2222
Rl lK
~
15K C2 RlO
.1 lOK
~
R7 RB
lOOK lOK +9
+9
+9
R9
03 f-t,----------------~~~20K
L_ _ _ _ -
2N2222
- - - _ _ l!__ - - - - - - - - - __________ j
''
A signal from an IR remote control is conveited from 1R radiation to a frequency pulse that can
be transmitted through coaxial TV cable or any other two-conductor wire to another room, where it's
eonverted back into an IR signal.
ULTRASONIC REMOTE-CONTROL TRANSMITTER
R4
22K
R2
~LSI J~~~~, C2
1K
Cl R1
R3
Bl 47K .02 330pf 1K
9V
+ 1----lt---+----4-------+----_..J
A ...
A GC Electronic PIN J4-815 ultrasonic transducer is used in this 40-kHz transmitter for remote-
control application.
512
REMOTE-CONTROL TRANSMITTER
c,
+ 02
1MI14 R3
A
01 C5
j
~, C10
\7
~ MY2n~ f "l) "l2 < 6Bpf
:I. 81
+
01
100K
10T 2T C9 ANT1
C1 1M914 '---- R7 ' ; D:p, '- .001 f "l3~
47K . :~.
".':1
;; .___ C6
5pf 0 ca , C11 1"H
~3 c .0011 68pf
20K
~
" F
gb1*
H ly-
R2
r-2 U1
R5
2MEG
R6
47K 47pF
4 3 ' 6 1,7 2
G
9 8 A-2.7V (SUPPLY VOLTP6E;
2 MERCURY CELLS)
24K 11115 ~ C3
.001 U2 B-UV
~ ECII.'IT1814 C-1.1 TO 2:7V (VARIES WITH R3)
D..0.3V
R4
.
gg1*
SEE TEXT
T.... 1K
51
E-2.7V
F-uv
G-O.SV
H-Q.4V
J2.7V
This transmitter can be used for a variety of purposes. An INS8048L microprocessor generates
various codes depending on keypad presses. The codes are modulated on a 40-kHz carrier. Ql drives
IR LEDs LED! and LED2.
ULTRASONIC REMOTE-CONTROL RECEIVER

UN POWERED
CONTACTS TO
ANOTHER
nit
9V CIRCUIT
R10
R9 R8 + 1501(
G3
22K 1K I
+ C1 10
100
~
R7
1K
C4
C2 01 .1
.01 2N5UI7
01
R2 11M001
R1 47K
2.2MEG
R3 C5
3.3K 100
B ~
A GC Electronics PIN .14-815 transducer is used to receive 40-kHz acoustic remote-control sig-
nals. Th.e receiver drives a relay for control of another circuit.
513
86
RF Amplifier Cir-cuits
HF Preamplifier Receiver/Scanner Preamp Using MAR-l MMIC

VHF/UHF Preamp Using MAR-x 20-W 1296-MHz Amplifier Module
Broadband RF Amplifier Simple 455-kHz 1P Amplifier
Low-Noise GASFET Preamp for 435 MHz UHF Amplifier
Broadcast-Band RF Amplifier 144- to 2304-MHz UHF Broadband Amplifier
70-MHz RF Power Amplifier 455-kHz IF Amplifier
Miniature Wide band Amplifier Switchable HFIVHF Active Antenna
30-MHz Amplifier 455-kHz IF Amp for 1.5-V Operation
20-W 450-MHz Amplifier 5-W 7-MHz RF Power Amplifier
Wideband Power Amplifier LC Tuned Amplifiers
TV Sound System Wideband Preamp
10-W 10-Meter Linear Amplifier RF Preamplifiers
2-Meter FET Power Amplifier for HTs 45-MHz IF Amplifier with crystal filter
514
HF PREAMPLIFIER
1600kHz 32 MHz
HIGH-PASS FilTER lOW-PASS filTER
~~-
G1 C2 l5
.002 .3~H
l6
1mH
R1
150ll
This HF SW receiver preamplifier is comprised of a broadband toroidal transformer (11-a and

11-b), a complex 1C network (comprised of a 1600-kHz, high-pass filter and a 32-MHz, low-pass fil-
ter), 12 and 13 (26 turns of #26 enamelea wire wound on""' Amidon Associates T-50-2, red, toroidal
core), a pair of resistive attenuators (ATTN! and ATTN2), and of course, the MAR-x device. Exter-
nal power for the preamp can be 9 to 12 Vde. Rl can be increased in value for higher voltages.
VHF/UHF PREAMP USING MAR-x
SHIELO
r------------------------
1
-----, I
I I
I ATTN! I J2
Jl TO
TO ANTENNA f-<~-(Q) RECEIVER
INTERFACE
I L1 I BOX
I 4 2 IO~H R1 I
_"'1~~---_-_-_-____.___ j
I
L__ L______ _gg, ....

I
The MAR-x preamp shown will cover up to 1.5 or 2 GHz with the correct MAR-x !C. ATTN!
should be omitted for low noise-figure applications. ATTN! and ATTN2 provide a mem1s of limiting
possible tennination range, for less chance of device instability.
515
BROADBAND RF AMPLIFIER
C2 81
.01 18V
r-ll-~-------<p--~----I----JI-<l ~
~ 7
02
HEP51
Cl C5
.003 .003
INPUT o-jf---.-+.._:J
The use of a FET gives this amplifier a high input impedance. The bandwidth should be ade-
quate for LW through HF use (dc-30 MHz), as an active antenna preamplifier.
LOW-NOISE GASFET PREAMP FOR 435 MHz

400!1
5 W 1N4007
O.Q1 f.LF I 3.9 v
Mitsubishi
100 1-1F
MGF 1302
chip I
435 MHz 47 pF
( ~o) 435
out
MHz
1
T
~00 ~-tF
chip
I 100 1-1-F
100!11 chip
2 to10 1-lF
Tltis circuit is a low-noise preamplifier for the 435-MHz amateur satellite frequencies. The cir-
cuit uses a Mitsubishi MGF1302. A 28-Vdc source is shown, although by changing the 400-Q 5-W re-
sistor lower voltages can be used.
516
BROADCAST-BAND RF AMPLIFIER
r-~--------~----------------~+12V
cs
01 :r: R2
2700
02
03
" 2N3904
.....,_+'-1(-oRF
4.7 k Ra C4 output
see R7 see 10iJ.F

3.9 k text 16V
text RS
10~J.F 1011 F 10 k
16 v 16V
R-E E-XPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 86-5
The circuit has a frequency response that ranges from 100Hz to 3 MHz; the gain is about 30 dB.
Field-effect transistor Ql is configured in the common-source self-biased mode; optional resistor Rl
allows you to set the input impedance to any desired value. Commonly, it will be 50 Q. The signal is
then direct-coupled to Q2, a common-base circuit that isolates the input and output stages and pro-
vides the amplifier's exceptional stability. Last, Q3 functions as an emitter-follower, to provide low
output impedance (about 50 Q). If you need higher output impedance, include resistor RS. It will af-
fect impedance according to this formula: R 8 ~ R 011 -r- 50. Otherwise, connect output capacitor C4 di-
rectly to the emitter of Q3.
70-MHz RF POWER AMPLIFIER
0101
1N4148
70 MHZ TX output
from transverter
PRACTICAL WIRELESS FIG. 866
The SD1143 transistor provides a gain of about 14 dB in this circuit. It uses the fact that a 175-
MHz device has a much higher gain when used at lower frequencies. The amplifier was originally de-
signed to be used with a transverter. The output is 8 to 10 W for a 300- to 500-mW input.
517
MINIATURE WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER
L1
+ 1----11
6-SV
2200~H "='
Vee +6-BVDC._-----.-----------------.
l2
2200/.1 H
l'
~
C2
C5
.1
SINCE THE NE5205 FUNCTIONS as a gain block, two or more can be easily cascaded to
provide additional amplification. In this circuit, which uses two NE5205s, the overall gain is t.Q dB.
r---'-i-,;-1~
l l2 6V ~
~ 2200p H
I
I I
L __ _ _j
IF THE POWER SUPPLY is fed through the signal-carrying coaxial cable, the amplifier can be
mounted in a weatherproof enclosure directly allhe antenna.
Except for the coupling and decoupling capacitors, !Cl is a complete wideband amplifier that
has a lixed gain of 20 dB to 450 MHz. No external compensation is required.
518
30-MHz AMPLIFIER 20-W 450-MHz AMPLIFIER
" MOlOFIOLA
M11W~HO
~
!4:10MI411
6.8_''
0.1 uF
Input
75 Output
-+-- 75-0 toad
NC
768
768 0.1 fLF
6.8 ~F
5 v

Using aCLC406 op amp, this video amplifier
has a voltage gain of +2 and is flat to 30 MHz. The Delivering 20-W output, this amplifier has a
circuit should be useable in video switching and gain of 21 dl:l at 450 MHz. A 12-V supply powers
interfacing applications. this cirruit.
WIDEBAND POWER AMPLIFIER TV SOUND SYSTEM
SPKR1
--l
CA .._81!1~
10-!000M!o~r
171$8 GAIN
IOO"'W
'"
C4
IF 68pF L--4-'-"'1
IN
t1, L...w.~---'-'1
"=' .1
CA-Z870
20-400MHI
34d8 GAIN
400mw
2.1. 7.8

An LM2808 performs IF amplification of the
Using TRW PIN CA-81GH, a 17-dB gain am- 4.5-MHz sound subcarrier, limiting, detection,
plifier that delivers 100 m W over 10 to 1000 MHz and audio amplification. If the center frequency
can be constructed. The CA-2870 will yield 0.4 W must be changed, then change L1/C4. Audio out-
with 34-dB gain from 20 to 400 MHz. put is 0.5 W. R3 is the volume control.
519
10-W 10-METER LINEAR AMPLIFIER
TOP VIEW
...",.
81AS
~ ~--
BCE
V AEG
OUT ADJ
3~1
IN F~ JiLJffi, IIFCI
of-+-.,-__,f{
"
NIGH '"'-'ffl I. TWIST TWO ENAMELED WIRES TOGETHER. ITS HELPFUL TO

(AMP IN LINE I USE DIFFERENT COLORS
TO AMP INPUT
TO lCMTR I WATT
- ~ TO OUTfttJT OF AMP
TO ANTENNA -------
8 .
L.OW POWER 2. WIND THE A, B PAIR AROIJNO TOROID THE RIGHT NUMBER
INO AMP) OF TURNS 3. SOLDER END 8 TO END A'.
HIIL.O POWER SWITCH
.~.
A double-pole double-throw switch
can be used to switch the amplifier in and out
~~
ofthe circuit.
Bifilar winding details for TJ, n and T3.

Table 1. Output filter values tor other bands.
Band (meters) C1 ,C3 C2 ~L1 ,L2
12 117pf 220pF 8 turns, T-5().6 toroid

15 138pf 270pf 9tums, T-50-6toroid
20 138pf 420pf 12 turns, T~toroid
30 ~289 pf 579pf 12tums, T-50-2toroid
40 400pf 800pf 14turns, T-50-2torold
80 700pf 1415 pf 19turns, T-50-2torold
Note: use #26 wire for C1 and C2. Use capacitors that are closest to
these suggested values. As the operating frequency decreases,
the gain will increase as well as the possibility for instability. You
may have to use RC feedback to negate this effect. Values for the
above table were obtained from the QRP Notebook by Doug
OeMaw.
This linear amplifier delivers 10-W PEP output with 1.25-W drive on 10m. Tl, 1'2, and T3 are 10
turns of bifilar windings on an FT-50-43 toroidal core. The transformers are broadband. Filters for
other bands, if desired, are shown.
520
2-METER FET POWER AMPLIFIER FOR HTs
RFC2
20 TURNS

0.30 in.IO
r-
r-~~~--~----~--~--~~~~~~--~~----~
C9 ]CIO Cll
Joo C8
]
500pF
F"EEOTHRU
500pF
f'E(OTHRU
JO.OI
RFCI
IOO,..H
C5
680pF
L2 L3 '.
Jc' C4
530pF
02 05 06
Cl2
438pF
RF IN Tl
-~---------------
r---;r, ;:r,--------------1.
Using a power MOSFET, this amplifier can boast a 2-W handic-talkie power level to around
10 Won 2 meters. A transmission-line RF switch is used for T/R switching.
RECEIVER/SCANNER PREAMP USING MAR-1 MMIC
v.
r-----~~------~~c~.--~f~ The low-cost Mini-Circuits MAR-X series of
R1' chips offer the RF builder a real advantage, with
their inherent 50-Q input and output impedances
u J2
(needed for RF systems). An MAR-l-based re-
MAR-1
C1'
3
C2" OUT ceiver/scanner preamplifier is shown. C1 and C2
J1
are chip capacitors. Use 0.01J.LF for HF, 0.001 for
IN sEE TEXT VHF, and 100 pF for above 100 MHz, depending
7
on the low-frequency limit that you desire. C3
R1=(V+)-V COLOR~O can be a ceramic disc of 0.01 J.LF or O.OOlJ.LF, de-
I pending on frequency range. L1 is an RF choke
BEVELED~
V: 5-7VDC
I .. 0.015A that is suitable for the frequency range that you
END
2 desire (0.1 to 10 J.LH).
521
20-W 1296-MHz AMPLIFIER MODULE
IIUTSUOISHI
1.1!77~2
FBI ooor FBI I C2 fBI I 0.001

">-----<, O.OO'J ~ OUT
If=~ IO,.F ll'I'ASS- CAPACITORS
3pF
NECESSARY :
.~,
,r J-0001 (1000~ CHIP CAPI
3- ro,.r TANTAt.UM
I "
rJ.ev""'"1r-----''"'>:.:"'-'"'-''"-'---'
r-----------------------
,'' ~---------r,
''
''
"
11<14001
I ' ''
I
...
ON ~MT
I
I
I / "'"'"=,.a "
'"
" I
I '
TrP PC LAYOI.IT
Using a Mitsubishi M57762 amplifier module, this amplifier delivers 20-W output on 1296 MHz.
A single 12-V nominal power supply can be used.
SIMPLE 455-kHz IF AMPLIFIER

,------..-~~+ 1.1-1.6V
C1 C4 co
.01 ,1
.05 C6
100
L1 U1 C7
ZN416E 100
1 Af
2.5mH 2 3 4
f--+lf---<> OUT
R1
If
IN o--JI
FROM RES1
J C3
.47
C2
.1
100!l
MIXER 4551<Hz
The ZN416E can be configured as a simple 455-kHz IF amplifier. In this case, the circuit's center
frequency and bandwidth are set by RERl (a Murata (;SB455E ceramic resonator).
522
UHF AMPLIFIER 144- TO 2304-MHz
C1
UHF BROADBAND AMPLIFIER
lpF
Table 1.
A1 Oevlee Max. mA Normal Approx.
2K Current rnA. Gain 1-GHz
MAR-1 40 20-30mA 18 dB
MAR-2 60 30-40 mA 13dB
L1
" MAA-3 70 30-50 mA 12dB
31 MAR-4 85 50-70 mA SdB
:~~ ~ C3 MAR-6 50 15-25 mA 17dB
~~-1
R2
WIRE
.... OUT
MAR-7
MAR-S
60
65
25-40mA
30-SOmA
13dB
23dB
"
~~
1N Table2.
+/ NE5430 MMIC Amplifier Performance
RJ 3
330U 7 F\4 144 MHz 18.2 dB 2.7 dB N/F
4!01l
220 MHz 16.3 dB 2.6 dB N/F
C2
::>-20pF I I 432MHz 16.5dB 2.8 dB NIF
1 C4 RS
902 MHz
1296 MHz
15.0d8
13.0d8
2.9dBNfF
3.5dB NIF
~ 001 ??Oil
2304MHz 8.8dB 4.2dB N/F
l2
3T ~4R-6
126
HUS
~ L ... - -
WIRf ~ >-)
v "'
21 #2S
!lion. ID
SPAt(l) WIRE
DIAMETER
NOTE
82011
RESISTOf1S- 1i WATT CARBON
l1 & l2 WOUND ON FERROXCUBE VK200 09!38
W\OEBAND fKREADEO CORE
FIG. 86-17
POPULAR ELECTRONICS
. ;,. FEEOTI!~U +I) &OC
l "'
Tlased on an MAR-6 preamp, this circuit
yields low noise figures and useful gain for the
144-MHz to 2304-MHz amateur bands.
455-kHz IF AMPLIFIER
r-----:----t----1~+ 1.1-1.6V
C4 C5
C1 1
.05 01
Up to 60 dB of gain at 455 kHz is available

with the MC1350P. RES! is a ceramic resonator,
LC, or crystal filter. Keep the leads to pins, 1, 2, 3,
and 7 short.
523
SWITCHABLE HFNHF ACTIVE ANTENNA
ANT1
R4
1000
C4 +
10
~
C5
r-<1----1-'1
'--------<0 ' .01 ~--'
'=' Bl OHJOFF I
'N I S2b
0

The AA-7 active antenna contains only two active elements: Ql (an MFE201 N-channel dual-
gate FET) and Q2 (a 2SC2570 npn VHF silicon transistor), which provide the basis of two indepen-
dent, switchablc RF preampliliers.
455-kHz IF AMP FOR 1.5-V OPERATION
IF
INPUT + 12
C4 R4
.1 56!l
R1
(700
.,pt--~-~-
C5
....
.1
C3
.01
~ IF
+ 12 OUTPUT
... C2
.1
R5
t R7
3.3K
AGC 10K
INPUT R8 MANUAL
R6 GAIN CONTROL
HM< 5.6K
The ZN416E can be configured as a simple 455-kHz IF amplifier. In this case, the circuit's cen-
ter and bandwidth arc set by RES! (a Murata CSB455E ceramic resonator).
524
5-W 7-MHz RF POWER AMPLIFIER
M INTT~ANT
~ 5WATTS
Il90oF I~IOoF lllOor Rr OUT

TO fit TOR
F<UER r r 11"
TRICICU
U ,
rr_,,_.,
1 fURNS TRiriLOR ON
LO 100....
L5 7 TURNS BIFILOR ON
n-so-<.~
The circuit shown will produce up to 5-W RF output in the 40-m (7 MHz) amaLcur band. The
coils shown are wound on toroidal cores (Armdon AssociaLes Inc.). The part numbers are given in
the schematic. The circuiL requires about 20-mW drive and a 1:3-V supply.
LC TUNED AMPLIFIERS
c"r ,..., Capacitive
~coupling
Cl Capacitive tapped
r-------~~~~1r-C20
I:
Input
l1
]_ ~Uck
~ coupling
Bias
'Vee
,, 2 -rr JLC effective

This basic tuned LC amplifier cru1 be used with three output coupling methods. They are capac-
itive coupling output, <Capacitive tapped output, or link -coupled output.
525
WIDEBAND PREAMP
+Vee
Table1.
voc Vd ld Rb C2 C3
MWA110 svoc 2.9 Voc 10 mA 2100
6 3100
9100
,;-1 ,-1
12
RB1 RB2
MWA120 5 5.0 25 10
6 400 C4 C5
12 2600 >--'.__--JI--iU2 ~--Jf- 0/P
MWA130 5 3.2 25 050
6 1200
12 3600
Vee~ 12 Vdc; Ct to C5 ~ O.t~F; RB1 ~ 910!1;
RB2 ~ 280!1; Ut ~ MWA110; U2 ~ MWA120
To +Vee Pin out
0/P
1-lnput
2-0utput
3-Ground (case)
PC board layout (shading represents copper) and parts layout. "X" is the feedthrough wire to the gound plane. All capacitors are 0.1 j.LF.
Keep all leads short.
Motorola MWA 110, 120, or 130 are wideband amplifier !Cs. This wideb<md preamp circuit can
be used in many applications. Keep the leads short when constructing the circuitry.
526
RF PREAMPLIFIERS
TABLE 1-MARX CAPABILITIES
DEVICE MAX. FREQ. GAIN (100/5011000 MHz) N.F. COLOR
(MHZ)
MAA-1 1,000 18.5117.5115.5 5 Brown
MAA2 2,000 13/12.8112.5 6.5 Red
MAR-3 2,000 13/12.8112.5 6 Orange
MAR-4 1,000 8.218.218 7 Yellow
MAR-6 2,000 20119/16 2.8 White
MAR-7 2,000 13.5113.1112.5 5 Violet
MAR-8 1,000 33/28123 3.5 Blue
V+
Rl In lhis ba~ic MAR-x-based circuit, bolh lhc

input and output are comprised of a single de-
L1' blocking capacitor (Cl and C2 for lhc input and
output, respectively). The de power-supply net-
3 work (eomprised ofLl and Rl) is attached to the
MAR-x via the RF'-output ternlinal (lead 3).
'SEE TEXT
45-MHz IF AMPLIFIER WITH CRYSTAL FILTER

+12V
+4V
O.oi )!F
.[
I_
__
33pF
_. 180fi
45MHz
I O.Ql IJ.F

A 40673 dual-gate MOSF'BT is matched to a crystal filter at 45 MHz. The filter impedance is
around 2kQ. The+ 4-V source can he made variable for gain control (about +4 to -4V.)
527
87
RF Oscillator Circuits
6.5-MHz VFO
RF Signal Generator
NE602 RF Oscillator Circuits
A Shortwave Pulsed-Marker Oscillator
Ham Band VFO
528
6.5-MHzVFO
l +-~2v.
6-;;_. 00. ;;o-;ci:;=""~
XC = ;; X t- \MHZ) X{.; {).lt"") -
C15
- :.:stsmA C14
02 0.1
XL= 6.2 ! x F (MHz) x L (~H)
R1 8.2v. ~ RB m
100K 400mw
47
,. C7 R3
IIRFC3
1mH C11
01
1N914
0.1
SOURCE
220 z =,soon ~~
osc I
I 01
2N4416
FOLL.
02
R4
56K
AMP
03
R? ,j,c11
10 l62 "'
2~:~
C4 MPF102
6.45-6 75 MHz
~~ ca" M:7b '"P .rv )c
116~= 4
G D
~
C1
'f10o
C3
15;
TUNING "'
cs
100 ~ E
CB
~ C9
E
C12
i?,O
L1H 56
~?
4.1~HI
C2
25
I/ C6 IRFC1 R2 iRFC2 AS R6
1-1 TC10
0.1
'FC13
0.1
"'
CAL
100 1mH 100K 1mH 10K 390
RFOUT
z =soon
I 4.2v. P-P
(+6.6dBm)
e ~
Schematic diagram of the VFO. Fixed-value capacitors are
disc ceramic. C1, C4, C5, C6, andC8are NPOceramic or polystyrene.
DG
soecAsE
C2 is a 25 pF ceramic trimmer andC3 is a 15 pF miniature air variable.
Resistors are 14 watt carbon film or composition. The RF chokes are
2N4416
BOTTOM
GSO COE
2N4400
miniature Mouser Electronics No. 43LR1 03 units. For L 1 use 32 turns
of No. 28 enamel wire on an Amidon Assoc. T50-6 (yellow) toroid.
MPF102
L2 has 25 turns of No. 28 enamel wire on an Amidon FT-37-61 fer-
rite toroid.
QST FIG. 871

Fixed-value capacitors are disc ceramics. C1, C4, C5, C6, and C8 are NPO ceramic or polystyrene. C2 is a 25-pF ceramic
trinuner and C3 is a 15-pF miniature air variable capacitor. The resistors are Yo-W carbon film or composition. The RF chokes
are miniature Mouser Electronics No. 43LR!03 units. For L1, use 32 turns of #28 enamel wire on an Amidon Assoc. T50-6 (yel-
low) toroid. 12 has 25 turns of #28 enamel wire on an Amidon Ft-37-61 ferrite toroid.
Rl
"'
"'"'
0 RF SIGNAL GENERATOR
+12\1
+IZV +12V
"' IIJco ,.,. "' '"

0.01
' " FILTERS

"' ~f---+-,
"
"' "'
,PI- ], "' "'
-----'
""3.'!h
'" " '"
~-2 ~C4
16
...Lc5
'T'300
'"
"'
+121'
"" """ +i2V

'"

+i2Y
"'
'" '"
'"
L[Hl
'"
I.ZI
T" "'
'" '"
"
+i2V
,~," ,\]_"' l""

R7 CIO
"L8k 2."-< 001

0.01 101
.."
"'
0.01
"'
.
- - - - - - T O J\loiP
'" "'
~
0.SEE TABLE
"'
'"
~-2.
l-
6-9
12-1~
0-l
0
0
~-e
'"
"'
'"
MIXER
73 AMATEUR RADIO TODAY FIG. 872A
This circuit uses a VFO operating from 15 to 18 MHz (U1), which feeds a balanced mL'<er (U2). A fixed oscillator signal is
mixed with this signal to generate an output from 0.4 to 33 MHz. FL1 and FL2 are low- and high-pass filters that are used to
eliminate undesired mixer products. Amplifi~r U3/Q3 supplies up to 200 mV rms to the output jack.
RF SIGNAL GENERATOR (Cont.)
HIGH PASS LOW PASS
~on 9 s 12
,__;;:;;:_--l)l-r::~
lO 510tl
7.6JoH
CAPACITORS IN pF
FILTER SCHEMATIC
NE602 RF OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS
LO
FREQUENCY
:::::: 700mV
PEAK TO PEAK C1
C1 1 i
C2
047~
6 U1
i L1
C3
NE602
... -~
A B c
C2
100pF
sEE TEXT "SEE TEXT
L1 ...
0 E F
Just about any standard oscillator (such as a Colpitts or Hartley configuration) can be used to
generate the LO (local oscillator) frequency need eel by the NE602.
531
A SHORTWAVE PULSED-MARKER OSCILLATOR
r--------------,
'IV I
I~swz
I
I
1~914
I
I
1'1914 I
I
I
lOOI
" I
I
I
I
II "" "IOk II
r--------;;4_____ ---~~--------~
C3 I
I Jl IOOpF XTAL I I 1"1o,.r I
I $ I
: OUT;r ) 02 I : L_ ----~~.!!!_U..l:_T~~~O~_j
MPF 102. I
I
I
R4 C!i I
1000 'T'IOOpf I
I ,I, I
L _o~I..!:_L~-T~-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _j
A useful marker oscillator can be made using an NE555 to pulse the oscillator at an audio rate.
This makes it easy to find the signal in the presence of interference. The crystal can be any suitable
frequency from 1 to 30 MHz.
HAM BANDVFO
+5 TO +7VDC
~
~
~hc'"g---+
- .01 R3
1000
CB
.01
C3
R1
C4 100K
C6
MAIN
TUNER +----+-----lf--<1 '
c,
01 C2
C5 1N914,
L1 1N4148 C7
TRIMMER
ETC. ,01
This basic VFO for the 3- to 6-MHz range is commonly used in amateur applications, using a Col-
pitts circuit. For 5 to 5.5 MHz, C1 = C2 = 70 pF and for 3.5 to 4.0 MHz, use 1000 pF. C3 is typically 10
to 220 pF, depending on the frequency. C4, C5, and C6, together with C3, determine the frequency
along with Ll. C6 can be made up of several smaller values, paralleled to get the exact required value.
532
88
Sample-and-Hold Circuits
67G. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Sample~and~Hold Circuit I
Sample~and~Hold Circuit II
533
SAMPLE-AND-HOLD CIRCUIT I
+5--9V
INPUT
! 82-a
--
( -,-----1f------,
SAMPLE] I
I
I This circuit demonstrates the principle of
I
HOLD 51 the sample-and-hold circuit. Sl can be replaced
by electronic switches (FET, etc.) in an actual
RESET ........ ~52-b
application.
~- t
-5-9V
C1 M1
.05 DVM
SAMPLE-AND-HOLD CIRCUIT II
HOLD LAlCH
COMMAND COMMAND
I I '""
MIN
10
Voo
"Voo
20 17 - 20
HOLD iiD
"" ""
1
,.
-...-
/C,
MAX163 D0-011
_I\
AIIAXI.M
tc,
oo-011 MX1545
1 t~
1,, 1--'-------+---~-
'" v >--4---0 Vour
16MHl
17
CLK Q----' -J ClKIN Y,Ef
2 19
J'=-----+---"'-J REFIN ~ND~~~t--~~~
2
,..!!cs MAX4/XI
3
+ ~ DGNO
v ._______ ____.
AGNO Vss OGNO
....,~......,23~31"'""!':~r-'.,,,=t
-15V
Driving a D/A converter with an AID converter provides aJl overall analog-hold function, which
though limited in output resolution, offers zero voltage droop and infinite hold time. The AID converter
shown (!Cl) includes a 12-bit compatible track/hold at its input. The track/hold specifies a 6-MHz full-
power bandwidth, a 30-ns aperture delay, and a 50-ps aperture jitter. The direct connections shown al-
low the D/A converter to reconstruct signal levels within the input range of 0 to 5 V.
534
89
SCA Circuit
Subcarrier Adapter for FM Tuners
535
SUBCARRIER ADAPTER FOR FM TUNERS
+15V-30V
MODULATED FROM
FM INPUT RECEIVER
C19
220pf
R3
10K
ourl~:u: R~
."" :J
TWIN-TEE FILTER +IZV
I REGULATOR
Rll
l~K
eli
.0022
R\2
1.1K
c~;
.0022
I "" rJ
10K
R4
10K
;
'\.
C2
2.2
10 ""
1K
R1
"'

-
C3
1
r \".
-
r;;- ~
'r-;;;- ""
56on
3 TLI1
7
2 1N
U2
LM"i
PLL
vco
,,' .DOl lDK
8
C16 RS R7
10K "'
1DK
.....
ff"
"' ' ~~17
18K .001
DEMO
"'UK
'f.DD22 1.1K 4 2 7
.,, ..v 'ill-
,, INVCO OUT
J OUT
VCO P RE fL C5
Jy 2 7
'-----
C14
.0022
~
l.IK C1
4.7 56Dn COMP
9 L_JS 1
0.22
~:...* C-10
4 C8
.022 f "" UK 3 Ll7
"'Y-

"'10K .~~"
.001 'f\.k r'
- 67kHz BAND-PASS FilTER
PLL DEMODULATOR 18dB/OCTAVE LOW PASS FILTER 12d8/0CTAVE6kHz
GAIN"-1 LOW PASS FILTER ?,2 ~
GAJNz-10
GNO AUDIO
FROM OUTPUT
RECEIVER
Op ampUl and its associated components comprise the 67-kHz bandpass filter. A twin-T net-
work, comprised of four 1100-n resistors and four 0.0022-~ capacitors, is connected in the feed-
back network of the op amp. That gives some gain at 67kHz and heavy attenuation for frequencies
above and below that frequency.
An additional passive filter at the input to the twin-T network (containing a 220-pF capacitor
and a 10,000-Q resistor) provides some additional roll-off for frequencies below 67kHz.
In practice, the bandpass-filter action covers a frequency range of about 10kHz above and below
the 67-kHz center frequency. Resistor R18 sets the gain of the bandpass-filter stage.
Integrated-circuit U2 is a National LM565 phase-locked loop that modulates the 67-kHz fre-
quency-modulated (FM) signal from Ul. The LM565 PLL consists of a voltage-controlled oscillator
(VCO) set to 67kHz, and a comparator that compares the incoming frequency-modulated 67-kHz
signal at pin 2 with the VCO signal that is fer! into pin G.
The output of the comparator represents the phase di!Ierence between the incoming signal and
the VCO signaL Therefore, the output is the audio modulated by the subcarrier. A treble deemphasis
of !GO ~sis provided by a 0.033-~F capacitor (at pin 7).
The free-rurming VCO frequency is determined by the 0.001-~F capacitor at pin 9 and by there-
sistance between the positive rail and pin 8 (100 Q in series with R19). Variable-resistor Rl9 adjusts
the oscillator frequency (also known as the center frequency) so that the incoming signal is within
the lock range of the PLL.
536
90
Shutdown Circuits
Resettable Shutdown Circuits

Shutdown Circuit
537
RESETTABLE SHUTDOWN CIRCUITS
TO DEVICE
POWER UNDER
R3
1K
01
15V
R2 R2
L____ _._______, 2.2K 2.2K
A 8
If your circuits experience frequency overvoltage conditions, continually replacing blown fuses
can get pretty expensive. However, this shutdown circuit overcomes that deficiency by replacing the
fuse with a relay and a low-current SCR.
When the input voltage rises above the threshold set by the Zener diode (D 1), a current of suf-
ficient magnitude is applied to the gate of SCRl, which turns it on. That draws current through the
relay coil and energizes it, which swings its commutator to its normally open contact, and disrupts
power to the circuit under power. Switch SI, a normally closed pushbutton switch, is used to reset
the circuit; it does so by intermpting power to the relay. When Sl is pressed, the relay's wiper arm
returns to the normally closed position, restoring power to the connected circuit.
If you deal with a number of circuits that have different bum-out levels, try the circuit in B. That
circuit variation, a variable trip-point shutdown circuit, allows you to adjust the shutdown threshold
to whatever level you desire. The circuit adjustment allows for the 30% variance in the trip point.
The zener diode should be selected to have a voltage rating that is slightly lower than the minimum
desired threshold voltage.
SHUTDOWN CIRCUIT
OUTPUT
TO POWER TO CIRCUIT
SUPPLY OR EQUIP.
Many modem devices have shutdown circuits
' t SCRl +
50P1V that are designed to remove power from the de-
" I
1-4A 5A vice under power when the voltage rises above a
FAST Rl
BLOW R2 predetermined threshold. This one blows a fuse to
2.2K 470n
FUSE
protect the device under power.
538
91
Sine-Wave Oscillator Circuits
675. The figure nwnber in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources sec lion.
Highly Stable 60-Hz Sine-Wave Source

Simple Sine-Wave Oscillator
Wien-Bridge Sine-Wave Oscillator
Battery-Powered Sine-Wave Generator
1-Hz Sine-Wave Oscillator
Simple Sine-Wave Generator
Sine-Wave Generator
Sine-Wave Shaper
Pure Sine-Wave Generator
539
HIGHLY STABLE 60-Hz SINE-WAVE SOURCE
Signal All diodes are1114012's

LM78L12
ST-2-28
911-135 v"
60Hz
1-~115-V lanlalum
12 v
LM71l12
0.03~(2x0.015~F)" 11.0k" 4.75k' 1Dk
!---.---. 'I H/l/v-.A.JWV\11,
+12 v
124t'
124k'
1k
12 v
:~1% metal film reslslors

2% po~laoe capacilors
Op 111 ail1/4lM324
A highly-stable 60-Hz sine wave can be delivered with this circuit, which offers a different and
much simpler approach to gaining a stable amplitude. Capacitor coupling the last stage removes any
de component caused by unequal zener voltages in the clipping circuit that follows the comparator.
540
SIMPLE SINE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
.-------------------~----f---~--~+1~
"SEE TEXT
c, L, four
.018 50mH 9kHz
.018 2mH 14kHz c,
.047 5mH 5.5kHz
1 1H 300Hz rv
OUT
1 10H 100Hz R1
2.2K
Using an LC circuit, this CMOS oscillator generates sine waves.
WIEN-BRIDGE SINE-WAVE OSCILLATOR BATTERY-POWERED

SINE-WAVE GENERATOR
4A 4A
2C
,--+--__.]
C4 01
2.2 1N457
R5
1MEG V0 ur = 16.5Vpp
'---~ 10Hz
+-------------------0 Ground
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 91-3 ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 91-4

The quality of the sine wave depends on how
This Wien-bridge sine-wave oscillator uses a closely you match the components in the twin-T
2N3819 as an amplitude stabilizer. The 2N3819 network in the op amp's feedback loop.
acts as a variable-resistance element iu the Wien 1
bridge. J= 2rcRC
541
1-Hz SINE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
SINE
OUTPUT
C2
.02
C3
:01
R3
A1 6 10MEG
22MEG
6 COSINE
OUTPUT
C4
30pf
C5
02 30pf t0 =1Hz
6.3V
R2 01 R4
22MEG 6.3V 50K
This circuit produces a 1-Hz sine wave using two op amps. A single-chip dual op amp could be
used as well.
SIMPLE SINE-WAVE GENERATOR
+9V
R1 C3
82k 0.27
C2
R2 SPKR1
C1 1k 1027
0.27 adjust
an
01
1V\;1 rvVl ~
Waveforms
A 555 timer operating in the astable mode generates the driving pulses and two 4518 dual BCD
(binary coded decimal) counters provide the square waves. A TL081 op amp serves as an output
buffer-amplifier, and potentiometers Rl and R2 are used in order to control the pulse's frequency
and amplitude, respectively.
The output-frequency range can be varied by changing Cx For example, a value of 0.1 ~F gives
a range from about 0.1 to 30 Hz, and a value of 4 70 pF gives a range from about 10 Hz to 1.5 kHz. The
maximum output frequency is 30 kHz.
542
SINE-WAVE GENERATOR
Goln (dB)
~--- Fulldamenlal
-20
0.1 j.Lf ....
-68 3rdllannonlc
-80
O-B1 0.02 1.03 1.14 0.05

1/11
0.1f.l.F -5V Slgllllfclock ratio
In this circuit, a square wave is filtered by a high-order low-pass filter so that a -8-dB frequency
will eliminate most harmonics of the waveform. As a result, the filter outputs a fundamental sine
wave. This method is applied to generate a sine wave by using a switched-capacitor filter (MAX292)
(see the figure). This circuit offers wide frequency.range (0.1 Hz to 25kHz), low distortion, and con-
stant output amplitude throughout the whole frequency range_
SINE-WAVE SHAPER
5V
+2V-
VIN -~OV
-'lV
R1 >''------r-o:~-00
IBK
R3
-lv--V Q
39K
R6
Unlike most sine-wave shapers, this circuit is
SINEWAVE
'" AMPLITUDE temperature stable. It varies the gain of a transcon-
03 SV ductance amplifier to transform an input triangle
IN4148
01
wave int.o a good sine-wave approximation.
IN4148
~ "
1N4148 Ra-
5.11<
-5V
"
47K
5V +----+------'
543
PURE SINE-WAVE GENERATOR
Voo
2 13 2 ~L
CL OB
"' 14
13
16
1 A1
.\l
EN Voo
11*:
s1 p.L- G 3 V00 POW
OUTA ourcr;s;.
INc
VOUT
1(0;
...!.._ ENP ac 12 15"'< 7"" OUT8 8
9
LD s.lb---"
10 HH S6~3k
,, !Jl:_ Dct-06 rfr-19
16
Vee
GHO J!l . cs~
CLK GNDf-L
(IOuJ~
TIMES8)
CLK DUTf'''---''liHA Wil ~
L__.J Vss ,lo .,.
6 12
IC1
"""""""'
14HCI63
Vss .............
IC2
/JG5/J8
NOTES:
VDD TYPICALlY IS 51/
Vss TYPICALLY IS -SV
A TTL counter, an 8-channel analog multiplexer, and a fourth-order low-pass filter can generate
10- to 25-kHz sine waves with a THD better than -80 dB. The circuit cascades the two second-order,
continuous-time Sallen-Key fl.lters within JC3 to implement the fourth-order low-pass filter.
To operate the circuit, choose the filter's cutoff frequency,]~, by tying IC3's D 0 throughD 6 inputs
to.5 V or ground. The cutoff frequency can be at 128 possible levels between 1 and 25kHz, depend-
ing on those seven digital input levels. Because the circuit ties D 0 through D 6 to ground.fc equals 1
kHz. The 100-kQ potentiometer adjusts the output level between V,D- 1.5 V and ~s + 1.5 V.
544
92
Sound- and Voice-Controlled Circuits
675. The figure number in-the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Vocal Stripper
Sleep-Mode Circuit
Sonic Kaleidoscope
Automatic Fader
Voice Identifier for Ham Radio Usc
Whistle Switch
Audio Light
Voice-Activated Switch and Amplifier
Audio-Controlled Switch
Speech Scrambler
Audio-Controlled Mains Switch
545
VOCAL STRIPPER
-R";;,._~-~~~*
33K 0'
+ 12V
""
lMEG hI
2
h_
10
o1
~
""
"'
""
"'C5
047
R2 R18
""' +12V
3.3K
----:1.. C25
~,,
R49
C24
"'
PHASE lOOp~
FIG. 92-1A
{BASS
INSTRUMENTS) RIGHT
~"
LOW
0 I
~
HI/MID
(VOCAl '---~
LOW SIGNALS)
(SASS
INSTRUMENTS
546
VOCAL STRIPPER (Cont.)
f1 51 'V
-r$
0.5A. R1
~
2200 +1
+
R3
~ 01
1N4742
c1'
0.1 1K
'
'V +
L_-----",
1 C1 12V +1<, C3 PLED1
GN0
1000vf 1'"F
24VAC
+
F~
02
C2
R2 1N4742 G4
1000t.tf
220fJ 12V 1011F -12 v
FIG. 921C
Right- and left-channel signals pass through I C4-a and -b buffer amps into active crossover IC5; low
frequencies are sent to the 1C6-c mixer, and middle and high frequencies are sent to the analog delay
lines of lCl and 1C2. That output passes through 1C6-a and -d to filter high-frequency sample steps.
IC6-b signals are remixed with low frequencies by IC6-c and are sent to final out via IC4-c and -d buffers.
One channel (R) is a variable-delay circuit, using an analog bucket-brigade device and a variable
clock frequency. This is compared in amplitude and phase to the L channel (fixed delay). The local
can therefore he nulled out via R36.
SLEEP-MODE CIRCUIT
01 111914
Mlcrupholl/
~
10nF
"" ....
"""
...... .l
3HV
- SylllmCIDckOUI
The HA7210 oscillator IC combines with an ICL 7642 quad CMOS op amp to produce a sleep-mode
control circuit The circuit is put into the sleep mode with a logic high applied to the Reset input or with
an RC timer for automatic reset. The system is awakened by a signal from the microphone/sensor.
547
SONIC KALEIDOSCOPE
LED1-LEDJ6
R3 C17 REO
MIC1
1K 47 cs
+ 1 RB
[(\ 220K
C3 I C11
.1 4 1
U2-b U3
R4
3
+ 3115
1K 1<7 1/4 LM324
1K
All ~
220K
R1 C8
lOK 01 C12
47 J _________________________ _
8 15
+ ~ 14--------------------------
C2 +
4/ R2
10K
R10
61301! 3811 1]=========:-===== =======-====
G R9
15K
0 U1
7eog C9
01
+
C1
J1 3300 18
R14 17
12-15 VDC 220K C13
R13
3300 14
41
J[=========================-
U5 1~--------------------------
14
1111
R17
-10K 1]========= ===== ===========
_l.f _________ =
- ----- ~----- ----
u_________________________ ~
10 ::--.._
SEE TEXT
L__ _ ~ L~~~~~-1~~~~
The microphone input, MJCl, is fed through C3 and R4 to inverting amplifier U2-a; the gain of
U2-a is controlled by potentiometer R5. The output of U2-a is fed through C4 to the remaining op-
arnps (U2-b, U2-c, U2-d), whlch are all configured as band-passfilters. Each filter is tw1ed to pass a
different range of frequencies by its resistor/capacitor combination. With the values shown, U2-b,
U2-c, and U2-d have center frequencies of roughly 100, 1000 and 1500Hz, respectively.
Resistors R6, R9, Rl2 control the bandwidth and gain of their respective filter circuits, and can
range in value from 10 to 15 kQ. The output ofU2-b is capacitively coupled via C11 to the input of
U3, with R15 serving as the load resistor for U2-b. That resistor also keeps U3's outputs from "float-
ing" in the absence of a signaL Connected as shown, U3 uses its own internal voltage reference to
make a full-scale display of 1.2 V.
548
SONIC KALEIDOSCOPE (Cont.)
Each of the nine outputs of U3 (output 1 is not used) sinks four, series-connected (red) LEDs.
Op amps U2-c and U2-d are similarly connected to U4 and U5, respectively, driving green and yellow
LED strings. Resistors R18, R19, and R20 control the brightness of their corresponding LED arrays,
and they must be adjusted accordingly; different colors of LEDs usually vary in brightness. A lower
value of resistance will make the LEDs glow brighter.
Power for the circuit is supplied by a 500 rnA, 12-15-Vdc wall-pack transformer, via Jl. The out-
put of the transformer is filtered by C1 and is regulated by UJ; regulation is necessary to keep power-
line ripple from affecting the display. The supply pins of U2 through U5 are bypassed by capacitors
Cl4 through Cl7 to further ensure stability. An on/off switch was deemed unnecessary because the
power supply should be unplugged when the unit is not in use.
AUTOMATIC FADER
AUTOMATIC FADER
C4 R5
33K
9V
C1 S1
100 03
TIL209
01
BC109
J1
CONTROLLED
INPUT
C3 JJ
D1
1 OUT
OA91
0
01
All OA91
lMEG '
~
In this circuit, audio fed to the control channel is amplified and rectified by Dl and D2. This de
level activates LED D3 via Q2. The light from D3 causes R9, a light-dependent resistor to decrease
resistance. As Rll (audio gain) is set higher, more audio is present at the output of Ql. Audio fed
into J2 is shw1ted to ground via R9 and less of this audio appears at J3. Therefore, audio at Jl con-
trols the audio level fed to J3 from J2 and _produces a fade effect.
549
"'g;
VOICE IDENTIFIER FOR HAM RADIO USE
~
+815VDC
U2 AL1'ERNATIVE
OUT 14 IN 0 ~M_~OLT
ONLY
lSD [Use a 1N4001 diode '" place
1016 of tM 7805 regulator liS shown)
------- -----------------------
"'"
""
Using an ISD1016 audio record/playback chip (Information Storage Devices, Inc.), this circuit records and plays back mes-
sages on command. Although intended for use with transmitters, it can be used as an electronic notepad, etc. Consult the
ISD1016 data sheet for other applications.
WHISTLE SWITCH
n
6~12'1
300mA
,f- ,t;vk H N ~H"-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50.
-- SE.Pl"
BRl
It\
;~~
An
3.~ 1
~.
1~~
2..Jllk/
3 1
Zlw--a ~ ?12.s 4
l 14 1119
a.aK rv
-..1
; ~ , 4 a 82 K 14 ,14 40t'll =-t.___:..J ~
l ~ ~ 9 1(440111
Q
+I Ul r-- I 01
1I
LNIW51
r- 1 ~ U3
L.MH7
~ R12
I ()I(
~ U&a
1h 1.J15M
CIS
22
+ 1 2N%ZZ2
:f:-7201 CJ + 6 12 11 ~
~
..J
Cl _ + 10 f 1 2 1J 10 1!1111111 5 0
~ +'f=t~~
4
2000 ' C9 + "'-'U&-b( 6 7
. C4 i.~: + CHI 'C11 -
01 1 01 10 8
2R~K .,..
...,.
,,,Uk\9
Ctl R4 R13 R17 R18
220pf 101( Cll 22K 3.3t.t:G lOOK
.o1
R2
lO~EG YE- 11
47K
14
I ' 1
~~
..J.'!'..----1-j'_s__j_
5
__________L____-1-__!;Cf::-,
12 ll
-
113
15K
. 6
4711{
U5-b
13IU7-d )>!-!-
7 !..p-. 6 4 8 5 If!~ ,,,.,,,
~~
M LJIIaljl ~.0.1.-
4X 3U4~"''
R15 2
,
3
C7
.01
AS
2200
LIISSI
R6
151<
U1H7
1 2 17
-:F-
+ C16
22
CH
.Ol
~12
'I4II1B 01
11M101
N ~Lr'~------
1
Kl
C12 + C\4 SV
R6 R9 2.2 + 01
IOK 1.5K C~3 7
~MICI -

At the heart of the whistle Sl'~tch are a pair of tone detectors, each of which is built around an LM567 tone decoder, which
are supported by a minimum of additional components. This whistle s-.vitch is designed to respond to only two or more occur-
rences of a specific tone, or sequence of tones, within a specified period to prevent false triggering. Depending on the relay used,
various ac loads can be controlled. Microphone M!Cl picks up the sound and U2 amplifies the signal and feeds it to tone decoders
~ U3 and U4. These devices trigger U5-a and U5-b and the logic circuits that drive relay Kl.
AUDIO LIGHT
+V~---------r-----------r--~====~
3 ~-
+Vo 10 'f'"""'
1Meg 1 ~FL
.;.r: ~?
/, ~J.H'
5 In - 3.f-'-11'---0.--''fl<ll
~~ 4 5600
'--" LM3915 ::._?
56on I 31' -612 ''"~'
~~
3
Mike #1 0--VV'v--il f---._f-'"17 '14 LM3900
0.05 ~F 1Meg -913
,.Jl RHI ~?
~'~
~ 5 5600
- 12'f-1._,4c_____:''fl4"'
,_I REF0 "' ~ '?
Mike#2~1't--._+1-"'6 ~?~,;,;,1f4LM3900 - 151f-1'-"5'------'floll
/'"""J.H'
o.os'~F 1Meg ~?
1
~~'
- 181 f-'-'6'----------''{14"'
13
9 560 0
::.. ?
~ Rio _ 21 f-1'-'7'------"-''fl<ll
t'oJ<J.H"\
~ f--+-+-"1./
560 0 " 8 ~ ,,~,
Mike #3 1f LM3900 >0\ -
._!!REFad' ,1,_,8c___ _c.,,:-floii=--J.H
0.05 ~F 1Meg ~ 24~
- ~~
~ Gnd 27,f-'-1---''fl<ll
""""H--'
1o 560 o Mode '!Y
_ 56.00Jn1 ,
Mike #4 ~ f--<t-t--1LJ1\::<;I 1f4 LM3900
901 LED's
_j -,L_______
o.m\'~F '---_,.__ _ _ __.___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7
Lamp
Any
LM3915 n-".A.~~+<
output
RADIO ELECTRONICS FIG, 92-7
This circuit will produce an output when the sound exceeds a preset leveL The LM3915 is a log-
output bar graph driver. Use the transistor driver shown for higher current loads. To drive heavy-
current loads with an LM3915 output, you must add a transistor, as shown in B.
552
VOICE-ACTIVATED SWITCH AND AMPLIFIER
V+ V+ V+
R5
R1 1.5 MEG
Cl lOOK
.1 RE11ET
MIC IN<>--} 01
7 1 N914
>-'1"-6 _,_-o CONTROL
OUT
R2
lOOK + C3 R7
10 10MEG
-=
R4
lOOK R8
R3 y1ec0..---o AUDIO R6 1.3 MEG
C2 lOOK OUTPUT 50 0K
100
J,.
-=
In certain applications, such as transmitter or other communications and control applications,

this circuit should be useful. Both audio output and de control outputs are provided. R9 sets the con-
trol threshold.
AUDIO-CONTROLLED SWITCH
o---+9-12V
C5 + R7 R11 51
100I R2
27K
1000 4.7K
7
R4 R12
10K tMEG R6 01
470K 2112222
R8 +9-12V
4.7K
""'
R9
l
01 03
1HIU 7 IRF511 }OAO
02 C4 +
1NI14 47
The audio-controlled switch combines a pair of 741 op amps, two 2N2222 generai-purpose tran-
sistors, a hexFET, and a few support components to a circuit that can be used to turn on a tape
recorder, a transmitter, or just about anything that uses smmd.
553
SPEECH SCRAMBLER
.sv-r-::;::::1"~--, +5V
r--t--~--------~~--------t-~1~PA V~ 0~ of cs
Q~ ~CDLD9 3ABC5~
'til l
,,,.,1\
ICl-b
9 ~/:L.,4HCII
- .,JJ /'\....!._
f,_,
C4
.01 1
1Cla
/274HC74
tt CLK
l CLR
IC2-b
Dp1J ~B
~
IC3
A 74HC181
ET7
EO~fO1
1 CL
7
IC4
ET 4HC1B\o 9
a..Lr ..
1 IU ! 4 PR Q~ 1f174HC74
L.!. CL Vccfl!. 7
ED Vee ~
-.1Cf.i' "!=' +---1-'lCLK Q~ 8 15
~ co.!!
1f~ l4HCII 1 CLR D f-J 1.5MHz 750kHz
CLK CO I
"+'
CLK
R4
~ J~:,
~~
w.: I :f.;:.
GND
-
" a..lnL
CLOCK1.500MH.zl2
GNO
+256COUNTER
GNO
12
100U
CLOCK+ 2 JUT
,_
R1 COUNTER OUT 5.88kHz
2.2MEG XTALOSC
JJ +5Vf
INPUT
POWER 1 IC9 3
+SV
! - P~o
7f-
6-14VAC 01
C13
~ y *~14 .Ol POWER
D~j ~
6~ ~
CLK
CLA
D~
9
Df''-----,
"""'
' 2
'"'
ICB
SUPPLY
-5V
IC7-a
o!J
IC7-b
o.L
,..... C15~ 91~~ 7906 1/? 74HC74 't2 74HC14

02
TIMING GENEMOA
+SV:
"""' ...
r~I~CT~~~----~~5~.8~~~H~===============+===JMM~P~LI~OO~S~.Mt~H~z;=~~DM>~I~W~~~:~~~UL~S~EJ'~~~:~J~~~
1
R2 4 :/g_4HCI8 ,-'';>---"'"'---, sl h2 /~ 74HCI8 1
f 47(lg ~l) ~DR Tsx f:~8~1e!>D,O:::M,Hoo_________,__,CL,OO,K,_1,.5M=H'~':J:} lsx OR~ {f 2 4~11
R9
6.8K
11 OX
1514
~~4
v,, ~a
~ l C7
lO!,if
-~'
-5V
! ~~
~4 VBB
CLOCKS
T~~
OX 11
14
15
Rl1
6.8K
CODEC GND ~ ~ f"-----------_.

" "" " 10K
R15
3 AUDIO
7 * 7
GND COOEG
AJJDIO 3t:O %3 ~10

R6 - C9 R17 R14 C10 "'I' R7
OUT
-
XM1T
LEVEl
AUDIO 16
~'--~Ji"Q"'--+-----;)1-
'~
1
...
22K ljJF 1K
'*1 I
1K tp.F 22K 1 AUDIO
IN
OUT
VGC
'1
+r RECElvt:R
LEVEl
CB C11
.01 PHONE R21 Rt~f AUDIO TO
'""' ~
~
INrERr;.GE
"' "' HANDSET RCVR
R19 R20 C6
10K 10K
'"'
+"
IV< 01 J1
\!!.< '"""
""
8.21<

Using digital techniques, this circuit accomplishes the frequency-inversion algorithm via digiti-
zation of the audio, inversion of the sign uf every alternate sample, and D/A conversion of the resul-
tant data. The result is an inverted frequency spectrum. Because the circuit has two channels, this
system can be used in a full duplex two-way telephone scrambler.
A complete kit of parts is available from North Country Radio, P.O. Box 53, Wykagyl Station, New
Rochelle, NY 10804-00WA.
554
AUDIO-CONTROLLED MAINS SWITCH
..
\CJ
'" .,
' BO!l9
"
"'
100m A
r---r--{+i) 12V
500mA
::J!oLom-A-+-',"'.,"'ca"oo lOOO
"'
~

This circuit will switch off the line supply to audio or video equipment if there has been no input
signal for about 2 seconds. Sl provides manual operation and 82 acts as a reset. This circuit allows
for time to change a tape or compact disc. About 50 m V of audio signal is necessary.
555
93
Sound-Effects Circuits
Canary Sound Simulator Electronic Gong

110-dB Beeper Alarm Tone Generator
Siren Alarm Dual-Tone Sounder
1000-Hz Pulsed-Tone Alarm Low-Level Sounder
Tone Chime Sound-Effects Generator
Spaceship Alarm Siren
10-Note Sound Synthesizer Simple Multi-Tone Generator
Space-Age Sound Machine Siren Oscillator
556
CANARY SOUND SIMULATOR
+9V R7
47K
C4 R23
+9V 1801<
:~t
12 .001
+9V
I 1 j>.. 14
+9V
,. ~
R13 R31
01
1NU48 'I LM324 RlO R11 I
68K
R24
t 100K
+9V
R3 15K 33K 68K
470K ++ C3
, ....
W>
+ I P .. I R35
33<l
1000
~ ~
R36
CHIRP CONTROL
68K
OSCILLRDR A +ocs SPKR1
-
47
,. R32
4701<
"'
1
1 LM324 CHIRP OSCILLATOR A
R37 02 R1
R4 1fU148
33K lOOK ~
10K
TONE OSCillATOR A
"'
47K C6
.001
R26
180K
A2
10K
+9V
"'
MIXED
R20 OUTPUT
d
R6i, I l"j +9V lOOK
+9V 50K 7
,. R15
68K
<t I +9V +9V R33
lOOK
POWER
51 R9
rClO +
l 15Kl -~-~ n~
R27
68K
1/4 LM324
.,W: 47
B C2 +
EOc .,...
+9V 1 470 7
..... U2-b
CHIRP CONTROL
+...1. C7
BC328
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
OSCILLVOR B
:t7
CHIRP OSC:IllAiliR 8
R34
4701<
,. TONE OSCILLROR B
This circuit generates the sound of two canaries singing in a cage. Two LM324 quad amps make up seven oscillators. One os-
cillator is an on/off control, the other six generate the sounds of two canaries. A 9-V supply powers the circuit.
"'"'
...,
110-dB BEEPER
No~s:
74C14 1. Beepi111cunen1 d~ln =12 mA at 9~
F 12 2. Souol level= 110 dB al121n. at 9V
3. Beep ~le =approximately 2per secool.
4. Opmllng voltage range= 310 18 V
0.1 4.7M
C1
Mylar
I 4148
01
100 k
_
~2
L____~7.:I_-~nUII ,~. ~ FB(Feedb"kl
2J
Top view
Piezoelectric alarm
Panasoic EFB-8032821
This circuit will generate an car-splitting no dB from 9 V. The setup uses a single 74C14
(CD40106B) CMOS hex inverting Schmitt-trigger IC, which must be used with a piezoelectric device
with a feedback terminal. The feedback terminal is attached to a central region on the piezoelectric
wafer. When the beeper is driven at resonance, the feedback signal peaks.
One inverter of the 74C 14 is wired as an astable oscillator. The frequency is chosen to be 5 times
lower than the 3.2 kHz resonant frequency of the piezoelectric device. Feedback from the third pin
of the beeper reinforces the correct drive frequency to ensure maximum sound output.
Four other inverter sections of the !Care wired to form two separate drivers. The output of one
section is cross-wired to the input of the second section. The differential drive signal that results
produces about 18-V p-p when measured across the beeper. The last inverter section is wired as a
second astable oscillator with a frequency of about 2 Hz. It gates the main oscillator on and off
through a diode. For a continuous tone, the modulation circuit can be deleted.
558
+ o.o1I
;;)' "F
7 1'-j_ -= 22 k!1
t kfl
0.01
=
"FI
The ramp voltage from the low frequency oscillator lCl modulates 1C2 thereby producing a ris-
ing and falling tone like the siren wail of police cars.
1000-Hz PULSED-TONE ALARM
....+12V
8 4 8
4.7kH 4
4.7kfl
7 3 Output
to amplifier
47kH
NE 47k0
IC1
555 1N914
3
470!1
22fLF1
rF 0.01
!Cl generates a pulse that modulates the 1000-H?- tone generated by IC2. This circuit can be
used to generate warning or alert signals.
559
TONE CHIME
C2 R1
0> IMEG
INPUT C3
ll}i lf-o~
POSITIVE TONE OUT
TO AMP
PLJLSE
FROM CLOCK
R6
R5
lK
2.2K
'--+---..---IMr-- +12V
R4 C4
2.2K 47

A positive pulse input to Rl causes the active filter Ul-a to "ring." If the gain is set too high (R6),
the circuit will oscillate. R6 controls the positive feedback and the Q of the circuit. Cl and C2 can be
changed to adjust the tone frequency.
SPACESHIP ALARM
r--,---~-~.--------~~---.-~+12V
100 +
"FI 4.7
_r-
kll 8 4
7
15
3 Outto
kll IC1 3.3 amplifer
NESSS k.!l
2
6 3 10 kf!
0.011 ~
4.7 kf!
"F-
2.2 kfl
2N3906

By using two 555 timers this circuit produces a low frequency tone that rises to a high frequency
tone in a little over 1 second. Then the sound stops for about 0.3 seconds, thereafter the cycle re-
peats. To produce the alarm sound of the Star Trek spaceship.
560
10-NOTE SOUND SYKTHESIZER
Cl . . . . . . . . . . 22 ~F Electrolytic Capacitor
C2 0.01 ~F Capacitor
C3 0.1 ~F Capacitor (104k}
C4 10 p.F Capacitor
ICl, IC2 555 Timer IC
IC3 4017 IC
Ll Red LED
Pl-Pl2 Sk Trimmer Resistor
Rl, R3,R4 .. .. .... .. . lk Resistor
R2 200-ohm Resistor
RS 4.7k Resistor
R6 100-ohm Resistor
R7 15-ohm Resistor
Sl, 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Switch
As shown, three !Cs are used to produce the sounds. ICl is a 555 timer that generates clock
pulses. It is configured as an astable multivibrator. The frequency of the clock pulses is set by trim'
mer potentiometer Pl. These clock pulses are coupled to the input of IC3 (a 4017 CMOS Johnson
counter) on its clock input pin 14. Each clock pulse causes IC3 to shift a "high" to each of its output
pins in sequence. A trimmer resistor, which can be adjusted to set a different frequency for each
note, is connected to each of IC3's output pins. One side of each of the trimmers is connected to pin
5 (the control voltage pin) of IC2.
IC2, another 555 timer IC, creates the tone; the overall pitch of the tone can be varied by P2. As
the output sequences from the 4017, that tone, which is changed in frequency by each output shift
isapplied to a small speaker from pin 3 of IC2. An LED, which flashes with each clock pulse, is con-
nected to pin 3 of !Cl. Switch S2 is used to vary the sound between "flowing" and distinct notes.
561
SPACE-AGE SOUND MACHINE
" 1 4
C1 1 ~F Radial Electrolytic
Capacitor
"' R1
2
3
13
12 R9
C2, C3 .. 0.01 ~F Disc Capacitor
IC1 ........ 556 Dual Timer IC
R3 4 IC1 f1L
10
L1 ........ Green LED
R2 ,....! Pl ........ 2 Meg Trimmer Resistor
6 9 ~"m 01 ........ 8714 PNP Transistor
I
7 8 R7
R1 ........ 82K Resistor
R2, R5 .. 33K Resistor
~
R4 SPK R3,R7 .. 4.7K Resistor
R5 R8 R4,R6,R9 ... 1K Resistor
!,:-
C2 L P1 C3 l1
RB .... .... 100 ohm Resistor
B1 '' Spk .. .. .. Small Speaker
--R6
\\ '
T'
PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 93-8
The space-age sound device uses a 556 dual-times IC to produce a phasor sound. That IC is ac
tually two 555 timer ICs in one 14-pin package, as shown in the schematic. Each timer inside the 556
is connected in an astable multivibrator mode.
The first timer has its frequency set by Rl, R2, and Cl. Its output appears on pin 5 and it is cou
pled through C2 and R5 into the trigger input of the second timer. The second timer has an ad
justable frequency that is controlled by Pl, R6, and C:3.
In the second timer, the first frequency mixes with the second frequency and produces the pha
sor-like sounds. The output of the second timer, which has the two signals mixed together, is
brought from pin 9 through limiting resistor R7 to the input of Ql. The function of pnp germanium
power transistor Q1 is to amplify the signal to the level that is needed to drive the speaker. The green
LED, Ll, converts electrons directly into visible photons (light) in time with the pulses from the
speaker. The purpose of resistor RS is to limit the current through the LED to a safe level.
562
ELECTRONIC GONG
ICiad 74COON
b
IN914
100k0 22 kO
10MO
470pF
R1
50 k
330 li:fl 330 kfl

C3 0.002 11F
Tl081
10 k!!
+ 12V
10kfl

The electronic gong is comprised of mt oscillator (built around half of a 74COON quad 2-input
NAND gate), an active twin-T lilter (built around a TL081), and will drive an audio mnplifier IC such as
m1 LM386N. Pulses from astable mnltivibrator ICJ cause the twin-tee active filter U2 to ring, producing
a dmnped sinusoidal output. Cl varies rate and C2-C3 vmy gong frequency. Adjust Rl Ior best "tone"
sound.
ALARM TONE GENERATOR

.-~~----~----------------~--~~~+12V
100 +
"Fl 4.7
kfl 8 4
IN4007
3 470D
TIP41
100p..i

Jn this alarm tone generator, a TIP41 trmtSistor is used as a speaker driver. Rl, R2, and Cl de-
terrnines the frequency which is 1400Hz with the values shown.
563
DUAL-TONE SOUNDER
An outside horn-type speaker works best with the circuit. However, such devices require a great
deal of power, so this sow1der should only be used in alarm circuits where at least a 6-A SCR is used
as the sounder driver.
A single CMOS 4001 quad 2-input NOR gate, two 2N3904 general-purpose npn transistors, and a
single MJE3055 power transistor combine to generate a two-tone output. Gates U1-a and U1-b are
configured as a simple feedback oscillator with R2 and C2 setting the oscillator's frequency. With the
values shown, the circuit oscillates at about 500 Hz.
Gates U1-c and Ul-d are connected in a similar oscillator circuit, but they operate at a much
lower frequency. The oscillator frequencies (and thus the tones that they produce) can be altered by
increasing or decreasing the values of R 1 and C 1 for the low-frequency oscillator andR2 and C2 for the
high-frequency oscillator. Decreasing the values of those components will increase the frequency; in-
creasing their values will decrease the frequency.
The two oscillator outputs are connected to separate amplifiers (configured as emitter follow-
ers), whose outputs are used to drive a single power transistor (Q3, an MJE3055). A 10-Q, 5-W re-
sistor, RG, is used to limi\ the current through the speaker and Q3 to a safe level. To boost the sound
level, R5 can be replaced with another speaker.
LOW-LEVEL SOUNDER
This is a simple low-level noise maker that's
ideally suited to certain alarm applications. When
A the sounder is located in another part of the build-
TO +V OR
RESET SWITCH ing, the sound level is loud enough to be heard,
but is not loud enough to warn off an intruder. A
single 2N3904 npn transistor is connected in a
Hartley audio oscillator, with a 1 kQ to 8-Q tran-
sistor-output transformer doing double duty.
The circuit produces a single-frequency tone
that can be varied in frequency by changing the
value of either or both R 1 and C 1 . Increasing the
value of either component will lower the output
frequency and decreasing their values will raise
the frequency. Don't go below 4. 7 kQ for Rl be-
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 93-12 cause you could easily destroy Ql.
564
SOUND-EFFECTS GENERATOR
" "'
tone IN414B
jt__,---'-
"'
r a
"
820 k
~
~70 k
a' "
"'
220 k 470fl
a '
"'
100 k
.,,, "
m
"' a;' ""
ao' "'
a''
"
"'
"
5.1 k

The circuit consists offour parts: a binary cowrter, aD/A converter, a VCO, and an audio output
amplifier. The speed at which the counter counts depends on the frequency of the output of the
VCO, which in till'Il is detenmincd by the output of the counter. That feedback loop gives this circuit
its characteristic output.
The initial frequency of oscillation is determined by potentiometer Rll. The VCO first oscillates
at a relatively low frequency, and it gradually picks up speed as the control voltage supplied by the
D/A converter increases.
The D/A converter is simply the group of resistors Rl through RS. When none of!Cl's outputs is ac-
tive, little current will flow into the base ofQl, so the VCO's control voltage will be low. As more and more
counter outputs become active, base current increases, and so does the VCO's frequency of oscillation.
The VCO itself is composed of !C2-a, IC2-b, and Ql; the tinting network is Dl through D4, Cl,
RIO, and Rll. The diode bridge functions basically as a voltage-controlled resistor. The buffer am-
plifier is made up of the four remaining gates from IC2, all wired in parallel. The volume is sufficient
for experimental purposes, but you might want to add an amplifier, speaker, or both.
.. SIREN
An LM380 audio JC is configured as a feed-

back audio oscillator. A transistor astable modu-
lates this oscillator at a low frequency, which
produces a siren tone.
565
"'
Ol
Ol ALTERNATE TONE ALARM
R3
.LH-+--"~f-~-N~a;~~iff
;-1 Q
r+l 6 to 9 V
R9
R6 R7
"
"1::3
C4-lf---OJ
IC1 MC1458 dual op amp
IC2 dual 4-watt amplifier C1,C2 .1 11F
R1,R2 10 leO C3,C6 .1 11F
R3,R4 1 MD C4,C8 200 ,.F, 15 v
R5, R14 2.2 kO c1 eo
,aF. 10 v
R10,R6 500 kO polentiometers C9,C5 6 ,.F
R11 ,A1 100 kO Spks 8 ,.F, 12-inch
R8, A12 Batteries (2 required or
R13,R9 4.7 kO bipolar supply)
1989 A-E EXPERIMENTERS HANDBOOK FIG. 93-15
A two-tone generator that is alternately switched ON provides a high/low output as might be heard from a traffic vehicle like
a police car or ambulance.
!Cl, CD4011, quad 2-input NAND gate is a two-tone oscillator in which each side, pins 1 through 7 and 8 through 13 set the
tone frequencies. Changing the values of C2 and C1 determines the high/low tones. The outout frequencies are coupled to IC2,
CD4011, of which one side (pins 1 through 6) acts as a buffer. The buffer is necessary to prevent loading on the outputs that
would occur if one tried to go directly to the LM386 amplifier. The other side of IC2, pins 8 through 13, is a slow pulse oscillator
of approximately 8Hz per second. The output at pin 10 is connected to IC4 as a clock.
IC4, CD4027, is a dual J-K master-slave flip-flop that is wired to perform as a toggle switch in which Ql and 15, and Ql ("'OT)
pin 14, go high and low alternately (flip-flop). The clock input from IC2 pin 10 is connected to pin 13 of IC4, and the outputs at
pins 15 and 14 changes the flip/flop state with each positive pulse transition. The CD4027 f1mctions in toggle mode when the set
and reset inputs, pins 9 and 12, are held low or grounded. Also, J-K inputs, pins 10 and 11, must be held high or to the positive.
The outputs Ql and Ql (NOT), pins 15 and 14 are connected to pins 13 and 1 respectively of !Cl that enables or disables. Thus,
each tone oscillator is turned on and off alteroately. IC3 is a straightforward low-voltage audio amplifier.
SIREN OSCILLATOR
9 ... 12V
Enable Q
LS
4ll
>5W
N1 .. -N3 = 1f41C1 = 4093
VN 66 AF
SGD
180n
85417
A CD4093 chip and a few components make up a siren oscillator, which drives power MOSr'ET
Tl. A 4-Q speaker is driven directly from this device. The siren is enabled by a logic high applied to
the ENABLE input.
567
94
Square-Wave Generator Circuits
Square-Wave Oscillator
Sclunitt Trigger or Sine-to-Square Wave Conve1ter
60-Hz Square-Wave Generator
Squarc'Wave Oscillator
Schmitt Trigger SineSquare Generator
10-Hz to 10-kHz VCO with Square- and Triangle-Wave Outputs
568
SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR SCHMITT TRIGGER OR
SINE-TO-SQUARE-WAVE CONVERTER
SOUAAEWAVE OSCILLATOR
R3 R3 RB
lOOK R1 R4
RI
.--o Outpu1 L 180'
lOOK > 1'::14---i---<> V OUT

11 LM124 R4
lOOK R2
R2
1OOK
'------'\N'v-....>----0 Ou1pu1 LO'
R5
R6
An op amp with posilive feedback generates

a square wave. The period of the oscillator is de- WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 94-2
termined by R3 and Cl. This sine-wave triggered circuit produces two
square-wave outputs that are 180 out of phase.
60-Hz SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR
117VO LTS
r
AC 0 UTPUT SQUAREWAVE OSCillATOR
t:}:
R1
100K
--evl
I LEVEL
ADJUST
Rl
15K
R2 -
1UUL
0
47on -
Bl I
15VOLTSI
'---~","',----<>-scr,r"' o:;i 1: RJ
lOOK
R4
100K
470\l: I -
-~----....L _ __:-_j

This generator circuit uses an overdriven
amplifier to produce a 60-Ilz square wave from
the 60-Hz ac line. The circuit can be used in line- Positive feedback is via R3 and R4 and Rl
operated applications as a clock source. and Cl determine period.
569
VARIABLE-FREQUENCY SCHMITT TRIGGER
SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR SINE-/SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR
,-----------.-------~+lOV
2.2 k!l +10V
B 4
22 k.{l
2
3 Square
10 1-LF 10 kf!
NE wave
e>----1 + 6
555
output
Sinewave 5
22 kll
input
0.01 ~-LF

This simple square-wave generator produces

a variable frequency output of 2800Hz to 80 kH' A sine wave input can produce a square wave
with the values shown. Frequency is adjusted output by this Sclunitt trigger circuit based on a
with potentiometer Rl. IC. 1555
10-Hz TO 10-kHz VCO WITH SQUARE- AND TRIANGLE-WAVE OUTPUTS
10Hz TO 10kHz VOLTAGE CONTROllED OSCILLATOR

C1 C2 TRIANGULAR
+ 15V R7 WAVE
.oo1-f 150pf- lfJMEG OUTPUT
II
5m V-5Y
R1
10K R2
22K
"K
2
Ul
7
6
~
l-- 03
1 N751
04
SOlJA Rf
WAV F
IJUTP ur
3 + (at:101A ~1N751
01 va -15V
2N3:2~
~G ~:
R6
R3 I .. 2N5019
07 R5 5.1MEG
b~
3301< 22K R10
15V 1K R11 1
2~
01 02 R4 ~ R8
1N457 1N457 4/K 20K
1K LF111 + 8 R12
"AOJUSr FOR SYMMETRICAL SOIJP..RF ~
wAVE TIME WHEN V -50mV R9 3K

M INIMUM \:APACITA~CE 20pF 10~.- + 15V
M AXIMUM fREQUENCY 50kHz
57'0
95
Stepper Motor Circuits
Bipolar Stepper Motor Drive Circuit

Stepper Motor Circuit with FET.Drivers
Dual Clock Circuit for Stepper Motors
571
BIPOLAR STEPPER MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
6 14
2
3 2 4
Cl
.05
07 08
1111U 1 4
05 D6
111114 111114
03 04
111114 111114
Rl Dl +12V 02
111814 111114 R3
4700 4700
RED RW GRN
WIRE WIRE
R2 R6 RB R4
4700 2700 2700 4700
02 04
2112222A 2112222A
RED.wHT GRN/WHT
WIRE WIRE
A 4017 decade counter/divider driven from a low-frequency oscillator (Ul-a and Ul-b) is used
to drive transistor switches to sequence the windings, as is needed. MOT! is a 12-V stepper motor.
R9 and RIO are selected for the motor's current rating. A 3.3-Hz signal from Ul will cause the motor
to run at I rpm, a 33-Hz signal will result in 10 rpm, etc.
572
STEPPER MOTOR CIRCUIT WITH FET DRIVERS
+12V
REO RS R6 GRN
WJA WlRE
Rl
lOOK
REDM'KT
WIRE
R4
1001<
TILis motor-driver circuit replaces the eight bipolar transistors of the previous circuit with four
IFR5ll power hexFET's (Ql through Q4).
DUAL CLOCK CIRCUIT FOR STEPPER MOTORS

+12V
1--0N
o..OFF
U1--d 11
1/44011
R1
1001<
01
1HIU
CLOCK
DUTPIJT
r-'1""'"---~TO PIN 14
OFU2
10N INFIG.2
O:OFF
R2
lOOK
C2
.047 OVERRIDE
1=0N
O.OFF
This oscillator can be used to drive a stepper motor circuit at two preset speeds with override to
shut the motors off.
573
96
Stereo Circuits
FM Stereo Transmitter
Stereo TV Decoder
Crystal-Controlled FM Stereo Transmitter
Stereo TV Decoder
One-Chip Stereo Preamp with Tone Control
Audio Expander
Mini Stereo Amplifier
Stereo Balance Meter
Stereo Preamplifier
Stereo Phono Amplifier with Bass Tone Control
574
FM STEREO TRANSMITTER
!jl =!rom +1.4 volt

regulated supply 08 I. '"'
c"
0.001
C22
<>--"""'--r--_.____,__,.----r--1(--l
varactOI'
pair 01
"'
c"
""
""
0'
02
'"
""
LAMP
+1.4 Vd<:
(source)
From 12 v baHary
WARNING: Ba sure to current limit the AUX input with an axtamal 1K resittorl

A BA1404 IC is used to generate a complete FMMPX signal The chip contains all of Lhc neces-
sary circuitry. Cl and R3, and R4 and C4 provide pre-emphasis. The transmitter runs on a single AA
ceiL L~i is :1 turns of #20 wire on a!!,," drill (for a form). L3 is X" long. L4 is 4 turns #20 wire on Y,," drill
hit, spaced to%". If monophonic operation is wanted, omit C5 ru1d the 38-kHz oscillator components.
575
STEREO TV DECODER
Jl
RF INPUT ICl IC3 R
4 5MHz STEREO
DEMODULATOR DECODER L
IC2- a
RF BUFFER
J1
MULTIPLEX
AFINPUT
J5
HEADPHONES
p1
A block diagram of the stereo-TV decoder is shown in A. It shows the overall relationships be-
tween the separate sections of the circuit; B through E show the details of each subsection. The de-
coder section centers around ICI, a standard 4.5-MHz audio demodulator. The output of !Cl is
routed to Sl, which allows you to choose between the internally demodulated signal and an exter-
nally demodulated one. Buffer amplifier IC2-a then provides a low-impedance source to drive IC3, an
LM1800 stereo demodulator.
When IC3 is locked on a stereo signal, the outputs presented at pins 4 and 5 are discrete left- and
right-channel signals, respectively. In order to provide noise reduction to the L- R signal, you must
recombine the discrete outputs into swn and difference signals. Op amp IC4-a is used to regenerate
the L - R signal. It is wired as a difference amplifier, wherein the inputs are sununed together ( +L -
R). Capacitor ClS bridges the left- and right-channel outputs of the demodulator. Although it de-
creases high-frequency separation slightly, it also reduces high-frequency distortion.
The L + R signal is taken from the LM 1800 at pin 2, where it appears at the output of an internal
buffer amplifier. The raw L -R signal is applied to IC4-b, a 12-kHz lowpass filter. The L + R signal is also
fed through a 12-kHz low pass filter in order to keep the phase shllt wtdergone by both signals equal.
Next, the L- R signal is fed to Q2. It. allows you to add a level control to the L- R signal path; it
provides a low source impedance for driving the following circuits, and it inverts the signallSOO. In-
version is necessary to compensate for the 180 inversion in the compander.
Next comes the expander stage. At the collector of Q2 is a 75-].ts de-emphasis network (R27 and
C29) that functions just like the network that is associated with Ql. Note that Q2 feeds both Q3 and
576
STEREO TV DECODER (Cont.)
JUMPER -i--,1 T1 ~(--,-'1M---~ 15V
o~:10.7,,MH> IF C1 12~ !!
1
- 01 5
SEE TEXT
ICI
~~ 470pF MC1358
INPUT C3'
"'""rn----,d10
'-J;--'1'346!1 DECODER
STAGE
- .05 Ll
331J.H
R2
IOK
LEO\
C5 ~ PilOT
Cl 5 - 60pf C6
""-
. 10pfl '1:::\
'"') -
+ISV +ISV
50V RB R9 ~ AlO
100 IK J.JK
J2
~~
I!Eb/
MPX
AUO
~~~ &
Sl
SOURCE 47C09p~' C13I01
16 )
Cl6 Cl6
INPU R1 .41
R3
R5 ~ 14 .22
RIJ
IOK
INPUT "' +" "' 1 C11
9
~~1747
JJOK
LEVEL
~
'"'
50V
C8
IC2- 3
Y1 LM35B
I
...'"'
50V
1
12 '"
lMISOO 5
=:J.~
"
lOOK
~~ Ct4
05 Cl8 ' ' IC4 a
t 15V 1 0041 y, LM358 7
Cl~ ~ ~ R5
lOOK
Cl2
C\9 ~ 5 1
'' 0012
47~ Rl2
50V
- t' 6
lOOK
'"
47K
*p"' r-
~-l?:
+ 15V + 15V RIB Rl6
lJK
ir.- 8
i?
01
I 'fc 21
"'"'
IC2- b )
0015 IC4- b 1
.0039 Pll All
y, LMJ58 C20 -3.3K R\5 LMJSB
)t,
5 '
lfU~
K
AP-JUST 0016 4JK 3 + 4
R20 R2l L+R ~

,l' ~
4.JK 4.7K
fc,0022 C26
R23
Ml~~IX--: M!f--D C27
OUTPUT
MATRIX
TO
DECODER
C2[
0022
l-
TO
R
NO IS E
INPUT
015 IJ.lF (FIG 7J - REDUCT ION
LEVEL
50V STAG E
(FIG.E)
THE DECODER STAGE converts the multlpleKed audio signal Into L + R and L- R signals.
IC5-a, a -12-dB per octave high-pass filter. The output of that filter drives the rectifier input of IC6,
an NE570. The 75-Hz high-pass filter at the rectifier input helps to prevent hum, 60-Hz sych buzz,
and other low-frequency noise in the L-- R signal from causing pumping or breathing.
The NE570 contains an on-board op amp; its inverting input is available directly at pin 5 and via
a 20-kQ series resistor at pin 6. The 18-kQ resistor (R30) combines with the internal resistor and C32
(0.01 JlF) to fonn a first-order filter with a 390-Jls time constant. Because the internal op amp oper-
ates in the inverting mode, the -(L -- R) signal is restored to the proper (L - R) forrn.
The output of the expander drives another 75-Hz high-pass filter, but this one is a third-order
type that provides -18 dB per octave rolloff. It is used to keep low-frequency noise from showing up
at the output of the decoder. At this point, the (L- R) signal has been restored, more or le'", to the
condition it was in before it was dBx companded at the transmitter.
577
The L + R signal from IC3 is fed to a 12~kHz low~pass filter, 1C2~b, with a -12 dB per octave slope.
The output of the high~pass filter is applied to a 75 ~s de~emphasis network (R22 and C26). The L +
R audio signal is now restored properly. Ql is wired as an emitter follower to provide a high load im~
pedance for the de~emphasis network and a low source impedance for level control R23. Next, the L
+ R signal is fed to the matrix decoder.
Op amps IC7~a and IC7~b are used to recover the individual channels. First, IC7~b is configured
as unity~gain difference amplifier. The (L + R) signal is applied to its inverting input, and the (L- R)
signal is applied to the noninverting input. Therefore, the output of IC7~b can be expressed as -(L +
R) + (L- R) ~ -L + L- R- R ~ -2R. Similarly,JC7~a is configured as a mixing inverting amplifier.
Here, however, both sum and difference signals are applied to the inverting input. So, the output of
IC7~a is (L + R) - (L - R) ~ -L- R- L + R ~ -2L. Because both channels have been inverted, the
stereo relationship is preserved.
The two op amps in IC8 provide an additional stage of amplification to drive a pair of stereo
headphones. If you don't plan to use your headphones, or if you are content to use only your stereo's
headphone jack, all components to the right of Jinccoutput jacks J3 and J4 can be deleted.
+ISV +15V +l5V

C32 R30
.01 18K
R25
SK 13 6 5
COMPANDER
3
INPUT NOISE
LEVEL IC6 1
'lz NE570 REOlltTION
+ STAGE
CJI 2
R24
101-J.F
50V - +
1K
R29
l-R 21lK
INPUT R26
IFIG.SI 1.5K
C34
.22
R36 R35
t15V
+cas C35 22K !OK
l~F .22
C31 50V
.22 R32
21lK
R39
201(
L-R
R33 R34 OUTPUT
21lK 39K
TO
R40 R41 MATRIX
21JK 39K DECODER
IFIG. 71
THE NOISE REDUCTION STAGE decompands the l-R signal, and emulates dbxstyle
8
processing. As described elsewhere in this article (see box). true dbx processing is not_currently
possible in a home-built-circuit due to the inavailability of the dbx IC's.
578
l+R J3 MATR1X AND

INPUT RIGHT AMPUfiR
+15V
iF!G. 5! C4ll CHANNEl STAGE
lO~F LINE
50V OUTPUT
+
""
lOOK +15V
R55
39K
R43
lOOK R47 -fl51 +15V
47DK lOOK R52-a
lOOK +
1/\)lUME
: C42
1 lOttf
R44 R48 "=' ! 50V R51
t-R lOOK lOOK r-- -J
!K
INPUT
lflG ., I'
' J4
lEFT
'' CHANNEl
LINE R59
+ ''' OUTPUT lOOK
tn "+15K
C41 '
10p.F ''
L - -~
R56
50V 39K
R52 -- b ~.,J'C!+i(--'IIV>r"-'1
lOOK -c:
VO__L!:!_~~
C39 ~0
!Op.F
sov
lOOK
""
lOOK
C46
Hl!J.F +
50V
THE MATRIX STAGE separates-1he L +Rand L- R signals into the lett- and right-channel
components. Op-amp'IC8 and associated components provide an optional headphone output. If you
do not wish to drive a pair Of headphones, or plan to use your amplifier's headphone jack for that
purpose. all components to the right of jacks J3 and J4 can be deleted.
R63
lK
01 04
IN4002 2N2222
+l&V
lll {
VAC
330!1
... + C52
+
""22 2.2
S2
POWER
02
IN4002 4.7K
R62 "'
50V "'
50V
+ C49 + C51
2.2 + C53
C48 470,uF 2.2 ,uf
2200.vF
25V
+
16V "'
50V 50V
579
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED FM STEREO TRANSMITTER
T1
T1
4 1 r-----,
,.
s J "'
ijlll~';--+--'
C23
BOTTOM VIEW .0039
J1
LEFT INPUT
C1
'-1Cc::=:t' '
001
20K
R1 fo--r--th
R3 C10
75K
""' +
C2
.001
AF GND
C3
.001
J2
RIGHT INPUT C11
+
" L,.
AF BIAS BIAS
osc PILOT
OUT
MPX MOD
OUT IN osc osc
GNO
Rf 8
22J.If L3
13 14 12
.
9 "
R5
C5 151M( C18
"
-
.001
.001
2.71(
1"'
C17
,_,.,.
020
L2
1pH
C12 + C6 "'
220pf
C13 +
"'
15pf
<3pF
C7
'"" .001
""' .001

In tllis application, a BAI404 is used to generate an FM MPX baseband signaL This modulates a
crystal oscillator (Q3) via a dual varactor series modulator. This transmitter can be to play CD audio
on an existing FM auto radio.
STEREO TV DECODER
STEREO TV DECODER + 12V
MULlIPLEXED A11 II R6 ca A10 A12

AUDIO 330U 330n .47 4.7K 4.7K
ci\LED1
IN PUT
C1
f
R1
10K
+
C3
330
,
'~
330
"""'
"
65
.001
2
d 1~
..,.,U1
.. 121
r,-- fC10
.01
C11
01
RIG HT
e.; ~l4~'
.005 R4 7 14 OUTPUT
R6
47K LE FT
C2 C8 C7 R9
OUTP UT
o,~' IV 05 16K
"
R3
4.1K
" "!! )2N2Z22
R5
27Q
01
AI
4?K
C9 _>
470pF
A2
20K w
Ql is an audio amplifier and Ul is used as a 31.5-kHz subcarrier, which is similar to 38-kHz FM
MPX. Pilot frequency is 15.734 kHz.
580
ONE CHIP STEREO PREAMP WITH TONE CONTROL
m
"Q;?---1 " "
3
"'
'"
ICI
TCA 5500
< (TCA 5550)
L 0 .,, " ' " 18 14 lO
'"
87405
A Motorola TCA5500 or TCA5550 can provide a stereo preamplifier system with tone controls.
This circuit provides a gain of about lOX, a 14-dB tone-control range, a 75-dB volume control
range, and it can operate from 8 to 18 Vdc. IC2 provides 15 V for !Cl, and the input of IC2 can be
supplied from the power amplifier's power supply ( +) rail. Dl and R5 should be used if over 30 V
input will be used.
581
AUDIO EXPANDER
LE01
STR~EO 0 Slb
R2
12K C11
I.
R16
470{1
o:
'
1QOt<F + 9 MUTE I- EXPAND :
~81-a
STEREO
MONO~~
'-t~'oFo"'-7'-j ENHANCE
L~h LED2 LED RIGHT 13
OUTPUT AMBER IC OUT
TDA3810
R3 R9
50K C8
LEFT 22K .033
EXPAND
R8
J2 22K
LEFT RIGHT
INPUT INPUT
J3
J1
DC
INPUT
+
01 C1
1N4001 .1
This audio processor is based on the Signctics/Philips TDA3810N stereo, spatial, pseudo-stereo
processor, !C. This processor uses a Philips TDA38JOIC device, and it functions as an expander,
pseudo stereo processor, and audio enhancer. Pseudo stereo is obtained by routing various frequen-
cies to each channel via active filters.
582
MINI STEREO AMPLIFIER
'
9V n
<600mA
150rl
QV]EB
-
PlJOk log STEREO
SC:StartclfCut
DC: Oe<:ouplong
4701'
-16V

Using a Thomson TEA2025, this stereo amplifier provides 1 W per charmel into 4 Q with a 9-V
supply. Input sensitivity is 25 mV p-p for full output. Note that pins 4, 5, 12, and 13 of!Cl should be
effectively grounded to a ground plane and heatsinked.
STEREO BALANCE METER

STEREO BALANCE METER + 9V
&::?
R4 ~ 03
100K Tll2011 IN4001
AS
Dl AI 39K
~
C1
OA91 -101<
j 2':>- 7 620U
R7
U1 6
+
3 741
R
C2
10 D?
OA91
R2
IK
I y, R3
IOK e2on
RS
LED2 04
c;;
10
R6
39K T~ IN4001
- ~"-"

When L & R signals are equal, no output is present from Ill, and pin 6 is at a steady 4.5 V. Un-
balanced audio causes the LEDs to vary in brightness, which causes a difference that corresponds to
unbalance between channels.
583
STEREO PREAMPLIFIER STEREO PHONO AMPLIFIER
WITH BASS TONE CONTROL
STEREO PREAMPLIFIER
~32V
STEREO PHONOGRAPH AMPliFIER WITH
BASS TONE CONTROL
cs
.01
R3 R9
R1 1K
470K J2 51K
C1 +
100I C5
~
A4 0.33
51 0K
S1EREO C6 Rll
0.033 10K
CERA.MIC
CARTRIDGE'---.,
...- C10
R4
270K
C?
150pF
~1----1 500
~~~~----~'~ f~'ll--t-'-1
1 R1
1 1MEG
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG.96-9 C14 R5
50 ~
I 1MFG SPKR1
v, 80
A building block for audio work, the circuit R6
1MEG
can be used as a general-purpose preamp. Use
two circuits for stereo applications. C3
+---!ch-
01 o.1
11
10
R2
1MEG
+ C12
500
R16
R7 2.70
51 0K
RS
C4 51K R14 C13
100 1K 01 SPKR2
80
+
584
97
Switching Circuits
Simple Video/Audio Switcher Load-Disconnect Switch

de-Controlled Switch Using Optoisolator Typical Two-Way Switch Wiring
Wideband Video Switch for RGB Signals HexFET Switch
Eight-Channel Audio Switcher de-Controlled FET Switch
Electronic Safety Switch Remote Two Way ac Switch Hookup
Audio-Controlled Switch Dual-Control HexFET Switch
Oscillator Triggered Switch
585
SIMPLE VIDEO/AUDIO SWITCHER
4.7K 10~F
right audio~
I
lett audio~
;
(::To E-
a
2O~F
:f-o
I
t-o
~f-o video
right audio
left audio
right audio~ \--- - {I)

left audio~ - -
:=---
(::T r
- -- - ---1 f-o right audio
- -- - f--o left audio
~f-o video
right audio~ \---- - - --
left audio~ \---- - - --
(II)
(::T f-
"'a ' " '
lOI lll U1 til l01 RD2 All
HAA11508
14 11
~12
I~ 11
All ROI
.' ' ' ' ' '

VII GNO Vl1 Cll V~l ~CC VIJ CT1 ~02 ~UT
L' 1 -
"
I
LJ
L--
(inputs)
- ( outputs)
7
+12V
CTRL1 CTRL2 MUTE

This channel selector selects video and stereo audio from any one of three different sources. The
circuit should be constructed on a PC board with plenty of ground plane to minimize noise.
de-CONTROLLED SWITCH USING OPTOISOLATOR
+5-12V
This de-controlled switch uses an optoisola-

tor/conpler, Ul, to electrically isolate the input
signal from the output-control device.
586
WIDEBAND VIDEO SWITCH FOR RGB SIGNALS
....
.
.
"

.
"
.
........ .
7
., ".
'
" "
" "
" "
..
" "
"
. +12V
' ..."'
., '
. -
""'
"'

"
7
'
LM1201 ".
.."
" ...
_ -
,.
. ...,
........... ""'
" "
" " ........... ......
.." "
" ,.
CUMI!A&MD)
""'
0.1_111'
0.1)lF
The switch shown selects 1 to 2 inputs and uses a National LM1203. The slew rate is 4~V p~p tnto
390 0 tn 5 to 7 ns.
587
EIGHT-CHANNEL AUDIO SWITCHER
+12V INPUTS
PL1 2
117VAC U5 5 6 7
BR1
1A
LM781t ~
J9 J10
~
J11 J12 ,-/'-------

J13 J14 -----------
J15 J16
C25 L.~_ RL _ RL-.,0. RL._L R
~. "'T+
.1
c7 J.
~
cg .
""'+
t,, + en:
+
012 "
+
c13'
+
;,,
+
G7-C14
1
R6 R11 R12 Rt3 R6-R13

R7 R8 R9 R10 100K
'---- ;---- 4
L__
,'---- ,'---- ,'---- 13
L__ L__
17 1512
....
3
5 1
18
.,. , STEREO
OUTPUTS
r--"----
10 18
'Jt.:J18
U2 7 5
+
14 9 + 10 R - ~
4017 +12V
..... ~; C6
* C4
100
1
+
, 1
-
7 5 14 9 10
7 3
LE~ 1
;y U4 12
R3 18
"
--
16
~ R14- R21
R5
2 ,____ 8~11,__13.___17..__ 1St----1-00K
" 1 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21
~ LEOS
C15~C 22 ~ C15 -~~ClG :~C17 ~ C1B ~fCC19 ~~C20 + fc21 + C22
LEOS 2- LED 9 t---::-ti~=~---'
l Rl Rl Rl R
~
~~~'----"--~-3-
~-: _:-"~_,_~__,-:_,. '".~:
LEOS
~ LE07
1-------::-'tM.l~--___j
~~ LEOS
INPUTS
___
C2J
I
100
LE09 +
This source is selected by pressing momentary-contact pushbutton switch Sl. Switch 81 is con-
nected to the trigger of a 555 oscillalor/Limer (U1) configured as a monostable multivibrator, which
generales one short output pulse for each press of Sl. That pulse turns on LED1 Lo give a visible in-
dication that the RRR is working correctly. That pulse is also used to clock U2 (a 4017 CMOS divide-
by-1-counter/divider).
Both LED1 and its associated current-limiting resistor R3 arc optional and can be left out of the
finished project without any affect on circuit operation. The 4017 advances by one clock pulse each
time 81 is pressed, turning on its corresponding output. Pin 9 (corresponding to output 8) of U2 is
directly connected to its own reset terminal at pin 1R. This allows the counter to count from zero to
seven, and then reset to zero on the eighth count.
588
EIGHT-CHANNEL AUDIO SWITCHER (Cont.)
Pin 13, the enable input of L12, is tied to ground to allow the counter to operate. Outputs zero
through seven are connected to eight indicator LEDs and the control pins of tile two LMJO:l7s (lJ:1
and U4). When an output is selected, its LED lights ami the corresponding control input on the
LM1 037 is brought high.
The LMl 0:37 has extremely high-impedance inputs and low-impedance outputs, so interconnec-
tion between various types and brands of equipment should not be a problem. That, together with a
wide-frequency response and low distortion, makes it ideal for use with good-quality, home-enter-
taimnent systems. The prototype of the audio switcher has a usable frequency response of from just
a few hertz to over 100 kHz.
Power for the switcher is provided by a rather simple circuit. 13ecause the switcher only draws
between 20 and 30 mA, a sin1ple circuit using the popular 7812 or 78112 (a low-power version) volt-
age regulator works quite well.
ELECTRONIC SAFETY SWITCH

CONTROL
OUTPUT
+12V
02
1N400Z
11"1
01
01
4 1H914 IRF&11
C2 R2
1 1MEG
s2 R4 ca+
~o-~--~1N5K~~--~-----'-'~----+------------+--~
The elecrrrmic su{erv-nmtrol is built arountflr4011 quad two-mput .\'AND Kille and un
/RF5ll hexFfT. .
117V AC
,:Jo
l
~~ INDUCTIVE
r'MT~I--1>--i OR
RESISTIVE
LOAD
TR1
C1 6A
2? TRIAC
The relay-replacement cmuit (shown here) can be uied 10

operate inductillt' or resistive loud.L

S1 and S2 must be depressed within 200 ms of each other to activate Kl. The hold time is ad-
justable via R7. S1 and S2 overlap time can he changed by changing Cl and C2 or R1 and R2.
589
AUDIO-CONTROLLED SWITCH
o--+9-12Y
R7 S1
C5 + R1t
TOOl "'
2/K
lOOn
RlO
lOK
4.7K
A4 A12
10K 1MEG A6 01
4701< 2N22Z2
R1
10K R8 +9-12V
4.71<
6
M1C 1N{ C1
.1
R3
C2
22
6 A9
2201( 1
4 C3 01
2/K .1 1N914 } LOAD
~
C6 + J
47 +
02 C4
~
1N914 47
~
This audio-controlled switch combines a pair of 741 op amps, two 2N2222 general-purpose tran-
sistors, a hcxFET, and a few support components to a circuit that can be used to turn on a tape
recorder, a transmitter, or just about anything that uses sound.
OSCILLATOR TRIGGERED SWITCH
+5-12V
R1
470<1
2 ~
IN
03
C4 C2 01 10V
.1 .1 1Nr1 ZENER
T1
+ C3
10 An oscillator is used here to generate a 9-V
bias to switch Ql. This removes the need for a
battery as a bias source.
R3 C1
820K .001
5
590
LOAD-DISCONNECT SWITCH
'""'
NICKEL-CADMIUM
BATTERY
A1 ~ ,.Ia
-
-~ J,
3
THRESHOLD
,,
~:.. ............
/C,
~rD'"""'""' ....
R3
""
'----..!
MAX8211 0.5mA
~ s
""' R4
HYST GND
'"
2
c.;
t
- =
~
:-JI Ia
,. oLC2 ~
Vee 1
e1- !---
- IC,
M AX680
C1 r
ALL CAPS (ll~F
GNO " r'--

J;
Deep discharge can damage a rechargeable battery. By disconnecting the battery from its loacl,
this circuit halts battery discharge at a preclctcrminecllevel of declining terminal voltage. Transistor
Ql acts as the switch. The overall circuit draws about 500 J.lA when the switch is closecl ancl about 8
11A when the switch is open.
TYPICAL TWO-WAY SWITCH WIRING
Voltage in o - - - - - 1 0 - : J
When the light is off, it can he tumecl on with
either switch. When it's on, it can be tumecl off
with either switch.
To lamp o~----<O~..C::>----'
591
HEXFET SWITCH
A
SEE TIXT
I
R2
R3
...
""
}
POPULAR ELCTRONICS FIG. 9710
The hexFET can switch de power to relays (as shown in A), motors, lamps, and numerous other
devices. That arrangement can even be used to switch resistors in and out of a circuit, as shown in
B. Rl, R2, and R3 represent resistive loads that can be switched in and out of the circuit.
de-CONTROLLED FET SWITCH REMOTE TWO WAY ac SWITCH HOOKUP
+5-12V
o-----<
R3 51
+ )
14700 .:. R1
Fl"='lr=ti....~'~00K;..-1...J.R2.!;~1R~-1 SWITCH lOAD lAMP,
10MEG MOTOR. ETC.

This switching arrangement is the type of
arrangement used in both domestic and indus-
This de-controlled switch uses an optoisola- trial environments to allow a light or other ac-
tor/coupler, Ul, to electrically isolate the input operated device to be controlled from more than
signal from the output-control device. one location.
592
DUAL-CONTROL HEXFET SWITCH
C1 01
.1 1NIU
nJ
+6-10V
lT1 C2
2kHz .47 05
M; 10V
j111K 02
IN ZENER
1NIU
R3
1000
C3 03 R1
.1 11114 10K
Lil
+6-10V
2kHz
AC
IN ji'" 04
11114
C4
.1
R2
27K
This dual-control switch uses two 6 to 10-Vac sources to trigger the circuit on and off; one source
for each function.
593
98
Sync Circuits
The "ources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
675. The ligure mrmber in the box of each circuit correlates to the cnlry in the Sources section.
Sync Gating Circuit

Sync Combiner
594
SYNC GATING CIRCUIT
Horizontal
15734.26 Hz sync
horizontal pulse
+V
1sT 51 13
+V IN CLR
__i_ +IN 7
ICB-a OUT
1/2 4528
IN CLR
12 9
Q--"=-j+IN ICB-b o5iui:frrf-"'-----t----.
59.94 Hz
vertical 1/2 4528 6
Vertical
T2 T1 sync
~
pulse
14l 15
II
R7
50 k
RB
270 k
cs
680 pF
-

This circuit guarantees that only one type of sync pulse is generated at a time. During vertical
sync periods, horizontal sync is disabled.
SYNC COMBINER
R9
1k
R10
This circuit combines H and V sync signals at
5k R12 TTL or CMOS levels and produces an NTSC
150 !1 video sync output.
NTSC
,-___JvR'\l/'
3
v----o video
-=- 200 !l
595
99
Tachometer Circuits
Analog Tachometer Circuits

Analog Tachometer Circuit
596
ANALOG TACHOMETER CIRCUITS
V+ G7
.1
ono
vvv
v,.
~~
R2
10K
D1
1Nt14
Rl
82K
o:o
R4
82K
8467 R5 R6
3 10K 10K
' U2
V+ 8
R1
R2
R3 R4
6 10K 5K
~
}v, C4 +
E 100
v
'----y-----J
(FROM 1rilfGRAIOO)
G2
.1
0!0
D
V-
SEE TEXT D
c
The four circuits shown ar-e: a passive and active integrator, an analog tachometer, a scaling_ am-
plifier, and a capacitance meter.
InB, T =1.1 R 1 C1 (output pulse duration)

R2 \
InC, vo = vm ( 1+ -
Rl
)
597
ANALOG TACHOMETER CIRCUIT
330 (l
+12 v
10kil 47kil
4 B
470 pF
2
o-----1 ~---+-----'=-1
Pulse or 6
square wave in NE555
=SVp~
3
~ 1 mAFS
5 FS 7f
~.02 I'F
cal.
] 01 I'F -
Oto1kHz
In this tachometer circuit a 555 is used as a pulse shaper. The de value of the integrated pulse
train is read by Ml which is calibrated to read frequency. With the values shown, the meter will read
0-1 kHz.
598
100
Telephone-Related Circuits
Telephone Ringer Telephone Scrambler

Automatic Telephone-Call Recording Circuit Phone Pager
Music on Hold 5-V Dial-Tone Circuit
Telephone Ring Converter Phone Pager
Phone-In-Use Indicator Alarm Dialer
Emergency Telephone Dialer Telephone Audio Interface
Telephone Bell Simulator Caller lTJ Circuit
Simple Telephone Ring Indicator FCC Part 68 Phone Interface
Phone-Line Interface Telephone Amplifier
Music-On-Hold Box Telephone Hold Circuit
Speakerphone Adapter Telephone Circuit
Telephone Voice-Mail Alert Telephone-Line Tester
599
TELEPHONE RINGER
0.47 11-F 82561

2k
r~ 1 Meg
_ l SFS
2
+V
18
_12_
0SCA1 THC
To
200k 3 16
p hone IN4004 OSCRm Dl
line
4
H~OpF
15
OSCRo Outh
5 14 3.3 k
0CCT1 Outm
A
12V "";
Zener ~ 100 k IN~42
~ OSCTm
__!_ OSCTo
Out1
Outc
13
12
18 k
tOME's
2k
11EF
~ AIM 11
~
EN
10
~ GND
51 k
0.47)J.F T
+ EN

Using an AMI chip PIN 82561, this telephone ringer can be powered directly off the telephone
line. Audio output is about 50 mW when powered from a 10-V source.
AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE-CALL RECORDING CIRCUIT
vJ
Mic Pallse
input
1000 9V
470!1
0.01 fLF IN4002

(X4)
0.011-l-F
IN4004
2.2 Meg
Phone
line 100k 470 k
2.2 Meg
=
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 100.2
The de voltage present on a telephone line is usually around 45 to 50 Von-hook and 6 V off-hook.
This circuit uses this drop in voltage to activate a relay The relay controls a cassette tapeTecorder.
Audio is taken off through a network to the microphone input of the cassette.
600
MUSIC ON HOLD
12v R3
lOK C
G 4[ s] 6[ +SV ,,..'v
V
GT X 13 14 01 R6
01
Mf'SA13
+12V
~
~N08Eil1
,f
PHONE LINE
~
13 4 3 3 00 101
,.....
- 14 ~~ 7 EN 02 1 1 IC2-b u1-"3_1 -IN.~OD3~--'I,.._--f{
391<
r"V ,,
- C1 R1 02
022 lOOK
+
IC3d
LM3UN
l XTAL~1 ~tCJ '
3.58MH
1
10
A.N
9 XoiJI
IC1 ATB..:..:_
MC145436 2
2
Dt 11
ovhjj
11 MC14082 ,-
4
T-
~
C4
t()p.f
+
~
r---1----------\-h
i' ,. . . - ,.....
AS X11., GNO 04 IC2a
MC14082 t
3
C2 R2
.0~2 1001<
R4
10K
1MEG 6V R7
l 101(
81
..,.
j14
+ l'T' 03
.
05
'[7 t-H~-~r-,_...,._~-w..---.sv
\
* o10
1N4DOS
C27_
1OJ!F '='
o
1H4003
ANT -~C~S~======~==.============~==========~~====:_~====~~~~===1~=i
~ r. ~:
0
+SV
\1
.022
cs,,[,
J30pf
10
11
f-----------
If
FILTER CAP
IF
1'11NTL1..._
CAP 1 ..
znd INT 8
C2C
faaonpF+ .l
SV
1 --..: R18
R12
130K
1
l
, ~
'- ::::
Sta
Cl C9 FILTER CAP CAP C19 I -~ 1001< : ~

3300pf
"c_
150pF 12 IF LIMITER
CAP
111Nl Ll_ tS:F
CAP I . . ..-,.:__
1~ R1K3
10
R9
2.7K ,.....
07
vcops~_,M..,.m"--'~H
c12 f;c" ,;'"~

I
10
39pf I I 13 RF IN IC4
TDA-7000
i
~ ,i~"" ,~::,,%'.,
-
2200pF 39pF .tJstJ-H

14 5
_y'_ MIXER Vccf-''---;"""':,;--------i--------'
C13 ::j<C29
'
___},L -15 I LOOP 4 -"--
-~ .01
t----:Jt------""isoURCE CAP FllrER CAPf-'----,C;-;18;((---t
.01
,_ C14
1 GND NOISE
SOURCE r-L
C~3 ~;:-~L.:
R14
33~pf 20K 1
l? DE MOD CAP AUDIO 2 9
':.
>-"::-~!>-----------'
FREQ OUT
" C15 C17 C16 ' C22 1 -
220Pfu 18 CORRELATOR MUTING 1 " .1 . 11.01 2200pf + 6V + 11 lM&MM
" CAP CAP " "~
L_____~::::::::::::::___~~~~~~ "'~lcc~~~-------o
78L05 J "'!! C2 +5V
0 16
I
+ <e---~-----+---'-1 1c5 lo
15VOC 011 I L7812CV Ir'---1------+--t---.-,-----o+12V
R16
~ 1N4003 470U
POWER lSOmA
JACK C24
1
C C25
.1
'"-"=--,----o.sv
P.17 tl C28
-o----L----~---~---------~~~,on~~'F1000F
RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG, 100-3
When an asterisk* is pressed on the touch-tone phone, ICI a DTMF decoder, controls on-hold
logic, Audio from the FM receiver IC4 is placed on the telephone line when a hold condition is pre-
sent.ltY2 is a DPDT 12-V relay_ To place a caller on hold, press the asterisk button on the touch-tone
phone and hang up the handset_
601
TELEPHONE RING CONVERTER
c!.1 ~ ' C2
.1 "
C3 "
~.1
,.
C4
Rl C5
.1 " ,.
2.2K
TELEPHONE RED ,." .1 1 2
LINE IN { GREEN 8
Ul BZ1
6 TCM111011
4
R4
lOOK
VOLUME
~
R2
C6
10 '::: 1MEG
IDNE
R3
1MEG
J
The circuit is based on the TCM1506 ring dctecLor/driver integrated circuit. It is a monolithic JC
specifically designed to replace the telephone's mechanical bell. The chip is powered and activated
by the telephone-line ring, which can vary from 40 to 150 V rrns aLa frequency of from 15 to 68Hz.
No other source of power is required. Again, referring to Lhe figure shown, C1 through C5 are placed
in parallel to form a 0.5-J.LF capacitor that conducts the ac ring voltage to pin 1 of the TCM1506, but
blocks any de component. Of course, chose capacitors can be replaced by a single 0.47- to 0.5-J.LF ca-
pacitor provided that it has aL least a 400-WVde rating. Resistor R1 is in series with the capacitor net-
work a,"\d is used to dissipate power from any high-voltage transient that might appear across the
line. The diluted ac voltage that reaches pin 1 on Ll1 powers the chip.
Capacitor Co is used to prevent "bell tapping." That is an annoying ringing of the bell that occurs
when a phone on the same line is used to dial an outgoing call. The capacitor prevents the short dial
pulses from triggering the ring detector, but still allows the much longer ring signal to activate it.
Potentiometer R2 is used to vary the tone Of the ring signal from below 100Hz to over 15kHz.
Potentiometer R4 is the volume control; adjusting that potentiometer to its lowest resistance ":ill
mute the piezo element (BZl). When a ring signal is present on the phone-line, it powers Ul. The IC
then generates a tone (with a frequency that is determined by R2 and an amplitude set byR4) that
is reproduced by BZl.
PHONE-IN-USE INDICATOR
01
1N4001
Rl
10K
This phone-in-use indicator also indicates

the presence of a ring signal. Just the \lung for
R2
lOOK Ute hearing impaired.
R3 R4
+TIP -RING lOK 150U
~U,.-0---..J
602
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE DIALER
12 lj~ 40111
R1
100K 1!.JU4-<1 \. 11
2 _14
!ju..,)>-'- R11
1i;4011a 10K
13 14 1/4 CD4001B 9 5~ 8
1i)U2-~
11
J, R2
sju~~
L-
4 1001<
OF~ O( 7 3 1 1& 4 17
1/A 48118 ~7 DB
~
ON> c1 3 14
< .10 r"""-
~l co:.7J I
7
Ul
1/4 CD4D01B
SENl ~ R3 03
f--':-
NO RMALLY OPEN
SENSOR SWITCH
1 12
6 10K
15 f'J. ::'xcy-
"Z' 470K -::-
1000.
;~ C2 - 04 2 121 16
47
M~O
.n ~
~ 1f~ CD4DG111 470K
5 4 U5
-
6jU2-~>
R12
47K
MATRIX '='
M~4141ZP
~
KEYPAD
R7
1MEG 07
]s 000 -~
-
1H4004 4 Rl
-04= 7
~
1N4004
~ 330
C3 ~ U6 R13 00[6] ~ R2
TO ~
22K
0[6][6] __!! R3
TELEPHONE '05 i- 1 I'
LINE 1N5234B
6.2'1 'f c~ f C701 000 _Jl
"'
I 5
RB
2200 01
~
:~C1
2N5401
d
06
1N4758A
56V
~:9 ~
02
~
09
1N5Z31B
5.1V
T C5
2200
C4 s~~
- RS
1.51<
BS170
,...:.;..:.. R10 ~ :~ 3.579MHt
~) 100K10 ARM +
1/4
"'""r .1
CD4DU1B SETUP
'\,51
*
This system will alert you or anyone chosen by automatically dialing a progranuned phone num-
ber. This is accomplished by monitoring an open-loop or closed-loop sensor switch located in the
protected area. When the sensor detects a problem (such as a break-in, fire, heating system failure,
flood, etc.), Teleguard dials whatever telephone number has been progranuned into its memory.
When the phone is taken off the hook, Teleguard emits an unusual tone to alert. the party on the re-
ceiving end that something is ami'S.
The circuit is not hampered by busy signals when a call is placed; it automatically redials the
number again and again (about once a minute) until it gets through. In addition, Teleguard can also
automatically dial a nwnber in the event of a medical emergency; for instance, where a mobility-im-
paired person is unable to dial the telephone. That can be accomplished by adding a "panic" switch
to the circuit.
603
TELEPHONE BELL SIMULATOR
N1 ... N4=1C1=4011
12V
"""
" " '"
0 "

This circuit is intended for use in a small private telephone installation. The ringing tone se-
quence is 400 ms on, 200 ms off, 400 ms on, 2 ms off. In the accompanying diagram, Nl and N2 form
an oscillator that operates at a frequency of 5 Hz, which gives a period of 200 ms. The oscillator sig-
nal is fed to two decade scalers, which are connected in such a manner (by N3 and N4) that the in-
put signal is divided by lG. The second input of N4 can be used to switch the divider on and off by
logic levels. If this facility is not used, the two inputs of N4 should be interconnected.
SIMPLE TELEPHONE RING INDICATOR

TO PHONE liNE
A neon lamp can easily be added to the

phone line to act as a ring indicator. It's perfect
GREEN RED for times when you can't hear the phone.
TO PHONE
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 10G-B
604
PHONE-LINE INTERFACE
TO ADDITIONAL
PHONE CIRCUITS T1
~ 1:1 -'L A
RING 71 ,9 I
I
MDVI(
0 l Cl
C2
I
400V AI
2.2K
01
5.1V
r400V
l 02
5.1V
I I
I _;_ ~
I
C3
o.47 sv_
250V
"
Kl
BZ1~
,i.,
03
.
, ...,
04
Ql
2N2222A
+5v
1N4002
81
TIP RING
~ R2 ClJ R3
~+5 v
TO 24K 22K
PHONE
LINE
POPULAR ElECTRONICS FIG. 100-9
This circuit should be useful for interfacing phone projects to the telephone line. It has a ringer,
can interrupt the wiring, and isolates project from the phone line.
MUSIC-ON-HOLD BOX
"~
R2
R9 10K MPS2222
2.2MfG
~fl* ~+
C1
10Cpf
1
BS170 R3 R4
6 7 6 5
IOMEG
"'
R1 /;< RT
I~
1 2 3 4
I 01
S.IV
BR1 saon
l.SA SOPIV r.;i 71 '"LJ "-
~ C2
~f:-~T
K>
.1
R5
an
SCR1
2~
~
NIC
'
CJ
.1
R6
p"" +' C5
4.7
lMJ
GREEN REO 2.2MEG
(TIP) {RING)!
~ -
TO
PHONES
LINES
Ts1
L0--
Ul, an 183404 melody chip is activated when "hold" Sl is pressed, which causes SCRl to con-
duct and hold the telephone line via Tl, Rl, and LEDl. The voltage across Rl and LED! is used to
activate the melody chip. Ql and Q2 form a restart circuit to keep the melody chip going during hold.
605
m
al
SPEAKERPHONE ADAPTER
TIP
LINE INTERFACE 11[

--.........__u RING
BACKGROUND BACKGROUND
NOISE NOIS
MONITOR MONITOR
I I (RXATTENUATORj I <t'
SPEAKER
AMP
BLOCK DIAGRAM. The talk path goes left to right on the upper half of
the drawing, and the receive path goes from right to left.
RADIOELECTRONICS FIG. 100-11
Using a Motorola MC34118 speakerphone IC, this adapter can be used with a regular telephone to provide speaker capabil-
ity. This device is powered from the phone line, but it can be powered via an external power supply if the line loop current is mar-
ginally low. An external phone is needed for ringing and dialing functions.
SPEAKERPHONE ADAPTER (Cont.)
~~
c7++ca
g~ 2.2)1F ~
'"'"'
~ ~~"
2.2).f
" C14 + + C15 ~,ct 6 ""

"'' 1 'r ~
~
'"n
.I
2 2!11' 2 21'F lOOK >LF 47
' '"
I ,fl
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 ' ~Rll2 19Al02 18TLOZ 17TL12 16GPT 15
21
C25
47flF
,] , 5
R7S
Vee-...+ G~D ~P~ Rill Rl01 ILOI flll RXO RXI

"
' "
1'02 GNIJ Vcr 1'01
100K
" .l "'
UOjJF
,;, J
47j!f
MC34118P 7
'"
) '"
MC341WP
co
" ' " '.,J,. Vet HTO- IITU IHI TXO TXI MCO MCI MUI VI
" ""' co rc;: FC1
''"
c~ , 5 ;
'" " l:,j. 13 '..j, 3
'l
6
" ' "f.:Jf
+c~ ,,""'
'I
"' ~"
"" ~QK "' "' 4.71'1 IMFG
C5
,r- ' 220K
'"' '"
'"'
""' "' "'
" "'' R15
'" "
"'" " '"
:unu Mtc-J '" '"
.05 5.1K
" "" ::I:: en

005
""
05
. "
GAIN
r-,.
""'
"'l
IOOO,..f .,..
" '" ""r
n"F
'
+ C22
"''
CDto, '" '"
" saon '"
-=' 05
n -
---------;~
~
p~A:E
-"
I~
I~
~SWITCH
H6bK
~-- JUl
iREMOVL TOR
FXTERNAL
POWFR)
'"
335
R20
voi~~f
R71
33K
'='
M1C1 -
l~ =i
!0.
~
7
"" "
_s1v
TELEPHONE VOICE-MAIL ALERT

R2 61
56K 9V
+ 1----1~
~1 C3
220
+
NC tt
5
C2 + U2
220 LM3909
4
...
1993 ELECTRONICS HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 100-H!
The circuit is built around a couple of low-cosl !Cs: an HllC4 optoisolator/coupler with an SCR
output (Ul) and ar1 LM:3909 LED flasher (U2). lt is connected to the phone line in the same manner
as any extension phone. A ring signal on the telephone activates the optoisolator/SCR, and causes U2
to flash LED 1. This flash signifies that a ring signal has been received.
607
g TELEPHONE SCRAMBLER
,.,eb
-"
""
cs
l20pF ,.
'"' "
'"'
R?O
'"'
"'"' C6
"
ms
_,
"'
560ll
"' "'
"' -t~ j .vi I I
"' '4-w. * "' F\17
rm
" "
010'14 "
-<N ~11 +lfN
RST V00
B v..,UZ
16
F122
'"
'"
~
~~ t "'
220pF
C4
'
'"'
...
I
~~.u I w. 'MI
"
"''
--
''"
'"
~1~'f
'"
'""
Gl3~
"'
'"
"'
""
"'
'"
...
SOURCE c 1 +JcH J, ,~:
'"'
TO 131/ACW.IJ..L
CHl 100 ~~ TRANSFORMER
TO TF.LEPHONt
!"""' 1
0
ci'IED
...
SOURCE
~"
*Gil "'
'"" "'
1N4735
6.2V
IW
1\<S
N.O.
SCRAMBlE '"' '""
201JPIV
Two hybrids (Tl and T2) are used to allow direct cormection to a telephone line. This circuit uses the common speech-in-
version algorithm where the frequency of an audio signal is inverted about a center frequency. An LM1496 balanced modulator is
used to heterodyne the speech range against. a 3.58-kHz signal.
PHONE PAGER
L..:...
"'
"'"
'"""'
JACK
~
'
..... 0
""""" I::J
'
~
oc
...
"""'
I ,.----,_
'""' 1"-J,...::...I-" c"
C"
' "'' '
"~ ~ CH C" c"
"
"SEElm
" ' ' '
This pager allows you to use your in-house phone wiring as a PA system. It uses two tone decoders to detect a particular
touch-tone key. This key enables an audio amplifier.
"'
0
<D
CJ)
~
0 5-V DIAL-TONE CIRCUIT

0107~
U1 Vct
DO Vee
01
02 U2A
LM324
04- - 4l~l D~llono
OS
DO
01 I.IVnosolrtpHI
"liiii
RO
"I -R7
WHB=i
1!011
-cs E
c!D
M rg
!3;
A1
fs
-~
G2
oUTl
909k, 1%
Clacit
. 82C54 HIIu I
c:::::;
Cloot may be op to IMHz lor 82C54 and up to 10 MHz for 82C54-2.
Filler oenler frequeiiC) Mtl11395 Hz.
Cbannel3 -
Sq..re-wa" IOIIOralors FIHOiand mlor !rid-order Uller
vee 82C54 PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
OllT BASE, 76h Set up channel 1 as sqr wave divider

OUT BASE+l, DIVISOR low byte Enter divisor for 350Hz, low byte
OUT BASE+l, DIVISOR high byte Enter divisor for 350Hz, high byte
OUT BASE, Ob6h Set up channel 2 as sqr wave divider
OUT BASE+2, DIVISOR low byte Enter divisor for 440Hz, low byte
OUT BASE+2, DIVISOR high byte Enter divisor for 440Hz, high byte
For 1.8432MHz Clock, 350 Hz divisor ~ 5266 or 1492 hex.
For 1.8432MHz Clock, 440 Hz divisor = 4189 or 105d hex.
ElECTRONIC DESIGN FIG. 10015
This circuit uses inexpensive, common components to generate a precise dial tone for phone applications (see the figure).
Ul (an Intel82C54 timer-counter) generates :350- and 440-Hz square waves that are filtered by R/C 1 and RiC2 , and mixed to-
gether by resistors R2 and R4.
An operational amplifier configured as a 395-Hz, Sallen-Key, second-order bandpass filter (halfway between 350 and 440Hz)
removes unwanted signal harmonics. Almost any timer-counter can be used as the signal source, so long as it produces roughly
square-wave outputs.
PHONE PAGER
+5V +5V
I
v,. R8
C1 ,..,,
01 IC4
Ill
331<
+5V
.o1 OISC
4 RESU
C3 01111' 3
4.7!1f 1 2 lRIGGE11 8
FILTER lliRSH
6
TIMING C!llllROL + C10
+ FILTER C11 1011!d'
C4
.01
TIP 1.0pF
fGRENl
2
R1 R8 C13
1001( 3301( .01
RING +5V +5V R10

(1101 251(
l C17
0.1
C11
0.1
C19
0.1
new (IC2). IIC4l'
C2
.01
+ 1! 13
FilTER
TIMING 6
R5
5I<
+
!~.C1;
11- IC8
2
I
C15
+5V
/ ALTER 1.0!1f 0.1

c7.
1.OpF GNO
7 , 'BVI'IISS CAPACITORS
This pager works with DTMF phones. It displays a number anrl sounds an alert as the number on
the display corresponds to a specific message.
611
ALARM DIALER
C1 C2 C3
01-07

ROW1 7x1NI14
ROwt
"'IC11 " 01 12 11 R4
4093 0211
ROW3
'
.
0116 1Z Rl
s CLi 03.
ROW4
0& t3 R2

10
~
'"
4024
5
00
0414 ., I
TCMSIII
0 " '"
" 0
Dl '
.'cz
., DTMF OUTPUT TO
AIIIPLIAERIL-
"'t
00

II

This circuit dials a stored DTMF tone sequence from EPROM when a control line is taken to 0 V.
IC1 is a Schmitt trigger oscillator, running at around 2Hz. It clocks a 4024 binary counter. The coun-
ter's outputs connect to the address leads of the EPROM. A 2716 was used here, but the choice of
EPROM is by no means critical.
Normally, the counter is held reset by a logic 1 on its reset pin (pin 2). When the trigger input is
sent low, pin 10 of JC1 goes low, pin 3 goes high, and the reset is removed from the counter. It then
begins to clock, incrementing the EPROM. When moved from address 000000, the data on bit DO of
the EPROM changes to a logic 1 and holds the circuit running. The last address should have data
11111110 to reset the circuit to standby.
TELEPHONE AUDIO INTERFACE
r - BUCK -:-
REO
GREEN
YellOW
'T1" Pli T1"
600 ~rD~------1-______2P~LAY
-"
ciI 4~
II
PR1~ ;sEc R2 s~~ j
~~----Y~~~-----=SP~~~T9 ~
.F REG -
POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 10o-18
Used to record and play back tapes via the phone lines, this simple circuit has an audio level
switch (S1).
612
CALLER 10 CIRCUIT
s
0
~
c
-
:J
0 su u
~ c"'
~0 c .
"E *
c
8 ~
!!'
~ a:
y 3.58 Mhz 30 pi
.---.-r----lHt
10 Meg
+5V
5V~JJ~~Jxj;~-~Ht
30pi
+5V
500 pi 22 K
liP in o----ji--'VW!r--'
RING in o----jf--.J.M,.,_--' I 2200pi

500 pf 10K
RADIO-ElECTRONICS FIG. 100-19
This caller ID circuit uses the Motorola MC145447 IC chip. This service must be available from
your local phone company in order for this circuit to be used.
FCC PART 68 PHONE INTERFACE

The transformer is t :t The zener diodes are
600 Ohms, with a 1500 3.9 volt devices, such
v~lt breakdown rating. as a type 1 N5228.
ton
phone 250 volt user
line varistor
ton
2200 pi
An FCC Part 68 interface is required any time you connect any circut of your own to the phone
line.
613
TELEPHONE AMPLIFIER
,-----:::;----,r-----r--r--~--,.,_.,.,--
R2 C2 + C4
..... +12V
lMEG 001 RB
lOMEG R9
I-:- 10
2W
R3 R6 I __'1~0M~E~G~~~+-.
470K lOMEG t-
Q1
2N4401
C3 R4
01 10MEG
R\ R7
R1 TOMEG lOMEG
1K C1 ~-----+--~
1
25V =
+~
2SOT "="
Section Ul-a is configured as a high-gain inverting voltage amplifier that is inductively coupled
to the phone line via Ll. Inductor Ll is a homemade unit that consists of 250 turns of line, enamel-
coated wire that is wound on an iron core. The op amp receives the few mV produced hy Ll via Cl
and Rl and amplifies the signal. Capacitor Cl acts as the negative-feedback component that limits
the circuit's high-frequency gain, while R3 limits the low-frequency gain. Resistor R3 is particularly
important because without it, the amplifier would saturate.
Op amp Ul-b is configured as a difference amplifier. It receives a signal from Ul-a via C3 and R4
and amplifies the difference between it and half of the supply voltage. Transistor Ql is configured as
a common-collector amplifier ensuring sufficient signal to drive the speaker. Capacitor C5 is used to
remove any de component provided by transistor Ql.
TELEPHONE HOLD CIRCUIT
R1
51t-1
PUSH HOLD
2.2K
0
R2 RING When Sl is pressed, the SCR fires, 'me! places
LED1 (RED}
1K LED 1 and Rl across the phone line. The Hne volt-
TIP age drops to about 20 V, which holds the connec-
(GREEN}
SCR1 tion to the phone company's central office.
2N&OI4
1
614
TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
~Pll
_ _ Tl
-18V
C1
1000
35WVDC
1
1N4001
GREN
This circuit is usel"ul for checking out old telephones by providing them with the de voltage that
they require for operation.
TELEPHONE-LINE TESTER
R1 PL1
27K L S1
rN.O. GREEN
+ RED
M1
0-1mA R3
270<1
1W
The telephone-line tester consists of nothing more than a meter (that's used to measure line
voltage in the on- and off-hook state), three resistors (one of which is variable), a pushbutton switch,
and a modular telephone connector. When the circuit is connected to the telephone line, a meter
reading of 5 to 10 V (when S 1 is pressed) indicates that the line is okay.
615
101
Temperature-Related Circuits
Temperature Compensation Adjuster

Thermometer for 5-V Operation
Hook Sensor on 4- to 20-mA Loop
Basic Digital Thermometer
Remote Temperature Sensing
Temperature Sensor
Low Temperature Sensor
Electronic Thermostat
616
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION ADJUSTER
-15V
A,.
50.3k R,
7 v.
100k
1/2LF422
+1 +15V
I
R.,~--------------~
..j,- 100k ~ - 1

The circuit shown delivers +10 to -10 mV /C output using an Analog Devices' AD590 tempera-
0
ture transducer. Rx is a scaling resistor.
THERMOMETER FOR 5-V OPERATION
Rl JIJI 1N4001
At the heart of this simple circuit is the well-known type KTYlO temperature sensor from
Siemens. This silicon sensor is essentially a temperature-dependent resistor that is connected as one
arm in a bridge circuit here. Preset PI functions to balance the bridge at OOC. At that temperature,
moving coil meter Ml should not deflect, i.e., the needle is in the center position. Temperature vari-
ations cause the bridge to be unbalanced, and hence produce a proportional indication on the meter.
Calibration at, say, 20'C is carried out with the aid of P2.
The bridge is fed from a stabilized 5.1-V supply, based on a temperature-compensated zener-
diode. It is also possible to feed the thermometer from a 9-Vbattery, provided Dl-D3, Rl and Clare
replaced with a Type 78105 voltage regulator, because this is more economic as regards to current
consumption.
617
HOOK SENSOR ON 4- TO 20-mA LOOP
t D1
U1
AD590F
5V
Dulpul
1% metal film 1mV/1(
.__ _ _....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-oB
41o2D-mA lines

Here's an effective for a temperature sensor to receive power from a 4-to-20 rnA loop without ac-
tually affecting the loop current (sec the figure). Tltis particular temperature sensor lC (All590F)
conducts 1 JlAIK when powered by a supply in the range of 4 V to 40 Vrk.
The scheme uses a 5-V Zener diode (Dl) to regulate the power source for AD590F. Most of the
current flows through the Zener diode and a small current flows through AD590F. ll.ltigh-impedance
device can read the temperature information across R1, wltich is a 1 mV/K in the range of -55"C to
1500C. The waste or power is negligible in this arrangement.
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER
v
R R, R, R3 R, Ro
., I 9.00 4.02 2.0 12.4 10.0 0
., :-L.....
REFLO
I c
5
L
5.00 4.02
Rn = 28k!l nominal
2.0 5.11 5.0 11.8
., n=1
All values in kfl
The ICL7106 has a V1N span of 2.0V, ana a Vcw range of (V+ -0.5)
ICL71011
~ cv-
+ 1) VotW; A 1s scaled to bring each range wittlin Vcw
... :- IN HI
r 123.8 Volts to
Whila not axceeding VIN VREF for both scales is 500mV. Maximum
reading on the Celsius range is 199.9"C, Hmlted by the (short-term)
ma.-imum allowable sonsor temperature. Maximum reading on the
Fahrenheit range is 199.9"F (93.3'C), limited by the number ol display

digits. See note next page.
'--- COMMON
INLO
$-
v-
INTERSIL FIG. 101-4
618
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSING
tO)
1'~
+ 1.23V
R2 R5 +
30K -.:" 61
~ - 115Kl
k 01 3.6K -sv
~ LM385
AD590 -1.2
OR
AD592
TEMPERATURE
R3
' DVM
SENSOR
2K
ZERO ADJ. READOUT
R1
2731mv
tmvrc
1.000K (1mVrF)
R4 (459Jmvl
11 .SOOKl
1mVIK 8.2K
/1.8mV/K)

An AD590 or AD592 makes it easy to transmit temperature data over a pair of wires. The circuit
produces lrnV;oc (or lm V/F using the values in parentheses).
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
tomvrc
ffl ~
A ... 20V O"COmV
0 IC1
J ~
+ LM35
....
/ '0 /I'-
0
303 CIRCUITS
"'-
I 0 .....
FIG. 101-6
The LM35 temperature sensor provides an output of 10 rnvrc for every degree Celsius over 0C.
At 20C the output voltage is 20 x 10 ~ 200 rnV The circuit consumes 60 JlA. The load resistance
should not be less than 5 kQ. A 4- to 20-V supply can be used.
LOW TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I .J;-81
-sv
LM35 +
ILM34l
DVM A negative bias current can produce the off-
I - set needed for below-zero readings using the
+ LM34 or LM:35 temperature sensor.
~B'&l ! .!;62
50}JA ~5V
READOUT:
10mVt'C
(10mV?fl
619
ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
~----------------------------------------------------------~
'''I lOV
12-VOLT
AC INPUT +
R4 G2 C3
" 1.2K 1011F
'
...
100:U
110V~
"'"'"~
R5
1K
01!,
NC
R2 R3
~J
TEMfE-RATURE
750u
'"' I CURRENT
f SOURCE
--+o--
StNSOR
TP2 + lOV TP5
R7 OUTPUT
""' LOW=HEAT
"
N41411 Q3
3MHD4
RH A17 Rl R19
10K 1MEG 47!11(
1.5K HYSTERISIS
R>5
"'
TEMPERATURE
SET PDINT i "' 330U
~
TABLE 1-RESISTOR VALUES
Temperature Range
(Oegrees C) R14 R15 R16
-501o -30 10K 1K 330ft

30to -10 9.1K 1K 1.2K
-10to15 8.2K 1K 2.2K
151035 7.5K 1K 3.3K
35 to 55 6.2K 1K 4.3K
55 to 75 5.1K 1K 5.1K
75 to 95 4.3K 1K 6.2K
95to115 3.3K 1K 6.8K
115to135 2.2K 1K 8.2K
135 to 155 1.2K 1K 9.1K
A diode, such as a IN4148, has a typical-2m v;oc temperature coefficient at a 1 rnA diode cur-
rent. Ql and Q2 form a constant current source. Dl is the temperature sensor. !Cl-a and -b ace de
amplifiers, with !Cl-c a temperature reference voltage supply. !Cl-d is a comparator with variable
hysteresis. Rl4, Rlf>, and Rl6 are chosen depending on the thermostat range desired. Q3 is a relay
driver (2N3904). The relay used should handle the load current or an optoisolator triac combination
can be .used.
620
102
Timer Circuits
Reflex Timer
Tete-Timer
Three-Stage Sequential Timer
2- to 2000-Minute Timer
Long Period Timer
Wide-Range Timer-! Minute to 400 HRS
Long Delay-Period Timer
Count-Down Timer
Extended On-Time Timer
621
REFLEX TIMER
~
~~Ll
'\;..7LED2
R6
4700
R5
4700
..-. 1
3
P1
01
oo
4 DNI
IC4
V
GC
PO~.V
CL14
!Lj
74LS193 DN 0 .!!.
+5V
R4
.n C1
.047
v"
.,".l
...---.1.
ICI
555
+5V
~
7
6t5~K
r R1
5.1.
'I
5 4.7K 4 L
~ 11\
R7
4700 6
UPI UP 0 .!L 4~F
C2
.5V"
02 i]i 1L
LED3~,
P2~
7
~t~
121 ~ 03
RB _! GNO
~
P39
'\;..7LE04 4700
1
141
+5V
~ R10
~2
Vee.!!..].- 1 Vee lit
+5V
'lsi- I,I 4700 ,

3
P1
01
p~
c14
S2
0
2l
3~
'>"1 13
rcr12l
% R9
oo IC5
4 ONI 74LS113 ON Jl.. l 11
~
'\;..7LED6
{161
4700
R11 ..
5
UP UP 0 1L u. J b ~ ~ 11!i
4700 6
02 ' c-11 6 r<'~9j
LED:'\;...7 8
"fil
7 03
132) ~ ..{/ GND IC2 -
I R12 ,J GNO P3
74LSOO
4700 R16
:i?e
l64l +5V
1K
+5V
% Vcc~
~ II R14
rt-'2 01
P1
v J.Lj-
+5\
~
1
.,00 PO
",.
~r<
11281 :.-.. 3 00 2
'c 1 ~13
4700 4 DNI ICI>
Cl
74LS193 ON
,.._ 3 2
~0 5 UPI UP 0 j1L I 11
~
.~Y""
{2561 R15
4700
_! 02
7
03
0511
P2~
sa"+
5
8 .0! rc,
10
9
~
P39 i-GND IC3 - 8
L011 GNO
11024) R3 74LSOO
IC7 BZi 101<
+5V
1----K.,______!
-
7805
I ..L.o~ ~
[ 81 S3 0
9V c
'I
_'\-~. CJb!
This timer circuit uses a .55.51C timer and three 74LS19:1 cmmters to drive an LED display. Sl is
activated by one person, who turns on piezo buzzer BZl via Ql and also starts the clock; Sl is acti-
vated by tbe other person being timed. This shuts off the timer, and the number of LEDs lit indicate,
in binary form, the elapsed time.
622
TELE-TIMER
r:,'1
Here's how the dual timer operates. When
RI R3 the power is switched on, C2 begins to charge
lOOK 2.2K
through R:3, R 1, D1, and R4 to start the long-
01 02 tem1 timer period. When the voltage across C2
1N914 1N914 BtT reaches the 555's internal switching point, the
9V '
long-term Limer times out, discharging C2
R4
1MEG
R2
lOK TO -
47K
1""""
~
through R2, D2, and pin 7 of the 555. During that
time, pin 3 of the 555 is pulled to growtd, acti-
vating the piczo sounder.
To set the short time period to about four
seconds, use a 10 k resistor for R2, and for
about twenty seconds use a 47 k resistor. The
POPULAR ElECTRONICS FIG. 102-2 liming capacitor, C2, should be a good-quality,
The circuit is built around a 555 oscillator/ low-leakage unit.
timer. The circuit provides two time periods. The
long-rurming time period is adjustable from about
1 to 10 minutes, and the short time period is pre-
set to about three seconds.
THREE-STAGE SEQUENTIAL TIMER

GND to inhibit timer
''
r
kll
!,;1~IRa
4.7
Ng. !i; R, 4 4 8
kH Rc
4 8
tngger o---j 2 3 f- 2 3
r
lnf~ 470 pF
JI: NEs~
I
?OpF
opFc,I:~Es:[
NE555
7
oo<o
-= r~FOut1 ...L I
c.
] 'I '!
~ I 1
0
Out3
Out2,~0.7R8 C8
Ou13=0.7R8 C8
WilliAM SHEETS FIG. 102-3

By using three 555 !Cs, three sequential pulses can be generated. Output 3 can be connected
back to trigger input to achieve astable operation.
623
WIDE-RANGE TIMER-1MINUTE TO 400 HRS
01F
4.7kfl
l
10 kfl
8 4 16 16 16
82 k!l
7
~~
NE CD4017 co 4017 +
CD402<l
'F~: ~\o
555 3 14 12 14 ~ 1 ,F
+10 +10 ~ 50V
81
2
~ ~ ~
~
- I~
J-1 13~ 8~ 13~ 8~
t
n 0.1.F
1Mn Reset line
1 ji.F I I 0.47JJ.F ~
1=1to10Hz
3.3 k!l
Optoisolator
1k!l !\
v
J>l_
't!J
u~
Controlled
output
1 k!l
=
2N3906~
,r S1art
Laloh
470U
+12V
This ultra wide range timer uses a 555 timer base, two 4017Bs and a 4020B that act as frequency
dividers that can be switched in and out. Sl is a SP3T range switch.
625
LONG-DELAY-PERIOD TIMER
~ V+ from
latch
4.7 k!l ~
>
1---
4r 8 16
47 k!l > ~
7
M!l
r:
3 10 CD4020BE 3 Output
2 NE555 +2 ~
4 to 40 hours
Time
Is ___11_
1.5 ~>F ~ +
TantalumT ~1 50.Q1 ~>F -A/\1\
100kfl
js
J.
...1_
-= --
I I Timer
"+
0.1- to 1-Hz oscillator 1 1 ~>F
10 j>f
reset
+
10 k!l
+ 12 v o----4>--, , . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ( ) +V to timer
2N3906
latch
2.2 k!l
'---~~ Pin 3 CD4020
This method of obtaining a 4 to 40 hour tinting period from a 555 IC can be further expanded to
produce even longer delays with equal accuracy.
626
COUNT-DOWN TIMER
07

Cl 100-I.LF Ekclrol.ytk Capacitor R8 33-kn Resistor
C2 0.0047-).lF Mylar Caparit.or R4 200 il Resistor
C3 1-!J-F Electrolytic Capacitor H.S 2.2-kn Resistor
Pl 2-MQ Trinuner Resistor R.() 220-kn Resistor
QL Q2, Q4, Q7 2N3904 Transistor R7 2.2-Mil Resistor
Q'J 100 SCR H8 7.5-kO. Resistor
Q5, Q6 2N3906 Transistor S1 SPOT Slide Switch
Rl 1-Mn Resistor SPK Small Spcuker
R2 10-Hl Resistor Mise PC Board, '9-V Snap Wire
With switch SJ in the off position, as shown, battery voltage is applied across timing-capacitor
C I, which stays charged while the rcsl of the circuitry has no power supplied to it. Transistor QJ, and
thus transistors Q2 through Q4, are kept in an off condition as long as Cl has a sufficient charge.
EXTENDED ON-TIME TIMER
+5-16V--t,_--------,
Cl R1
2
3
01
U1-a R2 2N2Z22 KEYED
+ 1/oMC141HB 4.7K
n
INPUT
4 6 OUTPUT
PULSE 8,12,13,15
...
Half of a Motorola MC14538B dual, precision, retriggerable monostable multi vibrator is used to
form an extended on-lime timer circuit. That type of circuit can be used as a switch debouncer. Such
circuiLs are often used in digital circuitry, where each and every-bounce of a switch contact it::! seen
as a separate digital input.
The delay on time (established by Cl and Rl) is "'asily set using the formula, C1 x R1 = T, where
C1 is in microfarads, R 1 it::! in megohms, and Tis in seconds.
627
103
Tone Circuits
Repeater-Tone Burst Generator

1\vo-Thne Encoder
628
REPEATER-TONE BURST GENERATOR
n.~L_
supply_ _
PonJ
_j=:;:::::J_ _J.'-"-'-'"'-"'"'--
I:R3C2secs
Poo '' ______Ilfi.flJlc__ _ __
Tone output to fig. 2: Pulse and timing diagram, see

audio circuit
the text for mora details.
"
1N4148
Fig. 1: The circuit, based on a single c.m.o.s chip and a

few other ~;:omponents.
PRACTICAL WIRELESS FIG. 103-1
Integrated circuit gates !CI-a and ICI-b form a monostable, whose time constant is determined
by C2 and R3. When the transmitter is dekeyed (and then almost immediately rekeyed) point TX +
goes low and takes pin 1 low for a short time. Tltis triggers the start of the timing period controlled
by C2/R 3 . The capacitor C2, charges via R3 until the trigger point of gate !Cl-b is reached. At this
point, the monostable changes state and pin 3 goes low again. On the prototype, this time was about
700 ms. The pulse occurs each time after dekeying and it is normaily inaudible. If, however, point
TX+ goes high again (as in immediate rekeying) the monostable is still in the enabled state and the
oscillations of ICl-c are present in the transmission. During this time period, the buffer gate, lCl-d,
is enabled and the tone is therefore passed to the output.
TWO-TONE ENCODER
0.033
z.z,..F
LM386
L__fl::j"-j
TONES
ADJUST ' ' .
Using an XR2206 oscillator, tlris circuit can generate two audio tones. Switching between tones
can be done with a logic level to either the base of the PN2222 or pin 9 of the XR2206.
629
104
Tone-Control Circuits
Combined Bass and Treble Controls

Treble Tone Control
Bass Tone Control
630
COMBINED BASS AND TREBLE CONTROLS
V,N C3 R5
.001 100K
R1 C1
10K .01
C5
10
1 ~~K~-+Wr+---j~1(-o v,llf
C2 C4
R3 .1
1K .01
Bass and treble circuits can he combined to form a two-control tone-adjust circuit, as shown
here.
TREBLE TONE CONTROL
v,. o-----JJ----,
C1
. "R1"
.001
1OOK ~--o VOII!
C2
.01 "R2''
The treble control has capacitors placed in series with the potentiometer.
BASS TONE CONTROL
R3
10K
v,.
~ C1
"R1".01'
100K ~---+---o Voll!
"R2" ' ~ C2
.1
-,e, R4
1K
The frequency dependence of the capacitor's impedance permits this circuit to boost the bass
frequencies.
631
105
Touch-Control Circuits
675. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the ent:ry in the Sources section.
Bridging Touch Plate Sensor

Touch Switch I
Touch Switch II
Touch On-Only Switch
Latching Touch Switch
Single Plate Touch Sensor
632
BRIDGING TOUCH PLATE SENSOR
+6-SV
R2 R3 -- Rl
C5 lOOU 1K
sa on
680pF
HIGH
OUT >t' r-..-JII--1>--o~ 2.5K
R9
~
RS
3.3K
6 5 6 5
U1
567
1 3
C1
.1 C1
.1
~
TP1
~
D----1
TP2 CS
.01
In tllis circuit, two 567 tone decoders are used. One is an oscillator, the other is a detector.
Bridging TPI and TP2 causes U2 to receive Ul's signal, which causes pin 8 of U2 to go low. This ac-
tion lights LED! and drives the output of Q2 high.
TOUCH SWITCH I
.-.---------------------------.+1~
R2
22MEG
R3
~1o-t-+-~~~~11~~2N.2~K--4H[
TP21
~ Rl
22MEG
Two NAND Schmitt triggers are connected in a flip-flop configuration to produce a bridged
touch-activated switch.
633
TOUCH SWITCH II
When the touch-on contacts are bridged,
pin 6 of Ul-b goes low, which forces its output
(the set output) at pin 4 to go high. That high
divides along two paths: in one path, the output
is applied to pin 2 of Lil-a, which causes its out-
put at pin 3 to go low. That low is, in turn, ap-
plied to pin 5 of Ul-b, whi<;h latches the gate in
a high output state. In the other path, the out-
put ofUl-b is used to drive Ql. When Ql turns
on, Ll2's internal LED lights, which turns on its
internal, light-sensitive, triac-driver ( diac) out-
put clement. The triac driver feeds gate current
to TRl, causing it to turn on, and light the lamp
(11)
When the off contact is bridged, Ul-a's out-
put switches and latches high, causing U1-b's
output to go low, turning off the lamp.
TOUCH ON-ONLY SWITCH LATCHING TOUCH

SWITCH USING CD4066B
Sl
+6-12V
Rl
1K 'I
40668
Cl
.01J.1F
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS FIG. 105-4 RADIO-ELECTRONICS FIG. 105-5

This touch on-only switch can be triggered When touch switch Sl is activated, R4 is
into conduction by electrical means, and can only driven high, and the control voltage goes high,
be reset by way of a mechanical switch. When the which latches the switch. When 82 is activated,
touch terminal is contacted by a finger, the SCR R4 goes low and the control voltage goes low,
turns on and illuminates LED 1. which deactivates the s;vitch.
634
SINGLE-PLATE TOUCH SENSOR
Q1
LNJ904
TP1
cs
470pF
R1
4.7K
.----'
R2
2.2K
C1 CB R3
.1
1100 10on
This system operates on the principle that capacitance loading of an oscillator will lower its fre-
quency. When a foreign body comes into contact with touch plate, the frequency of Ul is lowered.
This removes the oscillator signal from Ul from U2's passband, which causes U2 to lose lock, turns
off the LED, and causes the collector of Ql to go low.
635
106
Transmitter Circuits
675. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlate~s to the entry in the Sources section.
27.125-MHz NBFM Transmitter 49-MHz FM Transmitter

10-M DSB QRP Transmitter with VFO QRP Transceiver for 18, 21, and 24 MHz
ATV JR Transmitter 440 MHz 1750-Meter Transverter
6-W Economy Morse-Code Transmitter for 7 MHz 10-Meter DSB Transmitter
Simple FM Transmitter Low-Power 40-Meter CW Transmitter
Vacuum-Tube Low-Power 80/40-Meter Transmitter FM Radio Transmitter
Tracking Transmitter Low-Power 20-Meter CW Transmitter
636
27.125-MHz NBFM TRANSMITTER
Voo._~--.,-------""f-------:RX/TX::-::::-::SW=ITCH=--~~C-1-9---;;C~29-"i! RXfTX SWITCH \17 ~

R30 R28 VAX .OOlpf .1pF RX RX R~
~~ ~ n
C25
.1pf
'f "= ANT-
~
SENSE R6
4700
BNC
2
VOUl
04 L4
LBI C28 1NC751A .68tJ_H
4 .1}1f
GND
LOW BATTIRY
L-t--- LEO
IC5 -
MAXIN
LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR FM MODUlATOA/TRPLER
L9
1O,H XTAI3
------ 01---
C37
1
r - - - - - - ""::.'"')1f!+_
1 VAR REACT
OUTPUT
_,,,OECOUPLE
RF 16
OSC
OR;C
15
r L1
.33\lH
+~~
LIMITER
R19
1001(
DRIVER VTX
I
J';":W\ 3
MOO IN OUTPUTr
--:t ~
AF L1':!.'--"*=-....
- R16 4 M' AMP T2 BAS~1:3--;==::;---"1

1001( OUTPUT I. R27
12
....Y,.....--'5'1MIC AMP T2 EMIT 33111<
INPUT ll
6 GNO T2 COLL C17 .l !L C46
.001"F"!' 1' 1"F
IC1
MC2:833 A3
470:
I C3 1 ...
.1pFT R20
1001<
C16
'='
.01:::"'+------'---'-
Using a Motorola MC2833 one-chip FM transmitter, a few support components, and an MPF6660 FET RF amp, this trans-
mitter delivers about 3 W into a 50-Q load. It is capable of operation over about 29 to 32 MHz Vlith the components shown.
~
10-M DSB QRP TRANSMITTER WITH VFO
"
0---r_;'c;";;_-11~> +12V ON SPOT I TRANSMIT
"'
l" "r---, +12V
CARRIER OSC
fROM vro
""" 29MH<
BUI()PASS fiLTER
BALANCED
MOOULATOR
"' "'
"' """ "'
" RFCI
"" ""
'" '"
"'
"
TRIM
+12V
""
'"
+ C33
1
"'
"
""" '"
") ~~
TO o-wAMPW
BOARO
MIC AMP
+ Cl~
"'
'" 1"'''
J, u;v
"'
'"
'"
"'"' !"
r- -,---;--,..--+--,
I
I'','
''
.::rfo~ MAIN T()NING
c:R~::~_/'J, PANR MOU'IT

"6 ~"'~
''"
638
10-M DSB QRP TRANSMITTER WITH VFO (Cont.)
~~~o~7 Af--~-------,
TRANSMIT R31 fB2.
l'l 10
"'
0.' +i2V, TRANSMIT FROM Kl
,;;--)
IIFCl
"'
1000
112W
,.,
""
'"
"
KEYED +IN ON
SPOT/TRANSMIT
ITO 0'1 '\ 6. n
!<I c ( TO RECEIVER MH
+12V t -----<( TO ANTE-NNA
~---lr;--.... TO TRANSMITTER
[..:/' lOW PASS FILTER
"'
'"
"'
The three schemalics represent three building blocks for a 10-meter SSB lransmitter. Or these
blocks can be used separately as circuit modules for olher transmitters. The VFO board uses an FET
transmittal oscillator, the VFO signal is mixed in an NE602 mixer and is amplified by Q2 to a level suf-
ficient to drive an SBL-1 mixer in the lransmit mixer slage ( +7 to + 10 dBm). In the balance
mixer/modulator board, an 11-MHz crystal oscillator drives a diode balanced mixer. Audio for mod-
ulation purposes is also fed to lhis mixer. The DSB signal feeds a 28-MHz BPF. The 1-W amplifier
board consists of a 3-stagc amplifier and transmit/receive switching circuitry.
639
* OSC doubler
71hT "
~ C6
ATV JR TRANSMITTER 440 MHz
OoublerX2
C>O
',,
D<:w.lblerX2
C>5
Power amp
439.25mHz
L9 C19
"" ""' ~--~~~~,,;_~~~~~n

1 1hT
,,'"
" MRF -<LB ant
559 ,)
- R>O Typkal
R' c"
IOOpFI
RO
"'"" RF outputs
"'" 100 0 3311

-
0.75W@ 13V
0.4W9V
CHI
100 pF
"' o--.---------__J
'" "'
R'9
"" D ""
Video
'" modumtor
"'
,'l3kfl a;
R" R"
330fl HD MJE180
Video ~--J~---<ji---J\Aiv-..-0\.A~--1-----' modulator
input
(IV~ l.
RU
=
75~:;
neg. synch) -
"" Vided
gain control
Depends on max. gain
Last Q7
"'
2.2 to 4.7 kil
(3.3 kll)
"' 1R~~~ Gain R15 value

"'" sx 2.2 kfl
""'
?X 3.3 kfl
CH =chip capac~or UnEiarity lOX 4.7 kfl
control
(Q poirrt)

This low-power video transmitter is useful for R/C applications, surveillance, or amateur radio applications. Seven transistors
are used in a crystal oscillator-multiplier RF power amplifier chain, and a high-level video modulator. A 9- to 14-Vdc supply is re-
quired. Output is 0.4 to 1.2 W, depending on supply voltage. A complete kit of parts is available from North Country Radio, P.O.
Box 53, Wykagyl Station, New Rochelle, NY 10804-00530
6-W ECONOMY MORSE-CODE TRANSMITTER FOR 7 MHz
TO 52n OR 7511
ANTENNA
6 ~
11
V1
50C5 7
+ C3
20
SEE TEXT

The vacuum tube is still alive and useful in some applications, as in this CW transmitter. The cir-
cuit was built in old-fashioned breadboard style on a wooden base. Old table radios are a good source
of parts for this circuit. V3 is used as a ballast resistor-a 75-Q or I 00-Q 5-W resistor could be sub-
stituted. L1 is 15 turns of hookup wire on a %'' form 2" long. L2 is 7 turns of the same wire. L2 is
wound over LJ. Be careful as up to 160 Vis present onvi and V2.
SIMPLE FM TRANSMITTER
+9V
RT
R1 R4 C2 4.7K
10K R6 L1
1K 2.2~tF 5-60pf
+ 1K
C7
Q2 .1
202222
R5 + R8 C4
CJ 2.2K 1 R9
LECTRET 4.7K
MICROPHONE
~
'""' 2200
"SEE TEXT
RADIOELECTRONICS FIG. 106-5

Running from a 9-V battery, this transmitter can be used as a wireless microphone with an ordi-
nary 88- to 108-MHz FM broadcast receiver. Keep the antenna length under 12 inches to comply
with FCC limits. L1 is 6 turns of #24 wire wound armmd a pencil or a X" form, with turns spaced 1
wire diameter. C6 is a gimmick capacitor of about 1 pF.
641
VACUUM-TUBE LOW-POWER 80/40-METER TRANSMITTER
. '0 0 '
-~ ~c'
J;O.OOI
~oov
H T.+
.
0'
'
'
0
0
0
0
RfCI
2.!!>mH "'"
,. " SEE PARTS LIST
'*;:f "
0 0 ~RFOUT
A
~~
;rooor :OOOpF
,.,
,,.IIIC-
' RFC2 leV
300V
N!=
"
B9A VALVE BASE 1 u
(LINDER VIEW I
.~"
~---a
l --- ~" ~" r
' '----
,.----..
"3.33 pF .()' ,. so,.F
roo~ 6.~V .----
"'" F!'350V
rCRYSTAL
- 112W
' " 0.001 "~

"'0'
"
"' "
O_Qr
300V
300V
:S:
s 3" ~c
Using a 6BW6 vacuwn tube, the above transmitter delivers about 5 W output. C1 is adjusted for
cleanest CW note. CR and C9 are 365 pF and dual-365 pF (paralleled) tw1ing capacitors. 11 is 35
turns of #24 enamelled wire on a 1" plastic tube. FT-243 crystals for 3.5 or 7 MH7, are used. Do not
use this circuit to produce a 7-MHz output from a 3.5-MHz crystal-it is not intended to "double
over" crystal frequencies.
TRACKING TRANSMITTER
AA~
+ A6 R7
100K 1K
Tl+9V
a1 C5
.01
I... C3 C4 +
A9
1K
CB
27pF
.01 10
A3 R4 03 C.9
39K 6.8K PNZZ22 27pf
A12
4.7K

This tracking transmitter consists of four distinct subassemblies; a free-running multivibrator, a
transmit switch, an audio-tone generator, and an FM transmitter. The multivibrator (which produces
a pulse width with a pulse separation of 1500 ms) is built around Q1 and Q2. The multivibrator out-
put is coupled throughR5 to the base of Q3, whose emitter feeds Q4, which controls the circuit's
transmitter section.
642
49-MHz FM TRANSMITTER
,_ _ , . ..L
0
I Ul 0 REG. +6V +3V ""
lOOK
R15
lOOK
+
1 81
!IV
Sl
c\-01 I<
I A1171U11
1G
C2
.01 ~
+
'fio
C3

R12
IOK
1%
R13 +
IOK ;, C13
1% 10
, fC14
.01 *C15
,,.
.001
R11
2K
R5 R28 C<
100K
R2
2200
~C29
.01
~
2K 2K C8
u
41
-+- C6 Rl
..rv
.0068 + Ql
R6
2K
1MEG
2~
-
R7
22K ... 41K"'
U2-t 1 )
u ;:;.-~~,_. " ~
[f't a 3
82K
RIO C12
--
~~ .1
,~.~ R3 C11
~*
IOK o'.
RI2JHU
I lOOK 0082
C10
150pf n
+6V
- LOW-PAIS FU1ER
IOK
.
+9V
....,
R23 C22
R26
ANTI
R20
1000
C18
-1.'
C21
.01 r* 2200
H -l
ANTENNA WIRE
APPR~VNCHES
t[I]~
3
L F-, r
" " r I
l ~ ! !' ma:
....
I I T2 I
"''
IOK
R22 I
C25
I 24pf
R27 ""'-' ...;.;)

02
3301< I
I
T1L-
11<1407 .-,..:.._,." .,.
I
-, _.J
I l2 !
11<1110d
u
l
12K 16.830MHz
0
~ Q3 lOOK IP c;,
ll C19 " .001
~ ~~
TK1C1.t 47pf
r --j3.3f C23
I
I
I
t I
I
c;1
'""" . ,.,
R17
C16
~
47pf
*"::,
~-1~
I I
R18
16K
150pf R21
IK
~
C20 I
1
R24
561>
01\.:./
,_
IIVZ1. COLPITIS vCXO RF DfUVI:R RF AMP (FINAl)
This 49-MHz FM transmitter corLsists of an audio amplifier, a low-pass filter, three RF stages, and
a regulated-de power supply. The output is about 16 mW into a ;)O.Q load. This transmitter can be
used in many 49-MHz applications, such as in a baby monitor, cordless telephone, or in conjunction
with a scanner as a one-way voice link.
643
QRP TRANSCEIVER FOR 18, 21, AND 24 MHz
Auclio Filler
tN914
Dllferenliol Amp
"
H>O 1-13.8 'I
02 1N9H
"I+~
'" "0 0022 "
\00 U4 7BL05
Detector
"'
NE602
,,.
'"
L-T--"1":''
OSOI.J.ATOR
0.010 '.
~
1. ,,
m
"
1NII14 "
1N914
"'
100 .. S'"itc~
'"
'"
"' +13.8 v
,,.
+1J.8 v
RFCI
'"
"'
"'
;J::,0-022
Power Amp
'" "
2N2222
" Buffer Amp
Except as indcotl'd, clecmol

1101ue' of ccpocitance are
"' microfarads (~F); others
or<~ m pcofarads (pF);
, ..;stances ore in ohm;
k-1.000. u-1,000,000
*Hell\ sink requored; se lui

"' phasong
S~ "' silver mica
QST
644
"' "'"
Audio Amp
0.001~
" 1N~14
+13.8 v
"'
0.022
0.022
"'
"" '
"
1N!il14
{~} This CW transceiver has 1.25 to 4 W
RF output, a direct-conversion receiver,
MRF2J7 bottom.
metal 2N2222 full break-in, and SW sidetone generation.
The power Bupply is 13.8 V, which makes
0
1 2 J 4
top ""'"'
NE602 and
NE5532
this transceiver suitable for mobile or
portable operation.
c~
' [
2NJ904, 2NJ906, r,j"$1118
and plollc 2N22Z2
.. ""
"f 1'""
' ( ) c ~ntr 24 -loiH~
i
[ olf
78l05
2N5179
,~
21-MHz
Rl( PEAK
"'
18-MHz
RX PEAK
M '" (B)
""'
FIG. 106-9
645
~
m
1750-METER TRANSVERTER
~ '."1 ~b~T2i''-----,
~t--+-+l )
I
'"
"'
,.o
lC32
'-----t------'
,:
A,.___
I I , l ,. . ~1'141
,rr~ ~-Pr] '"
C30 NOT US0
73 AMATEUR RADjQ TODAY FIG. 106-10
This circuit was described in a recent edition of an amateur radio magazine. It allows operation in the 160- to 190-kHz band
with up to 1 W (license free) in any mode (CW/SSB/FM, etc.). It consists of a receiving converter for 5kHz to 450kHz and a
transmitting converter to convert the 3.66- to 3.69-MHz (80 meter) range to 160 to 190kHz. A 12- to 24-V power supply can be
used.
10-METER DSB TRANSMITTER
+li!V
~
-
- _. C2'4
IIOI'V"D """ 1
1:"co
C15 Rrcz II '"' " 1'""' .. J:c1e
'"' ..... ... ""

~I"~'"
C2
__ "~,
"l " I '"'"'
'" TOPA .....
Rf Itt
tt2'1 '""_"
"'
U..ATOR
"' .. ~~~
"" "
II
\t 02
.01
T
"
C26
tPr T
+
C27
tOOPF'
211 322 I'IHZ
~
.. n
l37~ I Ill!
:1!''5&71 ... c5DOT " "rJ '"
29C207'5 ...
"
.'
C1 C7
''"' ...f- - -- -- .. k"...

-
"
"
.
lEAD ID JQTT01 UIEW
~' 2f1390(,/_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
'" ""
" 2 .5khz
OG<
,IC. AltP LOW PASS FILTER ~ ~
cw "
+li!V 121J
"'
"
'" "-1.
.", f.f-:........
"'
... ""''
'0'
# ,...
...
"' ""
A DSB transmitter is much cheaper to build than an SSB transmitter because no filter or phasing networks are required. This
circuit produces up to 1-W output on the 10-meter band. The frequency 28.322 MHz is used, which is a commonly available clock
frequency crystal. CW operation is also provided. A doubly balanced mixer assembly is used as a modulator and CW keyer.
~
LOW-POWER 40-METER CW TRANSMITTER
+llV
~~---r~~~-T-r~~
""
"
"
~roo
"
'"
CIO
Q_l
L4
0.38 .. ~
~t\NTENNA
.J..c11 .Lcrz
,," l2700pF l2200pF
"
Jezopr "
'"
L _______---f____,,.,
0 SE TE:n "
266pF
l""
This CW transmitter has an output of up to 3 W By using 24 Von Q2, up to 10 W output can be

obtained. If a 24-V supply is used, Q1 must not see more than 12 V. Connect 12 V between junctions
C3, R2 and L2, and remove L5. Ll should be a low-Q 18- to 20-)lH inductor. R6 can be used (up to
47 Q) to reduce the Q further.
FM RADIO TRANSMITTER
~~---------------------
'
in C1 R2
(from VCR) 4.7~F 10 k
1.6 v
To emitter ~-.J
of RF
oscillator
'~---------------------1
Portable FM radio
An FM radio generates an interference signal that can be picked up on another FM radio tuned
10.7 MHz above the first one. The 50-kQpotentiometer adjusts the modulation level to maximum
without distortion. The RC network improves the fidelity of the transmitted signal and provides de
isolation. The component values shown are provided as a starting point. They can vary somewhat for
different radios. Note that if you can't get the signal at 10.7 MHz above the frequency setting of the
first radio, try tuning at 10.7 MHz below. Also, note that both tuned frequencies must be unused.
Otherwise, you will hear your audio on top of the audio that is already there. You might have to play
with both frequencies until you find two blank spots that are 10.7 MHz apart.
648
LOW-POWER 20-METER CW TRANSMITTER
B
+13.5'.'
~ +JJ_ S'o'
TO
AX MUTE
"y I !> f"' '' l

A
I
+
10 lOR MOREl
1 COM
;r' r' " I O.Ol
RFC
FTJJ-61
2lT
TS0-6 2.5W OUTPUT
110 0.1 l1T ANT. 50.!1
I"'"~
+13.5\1
'" ;:J;''
l'' 2. 2k
T3 7- 2
r---~~------261 JT
~J ... H
MR F 4 76
FINAL AMP
470pF '"1N914 lN914
II"-"
z. 7k
,.,
-~0.01
0.01
+lJ.SV
470
ITlOOpFl __
7
T"' /
470
33
.
18 pF
TIR
(FULL QSK 1
'"
MPS6514
IOOl
VXO
TO RX I LESS FOR MORE.
POWER OUTPUT l
2.2k
N '
---
It'.'\ t
(I
50pF
12~-&H IS ENCAPSULATED MINI INDUCTOR
1N914
WU2J TWO-FER FROM OLD TV SET
TX BOARD HEAT SINKS ARE USED ON DRillER +FINAL
The transmitter has a VXO circuit to drive an amplifier that is keyed. The keyed amplifier drives an MRF 476 fmal amplifier,
which delivers about 2-W output. A solid-state T-R switch is included for the receiver. The parts values shmvn are for the 20-me-
terband.
~
107
Ultrasonic Circuits
Doppler illtrasound Tnmsrnitter

Doppler Ultrasound Receiver
Ultrasonic Cleaner
550
DOPPLER ULTRASOUND TRANSMITTER
+9V TPl TP2
R24
4.7K
R7 R8
2.2K 4.7K
+ +
C1 C6
R2 33~F 33~F
33K C4 R5
10pf 27K 02
2N3904
C3 C5
.01 .01
C2 D
.001 R4 R6 XTAL1
R1 R3 33K lOOn
lOK lOOn

The 2.25-MHzoscillator Ql drives amplifier Q2 and XTALI, an ultrasonic transducer. The trans-
ducer is a lead zirconate-titanate type. Taps on Tl and T2 provide low-impedance drive points.
DOPPLER ULTRASOUND RECEIVER
+~ ,-----~~~~~
~----------~-=~~1
R19 G23
270 220!J,F
R21 R20
lOOn 100U
R12
68K
C26
33"'
R13
lOK 01
C12 RtS 1N41a
R23 C15
.047 4.7K 10K
.047
RADIO-ELECTRONICS
XTALl drives amplifier Q3/Q4, which is tuned to 2.25 MHz. The detected signal is fed to audio
amplifier !Cl. A 9-V supply is used. The circuit operates al2.25 MHz and is designed to be used with
an ultrasonic sound transmitter at this frequency.
651
ULTRASONIC CLEANER
,. ___ - ------------------------------------------------------------------ - -------------------

'I
:
I
Pl5
=era:,..
0
bJ
Sl . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I . / ?OWlR:
:r1~ ~,___, r---!t '~" vt

5
$
2 1
1 tea 0 J
:,'~,~: ~- ., I~ :.& 201
1
.. _ _ ______J :, 1'1' 1H:

!' ':"
12 C5 ~ ICI CJ [] IC4 ~*O
C14IC7
I
["* - : 1N4oll1 .,.. ,~F * -~~~-L ~L_l_~ 12 o1 L

1..----- ____________ J
~-- )(TAU --~ / 19

JOpf
RIO
11.0592MH::; '----'-'XI
__ JB
.. ,--------B-
C13_ , RSIUPO
f,xz~4~0~';;jli..__S_'_~"~I
ICt
Psrcs1
PO
39
PI!"'-__,,.._
38
A4
42_21( _ _.,.
36.6K
j
RlJ
3160.
+5V
t
R12 1 At a
~~6fl 1 .~~ -
~ ...,....,_-
L
T -- -
4> IC4-~
If~ LM33t<D
2
i4'
~
8.2K 30J)F l __ :ro AtEJPG AS t 3 I lOOK
.,. +r ~~!f _,. f"~~DD P237 R6 215K i_l (\(:6 IC:a<l' I I t~~ -~~- ------------------
__ _____1! P2Q PJ 3tl !OSK ____. 'llloU3. -'- C11 5 'X' lr.\335
..... ,OOjl~ , - -
+r
- --- 22 R7 I 12 SEE TEXT
___ ~;~~ P 35
4
5361\ - ~ 1 111PLJ
1_4 Pn RB 1 R14 A'S ~C4--c -~
~~--U>~TI~~~~~~:-:i"'l:l:!P:~_-;;:< P5~--~- R9 ~ i '"" :,;;, .:, ~ r;. 'N:r
,?-25 PZ 4
~
S3 o- 127K - 9 f.\11
o- ~J 27
" 26 P25 P6 JJ 41 'I OF lM33a NOT UStll - . . J 4 6~K
I S4
o-- 4 -
P26
P27
P7R_ -
"It< PL2
i'-m;.-oci:<>J::'S 28 PlO~rc_.J-_ _ __12tA~r--~,:;)1lL 1r~~~-:~''''-----+r'i_.+''L'---------------------
u'',""o'w~ ___: -* rs rr
~112 -~----w..:~~-~~~E]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2 '' 2'
~ PJO P12 3 6 AJ YJ 1_4 ___3~~1_4 10
u,. ....!.!. P11 4 8 A~ Y4.Jl~~
Y2
f2
.JS PJ2
P31 P13
I J+5V
1C2a
IG
'T. IC2b
t
:
I
1
-- --- + g
6
r---~--l-~~'====================
1
~P34 P14~A1 Y! 1_~~ -- 2..l.--w...t: 1_2j! I~--- 6
_...._]___rJs
!.3 PJJ r 1 ~~A2
20 '/2T.(AC244
v2 "t="'I::74ACU4 t
s___ e '1 I s
___!_P36 P16~A::. n 1 7' 'lO ~j-f--4_
~-....!LL'~"""-'~""8 WA41G t4 !I __________ e: :9 __..J_r----cl__
+5V 204- 19l__j10 LANt~ r-0,--
20
~ 120U
II
'115 Pl2
"
f4
S2
..J:.lT,\RT
rs
L== "
"
'"
"
20
ELECTRONICS-NOW
An ultrasonic cleaner is useful to dean certain items. This circuit uses a microcontroller to con
trol timing and give a digital readout, but only the basic oscillator can be used, if desired. RESL, RES2
are piezoelectric transducers driven by power oscillator Ql. Ql is powered by a bridge rectifier-ca-
pacitor input filter that operates directly off the ac line. The frequency is 40 to 60kHz.
652
-- --- --- ----------------------------------------------------------- -- --------------
-- --- --- -- ---- ------ ---------------------------,
' OSCILLATOR & POWER SWITCH
+5V
'I' I
I '
I
'II
'
"'...
., I
'
3100
. I
l I
'------ ----------------- -------------- ------'
(SEE TFXT)
o
:
HTR1 lfTR2
HlOW IOOW
C9
"'-' HEArER
(SEE TEXT!
HCATEI~
(SEE TEXT)
... L----0------1::!::------'>---__J
'
I
I
I 16~ I
b ' '
11 10 2
a b c d ' l!>i 16 11 10 '8
5
' " ' b
I~
~
OP~
cc~
--------------~ DISPI"
TIME uP/OOWN
FIG. 107-3
653
108
Video Circuits
General-Purpose Output Amplifier Video de-Restore Circuit

4.5-MHz Sound IF Amplifier Combination Sync Stripper and
Simple Video Amplifier Universal Video Interface
ATV Video Sampler Circuit Video Selector
Multiple-Input Video Multiplex Cable Driver Video Preamp
Two-Input Video Multiplex Cable Driver Video Master
Differential Video Loop-Through Amplifier Simple Video Line/Bar Generator
Video Fader Video Amplifier
Electronically Controlled Variable-Gain
Video Loop-Through Amplifier
654
GENERAL-PURPOSE OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
INPUT
C2
3-30pF
r----1f-----,
'' '
This general-purpose ampliller has a bandwidth of approximately 20 MHz and it uses an

LM733/NE582 video amp IC. This circuit can be used as a line driver or as a LAN line driver.
4.5-MHz SOUND IF AMPLIFIER
Rl
lO<l XTALl
+6V 4.5MHz
Cl []
~
.Ql"Fl R4 J2
Jl 2K BNC
BNC OUll'UT
INPUT
R2 R3
51<> 2K R5
51<>
~
~
-6V
RADIO-ElECTRONICS FIG. 108-2
An NE592 is used as a 4.5-MHz amplifier sound subcarricr in video applications. XTALl is a 4.5-
MHz crystal or ceramic resonator.
655
SIMPLE VIDEO AMPLIFIER
15mA
12V
7500

Useful for interfacing B/W TV sets with a camera or computer, this amplifier has a bandwidth of
~10 MHz and a gain of 3X.
.
ATV VIDEO SAMPLER CIRCUIT
+ 12 v o--------,- - - -
' '
: ..._ : 78L08
" - - - -'
810 2.2 k 47
19k 27 k
1n4148 1.5k 100 Mf
03
68
Q1 FCG 123
02 FCG 123
Q3 EGG 159
SPEC-COM FIG. 108-4
This unit picks up your ATV signal by sampling the transmission line with negligible insertion
loss. It uses 2 "N" connectors for input and output connections. A BNC connector is used on the
video output. The detected output is connected to your monitor and scope so that you can accu-
rately adjust your transmitter for proper video and synch levels. Two different models are provided.
Both have relative power output meters, but one has greater accuracy. There are two PC controls,
one for video level and the other for power output.
656
MULTIPLE-INPUT TWO-INPUT VIDEO
VIDEO MULTIPLEX CABLE DRIVER MULTIPLEX CABLE DRIVER
6 ?sn
6
CMOS IN
CH SELECT
1 ON
-sv 1kn
1kU
1kn
6 75n 75n CABLE
75U
2 ON
-5V
1kU 1kU
LINEAR-TECHNOLOGY FIG. 108-6

Using a Linear Technology LT1227, the mul- CMOS logic levels select one of two video in-
tiplex video amp uses logic levels to turn on and puts with this circuit. The op amJls are Linear
off selected inputs. Technology LT1190s.
DIFFERENTIAL VIDEO LOOP-THROUGH AMPLIFIER
CABLE

An LT1194 is used as a differential amplifier for video applications, where low cable loading is
needed.
657
VIDEO FADER
-=-
10011 1Hl
-=- 10kH 5 1k'l
-5V 10kt:l Vs:. :tSV

GAIN: OdB
IOkH 5.1kH INVERTING
1 kil
1k11
VIN2
10ou
Using two LT1228 transconductance amplifiers in front of a current feedback amplifier forms a
video fader. The ratio of the set currents into pin 5 determines the ratio of the inputs at the output.
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED VARIABLE-GAIN VIDEO LOOP-THROUGH AMPLIFIER
10kU
VouT
6
GAIN ADJUST
200~1 10l -1 2dB TO t8dll
200U 6 19kH 270i! -=
An LT1228 tnmsconductance amplifier is used in this application. The gain is adjustable from
-12 to +8 dB.
658
VIDEO de RESTORE CIRCUIT
v
200.0.
10k0
1000pF
T v-
LOGIC 2N3906
INPUT
RESTOR~
3kll
This circuit restores the black level of a monochrome composite video signal to 0 V at the be-
ginning or every horizontal line. TlLis circuit is also useful with CCD scanners to set the black level.
COMBINATION SYNC STRIPPER AND UNIVERSAL VIDEO INTERFACE
680K
0.,""' 0.,""'
0.1 ~F
I~
I~
75!l
I~
RADIOELECTAONICS FIG. 108-11
This combination sync stripper and universal video interface can solve a lot of problems for you,
including Super-Nintcndo-to-anything interfacing, video overlay and scope TV frame locking. Kits,
fully tested units, and custom cable assemblies are available through Redmond Cable. This unit uses
an LM1881 (NS) synch separator !C.
659
VIDEO SELECTOR
6 . . 16V
51 ... Es.t IC1 40N
ESI .. , ESI IC2 '051
5 ... 15V
0
.. 0
M,M. CH1
"0'' CH2
This circuit selects one of two channels with a logic signal. The unused channel is shorted out.
which minimizes crosstalk. The bandwidth at -3 dB is about 8 MHz. It is advisable to buffer this cir-
cuit because there is some loss in the switches when feeding a 75-Q load.
VIDEO PREAMP
R1 R2
100 1K
J2
J1 .---------------~~0~1
INPUT@)--R3-t----.J.{
R,.
An NE592 or LM733 is used as a general-purpose video amplifier in this schematic. J2 and J3

provide two anti-phase outputs. R2 is a gain control. The bandwidth is about 100 MHz.
660
VIDEO MASTER
------,_ UPGOttVERml SfCilON r------,_

r -7d8 -3d8 CH39
-3dB MIXER -?dB OUWIJT
INPUT t23dB BANDPASS BANDPASS 150
Cti3 SIGIIAl PREAMP -44d8m
FILTER RF FILTER lO lEVEl
-47d8m 60-66MHz
620- 626MHz
60-66MHz .. -50d8m
AT OUTPUT
LO.
LOCAL 560MHz +7dBm
OSCILLATOR
FINE TUNING PAD

AMPliFIER SECTION 6dB
BROADBAND
INPUT
50-800MHz
HIGHPASS
FilTER
- O.SdB
f'"=50MHz
HIGHPASS
FilTER
- O.SdB
fco"'SOMHz
t+12V
T
'--
Of\OADBANO
OUTPUT
50--800MHz
GAIN APPROJt 7dB
12-14VAC POWER I +12VTO

AWMW~l+-------------------------~ SUPPLY -----------------<:0 UPCONVERTER
XFRMR
+ 12V
R14
t SIIILD
~;. l..~
.~:
th t ~
150<1 l1
0.115pH C11
C2 1:f 1 C12 J2
.M C10 R15 UHF
.01
c. 1s' '?!'' 150 OUTP UT
~
C5
8.2pf ) M1
"'
J1 MIXER
I l
}_cl.,l~
SBL1X I
~
VHf
~ ~
!
"!Y' " I? ...... of_C3!
33pf ~.175p
l2
C9 "'~

C11
~
l 1-5pf
....
1-3pF
C1 ~ ;;
~
1 l3 l4 l5
470pF .. . ' .02j.i.H .02pH .OZpH 82<>
B.P.F. R5
6()-66MHZ {CH3) 3300 150 NOTE: C6,C8,C10 AND C12
R1 R3 66- 72MHz !CH4) BANIJPJISS AllER '
2.2K ARE PART OF PC BOAR0
1000, .u 470-?00MHz
VHF PREAMP y C13- l6 01
1-5pFTUNE MVZ1U
.013pH "
IV' R9 C14 "

R11 UHF OSCILI.RllR
* C15
100f>F
R7
5.61<
R6
2.2K
03\.""
MP!HI1
330U
+9V
2.2pf
2.2K 410-640MHz
RtO R12 Rl3

I" C16 ~~ 02 330<1
.01 11f17157 '--+12V
35mA
101<
FINE
TUNING
'"'
... , - - GNO
The video master consists of a series of converters \hat place all your video sources on unused
UHF channels, which then combines them with normal TV channels (terrestrial or cable into one ca-
ble). That one cable can then feed several TV sets for whole-house coverage. The desired video
source is selected with the TV set's tuner. All of the TV's remote-control features are retained.
A complete kit of parts is available from North Country Radio, P.O. Rox 5:3, Wykagyl Station, New
Rochelle, NY 10804-0053A.
661
SIMPLE VIDEO LINE/BAR GENERATOR
IC1::: 555
IC2a,IC2b "556
-l-fli
-~~
(!)- : :
. t.Jl n
1sn
r-r. ..
V }f..::fo"
~
;....!!!:!-i
A 555 and a dual 556 timer generate a rudimentary video signal, as shown in the schematic. The
first timer generates 4. 7-)ls synch pulses operating in the astable mode with a 64-)ls period. The sec-
ond timer generates a delay pulse, which triggers the third timer to generate a bar. The second timer
sets the bar position and the third sets the bar width.
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
+12V
(
R3 C3
10K 1
R1
10K
C1
1 1K
INPUT <>--j
R2 R4
10K 10K
-=- A5+ IA3R4)

A.,o [R3)(R4) -S
662
109
Voltage-Controlled Oscillator Circuits
The sourcef::i of the follovving circuits are contained in the Sources section, which begins on page
675. The figure numher in the hox of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sources section.
Sinusoidal 3-Hz to 300-kHz VCO

Simple TL082 VCO
10-Hz to 10-kHz 3-Decade VCO
Sine-wave VCO
VCOT
VCO II
663
SINUSOIDAL 3-Hz TO 300-kHz VCO
+15V +15V
12k 20k 12k
-15V
100k
+15V
v,o---+----<,_--,
0
~~
......-OU-T-PU~
<r -15V
-t5V
This circuit uses Analog Devices' ADi\89 universal trigonometric function generator to convert a
triangle waveform, the basic waveform of the VCO itself, into a very low-distortion sine wave.
By using the AD689 in its frequency tripler mode [2], the frequency range 3Hz to 300kHz is now
covered. The circuit has been drawn hereso that the oscillator loop, consisting of Ql, the integrator
and the LT1011 comparator, is clearly shown.
When Q1 is o!I, the input amplifier, which is adjusted to have a gain of exactly -1, pulls a current
y;jR, where R is 5.1 kQ in series with two JFETs, and Q2 and Q3, out of the virtual earth of the in-
tegrator. The output of the integrator thus rises at a rate of v;NJCR, where C = 4 70 pF. At a level that
can be adjusted by the 5-kQ potentiometer, the comparator flips and turns on Ql.
A current of exactly zv;,;R, is now supplied to the virtual earth of the integrator because there
are now two 5.1-kQ resistors in parallel and only a single JFET in between the virtual earth and V,n.
The integrator output now falls at a rate of v;NJCR ar1d the cycle repeats. Any offset in the current to
the virtual earth of the integrator, due to circuit board leakage, etc., can be correcled by adjusting
the 50-kQ potentiometer. It follows that the symmetry of the triangle wave at the integrator output
can be corrected by adjusting the 2-kQ potentiometer, and the 50-kQ potentiometer at VLF, and the
frequency can be trimmed with the G-kQ potentiometer.
664
SINUSOIDAL 3-Hz TO 300-kHz VCO (Cont.)
The 1-kQ potentiometer variable is adjusted to give the input level to the AD639 needed to drive
it over 270 and so produce a sinusoidal output at three times the frequency of the triangle-wave
input. Offset correction for the AD639 is made at the input to the voltage follower by means of the
20-kQ potentiometer.
Once a synmtetric triangle wave has been obtained by aqjusting the 2-kQ and 50-kQ poten-
tiometers, and the correct frequency of 100kHz has been set for v;N = 10 V, by adjusting the 5-kQ
potentiometer, the triple-frequency sine-wave output can be set up by adjustment of the 1-kQ and
20-kQ potentiometers.
This is best done by triggering the CRO from the triangle wave, and then viewing at least three
complete cycles of output. Having adjusted for a clean-looking sine wave, the final adjustment of the
1-kQ and 20-kQ potentiometers should be made on a single sinusoidal cycle display, using internal
trigger so that the three slightly different parts of the output cycle lie one upon the other and can be
made to merge. Ql, Q2, and Q3 are 2N4391s, the two Schottky diodes are 5082-2810, and the other
nine diodes are 1N914.
All device power supply pins should be decoupled with 0.33 JlF. Resistors associated with the in-
puts of the devices should be 1% high-stability parts.
SIMPLE TL082 VCO
22kl1
10 kl1 IN914
Control >--.---o out

vco
voltage
input
TLOB2 220 kl1
22kl1 dual
op amp
IN914
22kl1
This circuit uses a dual operational amplifier (TL082) to form a voltage-controlled oscillator
(VCO). With the component values shown, the output-frequency range is I 00 Hz to 10kHz when the
input control voltage is between 0.05 and 10 V.
665
10-Hz TO 10-kHz 3-DECADE VCO
+15V
"'
200K
CJ
R5
R2 RJ
v,
lOOK
"'
lOOK Q2
2N4220
lOOK
"'
"
1-\H -SV R7
10K 300K
SINE-WAVE VCO
RS
4.7K
R2 C>
StiOO .047
R:l _
8.2K CJ
CONTROL At R4
VOLTAGE IN 4/00. 0>
2N4264 " S2K
= Rl~
R13 5600
4700.

A de control voltage varies the effective resistm1ce in feedback network C4/C3/Cl and Rl2/R3.
Q2/Q:3 are the oscillator transistors.
VCOI
CI
U5 OUTPUT 1
RI
,.,.=~-----<> NV
lOOK
R3 OUTPUT?
51K
..Jl..f1._
This circuit gives both triangle- and square-
A2
50K wave outputs. The frequency rm1ge is deter-
mined by Cl.
666
VCO II
VBIAS 0
The output frequency of this simple low-cost active voltage-controlled oscillator circuit is based
upon the inherent frequency dependent characteristics of our operational amplifier.
The oscillator circuit shown uses a TL082 op amp. When power is applied, the circuit generates
a sinusoidal wave. The frequency of oscillation can be changed by varying the bias supply.
667
110
Voltage Converter/Inverter Circuits
de/de Converter
Simple dc/ac Inverter
668
de/de CONVERTER
12 V N1 ... N6 = IC2 = 4049UB
1h 1 c
' 12
Jj
C3
IC1 U2
CD4047B
"'v
16
' - - - - - J 4 x 1N4148
85424-1
303 CIRCUITS FIG. 11()-1

This low-power converter will supply about 100 mW of de to a load and it is useful to isolate or
derive de voltages. It operates at around 200kHz. 11 is wound on a 22-mm diameter x 13-rmn high
pot core with #32 magnet wire. The primary is 80 turns and the secondary is 80 turns (for 12-V nom-
inal output). The two windings should be insulated for the expected voltage difference between in-
put and output in insulation applications.
SIMPLE dc/ae INVERTER

r----~--------.~-----~-~~+12V
4.7k0
330 kO 02
4 8
Tip41
R1 NE 3 2.2 kO
100 kO 555 2N
3904
1 kO Tip42
+
1000 ~F
I= 150Hz 120V
llc output
150Hz
6.3V-117V
transformer
(2A size)
This dc-to-ac inverter is based on the popular 555. A 555 oscillator circuit drives a buffer amplifier
consisting of Q1, Q2, and Q3. The circuit operates at 150 to 160Hz. T1 can be a 6.3-V or 12.6-V fila-
ment transformer as applicable. The frequency can be changed by changing the values ofRl and/or C1.
669
111
Voltage Multiplier Circuits
Low-Power de Tripier
Low-Power de Quadrupler
Low-Power de Doubler
670
LOW-POWER de TRIPLER
22k!l
out
Tllis de voltage-tripler circuit based on the 555 can produce a de output voltage equal to ap-
proximately :J X the de supply voltage.
LOW-POWER de QUADRUPLER
+12 v
+
1 k!l
I1016 v,.F
4 8 -=- 22 ,.F 22 ,_F
+
22kn NE
555
3
22 ,.F
+ T ,.~
22
0.01 ,.F I
--
-=- -=- y+ E0 = 45 V
22 ,_F
r-=-
Diodes IN4148
This de voltage-quadrupler circuit based on the 555 can produce a de output voltage equal to ap-
proximately 4X the de supply voltage.
671
LOW-POWER de DOUBLER
FIG. 111-3
This de voltage-doubler circuit haserl on the 555 c:an produce a de output voltage equal to ap-
proximately 2 X the de supply voltage.
672
112
Window Comparator and

Discriminator Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sonrces section, which begins on page
675. The figure number in the box of each circuit correlates to the entry in the Sonrces section.
Window Comparator
Multiple-Aperture Window Discriminator
673
WINDOW COMPARATOR
'5 v
R4
3300
Input
13
!Cl-c functions as a noninverting compara

tor, and !Cl-a operates as an inverting compara
tor. Potentiometer Rl and fixed resistors R2 and
R3 form a divider chain that delivers slightly dif
ferent voltages to the two comparators. These
voltages define the upper and lower limits of the
circuit's s\Vitching "vvindow," which can be
changed easily by varying R2 and R3. The LED
glows only when the input voltage falls within the
window region.
674
Sources
Chapter 1 Fig. 1-11. Heprinted lith pennission from Popular

Fig. 1-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, 12/92, p. 68. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Electronics, 1192, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gernsback Puhlkations, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 1-12. William Sheets.
Fig. 1-2. Heprinted with permission trom Popular Fig. 1-13. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Electronics, 1192, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gernsback ist. Handbook, 1991, pp. 31-32. (c) Copyright.
Publications, Inc., 1992 Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1!J!J1.
Fig. 1-3. Reprinted \Vith permission from Popular Fig. 1-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, l/U2, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, 8/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Publications, Inc., 1992. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 1-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 1-15. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
Electronics, 1/92, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, 2/92, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Publit;ations, Inc., 1992. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 1-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 1-16. William Sheets.
Electronics, 1/92, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 1-17. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Publications, Inc., 1992. Now, 7/92, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica-
Fig. 1-6. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular tions, Inc., 1992.
Electronics, 2/92, pp. 65-66. (c) Copyright Gerns- Fig. 1-18. William Sheets.
bac:k Publications, lite:., 1992. Fig. 1-19. William Sheets.
Electronics, 11/9:3, p. 53. (c) Copyright Gemsback Fig. 1-21. William Sheets.
Fig. 1-8. Reprinted with permission from FE Hobbyist Fig. 1-23. Wilfuun Sheets.
Handbook, 1992, pp. 93-94. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 1-24. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, 3/93, p. 42. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 1-9. William Sheets. Puhlkations, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 1-10. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular Fig. 1-25. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Electronics, 2/92, pp. 70-71. (c) Copyright Gems- ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 19-20. (c) Copyright
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1991.
675
Fig. 1-26. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 2-23. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
Electronics, 1/92, p. 78. (c) Copyright GernsbaLk tronics, 6/92, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gemshack Pub-
Publkations, Inc., 1992. lications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 2-24. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Chapter 2 Rarlio Torlay, 4/92, p. 71.
Electronics, Fact Card 25G, (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 2-26. Reprinted with permission from National
back Publications, lnc. Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Spring 1992.
Fig. 2-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 2-27. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 254, (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, Fact Card 206, (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Inc. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 2-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 2-28. Hcprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 254, (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, 9/93, p. 47. (c) Copyright Gernsback
back Publications, Inc. Publications, Tnc., 1993.
Fig. 2-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 253, (c) Copyright Gems- Chapter 3
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 3-1. Reprinted \Vith permission from Electronic
Fig. 2-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular Design, 3/93, p. 67.
Electronics, Fact Card 254, (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 3-2. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
back Publications, Inc. Hadio Today, 7/92, p. 42.
Electronics, Fact Card 254, (c) Copyright Gems-
Chapter4
back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 4-1. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
Electronics, 12/91, p. 63. (c) Copyright. Gemsback
Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 4-2. Reprinted with permission from Elector
Fig. 2-8. William Sheets.
Electronics USA, 10/92, p. 14.
Hadio Today, 5/90, p. 47.
Fig. 2-10. William Sheets. Fig. 4-4. Reprinted with permission from Practical
Fig. 2-11. William Sheets. Wireless, 6/91, p. 36.
Fig. 2-12. William Sheets. Fig. 4-5. Heprinted with permission from Elektor
Fig. 2-13:William Sheets. Electronics, 12/91, pp. 88-89.
Fig. 2-14. William Sheets. F'ig. 4-6. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 2-15. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Electronics, 6/93, p. 55. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Now, 7/92, p. 36. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publica- Publications, Inc., 1993.
tions, Inc., 1992. Fig. 4-7. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 2-16. Reprinted with permission from Popular Radio Today, 7/92, p. 34.
Electronics, Fact. Card 255, (c) Copyright Gerns- Fig. 4-8. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
hack Publications, Inc. Hobbyists Handbook, 1993, p. 89.
Fig. 2-17. William Sheets. -Fig. 4-9. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 2-18. William Sheets. Rarlio Torlay, 10/92, p. 28.
Fig. 2-19. I~eprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 223, (c) Copyright Gems- Chapter 5
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 5-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobbyist
Fig. 2-20. William Sheets. Handbook, 1991, pp. 65-66. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 2-21. William Sheets. hack Publications, Inc., 1991.
r'ig. 2-22. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 5-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Electronics, Fact Card 264, (c) Copyright Gems- Now, 11/92, p. 42. (c) Copyright.. Gemsback Publi-
back Publications, Inc. cations, Inc., 1992.
676
Fig. 5-3. Hcprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 6-9. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Now, 12/92, p. 14. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Electronics, Fact Card 267, (c) Copyright Gems-
cations, Inc., 1U92. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 5-4. Reprinted with permission from Silicon Chip. F'ig. 6-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 5-5. Reprinted with pennission from Etectronics Electronics) Fact Card 207,-(c) Copyright Gerns-
Now, 11/92, p. 43. (c) Copyright GcrnsbackPubli- hack Publications, Inc.
C:'ltion'>, Inc., 1992. Fig. 6-11. Heprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 5-6. Reprinted with permission from Electronics linenters Handbook, 1992, p. 37.
Now, 11/92, p. 41. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Fig. 6-12. Reprinted with permission from Popular
cations, Inc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Card 263, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 5-7. Reprinted with pennission from 308 Circuits, back Publications, Inc.
p. 42.
Fig. G-8. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Chapter 7
Now, 11/92, p. 39. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Fig. 7-1. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
cations, Inc., 1992. Radio Today, 8/92, p. 36.
Fig. 5-9. Reprinted with permission frorn Electronics Fig. 7-2.\Villiam Sheets.
Now, ll/92, p. 39. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Fig. 7-3. Reprinted vvith permission from RF Commu-
cations, Inc., 1992. nications Handbook, 1989, pp. 2-14.
Fig. 5-10. Reprinted with pennission from R-E Exper-
imcntcrsl1andbook, 1987, p. 74. Chapter 8
Fig. 5-11. Heprintcd with permission from Popular Fig. 8-1. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Electronics, 1/92, p. 36. (c) Copyright Gemsback Electronics, 9/92, p. 33. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, Fact. Card 243, (c) Copyright Gems- Jelcctronics, 3/92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gemsback
back Publications, Inc. Publications, Inc., 1!J!J2.
--Fig. 5-13. Reprinted with permission frorn Radio-Elec- Fig. 8-3. William Sheets.
trorrics, 1/92, p. 35. (c) Copyright Gemsback Pub- Fig. 8-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
lications, Inc., 1992. Now, 9/93, p. 63. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publica-
Fig. 5-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular tions, Inc., 1993.
Electronics, 4/92, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 8-5. William Sheets.
Fig. 8-6. Reprinted vvith permission from Silicon Chip1
Fig. 5-15. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
p. 27.
Design, 3/89, p. 100.
Fig. 8-7. Reprinted with pernrission from PE Hobbyist
Handbook, 1990, pp. 86-87. (c) Copyright Gems-
Chapter 6
Fig. 6-1. Reprinted with permission from 303 Circuits, back Publications, Inc., 1990.
p. 22. Fig. 8-8. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Fig. 6-2. Reprinted with permission from 303 Circuits, Now, 11/92, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Publi-
p. 10. cations, Inc.) 1992.
Fig. 6-3. William Sheets. Fig. 8-9. Reprinted vvith pemli.ssion from Electronics
Fig. 6-4. Reprinted vvith permission from 303 Circuits, Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 22.
p. 40. Fig. 8-10. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Electronics, 6/92, p. 68. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1993.
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 8-11. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Fig. 6-6. Reprinted with permission from 303 Circuits, ist Handbook, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
pp. 12-13. lications, Inc.
Fig. 6-7. William Sheets. Fig. 8-12. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 6-8. Reprinted with permission from R-E Experi- Electronics, 3/93, p. 62. (c) Copyright Gemsback
menters Handbook, 1987, p. 74. Publications, Inc., 1993.
677
Fig. 8-13. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular Fig. 10-2. Reprinted witlt permission from Electronics
Electronics, 11/98, p. 72. (c) Copyright. Gems hack Now, 7/92, pp. 57-62. (c) Copyright. Gemshack
Publications, Inc., 199::1. Puhlkations, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 8-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 10-:l R~printecl "With permission from Popular
Electronics, !l/92, p. 7:3. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Electronics, Fact Card 198. (c) Copyright Gems-
Publications, Inc., 1992. back Publications, lnc.
Fig. 8-15. Reprinted with pennission from Popular Fig. 10-4. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Electronics, 3/92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gernsback Radio Today, 5/92, p. 26.
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 10-5. Reprinted wit.lt permission from Electronic:
Fig. 8-lfi. Reprinted with permission from Popular Design, 7/9~, p. 78.
Electronics, 3/92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gems back Fig. 10-6. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 199~. Electronics, Fact Card 198. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 8-17. Reprinted with permission from PopUlar back Publications, Inc.
Electronics, 3/92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gems back Fig. 10-7. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, 11/91, p. 20. (e) Copyright Gernsbaek
Fig. 8-18. Reprinted with permission from Popular Publications, Inc., 1991.
Blcctronics, 12/lJ2, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Fig. 10-8. Reprinted with permission from Linear
Publications, Inc., 1992. Technology, Design Note 60.
Fig. 8-19. William Sheets. Fig. 10-9. Reprinted with permission fromPE Hobby-
Fig. 8-20. Reprinted with pennission from Radio-Elec- ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 63-64. (c) Copyright
tronics, 12/91, Jl. 75. (c) Copyright. Gernsback GentsbackPublieations, lne., 1991.
Publications, Inc., 1991. Fig. 10-10. Reprinted with permission from Elekt.or
Fig. 8-21. Heprinted with permission from Hadio-Riec- Blcctronics, 12/91, p. 72.
tronics, 5/U2, p. 82. (c) Copyright Uernsback Pub- Fig. 10-11. Heprinted with permission from Elektor
lications, Inc., 1992. Electronics USA, 12/91, p. 36.
Electronics, 4/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright (Jernsback Chapter 11
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 11-1. Reprinted with pemlission from Popular
Fig. 8-23. William Sheets. Electronics, 8/93, p. 79. (c) Copyright Uernsback
Fig. 8-24. Reprinted Vvith permission from R-E Exper- Publications, Inc., 1993.
imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 158. Fig. 11-2. Reprinted wit.h pennission from Popular
Electronics, 6/98, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Chapter 9 Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 9-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 11-:J. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, 6/93, p. 76. (c) Copyright Uernsbac'k Electronics, 8/93, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Publications, Inc., 199:1 Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 9-2. Reprinted with permission from R-"8 Bxperi- Fig. 11-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
menters Handbook) 1992, p. 122. Electronics, 8/9:3, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 9-3. Reprinted with pennission from Popular Publications, Inc., 1993.
Electronics, 4/92, p. 71 & 88. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 11-5. Reprinted with permission from National
back Publications, lite., 1992. Semiconduclor, Linear Edge, Issue #5.
Fig. 9-4. Reprinted with permission from National Fig. 11-6. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Summer 1992. Now, 9/92, p. 96. (c) Copyright Gemshack Publica-
Fig. 9-5. Reprinted "With permission from Radio-Elec- tions, Inc., 1992.
tronics, 5/92, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gemsback Pub- Fig. 11-7. William Sheets.
lications, Inc., 1992.
Chapter 12
Chapter 10 Fig. 12-1. Reprinted "With permission from Electronics
Fig. 10-1. Reprinted with pem1ission from PE Hobby- Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 58.
ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 44-45. (c) Copyright Fig. 12-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Gernsbaek Publications, Inc., 1991. Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 59.
678
Chapter 13 r;tcctronks, 6/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 1:3-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- Publications, lnc., 1993.
ist Handbook, 1gg2, p. 49. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Inc. Chapter 18
Chapter 14 Electronics, 12/91, p. f58. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 14-1. RcprintPd with perrnission from Popular Publications, Inc., 1991.
Electronics, :J/U3, p. 44. (c) Copyri~ht. Gerns!Jack Fig. 18-2. Reprinted with permission from PF. Hohhy-
Publications, Inc., 1993. ist Handbook, 1990, pp. 34-36. (c) Copyright
Fig. 14-2. Reprinted with permission from 7;3 .A~matcur Gernsback Publications, Tnc., 1990.
Radio Today, 5/92, p. 20. Fig. 18-:1. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 14-3. Reprinted with permission from 7;3 Amateur Design, 5/92, p. 9!.
Hadio Today, f5/92,~. 18. Fig. 18-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 206, (c) Copyright Gents- Publications, Inc., 1992.
back Plihlications, Inc. Fig. 18-5. Heprinted \Vith permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 14-5. William Sheets. irnenters Handbook, 1992, p. 92.
Fig. 14-6. Reprinted with pP.rmission from Popular Fig. 18-6. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
Electronics, 10/93, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gernsback tronics, 3/92, p. DO. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
Publications, Inc., 1993. lications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 14-7. Reprinted w:ith permission from Popular Fig. 18-7. Reprinted with permission from :10:~ Cir-
Electronic::;, Fact Carel 206, (c) Copyright Gents- cuits, p. I m.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 18-8. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
tronics, 2/92, p. 42. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Pub-
Chapter 15 lications, Tnc., 1992.
Fig. 15-1. Reprinted wiLh permission from PE Hobby- Fig. 18-9. Reprinted \vith permission from Popular
ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 24-26. (c) Copyright Elecl.ronics, 12/91, p. 58. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1991. Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 18-10. Hcprintcd with permission from National
Chapter 16 Semiconductor, Linear Edg~:, Issue #4, Summer
Fig. 16-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular 1992.
Electronics, 3/92, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 18-11. Reprinted with permission from 7:3 Ama-
Publications,-lnc., 1992. teur Radio Today, 2/9:3, p. 28. -
Fig. 16-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 18-12. William Sheets.
Now, 7/92, p. 51. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Publica- Fig. 18-1 ;3_ Reprinted vvith permission from 73 Ama-
tions, Inc., 1992. teur Radio Today, 3/92, p. 24.
Fig. 16-:J. Reprinted-with permission from Electronic Fig. 18-14. Reprinted \Vith permission from Popular
Design, 3/93, pp. 67-68. Electronics, 7/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Chapter 17 Fig. 18-15. Reprinted--with permission from Electron-
Fig. 17-1. Reprinted with permission from Elektor ics Now, 9/92, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Pub-
Electronics, 12/91, pp. 78-7~. lications, Tnc., 15)02.
F'ig. 17-2. Reprinted vvith permission from Electronics Fig. 18-16. Heprinted with permission from National
Hobbyist Handbook, 1998, p. 84. Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Spring 1992.
Fig. 17-3. Reprinted with permission from ElecLronk Fig. 18-17. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Design. Electronics, Fact Card 2f59, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 17-4. Heprintcd with permission from Popular hack Publications, Inc.
Electronics, ll/91, p. 20. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 18-18. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1991. Electronics, Fact Card 257, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 17-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular hack Publications, Inc.
679
Fig. 18-19. Reprinted with permission from Linear Chapter 23
Technology Corporation, 1993, Design Note-69. Fig. 23-1. Reprinted with permission from Elektor
Electronics, 12/91, p. 81.
Chapter 19
Fig. 19-1. Reprinted "With permission from Electronics Chapter 24
Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 47. Fig. 24-1. Reprinted with pennission from PE Hobby-
Fig. 19-2. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- ist Handbook, 1992, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gems-
ist Handbook, 1990, p. 101. (c)Copyright Gems- back Publications, Inc., 1992.
back Publications, Inc., 1990. Fig. 24-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Now, 12/92, p. 61. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi-
Chapter 20 cations, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 20-1. Reprinted with permission from RF Design, Fig. 24-3. Reprinted with pennission from Electronics
5/92, p. 80. Now, 12/92, p. 65. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Publi-
Fig. 20-2. William Sheets. cations, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 20-3. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Fig. 24-4. Reprinted with pernrission from Eledrorric
Design, U/92, p. 61. Design, 5/92, p. 95.
Fig. 20-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 24-5. Heprinted with permission from Linear
Now, 12/92, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publi- Technology, Design Nole 61.
cations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 24-6. Reprinted with permission from Linear
Fig. 20-5. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
Technology, Design Note 61.
tronics, 2/92, p. 89. (c) Copyright Gemsback Pub-
Fig. 24-7. Reprinted with permission from Linear
Teclmology, Design Note 61.
Radio Today, 5/92, p. 64.
Electronics, Fact Card, 270, (c) Copyright Gems-
J:<lg. 24-H. Reprinted with pe1111ission from Popular
Radio Today, 1/92, p. 22. Electronics, Fact Card, 269, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 20-9. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur back Publications, Inc.
Radio Today, 7/92, p. 60. Fig. 24-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 20-10. William Sheets. Electronics, Fact Card, 270, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 20-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular back Publications, Inc.
Electronics, Fact Card 229, (c) Copyright Genls- Fig. 24-11. Reprinted with pernrission from 73 Ama-
back Publications, Inc. teur Radio Today, 8/89, p. 48.
Chapter 21 Chapter 25
Fig. 21-1. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 25-1. Reprinted with pemrission from PE Hobby-
Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 78. ist Handbook, 1992, pp. 63-64. (c) Copyright
Fig. 21-2. Reprinted with permission from National Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1992.
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Issue #5. Fig. 25-2. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
Fig. 21-:3. Replinted with permission from Popular cuits, p. 14.
Electronics, Fact Card 257, (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 25-3. Heprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
back Publications, Inc. imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 58.
Fig. 21-4. Reprinted with permission from National Fig. 25-4. Reprinted with pernriss.ion from R-E Exper-
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Issue #5. imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 57.
Fig. 25-5. Reprinted with pennission from H-E Exper-
Chapter22 imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 57.
Fig. 22-1. Reprinted with pemrissionfrom SiliLon Chip. Fig. 25-6. Reprinted with permission from Elector
Fig. 22-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Electronics USA, 12/91, p. 36.
Now, 12/92, p. 49. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publi-
cations, Inc., 1992.
680
Chapter 26 Fig. 28-2. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 26-1. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- imenters--Handbook, 1992, p. 6fi.
tronics, 5/92, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub
lications,--Tnc., 1992. Chapter 29
Fig. 26-2. Heprinted with perrnission from Hadio-Elcc- Fig. 29-1. Heprintcd with permission from 7:3 Amateur
tronics, 5/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gemsback Pub Hadio Today, 3/92, p. 44.
lications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 292. Reprinted with permission from 7:3 Amateur
Fig. 26-3. Hcprintcd -with permission from Electronic Radio Today, 1/92
Design, 8/92, p. 70. Fig. 29-8. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 26-4. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elet> Radio Today, G/90, p. 80.
tronics, 5/92, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Pub- Fig. 29-4. Reprinted with permission from 7:3 Amateur
lications, Inc., 1992. Radio Today, 9/90, p. 9.
Fig. 26-5. Reprinted with permission from Radio-EleL- Fig. 29-5. Heprinted with pennission from Popular
tronics, 5/92, p. 09. (c) Copyright Gernshack Pub- Electronics, 11/9:3, p. 7:3. (c) Copyright Gemsback
lications, Inc., 1992. Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig.-26-6. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
tronics, 5/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gemsback Pub Chapter 30
Ucations, Inc., 1992.
Electronics, Fact Card, 226, (c) Copyright Gerns
Fig. 26-7. Reprinted \V:ith permission from Hadio-Elec-
tronics, 5/92, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub
lications, Tnc., 1992.
Electronics, Fact. Card, 226, (c) Copyright. Gerns-
Fig. 26-8. Reprinted with permission from Hadio-Elec-
Lronics, 5/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gerns!Jack Pu!J
Jications, Tnc., 1992.
Electronics, Fact Card, 226, (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 26-9. Reprinted with permission from Hadio-Elec-
Lronics, 5192, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gerns!Jack Pub
Jications, Tnc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Card, 227. (c) Copyright Gcrns
Fig. 26-10. Reprinted with permission from Itadio- back Publications, Inc.
Electronics, 5/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. :30-G. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Carel, 227. (c) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 2G-11. Reprinted with permission from Radio- baek Publications, Inc.
Electronics, 5/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gemsback Fig. :30-6. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Card, 227. (c) Copyright Gerns
Fig. 2G-12. Reprinted with permission from Radio- back Publications, Inc.
Electronics, 5/92, p. 70. (c) Cop}Tight Uemsback Fig. :30-7. Hcprinted with pcnnission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Card, 227. (c) Copyright Gems
Chapter 27 Fig. 30-8. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 27-1. Heprintcd with permission from Popular Electronics, Fact Carel., 228. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, U/9:3, p. 42. (c) Copyright Gemsback back Publications, Inc.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 30-9. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Fig. 27-2. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir- Electronics, Fact Card, 228. (c) Copyright Gems-
cuits, p. 266. back Puhlications, Inc.
Fig. 27-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. :3010. lleprinted with permission from Popular
-Electronics, 6/98, p. 68. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, Fact Card, 228. (c) Copyright Gems
Publications, lnc., 199:3. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 3011. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Chapter 28
Electronics, Fact Card, 228. (c) Copyright Gems
Fig. 28-1. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
back Publications, Tnc.
imenters Handbook, 1992, p. 65.
681
Fig. :30-12. Reprinted with permission from Popular b'ig. !30-30. William Sheets.
Electronics, Fact Card, 225. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. !J0-31. William Sheets.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 30-32. William Sheets.
Fig. 30-13. Reprinted with penn.iooion from Popular Fig. :10-~3. William Sheets.
Electronics, Fact Card, 224. (c) Copyright Gento- ~'ig. :30-:34. William Sheets.
baek Publications, Inc. Fig. 30-35. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 30-14. Reprinted \iVith permission from Popular Design, 7/92, p. 62.
Electronics, Fact Card, 223. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. ;30-36. Rt:printcd with permission from 303 Cir-
back Publications, lnc. cuits, p. 185.
Fig. 30-15. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 30-37. Reprinted with permission from National
Electronics, Fact Card, 231. (c) Copyright. Gento- St:mkondnr.tor, Lim~ar Edgf\ Summer 1992.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. :JO-:J8. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 30-16. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, Fact Card 224. (c) Copyright Gents-
Electronics, Fact Card, 231. (c) Copyright Gems- back Publications, Inc.
back Publications, lnc. Fig. :30-:39. Hcprintcd -ith permission from Popular
Fig. 30-17. Reprinted with pemlission from Electronic Electronics, Fact Card ~:JL (c) Copyright Gems-
Design, 2/93, p. 75. back Publiealions, Inc.
Fig. 30-18. Reprinted with permisoion from Electron- Fig. 30-40. RP.print.ed \Vit.h permission from Popular
ics Now, 8/93, p. 73. (c) Copyright. Gernsback Pub- !<;lectronics, Fact Card 242. (c) Copyright Gems-
lications, Inc., 199;3. Lack Publications, Inc.
Fig. 30-19. Heprinted with permission from Electron- Fig. 30-41. William Sheets.
ics Now, 8/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
lications, Inc., 1993. Chapter 3.1
Fig. 30-20. Reprinted with permission from Eleclron- Fig. 31-1. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
ics Now, 4/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gcrnshack Pub- imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 159.
lications, lnc., 199:3.
Fig. 31-2. Reprinted with pemlission from Popular
Fig. 30-21. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Electronics, 12/91, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Pnblk:ations, Inr.., 1991.
lications, Inc., 1993. Fig. :31-:J. William Sheets.
Fig. 30-22. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
Fig. :J1-4. William Sheets.
Electronics, 6/92, p. 68. (c:) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 31-5. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
is! Handbook, 1001, p. 10. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 30-2:3. Hcprintcd with pcrmission.from Electron-
back Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 31-6. -William Sheets.
Fig. 31-7. Reprinted .-ith pP.rmission from Radio-El12c-
Fig. 30-24. R~prinled with perrn.ission from Popular
tronics, 11/89, p. 1~. (c) Copyright Gemsba.ck
Electronics, 5/92, p. 57. (c) Copyright Gernshack
PuLliLaLions, Inc., 1989.
Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 30-25. Heprintecl with permission from Electron-
imenters Handbook, p. 28.
Fig. 30-26. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Chapter 32
ics Now, 8/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Fig. 82-l. Reprint12d \Vith permission from Electronic
lications, Inr.., 1998. Engineering, 9/89, p. 30.
Fig. 30-27. Reprinted with permission from Linear
Technology Corporation) 1993, Advertisement, Chapter 33
Circle No. 51. Fig. 88-1. Reprint12d with permission from Electronic
Fig. 30-28. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Design, 7/D:J, p. 76.
ics Now, 8/93, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Fig. 33-2. Reprinted with pernlission from Popular
lications, Inc., 1!)93. Electronics, Fact Card 254. (c) Copyright. Gerns-
Fig. 30-~9. William Sheets. back Publications, lnc.
682
Fig. :33-3. Heprinted with permission from 70 Amateur Chapter 37
Radio Today, 1/92, p. 28. Fig. 37-1. Heprinted with pem1ission from Popular
Fig. 33-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, 7/92, pp. 42-43. (c) Copyright Gems-
Eledronics, Fact Card 253. (c) Copyright Gents- back PublicaLions, Inc., 1992.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. :W-2. Reprinted 'With permission from PE Hobby-
Fig. 33-f:i. Reprinted with permission from Popular ist Handbook, 1991, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 11/91, p. 22. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Oack Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 00-6. Reprinted \vith permission from Elektor Chapter 38
Electronics, 3/92, p. 58. Fig. 38-1. Reprinted with permission from Eledronks
Fig. 33-7. William Sheets. Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. Sl.
Fig. 33-R. William Sheets. Fig. 38-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 33-9. Hcprintcd with permission from Popular Electronics, 7/93, p. 7fi. (c) Copyright Gernshack
Electronics, Fact Card 230. (c) Copyright Gems- Publications, Inc., 100:3.
Fig. 33-10. William Sheets. Chapter 39
Fig. 33-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 39-1. Reprinted 'With permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 257. (c) Copyright Gems- Elcct.ronics, ()/92, p. :39. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
hack Publications, Tnc. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 33-12. l!cprintcd with permission from Popular Fig. 39-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 24:J. (c) Copyright Gerns- Electronics, 1/92, p. 24. (c) Copyright Gernsback
back Publications, Inc. Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 33-13. Reprinled with permission from Electronic Fig. :39-0. Reprinted Vi-ith pern1ission from Radio-Elec-
Design, 7/93, p. 76. tronics, 10/89, p. 43. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 33-14. William Sheets. Publications, Inc., 1989.
Electronic::;, Fact Card 258. (c) Copyright Gents- Electronics, 1192, p. 24. (c) Copyright Gernsback
back Publications, Inc. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Chapter 34 Fig. 39-6. William Sheets.
Fig. :J4-1. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 39-7. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 33. Electronics, 12/93, p. 32. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 34-2. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- PuOlications, Inc., 1993.
ist Handbook, 1991, p. 47. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 39-8. Reprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, lnc., 1991. Electronics, 12/93, p. 32. (e) Copy~ht. Gernsback
Fig. 34-3. Reprinted with permission from FE Hobby- Publications, Inr:., 1993.
ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 36-37. (c) Copyright. Fig. 89-9. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Gernsback Publications, Tnc., 1991. ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 75-77. (c) Copyright
Gcrnsback Publications, Tnc., 1991.
Chapter 35 Fig. :39-10. Heprintcd with permission from Hadio-
Fig. 35-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular F:lcctronics, 10/89, p. 43. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
Electrorrics, 11/93, p. 33. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publications, Tnc., 1989.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 39-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Pig. 35-2. Reprinted 'With permission from Electronics Eleclrorrics, 3/93, p. 43. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Now, 7/93, p. 40. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica- Publications, Inc., 1993.
tions, Inc., 1990. Fig. 39-12. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Chapter 36 lications, Inc., 1990.
Fig. 36-1. Heprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 39-10. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Electronics, Fact Card, 268. (c) Copyright Gems- ics Now, :J/9:3, p. 83. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
back Publications, Inc. lications, lnc., 1883.
683
Fig. 40-1. Hcprintcd -v.ith permission from Popular Fig. 45-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, 4/U2, p. 88. (c) Copyright Gemsback Electronics, Fact Card 267. (c) Copyright Gems-
Publkations, Inc., 1992. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 40-2. Reprinted vvith perrnission from Popular Fig. 45-4. Reprinted "With permission from Popular
Electronics, 4/U2, pp. 70-71. (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, Fact Card 266. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Inc., l!J92. back Publications, Inc.
Chapter 41 Chapter 46
Fig. 41-1. Reprintect v,rith permission from National Fig. 46-1. Heprintcd "With permission from Electronics
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Spring 1992. Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 14.
Fig. 41-2. Reprinted with permission from National
Scmkonduc:tor, Linear Edge, Summer 1992. Chapter 47
Pig. 4 7-1. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Chapter 42 Design, 10/93, p. 73.
Fig. 42-1. Reprinted with pemtission from Popular Fig. 4 7-2. Reprinted with permission from 7:3 Amateur
Electronics, Fad Card 255. (c) Covyright Gerns- Radio Today, 7/92, p. 62.
hack Publir.ations, Inc. Fig. 47-:3. Reprinted "With permission from R-E Exper-
imenters Handbook, 1992, p. 122.
Chapter 43 Fig. 4 7-4. William Sheets.
Fig. 43-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 4 7-G. Reprinted with- permission from PE Hobby-
Electronics, 4/92, p. 67. (c) Copyright Gernsback ist handbook, 1991, pp. 42-43. (c) Copyright
Publications, Inc., 1992. Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 43-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular b'ig. 4 7-G. Heprintcd vvith permission from Popular
Electronics, R/91, p. 75. (c) CopyrighL.Gernsback Electronics, 6/93, p. 78. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Publications, lnc., 1991. Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 43-3. Reprinted \vith permission from Popular
Electronics, 8/92, p. 76. (c) Copyright. Gernsback Chapter 48
Publications, Tnc., 1992. Fig. 48-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
ist. Handbook, 1991, pp. 89-90. (c) Copyright
Chapter 44 Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1991.
1.ronk:s, 2/92, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gernshack Pub- Chapter 49
lications, lnc., 1992. Fig. 49-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 44-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, Application Circuit 215. (c) Copyright
Electronics, Fact Card 265. (c) Copyright Gerns- Gemsback Publications, Inc.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 49-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 44-3. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur Electronics, Application Circuit 21:-5. (c) Copyright
Radio Today, 4/89. p. 87. (c) Copyright. Gernsback Gemsback Publications, Inc.
Publications, lnc., 1989. Fig. 49-3. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Fig. 44-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular Now, 12/92, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi-
Eledronics, 6/93, p. 55. (c) Copyright Gernsback cations, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc., Hl92. Fig. 4!3-4. Heprinted with pennission from Electronics
Fig. 44-5. Heprinted V\ith permission from Hadio-Elec- Now, 12/92, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi-
tronics, 7/90, p. 64. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- cations, Inc., 1992.
lications, Inc., 1990. Fig. 49-5. William Sheets.
Chapter 45 Fig. 49-7. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 45-1. Reprinted \Vith pernlission from Electronics Electronics, :3/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
Now, 10/92, p. 76. (c) Copyright. Gernshack Publi- Publications, Inc., 1992.
cations, Inc., 19!32. Fig. 49-8. Reprinted with permission from Popular
684
Electronics, :J/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 51-9. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Im~., 1992. Eledronks, 2/92, p. 90. (c) Copyright Gemshack
Publi~ations, In~., 1992.
Fig. fi0-1. Reprinted with permission from pg Hobby- Fig. 51- ll. William Sheets.
ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 79-80. (c) Copyright Fig. 51-12. William Sheets.
Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1991. Fig. 51-13. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 50-2. Reprinted with permission from PB Hobby- Eledronics, 3/93, p. 43. (e) Copyright Gernshack
ist Handbook, 1990, pp. 45-47. (c) Copyright Publications, Inc., 1993.
Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1990. Fig. 51-14. William Sheets.
Fig. 50-3. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 51-15. William Sheets.
Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 64.
Fig. 50-4. Reprinted with perrnission from 303 Cir- Chapter 52
cuits, p. 238. Fig. G2-l. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Fig. fi0-5. Reprinted with permission from Ekctronics ist Handbook, pp. 9:3-D4.
Design, 5/92, p. 9:3. Fig. G2-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 50-6. Heprinted with pemUssion from Radio-Elec- !electronics, G/92, p. :3:3. (c) Copyright Gemsback
tronics, 7/90, p. 65. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 50-7. Reprinted with permission from PE Hohhy- Chapter 53
ist Handbook, 1991, p. 82. (C) Copyright Gems- Fig. 5:3-1. Heprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc., 1991. mectronics, 12/91, p. 22. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 50-8. He printed \\lith permission from Radio-Elec- Publications, Inc., 1991.
tronics, 7/90, p. 64. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Fig. 53-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
lications, Inc., 1990. Electronics, 12/91, p. 18. (~)Copyright Gernsback
Publi~ations, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 50-R Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
cuits, p. 251.
Fig. 50-10. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Chapter 54
Fig. G4-1. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Design, 21[):3, p. 83.
Fig. 54-2. Hcprintcd with permission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 50-11. Reprinted with perrnis.sion from Elektor
Radio Today, 111[)2, p. !34.
Fig. 54-:3. Hcprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 50-12. Reprinted with permission from Hadio-
Electronics, Fact Card 258. (c) Copyright Gems-
Elcctronics, 10/89, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Chapter 55
Design, 5/92, p. 93.
Fig. 55-1. Reprinted \\ith pennission from Radio-Elec-
Fig. 50-14. Reprinted with perrnission from 003 Cir- tronics, 12/91, pp. 31-36. (c) Copyright Gemshack
cuits, p. 63.
Fig. 55-2. Reprinted vvith permission from Radio-Elec-
Chapter 51 tronics, 12/91, p. 48. (c) Copyright Gemshack
Electronics, 8/92, p. 7:3. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 51-2. William Sheets. Electronics, 2/92, pp. 53-54. (~) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 51-3. William Sheets. ba~k Publieat.ions, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 51-4. William Sheets. Fig. 55~5. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 51-5. William Sheets. imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 39.
Fig. 51-6. William Sheets. Fig. GG-G. He printed with perrnission from Hadio-Elec-
Fig. 51'7. William Sheets. tronics, 5/92, p. 52. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
Fig. 51-8. William Sheets. lications, Inc., 1992.
685
Fig. 55-7. Reprinted with permission from Electronics 81cctronics, Fact Card 221. (c) Copyright Gents-
Now, 7m8, p. 40. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica- back Publications, Inc.
tions) Inc.) 1UU:J. Fig. fifi-28. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 55-8. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- Electronics, ll/9:3, p. 42. (c) Copyright fiernshack
tronics) 8/8G) p. 42. (r:) Copyright Gemsback Pub- Publications, Inc., 1993.
lications, Inc.) 1986. Fig. 55-29. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 55-9. Reprinted with pemtission from Popular Electronics, 9/93, p. 45. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 4/92, p. 53. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Publications,--Inr:., 1998.
Pnhlkations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 55-30. Reprinted \\lith perni.ission from 30:3 Cir-
Fig. 55-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular r:uit.s, p. 187.
Electronics, 12/91, p. 26. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 55-31. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
Publications, 1nc.) Hll)L teur Radio Today, 5/92, p. 62.
Fig. 55-ll. Reprinted with pennission from Popular Fig. 55-32. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Electronics, 9/92) p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernshar:k ics Now, 8/93, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub-
Publicalions, Inc., 1992. lications) Inc., 199:3.
Fig. 55-12. William Sheets. Fig. 55-33. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 55~13. Reprinted with permission from H-E Ex- Electronics, 11/91, p. 18. (c) Copyright fiemsback
perimenters Handbook, 1989, p. 101. Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 55-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 55-:34. ReprintP-d with permission from R-E Ex-
Eler:tronir:s, 3/93, p. 42. (c) Copyright GernsLack perimenters Handbook, 1989, pp. 156-157.
Publications) Inc., 1993. Fig. 55-8f.i. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 55-15. William Sheets. Electronics, :J/9:3, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gems back
Fig. 55-16. Heprinted with permission from Electron- Publications, Inc., 1993.
ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 90. Fig. 55-:Jo. Reprinted with permission from R-E Ex-
Fig. 55-17. Reprinted with permission from Electronic perimenters Handbook, 1992, p. 31.
Design, 4/93, p. 94. Fig. 55-37. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 55-18. Heprintcd with permission from Radio- Design, 5/92, p. 92.
Electronics, 12/91, p. 51. (c) Copyright Gemsback Fig. 55-38. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc:., HHH. Electronics, 9/92, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 55-19. Reprinted with permission from Popular Publications, Inc:., 1992.
Electronics, 5/92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 55-39. Reprinted with permission from 7:3 Ama-
Publications) Inc.) 1992. teur Radio Today, 1/92, p. 38.
Fig. 55-20. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir- Fig. 55-40. Reprinted with permission from-Popular
cuits) p. 308. Electronics, 8/98, p. 42. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 55-21. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Publications, Inc., 1993.
ics Now, 12/92, p. 64. (c) Copyright ficrnshack Fig. 55-41. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
PuLlications, Inc., 1992. cuits, p. 248.
Fig. 55-22. Wilham Sheets. Fig. 50-42. William Sheets.
Fig. 55-23. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 55-43. Heprinted with permission from PE Hoh-
Blectronir:s, :1/98, p. 42. (c) Copyright. Gemsback byist Handbook, 1991, p. 14. (c) Copyright Gems-
Publications, Inc., 199;3. back Publications, Inc., 1991.
Electronics, Fact Card 110. (c) Copyright. Gems- Fig. 55-45. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Lack Publications, Inc. Design, 3/93.
Fig. 55-25. Reprinted with permission from Eler:tronk Fig. f.i5-46. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Design, 4/93, p. 56. Electronics, 9/93, p. 46. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 55-2G. Reprinted with permission from Popular PuLlications, Inc., 1993.
Electronics, Fact Card 221. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 55-47. Hcprintcd with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc. Electrorrics, Fact Card, 198. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 55-27. Reprinted with permission from Popular back Publications, Inc.
686
Fig. 55-48. Reprinled with perrnir:)sion from Popular Fig. 57-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card, 221. (c) Copyright Cl-erns- Eler.tronics, 12/92, p. 70. (~)Copyright Gernsback
La~k PuLli~atioiLs, Inc. Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 55-49. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular Fig. 57-15. Reprinted with permission from 70 Ama-
Electronics, :J/9:3, p. 7:3. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback teur Radio Today, 8/92, p. 48.
Publicalions, In~., 1993. Fig. 57-16. Reprinted with permission from Maxim
Enp;ineerir~ .Journal, Volume 4, pp. 11-12.
Fig. 57-17. Reprinted with permission from Radio-
Chapter 56 Electronics, 10/89, p. 13. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 56-1. Heprintcd vvith permission from 303 Cir-
cuits, pp. 249-250.
Fig. 57-18. Reprinted with permission from Elektor
Fig. 56-2. Heprintcd vvtth permission from Popular
J<;Jectronics, 3/92, p.20.
Electronics, Fact Card 223. (c.) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 56-3. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
ist Handbook, 1001, pp. 71-72. (c) Copyright
Fig. fi7 -20. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Gems back Publications, Inc., 1991.
back PubliLations, lite.
Chapter 57 Fig. 57-21. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 57-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, Fact Card 25.9. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 12/92, pp. 53-[J4. (c) Copyright Clcrns- back Publications, Inc.
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 57-22. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 57-2. Reprinted 'With permission from Eler.tronks !Cicctronics, 11/93, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Hobbyist Handbook, 1992, p. 93. Publications, Inc., 1990.
Fig. 57-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 57-2:3. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
Electronics, 3/93, p. :36. (c) Copyright Gernsback teur Radio Today, 3/92, p. 8.
Publications, Inc., 199:i. Fig. fi7 -24. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 57-4. Reprinted with permissio-n from Popular Design, 4JU:3, p. 00.
Electrortics, I 0/92, pp. 39-40. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 57-25. Reprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc., 1992. ~:Jcctronics, 11/91, p. 18. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 57-G. Reprinted \vith permission from 303 Cir- Fig. G7-20. Reprinted with permission from Popula-r
cuits, p 265. Electronics, 11/91, p. 18. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 57-7. Reprinted wit.h permission from Popular Puhlir.ations, Inc., 1991.
Electronics, 11/9:3, p. 55. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 57-27. Reprinted With permission from Electronic
Puh\kations, Inc.., 1993. Design, 7/92, p. 59.
Fig. 57-8. Reprinted v..rith permission from H-E Exper- Fig. 57-28. Reprinted with peml.ission from Popular
imenters Handbook, 1989, pp. 38-39. Electronics, G/93, p. "GG. (c) Copyright Gemshack
Fig. 57-9. Reprinted with permission front Hadio-Elcc- Publications, Inc., 1993.
tronics, 1/92, p. 82. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Fig. 57-20. Reprinted with permission from "Electronic
lications, Inc., 1992. Design, 10/93, p. 74.
Fig. 57-10. Reprinted with permission from Elec- Fig. 57-:30. lkp1intcd with permission from 73 Ama-
tronic Engineering, 11/89, PJL 21-22. teur Radio Today, 4/89, p. 87.
Fig. 57-11. Reprinted with permission from H-E Ex- Fig. 57-31. William Sheets.
perimenters Handbook, pp. 118-120. Fig. 57-32. Reprinted with perntission from Popular
Fig. 57-12. He printed with permission from Electronic !Clcctronics, 9/02, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Design, 8/92, p. 70. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 57-13. Heprint(:d with permission from Electron- Fig. 57-33. Reprinted with permission from Precision
ics Now, 7/92, p. 10. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Monolitltics Inc., 1981. Full Line Catalog, pp. 6-59.
lications, lnc., 1992. Fig. 57-34. William Sheets.
687
Fig. 57-35. Reprinted vvith permission from Linear Publications, Inc., 1993.
Databook, 1986, pp. 812. Fig. 60-4. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 57-30. Heprintcd with permission from QST, :J/89, imenters Handbook, p.41.
p. 36.
Fig. 57-37. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama- Chapter 61
teur Radio Today, 2/93, p. 46. (c) Copyright Gems Fig. 61-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular
hack Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, Fact Card 198. (c) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 57-38. Reprinted with pemlission from 73 Ama- back Publications, Inc.
teur lladio Today, 2/93, p. 48. (c) Copyright Gems Fig. 61-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, W92, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 57-39. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Publications, Inc., 1992.
ics Now, 10/92, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 61-3. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Publications, Inc., 1992. ist Handbook, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub
F'ig. 57-40. Reprinted with pernlission from Electronic lications, Inc.
Design, 5/92, p. 94.
Fig. 5741. William Sheets. Chapter 62
Fig. 57 42. Reprinted with permission from QST, 3/89, Fig. 62-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular
p.35. Electronics, 10/93, p. :31. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 57-43. Reprinted vvith pe:rrrlission from 73 Ama- Puhlicat.ions, Inc., 199:3.
teur Radio Today, 2/93, p. 46.
Fig. 57-44. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular Chapter 63
Electronics, 3/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gemsback Fig. 63-1. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
Publications, Inc., 1992. tronics, 7/90, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gemshack Pub
Chapter 58 Fig. 6:3-2. Heprintcd with permission from Radio-Elec-
Fig. 58-1. Reprinted with permission from Silicon tronics, 2/92, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gerns!Jack Pub
Chip, p. 56. lications, htc., 1992.
Fig. 58-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 6::1-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Now, 10/93, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gcmshack Puhli Electronics, 6/93, p. 73.
cations, Inc., 1993. Fig. 6:3-4. Reprinted with permission from Apex Mi-
Fig. 58-3. William Sheets. crotcchnology Corporation.
Fig. 584. William Sheets. Fig. 6:3-5. Heprintcd with permission from Popular
Fig. 58-5. Reprinted ~ith permission from Popular Electronics, ~/92, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Electronics, Fact Card 264. (c) Copyright Gems Publications, Inc., 1992.
hack Publications, Inc. Fig. 63-6. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
Electronics, 6/93, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gcmsback
Fig. 59-1. Reprinted with permission from RF Design,
3/93, pp. 92.93. Chapter 64
Fig. 59-2. William Sheets. Fig. 641. William Sheets.
Fig. 59-3. Reprinted with permission from HF Design,
3/9:3, p. 92. Chapter 65
Chapter 60 Fig. 6f.i-2. William Sheets.
Fig. 60-1. Reprinted with permission from Silicon Fig. 65-3. William Sheets.
Chip, p. 46. Fig. 654. William Sheets.
Fig. 60-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 655. William Sheets.
Electronics, 10/92, pp. 3132. (c) Copyright Gerns Fig. 656. William Sheets.
back Publications, Inc., 1!JD2. Fig. 65-7. William Sheets .
.F'ig. 60-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 65-8. Reprinted with pernlission from Popular
Electronics, 10/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, Fact Card 259. (c) Copyright Gerns-
688
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 69-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 65-9. Reprinted with perrnit:sion from Electronics Design, 3/89, p. 100.
Now, 10/92, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Fig. 69-G. William Sheets.
cations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 69-6. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 65-10. Heprinted with permission from Popular Design, 1193, p. 63.
Electronics, Fact Card 268. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 69-7. Reprinted with perrnission from Maxim En-
back Publications, Inc. gineering .Journal, Volume 3, p. 17.
Fig. 69-8. Reprinted with permission from Maxim En-
Chapter 66 gineering Journal, Volume 3, p. 28.
Fig. 66-1. Heprinted with permission from Electronics
Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 17. Chapter 70
Fig. 66-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 70-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Now, 6/93, p. 47. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica- Electronics, 3/93, p. 45. (c) Copyright Gernsback
tions, Inc., 1993. Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 66-3. Heprinted with permission from Elektor Fig. 70-2. Reprinted vvith permission from Electronic
Electronics, 3/92, p. 15. Engineering, 8/93, p. 18.
Fig. 66-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Fig. 70~3. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Now, 11/92, p. 63. (C) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Electronics, 10/92, pp. 55-56. (c) Copyright Gems-
cations, Inc., 1992. hack Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 66-5. Reprinted with perrnission from Elektor Fig. 70-4. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Electronics, 3/92, p. 14. Electronics, 10/92, p. 56. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 66-6. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- Publications, Inc., 1992.
tronics, 7/90, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Pub- Fig. 70-5. William Sheets.
lications, Inc:., 1990. Fig. 70-6. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 66-7. Reprinted with perrnissimt from Radio-Elec- Electronics, 9/93, p. 76. (c) Copyright Gemsback
tronics, 3/92, p. 77. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pub- Publications, Inc., 1993.
lications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 70-7. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Now, 11/92, p. 14. (c) Copyright Gemshack Publi-
Chapter 67 cations, Inc,_, 1992.
Fig. 67-1. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir- Fig. 70-8. William Sheets.
cuits, p. 312.
Chapter 71
Chapter 68 Fig. 71-1. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 68-1. Reprinted vvith pennission from Popular Radio Today, 2/93, p. 48.
Electronics, Fact Card 242. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 71-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc. Electronics, Fact Card 229. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 68-2. Reprinted with permission !rom 73 Amateur back Publications, Inc.
Radio Today, 11/92, p. 12. Fig. 71-3. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Fig. 68-3. Reprinted with perrnission from 73 Amateur Electronics, Fact Card 230. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 68-4. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur Fig. 71-4. Reprinted vvith permission from QST, 2/89,
pp. 3:1-35.
Electronics, ll/91, p. 21. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Chapter 69
Design, 1/93, p. 116.
tronics, 12/91, p. 12. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 69-2. Reprinted with pennission from Electronic
Design, 4/93, p. 93.
r'ig. 71-8. William Sheets.
689
Fig. 71-11. Heprintcd with permission from 303 Cir- ist llandbook, 1991, pp. f>9-70. (c) Copyright
cuits, p. 323. Gernsback Publications, Inc., 1991.
__ Fig. 71-12. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
teur Radio Today, 7/U2, p. 59. Chapter 74
Electronics, 2/92, pp. 2~-8!. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 74-2. William Sheets.
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 74-:i. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 71-14. Hcprinted with permission from Popular Design, 1/9:3, p. 112. (c) Copyright. Gernsback Pub-
Electronics, 12/93, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback lications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 71-15. Reprinted with permission from Popular Chapter 75
Electronics, 12/98, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 75-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby-
Publications, Inc., 199:3. ist Handbook, 1992, p. 41. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 71-16. William Sheets. back Publications, Tnc., 1992.
Fig. 71-17. Reprinted -with permission from Popular Fig. 75-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, Fact Card 260. (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, Fact Card 198. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Tnc. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 71-18. William Sheets. Fig. 75-3. Heprintcd with permission from Popular
Fig. 71-19. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, 4/92, p. 31. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 8/93, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publications, Ine., 1992.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 75-4. Heprintcd \Vith permission from Electronics
Fig. 71-20. Reprinted \Vith permission from Popular Now, 11/92, p. :32. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publi-
Electronics, 12/93, p. 68. (c) Copyright Gernsback cations, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc., 199:3. F'ig. 75-5. Heprintcd wit.h pP.rmission from PE Hobby-
Fig. 71-21. Reprinted wit.lt permission from Popular ist Handbook, 1991, p. 38. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 11/91, p. 21. (c) Copyright. Gemsback back Publications, Inc., 1991.
Publications, Inc., 1991. Fig. 75-6. Heprintcd with permission from PE Hobby-
Fig. 71-22. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular ist Handbook, 1991, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 12/9:3, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gemsback hack Publications, Inc., 1991.
Puhlkations, Inc., 1993. J-<'ig. 75-7. Reprinted with permission from FE Hobby-
ist llandbook, 1991, p. G4. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Inc., 1991. .
Chapter 72 Pig. 70-B. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 72-1. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- Electronics, Fact Card 1~8. (c) Copyright Gems-
tronics, 6/92, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gemshaek Pub- back Publications, Inc.
lications, Ine., 1992.
Fig. 72-2. Heprintcd with permission from Popular Chapter 76
Electrorrics, 12/91, p. 77. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 76-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1991. Electronics, 5/92, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 72-4. William Sheets. Pig. 76-2. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular
Fig. 72-5. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Electronics, 5/92, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gentsback
Now, 7/92, p. 88. (c) Copyright GernsbackPublica- Publications, Inc., 1992.
tions, Inc., 1992. Fig. 76-:3. Heprinted with perrnission from Apex Mi-
erotedmology Corporation.
Chapter 73 Fig. 76-4. Reprinted with permission from Apex Mi-
Fig. 7:3-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- crot.echnology Corporation.
ist Handbook, 1992, p. 61. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 76-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, 5/9~, p. 60. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 73-2. Reprinted with permission from PE Hohhy- Publications, Inc., 1992.
690
Chapter 77 Fig. 78-12. Reprinted with pemlission from Popular
Fig. 77-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- Jo;Jectronics, 5/92, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gernsback
ist Handbook, 1990, p. 92. (c) Copyright Gems- Publications, lnc., 1992.
back Publications, Inc., 1990. Fig. 78-13. Heprinted with pem1ission from FE Hob-
Fig. 77-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular byist Handbook, 1UU:J, p. 93. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 6/9:1, p. 77. (c) Copyright Gernsback back Publications, lnc., 1993.
Publications, Inc., HHJ;J. Fig. 78-14. William Sheets.
Fig. 77-3. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur Fig. 78-15. lleprinted with permission from PE Hob-
Radio Today, 7/02, p. 62. byist Handbook, 1991. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 77-4. Hcprinted with perrri.ission from Popular Publications, Inc., 1991.
Electronics, 6/93, p. 77. (c) Copyright Gernsbaek Fig. 78-16. Reprinted with pernlission from PE Hob-
Publications, Inc., 1993. byist Handbook, 1991, pp. 28-29. (c) Covyright
Fig. 77-5. Reprinted "With permission from 7:3 Amateur Gernsback Publi~ations, In~., 1991.
Radio Today, 7/92, p. 62. Fig. 78-17. Reprinted "With permission from Popular
Fig. 77-6. Reprinted with p;:~rmission from Rlcktor Electronics, 11/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright. Gernsback
Publi~alions, In~., 1993.
Fig. 77-7. Reprinted with penn.lsslon .from Popular Fig. 78-18. Reprinted with permission from Silicon
Electronics, 7/93, p. 76. (c) Copyright Gernsback Chiv, w. 63-64.
Fig. 78-19. Reprinted with permission from Maxim
Publications, Tnc., 1993.
Engineering .Joumal, Volume 4, p. 19
Design, 6/9:3, p. 76. Fig. 78-20. Reprinted with permission from National
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Issue #5.
Fig. 78-21. Reprinted with permission from National
Chapter 78
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Issue #5.
Fig. 78-1. Hcprintcd "With permission from Electronics
Fig. 78-22. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
Now, 10/93, v. 53. (c) Copyright Gernsbaek Publi-
teur Hadio Today, 3/92, p. 54.
cations, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 78-2:3. Heprinted with pemlission from Popular
Fig. 78-2. He printed with permission from R-E Exper-
Jo;Jectronics, 1/92, p. 37. (c) Copyright Gernsback
imenters Handbook, p. 60.
Fig. 78-24. Heprinted with pemlission from Popular
Design, 2/93, p. 71.
Blectronics, li/U3, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 78-4. Heprinted with permission from Maxim En- Publications, lnc., 199;3.
gineering Journal, Volume 3, p. 16. Fig. 78-25. Reprinted with pemlission from Silicon.
Fig. 78-fl. Reprinted with permission from Linear Chip, p. 10.
Technology, Design Note 72. Fig. 78-26. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 78-6. Reprinted with permission from Popular Design, 2/93, p. 72.
Electronics, 6/93, p. 48. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Fig. 78-27. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Publications, Inc., 1993. Design, 8/93, p. 84.
Fig. 78-7. Reprinted "With permission from Popular Fig. 78-28. Reprinted with permission from Linear
Electronics, 3/92, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Tedmology, Design Note 68.
Publications, lnc., 1992. Fig. 78-29. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 78-8. Reprinted with permission-from Popular Electroni~s, Facl Card 260. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 6/9:1, p 77. (c) Copyright (;ernsback ba~k Publi~ations, In~.
Publications, Inc., 199:3. Fig. 78-30. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
Fig. 78-9. Heprinted with permission from :303 Cir- Electronics, ll/93, v. 54.
cuits, p. 283. Fig. 78-31. Reprinted vvit.h permission from Popular
Fig. 78-10. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Eleet.ronics, 8/98, p. 88. (c) Copyright Gernsback
ics Now, 12/92, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gernsback Pnblirat.ions, Inc., 1993.
Publi~ations, In~ . 1992. Fig. 78-32. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 78-11. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama- Electronics, 3/93, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gemsback
teur Radio Today, 7/92, p. 60. Publications, Inc., 199:3.
691
Fig. 78-33. Reprinted with permission from PE Hob- Publications, Inc:., 1993.
byist Handbook, 1993, p. 61. (c) Copyright. Gems- Fig. 80-12. Reprinted with permission from Silicon
back Publications, Inc., 1993. Chip, p. 64.
Fig. 78-34. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Fig. 80-1:3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Design, 2/93, pp. 7ii-76. Electrorrics, 9/93, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
Fig. 78-35. Reprinted with pe1111ission from Electron- Publications, Inc., 1993.
ics Now, 10/93, p. 54. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
Publications, Inc., 1993. Chapter 81
Fig. 78-36. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Fig. Rl-1. Reprinted with pennission from PE Hobby-
Design, 4/93, p. 54. ist Handbook, 1991, pp. 85-86. (c) Copyright
Fig. 78-37. Reprinted with permission from National Gernsback PubliLations, Inc., 1991.
Semiconductor, Linear Edge, Spring 1992. Fig. 81-2. Heprintcd with permission from Popular
Electrorrics, Fact Card 270. (c) Copyright Gems-
Chapter 79 back Publications, Inc.
Electrorrics, 9/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Chapter 82
Fig. 79-2. Heprinted 'With permission from Popular Fig. 82-2. William Sheets.
Electronics, 11/91, p. 22. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 82-3. Reprinted with permission from PE Hohby-
Puhlications, Inc., 1991. ists Handbook, 1990, p. 120. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, Inc., 1990.
Chapter 80 Fig. 82-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Fig. 80-1. Reprinted with pennission from Popular Design 1/93, p. 61.
Electrorrics, .3/92, p. 42. (c) Copyright Gems back . Fig. 82-.5. William Sheets.
Fig. 80-2. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- Fig. 82-7. William Sheets.
tronics, 12/91, p. 63. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Publications, Inc., 1991. Chapter 83
Fig. 80-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular F'ig. 83-1. Reprinted with permission front 73 Amateur
Electronics, 9/93, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gernsback Radio Today, 10/91, p. 8.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 83-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
Fig. 80-4. Reprinted with perrrdssion from Elektor Now, 10/92, p. 37. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi-
Electronics, 12/91, p. 73. cations, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 80-5. Heprintcd with permission from Elektor Fig. 83-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, 12/91, p. 72. Electronics, 10/93, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 80-6. Reprinted with permission from Elektor Publications, Inc., 199:3.
Electronics, 12/91, p. 85. Fig. 83-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 80-7. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Electronics, 8/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Now, 12m2, p. 45. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- Publications, lnc., 1993.
cations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 83-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 80-8. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Electronics, 8/93, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Design, 7/93, p. 87. Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 80-9. Reprinted wiLh permission from Popular Fig. 83-6. Reprinted with permission from Integrated
Electrorrics, 9/9:3, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback Circuits Data Book, 3/85, pp. 5-16.
Fig. 80-10. Reprinted with permission from Electron- Electrorrics, 3/93, p. 79. (c) Copyright Gernsback
ics Now, 12/92, p. 46. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1993.
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 83-8. Reprinted with perrnission from 73 Amateur
Fig. 80-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular Radio Today, 8/93, p. 32.
Electronics, 10/93, p. 73. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 83-9. Reprinted with permission from Popular
692
Electronics, 6/92, p. 55. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, 6/93, p. 56. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 83-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. R6-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, 8/93, p. 32. (c) Copyright Gernsback !Clectronics, Fact Card 225. (c) Copyright Gems-
Publications, Inc., 199:l back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 83-11.lleprinted with permission from QST, 2/89, Fig. 86-4. William Sheets.
p. 34. Fig. 86-G. Reprinted with permission from H-E Exper-
Fig. 83-12. Reprinted with permission from Popular imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 156.
Electronics, 6/92, p. 57. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 86-6. Reprinted with permission from Practical
Publications, Inc., 1992. Wireless, 6/91, p. 34.
Fig. 86-7. Reprinted with permission from R-E Ex-
Chapter 84 perimenters Handbook, p. 33.
Fig. 84-1. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Fig. 86-8. Hcprintcd with permission from Electronic
Design, 8/92, p. 69. Design, 6/93, p. 83.
Fig. 84-2. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec- Fig. 86-9. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
tronics, 5/92, p. 47. (c) Copyright. Gemsback Pub- Radio Today, 5/90, p. 78.
lications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 86-10. Jleprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
Fig. 84-3. William Sheets. teur Radio Today, 5/90, p. 78.
Fig. 84-4. Reprinted 1.Vl.th permission from Electronics Fig. 86-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Now, 3/93, p. 69. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publica- Electronics, Fact Card 241. (c) Copyright Gems-
tions, Inc., 1993. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 84-5. William Sheets. Fig. 86-12. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
teur Radio Today, 11/91, pp. 52-56. (c) Copyright
Chapter 85 Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1991.
Fig. 85-1. Reprinted with pP.rmission from Electronics Fig. 86-13. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama-
Now, 11/92, p. 53. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publi- teur Hadio Today, 10/92, p. 20.
cations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 86-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 85-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronics Eleclronics, 11193, p. 81. (c) Copyright Gernshack
Now, 11/92, p. 54. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publi- Publications, Inc., 1993.
cations, Inc., 1992. Fig. 86-15. Reprinted with pemtission from 73 Ama-
r1g. 85-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular teur Radio, 5/90, p. 78.
Electronics, 8/93, p. 56. (c.) Copyright Gernshack Fig. 86---16. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1993. !Clectronics, 8/9:3, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 85-4. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper- Publications, II1c., 1993.
imenters Handbook, 1991, p. 30. Fig. B6-17. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 85-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular !Clectronics, Fact Card 262. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 3/93, p. 45. (c) Copyright Gernsback back Publications, Inc.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 86-1B. RPprintcd with permission from 73 Ama-
Fig. 85-{3. Reprinted ffith permission from Popular teur Hadio) 5/90) p. 77.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, 8/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Fig. 85-7. Reprinted with permission from Popular Publications, Tnc., 1993.
Electronics, 3/93, p. 45. (c) Copyright. Gemsback Fig. 86-20. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, :3/9~3, p. 47. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Chapter 86 Fig. 86-21. Hcprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 86-1. Heprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, 9/93, p. 83. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 86-22. Reprinted with perrnission from 73 Arna-
Fig. 86-2. Heprinted with permission from Popular teur Radio Today, 2/9:3, p. 60.
693
Fig. 86-2:3. William Sheets. back Publications, Inc.
Fig. 86-24. Reprinted with permission from 73 .Ama- Fig. 91-4. Reprinted with permission from Electronics
teur Radio Today, 5/90, p. 31. Now, 6/93, p. 14. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica-
Fig .. 86-25. Reprinted with permission from Popular tions, Tnc., 1993.
Electronics, 6/93, p. 54. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 91-5. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, Fact Card 256. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 86-26. William Sheets. back Publications, Inc.
Chapter 87 imenters Handbook, 1989, p. 160.
Fig. 87-1. Reprinted with permission from QST, 6/91, Fig. 91-7. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
p. 18. Design, 10/93, p. 74.
Fig. 87-2. Reprinted with permission from 73 Amateur Fig. 91-8. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Radio Today, 7/92, p. 80. Electronics, 11/91, p. 22. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 87-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular Publications, Inc.) 1991.
Electronics, 6/92, p. 56. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 91-9. Reprinted with pennission from Maxim En-
Publications, Inc., 1992. gineering Journal, VoL 4, p. 15.
Fig. 87-4. Heprinted with permission from 73 Amateur
Radio Today, 3/92, p. 16. Chapter 92
Fig. 87-5. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 92-1. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Electronics, 7/93, p. 80. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback imenters Handbook, 1992, p. 98.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 92-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronic
Design, 6/93, p. 82.
Chapter 88 Fig. 92-:3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 88-1. Reprinted vvith permission from Popular Electronics, 10/92, p. 58. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 11/93, p. 78. (c) Copyright. Gemsback Publications, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc., 199:3. F'ig. 92-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 88-2. Reprinted with permission from Maxim Electronics, Fact Card 201. (c) Copyright Gems-
Journal, Vol. 3., p. 22. back Publications, Inc.
Chapter 89 Radio Today, 11/91, p. II.
Fig. 89-1. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- Fig. 92-6. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
ist Handbook, 1990, p. 21. (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, 6/98, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gemsb,.ck
back Publications) Inc.) 1990. Publications) Inc., 1993.
Fig. 92-7. Reprinted with permisSion from Radio-Elec-
Chapter 90 tronics, 1/92, p. 12.
Fig. 90-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 92-8. Heprinted with permission from Pop1llar
Electmnics, 5/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, Fact Card 255. (c) Copyright Gems-
Publications, Tnc., 1992. back Pnhlkations, Inc.
Electronics, 5/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, 6/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 92-10. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Chapter 91 ics Now, 12/93, p. :19. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 91~1. Reprinted with pennission from Electronic Publications, Inc., 1993.
Design, 11/92, p. 62. Fig. 92-11. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
Fig. 91-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular cuits.
Electronics, 12/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Genlsback
Publications, Tnc., 199:3. Chapter 93
Eleclronics, Fact. Card 256. (c) Copyright Gerns- Electronics, 1/92, p. 43. (c) Copyright Gemsback
694
Publications) Inc., 1992. Publications, Inc., 1998.
Fig. 93-2. Reprinted with permission from Electronic Fig. 95-2. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
Design, 8/93, p. 81. Electronics, 3/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 93-4. William Sheets. Fig. 9G-8. Reprinted with pennission from Poplilar
Fig. 93-5. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular Electronics, 3/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gcmsback
Electronics, 12/91, p. Rl. (c) Copyright Gemsback PuOlkations, Inc., 1993.
Publications) Inc.) 1991.
Fig. 93-6. William Sheets. Chapter 96
Fig. 93-7. William Sheets. Fig. 96-1. Reprinted with permission from Radio-Elec-
Fig. 93-8. Reprinted with permission from PE Hobby- tronics, 6/92, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Pub-
ist, 1991, p. 77. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publica- lkations, lnL., 1992.
tions) InL., 1991. Fig. 96-2. Reprinted with permission from R-E Exper-
Fig. 93-9. William Sheets. imenters Handbook, 1989, pp. 12-15.
Fig. 93-10. William Sheets. Fig. 96-3. Reprinted with pennission from Electronics
Fig. 93-11. Reprinted with permission from Popular Now, 7/92, p. 33. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica-
Electronics, 2/92, p. 67. (c) Copyright Gernsback tions, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc.) 1992. Fig. 96-4. Heprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 93-12. Heprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, Fact Card 261. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 2/92, p. 66. (c) Copyright Gernsback back Publications, Inc.
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 96-5. Heprinted with pennission from 303 Cir-
Fig. 93-13. Heprintcd with permission from R-E Ex- cuits, p. 49.
perimenters Handbook, 1989, p. 155. Fig. 96-fi. Reprinted with permission from Eledronks
Fig. 93-14. Reprinted with permission from National Now, 3/U3, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gemsback Publica-
Semiconductor, Linear Applications Handbook. tions, IItL., 1993.
Fig. 93-15. Reprinted with permission from R-E Ex- Fig. 96-7. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
perimenters Handbook, 1989, p. 161. cuits) p. 41.
Fig. 93-16. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir- Fig. 96-8. Reprinted with permission from Popular
cuits, p. 257 (#221). Electronics, Fact Card 261. (L) Copyright Gents-
Chapter 94 Fig. 96-U. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 94-1. Reprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, Fact Card 241. (c) Copyright Gema-
Electronics) Fact Card 223. (c) Copyright Germ;- back Publications, Inc.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 96-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 94-2. William Sheets. Electronics, Fact Card 262. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 94-:3. Reprinted With permission from Popular back Publications, Inc.
baLk Publkations, InL. Chapter 97
Fig. 94-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 97-1. Hcprintcd with permission from Radio-Elec-
Electronics, Fact Card 24:3. (c) Copyright Gems- tronics, 12/90, pp. 72-73.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 97-2. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
Fig. 94-5. William Sheets. Electronics, 6/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 94-7. Heprinted with pennission from Popular F_ig. 97-3. Reprinted with perrnission from National
Electronics, Fact Card 263. (c) Copyright Gems- Semiconductor) Linear Edge, Summer 1992.
back Publications, Inc. Fig. 97-4. Hcprintcd with permission from Popular
Electronics, 12/92, p. 32. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 95-1. Reprinted with pennission from Popular Fig. 97-5. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
~Electronics, 3/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gernsback Electronics, 9/93, p. 70. (c) Copyright. Gems back
o95
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 100-6. Reprinted with pennission from Popular
Fig. 97-6. Reptinted with permission from Popular Eleclrorrics, 9/92, pp. 38-40. (c) Copyright Gems-
Electronics, 6/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback hack Puhlir.ations, Inc., 1992.
Publications, Inc., 1993. Fig. 100-7. Hcprintcd with permission from 808 Cir-
Fig. 97-7. Reprinted with permission from Popular cuits, 226, p. 26:3.
Publications, lnc., 1DD3. Electronics, B/92, p. 76. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 97-8. Reprinted with permission from Maxim En- Publications, Inc., 1DD2.
gineering Journal, Vol. 4. p. 10. Fig. 100-9. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig:97-D. Heprinted "With permission from Electronics Electronics, 9192, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Now, 6/93, p. 14. (c) Copyright Gernsback Publica- Publications, lnc., 1992.
tions, Inc. Fig. 100-10. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 97-10. H.eprinted with permission from Popular Electronics, 12/91, p. 53. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Publications, Inc., 1991. Fig. 100-11. Reprinted with pennission from Hadio-
Fig. 97-11. Reprinted with pP.rmission from Popular Eleclrorrics, 1/93, p. 43. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Publications, II1c., 1993. Fig. 100-12. Heprintcd with permission from Elec-
Fig. 97-12. RP.printP.d with permission from Popular tronics Hobbyist Handbook, 199:3, p. 26.
Electronics, 9/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Fig. 100-13. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, 9/9:3, p. 33. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 97- Ll Reprinted v..ith permission from Popular Publications, Inc., 199:3.
Electronics, 6/93, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Fig. 100-14. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1993. Electronics, 11/93, p. :38. (c) Copyright Gemsback
PublicatiOns, Inc., 1993.
Chapter 98 Fig. 100-15. Reprinted with permission from Elec-
Fig. 98-1. Reprinted with penn.lssion from Radio-Elec- tronic Design, 8/93, p. 86.
tronics, 6/90, p. 71. Fig. 100-16. Reprinted with permission from Elec-
Fig. 98-2. Reprinted with permission from Radio-ElP.c- tronics Now, 5/93, p. 47. (c) Copyright Gernsback
tronics, 6/90, p. 71. Publications, Inc:., 1993.
Fig. 100-17. Heprintcd "With permission from Silicon
Chapter 99 Chip, p. 62. .
Fig. 99-1. Heprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 100-18. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, 7/92, pp. 60-61. (c) Copyright Gems- Electronics, 12/9:3, p. 62. (c) Copyright Gemshack
back Publications, Inc., 1992. Publications, Inc., 1993.
Fig. 99-2. William Sheets. Fig. 100-19. Reprinted with permission from Radio-
Electronics, 3/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 100-1. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Fig. 100-20. Reprinted with perrnission from Radio-
Electronics, 7/90, p. 8. Electronics, 2/92, p. 81. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 100-2. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Publications, Inc., 1992.
Electronics, I 0/89, p. 8. Fig. 100-21. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 100-3. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Electronics, 2/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 11/91, p. 59. Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 100-4. Reprinted v..ith permission from Popular Fig. 100-22. Reprinted with permission from Elec-
Electronics, 4/92, p. 38. (c) Copyright Gems back tronics Now, 11/92, p. 45. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Publications, Inc., 1992. Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 100-""5. Reprinted with permission from Popular Fig. 100-23. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Electronics, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Publi- Electronics, 7/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gemsback
calions, Inc. Publications, 1nc., 1992.
696
Fig. 100-24. Reprinted with permission from Popular F'ig. 10:3-2. Reprinted vvi.t.h permission from 73 Ama-
Electronics, 11/92, p. 72. (c) Copyright Gernsback teur Radio, 7/88, p. 14.
Publications, Inc.., 1992.
Chapter 104
Chapter 101 Fig. 104-1. Reprinted. lNith permission from Electron-
Fig. 101-1. Reprinted. lNith perrnission from Electronic ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1998, p. 101.
Design, 5/92, p. 94. Fig. 104-2. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Fig. 101-2. Reprinted with permission from :303 Cir- ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 101.
cuits, #229, pp. 264-265. F'ig. 104-:3. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
Fig. 101-3. Reprinted v.i.th permission from EleLtroniL ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 100.
Design, 11/9~, p. 62. (c) Copyright Gcmsback Pub-
lications, Inc., 1992. Chapter 105
Fig. 101-4. Reprinted with permission from Intersil, Fig. 105-1. lteprintcd with permission from Popular
Component Data Catalog, 1987, pp. 6-10. Electronics, 8/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback
Fig. 101-5. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Publications, Inc., 1992.
Electronics, 3/90, p. 50. (c) Copyright Gernsback F'ig. 105-2. Reprinted with perrnission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1990. Electronics, Fact Card 266. (c) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 101-6. Reprinted with permission from :3();3 Cir- back Publications, Inc.
cuits, #228, p. 364. Fig. 105-8. Reprinted. lNith permission from Popular
Pig. 101-G. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Electronics, 8/92, p. 74. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Publications, Inc., 1992. Fig. 105-4. Reprinted. with permission from Popular
Fig. 101-7. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Electronics, 12/93, p. 71. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 6/92, p. 54. (c) Copyright Gcrnsback Publications, Inc., 1993.
Publications, Inc., 1992. F'ig. 105-5. Reprinted vvi.t.h perrnission from Popular
Fig. 101-8. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Elcctror\ics, 7/92, p. 70. (c) Copyright Gernsback
Electronics. Publications, Inc., 1992.
Fig. 105-6. Reprirtted. witlt permission from Hands-On
Chapter 102 F:lcctronics, 9/R7, p. 88.
Fig. 102-1. Reprinted with permission from Electron-
ics Now, 10/9~, p. 40. (c) Copyright Gcmsback
Chapter 106
F'ig. 1OG-1. Reprinted wit.h permission from Electron~
ics Now, 10/92, p. 06. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Electronics, 5/9~, p. 75. (c) Copyright Gcmsback
Fig. 106-2. Reprinted v.i.th pennission from 73 Ama-
Fig. 102-4. William Sheets. teur Radio Today, 10/D1, pp. 14-22.
Fig. 102-5. William Sheets. F'ig. 1OG-3. William Sheets.
Fig. I 02-G. William Sheets. Fig. 106-4. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 10~-7. William Sheets. Electronics, 8/D2, p. 46. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 102-8. Reprinted with penn.i.ssion from PE Hob- Publications, InL., 1992.
byist Handbook, 1991, p. 57. (c) Copyright Gems- Fig. 106-5. Heprinted "With permission from Radio-
back Publications, Inc., 1991. Eleet.ronics, 11/91, p. 85. (c) Copyright Gemsback
Fig. 102-9. Reprinted with permission from .Popular Publications, lnc., 1991.
Electronics, 12/92, p. 68. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 106-6. Reprint.ed lNith permission from 73 .Ama-
Publications, Inc., 1992. teur Radio Today, 11/92, p. 8.
Fig. 10G-7. Hcprinted with permission from Electron-
Chapter 103 ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1993, p. 24.
Fig. 103-..1. Reprinted with permission from Practical Fig. 106-8. Reprinted with permission from F.lcctron-
Wireless, 2/91, p. 49. ics Hobbyist Handbook, 1998, p. S2.
697
~'ig. IOG-9. Reprinted with permission from QST, Fig. 108-11. Reprinted with permission from Radio-
10/89, p. 25. Electronics, 4/92, p. 64. (c) Copyright Uernsback
Fig. 106-10. Reprinted with permission from 73 Ama- Publications, lnc., 1992.
teur Hadio Today, 4/92, p. 36. Fig. 108-12. Reprinted with permission from :303 Cir-
Fig. 106-11. Reprinted with pem1ission from 73 Ama- cuits, #308, p. 3:12.
teur Radio Today, 7/92, p. 20. Fig. 108-1:.3. Heprinted with permission from Radio-
Fig. 106-12. Reprinted with permission from 73 1\ma- Electronics, 6/92, p. 59. (c) Copyright Uemsback
tenr Radio Today, 4/92, p. 25. Publications, lnc., 1992.
Fig. 106-10. Reprinted with pcrn1ission from R-E Ex- Fig. 108-14. Reprinted with permission from Elec-
perimenters Handbook, 1989, p. 158. tronics Now, 8/93, p. 39. (c) Copyright. Gemsback
Fig. 106-14. Heprintcd with permission from 7:1 Ama- Publications, Inc., 1993.
teur Radio Today, 4/93, p. 53. Fig. 10B-lf.i. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
cuits, #300, p. 331.
Fig. 10.8-16. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Chapter 107 Electronics, Fact Card 268. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 107-1. Reprinted V\ith permission from Radio- back Publications, lnc.
!Clectronics, 11/91, pp. 49-57. (c) Copyright Gems-
back Publications, lnc., 1991.
Fig. 107-2. Reprinted with permission from Radio- Chapter 109
Electronics, 11/91, p. 49. (c) Copyright Gemsback Fig. 109-1. Reprinted-with permission from Electronic
Publications, Inc., 1991. Engineering, 9/89, p. 28.
Fig. 107-3. H.cprintcd vvit.h permission from Electron- Fig. 109-2. William Sheets.
ics Now, 3/93, p. :33. (c) Copyright Uemsback Pub- Fig. 109-3. Reprinted with permission from Popular
lications, lnc., 1993. Electronics, Fact Card 269. (c) Copyright. Gems-
back Publications, lnc.
Chapter 108 Electronics, Fact Card #241. (c) Copyright Gems-
Fig. 108-1. Hcprintcd with pP.rrnission from Radio- back Publications, Inc:.
Electronics, 6/92, p. 61. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 109-5. Heprintcd with permission from Popular
Publications, Inc., 1992. Electronics, Fact Card 224. (c) Copyright Gerns-
Fig. 108-2. Reprinted with permission from Hadio- back Publications, lnc.
Electronics, 6/D2, p. 59. (c) Copyright Gernsback Fig. 109-6. William Sheets.
Fig. 108-3. Reprinted with permission from :303 Cir-
Chapter 110
cuits, p. 307.
Fig. 110-1. Reprinted with permission from 303 Cir-
Fig. 108-4. Reprinted with permission from Spec- cuits, p. 2BO.
Com, 5/l.H, p. 15. Fig. 110-2. William Sheets.
Fig. 1OB-fl. RP.printed with permission from Linear
Teclmology Design Note #57.
Fig. 108-6. Rcprintcrl with permission from Linear Chapter 111
Technology Design Note #57. Fig. 111-1. William Sheets.
Fig. 108-7. Hcprinted with permission from Linear Fig. 111-2. William Sheets.
Technology Design Note #57. Fig. 111-:J. William Sheets.
Fig. 108-8. Hcprinted v.,.'ith permission from Linear
Technology Design Note #57. Chapter 112
Fig. 108-9. Reprinted vvith permission from Linear Fig. 112-1. William Sheets.
Technology 1\pplir:ation Note #57. Fig. 112-2. Reprinted with permission from Popular
Fig. 108-10. --Reprinted with permission from Linear Electronics, Fact Card 259. (c) Copyright Gems-
Technology Application Note #57. back Publications, Inc.
698
Index
Numbers preceded Uy a "I,", "II," "ITT,", "TV,'' or "V" are from Encyclopedia of b'lectTon'ic Circuits Vol. I, IT, HI, TV, or V
rcspedively
A digitally selected break frequency, motion detector, I-222, III-364

absolute-value circuits, I-37, IV-274 TT-21fl uirplaue propeller sotmd effect, IT-fi92
amplifier, I-31 unity-gain, V-187 alanns (see also armuciators;
full wave rectifier, U-528 low-power sirens), I-4, III-3-9, IV-84-89,
Norton amplilicr, III-11 digitally selectable center V-1-16
precision, l-!37, IV-274 frequency, TTT-J8(j 555-based alarm, V -11
ac motors (see also motor control digitally tuned, I-279 alarm-lone generator, V-563
circuits) programmable, III-185 audio-sensor alarm, V-8
c:ontml for, II-375 RC, up to 150kHz, I-294 auto bur!41ar.l-3, I-7, I-10, II-2,
power brake, II-451 spf!f!t:h-range filter, V-185 lli-4, IV-53
thrcc-phW:Jc driver for, II-383 state-variable, III-189 automatic-arming, TV-50
two-phase driver for, T-4GO, II-382 ten-band graphic equalizer using, automatic turn-off, 8 minute
acidc inrlk:at.or, IV-214 II-684 delay, TV-52
ac-to-de converters, I-165 three-amplifier, l-28U CMOS low-current, IV -56
fixed power supplies, IV -095 ttmable.l-28[) hom as loudspeaker, IV-54
full-wave, IV-120 universal, II-214 motion-actuated car/motorcycle,
hig.h-irnpeJance precision rectifier, adapters (_see also convcrsiou and T-9
I-164 converters) ser.urity system, I-5, IV-4U-56
acid rain monitor, TT-245, III-361, de transceiver, hand-held, III-461 single-IC, III-7, IV-55
V-371 line-voltage-to-multirneter adapter, auto-arming automotive alarm. IV-50
;~coustic field generator, V-338-341 V-312 automatic: turn-off, IV -54
acoustic sound receiver/tnutsmittcr, program, second-audio, lll-142 8 minute delay, IV-52
IV-311 traveller's shaver, 1-495 bahy-alert transmitter/receiver,
active antcrmas (see antermas, adder circuits, lll-327 V-95-96
active) binary, fast-action, IV-260-261 bells, electronic, II-33, I-636
active filters (see also filter circuits) AGC (see automatic gain control blm-vn fuse, I-10
band reject, II-401 (AGC) boat, I-9
bandpass, lll-190, 11-221, ll-223 air couditiouer, auto, smart dutr:h burglar alarms, Ul-8, lll-9, IV-86
variable bandwidth, I-2Rfl for, IIJ-46 burglar chaser, V-16
digitally tunerllow-power, II-218 air motion and pressure latchirtg circuit, I-8, l-12
five poh\ T-279 How-detector, 1-2:15, II-240-242, NC and NO switdles, IV-87
fourth-order low-pass, V-184 III-202-203, fV-82, V-154 NC sv.-itchcs, IV-87
high-pass, V-180, V-188 flow-meters (anemometers) one-chip, Jll-5
fourth-order, V-188 hot-wire, III-342 self-latching, IV-85
sceond-ordcr, I-297 thermally based, II-241 timed shlltoff, TV-8G
low-pao;s, V-178, V-181, V-188 pressure change detector, lV-144 camera triggered, III-444
699
alarms (cont.) ionization r.hamher, J-~~2-8~3 voice identifier, v:550
capacitive sensor, III-515 line~operated, IV -140 amhienc:e amplifier, rear speaker, JJ-
CWTenl IllUiliLor and, UJ-308 operated ionization type, I-596 458
dark-activated alarm, pulsed tune photoelectric, line-operated, l-5!.l6 ambient light effects, cancellization
output, V-18 SCR ITT 251 circuit, 11-:328
delayed alarm, V-4 solar powered, T-13 ambient light-ignoring optical
differential vollage or current, II-3 sonic defenders, IV -324 sensor, III-413
digital duck drcuil with, 111-84 spaceship alann, V-560 ammeter, I-201
floor-ajar, II-284, III-46 speed, 1-95 low-current, V-307
Hall-effect circuit, TTT-256 Star Trek red alert, Il-577 nano, l-202
door minder, V-:J strobe flasher alarm, IV-180, V-6-7 pico, II-154, II-157, I-202
doorbells (see annuciators) tamperproof burglar, I-8 guarded input circuit, JJ-156
driver, high-power alarm driver, V- temperature (see alsa six-decade range, II-lfi3, II-lfifi
2 temperature-related circuits), amplifiers (see also audio
exit delay fur burglar alarms, V 10 ll-4, 11-643 amplifiers), II-5-22, III-10-21
fail-safe, semiconductor, III-6 adjustable Urrcshold, 11-644 V-17-26
field rlisturhanre, IT-GO? light, radiation sensitive, II-4 1 watt/2.:3 GHz, 11-540
flasher signal, V-197 timer, II-G71 2 to 6-W, with preamp, II-451
flex switch alarm sounder, V-15 trouble tone alert, II-3 2 to 30 MHz, 140W amateur radio
fluud, 1-380, Ul-206.1V-188, V-!J74 varying-frequency warning. II-579 linear, I-555
freezer meltdown, I-1~1 wailiHg, 11-5 72 4W bridge, I-7!.l
hea.rllights-on, TH-G2, V-77 warbling, II-573,..V-7 5W output, two-meter, 1-567
heat-activated alarm, V-9 watchdog timer/alarm, IV-G84 6W 8-ohm output-transfom1erless,
high/low-limit, I-151 water leakage/level (see alsa fluid I-75
home security syslem, 1-6, IV-87 and moisture), I-389, IV-190, V- 10 dB-gain, III-543
ice formation. II-58 374 10 W power, I-76
infrared wireless system, IV-222-223 allophone generator, 111-733 10 x buffer, l-12t)
light-ac:t.ivated, V-!=1, V-273 alternators 12-W luw-distOitiun power.l-76
high-output, pulsed tone, V-11 hat.t.ery-alt.emator monitor, car, JJJ- 16-W bridge, I-82
precision design, V-12 68 2G-wat.t, TT-452
precision with hysteresis, V-14 regulator for automobile alternator, 30 MHz, I-GG7
sdf-1alch, lone oulpul, V-15 V-76 40 dB gain, IV-36
with latch, V-12 a1li.Jncter, digital readout, V-2U6 60 MHz, I-567
light-beam intruder-detection AM radio-related circuits, 1-544 eo M.Hz cascade, I-567
alarm,V-ll,V-LS amplitude modulator, II-370 SOW PEP broadband/linear, I-557
loop circuit alarms broadca.~t band signal grmerat.or, 100 MH7J400MHr. neut.ralir.ed
closed-loop, V-3 IV-302 common source, I-G6G
multi-luup parallel ulurm, \'-2 ear radio io shortwave converter, lOOW PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull,
parallel, V-8 IV-500 1-554
series/parallel, V-3 demodulator, Il-160 lOOx buffer, I-128
low-battery disconnect and, III-G5 envelope det.ec:tor, IV-142 185 to 175 MHz, I-564
low-baltery warning, III-59 microphone, wireless .AM: 160W PEP broadband, I-SSG
luw-vulls, 11-4\.l:J microphone, I-679 200 MHz neutralized common
multiple circuit l"ur, 11-2 modulation monitor, IV-2UU source, I-568
no-dor.e alarm, V-8 power ampW1er for, I-77 450-MHz conunon-source, I-568
one-c:hip, TTI-G receivers, II-525, III-81, III-529, III- 600-W rf power, 1-559
photoelectric, II-4, IT-319 G8G, IV-4ri5, V-496 absolute-value, I-31
piezoelectric, I-12, V-10 l.G V broadc:ast, V0497 ac amplifier, noninverting, V-18,
power failure, I-581, I-582, III-511 mixer/oscillator for AM receiver, V-1!1
printer error, IV-106 V-412 ac servo, bridge type, III-387
proximity, II-506, III-517, V-485-486 traHsistor radio, Y-502 ac-coupled, dynamic, III-17
pulserl-tone, J-11, V-559 carrier-current, III-81 acoustic Held generator, V-338-341
purse-snatcher, capacitance intl'!grat.P.d, TTT-G8G AF drive indicator, V-346
operated, I-134 signal generators, IV-301, IV-302 AGC, II-17
rain, 1-442,1-44:3, IV-18\.l .fu'WFM-related circuits squelch control, III-33
road ice, II-57 dock radio, ll-543, lll-1 wide-band, fli-15
security, T-4, TTT-3-9 squelch circuit, II-547, III-1 adjustable-gai.rtnoninvcrti.ng, 1-91
self-arming, I-2 amateur radio related circuits amateur radio, linear, 2 to 30 MHz,
shutoff, automatic, I-4 linear amp, 2-30 MHz 140-W, III-200 140W, T-555
signal-reception, receivers, III-270 receiver for, III-534 amhienc:e, rear speaker, IT-4GR
silent alarm, V-16 rf variable-frequency oscillator AM: radio power, I-77
siren, V-559 (VFO), Y-532 attenuator and, digitally controlled,
smoke alarms, II-278, III-246-253 transceiver reluy interface, V-243 I-53
ga~, T-3~2 transmitter, 80-M, III-675 audio (see audio rnuplifiers)
700
audio converter, two- to four-wire, detector, MC1330/MC1352, TV IF, receiver, IV-1fi9
II-14 I-688 quadrature detector, TV sound II<',
audio limiter, low-distortion, 11-lfi difference ampWler, V-18, V-21 I-690
audio power amps (sm audio and differential, I-38, ITI-14 two-stage, 60 MI-Iz, I-563
sound circuits, power amps) high-impedance, I-27, I-354 wideband, I-689
audio signal amps (see audio <Uld high-input, high-impedance. U-19 infinite sample and hold, II-558
sound circuits, signal amps) instrurnentation.1-347, III-283 input-inverting, fast, high-
audio-to-UHF preamp, V-24 instrwnentation, biomedical, TTI- impedance, V-19
autum_,_"ltic fade r.irr.uit for, II-42 282 inpul/output buffer for analog
automatic lew~l control, II-20 programmable gain, III-507 multiplexers, Tlf-11
automotive audio amplifier, IV-66 two op amp bridge type, II-83 instrumentation amplifiers, I-346,
Av/200, stereo, 1-77 dif!crete current-booster, V-23 T-84fl, I-849, I-352, II-2!.l3-295,
balance, 11-46 distribution amplifiers III-278-284, IV-229-2:34, V-233-
inverting, 1-3:3 audio, I-3!.l, ll-39, V-59 235
loudness controL TT-47, II-895 signal, 1-39 +1-100 V eonunon mode range,
bootstrap circuit, V--.%6 duai power supply, V -40fi ll!-294
bridge, T-74 dynamic, ac-coupled, IH-17 current collector head amplifier,
1 watt, I-79 ear protector circuit, V-482 TT-2%
16 watt, I-82 electret microphone preamp, V-21 diffprential, I-347, I-34!.l, 1-353, I-
ac servo, 1-458 electrometer, overload protected, 354, III-282, 111-283
audlo power, T-81 U-155 extended conmwn-morle deRign,
high-impedance, I-353 fast-inverting, high-input IV-234
tramducer, III-71, II-84, 1-351 impedance, V-18 high-impedance low-drift, I-355
broadband FET input, II-7 high-speed, I-354
low-noise, 1-562 offset gate bia.':l, V-22 low-driftllow-nollie de <tmplifier,
PEP, 160-W, 1~556 video, ea.':lcade, I-691 IV-232
linear/PEP, SOW, T-1557 flat response, I-92, TTT-67.1 low-si.gitallevellhig h- impedance,
buffers forward-current booster, III-17 1~!350
lOx, T-128 four-quadrant photo-conductive low-power, TII-284

lOOx, I-128 detector, I-359 met.Pr driver, II-296
ac, single-supply, I-126 frequency counter preamp, V-24 preamps, III-283, IV-2:.10-231
battery-powered, I-351 gain, 10 dB, IIH43 precision FET inpul, 1-355
rf amp with modulator, TV -490 gain-controlled, III-34 saturated standard cell amplifier,
sine-wave output, I-126 gate, 1-36 Il-296
unity-gain, :;table design, II-6 guitars, matching audio signal strain gauge, tn-2RO
car stereo booster amp, V-72 amps, IV-38 triple op amp, I-347
cascade, III-13 harmonic distortion analyzer, ultra-precision, III-27!.!
80 MHz, 1-567 V-291 variable gain, differential input,
ea:;code, rf amplifif'!rs, IV -488 harmonic distortion meter, V-312 El49
CD4049 audio signal amp, IV-40 hi-fi compander aR, II-12 very high-impedance, I-354
choppf'!r, +1- 15V., III-12 hi-fi expandor, II-13 wideband, III-281
chopper channel, 1-350 high-frequency amplifiers, lli-259- inverting, I-42, II-41, III-14
stabilized, ll-7 265 ac, high-gain, I-D2
clarnp-lirniting, active, JJT-lfi 29-MHz, lll-262 balancing Circuit in, I-33
color video, I-34, IIT-724 3-Lo-30 MHz, 80-W, 12.fi-13.G V, gain of 2, lag-lead compen.'lation,
conunon source lll-261 UHF, I-566
450 MHz, I-5G8 amateur radio, linear, 2-30 MHz low-power, digitally selectable
low-power, II-84 140-W, TII-260 gain, TT-338
complementary-synunetry audio, I- noninverting, 28-dB, III-263 power amplifier, I-79
78 RF, broadcast band, III-264 programmable-gain, 111-505
composite, II-8, III-13 UHF, wideband with high- unity gain arnpWler, I-80
compressor/amplifier, low- performance FF.Ts, l11-264 widebartd Lulity gain. T-3fi
distortion, IV-24 wideband, HI-265 isolation
constant-bandwidth, lll-21 high-impedance/high-gainlhigtt- capar:itive load, I-34
cool-down circuit, V-354, V-357 frequency, I-41 level-shifting, I-348
current feedback amp, V-100 mA high-irnpcdU-It<.;e/low-capacitance, medicalldemetry, I-352
at 100 MHz, V-2G l-691 rf, 11~547
current-shunt., III-21 lti.Mh-input-high-impedance JFET, V-20
current. collector head, II-11, ll-295 amplifiers, II-19, II-44 500-Mohm input impedance. V-23
current-to-voltage, hi.gh~speed, I-35 IF amplifiers, I-690, IV-45!.l hipolar cascade video, I-6!.l2
Darlington, push-pull, V-22 455-kHz, V-522, V-623, V-524 current source biasirtg, V-21
de servo, I-457 45-MHz, crystal filter, V-527 preamplifier, V-22
de-stabilized,- fast, ITT~ 1R AGC system, IV -458 line amps, lll-37
de-to-video log, T-3R preamp, IV-460 duplex, telephone, TH-010
701
amplifiers (cont.) gi.rtglc supply, I-74 .JFE'f, V-20
universal design, rv~~9 split supply, l-75 speaker amplifiers, II 10, TTT-39
linear amplifiers Norton, absolute-value, Ill-11 speech compr-essor, II-15
2-30r-.1Hz, 140W PEP amateur op amp (.~m operational amplifiers) stereo amplifiers, l-77, II-9, III-34
radio, 1-555 oscilloscope sensitivity, III-18fi bass tone control, V-584
100 W PEP 420-4fi0 MHz push output, four-channel D/A, III-165 subwoofer power supply, V-464
pull, I-554 phono, I-80, I-81, H~9 summing, I-37, HI-1G
160 W PEP broadband, 1-556 photodiode, T-361, II-324, III-19, fast-action, I-36
amateur radio, 2-30 MHz 140-W, III-672 inverting, V-18, Y-20
TTI-260 phototransistor amplifier, V-409 precision desiJ,(u, 1-36
audio powP.r amplifiers, V-51 playback, tape, III-672 video, clamping circuit Md, lll-
CMOS inverter, II-II polarity-reversi.rtg low-power, III-16 710
inverter, linear amp from inverter, power (see power amps) s;vitching power, T-38
ll-11 power supply, V-464, V-465 lape playback, I-92, N-30
rf, IV-480~;:J,I.H, IV-484-485 pre-amps c~pp preamplifiers) t.upe recording, I-90
load-line protected, 75W audio, I-73 precision amplifier, J-40, JJ-335 telephone, lll-6~1, IV-555, IV-560,
logarithmic amplifiers, l-29, l-:J5, programmable amplifiers, II-384, V-614
II-8 111-504-508 test, bench amplifier, V-26
de to video, I-38 dlffeteutiul-i.rtput, programmable thermocouple, T-Ofi4, TIT- 14
log-ratio amplifier, I-42 gain, JTT-507 cold junction compensation in,
logic amplifiers, 11-33~-335 inverting, programmable-gain, 11-64!.1
low-power binary, lo IOn gain III-505 high-stability, 1-355
low-frequency, TT-8:33 nonirtverting, programmable-gain, transducer, T-86, TII-669-673
low-power inverting, digitally III-505 triillsformerless, 0-W, f!-ohm
selectable gain, II-333 precision, di,!Sital output, I-75
low-power noninverting, digitaJJy control/progranmling, III-506 transistorized, I-85, II-43
selectable input and gain, II-334 programmahh>_-gain, T-32, TI-9 tremolo circuit, voltage-controlled,
precision, digitally progrununable variable-gain, wide-range digital I-598
inpnt anrl gain, TT-335 control, III-506 tube amplifier, high-voltage
programmable amplifier, TT-334 progrwnmablc gain, 1-32, II-9 isolation, TV-420
log ratio, I-42 pulse-width proportional controller TV audio, III-89
loudness control, II-46 circuit for, II-21 two-meter, I-562, I-5fi7
low-level video detector circuit push-pnll two-stage, l-563, I-689
iilld, l-687 Darlington, V-22 UHF, l-560, 1-565
low-noise des~n, IV-!37 PEP 100-W, 420-4:)0 MHz, T-f"iG4 unity gain, I-27, Il-7
medical telemetry, isolation, I-352 P\VM servo, III-378 noninverting, V21, V22
meter-driver, rf, 1-MHz, TJJ-G45 recurclirl,l( amplifier, 1-!.lO variable-gain, for osdllmwopes,
micro-powered, high-inpuUhigh- refer~nce voltage, I-36 V-426
impedmtee, 20 dB, II-44 remote, I-91 VHF, single-device, 80-W/50-olun,
micro-sized, III-36 If (see If amplifiers) I-558
microphone, f-EW, TII-34 smnplc-and-hold, I-587, II-558 virleo, T-692, III-708-712, V-655, V-
electronically balanced input, T-86 selectable input, programmable G5G, V-O.G7, V-0::18, V-662
microwave amplifiers, IV-31fi-319 gain, I-32 76-olun video pulse, IJI-711
5.7GHz,IV-317 servo amplifiers (see alsn motor buffer, low-distortion, IIJ-712
bias supply for preamp, N-318 controls), I-4G2 color, 1-:34, lll-724
preamplliiers, IV-316-31!.1 400Hz, II-38fi de gain-control, lll-711
mini-stereo amplifier, V-583 bridge type ac, I-458 FF.'f cascade. I-691
monostable, IT-268 de. 1-457 gain block, IJI. 712
MOSFET, high-impedance biasing motor drive amplifier, II-384 IF, low-level video detector
method, V-19 signal amplifiers, audio, U-41-4 7, circuit, I-689, II-G87
neutralized common source, I-5G5, IV-34-42 JFET bipolar cascade, I-692
I-568 signal distribution, T-39 line driving, III-710
noninverting amplifiers, I-!32, 1-!33, sound-activated, gain-controlled, log amplifier, I-38
I-41, III-14 lV-528 RGB, TII-709
ac power, I-79 siliconcontrolled amplifiers (SCA). summing, clamping circuit anrl,
adjustable gain, I-!.l1 V-:)8G-S8(i 111-710
comparator with hysteresis in, decoder, I-214, II-WO, IT-170 voice activated .switch, 1-608
I-153 demodulator, II-150, III-!JOfi voice-operated circuits, V-55-:3
high-frequency, 28-dB, III-26!3 subcarrier adapter, FM tuner, V- voltage, differential-to-s.in,qle-
hysteresLs in, I-1 S3 536 ended, ITI-670
low-power, digitally selec:t.able sinewave output bufier, 1-126 voltage-controlled (.~ee voltage-
input and gain, II-334 sound mixer and, II-37 controlled amplifiers)
power, 1~7~ source follower voltage-follower, signal-supply
pro,l?anunablc-guin, lll-505 bootstrapped, V-20 operation, lll-20
702
volwnc, 11-46 large fan-in, I-395 40 dU gain design, IV-;10
walkman, TT-4GO SCR circuit, self-i.nlcrrupti:n.t( load, AGC, srplPkh control, III-33
vaite, III-lfl 1V-l.l andw compressor. II-44
amplitude modulation (_~ee A.l\1 twin-bell doorhPll, V-170 automotive slcrco syslem, hi}(h-
radio-rdalcd drcuits; i\11/FM) two-door anmmr.iator, IV-10 power, JV-66
<UJalo,q circuits ans\vering machines (~ee al~o balance, II-40, II-47, IV-21G
counter drc:uit, II-137 lclcphonc-related circuits) Raxandall tone-control, IV-688
delay line, echo and reverb, lV-21 beeper, IV-5.59 booster, 20 dB, III-35
multiplexers, 11-401, 111-396 antenna.s, TV-11-11, V-81-3fl CD4048 design, IV-40
rnulliplicr, 11-!392 active, 111-1-2, IV-1-4 circuit bridge load drive. JIT-35
switch, differential analog switc:h, \\ideband rod, IV04 cuJnplementary-syTJlmet.ry, T-7.9
I-622 with gain. IV-2 compressor, TT-11
analog-to-digital converter, II-23-31, balun, V-34 dist.rihut.ion, I-39, II-39
III-22-26, IV-5-6, V-27-30 liF broadband anterma preamp, V-30 electric guitar, IV-38
3-bit, high-speed, J,50 HF/VHF switchahle active anterma, fader, aulornalic, 11-42
8-bit, 1-44, l-46 V-G24 fixed [JOWl'!" supplies, IV-:398, rv-
13-bit successive approximation, T-47 loop anterma, 407
10-bit, JT-28 3.51-IHz, IV-12-l!J high-slew rat.e power op amp, I-82
10-hit serial output, II-27 dual band, 130-16-M, V-32 gain-controlled, stereo, III-34
12-bit, high-speed, II-2\J preamp, v.:38 line amplifier, III-:.17, IV-:J\:1
16-bit, II-26 preamps load line protectiuu, 75W, 1.. 7:3
board dcsi,l,(u, IV -6 HF broadband, V-36 louduess, II-46
buffer, high-speerl 0-hit,J-127 VLF 60-kHz, V-:J:J low-noise rlesign, IV-37
r:apadtance meter, 3.5 digit, III-76 \'.idebaml autemm, V :35 low-power, II-454
cyclic, II-30 sekctor switch, IV-538-539 micro-sized, Ill-36
differential inpul system fur, II-31 'fR svdtrh, autmnatk, V-87 microphone, 11-45, 111-:34
eig.hl-charmd, for PC clones, tuner micropower high-input-impedance
V-29-!30, V-29 1- to 30-MHz, IV-14 20-dB amplifier, H-44
fast precision, 1-49 low-power, V-38 mini-stereo, TH-38
four-digit (10,000 cmmt), II-25 VLF 60-kllz anterma preamp, V-:33 power (see audio power arnplillers)
half-flash, III-26 VLF/Vllf<' wideband, Jow-nois02, power supply, V-465
IC, low-cost, I-50 active, V-33 pre-amps
LCD display, 3.5 digit, 1-49 \\ideband antenna, preamp. V-36 1000x, low-uuise, IV-37
puller, V-28 :1nt.itheft deVice, I-7 general-purpose, TV-42
successive approximation, IT-21, arc lamp, 25-W. power supply Jor, impedam:e-matrhing, IV-37
IT-30. 1-4fi II-476 low-noi~Je, IV-41
switched-capacitor, III-23 arc wdding inverter. ultrasonir:, 20 magnetic phono cartridge, IV-:J5
three-decade logariUunic, 1-48 KHz. TTT-700 microphom.', IV-37, IV-41, IV-42
Lhrce-IC, low-cost, I .50 arc-jet power supply, starting circuit, NAB t<t.pe playhark, professional,
tracking, JTT-24 III-479 TIT-:1.9
video mnverter, IV-610-611 asl.ablc mullivibrators, II-269, IT-fi 10, phono. III-37, IV-35, IV-36
analyzer, gas, II-2.81 lll-196, III-233, TTT-23.9, V-3.97, RIAA: III-38
AND gate, I-385, V-216 V-:388 stereo, II-40, 11-45
large fan-in, l-:J!J5 op amp, TTI-22-1 W-mulliplicr, II-20
artcmomcters (see also air free-running square-wave oscillator, sigual (see audio signal amplifiers)
motion/pressure) V-386 speaker, hand-hP.ld transceivers,
hot-wire, TTT-:142 prograrrunai.Jlc-frequency. III-237 HT-.~9
thermally hased, II-241 square >vave generatton with, TT-5~7 tape playback amplifiers, IV -35
angle-of-rotation detector, II-283 attemlartce counter, IT-1.~.9 television type, Ill-3fl
armunciators (_~ee al~u-alurms; attenuators, TTT-2~-:11 tone control, 11-686
sircn<;).ll-32-34. III-2728, TV-710 :1nalog signals, microprocessor- lrmJSi::tor headphone amplifiPr, II-13
ac line-voltage, JTT-7CJO controlled, III-1 01 ultra .. ]ligh-gain, 1-.97
bPll, el02ctronic: 1-G86, Il-33, IV-9 digtlally progr<muuai.Jle. III-:30 vol11mP indicator, II-46, IV-212
buzzers, I-11, I-12, IV-8, V-170 d.igitally selectable, prPdsion audio and sound circuils (~ee al~o
chime circuit, lmv-cosl, 11-!3!3 dPsign, I-G2 audio muplifiers; sound
door bu:.::zer, IV-8 programmable, III-30 .'(enerators; smmd-operated
doorbells/chimes, T-21fl, I-118, IV-.9 programmable (1 Lo 0.00001), I-5!3 cirruit.s)
bm>:zer, V-170 rf, IV-322 aroustic field generator, V-338-341
buzzer, two-door, IV-10 variable, I-52 acoustic sound
musical-tone, IV-522 voltage-controlled, II-1..9, TII-81 receiver/lransmiltcr, IV-311
rain alarm, l-44:.1 amlio amplifier~ (see a./.so amplifiers; AF drive indicator, V-346
single-chip design, IV-.524 aurlio and sound circuits: audio amplifiers (see audio amplifiers)
slid.i.n,'l tone, II -34 power amplifiers), li-41-47, lll- aud.i.o-frequency generator, V-4Hi-
twin-bell, V-170 32-38, IV-34-42 417
703
audio and sound circuits (cont.) :1mlin-operated circuits (see sound- IU-545
audio-frequency rncler, V-305, operated drrnit.s) squelch conlrol, III-33
V-320 audio power amplifiers, II-1Gl. TTT- wide-band amplifier, lll-15
audio-If signal tracf!r probe, I-527 454, IV-28-33 antomat.k level control (ALC),
audio-sensor alarm, V-8 6-\V, with preamp, 111-454 V-60-B2
audio-test oscillator, V-420 18-W brirlgP, V-49 AGC system for audio signals. V-62
andio-to-1\..DC iHterl"ace, V-242 20-\V, III-456 basic design, V-62
audio-to-TJHF preamp, V-24 03-W bridge composite. V-40 digital desi~n, V-61
automatic gain control (AGC), H-17 39-51, V-:J[.l automotivP drmits, JJ-48-63, III-40-
automatic level control (ALC), 40 W. V-41 52. IV-48-07, V-68-77
V-64 GO-W, TTJ-451 accessory-power controller, V-70
AGC system forCA3028 IF amp, 70 W, composit.P, V-44-45, V 44 aJ.illnl.'; (see also alarms/security
fV-458 audio amplifier, IV-82 circuits), V-1
rf amplifier, wicleband ad.iustable. basic design, V-51 automatic-arm.iu~, IV-50
III-54G bridge, 1-81, V-4U autom:1t.k turn off, N-52
squelch control, HI-88 Lridgc eomposilc. V-46 C:\fOS design, low-r.nrrent; IV-56
\\-ide-band amplifier, III-1G hull horn, IV-31 horn as loudspeaker, IV-G1
booster, 11-455, Ul-35 composite, sl.ttglc-IC design, IV-55
biquad filter, III-185 33-W bridge, V-10 air eontl.ilioncr smarl clutch, III-46
bridge load rlrive, IH-35 70 W. V-44-45 altPmatnr/battery monitor, 111-Q:J,
carrier-current transmitter, TTT-79 invertill,l\ lOW. V-47 V-88
clipper, precise, II-394 noninvertl.t"l,IS 10\\i. \i-47 alternator regulator, V-70
compressor, U-44 dual, V-12-1:~, V-42 i\lll radio lo shortwave converter,
mntim1ity tester, I-550 general-purpose, 5-W, a~, fV-80 IV-500
converter, two- to four-wire, Il-14 half-watt, single-chmmel, V-41 amplifier, booster fur car stereo,
distribution amplifier, T-29, TT-39 i.nvertillg composite. V-lOW, V-47 V-72
expander, V-582 lineal, fast, ltil{lt-voltagc, V-51 analog f'.XpandPd-.s~alto. mtoJf'.r, lV-46
fillers (see filters) \fOSFET, V-47 audio-amplifier, high-power, IV-GO
frequency doubler, IV-16-17 noninvertmg romposite lOW, V-47 back-up beeper, III-4D, IV-51, IV-56
freqllency meter, I-311 op amp, simple deSJgn, IV-88 bar-g.taph volt.meler, ll-54
genf!rators (see sound ~enerators) personal-stereo type. V-48 hattery char~ers/monitors (see
LED bar peak program meter receiver audio circuit, IV -31 n}so hattery-related circuits)
display, I-254 stereo amp, lV-2!.l, V-40 charger, ni-r.ad, I-115
level meters, sound levels, III-81!!, subv.-oofer amp. \i-48, V-50 condition checker, I-108
Ill-614, IV-305, IV-307 audio signal amplifiers. II-41-47, current analyzer, I-104
limiters, II-15, V-:J!J5 IV-84-42, V-G2-G9 electric vehicle battery saver, III-67
millivoltmeter, III-767, III-769 booster, V-58 monitor, I-106, I-222, 111-60-67
mixers (see mixprs) compressor. uudio, V-57 snpply drcuit., +/- 15- a11d 5-V,
notch filter, II-400 ronst.ant-volume, \i-55 N-391
octave equalizer. V-353 distribution amplifier, V-59 baLLer:y cranking-amps tester, V-84
oscillators, I-64, Il-24, lll-427.1V- dual preamp, V-G8 battery/alternator monitor, V-88
871, TV-375 headphone amplifier. V-53 hrake and turn indicator, V-74
20Hz to 20kHz; variable, I-727 headphone amplifier, JFET, V :"37 hmke lights, V-65
light-sensitive, III-31 G lull' driver, V-54 delayed eA1:ra, 111-44
sine wave, II-562 mini-amp, V-55 flashing, V-69
power (see audio power amplifiers) phonograph, magnetic pickup, V-58 flashing third, III-51
power meter, l-4~~ tunable-filter ciP.sign, V-56 night-safeLy light for parked car,
Q multiplier, II-20 volume limiter, V-59 IV-61
re~eivers (see receivers) audio-frequency generator, third brake light, IV -60
rf signal tra~er prohe, J-G27 V-416-417 burglar alarms, [-,'i, J-7, J-10, II-2,
scramblers, IV-25-27 audio-frequency meter, V-305, V-320 III-4, III-7. IV-:J3
selector, digital, V-158 anrlin-to-TTHF preamp, V-24 cassette recorder power circuit.,
signal amplifiers (see audio signal audio/video switcher cirruit, IV-548
amplifiers) IV-540-541 ronrtesy lights
sine wave generator, TT-G04 auto-advance projector, II-444 dP.!ay switr.h, IIT-42
squelch, ll-3U4 antodrum sound effect, 11-591 light extender, III-50
switches auto-fade cirrnit, TT-42 de power adapter, V-70
eight-charmel, V-5~~-5~!.l auto-flasher, I-299 di;?i-tach, 11-61
vicleo/aurlio switch, V-586 auto-zeroing scale bridge drr.nir.s, directional sigJtals monitor, Jll-48
S\\itching/mixing, silent, I-59 lll-6!.l rloor ajar monitor, III-46
transmitters (see transmitters) automatic gain control (AGC). II-17 electric vehides, battP.IJ' saver,
waveform generators, III-280 AGC system l"or C.A3028IF amp, III-67
audio generators (see sound TV-4GR electrical tester, IV-45
~enerators) rf amplifier. wirleband adjustable, electronic circuits, IV-63-67
704
engine-block heater reminder, V-74 PTC thermistor, 11-Elfl notch, II-223
exhaust emissions analyzer, II-51 thermostatic .'nvitr.h for auto fans, Sallen-Kc_y, 500Hz, l-291
fan lhennostatk switch, V-68 V-1:18 second-order biquarl, I11-IR8
lbg light. controller with delay, IV-59 tum signals, V-65 spee~h-range filter, V-185
li.Jel gauge, digital readout. IV-46 audible rLminder, V-74 state variable, l-290
fuse monitor, V-77 monitnr, ITT-48 tunable, IV-171
garage slop li}(ltt, 11-5:3 ~equential flasher for, II-10\J, lll-1 variable bandpass, V-184
generator regulator, V-71:1 smart, V-66-67. V-66 variable-frequency, V-180
glow-plug driver, TI-1")2 reminder, V-73 hang-bang power controllers, IV-38[)
headlights, IV-57-62 vm:uwn gauge, digital readout. IV-4G bar-r.ode scarmer, lli-363
alarm, III-52, V-77 voltage gauge, TV-47 bar-expanded scale meter, II-186
automatic-off controller, lV-61, voltage regulator, III-48, IV-67 bar graphs
V-75 voltmeter, bargraph, I-9U ac signal indicator, TT-187
delay circuit, I-107, IIT-49, TT-fi9 \Vater temperature gauge, JV-44 voltmeters, TT-54, TI-99
dinm1er, TT-57, 11-08 windshield wiper circuits, 1-10.5, harri~ade flasher, I-299
flasher, V-n ll-55, U-62 barometer, IV-273
on-lights reminder, V-74, V-77 cmttrol circuit, 1-103, f-lOG, II-02 bass tone control in stereo amplifier,
switching circuil, V-75 delay r.in:uit, II-G5, IV-64 V-584
headlighl/spoUight control, V-67 hesitation control unit, l-1 05 bass twter, II-362
114(h-speed warning dPvice, I-101 intermittent, dynamic brakirl,l\, 12V, T-111
ice formation alarm, II-58 li-4U 200 rnA-hour, 12V Ni-Cad, l-114
ignition circuit, V-64 iuterval controller, TV-!l7 automatic shutoff for, 1-110
cut-off, IV -53 slow-sweep control, II-55 batler;,.'-OPl'rated equipment (see
eleclronic ignition, IV-65 windshield washer fluid watcher, also battery-related circuits)
substitute ignition, rrr -41 I-107 ac power control switch, IV-387
timing light, TT-00 WWV converter for railio, V-119 automatic shutoff. Ill-61
immobilizer, II-50 bipolar power supplv, ll-475
kill-switch for battery, time- 8 black light, V-2-81
delayed, V-71-n B,field measmer, TV-272 -buffer amplifier for standard cell,
li.ghl cin.:uils, lV-57-62 haby monitor, V-370-371 l-351
lights-on warning, II-5.5, IlT-42, baby-alert transmitter/receiver, calculators/radios/cassette players,
IV-.58, IV-60, TV-62 V-95-96 powPr pack, I--509
locator, antomohile locator, III-43 back-biased GaAs LED light sensor, ~assette deck power circuit, car,
night-safety light for parked car, 11-321 IV-548
IV-61 back-ET\IF PM motor ~peed control, fence charger, 11-202
oil pressure gauge, digital readout, TT-379 flasher, high-powered, TT-229
IV-44, IV-47 backup-light beeper, car, IV-51, lantern circuit, T-880
PTC thermistor automotive IV-56 light, capacitance operated, I-131
temperature indicator, 11-56 bagpipe sound effed, 1V-fi21 On indicator, IV-~17
radio receiver, Il-5~5 balance indicator, audio amps, undenroll..age indicator for, I-123
radio WWV converter, V-119 TV-21G warniitg light, II-320
read-ltead pre-amplifier, TTT-44 balance meter, stereo, V-583 battery-related circuits (see aL<;o
road ice alarm, IT-57 balancer, stereo, 1-619 hattery-operated equipment),
secmity system, I-ll, IV-49-56 balance amplifiers, III-46 V-82-89
spotlighUheadlight control, V-67 louduess control in, TT-29G l\_A. cells, +5 V/+3.6 V power
tachometers, I-\J4, l-100, l-102, Valance indicator, bridge crrcnit, II-B2 supply. V-452
Il-175, lll-335, Ul-340, Ill-347, balun, V-24 baltcry life extenders, IV-72, V-R7
V-65 hand rejPct filter, active, ll-401 9-V, III-62
analog readout., IV-280 bandpass filter (see also fl.ltcr disconnect sv.itr.h, fV-7fi
calibrated, TTI-fi98 circuits), 11-222, V-180, V-181 electric vehicles, Ill-67
dosed loop feedback control, II-3\JO 0.1 to 10Hz, I-2% capacity tester, lll-66
digital readout, II-61, lll-45, 160Hz, I--296 car battery/allemator mortitDr, V-88
IV-~68-26U, 1V-278 adive, II-221, II-223. III-190 chargers, l-113, II-64, TT-69. III-53-
dwell meter/tachometer, JJT-4f'i 1kHz, l-284 59, TV-fi8-72, V-78-81
feedback mntrol, II-378, II-390 20kHz, l-2U7 12-V charger, IV-70
frequency coill1ter, I-310 60 LIB gain, 1-284 constant voltage, current limited.
low-frequency, lll-5U6 variable bandwidth, I-286 1-115
minimurn-compuneitt design, I-40.5 hiqmd, I-28G, III-188, V-190 intelligeHt circuit, V-81
motor speed controllers, TT-378, Chebyshev fourth-order, lll-1!Jl mobile charg-er, + 12 Vdc, IV-71
IJ-,389 high-Q, l-287, V-17U ni-cad, 1-112, I-116, III-57
optical pick-up, III-347 MFB, multichamtd tone decoder, rftype, V-79
set point, III-47 1-288 solar-powered, V-81
temperature gauge multiple feedback, T-28fl, I-297, temperature sertsirtg charger,
digital readout, IV -48 II-224 IY-77
705
battery-related cin:uits (cont.) step-up switching regulator, 6-V. boiler control, J-fi3S
trkkl~ charger, lead-add, V-79 11-78 bongos, electronic, II-587
checkers (see hatt~ry monitors, S1Jpply-volta,l(e mouitor, V-85 boosters
belmv) t.Pst. circnits, TV-78, V-8:1. V-86 12n;;, 11-97
condition checker, I-1tl8, I-121 LED bargraph, V-88 a.~ linP. voltage boost, V. 349
control for 12V, I-112 ni-cad, IV-7\J audio, II-45G, III-3G, V-GR
convert~r, rlc-to-rlc, TV-119 thermally coutroiled ui-cad, 11-68 booster/buffer for reference
cranking-amp test circuit, V-R4 thrPsholrl indicator, J-124 <.:urrent, IV-425
current limited 6V, I-118, N-70 C.TT, III-GO electronic, high-speed, II-96
current monitor, 0-2 A batteries, undervoltage indicator, I-123 forward-r.urrent, UT-17
V-87 universal battery, III-56, III-58 LED, I-307
rlisconnect sv.itch, life-extender, versatile battery, 11-72 power booster, op amp design.
IV-7G voltage indicators/monitor~, 11-7U. IY-358
dynamic comtant current test, II-7S JV-80, V-86 rf wnp, broadcast band boost.
fixed power supply, 12-VDC/120- aut.omot.ivf! hatt.P.ries, JV-47 IV-487
VAC, HI-464 detector relay, II-70 shortwave FET, I-.561
gel cell, II-66 HTS. 1-122 bootstrap circuit, V-3Gfi
high-voltage generator, III-482 regulator, IY-77 source follower, V-20
indicators (see battery monitors, solid-state de~.igu, 1-120 cable, I-34
below) watchdog circnit, V-85 brake li,l(ht~ (see automotive
internal resistance tester, IV-74 wind powered, II-70 circuits)
kill-switdt, ti.tue-delayed, V-71-72 zapper, simple ni-cad, I-116 hrakP, P\V1vl spP.P.d mnt.rol/P.nergy
lead/ark!, ITT-55 JJaxamiall tone-control audio amp, recovering, III-380
level indicator, 11-124 JV-588 breakers
lithium, II-67 RCD rotary switch, digital, V-160 12u~, 11-97
charge indicator, II-78 BCD-to-analog convert.P.r, I 100 high-speed E'iectronlc, II-96
low-battery deteclion/warning, I- BCD-to-parallel converter, hrPakP.r power dwP.ll meter, J. 102
124, II-77, lll-56, 111-59,111-60, multiplex, I-16\J breakout box, buffer, II-120
ITI-65, TV-56, IV-80 beacon trammitler, 111-680 breath alert alcohol tester. III-359
low-cost trickle for 12V storage, beep tran;;former, III-555, lll-566 breath monitor, III-350
I-117 beepers, T-19, III-49 bridge balance itldicalor, 11-82
monitors, I-106, I-222, II-74-79, III- hells, p]ertronir (see also aJal1l\s; bridge circuit~, I-552, ll-80-85,
60-67, IV-73-80, V-82-83 annuciators), I-080, TI-38 JJJ.68-71, IV-81-83
ni-cad batterks, 1-118 bench top power supply, II-472 ac, II-Rl
analyzer for, III-64 bicycle speedometer, IV-271. IV-282 ac senro amplifier with, III-3R7
charger, f-112, I-110, TH-57 bilateral curreut source, 111-46!) accurate null/variable gain circuit.
12 v, 200 rnA per hour, I-114 binary counter, Tl-135 111-69
current and voltage limiting, I-114 biomedical instrumentation air-flow-sensu"l,IS thermistor, IV-82
ra~t-acting, 1-118 differential amplifier, III-282 auto-zeroing scalP., IH-09
portable, N-69 bipolar de-de converter 'l'.'i.th no balance indicator. II-82
temperatnre-sensing, TV-77 indudor, II-1!32 bridge transducer amplifier, III-71
thermally controlled, II-OR bipolar power supply, II-475 cry~tal-controlkd o~cillalor, IV -127
packs, automotive charger for, bipolar volt.agP rP.fP.r~nce sm1rce, dlffereutial amplifier, two op-amp,
1-115 III-774 JT-83
portable, III-47, IV-69 biquad audio filter, III-185 inductanc:e hrirlge. IV-R3
protection circuit, III-62 ~econd~order bandpass, III-188 load driver, audio c:ircuir.s, III-3G
simpli-carl, J-112 HC active bandpass, l-285 lo\v-power corruuon source
temperature-sensing rharg~r, bird-chirp smmd effect, III-577, II-588 amplifier, ll-84
N-77 bini fP.P.rlermonitor, V-371 one-power supply design, IV-83
test circuit. IV-7\J bistable mulUvihrator~, I-133, JJ-4fiG QRP swn, m 3!36
thermall.Y controlled, II-68 inverter, III-103 rectifiP.L fixPd power supply, TV-.'398
zappers, I-6, II-66, 11-68 debouncer, JV-108 remote-sensor loop transmitter,
power supply anrl, 14V, TJ-73, III- Hasher, I-299, 11-234 lll-70
42 lamp driver, TV-160 rJ bridge, V-50-1\illz, V-30;)
protection circuit, ni-cads, III-62 pushbutton trigger, V-3RR strain gauge signal conditioner,
PUT, III-54 RS flip-flop, l-3\J5 II-S5, HI-71
r~gulator, T-117 SCH., 11-367 transducer, amplifier for, II-84
relay fusP, V-SR SH llip-11op, IV-.651 Wien-bridge (see Wien-bridge)
saver circuit. V-87 touch-triggered, I-1:33 br.ightne~s control~, lll-308, Ill-316
sensor, quick deactivating, III-61 hit grahhP.r, computP.rs. JV-1 05 contrast meter, I-472, Il-447
simpli-cad, 1-112 black light, battery-opP.rat.ed, V-281 LF:D, J-250
solar cell, 11-71 blender-motor control circuit, V-379 low-loss, T-377
splitter, III-66 blinkers (see flashers and blinkers) broadband corruuunicat.ions (sm
status indicator, II-77 blown-fu~c alarm, 1-10 radio/rf circuits)
706
buck converter, 5V/0.5A, I-4U4 corrunon base, 1-1!.11 data receiver, IV-!.l3
buc.k/boosl converter, 111-113 crystal, I-182 data transmitter, IV92
buckii"tA regulators emitter follower, TT-190-191, TT-194 FM receiver, JJJ-80
arld 12-Vontpnt to fi-V, V-t!72 Butterworth filters intercom, I-146
high-voltage, III-481 fourth order high-pass. I-280, V-179 power-line modem, Ill-82
buffer amplifiers, V-Ul fourth order low-pass, V-180 receivers, 1-141, I-143
lOx, 1-128 order low-pa.ss, V-181 IC, 1146
lOOx, 1-128 bJJzzers (see annmjat.ors) single t.ransist.or, I-l1S
ar., singl'" supply, T-120 relay, I-575, IV-461
battery powered, standard cell, c remote control, I-146
II-351 cable lrrutsrnitters, 1-144
MOSFET design, V-U:.:I bootslrappi.Il.t{, 1-;34 IC, I-145
sine wave output.l-126 test elrcuit, III-53-9, V-299 on/off 200kHz line, T-142
VFO design, V-92 ca.lilJrated circuit, DVM auto, I-714 cascaderl amplifier, JJJ-13
buffers, IV-88-90, V-90-98 mlihratPrl tachometer, TIT-fl98 cassette bias oscillator, II-426
amplifiers (seA buffer amplifi'"rs) calibrators cassette interface, telephone, III-618
ac, single-supp~v, high-speed, crystal, 100kHz, I-185 centigrade thermometer, I-655,
I-127-128 electrolylic-capacitor rcfonni.Il!(, 11-648, ll-662
ADC input, high-reso1utiort, 1-127 IV-276 eentral image canceller, III-358
.MD, 6-bit, !:Ugh-speed, I-127 ESR measurer, TV279 charge pool power supply, TTT-409
booster!huffer for referenrP osr.illosr.ope, TT-488, IIJ-430 charge pumps
current, IV-42S portable, I-644 positive inputlnegative output,
capacitance buffers square wave, 5-V, 1-423 1-418, Jll-;J60
low-input. Ul-498 strutdard for calibration, I-406 regulated for fixed power supply,
stabilized low-input, III-502 radio calibrator, V-298 TV-396
data/clock line serial bus for T'Cs, tester, TV-26fi chargers (see battery-related
V-110 wave-shaping, high-Rlew rates, circuits, chargers)
hex-buffer crystal oscillator, V-13G IV-650 chase circuit, III-1!.17, I-326
high-current, V-92 cameras (see photography-related Chebyshev 111ters (see also 111ter
input!oulpul, for analog circuits; television rutd video) drcults)
multiplexers, 111-11 crutar.v sowtd si.Iuulator, V-557 bandpass, fourth-order, IJI-191
i.ttvertitl.t{, II-299, IV-90 canceller, central image, III358 fifth order multiple feedback low-
oscillator buffers, IV-89 capacitance huffers pass, JJ-219
prerision-inrreasing design, fV-89 low-input. III-198 high-pass, fourth-order, III-191
rail-to-rail single-supply buffer, V-93 Rtabilized low-input, III-502 chime circuit, low-cost, II-30
rf amp, buffer amp with modulator, capacitance controller, digital, V-159 chopper circuits
1V-4UO capacitwtcc .meters, 1-400,11-91-94, amplifier, II-7, III-12, I-350
stable, high-i.tnpedance, I-128 III-75-77 dc outpnt, V-849
unity gain, stable, good speefl, AID, 8.fi digit, III-70 JFET, V-352
high-input impedance, II-6 capacitance-to-voltage, II-92 checkers (see measurement/test
VFO buffer amplifier, V-D2 digital, II-U4 circuits)
video buffer, lll-712, V-\.l:.l capacitrutcc muiliplicr, l-416, ll-200, chroma demodulator with RGB
wide band. high-i.mped.ancc/1ow- V-205, V-347 matrix, ITT716
capacitance, I-127 capacitance tester, one-TC design, chug-chug sounrl generator, III-S70
buffered breakout box, TT-120 V-:100 circuit breakers (see also protection
hug detector, TTT-8flS, V-1fi0 capacitance-to-pulRe ;vidth circuits)
hug tracer, III-3S8 converter, II-126 12ns, II-U7
bull horn, II-453, IV-31 capacitance-to-voltage meter, II-!.l2 ac, lll-512
burglar alarms (see alarms: capacitor discharge high-speed electronic, II-96
rumucialors; sireitS) ltig.lt-volta~e generator, III-485 trip circuit, IV-423
burst generators (see also function ignition system, Tf-1 03 circuit. prot'"ction (see..prot.ection
generators; sound generators; capadtors, hysteresis compensation, circuits)
waveform generators), II-86-90, V-353 damp-on-current probe
III-72-74 capacity lester, battery, Ul-66 compensator, II-501
multi-, square waveform, ll-88 car port, automatic li.AAt controller clamp-limiting amplifiers, active.
rf, portable, TTT-78 for, TI-308 III-15
single t.imer JC square wave, TT-89 cars (.~ee automotive circuits) clamping circuits
single tone, II-87 carrier-current circuits (see also video signal, III-726
strobe tone, II-DO radio/rf circuits), III-78-82, IV- video sununi.Il!( ampilller and,
tone, II-!.lO, l!l-74 91-\.l:.l, V-94-96 III-710
burst power cwttrol, lll-362 AM receiver, III-81 cla.ss-D power amplifier, IIT-453
Lus lnterface, eight bit uP, II-114 audio transmitter, TTT-79 clippers, II-394, JV-04R
Butler oscillators baby-alert receiver/transmitter, V- audio-powered noise, II-396
aperiodic, 1-196 9S, V-90 audio-clipper/limiter, IV-355
707
dippers (crrnt.) Morse mrl.e practirf', V-108 three-inpllt and gate, op amp
zener design, fast., symmetrical, optoisolator design, V-101 design, IV-3fi8
IV-32\J QRP sidetone generator, V-102 variable hysteresis, I-149
dock circuits, 11-100-102, lll-80-135, ~ingle-lru:nsistor design, V-103 voltage comparator, IV-65D
V-97-99 VFO design, V-103 voltage monltor and, II-104
60Hz dor:k pulse generator, IT-102 coil drivers, .:urrent.-limiting, TIT-178 window, T-IG2, T-lfl4, TI-lOfi, Til-87,
adjustable TTL, I-614 coin flipper circuit, III-244 III-90, III-776-781, IV-656-658
binary clock, V-\J8-\J\J color amplifier, video, III-724 compass
bulTer serial bus, V-110 color-bar generator, IV-614 digital design, IV-147
comparator, I-156 color organ, II-583, II-584, V-104- Hall-effect, III-258
crystal oscillator, micropower, 105 talking Hall-effect compass, V-221
IV-122 color video amplifier, I-84 compensator, damp-on-currf!nt.
digital, ;vith alarm, III-84 Colpitts crystal oscillators, I-194, I- probe, II-501
gas discharge displays, III-12-hour, 572, Il-14.7, V-411 composite amplifier, II-8, III-13
J-25!J 1-to-20 M.Hz, IV-1~3 composite-video signal text adder,
oscillator/dock generator, lli-86 fn.'quency checker, JV-301 lll-716
phase lock, 20-:rvfi1Z to Nubus, III-105 hamwnic, I-189-190 compressor/expander circuits, III-
nm-rlmvn dor:k for gameR, IV-20:i t.wo-freq11enry, IV-127 91-%, fV-94-97
sensor touch switch/clock, IV-591 combination locks, electronic, II-19G amplifier/compressor, low-
single op amp, III-85 three-dial, II-195 distortion, IV -24
source, dock source, J-729 coHunutator. four-charmcl, U-364 audio, 11-44, V-57
stepper motors, V-573 l:Ompauders (see audio compressor/audio-L;md
t.hrf!e-phase from referenr:e, IJ-101 rompressor/expanrl.er dr.:uits) splitter, TV-9fl
TTL, wide-frequency, III-85 comparator~, III-86-90, II-103-112, I- dor.k circuit, I-156
ZSO computer, II-121 157 guitar, sound-effect circuit, IV-519
clock generators demonstration circuit, Il-lO!J hi-fi, II-12, II-13
oscillator, 1-615 diode fl'edbaek, 1-150 de-emphasis.lU-95
precision, I-193 display ami, II-105 prt'-entpha.sls, III-9:3
pulse generator, 60Hz, TT-102 double-ended limit, TI-105, T-156 low-voltage, IJI-92
clock radio, I-542, I-G43 dual limit, I-1G1 protector circuit, JV-%1
CMOS circuits four-r.hannel, III-90 speer.h, II-2
555 astable true rail-to-rail square frequency, II-109, II-110 universal design, IV-96-97
wave generator, II-W6 frequency-detecting, III-88 variable slope, III-94
9-bit, llJ-167 high-impedance, J-157 comput.alarm, l-2
coupler, optical, III-414 hip,h-inwt impedance window computer circuits (see alsu
crystal oscillator, TII-134 comparator, IJ-108 int.erfaces), TI-113-122,
data acquisition system, II-117 high-low-level comparator Wlth one III-96-108, V-106-110
dirruner, V-270 op amp, II-108 ADC, eight-channel, for PC clones,
Hasher, 111-199 hystercsi~, l-157 V-29-:JO
inverter, linear amplifier from, II-11 invertin~, I-154 analog si,!Snal attenuator, III-101
line receiver, V-497 noninverting, [-158 alarm, T-2
mixer, I-57 inverting, I-154 ARCH triplex LCD, 8018/IM80C48,
multivibrators, V-385 jitter suppression, V-342 II-116
optical coupler, III-414 latch and, III-88 bit grabber, IV-105
oscil.lator, 1-615, J-187, l-199, LBD frequency, 11-110 buffered breakout box, ll-120
III-429, III-430, V-420 limit, II-104, I-156 buffer scrial-bw; for datu/dock
piezoelectric driver, V-440 low-power, less than lOuV lines;V-110
programmahle precision timer, hysteresis, JJ-104 bus interface, 8-bit. uP, IT-114
III-G52 mirrovolt dock phase lock, 20-Mhz-to-Nuhns,
short-pulse generator, III-523 dual limit, III-89 III-1 05
touch switch, l-137 hysteresis, III-88 CMOS data acquisition system,
universal logic probe, lll-4!;1!;1 monostablc using, Il-268 U-117
variable-frequency oscillator opposite polaJ"ity--input voltage, I- CPU interface, one-shot, IV-239
(VFO), V-418 lGG data separator for floppy rliskR,
coaxial cable oscillator, tunable signal, I-69 II-122
drivers, coaxial cable, l-266, J-560 .power supply overvolt.agc, glitches deglitcher, IV-109
five-transistor pulse booster, II-191 detection with, II-107 display, ei.Mltt-digit, III-106
test circuit, V-299 precision dual8051s execute in lock-step
Cockcmft.-Walt.on .:ascarled voltage halan.:erl. input/variable offst, rn- circuit, fV-!.19
doubler, IV -635 89 DVM adapter for PC, V-810
code-practice oscillators, I-15, I-20, photodiode, I-360, I-384 EEPROM pulse generator, 5V-
l-22, ll-428-431, IV-373, IV-375, time out, I-153 powered, III-99
IV-376, V-100-103 TTL-compatible Schmitl trigger, 11- eight-channel muxldemux system,
keyer, "bug" type, V-102 111 JJ-115
708
eight-rligit mkropmcessor display, audible, II-536, V-317 de-to-de, IV-118, V-119, V-128
III-106 buzz box, 1-551 1-to-5 V, IV-119
flip-flop inverter, spare, lll-10:..1 r:allle tester, III-539 3-to-S Vbattery, IV-119
high-speed data at:quisition latching rlesign, IV-29G 3-to-25 V, III-744, IV-118
system, II-118 low-resistance circuits, V-319 bipolar, no inductor, 11-132
interfacf!, AAOx, OGOx, 8080 ohnuneter, linear, Ill-540 fixed;]- to 15-V supply, IV-400
families, III-98 PCll, ll-042, 11-535 isolated +15V, rtt-llfi
interval timer, progranunable, ll-678 ratiometric, I-550 push-pull, 400 V/GO W, I-210
keyboard matrix interface, IV -240 RC de carle box, V-294-295 regulating, I-210, I-211, II-125,
laptop computer power supply, resistance-ratio detector, II-342 III-121
V-46:3 single chip checker, II-534 stcp-uf)/step-down, III-118
line protectors, 3 uP I/0, IV-101 visual, V-2!.l3 dc/ac inverter, V-669
logic-level translators, IV -242 contrast meter:;, Il-447 de/de converter, V-fi09
logic line monilor, Ill-108 <tutomatic, I-472 digital-to-analog (see digital-to-
iong delay line, logk: si,llnals, III-107 brigl1tness controls, I-2SO, I-877, analog conversion)
memory/protector power supply III-308 fixed power supply, III-470
monitor, fV-425 control circuits (see fluid and fly back, I-:n 1
memory saving power supply, II-486 moisture; light-controlled self oscillating, I-170, II-128,
microcomputer-to-triac interface, circuits; motor control circuits; III-748
V-244 speed controllers; temperature- voltage, high-efficiency, III-7 44
microprocessor selected pulse related circuits; tone controls) frequency, I-159, V-123
width control, II-116 controller circuit, IV-142 frequency-to-voltage (see
modem protector circuit, V-4 79 conversion and converters, I-503, frequency -to-voltage
modem/fax protector for two II-123-1:32, lll-109-122, IV-110- conversion)
computers, V-482 120, V-116-128 high-to-low-impedance, I-41
multiple inputs detector, lll-102 3-to-5 V regulated output, ITT-789 intermittent converter, power
one-of-eight cha1mel transmission 4-to-18 MHz, III-114 saver, IV-112
system, III-100 4-to-20 rnA r.urrent loop, IV-111 IR-pulse-to-audio converter, V-224
osciHoseopP. digitallP.vels, IV-108 5V-to-isolated 5Vat 20MA, Ill-474 light intensity-to-frequency, I-167
pa."lsword protection circuit, V-1 09 5V-to-0.5A buck, 1-4!.14 !ine-voltage-to-multimeter adapter,
power supply watchdog, II-494 !.l-lo-5-V converter, IV-119 V-312
pulse width control, II-116 12-to-9 V, 7.5, or 6 V, I-508 logarithmic
printer error alarm, IV-106 12-to-16 V, III-747 fast-action, I-169
printer sentry, V-107-108 28-t.o-fl Vrlc converter, V-127 temperature-compensated, V-127
reset protection, childproof, IV-107 50+ V feed forward sv:itch mode, low-frequency, lll-111
RGR blue box, UI-99 I-495 o1uns-to-volts, I-168
RS-232 dataselector, automatic, 50+ V push-pull switched mode, oscilloscope, I-471
III-97 l-494 pe-riod-to-voltage, IV-115
RS-2:J2C line-driven CMOS circuits, 100 MHz, II-130 pica-ampere, 70 V with gain, 1-170
IV-104 100 V-to-10.25 A s""itchmode, I-501 PIN photodiodc-to-frequency,
RS-282-to-CMOflline receiver, 800-to-1000 MHz scanner lll-120
III-102 converter, V-122 polar-to-rectangular
RS-232C LED circuit, III-103 ac-to-de converters, I-165 converter/pattern generator,
short-circuit sensor, remote data fixed power supplies, fV-395 V-288
lines, IV-102 full-wave, IV -120 polarity, I-166
signal attenuator, analog, III-101 high-impedanr:e precision positive-to-negative, Ill-112, IU-113
sleep-mode sound-operaterl rectifier, I-164 power supplies, i.nductorless;V-456
circuits, V-S47 analog-to-digital (see analog-to- pulse height-to-width, III-119
sor:ket debugger, coprocessor, digital conversion) pulse train-to-sinusoid, ITT-122
III-I 04 ATV dowm.:onve1ier, V-125, V-126 Plllse v.irlth-to-voltage, III-117
speech synthesizer for, lll-732 ATV rf receiver/converter, IV-420 radio beacon converter, IV-495
stalled-output detector, IV -109 BCD-to-analog, T-160 rectangle-to-triangle wavefom1,
switch debouncer, N-1 Ofl BCD-to-parallel, multiplexed, I-169 lV-116-117
auto-repeating, IV-106 buck/boost, III-113 regulated 15-VrJut 6-V driven,
triac array driver, II-410 calculator-to-:;tupwatch, I-153 IJI-74S
Vpp generator for EPROMs, II-114 capacitanee-to-pulse width, II-120 resistance-to-voltage, I-161-162
XOR gates, IV-107 crystal-controlled, one-chip, V-117 rf converters, IV -494-501
up/down cow1ter, III-105 current-to-frequency, IV-113 ATV receiver/converter, 420 MHz,
7.80 bus monitor/debugger, IV-103 wide-range, I-164 low-noise, IV-496, IV-497
7.80 dock, II-121 current-to-voltage, 1-162,1-165, radio beacon converter, IV-49G
contact switch, I-136 V-127 receiver frequenr.y-converter
continuity testers, I-550, 1-551, U- growlded bias and sensor, IJ-126 stage, IV-499
53:3, ll-535, JU-345, lll-538-540, photodiode, II-128 SW converter for AM: car radio,
1V-287, IV-289, IV-296 de automobile power adapter, V-70 IV-500
709
conversion and converters (cont.) decade. l-25!.l electric, III-510
two-meter, TV-498 divldc-by-1.5, 111-216 electronic, II-99
up-converter, TVRO .'mhr.arrier low-cost, Ill-124 SCH, 11-496
reception, IV-501 low-frequ~nr:y, TT-2G8 cryst..'l] oscillators (see alsu
VLF converter, IV-4[)7 preamp. III-128 oscillators), J-180, T-18.'3-185, I-
W'WV-to-SW converter, IV-499 prograrmnable, IV-152-153 195, I-198, II-140-151, III-181-
receiving mnvert,er, 220 lVTHz, stalrcase )o\enerator wtd, 1-7:JO 140, IY-121-128, V-134-140
IV-500 tachomPter and, T-31 0 1-to-20 Mllz, TTL de~ign, IY-127
RUB-composite video signals. III-714 geiger. I-580-G87, V-217-219 1-to-4 MHz, CMOS design, IV -125
RMS-to-dc, ll-12U. 1-167 microfarad cmmter, IV-275 10 MHz, TT-141
50-MHz tltermal, 111-117 rninimum/maximum selector, four- 10-to-150 kHz, IV-12fi
RGR-to-NTSC, IV-611 inpul, V-TJ2 10-to-80 MHz, IV-125
sawtooth wave converter, TV 114 odd-nwnber divilier artd, 111-217 50-to-150 MHz, IV-126
scanner converter, V-ROO-to-! 000 preamplifier, osulloscupe, III-438 96Milz,1-17[)
MHz, V-122 pr~r.isirm frP!}tJem:y, T-253 150-to-!30.000 kllz, IV-126
shortwave, III-114, V-118 programmahl~, low-power \ViriP- 330 MHz, N-125
simple LF, 1-546 range, III-126 activity tester, V-138
sine-to-square wave, l-170, IV-120. ring cowtlcrs aperiodic, parallel-mod~, I-190
V-124, V-125, V-569, V-570 20 .k.llz, 11-105 basic design, V-135
square-to-sine wave, lrt-11R incandescent lamp, I-301 bridf\c, cr:ystal-controlled. IY-127
square-to-triangle wave, TTL, II-128 low-r:ost, T-:101 Butler oscillator. I-182
temperature-to-digital, V-123 low-power pulse r:ur:111t, IV-187 ralihrator, 100kHz, I-185, IV-124
temperature-to-fre4uency, 1-161:!, SCR, III-1U5 ceramic, 10 MHz, varar:tor tunerl,
V-121 va.riable ti.ttting, ll-134 II-141
temperature-to-time, TTT-032-633 time base, Jwtctlon geuerators, dock, micropmver design, IV-122
transverter, V-2-to-G meter, V-121 Hz. TV-201 CMOS crystal oscillators, 1-187,
triangle-to-sine wave, II-127 universal TH-1!34
TTL-lo-MOS logic, II-125, I-170 10-MHz. I-25G, II-189 1-to-4 MHz, TV-125
two-wire to Jour-wire audio, 11-14 40-MHz, III-127 Colpitts crystal oRcillators, I 194,
unipolaJ-to-dual voltage supply, up/down counlcrs I-572, II-147
11T-743 8-d.igit, ll-104 1-lo-20 MHz, N-123
video converters extreme count freL'zer, lll-125 frequency checker, IV-301
aid and d/a, IV-G10-611 XOR.gate, TH 105 ltannonic, 1-11:!9-1!.10
RGB-to-NTSC, N-611 coupler r:irr:uit.s two-frequency, IV-127
VLF converters, I-547, V-121 linear couplers crystal-controlled oscillator as,
rf couverter, 1V-497 ac analog, II-412 II-147
voltage (wm voltage converters) artalog, ll-410 CJYStal-stabilized JC timer for
voltage multipliers, V-60R-009, de, n 411 subharmonic frequencies, II-161
V-668 optocouplPr, inst.nJmPntation, crystal tester, I-178, I-186, 11-151
WWV converter. car radios, V-110 II-417 rlmJblPr and, T-184
\V\VV-to-SW rl'convertcr, IV-l!J0 optical couplers/optocouplers, eaRy start-up, III-182
r:ool-dolh-11 circuit, V-354, V-3.57 V-407 FET. 1 MHz, II-144
coprocessor socket debtl&ger, III-104 CMOS Ue::;ign, 111-414 fundainental-frequency, III-132
countdown timer, TI-6RO interface circuits, V-406-407 Hartley oscillalor, V-140
counters (see also dividers), II-188- linear, instrmnPntat.ion, TT-417 hex-buffer, V-136
W!.l, III-123-130, V-129-133 stahle. Il-109 high-frequency, I-175, II-148
<utalog circuit, 11-137 TTL design, III-4lfi high-frPquency signal generator as,
attendance, II-138 photon, II-412 II-lGO
binary, II-135 lransrnillcr oscilloscope for CB IC-compatible, II-145
divide-hy-N sip,nals, 1-47!3 impedance checker, V-136
1+ GHz, IV-155 r:ourtesy lights (see automotive LO for SSU transrnitter controlled
1.5+ divide-by-n, IV-156 drr.uits) by, II-142
CMOS progranunable, I-257 CRO doubler, III-439 low-fre!}uency, I-184, IJ-140, V-1.'35
7490-clividecl-by-n, IV-154 cross Jadcr, Il-312 10kHz to 150kHz. II-146
divid~-hy-orlrl nnmher, TV 153 cross-h<ltch ).(cnerator, color TV, low-noise, fi-145
frequency counters TJJ-724 marker p;euerator, lll-1!3~
2 MHz, Y-130-131 crossover networks, JJ-8fi mercury cell CJYStal-controlled
10 Mllz, Y-132-133, Y-132 5V, I-518 osr:illator as, TT-149
preamp, V-24 ac/dc lines, electronic, I-515 OF-1 HI oRcillator, international,
frequency dividers, I-258, II-2.51. active, 1-172 I-197
II-254, III-21:1-218, JII-:140, III~768 asynunetrkal tlLi.rU orde1 OF-1 LO oscillator, international,
1.2 GHz, III-129 Rutt.envorth, T-173 I-189
10-MHz, III-126 ~h~ctronic circuit for. TT-36 overtone oscillators, I-176, l-177, 1-
clock input. IV-151 crowbars, I-Gl6 180, I-183, I-186, II-146, III-146
710
50 MHz lo 100 MHz, I -181 current readout, ri, 1-22 D
100 MHz, IV---1 24 current sensiu)<(, supply mils, Dark-activated (see light-controlled
crystal, 1-170,1-180, II-146 ll-15:3 circuils)
rr:vstal switching, l-183 currLut si11k, r 20fi darkroom equipment (sP.e
fifth-overtone, 1-182 1 mA for fixer! power supplies. photography-related circuits)
third-overtoue oscillator, TV-128 IV-402 Darlington amplifier, pushcpuli, V-22
Pierce oscillator, V-140 voltagP-controlled, IV -62U Darlington regulator, variable power
1-MHz, TTT-184 current sourr.es, I-205, I-6U7, supplies, IV-421
r:ry.stal, I-195, II-144 V-111-143 data-manip11lation circuits, IV-12U-
harmonic, 1-H.lU,-11-192 0-to-200-TLA., IV-327 183
JFET, l-198 hilar.eral, III-46\.l, I-6!:14-6!:15, V-143 acquisition circuits, JV-1 .'31
low-frequency, TTT-188 hipolar sources CMOS system, II-117
quartz, two-gatf\ III-186 inverting, I-6U7 four-channel, I-421
ref1edion o.sr:illator, crystal- noninverting, I-6U5 high-speed s.ystcm, II-118
r:ontrolled, Ill-136 constant, I-697. III-47:J uualo.'(-signal transmi.ssion isolator,
Schmitt trigger, 1-HH fixed power supplies TV-188
signal source controlled by, TT-118 bootstrapperl amp, IV -406 link, IR type, 1-341
sine-wave oscillator, 1-19.9 differential-input, fast-acting, prescaler, low-frequency, IV-132
stable low-frequency, I-198 1V-40fl read-type drcn.it,_E MHz. phase-
st:mdard, 1 MHz, I-107 low-rurrent source, IV-3\:IU encoded, 11-365
temperature-compensated, I-187, limiter, V-146 receiver. carrier-cmrent circuit
II-142, lll-137 low-resistance measurements, V- design, IV-93
lest circuit. V-129 142 receiver/rnessugc demuxer, three-
third-overt.one, I-186, IV-123 negative, V-143 wire, IV-130
time hase, III-133, IV-128, V-137, offset-adjusting, V-145 sPlert.or, R.S-232, III-U7
V-138 positive, V-142 separator, floppy disk, II-122
TTL design, 1-17!:1, IV-127 precision, 1-205, 1-206 transmission circuits, JV-92
TTL-compatible, J-197 regulator, variable power supply, de aduptcr/transreiver, hand-held,
lransistorized, 1-lflfl III-4UO III-461
tube-type, T-192 variable power supplies, voltage- de generator.s, high-voltage, lll-481
VHF r:rystal oscillator, III-138-140 de motors (see also motor control
programmable, lV-420
voltage-controlled (_VCO), Hl-135, circuits)
voltage-conlrolled, )<(rounded
IV-124 direction control, I-452
source/load, 111-468
wide-range, V-1!39 driver controls
CWTent-lirniliug rL\'iulator, V-4fi8
crystal switchlrl,ls, overtone o.scillator fiberoptic conlrol, II-206
current-shuul cunplillers, ITT-21
with, I-IB2 fixed speed, TTT-8R7
currcnl-lo-frequency converter,
current analyzer, auto batter;,.', 1-104 .servo. bipolar, II-385
1V-113
current booster, I-30, 1-!35 reversible, 11-:381, IJT-88R
wide range, l-164 speed r.ontrol, I-452, I-454, III-377,
current collector heo.d amplifier, II-
currcn(.-lu-voltage amplifier. high- III-380, III-388
11, II-295
speed. 1-05 de restorer, video, III-723
current feerlhark amp, V-100 rnA al
current-to-voltage couvL~rter, J-162, de servo drive, bipolar control input,
I 00 MHz, V-25
I-1G5, V-127 II-385
r:urrent limiter, V-146
grounrled bias and sensor in, 11-126 de static switch, II-357
inrush current, V-!358
photorliode, II-128 dr-to-ac inverter, V-247, V-669
currenlloops
curve tracer, V-300 de-to-de conversion, IV-118, V-6!19
4-to-20-mA converter, TV-Ill
coutroller, SCH design, IV-387 diodes, IV-274 1-to-5 V, IV-119
current meters and monitors, 1-::J.OJ, FET.l-!J97 3-lo-5 V battery, tv-119
TT-l :i2-l :J7, III-255, lll-338, IV- C\\1-related circuits !J-to-25 V, JJT-744, IV-118
284, V-144-140 C\V/SSB receiver, V-80- and 40- 3.3- and :i-V outputs, V-128
alarm and curreut monitor, ITT-828 meter, V-4\.l\.l 3 A, no heatsink, V-1Hl
ac curreut indicator, tv-290 filt.er, razor sharp, ll-21\.l bipolar, no inductor, 11-132
current sPnsing m supply rails, keylng circuits, IV-244 fixed 3- to 15-V supply, TV-400
TT-1G2 offset inrlkator, IV-213 isuluted+I5V, TIT-llr)
electrometer amplifier with SSR/CW product detector, IV 108 push-plliL 400 V/60 W, 1-210
overloud protection, tf-IGG transceiver, 5 W, 80-mcter, !V-602 regulating, I-210, 1-411, II-125,
Hall-effect sensors, TTT-2GG, IV-284 transmitters III-121
high-gain CTJrrent sensor, IV-2U1 1-W, III-078 step-up/step-down, TIT- l 18
line-rurrent monitor, Ill-341 20-M low-pO\ver, V-64B de-lo-de SMPS variable power
pkoammeter, I-202, ll-154, II-157, 40-M, III-684. V-648 supply, TT-4RO
III-338 902-MHz, III-686 debonnr.er.s. III-592, IV-105, V-316
guarded input, II-156 HF low-pO\ver, 1V-601 auto-repeat, IV-106
range auuneter, six-rler:ade. II-153, QRP, III-690 r.omputer applicalions, IV-105, IV-
11-156 cydir: AID converter, ll-!JO 106, IV-108
711
debouncers (com.) LVDT demodulators, II-337, IH- RCD rotary switch, V-160
Jlip-flop;W-108 323-324 capacitance control, V-159
debugger, coprocessor sot:kets, stereo, U-159 entry lock, V-157
III-1 04 telemetry, I-229 inverters, V-246
decibel level detector, audio, with demonstration r:omparator circuit., potentiometer control, V-158
meter driver, III-154 II-109 resistance control, V-159
decoders, II-162, III-141-145 demultiplexers (see also digital multimeter (DMM), IV-291,
10.8 MHz FSK, T-214 multiplexers), lll-894 V-291
24-percent bandwidth tone, 1-215 differential, I-425 d.4(ital voltmeters (DVM), III-4
direction detector, III-144 eight-channel, J-426, JJ-115 3.5-di.git, I-713, III-761
dual-tone, I-215 descramblers, II-162 3.75-digit, 1-711
encoder and, lll-144 gated pulse, II-165 4.5-digit, I-717, III-7fi0
frequency division multiplex uutband, II-164 auto-calibrate circuit, I-714
stereo, IT-169 sine wave, ll-168 automatic nulling, I-712
PALINTSC, with RGB input, Irt-717 derived center-chatmel stereo calibrated circuit, DVM auto, 1-714
radio control-receiver, I-574 system, IV-23 interface and temperature sensor,
SCA, 1-214, III-166, III-170 detect-and-hold circuit, peak, T-5Rfl IT-647
second-audio program adapter, detectors (see fluid and moisture; LED readout, IV-286
III-142 light-controlled circuits; motion digital-to-analog converters, I-241,
sound-activated, HJ-145 and proximity; motor control II-179-181, III-163-169, V-120
stereo TV, II-167 circuits; peak detectors; smoke 0-to -5V output, resistor
time division multiplex stereo, II-168 detectors; speed controllers; terminated, I-239
tone alert, 1-21:3 temperature-related circuits; 3-digit, BCD, I-239
tone dial, I-630, I-631 tone controls; zero-crossing) 8-bit, I-240-241
tone decoders, I-231, III-143 deviation meter, IV-303 high-speed, l-240
24% bandwidth, I-215 dial pulse indicator, telephone, ill-613 output current to volt.agc, 1-243
dual time constant, II-166 dialers, telephone to 12-bit, two, II-180
relay output, I-213 pulse-dialing telephone, TTT-010 9-bit, CMOS, TII-167
tone-ilia! decoder, 1-630, 1-631 pulse/tone, single-chip, III-603 10-bit, I-238
video, NTSC-to-RGB, IV-613 telephone-line powered repertory, 4-quad, offset binary coding,
weather-alert detector/decoder, I-633 multiplying, I-241
IV-140 tone-dialing telephone, III-607 +10V full scale bipolar, 1-242
deglitcher circuit, IV-109, V-336-337 dice, electronic, I-325, III-245, IV-207 +10V full scale unipolar, 1-244
delay circuits/ delay units, III-146- differential amplifiers, 1-3R, TTT-14, V- 12-bit
143, V-147-148 18, V-21 binary two's complement, ITf-166
adjustable, Ill-148 high-imPedance, I-27, I-354 precision, I-242
analog delay line, echo and reverb high-input high-i.rnpcdance, II-19 variable step size, H-181
effects, IV-21 instrumentation, I-347, III-283 14-bit binary, I-237
door chimes, I-218 instrumentation, hiomedkal, TTI-2S2 Hi-bit binary, I-243
echo and reverb effects, analog programmable gain, III-507 fast voltage output, T-238
delay line, IV-21 two op amp bridge type, II-83 high-speed voltage output, I-244
exit delay for burglar alarms, V-10 differential analog switch, 1-622 multiplying, III-168
headlights, T-107, TJ-59 differential capacitance octal converter, V-3SO
leading-edge, III-147 measurement circuit, II-665 output amplifier, four-chwmel,
long duration time, I-217, I-220 differential hold, T-fifl9, II-8fifJ Ill-165
power-on delay, V-148 differential multiplexers video converter, IV-610-61 1
precision solid state, l-664 demultiplexer/, I-425 digitizer, tilt meter, III-044-640
pulse, dual-e~e trigger, III-147 wide band, 1-428 dinuner switches, I-369, II-309, IV-
pulse generator, II-509 differential thermometer, II-661, 247, IV-249
relay, ultra-precise long time, II-211 UI-638 800 w' ll-309
timed delay, I-668, II-220 differential voltage or eurrent alarm, de lamp, II-307
constant-current charging, II-668 II-3 four-quadrant, IV-248-249
windshield wiper delay, l-97, 11-55 differentiators, I-423, V-34 7 halogen lamps, III-300
demorlulators, II-158-160, III-149-150 neAAtive-edge, 1-419 headlight, II-57, II-63
5VFM, I-233 positive-edge, I-420 low-cost, I-373
12V FM, I-233 digital-capacitance meter, II-94 soft-start, 800-W, I-876, III-304
565 SCA, III-150 cligi.tal-IC, tone probe for testing, tandem, 11-312
AM: demodulator, Il-160 Il-504 triac, I-375, II-310, III-303
chroma, with RGB matrix, III-716 digital-frequency meter, Ill-344 diode emitter driver, pulsed
FM demodulator, J-544, II-161, V- digital-lo,Ri.c probe, III-497 i.rtfrared, II-292
151, V-1G5 digital audio tape (DAT), ditherizin.!S diode tester, I-402, Il-343, lll-402
narrow-band, carrier detect, II-159 circuit, IV-23 go/no-go, I-401
linear variable differential digital circuits, V-156-160 zener cliodes, 1-406
transformer driver, I-403 audio selector, V-158 diode-matching cirr.uit, IV-280
712
dip meters, 1-247, ll-182-183 dissolver, lamp, solid-slate, III-304 SO ohm, I-262
basic grirl, 1-247 distribution circuits. II-35 alarm driver, lti,I:O:t-power, V-2
dual gate TGFF:'f, I-24G rli~lriUution amplifierR bar-gruph driver
little (Jipper, II-183 audio, T-89, II-88, V-59 LED, TT-1RR
varicap tuned FET, l-246 signal, I-39 tmn.'listorized, IV-213
diplexer/rnixcr, IV-335 dividers, IV -150-156 BIFET cable, l-264
direction detectors/finders, binary chain, I-258 bridge loud~, audio circuits, III-35
JV-146-14!=l divide-by 2-or-8 c:irc:uit, IV-154 capacitive load, T-2G3
r.ompasses divide-hy-N Christmas lights driver, IV-254
digital design, IV-147 I+ GHz. IV-155 coaxial cable, I-266, I-560
Hall effect, Ul-258 1.5+ divide-by-n, IV-156 five-transistor pulse boost, Il-191
talking llall effect, V-221 CMO~ pnJF(r<utUllable, T-2fi7 coil, currenL-lintitiltR, III173
dccorler, III-144 74UO-divided-by-n, TV-IG1 CRT ddlcction yoke, T-20G
directional-signals monitor, auto, divide-by-odd number, IV-153 demodulator, linear variable
TTT-4R frequency dividers, I-258, II-251, H- differential transformer, I-403
optir.al direction discriminat.ur, V- 2ii1, III-213-218, III-340, lll-768, diode-emitter driver, II-2D2
408 V-343 F'ET driver, IV-241
thermally operated, IV -1% 1.2 GHz, lll-129 fiberoptie, 50-Mb/s, III-178
radio-signal direction finder, JV- 10-Mllz, III-126 flash ~lave, l-483
148-149 clock input, IV-lfil glow-plug, TT-fi2
direr.tion-of-rotation circuit, 111-3!35 der.ade, I-259 high-impedance meter, 1-265
directional-signals I!IUILitor, auto, divide-by-1.5, Ill-~16 indicator lamp driver, lll-413
lll-4.:1 low-co~l, lll-124 instrumentation meter, IJ-290
di~co strobe light, TT-GlO low-frequency, TT-2fi8 lump drivers, I-380
rliscrete current booster, II-30 preamp, TIT-12R llip-flop independent design,
disr.rete sequence oscillator, lU-421 programmable, IV-152-153 IV-1fi0
discriminators stairc:ase generator and, 1-730 low-frequency flasher/relay, l-300
multiple-aperlurc, window, IIT-781 tachometer and. 1-310 optical coupling; Ul-413
pulse amplitude, III-356 mathematical, one trim, TTT-820 neon lamps, 1-379
pulse width, II-227 odd-munber counter ami, III-217 short-circuit-proof, II-310
window, IIJ-770-7RI pul~e, non-integer progranunable, la~er diode, high-speed, I-263
display cirr.uit.'l, II-184-188, III-170- II 511, TTT-22() LED drivers
171, V-lGl-167 Dolby noise reduction circuits, Ul-399 bar graph, II-188
~1/2 digit DVM CO!lllllOil <mode, decode mode, III-401 emitter/follower, IV-159
II-71::3 encode mode, 111-400 line drivers, I-262
60 dU dot mode, TT-2G2 doorbells/chimes (see annudatorR) 50-o!un trwtsmission, TT-192
audio, LED har peak program dour-open alarm, TI-2R1, III-46, III-256 600-ohm balanced, II-192
meter, II-254 door opener, III-366 audio, V-54
bar-graph indicator, ac ~i."(.nals, door minder security circuit, V-5 piezoelectric driver, V-440
II-187 dot-expanded scale meter, IT-IRO 555 oscillator, V-441
brighlncss control, TTT-.~IG doublc-~ide 'bar1cl Sllppressed-carrier CMOS, V-440
cascaded eounter/diRplay driver, modulator, TTT-877 mieropositioner, V-440
V-16:1 rf, II-300 full rail excursions in, Il-HJO
r.ommrm cathode, 4033-bru;ed, rlouhlers high-output 600-ohm, 11-193
V-162 0 to lMHz, II-252 synchronized, Ill-174
common-anode, V-167 150 to 300 MHz, 1-314 video amplifier, lll-710
compumtor <Uld, IJ-lOfi audio-frequettcy doubler, TV -10-17 line-synchronized, III-1 74
cxdwnation point, II-2G4 broadb<Uld frequency, T-:318 load drivers
expanded sr.ale meter, dot or haL CHO, oscilloscope, TTT-439 audio, III-35
TI-lRO crystal oscillator, I-184 timing threshold, III-648
fluorescent tube, V-167 frequency, I-313"III-215 LVDT demodulator and, 11-337, III-
gas-discharge tube, V-167 broadband. 1-01:.1 323-324
LCD digital. III-216 meter drivers, ll-296
7-segment, V-!Of.i GASFET' design, IV-324 rfamplifier, 1-MHz, III-545
large-size, V-164 single-chip, III-218 microproce.'lROr triac array, 11-410
LED low-frequency, 1-:.114 motor drivers (see motor control,
7-segrncnl, V-166 voltage doublers, III-459, JV-63S drivers)
uudiu, peak program meter, II-254 cascuded, Cockcroft.-Walton, multiplexer, high"speed line, I-264
c.OillillOn-cathode, V-lfi7 IV-635 neon lamp, 1-379
driver, 11-IRR trlaccontrolled, III-468 op amp power driver, IV-158-159
leading-zero suppressed, V 165 down heat-emphasized metronome, optoisolated, high-voltage, Ill-482
two-variable, III-171 III-353-354 power driver, op amp, IY-158-159
oscilloscope, cighl-dtarmel voltage, drivers and drive circuits, I-260, TT- pulsed infrared diode emitter,
III-4::35 18U-Hl3, 111-172-175, IV-157-100 II-292
713
drivers and drive circuits (r:unt.) complementary/hilatPml ac, feedback oscillator, I-67
relay, I-264 V-.%2 fence chargers, 11-201-203
delay and rontrols do~nre time, emulators, II-1 08-200 battery-powered, II-202
II-G80 c<.qJadtaJtce multiplier, TT-200 electric, Il202
low-frequency. I-300 .JFET ar conpled integrator. II-200 solid-state, II-203
with strobe, 1-266 resistor multiplier, 11-1llll FET circuits
rf drivers, low-distortion, TI-:J88 simulated inductor. Tl-199 mnpliller, ofTsel gate Uia.s, V-22
RR-282C, low-power, III-17G encoders de controlled switch, Vfl92
shift register, I-418 decoder and, 111-14 ltcxFET switch, V.!)92, V-fl~8
solenoid, I-265, III--571-573 telephone handset tone dial, T-fl81, dualtrace scope swit.r:h, Jl-432
SSB, low-distortion 1.6 to ;Jor..m, TTT-fll8 i11put amplifier, TT7
11-5:38 tone encoders, 1-67, 1-62U microphone mixer, V803, V-361
st.eppi.r"l,IS motor, TT-37tl, ITT-890, two-wire, II364 probe, T1T-fl01
TV -.'349, TV -3GO two-tone, V-fl29 voltmeter, TTT7fi!l, llf-770
three-phase motor driver, II-383 enlarger timer, Il-446, 111-445 fiberoptics, Il204-207, III-17fl-1R1
totem-pole, '.Vith bootstrapping, envelope detec'Lors, III-155 driver, LF:D, fiO-Mh/s, III-178
III-175 AM signals, TV -142 interface for. 11-207
tr<Ulsformer driver, I-403 full-wave, V-152 link, T-2fiR, T-2fi9, I-270, III-179
triac array driw~r, TT-41 0 low-level diode~, 1\ 141 motor control. de, II-206
two-phase motor driver, I-456, II-382 envelope gPnerator/modnlator, receivers
VCO driver, op-amp design. IV-362 musical. IV-22 10 :\lliz, II-205
drop-voltage recovery for .tong-line EPHO:Vl, \'pp gemmtor fur, II114 SO-Mb/s. III-181
systems, IV -328 eqtmlizers, T-071, TV-If! digital, III-178
dmm sound effert, 11-G9! octave equalizer, V-353
high-sensitivity, 1-270
rhml-tone der.oding, II-G20 len-band, graphic, active filter m,
low-cost, 100-M baud rate, Hl-180
dual-tracking regulator, III-462 1J.684
low-sensilivily, 1-271
duplex line amplifier, telephone, ten-hand, octave, III-658
very-high-sensitivity, low-spLcd,
lll-616 equipment-on reminder, 1-121
3n\V, 1-268
duty-cycle related circuits exhaust emissions anal~'7.er, Tl-!ll
repealer, 1-270
detector, TV-144 exit. delay for bnrglar alarms, V-10
speed conlrol, 11-206
metPr, fV-27G expanded-scale meler8
lransmitlcr, 111-177
monitor, III-329 analog, IH-774
dot or bar, TI-IF\(i field dislurbmtec scnsor/ahum, II-507
multi>ibrator, 50-percent, III-584 field-strcnglh rncLcrs, 11-208-212, JII.
expander circuits (see
oscillators 182-183, lV-164-166, V-174176
cornprc~sor/cxp<.Ulder ci.Jcu.its)
50-pen:CIIt, 111-426 1.5-150 Mllz, 1-275
extended play cirruit, tape-
variable, fixed-frequency, ITI-422 adjusl.abk ~ensitivity iltdicator, 1274
recorders, III-600
DV'"M: adapter for.PC, V-310 amplil1ed field, v.J75
extractor. squarc-wave pulse, III584
dwell meters hi.,I.(IHensitivity, TT-211
breaker point,.l-102
d@tal, III-45
F LForHF,TT212
555 timer cirruits (.~r:e aJw ttmers) microw:1ve, low-cost, I-273
alarm h:1sed on GG:l timer, V-11 remote, V-17G
E astable, low-duty cycle, II-267 rfsniffer, 11-210
cur proledor, V-482 beep transformer, !11-566 sensitive, I-271, III-1R3
eavesdropper, telephone, win"less, FM modulator, V-:J67 sigml-strPngth meter, IV-1613
HT-620 iltlegratur to multtply, H-669 simple design, three versions, Y-176
erho effect, analog delay line, IV-21 llliSSi.JLgpltlse deter:tor, \'.]!)2 transmission indicator, II-211
edge detector, I-266, III-157 ramp genPrator, V-208 t1med, I-27(i
EEPROM pulse generator, 5V- RC andio oscillator from, II-567 T'HF fields, TV-lfiG
po>vered, 111-Ull square wave generator using.ll-5!)5 1mtuned, I-276
BKG simulator, three-chip, IJI.350 fader circuits, 11-42. u-:312, 1V-17. filter circuils.ll-210-224, lll-184-
elapsedtime timer, TT-fi80 V-658 lll2.1V-167-177, V-177-191
electrir-fenre rharger, II-202 faiJ.safe semir:oml!Jr:tor ahm1, ITT-fi <tctive (see active filters)
electric-vehicle battery saver, lll-67 fans ant.ialiasing/s:y'1\C-eompensation,
eleclrolytie-eapacitor rdormill,l{ infrared heat-controlled fmt, 1V-22ti IV-173
circuit, IV276 speed controller, automatic, IIJ.:J82 audio fillers
elertromagnet.k-field sen>lor, V-308 t.henuostatic ~witch, V 68 biquad, 1-292293, III-185
electrometer, IV-277 Fahrenheit thennomet.er. 1-0GR twLa!Jle. JV.J69
amplifier, overload protected, Il-155 fault monitor, .'nngle-supply, III-495 amlin range filter, V-190
electrostatic detector, 111-007 f~" circuits, V-171-173 bandpass (.'if?e bandpass filters)
emergency light~, 1-008,1-378, lV-250 modem/fax protector for lwo hand-reject, active, H-401
emissions analy:.:er, automotive compulcrs. V-41::\2 .biquad, l-2U2-2U3
exhaust, II 51 fax/lclepltoJtc switch, remote- audio, 1-292-29!3, III-185
emitt.erfollower c:irt:JJit, controlled, fV.i)iJ2 55:3 HC active bandpass. 1285, V190
714
bridge filter, twin-T, bandpass, :JOO Hz 3kllz, I-295 low-cunent source, TV-299
programmable, II-221 second-order, 800-to-3,400 Hz, low-power inverter, III-466
Butterworth TV-174 negative rail, GET, with CMOS
high-pass, fourlh-order, 1-280, t\vo-section, 300-to-3,000 Hz, gates, IV -408
V-17!.l TV-174 negative supply from +12 V source,
low-pass, Jourth-order, V-180, speech-nmgc filter, Landpass, IV-401
V-181 V-185 negative voltage from positive
Cltebyshev (see Chebyshev filters) state-variable filters, IT"21:), III-lf\9 supply, IV-:.3~7
C\V, razor-sharp, II-219 multiple m1tpnt.s, TIT-190 outpul stabilizer, lV-393
dyuamic fJlter, III-190 secoml-onler, I kHz, Q/10, I-29~ porlablc-radio 3 V po\ver supply,
Jour-output filter, V-182 universal, T-290 IV-:J!.l7
Jull wave rectifier and avPraging, T' filters, V-190 positive and negative volta,ge
I-229, V-191 tone filter, V-1 kHz, V-191 power supplies. IV-402
lti,qh-pass (see high-pass filters) turbo, glitch free, 111-JRO pnp regulator, zencr increases
IF filters, narrow-band, V-189 twin-T' hridge filter, II-221 voltage output, II-484
L filters, V-181 Wien-hridge, TTI-Ofi9 programmable. III-467
low-pass (see-low-pass filters) variahl<2 Q filter, V-lf\3 reclillers, lll-471. [\l-398
networks of, T-291 variable-frequency bandpass filter, regulated supplies, III-462, III-46:3,
noise, dynamk, TTT-190 V-lf\6 lV-401
noisy signals, TII-lRR variable-state, tmiversal, V-178 ripple suppressor, TV-39fi
notrh filters, I-288, II-897-403, voltage-controlled filters, III-187. [{TTY machine ClJrrent snD_ply,
ITI-402-404 IV-176 TV-400
4.5 MHz, I-282 fixed power supplies.III-457-477, sta.hilizer, CMOS diode network,
550 Hx, 11-:J!.l!.l IV-3U0-408 TV-400
1800 liz, 11-!398 12-VDC batteJY-operaled 120-VAC, switching supplies, III-45R, III-473,
active band reject, IT-401 III-464 IV-403, TV-101, IV-408
adjn~table Q, 11-39R, V-179 +24 V. 1.5 A supply from + 12 V three-raiL III-100
audio, II-100 source, IV-401 unintermptible +SV, III-477
bandpass and, II-22-3 +I- 35 V ac, IV-3!.l8 voltage doubler, III-459, III-468
high-Q, III-404, V-178 +1- 35 V, 5 A, mobile, IV-407 voltage regulator.s (see voltage
.selectable bandwidth, I-281 15 V isolated lo 2,500 V supply, regulator.s)
three-amplifier design, I-281 IV-407 voltage-c:ontrolled cnrrent
tunable, II-399, II-402,-V-179 ac motors, IV -3'"J5 smJrce/gronnded .source/load.
passive-bridged differentiator, automotive balleiY supply, +/-15 V III-tlOR
II-403 and 5 V, IV-3U1 fixed-frequency generator, III-231
hum-suppressing, I-280 auxiliary supply, IV-3!:!4 flame ignitor, III-362
op amp, II-400 bias/reference applieations, flame monitor, III-313
twin-ntoch for 1kHz, V-18!J auxiliary negative de supply, flash/flashbulb circuits (see
twi..n-T, lll-403 IV-404 photography-related circuits)
shorlwavc receivers, V-185 bilateral current source, UJ-469 flashers and blinkers (see al:,;olighl-
Wien bridge, 11-402 Lrid,l\e rectifier, TV-398 controlled circuils;
passive-Lflltcrs, V-181 dtar)~e pool, III-469 photography-related circuits), 1-
passive Pl filters, V-181 dtar,ge pump, regulated. TV-396 304, II-225, 111-l!.l:.l-:nu, IV-178-
passive T lillers, V-190 constant-rnrrent sonrr.e, safe. 183, V-1!.l2-lll7
Pi filters, V-181 ITI-172 1.5 V, minimum power, l-!308
prograrmnable, twiu-T bridge, II-221 converter, III-470 1 kW flip-flop, 11-204
rejection, 1-283 5V-to-isolated 5V at 2UMA, III-474 1A lamp, l-306
ripple suppressor, lY-175, IV-396 ac-to-de, IV-3ll5 2 kW, pholodcdric control in, II-232
rumble, lll-192, 111-660. IV-175 de-lo-de, !J-to-15 \i, lV-400 3V, 1-306
LM!J87 in, 1-297 current sink, 1 mA, IV -402 ac. III-196
turntable, lV-170 current sources, IV-399, TV-405, alternating, I-307, II-227
rumble/scratch,' III -660 TV-406 astable multivibrator, III-HJ6
Sallen-Key filters de adapter/transreiver, hand-held, auto, I-2llll
10kHz, I-279 TTT-461 automatic safety, I-.302
500Hz bandpass, l-2lll dual-tracking regulator, III-462 automotive turn signal, .sequential,
currenl-driven, V-189 GASFET power supply, IV-405 I-109
low-pcl.';s, active, IV-177 general-purpose, III-465 bar display "''i.th alann, I-252
low-pass, equal component, I-292 inverter, 12 V input, IV-395 barricade, l-2!.l!.l
scratch filters, TII-lf\9, TII-000, isolated feedback, III-460 boaL l-2ll9
IV-17G LCD display power supply, IV-3\J2, brake light flasher, V-69
LM287 in, I-2U7 IV-403 Christmas tree light fla..~hPr, V-197,
simulated inductor, V-180 linear regulator, low-cost, low- V-264-20G
speech filters dropout, III-459 CMOS, III-Hl9
715
flashers and blinkers (cont.) flex s\vi.tch, alanu sounder circuit, radio, I-545
de. adjustable on/off timer, I-305 V-15 receivers
dual LED CMOI::i, l-!J02 flip-flops (~ee Uislabk 27.145 MHz, V-495
electronic, 11-228 nmltivibrators) carrier-current circuit, TH-80
Pmergenry lantem, I-308 floor! alarm, 1-.190, TTT-200, IV-IRS light-beam, V-259
fast-action. I-300 flow-detectors, II-240-242. MPX/SCA receiver, III-530
flash light, 60-\li, III-200 lll-202-203 narrow-band, 111-5!32
flicker .lig.hl, 1V-1~;J air, ll-242 optical receiverftransmitter, 50
11ip-Oop, I-299 liquids,.II-248, IIJ-202-20.'3 kHz, f,:361
fom-parallel LED, T-.'307 low-rate thermal, ITT-20.~ zf'ro center indicator, I-338
hearllighr. flasher, V-78 thermally baser! anemometer, II-241 SCA subcarrier adapter, V-536
high-efficiency parallel circuit, I-308 fluid and moisture detectors, I-388. snooper, III-680
high-voltage, safe, I-307 l-3!.l0, 1-442. Il-243-248, lll-204- speakers. remote, currier-currenl
high-power balle:ry operated, U-22\.l :210, 1\'-1~4-191, V-373-375 system, I-140
incamlcscent bulb, III-198, I-306 add rain monltor, II-245, V-371 squelch circuit for AM, I-547
LED flashers, IV-181, V-195, V-196 alarm, water-activated, V-374 stereo demorlulation system, J-544
2-t.o 10-LED, V-I!=Jfi checkPr, TII-209 transmitters, I-fi81, V-641
alternating, III-198, III-200 control, I-388, III-206 27.125-MHz NBFM, V-637
Christmas tree lights, V-197 cryogenic fluid-level sensor, I-386 4U-MHz, V-643
cont..rol circuil, l\1-l~:J dual, lll-207 i.rtfrared, voice-modulated pulse,
dark-activated. V-195 flood alarm, III-206, IV-188, V-374 fV-228
driver, V-194 flow-of liquirl, TT-248, TII-202-203 light.-beam, V-259
multivibrator design, IV-182 full-bathtub indicator, IV-187 multiplex, III-688
PUT used in, II-239 full-cup detector for the blind, one-transistor, lll-687
ring-around, lll-194 IV-18ll oplical, 1-367, 11-417
sequential, reversible-direction, hunti.dity, II-285-287, Ili-266-267 optical receiver/transmitter, 50
IV-182 l.nclicator, II-244 kHz, 1"361
three-year, TIT-I 94 level of liquirl, T-1 07, T-23G, T-387, T- radio, V-fl48
IJ.TT used in, II-281 38R I-389, I-390, II-174, II-244, snooper, III-680
lo\v-current consumption, II-231 II-246, III-205, III-206, III-207, stereo, V-575, V-580
low-voltage, I-305, II-226 III-20D, III-210, IV-186, IV-190, voice, III-678
miniature. transistorized, ll-227 IV-1\Jl luner, 1-231, Ul-529
mi.rti.rnum-cumpuucnL, 111-201 moisture detector, l-442, lV-188, wireless m..icrophone, III-682, III-
neon flashers, I-:30.3 V-375 68.5, IIJ.691
five-lamp, TTT-198 monitor, TTT-210 F'M/A\1 cloc:k radio, I-543
two-state oscillator, III-200 plant water, II-245, II-248, III-208 fog-light controller, automotive, IV-59
tube. I-304 pump controller, single-chip, II-247 foldback current, HV regulator
oscillator/flashers rain alarm, U-244.JV-l~!.l limiti.rtg, 11-478
high-drive, II-23,5 sensor and control, II-246 followers, JTT-211-212
low-frequency, TT-234 soil moisture, IT-245, Tl-248, TII-208 invP.rting, high-frequenc:y, III-212
photogmphic fla..~hes temperature monitor, II-G13. IU-200 noninverting, high-frequency, III-212
slave-flash trigger, SCR design, \Vater-leak alarm, IV-190 source. photodiode, III-41D
IV-380. IV-382 """indshield-washer level, I-107 unity gain, 1-27
lirne-de.luy flash trigger. lV-:380 fluorescenl lamps voltage, lll-212
relay driver, low-frequency l<unp, lll,!Sh-vulta,l\c power supplies;cold- forward-current booster, III-17
r.:3oo cat.hode desi,lin, JV-411 free-running multivibrators, JT-485
mnning lights, V-2fl9 inverter, 8-W, TTT-30fl 100kHz, I-4fl5
SCR flashers, II-230, III-197 vacuum, fluorescent display, II-185 programmable-frequency, III-235
chaser, III-197 flyback converters, I-211 free-running oscillators, I-531
relaxation. II-230 self oscillating, I-170, II-128, III- 748 square wave, I-615
ri.Hg cowtler, ll1-1\.l5 voltage, high-dllcieHcy, ll1-744 freezer, voltage, III-763
sequencer, V-263, V-264-265 llyback regulator, olT-line, II-481 freezer-meltdown alarm, I-13
sequential, Jl-233, TT-2:~8, JV-1 81, F'M-relaterl circuits (.~<1<1 n)Rn frequency comparators, II-109, III-88
V-193 radio/rf circuirs) LED, II-110
pseudorandom simulated, IV -17f.l 5 V, I-233 frequency conlrol, telephone, H-623
sml alarm, V-197 12 V, 1-2:33 frequency converter, I-159
single-lamp, HI-196 clock radio, AlvVF!\1, I--543 frequency counters, TH-340, TIT-7fl8,
strobe alarm. TV-180 demodulators, T-544, TT-159, TT-lflL fV-300, V-129-133
telephone, II-fi29, IV-fi:lfi, IV-fifi8, V-IGI 1.2 GHz, III-129
IV-559. IV-661 IF amplifier with quadrature 2 MHz, V-130-131
transistorized, I-303, II-236, III-200 detector. TV sound IF. I-600 10-MHz, III-126, V-132-133
variable, r-:J08 generators, low-frequency. IU-228 lOU Mllz, period and, II-136
xeHoHli~ht, lV-180 modulators, V-366 low-cost, III-124
flashlight finder, I-.300 555-based circuit, V-367 preamp, III-128, V-24
716
precision, I-253 decoder, 10.8 MHz, 1-214 high-frequency.ll-150
tadwmeLer awl. 1-:JIO /{l'Heratur.luw-cust desi,I.\H, III-227 invl'Jter, III-103
frequency detectors, II-177, HI-158 keying circuits, TV-24!) lamp drivPI, TV-1 !10
beat inrlicator, T-88fl frequency synthesizer, linelhar generator, video, V-GG2
boundary detector, III-156 programmable voltage linear ramp. II-270
comparator, III-88 controllr.xl, 11-265 linear trirul).(ll'isquure wave VCO,
digitul, lll-158 frequency-to-voltage converter, II~263
limit, frequency limit, II-177 1-318, TT-2!_lfl-2fl7, TTT-219-220 logarithmic
window, frequency"Winrlow, ITT-777 de, 10kHz, I-81G dynamic-range, V-201
frequency dividers, I-2G8, II-251, digital meter, I-317 fast acting, V-202
II-254, III-213."218, III-340, optocoupler input, IV-193 monostable multi\ibrators, I-465,
III-768, V-:343 sample-aHd-hold circuit, IV -1~4 111-229. lll-230, 111-2:35, 111-2:37
1.2 GHz, Ul-12U siJtgle-suwly-desigJL lV-195 iuput lockout, I-464
10-MHz, III-126 zener regulated, I-317 linear-ramp, TTT-237
clock input, IV-151 fuel gauge, automotive, TV-4fl photocf'll, monostahle, Tl-829
rlecade, T-2fi9 fnll-wave rectifierB, IV-828, IV-GGO positive-rriggered, III-229
divide-by-1.5, III-216 absolute value, II-528 TTL, monostable operation, I-464
low-cost, III-124 averaging filler. V-1~1 UJT, mono~tab1e operation, 1-46J
low-frequency, ll-253 up ;unp circuit, V-403 video amplifier and COll11XU'ator,
preamp, III-128 precision, T-284, TTT-587 TT-208
programmable, TV-lfi2-lfi8 silicon-controlled (fiCR). I-87fi multiplying pulse v..idth circuit,
staircase generator and, I-730 flmction generators (see also burst II-264
tachometer and, I-:310 generators; ~owtd generators: multivibralors
frequency-division multiplex !;tcreo wavdonu geuerators), I-729, low-frequency. III-2!37
decoder, II-169 II-27L III-221-242, III-258-274, single-Sllpply, TIT-232
frequency doublers, I-81 :3, JTT-215 TV~-190-202,V-200-207, V-:109 nonlinear pot.entiomPt.er out.pnt~,
hroadbanrl, 1-818 GGfi astable, low-duty cycle, II-2G7 IV-198
digital, III-216 acoustic field generator, V-338-341, one-shots, I-465
GASFET design, IV -324 V-338 digitally controlled, 1-720
\ow-frequency, I-:314 A\1 broadcast-band signal precision, 111-222
single-chip, lll-218 generator, JV-302 rctri~l'rable, III-238
to 1Mllz, II-252 A.\1/IF s_i,l.;nal p;enerator, 455kHz, oscillator/amplifier, "Wiele frequency
frequency generators, fixed- TV-301 range, TT-202
frequency, TIT-281 a~tahle multi\ihrators, II-2fi9, pattern generator/polar-to-rect.
frequency indicator, beat, I-336 II-510, II-597, III-196, III-224, converter, V-288
frequency inverter, lii-297 III-2:YJ. lll-237, 111-238 polynomial genemtor. V-61:!7
frequency meters, 1-310,11-249-250, audio fwtction ,>{l'Jtemtor, IV-197 potentiometer-position V/F
IV-282, IV-<'301 awJio-frequency generator, V-410- convertPr, TV-200
analog, V-307 417, V-4JG precise wave, II-274
audio-frequency meter, V-305, bistable multhibrators, I-133, I- programmed. I-724
V-320 2!.l!.l, I-:J!.l5, Il-367, ll-465.11l-103, pseudo-random bil sequ{'nce
audio, 1-:311 JV-108, 1V-651 generator, V-351
linear, 1-::no bistable multivibraturs, I-1.33. II-466 pulse p:enerators, IPl08-511
low-cost, II-250 capacitance multiplier, V-205 2-ohm, TTT-281
pmver, TT-250 clock generator/oscillator, 1-19~3. 800-V, III~521
frequency multipliers, II-2G I, ITI- 1-Gl:J 555-circuit, IV -439
213-218, V-198-199 complementary signals, XOR gate, astable multivibrator, 11-510
counter, odd-munber; III-217 Ill-226 dock, 60Hz, Il-102
doublers, I-31:3. III-215 DAC controlled, 1-722 CMOS sltort-pulse.III-523
broadband, 1-:313 debouneer, IV-108 delayed-pulse, JT-h09, TV-440
digital, III-216 emitter-roupled R.C oscillator, TT-2flfl rlividPr, programmable, II-f>ll,
GAfiFET rlesign, IV-824 fixed-frequency, UI-281 III-226
single-chip, III-218 flasher. I-2!JO. II-234 EEPROM, 5V-powered, 111-lJO
low-frequency, l-:314 YM, low-frequency, 111-228 l'ree rwwirl).(, IV-4:38
to 1Mlb:, ll-252 free-nutninp; multivibrator, int.ermpting pulse-genPration,
pulse-v;idth, TTI-214 programmahle-freqm,ncy, ITT-28G J-8G7
tripler, nonselective, II-2:)2 frequency-ratio monitoring circuit, logic. III-520
frequency-boW1dary detector, III-156 IV-202 logic troubleshooting applications,
frequency oscillator, tunable, ll-425 frequency synthesizer, rv-4:Jo
frequency-ratio monitoring circuit, prof(rrunmablc voltage pro,>{r<utunaUle.l-529
IV-202 controlled, II-265 sawtooth-wave generator and,
frequency-shift key (FSK) FSK, low cost, TTl -227 TIT-241
communications harmonic generators, 1-21, JJI-228, single, II-175
data receiver, JJI-fi82 IV-019 train, pulse train, IV -202
717
function gem~rators (cont.) duly-cycle multlvibrator, TH-50- monitor for car fuses, V-77
transistorized, IV-437 percent, Ill-584 relay fuse, V-4713
two-phase pulse, 1-502 four-der:ade design, IV-535 fuzz box, lll-575
rnlijwu.:liun Lrauslstor design, T-rJ.'30 high-current oscillator, lll-5135 fuzz sound effect, H-fi90
very low-duty-cycle, TTI-fi21 line frequency, 11-599
voltage-controller and, III-524 low-JrcqueHQ' TTL oscillator, G
\Vide-ranging, III-522 Il-595 .GaAsFET circuits
quad op amp, four simultaneous nmltihur~r. genPrator, II-88 amplifier, power, with single supply,
synchronized waveform, IJ-259 nmltiVibrator. IV-536 II-10
ramp generators, I-540, JT-521-G28, oscillators, I-612-614, 1-616, 11-596, fixed power suppliPs, IV-405
III-525-527, fV-44:1-447, G:JG II-507, 11-616, IV-5!32. IV-533 gain rontrol circuits
basf!d, V-208 phase-trac.ki.Ilp;, tlu-ee-phase, TI-G98 amplifier, stereo, gair1-controlled, Il-
accuratP, III-526 pulse extractor, TH-fif\4 9. III-34
integrator, initial condilion reset, quadrature-outputs oscillator, automatic audio gain control, II-17
III-527 TTT-fiRG aut<Jinatic ,l(ain control (AGC), H-17
linear, U-270 sinP-wave and, tunable oscillator. AGC system for CA8028 IF amp,
vw"iable reset. level, TT-207 III-232 TV-4Gf!
volt.1.ge-controllPd, II-523 three-phase, 11-600 rf amplifier, wide band adjust.aUlc,
rfosdllator, V-530-531 toHe-burst generator, singl<! t.imer III-545
root extractor, V-207, V-21313 IC. H-89 squelch conlrol, 111-!33
RS flip-flop, r-:Ju5 tri:mg\e-wavP and, III-239 wide-Uand amplifier, TTT-1 G
sawloollt generators, V-491 precision, III-242 galn block, vidf!o, TII-712
linear. V-205 progranunable, 111-225 game feedPr controller, II-360
triggerecl, V-204 'A-ide-n.trtMe, III-242 gam!'! roller, I-326
~awt.ooth and pulse, III-241 TTL, LSTTL, CMOS designs, games, II-275-277, lll-243-245, IV-
Schmitt trigger,-transislorized, IV-530-532 203-207' v-208-211
V-204 variable duty-cycle, IV-533 coirt fliwer, III-244
SCR, ll-367 variable-frequency, IV-535 electronic dice, HT-24fi. IV-207
self-retrlggeri.ng timed-on SR flip-flop, IV-651 electronic roulPtt.e, II-276, IV-205
generator, V-34;1 staircase generators, I-730, II-601- lit'! cletector, II-277, IV-206
signal generator~ , V-204 602, 111-586-588. IV-443A47 quiz master, V-210
AM broadcast hand, IV-302 sweep generators, I-472, TTI-4~R reaction timer, IV-204
A1f!IF, 455kHz, IV-301 time base ring launcher, electromagnetic, V-209
high-frequency, H-150 1 Hz, readout. and counter roulette, 11-276, IV-205
square-wave, III-583-585 applications, IV-201 rwt-duwn clock/sound generator, IV-
stairca.se, TTI-580-GRR oscilloscopes, V-425 205
two-fum:tion, TII-234 time-dcla.Y generator, I-217-218 slot. machine, V-211
sinP-tave generators, IV-505, tone burst generator, repeater, \'lheel-of-Forllllte, IV-206
IV-506, V-542, V-54:3, V-544 V-029 who's first, III-244
60 Hz.IV-507 trianglP-wave, III-234, V-203, V-205 ~ara,ge stop light, IT-5~
audio, II-564 clock-driven. V-206 gas detectors (.~ee aL<>o smoke alarms
battery power, V-G11 SQllliie wuve.lll-225, III-239, lll-242 and detectors), I-332,
LC, fV-G07 timer. linear, III-222 II-278-279, III-24-6-253.1ll-246, V-
LF, IV-512 triangle/square wave generator, 212-214
oscillator, audio, 111-559 V-20fi amilyzcr and, ll-281
square-wave and, tuuaUie tunable, \vide-range, III-241 combustible gas detector, V-214
oscillator, III-232 two-function. III-234 explosive gas det.er.tor, V-213
VLF audio tone, TV -50R UJT rnonostable circuit i.rtsertsitlve furnace exhaust, tPmp monitor/low-
sine/cosine (0.1-10 kHz), II-260 to changi.rtg Uias vulta,l\e, II-268 supply detPction, III-248
sine/squarP wave oscillators, l-65 variable duty cycle timer output, methane concentration. linearized
TTL design, IV-512 III-240 output, lll-250
tunable, H5, 111-L!!J2 voltage controllPd high-speed one loxic, 11-280
single control, III-238 shot, Il-266 SCR, III-251
smgle supply, TI-278 waveforrn (see waveform smoke/gas/vapor detector, III-250
square-tave generators, Il-504-600, gemrators) gated oscillator, last-cycle
II-225, III-23!.l, lll-242, lll-58!3- white noise generator, IV-201 complctiJtg.lll-427
5t:I5.J\i-52!.l-536, V-568-570 funk hox, II-593 galed-pul.se descrambler, Tf-1 fi5
1kHz, IV-5:36 f1tmace exhaust gas/smoke detector, gates, V-215-216
2 Mllz usi.t"lg two TTl. gate~, II-ti0.9 temp monitorllow-supp~y AND, J-,395, V-21fl
555 timer, H-fi9fi detection, lll-248 OR, I<~9G
astable cirr:uit, IV -534 fumace fuel miser, V-328-:329 prograrrunable, I-394
astable multivibrator, II-5Ll7 fuses sync gating circuit, V-595
CMOS 555 astable, true rail-to- batten'"charger relay fnse, V-88 XOR gate, IV-107
rail. II-5Ll6 electronic, V-477 geiger COUllters, I-536-537, V-217-219
718
higl:t-voltw~e supply, ll-489 osdllarnrs, V-222 10,000 V de supply, IV-633
pocket-sized, rr 514 8ecmity door-ajar alarm, III-256 arc-jet power supp~y, st.urling
gel cell charger, IT-fifi switches using, Ill-257. IV-63!) circuit, Hl-479
generators, electric-power halogen lamps basic circuit, V-440
corona-.ind generator, IV ti3:J diuuner for, TTT-300 hattPry-powered generator. III-482
lit: gcuerator, V-44:3 prot.Prtor, V-271 bucking regulator, Ill-481
high-voltage generators, IV-118 handitalkies, I-19 de generator, ll1-481, V-443
ion generator, V-248-249 two-meter preamplifier for, 1-1!) de supply, 120-240 Vdc, single-chip
battery-po\vered, III-482 hand8-frce tekpltoJte, lll-605 circuit, V-44fi
capacitor-discharge, 111-485 ltilltd8-ufJ iittercom, III-291 fluorPsrent-lamp .'l11pply, V-444
de voltage, 111-481 handset encoder, telPpbone, TJJ-018 cold-cathode design, IV-411, V-447
JtcgativL~-ions, IV-6:34 harmonk rlist.ortion geiger counter supply, ll-48!.!
regulator for automobile generat.or, analyzer, V-291 generators (see generators,
V-70 meter, V-312 dcdrical power)
ultra-high-voltages, II-488 harmonic gcnentlors, 1-24, 111-228, inverter, III-484
generators (see function generators: 1V-64!.l 40\V. 120Vac, TV-410-111
sound gcncralvrs; ;vavel"onn !IaJtley oscillator, T-fl71, V-140 laser circuits, V-253
generators) HC-baserl osrillator8, III-423 negative suppLy, V-446
glitch-detector, comparator, 11 107 HCTJ/HTC-based oscillator, III-426 negative-ion generator, IV-634
glow-plug driver, II-52 headlights (see aulornolivc circuits, uptoisulated driver, III-482
gong, electronic, V-553 hcadll,gltts) photomultiplier snpply, V-141, V-11G
graphic equalizer_ len-band, adive headphones prPregulated, III-480
filter in, II-684 amplifier for, IT-18 pulse supply, IV-412
grid dip meters, T-247, TT-lf\2 lf\8 ear protector circuit. V-482 rcgulalurs.lU-486
hamlswitc:herl, TV-29B infrared (IR) receiver, V-227 l"oldback-current Wtliti.rt,g, II-478
ba8ic grid, I-247, IV-298 infrared (11-{) lrillt8Htitlcr, V-227 solid-state, remote adjmtable,
dual gate IGFET, I-246 si,gual amplifier, V-53, V-57 TTT-4RO
litllc dipper.ll-H~:J lte;ut rate monitor, TT-:14R, TT-:149, 8trobe power supply. IV-413
varicap twted FET, I-246 V-842 tube amplifier, high-volt isolation,
ground tester, JT-.'345 hPat.-artivated alarm, V-9 IV-426
grouml-fault. Hall detect.or, heat sniffer, electronic, III-627 ullra high-voltage generator, II-488
JV-208-209 heaters/heater control8 (see also hubby circuits (see model and
ground-noise probe, battery- lcmperaturc-rdaled circuits), hobby circuits)
powered, Ill-500 Jc639 hold hntt.on, telephone, 612, II-G28
guilar8 element controllPr, TT-042 home security systems (see alarms;
compressor, sound-Pffed cirrttit, induction heater, ultrasonic, 120- annuciators)
TV-:"i\9 KHz 500-W, III-704 horn, automobile, lll-50, IV-54
matching audio signal amplifiers, protector circuit, servo-sensed, hour/time dehy sampling circuit,
IV-38 lll-624 IT-MR
mixer, low-noise, l"ow-charmel, temperatlln' sensitiw~, I-010 Howland cWTent pump, II-648
V-360-361 hPe-haw siren, II-57R, III-565 hum reducer circuit, receivers, V-34 7
treble boost for, H-OR8 hexFET s'l\itch, V-5!J2 hwuidiLy sensor, ll-285-287,
t.tmer, 11-802 dual-controL V-5l.t3 III-266-267
gtm, laser, \isible red and hi-fi circuil8 (see stereo t:irt:uits) hybrid power amplifier. T1T-4Gfi
continuous, 111-010 high-pass filters, I-296
active, T296. V-180, V-1BB
H fourth-order, V-IRR IC product detectors, IV-143
half-duplex information sec:ond-order, I-297 IC timer, crystal-stabilized,
transmission link, Ill-079 Butterworth, fourth-order, I-280, subhurmoitic frcqueudes !'or,
half-flash analog-to-digital V-17U II-151
converters, III-26 Cheb.vshl'V, folllth-urder, III-191 ice formation alarm, I-100, JJ-G7,
half-\,.-dve ac phase controlled equal components second-order, JJ-GR
circuit, l-!377 V-!RB ICOM IC-2A battery charger, ll-65
half-'i'l:>VP rec:tifiPrs, T-2~0, IH-:"i2R, fourth-order, lOO~Hz, IV-174 IF ampliflcrs, 1-690, IV-459
IV-325 second-order, 100-llz, IV-175 AGC system, TV-4.')8
fast, 1-228 sixth-order elliptical, IU-1 9 I preamp, IV -460
llall-clTccL circuits, ll-282-284, unity-gain semnd-order, V-IR7 receiver, IV-459
III-254-258, \'"220-222 variable, V-lBO quadrature detector, TV sound IF,
anglE' of rotation dPt.Pct.or, IT-2R~ wide band two-pole, II-215 I-GUO
compa8s, IH-2:JR high-voltage power supplies (see atso two-stage, 60 rvrnz, I-563
compass;talking. V-221 gencralors, dcclrical power; widebartd, I-689
current monitor, III-255, IV-284 power supplies), II-487-490, III- ignition eircuit8, automotive, V-fi4
door open alarm. ll-284 486, IV-409-41:3, V-442-447 caparit.or discharger, I-103
growld-l'uult delector, IV-208-209 9- to 1.5-Vdc input, V-4GO cut-off circuit, automotive, IV -53
719
ignitions circuits, automotive (cun/..) iujectors handR-off, III-291
electronic, IV-65 three-in-one Ret: logk probe, signal party-line, II-303
substitute ignition, TTI-41 tracer, injector, IV-429 pocket pager, Ul-288
timing light for ignition system, II-60 injector-tracers, l-621, 1-522, ll-500 telephone-intercoms, JV-557,
ignitor, III-362 input selectors, audio, low- V-239, V-240
illurni:nation stabilizer, mad tine distortion, n-:~R two-way. III-292
vision, II-306 inputJoutput buffer, analog two-wire design_ IV -235-2!37
image caneeller, TII-3GR multiplexers, III-11 voice-activaled, oue-way, V-239
immobilizer, II-50 . input! output circuits, NI<:602-based, intercoms (see also telephone-
impedance checker, V-136 V-355 related rireuits), V-23R
impedance converter, high-to low, instrumentation amplifiers, T-346, T- interfa.:eR (see nlso computer
I-41 34R, T-::34!=l, T-3G2, 11-293-295, III- circuits), IV-238-242, V-241-244
impedance sensor, nanoampere, 100 27R-2B4, IV-229-234, V-233-235 680x. 650x, 8080 families, 111-!;18
megohm input, I-203 +1-100 V corruuon mode range. amateur radio trartscl'iver, relay
indicators (.~ee measurement/test III-294 iuterface, V-243
circuits) current collector head illllplifier, audio-to-ADC interface, V-242
in-use indicator, telephone, U-62!;1 II-295 cassette-to-telephone, III-618
inductance meter, linear, V-316 differential, I-347, T-3G1, TTI-2B3 CPU interface, one-shot design,
induction heater, ultrasonic, 120- biomedkal, TII-282 IV-239
KHz GOO-W, III-704 high-gain, 1-353 DVM, temperature sensor and,
inductors input, J-!354 11-647
active, I-417 variable gain, l-349 FF.'T' driveL low-l.evel power FET,
Sintulated, li-199, V-180 extemled c:ommon-mode design, IV-241
infrared circuits (.sne also light- IV-234 fiberoptic, II-207
controlled circuitR; remote high-impedance lmv-drift. I-355 keyboard matrix interface, IV -240
control devices), II-288-292, high-speed, 1-354 logic-level translators, IV-242
III-271-277, IV-21U-228, V-223- LM6218-bascd, high-speed, V-235 microcomputer-to-triac: interfar:e,
229 LMC6062-based, V234 V-211
datu link, I-:341 low-drift/low-noise de: amplifier, optical sensor-to-TTL, III-314
detector, ll-289, III-276, TV-224, IV-232 optocouplers, V-406-407
V-225 low-signallevel/high-impedance, optoisolators, V-406-407
emitter drive, puL~ed, II-292 1-350 preamp receiver iuterface, V-24:3
fan controller, IV-226 low-power, !ll-284 process control, I-30, V-242
filter circuit, narrow-bartd, V-18!.1 meter driver, II-296 remotP-<:ontrol transmitter
headphone receiver, V-227 preamps intf!rface. V-Gll
headphone transmitter, V-227 osdllosc:opl'!, IV-230-231 tape recorder, II-614
TR pulse-to-a1Hiio convf!rter, V-224 thermocouple, lll-283 telephone
laser rifle, invisible pulsed, ll-291 precision FET input, J-;J55 audio interface, V-612
long-range object dctcdor, lll-270 saturated standard cell amplifier, tPIPphonP-line interface, V-605
loudspeaker link, remote, l-343 II-296 video mterface with sync stripper,
low-noise detector for, II-289 strain gauge, III-2RO V-659
object dete.:tor, long-range, ITI-278 triple op amp, 1-347 interrupter, grourtd fault.1-580
people-detector, IV-225 ultra-precision, lll-27[) interval tilncr, low-power,
preamplifier for IR photodiode, variable gallt, differenliul iuput, 1-349 microprocessor programmahlP,
V-226 very high-imped<ulCe, 1-354 II-678
proximity switch, infrared- wideL<Utd, lll-281 intrnder-detector, light-beam
activated, IV-345 instrumentation meter rlriver, TI-29() activated, V-11
receivers, I-342, ll-292, Ill-274, TV- intPgratorR, TI-297-300, III-285-286, preamp, V-13
220-221, V-226, V-229 V-23G-237 inverters, Ill-~!.l3-2!.l8, Y-245-247
remote AlB switch, V-225 active. inverting buffer, ll-2!.l!.l 250 watt, Y-246
remote controller, 1-342, IV-224. JFET ac coupled, ll-200 dc-to-ac. V-247
V-22!.l gwuma ray pulse, I-536 rlc-to-rk/a.:, T-20R
remote-control analyzer, V-224 long timP, TT-:100 digital, V-246
remote-mntrol tester, fV-22R, V- low-drift, 1-423 fast. 1-422
228, V-229 noninverting, improved, ll-2V8 fixl'd power supplies. 12 V input,
remote-extender, IV-227 photowrreut, 11-326 T\T-395
transmitters, 1-:340, ll-289, ll-290, progranm1ab\e reset level, TTI-28fi flip-flop, III-103
lll-274, lll-276, lll-277, IV-226-227 ramp generator, initial c:ondition fluorescent lamp, 8-W, III-306
digital, lll-275 reRet, TTI-G27 frequency inverter, III-2!.17
pulserl for on/offc:ontrol, V-22R resettable, lll-286 high-vollagc, 111-484
remote-control, I-342 intercoms, I-415, II-301-303. Hl-287- 40 W, 120 Vac, IV-410-411
voice-modulated pulse FM, IV-228 2[)2, Y-238-240 \ow-power, fixed power suppliPs,
wireless speaker system, IIJ-272, bidirectional, III-290 TTT-4fi6
IV-222-223 carrier current, I-146 on/off switc:h, III-594
720
picture, video circuits, III-722 automatic TTL morse code, l-25 ring-around, III-194
power, III-298 CW keyer, IV-244 sequential, reversible-direction,
12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz, electronic, I-20 IV-182
III-294 frequency-shift keyer, IV-245 three-year, III-194
mediwn, III-296 negative key line keyer, IV -244 UJT used in, 11281
MOSFET, lii-295, V-247 frequency comparator, II-11 0
rectifier/inverter, progranunabk L li,qht sen~or, back-biased GaAsFET,
op-amp design, TV-364 lamp-control circuits (see tr-321
ultrasonic, arc welding, 20 KHz, li,qhtsJlighl-activated and leading-zero suppressed display,
lll-700 controlled circuits) V-165
variable frequency, complementary laser drcuits (see also li,qhtsJlight- matrix display, two-variable, Hl-171
output, III-297 activated and controlled millivoltmeter readout, IV-294
voltage, precision, III-298 circuits; optical drcnits), TI-313- multiplexed corrunon-cathode
inverting amplifiers, T-41-42, III-14 317, III-309-311, V-250-254 display ADC, III-764
ac, high-gain, 1~92 diode ~ensor, IV-321 panel meter, III-347
balancing circuit in, I-33 discharge currertt stabilizer, II-316 peakmeter, III -333
gain of 2, lag-lead compensation, gun, visible red, III-310 ring-arollild flasher, III-194
UHF, I-566 handheld laser, V-252 RS-232C, computer circuit, III-103
low-power, digitally ~electable gain, light detector, II-314 simulated-laser circuit, V-253
II-333 power supply, IV-636, V-251, V-254 three-year flasher, Ill-194
power amplifier, I-79 high-voltage, V-253 voltmeter, IV-286
prog.nurunable-gain, III-505 with starter circuit, V-252 VU meter, IV-211
unity gain amplifier, I-80 pulsers, laser diode, J-416, III-311 level, electronic, II-666, IV-329
widehand unity gain, I-35 receiver, IV-368 level controllers/detectors (see also
ion generator, V-248-249 rifle, invisible IR pulsed, II-291 fluid and moisture), ll-174
isolated feedback power supply, simulated laser using LED, V-253 alarm, water, J-389
III-460 latches, V-356 audio, automatic, JI-20
isolation amplifiers 12-V, solenoid driver, III-572 audio CALC), V-60-62
capacitive load, I-34 comparator and, JU-88 cryogenic fluid, I-386
level shifter, I-348 latching relays, de, optically hysteresis in, 1-235
medical telemetry, I-352 coupled, III-417 level of liquid, 1-107, 1-235, I-387,
rf, II-547 latching switches I-388, I-389, I-390, U-174, II-244,
isolation and zero voltage switching double toucltbutton, I-138 II-246, IIT-205, III-206, III-207,
logic, II-415 SCRreplacing, UI-593 III-209, III-210, fV-186, IV-190,
isolation transformer, V-349, V-470 LCD display IV-191
isolators 7 -segment, V-165 meter, LED bar-/dot, I-251
analog data-signal transmission, fixed-power supply, IV-392, IV-403 peak, I-402
IV-133 lar,lo\e-sizc, V-164 sound, T-403
digital transmission, II-414 lead-acid batteries (see also battery- three-step, I-386
stimulus, III-351 related circuits) visual, III-269
battery chargers, III-55 warning
J life-extender and charger, IV-72 audio output, low, I-391
JFET low-battery detector, III-56 high-level, I-387
ac coupled-integrator, III-200 leading-edge dela.Y circuit, III-147 level shifter, negative -to-positive
amplifiers LED circuits supply, I-894
500-Motun input imedance, V-23 7-segment., V-166 LF or HF field strength meter, II-212
CWTent source biasing, V-21 ac-power indicator, IV-214 LF receiver, IV-451
chopper circuit, V-352 alternating flasher, III-198, III-200 lie detector, II-277, N-206, V-255-250
heaclphone audio signal amplifiers, back-biased GaAs LED light light-beam communication circuits,
V-57 sensor, II-321 V-257-261
preamplifier, V-22 bar p,raph driver, II-188 receiv-'"rs
source follower, V-20 battery-charger test circuit, V-89 audio, visible-light, V-261
voltmeter, V-318 brightness, I-250 FM light-beam, V-259
jitter suppression, V-342 Christmas tree light flasher, V-197 modulated light, V-258
conunon-cathode display, V-167 voice-communication, V-260
K driver, emitter/follower, IV-159 transmitters
kaleidoscope, sonic, V-548-549 flashers, V-195, V-196 audio, visible-light, V-261
Kelvin thermometer, I-655 alternating, TIT-198, III-200 FM light-beam, V-259
zero adjust, III-661 Christmas tree lights, V-197 modulaled light, V-258
key illuminator, V-333 control circuit, IV-183 voice-coJtununication, V-260
keyer, electronic CW "bug" keyer, dark-activated, V-195 light-controlled circuits (see also
V-102 driver, V-194 laser circuits; optical circuits),
keying circuits, IV-243-245 multivibrator design, IV-182 II-304-312, II-818-331, III-312-
automatic operation, n~15 PUT used in, II-239 319, V-262-2R3
721
light-controlled circuits (rm1t.) flame monitor. III-313 projector-lamp voltage regulator,
860 W limiter!-range light controL flasher. dark-activated, V-l!J5 H-305
I-87G floodlamp power, 1-073 power outage light, line-operated,
alarms, V-D. V-~73 fluoreseent-larnp hiFt]t-vo1tage III-415
d.urk-activateU alarm, pulsed tom~. power supplies. IV-411, V-444, pulse-genemtiOJt ilttcrru_otion, 1-%7
V--13 V-447 relays, I-366, V-275, V-278, V-279
high-output, pulse-tone, V-14 halogen lamp protector, V-271 rf!mote-cont.roller, I-370
precision design, V-1~ holiday lights seq11enr.er, V-2G1- robot
self-latch, tone output, V 15 265. V-264 eyes, II-327
wilh hysteresis, V-14 irtdicator-lamp drivP.r, optically light-seeking robot, II-325
witltlatch, V-12 coupled, HT-411 rwmirl,l\ light sequencer, V-209
light-beam intmder-detection. irlfrared circtlits (.~Pe infrarf'd sensors, T-:107
V-11, V-18 circuits; remote control) amhiPnt-light. ignoring, III-.413
ambient-light cancellization circuit, ir1terruption rletP.r.t.or, I-8(i1 hack-biased GaAs LED, II-321
II-3~8 irwerter. fluoresr.ent., 8-'V./, TII-80G logarithmic, I-366
ambient-light igiiOrirl,l\ optical key illuminator, V-888 multiple-input, V-27!J
sensor, III-41!3 LF:Ds (seP LED r.irr.uits) optical sensor-to- TTL interface.
audio oscillator, light.-~en~itive, levPl of light., I-8t1G, 1-867. I-376, I- III-.314
ITT-81G 877, T-880, T-8119, III-313, III-316 photoP.lPr.t.ric, V-277
back-biased GaAs LED sensor. life-extender for lightbulbs, III-30::~ sequencer, V-263,
11-3~1 light-hulb changer, automatic holiday lights, V-264-265
black li~ht, battery-operated, V-281 design, IV -253 pseudorartdom, III-.301
logarithmic light, T-8fi() lights-on w--arning. IV-58, IV-62, running light, V-209
optical intemtption sensor, IV-366 IV-250 shimmering light., V-268
battery-powered light, capacilartce light-seeking robot, u-:J25 short-circuit proof lamp driver,
operated, 1-131 logarithmic light sensor, 1-366 II-.310
brightness control, J-,377, III-316 logic circuit, l-3U0 signal condilioncr, phutodiode
carport lip,ht, automatic, TT-.'308 machine vision illumination desigu, H-;]!30
cha.ser lights, sequential ac~ivation, stabilizer, II-306 solid-state light sourr.es, V-2R2-283
IV-2Gl, TV-2S2 sound-controlled lights, I-609, V-652
marker light, TII-817
Christmas light driver, TV-254 spPed controller. N-247
meters, Jight-mf!tP.rs. 1-8112,1-388,
Christmas tree lights sequencer, strobe
V-305
V-264-265 high-voltage power supplies,
pholo enlargers, V-434-435
complementary, I-372 IV-41:.1
modu.lator. lll-302
controller, IV-252 photo strobe, V-4:35, v,437
monostabk photocell, sl'il"-ad.iust
r.ross fader, II-812 triggPr, V-48()
trigger, U-:J2!J
detectors of light, I-36~, TV-36D variable, III-589-590
mooring light, automatic, 11-!J23
dimmers, I-J6!J, 11-:JO!J, IV-247, Sllil tracker, lll-318
1V-249, V-266 neon light drivers, l-37U, V-270.
switches, 11-!320, III-314
800 W, II-309 V-459
adjustable, T-:362
CMOS touch dimmer, V-270 rught lights
capar.it;mcP. switch. 1-132
de lamp, II-307 automatic,- I-3GO. III-306
dark-activated. V-274, V-276
four-quadrant. IV-248-~4U telP.phone-r.ont.rolled, III-004
light-/dark activated. V-27 4
halogen lamps, lii-300 on/off relay, T-3flt1 light-activated, self-lulcltirtg, V-278
headli,!:lht, II-57, II-63 on/oJf reminder light-controlled, II-320, III-314
low-cost. I-.'373 automotive liFt]tts, I-109 pltutoelectric, II-:321, TJ-:326,
phasP-eontrolled, V-2G7 with ice alarm, 1-106 III -!319
soft-start, 800-W, l-376, III-304 one-shot timer, Ill-317 solar triggered, III-8111
tandem, II-312 optical interruption sensor, IV-360 zero-point triac, II-311
triac, I-375, U-:JHJ, lll-!J03 oscillator, light-controlled, V-279 tarry light, I-57!J
dissolver, solid-state, III-304 outdoor light. control, V-275 telephone Ut-use light, II-625
drivers, lamp drivers, l'::!RO phase control, TJ-:103, II-80:J lttrel'-way light control, N-2fil
flip-flop independent design, photo alarm, TJ-:~19 touch lamp, three--..vay, IV-247
IV-160 photocell, monostabl<!, self-adjust triac circuit, V-268
low-frequency flasher/rday, I-300 tri,l.(ger, Il-!329 triac controller, V-267, V-271
MOS lamp driver, V-269 pltotor;w-rent integrator, TI-32() lriac switch, irtductive load, TV-253
optical coupling, TTI-418 photodiode sensor amplifier, II-324 turn-off circuit, SCR capacitor
nP.on lamp~, I-879, V-270, V-459 photoeleelric controller, lV-!369 design, TV-2fi4
short-circuit-proof, II-310 photoelectric sensor. V-277 t>-.,.ilight.-triggered..circuit, II-322
emergency light, I-378, 1-581, ll- photoelectric switches, 11-3~1, video, low-level video IF arnplifier,
3:J.O, lU-017, 111-415, lV-250 II-826, III-819 I-687-68!J
exposwe meter, photo enlarger, phototransist.or, V-279 voltage regulator for projection
V-438 porch ligl1t control, V-2fiG, V-27fi lamp, II-305
722
wake-up call light, II-324 inverter_ linear amp from inverter. memory-tester, installed, l-525
warning lights, II-320, III-:317 ll-11 single-H.: design, JV-433
lig.hl-sr.:ckiltg robot, ll-325 rf ;unpliJ.iers three-in-one set: probe, signal
limit comparators/detectors, T-156, fl-m, 100W, TV-4R0-4R1 trar.er, injer.tor, IV-429
liT-JOG 903 MHz, IV-484-48G pulse generator for logic-
alarm, high/low, I-151 ATV, 10-to-15 W, IV-481 troubleshooting, IV-436
double r.:ndcd, 1-2:.30, l-2:J:J, 1-156, linr.:ar couplers pulser, 111-520, V-489
ll-105 ac illlalog, II-412 signals, long delay line for, III-107
micropower, I-155 analog, TT-413 testers
frequency-limit deter:tor, IT-177 de, TT-411 audible, III-843, V-313
limiters, III-820-322, IV-255-257 optocoupler. instrumentation. II-417 TTL I-527
audiofuniter, V-335 linear IC siren, III-664 translators, logic.-level translators,
clipper/limiter, IV-355 linear ramp generator, ll-270 IV-442
low-distortion, U-15 link, 11\.Jeropt.ic, 111-179 long-duration tiluer, PUT, II-675
dynartt.il: noise reduction circuit, liquid-level detectors (see fluid and long-range object detector, III-273
III-321 moisture detectors) loop antennas
hokl-r.nrrent, solenokl driver, lithium batteries 3.5 MHz, IV-12-13
III-573 charger for_ II-67 dual band, 80-160 m, V-32
noise, III-321, II-395 state of charge indicator for, II-78 preamp, V-38
one-zener design, IV-257 lillie dipper dip mcler, ll-183 loop tr;utsmitter, remote sensors,
output, III-322 load-sensing circuits, V-284-285 III-70
power-consumption, TTT-572 locator, lo-parts tream1re, T-409 loop-thru virlPo amplifier, fV-fiJ(j
transmit-time limiter/timer, IV-580 locks, electronic, Il-l 94-197, loudness controls, II-46, II-47
voltage limiter, adjustable, N-256 IV-101-163 amplifier, loudness amp, II-46
line amplifiers, III-37 combination, I-583, II-1!.16 balance -mnplifier with, 11-3~5
duplex, telcphonr.:, lll-616 d.ig.iwl cnLJy lock, lY-162, V-157 loudspeakers
LuLivcrsul desi.,l\n, IV-39 keyless desi.,l\n, IV-163 coupling circuit, J-78
line drivers, I-262 three-dial combination, JT-1% horn as lomlspea.ker, TV fi4
f>O-ohm transmis.'lion, IT 192 locomotive whi.'ltle, II-S89 protector-circuit, V-483
GOO-ohm balanced, II-Hl2 logaritlunic amplifiers, I-29. I-35, II-8 remote link, I-343
audio signal amplifiers, V-54 de to video, I-38 low-distortion input selector for
full rail excursions in, II-1!.10 log-ratio amplifier, l-42 audio use, ll-38
high-output 600-olun, ll-l!.l3 logariUunic converter, fast, 1-16U low-frequcueyoscillators, Ill-428
syudU"on.iz:ed, lll-17 4 Jogar.itlun.ic l.i,l.iht sensor, I-366 crystal, I-184, II-146
video amplifier, III-710 logal'it.lun.ic sweep VCO, ITT-7:38 oscillator/flasher, TT-2:14
line-dropout detector, TI-98 logic/logic r.irr.uits Pierr.e oscillator, III-133
line-frequency square wave amplifiers, logic amplifiers, TTL oscillator, II-595
generator, II-5DU 11-3!32-336 low-pass filLers, 1-287
line receivers low-power b.imu-y, to IOn gain active, V-178, V-181, V-188
digital data, III-534 low-frequency, TT-333 digitally selerted hreak frequency,
low-rost, TTT-G32 lmv-power inverting, digitally II-2W
line-sync, noise imrmme 60 Hz. selectable gain, II-333 fourth-order, V-184
II-367 low-power noninverting, digitally Butterworth, V-180, V-181
line-current detector/moititors, selectable inpul and gain, ll-:..134 Chebyshev, fifUt-ordcr, multi-
111-341 precision, digitally pro!.{rillllittable feedback, II-219
optically coup1ed.lll-414 irtput and gain, II-3!35 dock-tunable, monolithic, 1mV,
line-hum touch switch, IIT-664 programmahle amplifier, TT-3:14 V-187
line-synchronized driver drct1it, amlihle pulse.'l, IT-34G pole-active, I-295
TII-171 r.onverter, TTL to MOS, I-170 fast -response, fast settling,
line-voltage armouncer, ac, III-730 four-state. single LED indicator. IV-168-16U
line-voltage monitor, 111-511 11-061 fast-scttliltg. precision, II-220
line-voltagc-to-mult.imeter adapter, .isolation and z:eru voltage precision, fast settling, II-220
V-312 S\\-itr.hing, TT-41 G flallen-Key
linear amplifiers level shifter, negative-to-positive 10kHz, I-279
2-30MHz, 140W PEP amateur supply, I-394 active, IV-177
radio, J-555 l.ighl-ael.ivatcd, 1-393 equal component, I-292
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz: push-pull, line monitor, III-108 second order, I-289
I-554 overvoltage protection, T-517 second-order, V-188
160 Vl PF:P broadhanrL T-556 pmbes, logk: prohes, T-G20, T-G2G, second order flallen-Key, I-289
amateur radio, 2-30 MHz 140-V/, I-G2G, IV-430-43L IV-434 unity-gain-second-order, V-187
III-260 CMOS, l-523, I-626, III-499 variable, V-186
audio power amplifiers, V-51 digital, lll-4\.l7, V-310 low-vo1L-age alarm/irlltieator, 1-224,
CMOS iriVerlcr, ll-11 four-wdy operation, IV-432 II-493, Ill-769
723
low-voltage power discorrnector, U-~7 cll.'lcaded, Cockcrotl-Walton, c:alibrator (see calibrators)
LVDT circui!B, U-336-339, III-323-324 fV.635 capacitance buffer
driver demodulator, II-3:37 triac:-c:ontrolled. III-468 low-input, lll-498
signal conrlitioner, II-~~R laser power suppLY, IV -6:.36 stabilized low-input, TTI-fi02
negative-ion generator, h~h- capacitance mPt.er.'l, I-400, II-91-94,
M voltage, IV6:34 III-75-77
machine vision, illumination tripler, low-current, IV-G87 ND, 3.5 digit, lll-76
stabilizer for, ll-006 polar-to-rectangular capacitance-to-voltage, II-92
magnetometer, 11-341 converter/pattern generator, dip,J:tal, II-94
magnets radio di, V-2t!8 capacitor t.ester.'l, TV-265, IV-279,
current sensor, magnetic currents, pol:vrtumiai generator, V-287 V-800
HI-~41 root extractor, v.2Q7, V-2RR clamp-on-current compensator,
electromagnetic-field sensor, V-308 slope integrator, progranunable, II-501
permanent-magnet detector, IV-~81 IV-2fi9 CMOS logic, 1-523
preamplifiers, magnclic, 1-89, 1-91, subtractor, III-327 continuity testers, I-550, I-551,
lll-37, HI-673, IV-35, IV-36 MC1330/MC1352 televi~iun IF II-:342, II-5,'3.'3, II-5.'34, H-5.'3!>,
pruxinlity sensor, V-.'308 amplifier, 1-688 TTT-84fi, III-G~R-G40, IV-287,
transducer, magnetic: transducer, mcasuremenUtest circuits (srw aJ.~o IV-289, IV-295, IV-298, V-~U3,
I-2~~ monitors; probeR), II-310, V-317, V-31U
mains-failure indicator, IY-?!16 III-268-270, III-328-348, N-210- crystal tester, l-178, I-186, II-151,
marker generator, Hl-1:38 218, IV-264-311, V-2:30-~32, V-139
marker li,qht, III-317 V-~S!.l-0~1 current meters and monitors,
mathematical circuits, III-,'325-327, 100 K megaohm de, T-524 I-203, II-152-157, III-338
IV-2G8-20~, V-280-288 3in-1 test Ret, TIJ-880 ac current indicator, IY-290
adder circuits, III-3~7 ah.'lolute-value r.ircuit, IV-274 current sensing in supply rails,
binary, fast-action; 1V-260-261 ac hot 'Nire, I-581 II-153
divider circuits, IV -150-156 ac-current indicator, IV -290 electrometer amplifier with
binary chain, I -258 ac-powcr indicator, LED display, overload protec:tion, II-155
clivide-by-2-or-~ drc:uit, IV-154 IV-214 Hall-effect sensors, III-255, IV-~84
divirle-hy-N ac/dc indicator, TV-214 high-gain current sensor. IY-2~1
1+ GHz, IV-155 ac outlet tester, V-318 picoammeter, 1-20~, 11-154, ll-157,
1.5+ divide-by-n, IV-156 ac ""iring loc:ator, V-317 III-33t!
CMOS progranunablc, 1-257 ac-watts calculator, V-304 guarded input, II-156
7490-divided-by-n, JV:154 acoustic-sound receiver, IV 311 range ammeter, six-dec:ade,
dlvide-by-odd number, 1V-1fi8 acou~tic-sound tnmsnlitter. IV-311 IT-lfi8, II-ISO
frequency divirlers, I-258, II-251, activity tester, crystal oscillators, curve tracer, 1-397, IV-274, V-300
II-254, III-213-218, III-340, III-768 V-18R CW offset indicator, IV-213
1.2 GHz. III-12~ alarm and, I-337 deviation meter, IV -303
10-l\tHz, III-126 altimeter, digital, V-2~6 dial pulse, TTT-018
clock Dwut, TV-151 anuneter, low-current, V-307 rligital frequency meter, III-344
rlecarl.e; l-2fi9 anemometer, hot-v.ire, TTT-342 digital multimeter (DMM), IV-2U1,
divide-hy-1.5, III-216 allclihle logic te.'ltf'!r, HI-84~ V-291
low-cost, III-124 aurlih\e-TTL, I-G24 digital voltmelers (DVM), III-4
low-frequency. U-~50 audio frequency meter. I-311, 0.5-digit, I-713, III-761
preamp, 111-128 V-305, V-320 3.75-c\igit, I-711
prug:ranmmble, IV-152-153 audio millivoll, lll-767, 111-769 4 ..5-digit, I-717, JJJ-700
staircase- generator anrl., I-7:10 audio power, I-488 arlapter for PC, V-310
tachometer anrl, 1-810 audlo-rf signal tracer, I-527 auto-calibrate circuit, I-714
odd-number counter and, III-217 automatic contrast, I-479 automatic nulling, 1-712
one trim, III-326 automotive electrical tester, IV-45 interface ami temperature sensor,
pulse, non-integer prol{ranunable, automotive-temperature indicator, 11-647
Il-511, III-226 PTC thennistur, 11-56 LED readout, TV -2Rtl
minimum/maximum selector, four- U-fidd measurer, IV-272 temperature sensor and DVM, 64 7
input, V-332 balance inrlir:ator, IV-215 diode tester, 1-401, 1-404, I-406,
multiplier circuits, IV-325 balance meter for stereo, V-583 U-340, 111-402
luw-Jrequ~ncy multiplier, IV325 barometer, IV-273 clip meters, I-247, TI-182-IR~
precise commutating amp, battery indicators/testers, I-108, bandswitcherl., IV-29R
TV-202-2():1 1-121,1-122, I-124, V-74, TV-7R, hasic grid, I-247, IV-298
voltage multipliers, IV-631-637 TV-79 dual gate IGFET, 1-246
2.000 V low-current supply, heat frequency, I-836 little dipper, 11-183
IV-506-637 breath alert alcuhol tester, III-35ll variwp tw1ed FET, 1-246
10,000 V de supply, TV633 broadband ac active rcclilier, JV-271 dlrec:tion-of-rotation eireuit, III-33G
corona winrl genPrat.or, fV-088 buzz box coulinuity checker, T-551 diorl.e-cmve tracer, IV-274
rloubler.'l, ITI-1G9, IV-G85 cable tester, III-539, V-299 diode-matc:hing circuit, IV-280
724
dosage rate, I-G31 injectors, IV -429 overvoltage protection. T-1GO, 1-
driver, meter-driver rf amplifier, high-frequency and rftester, 517, II-96, II-107, II-496, II-G13,
1-Mllz, lll-545 IV-297-303 lll-762, IV-38!J
duty-cycle meter, lll-328, IY-~65, LC checker, III-334 paper sheet discriminator, copying
IV-27fi, TV-280 Lli:D meters, I-251, III-347 machine,o;, TTT-339
dwell meter, I-102, III-4S level indlcators (see fluid and peak detectors, II-171, Il-17G, IT-
E, T, and R measurement/test moi.'lture, level) 434~436, III-771, IV-138, IV-143
circuits, 1V-~8:3-~!J6 line-current monitor, ITT-.'341 analo,l(, with digital hold,-III-153
electrolytic-capacitor reforming light meters, I-382, I-383, V-802 decibel peak meter, lll-348
circuit, IV-276 line-voltage-to-rnultimeter adapter, rligit.al, HT-160
electmmagm~tic-field sensor, V-308 V-312 high-bandwidth, ITT-161
electrometer, IV-277 logic probes, 1-520, 1-525, l-526, high-frequency peak, Il-17-fi
electrostatic detector, III-337 TV-430-431, IV-434 high-speed peak, I-232
energy consumption monitor, V-290 CMOfl, T-523, 1-526, III-499 LED design, peak meter, III-333
expanded-scale analog meters, II- digital, III-497, V-310 level detector, 1-402
186, III-774, lV-46 four-way operation, IV -432 low-drift, III-156
FET prohe, IIT-501 memory-tester, installed, I-525 negative, T-225, T-234
FETvoltmeter, III-7fifi, JJ1-770 single-IC dc~ign, 1V-43:3 op amp, IV-145
field-strength meters, II-208-212, three-in-one test set: probe, signal positive, I-225, I-235, II-43G,
lll-H~2-183, IV-164-166, tracer, injector, JV-429 lll-168
V-174-176 logic tester, I-527, II-34fi, TIT-348, true rms, I-228
1.5-150 MHz, I-275 V-313 ultra-low-drift peak, I-227
adjustable sensitivity inrlkator, low-curreut measurement, III-345 voltage, preci,o;inn, I-22fi
I-274 low-ohms adapter;rv-290 wide-bandwidth, III-162
high-sensitivity, II-211 low-voltage, TTI-769 wide-range, III-152
LF or llF, 11-212 magnet/magnetic rhetectors, TU- pH tester, 1-399, lll-501
microwave, low-cost, 1-273 341, IV-266, IV-281, V-30R pllase detection/ma:nipulalion
rf sniffer, II-210 magnetometer, II-341 r:ircuits
sensitive, I-274, TTI-183 maius-failure indicator, IV-216 detectors, I-40fi, T-476, U-344,
signal-strength meter, IV-166 measur~ gauge, linear variable _II-439, II-441, II-442, JJT-440-442,
transmission indicator, II-211 differential transformer, 1-404 IV-127
tuned, I-276 meter tester, IV-270 10-bit accuracy, II-176
UHF fields, IV-165 metmnome,o;, T-411-418, II-353-355, digital VOM, IV-277
untw1ed, I-276 III-353-354, IV-312-3 14, V-392 phase-difference detector, 0- to
filter analyzer, audio filters, IV- rnicroammeter, de, four-range, 1RO-degree, II-344
309 lV-292 phase ,o;elector/,o;ync
flash expo:mre meter, I-484, III- microfarad cow1ter, IV-275 rectifier/balanced modulator,
446 microvolt, H-499 111-441
frequency cow1ter, lll-340, IV-:300 rnillivoltmeters, III- 767, III-769, sequencers, p_hase sequence. l-
frequency meters, I-310, II-249- IV-280, IV-294, IV-295 47fi, IT-437-442, III-441
2GO, IV-282, IV-301 ac, l-716 rc circuit, phase sequence
analog, V-307 audio, III-767, lll- 768 reversal detection, II-438
audio, I-311 de, IV-295 reversal, rc circuit to det&t,
linear, I-310 four-range, TV-289 11-438
low-cost, II-250 high-input impedance, T-715 three-phase tester, U-440
power, II-250 LED readout, IV -294 shifters, phase shifters, IV-647
power-line, 1-311 modulation monitor, III-375, IV-299 0-!80 degree, I-477
frequency shift keyer tone mouo audio-level meter, IV-310 0-360 degree, T-477
generator, I-723 motiou seusor, wtillirectional, single-transi,o;tor design, I-4.76
geiger counters, I-536-537, II-489, JT-.'346 splitter, precision, III-582
11-514, V-~17-~Hl motor hour, TJJ<~40 tracker, three-phase square wave
general purpose rf detector, II-500 multiconductor-cable tester, generator, II-598
go/no-go test circuits, I-401, I-157 IY-288 picoammeters, J-202, IT-154, III-338
grid-dip meter,o;, I-247, IV-298 multimeters, IV-291, lV-283 circuit for, II-157
ground, I-580, II-345 noise generator, IV-308 guarded input circuit, II-156
ground-noise, ballery-powered, ohmmeter,o;, I-G49, TTT-540, TV-290 polarity indicator, Y-~31
III-500 On indicator, IV-217 power gain meter, 60 Ml:lz, 1-489
harmonic distortion on-the-air, III-270 power line frequency tester, I-311
analyzer, V-291 OJ)-amJ-1 de offset shift tester, power meter, I-489
meter, V-312 V-319 power supply te,o;t load, constant-
impedance checker, V-136 optical light probe, IV -:369 current, IV-424
in-u.se indicator, telephone, II-629 o,o;cilloscope arlapt.er, four-trace, prescaler, 650 MHz amplifying,
inductance meter, linear, V-316 IV-2G7 II-502
infrared detector, low-noise, II-289 overspeed, I-108 pressure gauge, di,gital, V-314
725
measurement/test circuits (coni.) frequenc:y cmmter, I-310 FET,I-714, JTT-76fi, tn-770
probes, 4-to-220 V, III-499 low-frequency, III-5\.16 high-input resistance, III-768
pruxiru.ity sensor, magnetic, V-308 minimum-component desiRJ_t, I-405 .TFET, V-318
pulse-width meter, III-336 molor ;;peed controllers, TI-:178, LED expanded seale, V-311
QRP SWR bridge, III-336 II-389 millivoltmeters (see
RC decade box, V-2~4-295, V-294 optkal pick-up, III-347 mlllivoltmeters)
receiver-sigual alarm, III-270 set point, III-4 7 rf, 1-40G, III-766
rdkdometer, I-16 telephone voltolunmeters (YOM_)
remote-control infrared device, ii1-use il:tdicator, II-629, IV-GOO, field strength, I-276
TV-228 IV-563 phase melcr, di.W.tal readout,
resistance measurement, ll-342, line-tester, V-015 IV-277
IV-285 off-hook, I-633 volume indicator, audio amplifier,
resistance/continuity meters (see temperature (see temperalure- 1V-212
continuity tester, above) related circuits_) VOR signal simulator, IV-273
rf bridge, V-303 temperature indieator, IV-570 VU meters, I-715, II-4e7, IH-487,
rf output indicator, IV -299 lest probe, 4-220 V, III-499 IV-211
rf power indicator, I-16 tester, IV-270 watch tick timer, V -292
wide-range, III-332 thermometers, III-637-643 water-level measurement circuit,
rf probe, I-523, III-49e, 111-502, three-in-one set, logic probe, signal IV-191
IV-433 tracer, injector, IV-429 wavemeter, t.tmed RF, IV-302
rf test oscillator, V-412 three-phase tester, Il-440 wideband test amplifier, IV -303
rf voltmeter, IJJ-700 till meter, IIl-644-646, V-.'302 wire tracer, II-343
rf-actuated relay, III-270 tone, digital IC testing, II-504 zener diode test set, V-321
S meter for communications transistor tester, I-401, IV-281, zcncr diode tester, 1-400, I-40G
receivers, V-311 V-.'300 zero center, FM receivers, I-338
scale, electronic, V-297 transmitter-output indicator, IV-218 medical electronic circuits, II-347-
SCR tester, III-344 tri-color indicator, V-232 .'HR, III-349-352
short-tester, V-313, V-31G TTL logk tester, I-527 biomedical instrumentation
shutter, I-48G w1iversal test probe, TV-4.'31 differential runp, III-282
signal generators, V-309 UHF source dipper, TV-299 breath monitor, III-350
AM: broadcast-band, IV -302 undervoltage, battery operated BKlT simulator, three-chip, IH-3GO
AM/IF, 455kHz, lV-!301 equipment, I-123 heart rate monitor, TI-348, IJ-349,
signal strength meter, III-342, IV-166 universal test probe, IV-431 V-342
signal tracer, IV-429, V-309 vibration meter, 1-404 preamplifier for, II-349
simulated, I-417 video-signal runplitude measurer, ~timulator, constant-CliiTI.'Itt, lil-352
single injer.tor-tracer, II-500 v-:3o9 stimulus isolator, Hl-!351
soil moisture, III-208 visual modulation, I-430 thennometer,
sound-level meters, lll-346, IV-305, visual level, III-269 i.mplantable/ingestihle, III-641
IV-007 voltage level indicators, 1-035, melody generator, single-chip
telephone, III-614 I-337, 1-338, i-718, III-758-772, design, IV-520
sound sensor, TV-218 V-301, V-:315 memo alert, V-352
sound-test circuits (see a/,so sound voltage probes, V-474 memory-related circuits
generators), IV-304 voltmeters, ITI-7G8 EEPROM pulse generator, 5V-
speedometer, bike, JV-271, IV-282 3.G digit, I-710, 1-713, III-761 powered, IJI-99
static detector, IV-276 4.5-digit, III-760 memory protector/power supply
stereo test circuits 5-digit, III-760 monitor, IV-425
audio-level meter, JV-310 -ac, I-716, Ul-765, III-772 memory-saving power supply, 11-486
audio-poWP.r meter, III-331;IV-306 add-on thermometer for, JJT-040 metal detectors, ll-350-352, IV-137,
halante indicator, I-618-619 bar-graph, I-99, IJ-54 V-322-324
reception indicator, III-26-9 de, TTI-702, IIT-703, V-301 low-cost design, V-323
stud finder, Ill-339 digital voltmeters (DVM)_ III-4 micropower, 1-408
supply-voltU}\e monitor, V-320 3.5-digit, common anode display, pipe detector, V-323
suppressed zero, 1-710 I-713 meters (see measuremenl/Lest
SWRpower, I-16, I-22, IV-26-'J 3.5-d.igit, full-scale, four-decade. circuits)
tachometers, I-D4, I-100, I-102, IIJ-701 methane concentration detector,
II-175, 111-335, III-340, III-:34 7, .'3.75-digit, I-711 linearized output., III-250
v -65, v -596-598 4.5-digit, III-760 metronomes, I-413, II-353-355, lli-
analog readout, N-280 4.5-digit, LCD display, I-717 3S3-354, IV-312-314, V-392
calibrated, JJJ-fi98 auto-calibrate circuit, I-714 top octave generator, V-393
closed loop feedback control, II-390 automatic nulling, I-712 ac-line operated wtijunction, II-355
digital readout, II-61, III-45, interface and temperature accentuated beat, I-411
IV-268-269, IV-278 sensor, II-047 downbeat-emphasized, TU-3G3-354
dwell meter/tachometer, III-45 LF.D readout, IV-286 electronic, IV -31:1
feedback control, II-378, II-390 temperature sensor ru1d DVM, 64 7 low-power de~ign, IV-313
726
novel design, IV-314 dynamic audio mixer, IV-331 moisture detector (see fluid and
sight and sound, I-412 four-charmel, 1-56, 1-60, 11-40, lll- moisture detectors)
simp!~'. ll-:354 369, IV-333 monitors (see also alarms; fluid and
version II. Il-355 four-input, 1-El5, TV-384 moisture; light-controlled
mirroammet.er, Or, four-range, T\l-292 guitar mixer, low-noise, four- circuits; motor control circuits;
microcontroller. musical organ, channel, V-360-061 speed controllers; lernpcralure-
preprogranuned single-chip, llF lnmsceiver/mixcr, lV-457 related circuits; tune controls),
1-600 hybrid, I-60 V-368-372
microphone circuits inpllt.-hllffpred, TTT-5lfi9 add rain, III-301, V-371
amplifiers, 1-87, TTI-:14 local oscillator, double-balanced hahy monitor, V-370-371
eler:tnmic halanr:ed input, 1-86 mixer, V-415 battery monitors, I-106, I-222, II-
electret, preamp circuit, V-21 microphone, II-07, V-060, V-064 74-7U, III-60-67, IV-7:.1~80
external mic circuit for rnixer/oscillalor for AM receivers, bird feeder monitor, V-:371
transceivers, V-351 V-412 blinki.t~ phone l.ight, II-624
FM wireless,--III-682, III-685, III-691 multiplexer, I-427 breath monitor, TTT-3:i0
rnixer, II-:37, V-363, V-364 one-transistor design, T-fi9 current, IJI-2Gfi, IV-284
preamplifiers, II-4fi, IV-37. lV-12 passive, I-G8 alarm and, III-338
low-impedance, IV-41 preamplifier "'ith tone control, I-58 directional signals, auto, lll-48
tone control for, II-687 signal combiner, Hl-068 door-ajar, automotive circuits, III-46
Lnmsformcrless, Uitbalanced silent aucllo switc.hit~, I-59 duty c:yele, TTI-329, TV-275
input, I-88 sound amplifier and, H-:17 flame.'l, III-313
transformerle.'ls, unhal:mced .'ltereo mixer, pan controls, IV~332 home security system, I-6
input, I-88 unity-gain, four-input, TV-034 line-current, 111-341
"'ireless, IV -652-654 ulility-dcsign mixer, lV-3:36 line-voltage, III-511
AM "'irdcss, 1-67!;1 wtiversal sta)>\e, III-:370 logic line, III-108
microprocessors (see computer video, high-performance operation, modulation, III-37fi, TV-299
circuits) IV-009 overvoltag protection, I-150, I-517,
mkrovolt romparator.'l mobile equipment. 8-amp regulated II-96, II-107, II-496, III-613,
dual limit, III-89 power supply, II-461 III-762, IY-08!.l
hysteresis-including, III-88 model and hobby circuits, IV -337~040 power-supply monitors, 11-491-497,
microvolt probe, ll-4!.l!.l controller, modcl-lraiu and/or slot- III-493-495, IV-422-427
microwave amplifiers, lV-315-319 ear, IV-338-340 backup supply, drop-in ma1n-
5.7GHz,IV-317 rocket launcher, TT-358 artivatPd, IV-424
bias supply for preamp, TV-318 modems balance monitor, III-494
preamplifier,<; power-line, carrier-current circuit, booster/buffer, boosts reference
2.3 GHz; IV-316 III-82 current, IV-425
3.4 GHz, JY-316 protector, V-479, V-482 circuit breaker, trip circu..it, IV-423
bias supply, lV-318 modulated readback systems, f:Onnef:t.ions monitor, af: line.'l,
single-stage, 10 GHz, IV-317 disc/tape phase, I-89 III-510
two-stage, ..lO GHz, IV-319 modulation indicator/monitor, I-430 fault monitor, single-supply, III-4!.l5
microwave field strength meter, I-273 CB, I-431 memory prolector/supply
MIDI (see musical ein:uils) modulators, 1-437, 11-368-372, monitor, IV-425
Miller oscillator, 1-193 III-371-377, V-365-367 polarity-protection relay, TV-427
millivoltmeters, III-767, III-769, 455-kHz, V-.'366 SCR design, IV-38fi
TV-289, TV-294, IV-29fi +12V de: .'lingle .'lupply, balanced, test load, constant-current, IV -424
ac:, I-7Hl I-437 triac for ac-voltage control, IV -426
audio, III-767, III-769 MJ, I-438, II-370 tube amplifier, high-vollage
de, IV-2!.l5 balanced, 111-376, lll-441 isolation, IV-426
four-range, IV-28!.l double-sideband suppressed- volta)>\e monitors (see voltage
hip,h-input impedance, I-715 canier, III-377 monitors)
LED readout, TV -294 FM, V-360, V-:107 mom monitor, V-3G9
mini-stereo audio amplifiers, III-38 linear pulse-width, I-437 monostable multivibrators, I-465.
minimumlmaximrnn selector, four- monitor for, III-075 lll-22U, 111-200, 111-235, 111-237,
input, V-332 musical envelope generator, I-601 V-386, V-387
mixers, III-367-370, IV-330-336, pulse-position, 1-435, TTT-375 input lof:kout, I-4!!4
V-359-:104 pulse-width, I-435, I-436, I-438-440, linear-ramp, III-237
1- MHz, I-427 III-376, IV-326 photocell, monostable, II-029
audio, I-23, I-59, II-35, IV-336, rf, I-406, II-36!.l, III-372, III-074 positivc-lriggercd, Ul-228
V-062, V-364 saw oscillator. Ul-373 TTL, monostable operation, I-464
CMOS, I-57 TTL oscillator Jor television UJT, monostaLle operation, 1-463
common-source, I-427 display, JJ-872 video amplifier and comparator,
digital mixer, 1V-384 TV, 1-439, 11-4:13, II-131 II-2G8
diplexer, TV-335 VHF, I-440, III-684 mooring light, automatic, II-323
doubly balanced, I-427 video, I-437, II-371, II-372 MOSFETs
727
MOSFETs (cont.) speed-controlled reversible, digital readout, II-61, lU-45,
amplifier, high-impedance biusin,lo'(, IIT-388 IY-268-269, IV-278
V-19 fiberoptic controls, II-206 dwell meter/tachometer, III-45
audio power amplifiers, V-47 direction controls feerlback control, 11-378, 11-390
biasing, high-impe.dance method, de motors, l-452 frequency counter, I-310
V-19 series-wouml motors, 1-448 low-frequency, lll-596
buffer amplifier, Y-93 shunt-wound motors, I-456 mi.nimwn-compo.nent design, 1-405
frequency converter, V-123 stepper motor, IV-350 motor speed controllers, 11-378,
mixer/oscillator for AM receivers, driver controls 11-389
V-412 ac motors optical pick-up, Ill-347
power control switch, IV-386 three-phase, II-383 set point, III-47
power inverter, III-295, V-247 two-phase, 1-4G6, II-382 three-phase controls, II-383, JJ-388
mosquito repelling circuit, 1-684 constant-speed, III-386 two-phase controls, I-456, 11-382
motion.lproxim.ity detectors, de motors motorcycle alann,-motion actuated,
1-135-136, I-344, 11-135, TI-136, fixed speed, lll-387 11-9
II-505-507, Ul-.'l14-.S18, reversing, lJ-.'J81 multiburst generator, square
IV-341-346, V-376-377, V-484-486 servo, bipolar control input., 11-385 waveform, II-88
acoustic Doppler motion detector, speed-controlled reversible, rnultimeters (see alsu digital
IV-343 TIT-388 multilneters (DMM), fV-291,
alann Jor, II-506 N-phase motor, II-382 IV-293
auto alarm, I-9 piezo drive, Y-380 multiple-input detector, III-102
baby monitor, V-370-371 PWM, V-380 multiplexers, III-391-397, V-382-383
capacitive, III-515 reversing, de control signals, II-381 1-of-8 chrumd transmission
field distmbancc sensor/alarm, servo motor amplifier, I-452, II-384 system, III-395
ll-507 stepper motors, III-390 analog, II-392, V-3R3
inJrared-reflection S\vitch, IV-345 half-step, IV-349 0/01-percent, II-392
light-beam intruder-detection quarter-step, IV-350 buffered input and output, lll-396
alarm, V-11, V-13 two-phase, II-456 input/output buffer for, Jll-11
low-current-drain design, fiber-optic, de, variable, 11-206 single- to four-trace converter,
IV-342-343 hours-in-use meter, III-340 11-431
magnetic, Y-308 induction motor, l-454 capacitance, Il-200, II-416
microwave circuit, V-377 load-dependent, universal motor, conuuon-cathorle LED-display
motorcycle alarm, I-9 I-451 ADC, III-764
object detector, long-range, III-273 mini-drill control, IV -348 de-, III-394
optical detector circuit, V-405 model train and/or car, T-4G3, 1-455 differential multiplexer, l-425,
optical interruption sensor, lY-366 phase control, hysteresis free, I-373 1-428, ll-428
people-detector, infrared- piezo motor drive, V-380 driver, .highcspeed line driver, I-264
activated, IV -225 power brake, ac, II-451 eight-channel mux/demux, I-42"6,
proximity switch, infrared- power-factor controller, three- 11-115
activated, IV-345 phase, II-388 fom-charmel, low-cost, III-394
relay-output, IV-345 power-tool torque, 1-458 frequency, III-213-218
room monitor, V-369 P\V1\.f motor controller, III-389 line driver, I-264
SCR alann, III-517 P\V1\.f servo amplifier, III-379 mathematical, one trim, III-326
self-biased, changing field, 1-13fi P\V!.f speed control, 11-376 oscilloscopes, add-on, III-437
switch, IU-517 PWM speed controllenergy- pulse-width, III-214
UHF, 111-5Hi, IV -344 recoverill.'\ brake, III-380 resistor, II-HJ9
tmidirectional, II-346 self-titni.ng control, huilt.-in, sample-and-hold, Uuee-chan.nel,
motor control circuits, IV-347-353, universal motor, 1-451 III-396
V-378-381 servo motor amplifier, I-452, Il-384 two-level, III-392
400Hz servo amplifier, JT-386 servo system, Ill-384 video, 1-of-1 fi cascaded, III-393
ac motors, IT-375 speed control (see speed wkleband differential, II-428
ac servo amplifier, bridge-type, controllers) multiplier circuits, IV-325
III-387 start-and-run motor circuit, III-382 capacitance multiplier, V-205,
bidirectional proportional control, stepper motors, V-571-573 V-347
11-374 half-step, IV-349 low-frequency multiplier, IV-325
blender control circuit, V-379 quarter-step, IV-350 photomultipliers, high-volt power
r.ompressor protector, IV-351 speed and direction, IV -350 supply, V-444, V-445
de motors tachometers, T-94, T-100, 1-102, precise corrunututing amp,
direction controls, 1-452 U-175, TTT-33fi, 111-340, III-347, IY-262-263
driver controls, V-65, V-596-598 voltagemultipliers, IV-631-637
fixed speed, III-387 analog readout, IV -280 2,000 V low-current supply,
reversing, II-381 calibrated, III-598 IV-636-637
servo, hipolar control input, closed loop feedback control, 10,000 V de supply, IV--633
JI-38fi ll-390 corona wind generator, IV-633
728
doublers, III-459, IV-635 metronome (see metronomes) noise reduction circuits, II-393-396,
cascaded, Cockcroft-Walton, MIDI receiver, V-:192 I!I-398-401, IV-354-056,
IV-6!35 MIDI transmitter, V-393 V-086-:Jlll:!
triar:-mntrolled, III-468 multi-tone generator, V-566 amplified noise limiter for 8W
laser power supply, IV-63G music maker circuit, III-360, IV-521 rereivers, V-397
negative-ion generator, hi~l- mus1cal chimf!s, T-040 audio clipper/limiter, IV-355
volt.a,qe, IV-634 musical envelope, modulator, audio dynamic system, V-!397
tripler, low-currP.nt, TV-037 I-601, IV-22 audio shunt noise limiter, IV-355
multivibrators, V-884-388 octave equalizer, V-:J5:J audio squelch, TT-394
100 kHz free running, II-485 perfect pitch circuit, V-391 balance amplifier with loudness
astable multivibrators, II-:J.6!.l, synthesizer, V-10-note, V-,561 control, II-395
II-510, ll-W7, lll-196, III-224, telephone musk-on-hold circuit. blanker, IV-356
lll-233, lii-237, III-238, V-386-388 V-601. V-60:'S clipper, ll-894
Listable multivibrators, T-133, IT-46G mux/demux (see multiplexers) audio-powered, III-396
invert.er, TTT-103 Dolby B, decode mode, TIT-401
debmmcer, IV-108 N Dolby R, encorle mode, III-400
flasher, I-299, II-234 N-phase motor drive, III-382 Dolby B/C, III-399
lamp driver, JV-160 NAB preamps dynamic noise reduction, lll-3~1
pushbutton trigger, V-388 rP.mnl, TTT-673 filters (see filters)
RS flip-flop, T-3% two-pole,--III-673 limiter, II-395, III-321
SCR, II-367 NAB tape playback pre-amp, ili-38 low-level signal noisP., V-398
SR flip-flop, IV-651 nano anuneter, I-202 receiver application, V-398
touch-triggered, l-133 NE602 shortwave receiver noise limiter,
ear battery, II-106 dr: power circuit, V-358 V-8!.l7
CB modulation, U-431 input/output circuits, V-355 noninverting rnnpliiiers, I-32, I-33,
CMOS, V-38G negative-ion generator, IV-604 I-41, III-14
current, II-203 neon flashers, 1-303 ac PO\ver, T-79
duty-cycle, 50-percent, III-584 fivc-lwnp, III-198 arljustable gain, I-91
free-running two-state oscillator, TTT-200 comparator 'With hysteresis in, 1-153
100 kllz, 1-465 tube, T-304 high-frequency, 28-dU, lll-263
progranunable-frequency, IIJ-235 networks hysteresis in, 1-153
with op amp, V-388 crossover networks, I-172-173, II-35 low-power, digitally selectable
low-freqnP.nr:y, III-237 -sv, I-518 input and gain, TT-334
low-voltage, U-123 ac/dc lines, electronic, I-515 power, T-79
modulation, II-430 uctivc, I-172 programmable-gain, III-505
monoslable multivibmtors, 1-465, asymmetrir.al third order single supply, 1-74
IIL-229, III-230, III-235, TTT-237, Butterworth, I-173 split supply, l-75
V-3R!l, v-:187 electronic circuit for, ll-36 nonselective frequency tripler,
input lockout, I-464 filter, l-281 transistor saturation, II-252
linear-ramp, III-237 speech, telephone, II-633 Norton amplifier, absolute value,
photocell, monosLablc, 11-!329 ni-cad batteries, I-118 III-11
positive-triAAered, III-229 analyzer for. III-04 notch filler~ (:;ee alsu lllter
TTL, monostable operation, I-404 charger, I-112. I-116, III-57 circuits), l-283, II-397-403,
UJ'T', monostab\P. operation, Jc463 12 v, 200 rnA. per horn, 1-114 III-402-404
video amplifier and comparator, current and voltage limiting, I-114 4.5 MHz, T-282
II-2G8 fast-adi11g, l-118 GGO Hx, II-399
one-shot, I-465, 1-?:J.O, IE~66, port-able, IV 69 1800Hz, II-398
ll-465, lll-222, 111-2!38, lii-317, temperaturP.-SP.nsing, IV -77 active band reject, II-401
lll-654, V-388 thermally controlled, II-68 adjustable Q, 11-:Jlll:!, V-179
oscilloscope, IT-474 packs, automotive charger for, I-115 audio, ll-400
single-supply, III-232 portable, III-47, JV-6!.l bandpass and, II-223
sound level, II-403 protection circuit, 111-62 high-Q, III-404, V-178
square-wave generators, lV-536 simpli-cad, f-112 selectable band"'idth, I-21:!1
telephone line, II-628 tP.mpP.ratme-sensing charger, IV- shortwave receiver filter, V-185
very-low-frequency, V-38G 77 three-amplifier design, T-281
'Wideband radiation, II-535 test circuit, IV-7!.l tunable, H-399, II-402, V-179
music circuits (see also sound thermally controlled. Il-68 passive-bridged differentiator,
generators), V-3~!.l-0ll0 zappers, I-6, II-66, H-68 II-403
envelope generator/modulator, IV-22 night lights (see lights!light- hum-suppressing, 1-~80
instrwnent tw1E'-np, audio ar:tivated and controlled op amp, ll-400
generator, V-39-0 circuits) twin-notch for 1kHz, V-183
melody drruit, V-393 no-doze alarm, V-8 twin-T, III-403
melody generator, single-chip noise generators (see sowtd Wien bridge, TT-402
design, IV -520 generators) N'TSC-to-RGB video decoder, IV-613
729
nuclear parlide detector, 1-537 tPmperattJre-r.ompensated power outage l~ht, lille~operat.ed,
null eireuiL variable gain. accurat", breakpoint, nonlinear. V-1U, V-401 III-415
ITI-69 tunable notch fllter with, 11-400 probe, TV-809
null detector, I-148, III-162 V-rntd !-protected, V-25 proximity detector, V-405
variable gain, TI-40fi, V-,102 pyrometer, I-654
0 VCO driver, IV-362 receivers, l-364, II-418
octal D/A converter, V-350 >ideo op amp circuits, 1V-615 50 kHz FM optical tran:;mitter,
o1muneters, 1-549 optical circuits (see alsu lasers; 11-118
linear, III-540 lig.hts/1.4(ht-activated ami light receiver, IV-367
linear seal", T-ii49 controlled circuits), optical or laser light, lY~367,
five-r:mge, TV-290 TI-407-419, fV-8G5-8G9, V-404- lV-068
ohms-to-volts converter, 1-168 409 relays, III-412, III417, TTT-41R
oil-pressure gauge, automotive, SO kHz center frequency FM de solid-state, open/dosed, III-412
1V-44,1V-47 transmitter, ll~417 safet.y-drcuit switch, V-409
on/oli control, 1-665 ac relay.lll-418 Schmitt trigger, I-362
ort!off inverter. TTT-.'194 two photon couplers, TI-412 sensor. ambient light i.gnorll.g,
on/off touch rrwitches, II-G91. III-663 ac switcher, high-voltage, III-408 III-413
one-of-eight charmel transmission ambient light-ignoring optical sensor-to-TTL interface, TTT-314
system, III-100 sensor, III-413 source follower, photodiode,
one-shot fwtdion generators. T-40fl, CMOS coupler, 111-414 TTT-119
V-388 conunWlication system, TI-410 telephone ring detector, Iil-611
digitally rontrolled, I-720 c:ouplers!optoronplerR, II-409, II-417 transmitter, l-863, 1~367, IV-!368
precision, III-222 analog coupler, linear ac, II-412 light troutsmitter, rv.;368
pulse generator, Y-4\J0-491 analog coupler, linear, 11-413 triggering SCR series, ITT-411
rctriggcmble, 111-2;38 CMOS design, lll-414 TTL coupler, optical, III-416
one-s! tot timers, III-654 de Ill tear coupler, II-411 zero-voltage switching
lip,ht-controllerl, lTI-817 illstrwnentation, lim~ar, TT-417 dosed half-wave, lll-412
voltage-controlled high-speed, II-266 optor.mtplers, Jl-409, II-417 solid-state, lll-410
op amps, II-404-406, III-405-406, stable. II-409 solid-state relay, III-416
IV-357~364, V-3UU-403 TTL design, III-416 optocouplers (see optkal circuits,
x10, 1-:.37 de latching relay, lll-417 couplers)
xlOO, 1-37 digit.altransmissioH i;;olator, II-414 nptoisolat.ors (see optical circuits,
astable multi vibrator, TTT-224 direction discrirninator, V-408 isolators)
amlio amplifier, JV-33 high-sensitivity, NO, two-terminal OR gate, I-3U5
bidirectional compound op amp, zero voltage Rwitch, II-414 organ, musical, 1~415
IV-361 indicator lamp driver. III-413 preprogranuued single chip
clamping for, 11-22 integrated solid slate relay, II-408 microcontroller for, I-600
dock circuit using, TTT-RG interfaces, stylus, I-420
cnmparator, three-input and gate optocouplers/optoisolators, oscillators, II-420-429, lli-420-432,
comparator, IV-363. V-400~107 lV-370-377, V-410-421
composite amplifier, Y-401. V-403 interruption sensor, IV-066 1 kHz, II-427
compound OJ.Hunp, lV-364 isolation and zero voltage switchLrtg 1.0 MHz, T-G71
de o1Isct-s1ll.ft tester, V-319 logic, ll-415 2 MHz, II-G71
driver, JV-158-lii9 isolators/optoisolators, TV-47ii 5-V, III-432
feedback-stabilized amplifier, driver, high-voltage, ITT-482 50 kHz, I- 727
IV-3GO telephone statuR monitor using, 400 MHz, 1-571
free-running multivibrator, V-388 T-026 500 MHz, l-57{1
full-\vave rectifier design, V-403 light-detector, IV-36U 800Hz, I-68
gain-controlled op wnp, IV-361 line-current detector, 111-414 adjllStahle over 10:1 range, II-423
ltigh-gai.n/bandwidth, V-40:1 microprocessor triac array driver, AF power oscillator, V-412
intrinsically saff! proter.ted, TII~12 II-410 astable, I-462, V-420
inverter/rectifier, programmable, optocmtpler, V-,107 audio, l-245, Ill-315, Ill-427,
IV-364 interface circuits, V-406-407 IV-374, IV-375
nticrophone mixer, V-364 optoisolator audio-frequency generator, V-416-
on/off S\1-itch, transistorized, IV~54G interrace circuits, V-406-407 41 7
polarity gain adjustment, V-400 relay circnit, TV -4 7G audio-test oscillalor, V-420
power op amp, V-402 paper tape reader, II-414 ba~ic designs, V-414
po\verbooster, IV-068 photoelectric light controller, beat-frequency audio generator,
po\ver driver circuit, l\'~158-159 IV-369 IV-371
quad. simultwteous waveform photoreceiver, optilnizcd huffer drcuits, IV-89
generator using, TI-2ii9 noise/response, V-405 Butler
sing!" potentiometer to adjust gain phototransistors aperiodic, I-l!.l6
over bipolar range, II-406 amplifier, V-409 corrunon base, 1-191
s'\\'ing rail-ray, LM324, IV-363 variable-sensitivity, V-409 crystal, I-182
730
ernitter follower, TI-190-191, neon flasher, two-state, III-200 time base, crystal, IH-1!33, TV-12R
TT-194 one-second, 1 kHz, 11-423 tin1er, 500 timer, I-G81
cassette bias, II-426 one-shot, voltage-controlled 1-dgh- tom~-burst, decoder and, I-726
clock generator, l-615, 111-.:15 speed, IT-266 transmitter and, 27 MHz and 49
CMOS, 1-615, lll-429, III-430 ove-rtone oscillators, 1-176, I-177, MHz rf, 1-680
1 MHz to 4MHz, T-199 I-180, I-183, I-186. 11-146, Ul-146 triarJ,qle-wave oscillator, V-20fl
crystal, l-1R7 50 MHz to 100 Mliz, l-181 triangle/square wave, I-616, II-422
code practice, I-15, I-20, I-22, 100 f..Ulz, IV-124 TTL, f-179, 1-613, IV-127
II-428, III-431, IV-373, lY-375, crystal, f-176, T-180, Tl-14fl 1:MHz to 10MHz, I-178
IV-376, Y-100-103 crystal switching, 1-188 1:MHz to 20MHz, 1Y-127
Culpitt~ r:ry~tal oscillators, I-194. fifth-overtone, I-182 crystal, TfL-compatible, I-179
I-572, II-147, V-411 third-overtone oscillator, IV-123 sine wave/square oscillator,
1-to-20 MHz, fV-128 phase-locked, 20-Mliz, IV-374 IV-512
frequency checker, IV-301 Pierce oscillator, V-140 television display using, II-372
harmonic, I-189"190 1-Ml-Iz, III-134 tube type crystal, I-192
two-frequency, IV-127 crystal, II -144 till1able frequency, II-425
crystal (_see cry~ tal o~r:illaturs) harmonic, T-1-99, H-192 till1able single comparator, I-69
double frequency output, I-314 ,JFET, I-198 varactor twted 10 MHz ceramic
discrete sequence, HI -421 low-frequency, III-133 resonator, II-141
duty cyr.le quadrature, 1-72!;1, 111-428 variable oscillators, fl-421
GO-percent, III-426 squan.-wave generator, III-585 audio, 20Hz to 20kHz, II-727
variable, fixed-frequency, Ill-422 quartz, III-1!36 four-decade, single control for,
erniller-cuupled RIC, 1-f\12 ll-424
bi}( loop, II-422 reflection, crystal-controlled, III-136 sine-wave oscillator, super low-
ftC, II-266 relaxation, IV-376 distortion, III-558
exponential rligitally controlled, SCR, III-430 wide range, f-780, fl-429
I-72R resistance-controlled dip,ital, II- variable-duty r.ycle, III-422, V-419
feedback,- I-67 426 variable-frequency oscillator (_see
flasher and oscillator rf oscillators, 1-G50-fifi1, I-fi72, variable-frequency oscillators
high-drive, 11-235 V-52fl-G82 (VFO)
low-frequency, II-234 fl.fi MHz VFO, V-529 VHF crystal oscillator
free-rwmlrlg, I-531 G MHz VFO, II-551 20-MHz, III-138
square wave, T-fl1fi ham band VFO, V-532 50-MHz, ITT-140
frequency doubled output from, NE602 circuit, V-531 100-MHz, III-1~9
II-425, II-596 rf-,l{enie, II-421 voltage-controlled (VCO) (see
frequency switcher, V-41t! shortwave pttlsed-marker, V-582 voltage-controlled oscillators)
gated, 1-728, V-413, V-419 sidetone, rf-powered, I-24 wide-frequency range, II-262
last-cycle c-Ompleting, TTT-427 signal generator, V-530-531 wide-r;uige, I-69, III-425
Hall effert circuits, V-222 test oscillator, V-412 valiahle, 1-780, fl-429
Hartley, I-571, V-140 tran~mitter <Uld, 27MHz and Wien-hridge oscillators, I-62-63,
he-based, III-423 49MHz, I-680 I-66, I-70, II-566, III-42!.1, lll-558,
HCU/HCT-Uuscd, lil-426 RLC, 11f-428 lV-371, IV-377, lV-511, V-415,-
high-current, square-wave sa>vtooth wave, modulator, III-373 V-419
generator, IIT-585 Schmitt trigger crystal, I-HH CMOS chip in, II-568
high-frequency, HI-42fl sine-wave (see sine-wave low-distortion, thermally stable,
crystal, 1-175,11-148 oscillalurs) TTT-GG7
LC audio oscillator, V-411 sine-wave/square wave, tunahle, low-voltage, III-432
LF oscillator, V-413 I-65, III-232, TV-512 sine wave, I-66, I-70, II-566,
light-controlled, V-27!;1 single op amp, I-G29 IV-510, IV-513
loud-switching, 100 mA, 1-730 siren oscillator, V-567 single-supply, III-558
local-oscillator. douhle-halanced square-wave, I-613-614, Il-5ll7, thermally stable, ITI-557
mixer, V-11fi Il-616, IV-532, IV-53!3, V-569 three-derade, IV-GIO
low-distortion, I-570 0.5 Hz, I-616 variable, III-424
lmv-duty-cydc pulse circuit, IV-4!39 1kHz, T-012 very-low-distorlion, IV-51:3
low-frequency oscillators, TTT-428 astable multivibrator and, V-386 XOH-gute, III-429
CJYStal, I-184, IT-14fl start-stop oscillator pul~c circuit, yelp, II-577
osc:illat.orlflasher, II-234 IV-438 oscilloscopes, II-480-433,
Pierce oRcillator, III-133 s>vildt, oscillator-triggered, V-590 II!-433-439, V-422-426
TTL oscillator. ll-5!.l5 ~witching, 20 ns, T-729 analog multiplexer, single- to four-
low-noise crystal, U-145 temperature-compensated, III-137 trace scope converter, ll-4!31
Miller, l-193 crystal, I-187 beam splitter, 1-474
MOSFET mixer/oscillator- for AM low-power 5V-driven, II-142 calibmtor, II-433, III-436
receivE'!'~, V-412 temperature-stable, If-427 converter, I-471
NB6021ocal osr.illator, V-411 third overtone, 1-186, lY-123 CRO doubler, Hf-489
731
oscilloscopes (cont.) pattern generator/polar-to- tracker, three-phase square wave
eight-channel voltage display, III-435 rectangular converter for radio generator, ll-598
cxlender,.JU-434 direction, V-288 phasor gw1, I-606, IV -523
FET dual-trace switch for, II-432 PCR continuity tester, JT-342, TT-fi:1fi phonograph-related r.ircnit.s (.~RR
four-trar.e osdllosr.ope adapter, peak detectors, II-17 4, II-175, II-434- stereo/phonograph circuits)
IV-267 436, III-771, IV-138, IV-143 photo-conductive detector amplifier,
monitor, I-474 analog, wilh digital hold, lll-153 four quudraut, I-359
multiplexer, add-on, lli-4:37 closed-loop, V-153 photo memmy switch for ac power
preamplifier, III-437, V-423 decibel peak meter, JTT-348 rontml, I-363
counter, IJT-438 digital, TII-HiO photo stop action, I-481
instmmentation amplifiers, high-band...,idth, III-161 photodiode/photoelectric circuits
IV-230-231 high-frequency peak, II-175 ac power switch, Ill-3HJ
sensitivity amplifier, III-430 high-speed-peak, l-2::32 alann system, l-13, U-4
spectrum analyzer adapter, Y-4~4 LED design, peak meter, 111-333 ampW"iers, I-361, III-19, II-324,
timebase generator, V-425 level detector, I-402 III-672
tri&qer selector for timebase, V-425 low-drift, III-156, V-155 battery charger, solar, II-71, V-:127
triggered sweep, III-4311 negative, I-22G, I-231, V-154 comparator, precision, I-360
variable-gain amp, V-426 op amp, IV-145 controller, IV-369
voltage-level dual readout, IV-108 open-loop, V-153 current-to-voltage converter, ll-128
outbawJ. descrarnbkr, 11-164 positive, 1-225,1-2:35, Il-435, III-169 fla.sher, photocell-controlled,
out-oJ-bolillds pulse-width detector, true m1s, I-228 TT-232
IIT-158 liltra-low-drift peak, I-227 integrator, phot.ocurrent, II-32G
outlet tester, V-318 voltage, precision, I-226 level detector, precision, I-365
output limiter, III-322 wide-bandwidth, Ill-162 light controller, IY-369
output-gating circuit, ovide-range, lll-162 monostablc photocell, self-adjust
photomultiplier, II-516 peak program detector, III-771 trigger, II-329
output-stage booster, III-452 peak converter, preeision addc, output-gating r.irruit,
over/unrler temperature monitor, IT-127 photomultiplier, IT-516
rlual output, II-U46 people-detector, infrared-activated, PIN, thermally stabilized signal
overload indicator, V-478 IV-225 conditioner with, Il-330
overload protector, speaker, II-16 period counter, 100 MHz, frequency PIN-to-frequency converters, IU-120
overspeed indicator, I-108 and, 11-106 preampWier for IH plwtodiode,
overtone oscillators, 1-176, .l-177, period-to-voltage converter, IV-115 V-226
1-180,1-183, I-186, II-146, III-146 pest-repeller, ultrasonic, IIJ-699, sensor amplifier, TI-:124
GO MHz to 100 MHz, f-181 TTI-706, III-707, TV-605-606, smoke alarm/detectors, I-595, I-
100 MHz, IV-124 V-427-428 596
crystal, I-176, I-180, II-146 pH meters/probe, 1-::l!.l!.l, IIF501 source follower, lll-4Hl
crystal swilchirl,ll, J-183 phase detection/manipulation switches, II-321, II-326, III-318,
fifth-overtone, 1-182 circuits TH-:119
third-overt.one oscillator, IV-123 detectors, 1-406, I-476, II-344, photoelectric sensor, V-277
overvoltage protection, I-150, I-517, II-439, II-441, II-442, III-440-442, photography-related circuits, II-443-
II-96, II-107, II-496, III-513, IV-127 44!..!, III-443-44!..!, IY-378-382,
III-762, IV-38!.l, V-480 10-bit accuracy, ll-176 V-432-438
comparator lo detect, ll-107 di.Jlital YOM, IV-277 auto-advance projector, II-444
monitor for, III-762 phase-difference detector, 0- to camera alarm trigger, III-444
protection circuit, TT-96, IT-490, 180-degree, TT-344 camera trip circuit., IV-381
III-G13 phase selector/sync contrast meter, II-447
Lilldervoltage and, indicator, I-150, rectifier/balanced modulator, darkroom enlarger timer, III-445
III-762 III-441 darkroom timer, V-436
sequencers, phase sequeuce, I-476, electronic Oush triF;ler, II-448,
p II-437-442, III-441 III-449
pager, pocket-size, Ill-288 rc circuit, phase sequence enlarger exposure meter, V-438
PALINTSC decoder, RGB input, reversal detection, II-438 enlarger light meter, V-434-435
TTT-717 reversal, rc circuit to detect, II-438 enlarger timer, II-446
palette, video, III-720 three-phase Lester, 11-440 exposure meter, I-484, V-438
panning circuit, two-channel, l-57 shifters, phase shifters, IV-647, flash meter, TTT-446
paper-sheet discriminator, copyirl,!:l V-429-4:11 flash slave driver, I-483
machines, III-339 0-180 degree, I-477 flash slave unit, V-433
paper-tape reader, II-414 0-360 degree, I-477 flash triggers
parallel connections, telephone, eight-output, V-431 electronic, ll-448
III-611 single-transistor design, 1-4 76 remote, I-484
party-line intercom, II-303 splitter, III-582, V-430 sound-triggered, II-449
password protection circuit, PCs, long-ta.il pair, V-430 time delay, V-433
Y-lOll pha..o;e-lockerlloop, V-:147 xenon fla.~h, III-447
732
light meter, enlargers, V-434-4~5 poLynomial generator, V-287 adjustable current limit and output
photo-event limer, IV-37!1 position indicatork:ontroller, tape voltage, I-505
photoflash, electronic, III-449 rer:order, II-615 adjustable 20-V, V-461
pidure fixer/inverter, III-n2 positive input/negative output amplifiers, audio,
shutter speed tester, 11-445 charge pwnp, III-360 dual power supply, V-465
slave-flash unil trigger, IV-880, positive regulator, NPN/PNP boost, subwoofer power supply, V-464
IV-3~2, V-433, V-4~0 III-47fi antique radio de lllament supply.
slide projector auto advance, potentiometers, digital control, V~158 V-470
IV-381 power amplifiers, 11-450-459, arc lamp, 25W, 11-470
slide-show timer, III-444, lli-448 III-450-456 arc-jet, starting circuit, lll-479
sound trigger for flash unit, II-449, 2- to ti-watt audio amplifier with automotive-accessory power
IV-382 preamp, H-4fil controller, V-70
strobe, V-435, V-436, V-437 lOW, I-70 backup supply, drop-in main-
time-delay flash trigger, IV-380, 12 W low-distortion, I- 76 activated, IV -424
V-433 2fi W, II-452 balance indicator, TII-494
photomultipliers 90 W, safe area protection, II-4,159 battery (sec battery -related
high-voltage power supply, V-444, AM: radio, 1-77 circuits)
V-445 audio, II-451, 1TI-4G4, IV-28-33 battery charger and, 14V, 4A, 11-78
phototransistor, V-279 20- w, II1 ~450 battery power pack, I-509
anlpWler, V-409 50-W, III-451 bench top, 11-472
variable-sensitivity, V-40!) 0-W, 'Nith preamp, III-454 benchtop, dual output, I-505
timer, I-485 booster, Il-455 bipolar
xenon flash !.:rigger, slave, TH-447 bridge audio, T-81 battery instruments, 11-475
picoamrnelers, I-202, H-1S4, bull horn, TI-453 tracking double-output, V-449
III-338 class-D, III-453 booster, I-28, I-33, V-349
circuit for, TT-l fi7 GaAsFET 'Nith single supply, IT-I 0 buck regulator, add 12-V output to
guarded input circuit, II-156 hybrid, III-455 5-V, V-472
picture fixer/inverter, lll-722 inverting, l-79 charge pool, III-469
Pierce oscillators, V-140 low-di~tortion, 12 W, I-76 confignrable, V-455
1-MHz, III-134 low-power audio, II-454 connections-monitor, ac lines,
crystal,-l-195, II-144 noninverting, I-79 III-510
harmonic, I-199, II-1!12 op amp/audio amp, high-slew rate, consumption limiters, TH-G72
JFET, I-198 T-82 consumption monitor, V-290
low-frequency, III-133 output-stage booster, III-452 controllers, TV-~f!8-389, V-111-115
piezoelectric circuits portable, lll-452 ac switches, IV-387, V-112, V-115
439-441 rear speaker ambience amplifier, ac voltage control, V-114
alarm, l-12, V-10 ll-458 automotive-accessory power,
drivers, V-440 rf power amplifier V-70
555 oscillator, V-441 1296-MHz solid state, III-542 bang-ba.ng controllers, IV -389
CMOfl, V-440 5W, II-542 burst-type control, Ill-362
micropositioner, V-440 600 W, l-559 current-loop control, SCR design,
temperature controller, fan-based, switching, J-33 IV-387
III-027 two-meter 10 W, I-562 dual-control ac switch, V-ll:i
PIN photodiode-to-frequency walkm:m amplifier, II-456 high-side switches, 5 V supplies,
converters, m~120 power supplies (see also voltage lV-384, IV-385
pink noise generator, I-468 indicators/melers), II-460-486, monitor, SCR design, IV-385
pipe detector, metal pipes, V-323 III-464, V-448-472 MOSFE'T' switch, IV-386
plant-watering accessories, I-443, +1.5-V supply for ZN416E circuits, overvoltage protection, 1-150,
II-245, II-248 V-469 1-517, II-96, Il-107, 11-496,
playback amplifier, tape, I-77 +5 V supply, V-471 III-513, III-762, IV-389
PLLIBC receiver, TI~520 5 to 35 V tracking, V-469 power controller, universal
pocket pager, III-288 0- to 12-V, V-1 A variable, V-460 dcs@l, IV -388
polar-to-rectangular 13.8-Vdc, V-2 A regulated, V-459 power-do"Wfl circuit, V-114
converter/patlcrn generator, 20-Vadjustable, V-461 pushbutton switch, lV-388
radio direction finder, V-288 5V power supply 'Nith momentary three-phase, power factor control,
polarity converter, I-166 backup, II-464 II-388
polarity gain adjustment, op amp GV, 0.5A power supply I-491 converter, inrluctorless, V-456
circuit, V-400 8- from 5-V regulator, V-409 current limiter, V-146, V-358,
polarity indicator, V-231 2,000 V low-current supply, V-458
polarity-protection relay, IV-427 IV-636-637 current sources, l-205, 1-697,
polarity-reversing amplifiers, low- AA cells, +5 V/+3.6 V, V-45~ V-141-143
power, III-16 ac outlet tester, V-318 0-to-200-nA, IV-327
poller, analog-to-digital converters, ac wiring locator, V-317 bilateral, III-469, I-694-095, V-143
V-28 ac-w-atts calculator, V-304 bipolar sources, I-095, I-607
733
power supplies (r:on.t.) 12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz, push-pull, 400V/60W, II-473
constant, I-G97, III-472 III-294 rectifiers, V-4G4, V-460
flxed power supplies, IV -405, medium, lJI-296 reference, 0-to-20 V, I-694
IV-406 MOSFET, JII-29fi regulated power supplies
low-current SOLU'CC, lV-39!;1 isolated feedback, 1II-4GO R-amp, for mobile equipment
low.-resistance, V-142 isolation transformer, V-349, V-470 operation, II-4fil
negative, V-143 laptop-computer suppl_y, V-460 10 A, current and thermal
offset-adjusting, V-145 laser power supplies, IV-636, prolection, II-474
positive, V-142 V-251, V-2G2, V-2fi8, V-2fi4 12-14 V, !31\, 11-480
precision, I-205, 1-206 level sensor, voltage level, ITI-770 13.8-Vdc, V-2 A. V-459
regulator, variable power ::;upply, loss detector, II-175 +l:W 1-A, TTI-462
III-490 low-ripple, 1-500 ~15V 1-A, III-4ft~
variable power supplies, voltage- LTC, single supply, V-454 split, I-492
prograrmnable, IV-420 meters, power meters, I-489 regulator loss cutter, V-467
voltage-controlled, grolillded audio, I-4SS rcgulalors (see voltage
solll'celloact, UJ-468 frequeney and, II-2GO regulators)
ric-to-de SMPS variable 18 V to rf, I-16 reset circuit, II-366
30 V out ?..t 0.2A, JT-480 SWR, 1-16 short-tester, V-313, Vc315
de power circuit, NE002-haserl, memory save on power-do~n, split, I-512
V-358 II-4Sfi;W-425 stand-by, non-volatile CMOS
delay circuit, V-148 rnicropower bandgap reference, RAMs, Il-477
rlisconnector, low-voltage, ll-U7 II-470 subwoofer amplifier power supply,
dual polarity, I-497 uticroprocessor power supply V-4G4
dual power supply, amplifiers, V-46!l watchdo,>\, II-494 supply-voltage monitor, V-820
failure/outage alarms/monitors, modem, power-line, III-82 s~itchil}g power supplies, II-4GG,
l-581-58:J., 11-107, II-486, II-175, monitors, II-491-497, IH-493-495, ll-470, lll-458, V-453, V-.461,
II-491-497, IH-493-495, lll-511, IV-422-427 V-462,V-468
TV-422-427 backup supply, drop- in main- 50-W off-line, III-473
backup supply, drop-in main- activated, IV-424 GOO kHz switching inverter for
activated, IV-424 balance mmtiLor, JII-4!.l4 12V, II-474
balance monitor. III-494 booster/buiJcr, boosts reference complementary ac switch, 1-879
booster/buffer, boosts referenr:e current, IV-425 power-switching circuit, II-466
current, IV -425 circuit breaker, trip circuit, IV-423 variable. lOU-KHz multiple-
circuit breaker, trip-circuit, IV-423 connections monitor, ar: lines, output, Ili-488
connections monitor, ac lines, III-510 synchronous stepdown switching
III-510 fault rnonitor, single-supply, regnlator, V-408
fault monitor, single-supply, III-495 telecom converter ---1S to +!"i V at 1
III-4U5 memory protector/supply A, V-47'.:l
memory protector/supply monitor, IV-42fi three-rail, lll-466
monitor, IV-425 polarity-protection relay, IV-427 undervoltage detector/monitor,
polarity-protection relay, IV-427 SCR design, IV-385 IIT-702, fV-138
SCR design, IV-3SG test load, con.':llant-current, uninterrupbble, II-4fi2, l1T-477,
test load, constant-curffmt, fV-424 V-471
IV-424 triar: for ac-voltage control, IV- universal laboratory supply, V-450-
triac for ac-voltage control, IV -426 426 451
tube ampWler, high-voltage tube amplifier, high-voltage variable power supplies, Ill-487-
isolation, IV-426 isolation, N-426 492, IV-414-421
voltage sensor, IV-423 voltage monitors (see voltage 0- to 12-V, V-1 A, V-460
fixed power supplies (see flxed indicators/meters) r:nrrent source, voltage-
power supplies) multi voltage supply, V-458 prograrmnable, IV -420
frequency, power/frequency meter, m~gative supply, V-457 de supplies, IV-418
ll-250 neon lamp driver, V-5- to 15-V dual universal supply, 0-to-50 V,
fuses, V-477, V-478 supplies, V-459 5 A, IV-416-417
-gain, power-gain test circuit, 60 outage light, line-operated, III-415 switr:h-selerted fixed-voltage
MHz, I-489 overload indicator, V-478 supply, IV-419
general-purpose, III-465 overvoltage protection, I-150, switching regulator, low-power,
glitches in, comparator to detect, I-517, II-9fi, II- 107, TT-496, Ili-490
IJ-107 III-513, III-7G2, IV-8S9, V-480 switchiltl-\, 100-KHz multiple-
high-voltage (see ltigh-voltagc power-down circuit, V-114 output, III-488
power supplies) programmable, III-467 tracking preregulator, III-492
increasing zener diode power protection circuits, 1-515, I-518, transformerless supply, TV-420
rating, II-485 TT-98, II-107, II-474, Il-486, universal3-30V, III-489
inductorless converter, V-456 TT-49fi, TI-497, III-511, IV-425, voltage regulators for variable
inverters, lll-:J.!.l8, V-457 IV-427 supplies, JI1-4UO, III-4!.l2, IV-421
734
voltage doubler, V-460 oscilloscope preurnplillers, III-437, logic probes, I-520, I-525, 1-626,
volta~e probes, V-171 lU-4!38, lV-230-231, V-42:1 IV-430-431, IV-4:34
voltagekurrent regulator, V-455 oscilloscope/ronntPr, III-438 CMOO, 1-523, I-526, TTT-499
voltage regulators (see vollal{e power amplifier v,.ith preamp, digital, TTT-497
regulators) II-451, III-454 four-way operation, IV-432
voltage sensor, power supplies, read-head, automotive circuits, memory-tester, installcli., l-525
TV-422 lll-44 single-1C dcsi~l, IV-433
voltage-level, III-770 receiver interfar.e, V-243 three-in-one test set: pro he, signal
voltage sources rf amphfiers, V-526, V-527 tracer, injer:t.or, IV-429
millivolt, zenerless, I-696 RIAA, III-38 mir:rovolt, II-499
progranunable, I-694 RIAAINAB compensation, J-92 optical light probe, IV -36!.l
voltage splitter, TTT-788 stereo/phonograph preamp~, I-91, pH, I-3!.l!.l, Ill-501
preamplifiP.r.'l, T-11, V-26 II-43, II-45, V-fi84 presealer, 650 MHz amplifying,
antenna preamp low-noise, IV-86 ll-502
HF broadband, V-:J6 magnetir., I-91, III-37, lli-673, rf, I-523, HT-49R, TII-G02, IV-433
loop anteruw, V-38 IV-..%, IV-36 single injer.tor-tracer, II-500
VLF 60-kii:.:, V-33 tone control, V-581 te.'lt, 4-220V, III-4\J!.l
wideband, V-2fi lape, 1-90 three-in-one lest :;et: logic probe,
6-meter, 20 dB gain and low-NF, Utcnnocouple instmment.ation signal tracer, injector, fV-429
II-543 amplifier, III-283 tone, digital[("; testing, II-504
1000x, low-nollie des@. IV-37 tone control preamplifiers, 1-675 univer~al test probe, IV-431
audio preumplifiers, II-45 high-level, ll-688 process control interface, 1-:JO, V-242
2- to 6-watt, JJ-4fi1 IC, 1-673, III-657 processor, CW stul, I-18
0-\V and, ITI-454 mixer, I-58 product detector, T-228
:mdio-to~UHF preamp, V-24 transmit!rer.eive sequencer, V-348 prONatlill1able amplifier.'l, II-334,
bias supply, IV-:.318 nHF-TV, III-546 TTI-fi04-:J08
dual audio signal ;unplifiers, V-.'i8 ultra-low-leakage, J-38, 11-7 rlifferential-input, prograrnr!lilble
deelret microphone preamp, V-21 VHF, I-560 gain, III-507
equalized, for magnetic phono VHF/UlF, rfamplifiers, V-i""JlS inverting, progr<umnable-gain,
cartriclge.'l, ITI-671 video, V-660 lll-505
frequency counter/divider, lll-128, preregula.tors noHinverting, programmable-gain,
V-24 high-voltage power supplies, III-480 III-505
GaAsFET, rf amplifiers, V-516 tracking, III-492 precision, digital
general purpose, I-84, TV-42 prescalers contro1'programmirtg, 111-506
lumditalkies, two-meter, I-19 data circuits, low-frequency, TV-132 programmable-gain, selectable
HF, rf amplifiers, V-515 probe, urnplifying, OSO MHz, II-502 irtput, 1-:32
IF, 80 MHz, IV-460 preselector.'l, rf amplifiers. IV-483, v;uiable-gain, wide-r:mge digital
IR photodiodc preamp, V-226 IV-485, IV-488 ront.ml, III-506
irnprxlu.nce-matching, TV-:17 pressure gauge, V-314 projectors (see pholography-related
irlstrumentation amplifier, printer-error Warm, compnter circuits)
TV-220-281 circuits. TV-1 Ofi protection circuits, H-95-99, JII-S09-
.JFET, V-22 printers 513, V-475-488
light-beam activaled alarm circuit, print.P.r-error alarm, IV-106 12ns circuit hreaker, II-97
V-13 printer sentry, computer circuits, automatic power down, II-!.le
LM382 phono, I-91 V-107-108 circuit breakers
low-uoise, I-88, T-501, TV-41 two-sheets irt printer detector, ac, III-512
magnetic, T-89, I-91, III-37, III-673, 1V-136 eleelronic, high-speed, H-90
rv-:::s, IV-36 probes (see also measurement!test compressor protector, IV -8Sl
meclical instnunenL ll-34!.l circuits), TI-498-504, II-4\J6-503, crowbars, eledronic, II-99, III-510
microphone prcmnplillers. II-45, IV-428-434, V-473-474 ear proter.tor:V-482
IV-37. IV-42 100 K megaohm de, 1-524 fn.'le, electronic, V-477
1ow-.i.mpeda.nce, TV-41 ac hol wire, 1-581 halogen lamp protector, V-271
tone rontrol for, II-687 audible TTL, T-S24 healer protector, servo-sP.nsed,
transformerless, unbalanced aurl.io-rf .'lignal tracer. I-527 III-624
input, 1-88 r.apacitance buffer line protectors, computer 1/0, !J uP,
tmrtsl"ormerless, 11nbala.nr.ed low-input, 111-498 IV-101
input, I-88 stabilized low-input, ITI-fi02 line dropout detector, Il-98
microwave preamplifiers, da.rnp-on-current compensator, linc-voltuge monitor, IIT-Sll
IV-816-319 II-501 loudspeaker protector, V-483
mixers, I-58 CMOfi logic, I-523 low-voltage power d.isconnector,
NAB preamplifiers FET, III-501 TT-97
tape playback, professional, III-88 general purpose rf ddPctor, IT -500 modem protector, V-479
record, III-67:3 ground-noise, battery-powerecl, modem/fax protector for two
two-pole, Ifi-678 111-500 computers, V-482
735
protection circuits (cuut.) one-shol, V-4-90-4!)1 positive inpuUnegative output
opt.kal safP.ty-r:ircuit switch, V-409 progra.nunaUle, I-529 churgc, 1-418
overload indicator, V-478 sa\Vtooth-wave generator and, push switch, on/oiT, electronic, 11-359
overvoltage protection, I-150, III-241, V-491 push-pull amplifier, Darlington, V-22
I-517, ll-96, ll-107, ll-496, single, II-175 push-pull power supply, 400V/60W,
IJT-513, Til-762, fV-389, V-480 tra.ln, pulse train, lV-20::~ II-473
password protection for PCs, V -109 transistorized, TV-4:37 pushbutton power control switch,
polarity-protection relay for power two-phase pulse, I-fi32 TV-388
supplies, JV-427 unijunction transistor design, I-530 PlJT circuits
power-down, ll-98 variable duty cycle, V-492 battery chargers, III-54
power-failure alarm, III-511 vel)' low-duly-cycle, 111-521 long-duration timer, II-675
powP.r-linP. r:onnf!r:tions monitor, voltage-controller and, lll-524 pyromeler, optical, 1-654
ar:, III-510 wide-ranging, III-522
power supply, II-497, I-518
relay fuse, V-478
missing-pulse deter.tor, V-152
modulators Q-mult.ipliers
a
reset-protection for computers, pulse-position, III-375 audio. II-20
fV-100 pulse-width (PWM), III-376. IV-326 transistorized, I-566
safety r.irruit, V-477, V-483, V-589 brightness coutroller, III-:307 QHP circuits
timed, V-4f!1 control, microprocessor 18-, V-21-, V-24-.MHz, V-644-645,
short-tester, V-313, V-315 selected, II-llO V-f\44
shutdown circuits, V-537-538 motor speed control, II-376, CW transmitter, III-f\90
speaker protector, V-476, V-479 III-38!.l sidetone generator/code practice
..proximity sensors (see multiplier circuit, 11-264, 111-214 oscillators, V-102
motion/proximity detectors) out-of-bounds detector, III-158 SWR bridge, III-336
pseudorandom sequencer, III-301, proportional-controller rirr:uit, transmitters, V-10-M DSB 'With
Y-351 II-21 VFO, V-fl8f!-689
p.ulse circuits, 1Y-435-440 servo amplifier, III-379 quad op amp, simultaneous
amplitude discrimi.Hator, III-356 speed conLrollenergy-recovering waveform generator using,
r.oincidence detector, II-178 brake, III-380 ll-25!.l
converters very sl1ort, nwa.surement circuit, lJUadrature oscillators, lll-428
height-to-width, III-119 TII-330 square-wave generator, III-585
pulse train-to-sinusoid converters, oscillators quiz master game, V-210
lll-122 fast, low-duty-cycle. IV-439
coLmter, r.iJ~ cuwtter, low-power, slart-slop, slable design, IV-438 R
fV-437 pulse-position modulator, 111-375 race-car motor/crash sound
delay, dual-edge trigger, ITI-147 stretchers, IV-440 generator, 111-578
detectors negative pulse stretr:her, fV-436 radar detectors, II-518-520,
fast pulse, V-154 positive pulse stretcher, IV-438 IV-141-442
m.issi.t-~pulse, V-152 supply circuit, high-voltage power one-chip, II-519
out-of-hounds pulse width, III-158 supplies, IV-412 radiation detectors, 11-512-517
sequence detector, TT-172 widtl1, out-of-bow1ds pulse ,... idth alarm, 11-4
divider, non-integer programmable, detector, TII-lfi8 micropower, II-513
II-511, III-226 pulse-dialing telephone, TII-010 monitor, wideband, I-535
extractor, square-wave, lll-584 pulse-width-to-voltage converters, photomultiplier output-gating
generators, pulse .'(eneraturs, 111-117 circuit, II-516
H-508-511, V-487-492 pulse-widUt modulators (PWM), pocket-sized Geiger counter, II-514
2-ohm, III-281 III-376, IV-326 radio!rf circuits
300-V, III-521 brightness controller, lii-307 A11 radio
555-circuit, IV-439 control, mir:roprocessor selected, car-radio to short-wave radio
add-on, V-488 II-116 convPrt.Pr, TV-GOO
astable multivibrator, 11-510 motor speed control, II-376, III-389 demodulator, II-160
basic, V-488 multiplier cireuil, ll-264, Hl-214 power amplifier, I-77
clock, GO Hz, II-I 02 out-of-bounds detector, III-158 receivers, 11-525, HH.H, lll-52!.l,
CMOS short-pulse, III-523 proportional-controller r:ircuit, TII-535, IV-455, V-496, V-497,
delayed-pulse, II-509, IV-440, II-21 V-fi02
V-492 servo amplifier, 111-07!.l AM/FM radio
divider, programmable, II-511, speed control!energy-recovering clock radio, I-543
III-226 brake, III-380 squelch circuit, 11-547, lll-1
EEPROM, 5V-powered, III-99 very short, measurement circuit, an1ateur radio, III-260, III-534,
free running, IV-438 III-336 TIT-675
interrupting pulse-generation, I-357 pulse/tone dialer, single-chip, III-603 transceivPr relay interface, V-243
logic, III-520, V-489 pulsers, laser diode, III-311 VFO, V-532
logic troubleshooti.tl~ applications, pwup circuils voice identifier, V-550
TV-436 controller, single chip, 11-247 amplifiers (see rf amplifiers)
736
antique radio de fllament power dock rarlio, AMJFM, I-543 Till' radio receiver, IV-4fi2
supply, V-470 demodulators, I-544, II-159, 11- VLF whistler, V-496
attenuator, IV-322 161 shortwave transmissions
automotive receiver, II-fi25 IF amplifier with quadrature converters, Ill-114, IV-500
bridge, V-fiO-MHz bridge circuit, detector, TV sound IF, I-690 FET booster, I-561
V-303 gem~mtors, low-frequency, III-228 receiver, JV-454
broadband, U-546, III-264, IV-271 receivers, I-338, 1-361, lll-80, single-sideband (SSE)
bur~:~t generators, portable, III-73 III-530, lll-532, V-495 communications
calibrator, V-29R snooper, III-680 CW/SSB product detector, IV-139
carrier-current circuits, III-78-82, speakers, remote, carrier-current driver, low-distortion 1.6 to
IV-91-93 system, I-140 30MHz, ll-538
AM receiver, Ill-81 squelch circuit for AM, I-547 generators, IV -323
audio transmitter, III-79 stereo demodulation system, transmitter, crystal-controlled 10
data receiver, IV-93 I-544, II-159 for, Il-142
data transmitter, fV-92 transmitters, l-361, l-367, I-681, signal tracer probe, audio, I-527
FM receiver, III-SO 11-417, lli-687-688, TV-22R sniffer, II-210
intercom, I-146 tLmer, I-231, UT-fi29 static detector, IV-276
power-line modem, lll-82 wireless microphone, III-682, superheterodyne rPceivers, V-503
receivers, l-141, l-14:3, I-145, I-146 III-685, III-691 switch, low-cost, III-361
relay, 1-575, IV-461 genie, Il-421 VHF/UHF diode switch, IV-544
remote control, 1-146 input circuits, NE602, V-fiOO VLF converter, V-121
transmitters, I-144 measurement/tP.st circuits, IV-297- VLF whistler receiver, V-496
IC, I-145 :10:1, V-412 voltmeter, T-40fi, III-766
on/off 200kHz line, I-142 modulators, I-436, II-369, III-:372, WWV converter for car radio,
clock, 1-542 III-374 V-119
converters, IV-494-501 oscillators, I-550-551, I-572, V-G2R- radio beacon converter, IV-495
ATV receiver/converter, 420 MHz, 532 radio-control circuits (see also
low-noise, IV-496, IV-497 5 MHz VF'O, TI-Sfi1 remote control devir.es)
radio beacon converter, IV-495 6.5 MHz VFO, V-529 audio oscillator, II-G67, III-555
receiver frequeru..:y-converter ham band VFO, V-529 motor speed controller, I-576
stage, IV-49-9 NE602 circuit, V-531 phase sequence reversal by, II-438
SW converter for AM car radio, transmitter and, 27MHz and oscillator, emitter-coupled, II-266
IV-500 49MHz, I-680 receiver/decoder, l-574
two-meter, IV-498 rf-~enie, II-421 single-SCR design, ll-361
up-converter, TVRO subcarrier shortwavP. pulsed-marker, V-532 radioactivity (see radiation
reception, IV-501 sidetone, rf-powered, l-24 detectors)
VLF converter, IV-497, V-121 signal generator, V-530-531 rain warning beeper, Il-244, IV-189
WWVforcarradio, V-119 output indicator, IV-299 RAM, non-volatile CMOS, stand-by
WWV-to-SW converter, IV-499 power meters, T-lfi, 1-24, III-332, power supply, ll-477
receiving converter, 220 MHz, IIT-592 ramp generators, I-fi40, Il-521-523,
IV-500 portable-radio 3 V fixed power HT-52fi-G27, IV-443-447
current readout, I-22 supplies, IV-397 fi5fi based, V-203
CW-related circuits probe, l-523, lH-498, III-502 accurate, III-526
Iilter, razor sharp, II-219 radio beacon converter, TV-49fi integrator, initial comlition reset,
keying circuits, IV-244 radio-conunercial zapper, lll-527
offset indicator, IV-213 V-334-3:-ifi linear, II-270
SSB/CW product dek'Ctor, IV-139 rP.r.eivers variable reset level, Il-267
SSB/CW receiver, V-499 AM radio, Il-525, lll-81, lll-529, voltage-controlled, JI-523
transceiver, 5 W, 80-meter, IV-f\02 lii-535, IV-455, V-496, V-497, ranging system, ultrasonic, II1-697
transmitters, UJ-f\7R, III-684, V-502 RC decade box, V-294-295
III-680, III-Of.lO, IV-601 automotive receiver, II-fi25 reaction timer, IV-204
detector, II-500, IV-433 carrier-current, I-141, I-143, read-head pre-amplifier, automotive
direction finder, radio si};lnals, I-14G, I-146 eircuits, III-44
IV-148-149 CW/SSB receiver, V-80- and 40- readback system, disc/tape phase
polar-to-rectangle mcter, V-499 modulated, I-8~
converter/pattern generator, data receiver, TV-93 receivers, (:.ee also transceivPrs;
V-288 FM radio, 1-338, I-361, III-80, transmitters),
double-sideband suppressed- II-fi29, III-530, III-532, V-495 II-524-526, ITT-G2R-535, IV-448-460,
carrier old-time design, IV-453 V-493-503
modulator, III-377 radio-control receiver/decoder, 50kHz FM optical transmitter,
rf, II-366 l-574 I-361
FM radio, I-fi4G reflex radio receiver, IV-452 acoustic-sowld receiver, TV-311
5 V, I-233 short-wave receiver, IV-454 AGC system for CA302R IF
12 V, I-233 superheterodyne, V-503 amplifier, fV-4G8
737
delay awl controls closure time, reset buttons r:a~r:ode amplifier, IV-488
ll-530 child-proof computer reset., fV -I 07 common-gate, 450-MJ:lz, Hl-544
with strohe, I-2GG power-on, n-:366 GaAsFC:T prewnpliller, V-4:35 MHz,
fllse, V~478 proter:tion cir(:uit for computer, V-516
latching relay, solid-state, V-505 IV-100 HF'preamplifier, V-515
.lighl-bcwn operated on/off, I-866 resistance conlroller, digital, V-159 HF!VHF switchable active anterma,
lip,ht-sensitive, V-278 resi~t<mce/continuity testers, I-550, V-524
monostahle relay, low-consumption I-551, H-242, IT-:i33, II-534, IF wnpW!cr, V-455-kHz, V-522,
design, IV -4 73 TT-fl3fi, III-345, III-538-540, V-523, V-524
optically coupled relays IV-287, IV-289, IV-2[)5, IY-296 IF amplifier.'l, V~45-MHz, crystal
ac, III-41~ audible, V-317 filter, V-527
de latchitlg, III-417 audible, adjuslable, II-536 isolation amplifier, ll-547
optoisolator, TV-47:i buzz box, l-551 LC tuned, V-525
polarity-protection for power cable tester, III-5.'39 linear ampWlers, IV-480-485, V-520
supplies, IV -427 latching design, fV-295 low-dllitortion 1.6 to 30MHz SSB
pulser, sensor-activated, V-507 low-rf!sistanc:e circui~s, V-319 driver, ll-fi.38
rf-actuated, lll-~70 .ohmmeter, linear, lll-540 meter-rlriver, 1-MHz, III-545
ringer, ldephone, III-606 PCB, II-342, 11-535 MOSFET rf-amp stage, dual-gate,
solid-state relays, T-865, I-623, ratiomelric, l-550 IV-489
TT-408, IIJ-412, III-416, III-56D- HC decade box, V-291-295 power arnpWiers, I-559, TT-G42,
G70, IV-472, IV-474, V-505-506 resistance-ratio detector, II-342 Ili-542, V-517, V-519, V~52l,
sound actuated, 1-576, I-610 single c:hip checker, II-534 V-525
telephone, I-631 visual; V-293 preamplifiers, V-527
time delayed, T-219, I-063, V-506 resislwtce-to-voltage converter, GaAsFET, Y-516
tone actuated, I-G7G l-161-162 HF, V-515
'l'R drcuit, II-532 resistor multiplier, JI-199 receiver/scanner with MAR~ 1
triac, contact protection, 11-531 resistors, voltage-controlled, I-422 MM:IC, V-.521
remote control devices (see also resonator oscillator, varactor twted VHF/UHF, V-515
infrared; radio-control circuits), 10 MHz ceramic, 11-141 wide band, V-526
lV-224, V-229, V-508-513 restorer, video de, III-723 preselectors, IV-483, lV-485,
NB switch, 1R-controlled, V-225 reverb died IV-488
ac switch hookup, t.wo-way, V-592 wtalog delay line, fV-21 receiver/scarmer prean1p with
amplifier, I-99 stereo system, I-002, I-606 -MAR-l MM:IC, V-521
analyzer, V-224 reversing motor drive, de control TV sound system, V-519
carrier, current. 1-146 signal, II-381 UHF, V-523
drop-volla.l-(e recovery for long-line rf amplifiers, 11-5;37-549, III-542-547, IIHF- TV amp/preamp, III-546,
systems, IV-328 IY-476-493, V-514-527 IV -482, IV -483
extender, infrared, IV-227, V-512 1 W, 2.3 GHr., TT-540 VHF/UHF prcwnplifier, V-515
fax/telephone s"'itch, IV -552-553 2 meter FET power amplifier, V-521 wideband amplifier.'l, IV-479, IV-
infrared circuit, IY-224 10 W, 225-400 MHz, Il-548 489, N-490-493, V-518, V-519,
lamp or appliance, I-370 10-W, 10-M linear amplifier, V-520 V-G26
loudspeaker via IR link, J-:~43 10 dB-gain, lll-543 rf circuits (see radio/rO
loop transmitter for, III-70 2- to 30 Mllz, Ili-544 RGB video amplifier, Ill-709
on/off switr:h, I-G77 4 W amp for 900 MHr., fV -4 77 RGB-eomposite video signal
rer:eiver, V-510, V-513 5 W 150-MHz, HI-546 converter, III-714
ringer, telephone, III-614 5 W power, II-542 HGB-to-NTSC converter, IV-611
sensor, temperature transducer, 6-meter kilowatt, Il-545 ring counter.'l
I-64U 6-meter preamp, 20dB gain and 20kHz, II-135
servo system, I-575 low-NF, II-543 inr:andescent lamps, I-301
telephone monitor, TI-026 20 W, V-1296-MHz module, V-fl22 low-cost, I-301
temperature sen.'lor, II-654 20 W, V-450 MHz amplifier, V-519 pulse circuit, low-power, IV-437
t.est.er, infr-ared, IV-228, V-228, V-2~9 :30 MHz, V-Fi19 SCR, lll-195
thermometer, Il-659 00 W 225-400 MHz, III-547 variable timing, JI-134
transmiller, V-509, V-513 125 W, 150 MHz, 11-544 ring launcher game,
interface, V-511 455-kHz IF runplifier, V-5~2, V-528, electromagnetic, V-209
ultrasonic, V-512 V--524 ring-arowtd flasher, LED, JJI-194
transmitter/receiver, IR, 1-:34~ 500 MHz, rv -491 ringers, telephone, t-628, IV~556
video switch, IV-61U-6~l 1,296 MHz, IV -486 detectors, ring detectors, I-634,
repeaters !,GOO W, IV-478-479 T-635, III-611, III-619
beeper, 1-19 AGC, wideband adjustable, III-545 extension-phone ringer, IV-561
C:uropean-type, tone bur.'lt broadcasl-brutd, III-264, II-546, high-isolation, II-625
generator for, III-71 IV-487, V-516, V-517 multi-tone, remote programmable,
fiberoptic link, I-270 buffer amplifier '"ith modulator, Il-634
telephone, JII-607 IV-490 musical, II-619
739
riitgers, telephone (cont.) frequency-to-voltage conversion, sequenr.er, pseudorandom, TII-301
piezoelectric, I-6:36 IY-Hl4 sequential flashers, I-109, 11-283,
ping-in, remote, TJ-627 high-accuracy, 1-5~0 Il-238
relay, III -606 high-performance, II-557 sequential timer, Ill-651
remote, Il-627, III-614, IV-562 high-speed, I-GR7-fiRR, 1-590, nt-550 series cormectors, telephone, HI-60~
silencer, lV-557 infinite, II-558 servo amplifiers (see also motor
ton~, T-627, 1-628, II-630, II-631 inverting, lll-552 controls), I-452
ripple suppressor, IV-171J. JFET, I-586 400 Hz, II-386
fixed power supplies, IV-396 \ow-rlrift, I--586 bridge type ac, 1-458
RLC oscillator, III-423 offset adjustment for, T-588 de, I-457
nus-to-de converter, I-167, Il-129 three-channel multiplexer .'ith, motor drive amplifier, II-384
thermal, 50-Mllz, lll-117 III-3!J6 servo systems (see al.~o motor
true rrrts detector, I-228 track-omd-hold, lll-54!1, III-552 controls)
road ire alann, TI-57 samplin}( ciiutit, hour time delay, controller, III-384
robots 11-668 remote control, l-575
eyes for, II-327 saturated standard cell amplifier, shaper, sine wavt;, 11-561
light-seeking, II-325 II-290 shift registers, I-380, II-366
rocket lawtcher, ll-35e sa\\'tooth waves driver for, I-418
room monitor, V-369 converter, IV-114 shifter, phase (see phase)
root extractor, V-207, V-288 generator, ship siren, electronic, II-576
rotation detector, II-283 digital design, IV-444, IV-446, short-circuit proof larnp driver,
roulette, electronic, II-276, IV-205 V-491 II-310
HS-2:32 interface linear, V-205 short-drcnit tester/sensor, V-315
CMOS-to, line receiver, III-102 tr-iggered, Y-204 computer remote data lines, I\q02
rlataselector, automatic, III-97 oscillator modulator, lll-073 for 120-Vequipment, V-313
drive circuit, low-power, 11T-175 pulse generator and, III-241 shortwave transmissions
LED circuit, III-1 03 RCA (.see silicon-controlled converters, lll-114, IY-500, V-118
line-driven CMOS circuits, IV-104 amplifiers) FET booster, I-561
lW llip-flop, 1-0!.!5 scale, I-398, V-297 noise limiter, V-397
RTD signal conditioners scaler, inverse, I-422 notch filter, V-IRS
5V powered linearized (Jlatinum, scrulller, bar codes, III-363 pulsed-marker rf oscillator, V-:132
JJ-650 scrumers, recciver/scrumer preamp receiver, IV-454, V-501
predsion, linearized platinum, with :MAR-l :MMIC, V-521 shunt, multimeter shunt, IV -293
II-639 Schmitt triggers, I-593, III-153, V-356 shutdown circuits (see protection
RTTY machines, fixed current crystal oscillator, T-181 circuits)
supply, IY-400 programmable hysteresis, I-592 .'lhutoff, automatic, battery-powered
rumble lilters, III-192, Ill-660, square-wave generators, V-569, projects, III-61
fV-17fl V-570 shutter speed tester, II-445
LM387 in, I-297 transistorized, V-204 sidetone oscillator, rf-powered, l-24
turntable, IV-170 TTL-compatible, H-Ill signal amplifiers, audio, II-41-47,
without hysteresis, I-592 TV-34-42
s SCR (see silicon-controlled
rectifiers)
signal attenuat.or, analog,
S meter, III-342, V-311 microprocessor-controlled,
safe area protection, power scrrunblcrs, audio (see also sound Ill-101
amplifier with, III-45U generators; voice-activated sigrml combiner, III-368
safety drcults (see protection circuits), TV-25-27 signal conditioners, IY-649
circnits) telephone, II-fi18 5V powered linearized platinum
safety flare, 11-608 voice scramblerfdescramhler, R'T'D, TT-650
Sallen-Key filters IV-26, IV-27 bridge circuit, .'ltrain gauge, IT-85
10kHz, l-279 scratch filters, III-189, IV-175 linearized RTD, precision design,
500Hz bandpass, I-2!.!1 LM287 in, 1-297 Il-63!J
current driven, V-189 second-audio program (SAP) LVDT, Il-:J38
low-pass adapter, III-142 themlally stabilized PIN
active, IV-177 security circuits (see alarms; photodiorle, II-:130
equal component. I-292 arumnciators_) signal distribution amplifier, I-39
secoud order, 1-289 sense-of-slope tilt meter, ll-664 signal generators (see function
sample-and-hold circuits, I-590, sensors"(see almms; fluid and generators; sound generators;
IT-fifi2-559, JJI-548-553, moisture; light-controlled waveform ,qenerators)
V-502-fi03, V-S32-534 circuits; motion/proximity signal injectors, III-554-555
x 1000, l-589 detectors; motor control signal sources, crystal-controlled,
charge-compensated, II-559 circuits; smoke detectors; speed II-143
de-glitch circuit, V-336-337 coutrollers; temperature-related signal tracer, V-309
fast and precise, ll-556 circllits; toue controls) lhree-in-one set: logic pr-obe, signal
flltered, III-550 sequence indicator, phase, I-476 tracer, ir~ector, IV-429
740
signal-strength meters, TTI-842, low-distortion, II-561 whooper, IV-517
IV-HiO one-IC audio generator, II-569 yelp oscillator, Il-577, Ill-562
silent alarm, V-16 phase-shift, audio ranging, lV-510 slave-flash trigger, IV -!380, lV -382
silicon-controlled amplifiers (t::ICA), prol-(ranunable-frequency, III-424 slide timer, JU-444, TH-448
V-535 relaxation, modified TJJT for dean slot machine. electronic, V-211
decoder, T-214, II-100, TT-170 audio sinusoids, II-566 smart clutch, auto air conditioner,
demodulator, II-150, III-565 shaper, sine-wave, V-543 lll-46
MPX-SCA receiver. III-530 sine wave simper, 11-561 smoke alarms and detectors, II-278,
subcarrier adapter for FM twters, sine/square wave TTL oscillator, IJT-246-253
V-536 IV-512 gas, I-882
silicon-controlled rectifiers (SCR) two-t.one gtmerator, II-G70 ionization chamber, I-332-333
circuits two-transLstor design, IV -508 line-operated, IV-140
annunciator, self-interrupting load, variable, super low-distortion, operated ionization type, 1-696
IV-D lll-558 photoelectric, I-595, I-596
chaser. lll-Ul7 very-low-distmtion design, IV"509 sniffers
crowbar, 11-496 voltage-controlled oscillator, V-666 heat, eledronk, ITT-!127
flashers, II-230, IH-197 Wien-bridge, T-00, 1-70, TT-Gfifi, rf, 11-210
.:hasf\r, TTI-197 IV-510, IV-513, V-541 snooper, FM, III-680
relaxation, II-230 sine-wave output buffer amplifier, socket debugger, coprocessor,
ring counter, III-105 l-126 lii-104
flip-flop, 11-367 sine/cosine generator, 0.1 to 1U kHz, soil heater for plants, V-:1:18
full-wave, I-375 II-260 soil moisture meter, III-208
gas/smoke dete<:tor, TTI-2G1 sine/square wave converter, I-170 solar circuits (see
preregulator, II-482 sine/square wave oscillators, I-65 photodiode/p1tolodeclric
proximity alarm, III-517 easily tuned, 1-65 circuits)
radio control using, ll-:.361 TTL design, lV-512 solderit1g iron control, V-327
relaxation flasher, Il-230 tlmable, III-232 soklering station, IR-contmlled,
rclaxatiOJt oscillatur, III-4:30 single-pulse generator, TT-17!) JV-22G
ring counter, TIT-195 single-sirlehanrl (SSB) solenoid drivers, I-265, IJI-571-573
tester, III-344 conununications 12-V latch. Ill-572
time delay circuit "'ith, II-670 CW/SSB product detector, IV-13U hold-current limiter, 111-570
triggering series, optically coupled, CW/SSB receiver. V-4U!.l po\ver-cousWltption limiter. III-572
III-411 driver, low-distortion 1.6 to 30MIIz, solid-state devices
simulators II-538 ac relay, TT1-G7fJ
EKG, three-chip, III-350 generators, IV-323 electric fenr~e charger, II-208
inductor, IT-199 transmitter, crystal-controlled 10 high-voltage supply, remote
VOR signals, IV-273 for, II-142 adjustable, lll-486
sine-to-square wave converter, sirens (see also alarms; sound lij{l:tt sources, V-282-283
IV-120, V-124. V-125, V-56~, fo\erterators), I-606, TI-571, load-sensing S\Vitch, V-2RG
V-570 IIJ-.560-568 relays, III-5fi9-G70, V-:)05, V-506
sine-wave descramhler, TI-10.~ alarm using, II-S72, II-573, stepping switch, Jl-612
sine-wave generators, IV-505, IV-514-517 switch, line-activated, lclephoue,
IV-506, V-542, V-543, V-544 7400. II-575 lll-617
60 Hz, IV -507 adjustable-rate prograrnmablc- sonic ddender, IV-324
audio, ll-564 frequem:y, III-563 sound-activated circuits (.wm sound-
battery powered, V 541 L'ledronic, III-566, IV-515_ JV-517 operated dr.:uits)
LC, IV-507 generator for, TT-G72 sonnrl effects (see sound
LF, TV-512 hee-haw, IT-G7R, III-Sfi:J generators)
oscillator, audio, TJJ-GG9 high-power,--II-578 sound generators (see also burst
square-wave and, tunable linear IC, III-564 generators; fwtctiou ~l'Jterators;
oscillator, III-232 low-cost design, IV-516 sirens; wavefom1 generators),
VLF audio lone, IV-50S multifwtction system Jor. II-57 4 I-60.5, IT-585-G9:1, TTT-fiG9-GOR,
sine-wave oscillators, I-65, II-560- ship, electronic, Tl-570 III-57G, IV-15-24, IV-518-524,
h70, II1-fifi(i-fifi9, III-GOO. IV-:)01- sonic defender, IV-324 V-394-385, V-556-567
513, V-539-544 Star Trek red alert, II-577 acoustir: field ~l'Jterator, V-:J:JS-:341
1-Hz, V-542 lone F(cnerulor, 11-57:3 alann-tone generator, V-Gf\8
60-llz, highly stable, V-540 toy, II-575 amplifier, voltage-controlled. IV-
.555 used as RC: audio oscillator, TT'L gates in, H-576 20
TT-567 two-state. III-Gfi7 amplifier/compressor, low-
arljustahlP, 11-GOR two-tone, III-Gfi2 distortion. IV -24
audio, II-502, II-564, III-659 varying frequency warning alarm, allophone.lll-7:33
generators (see sine-wave II-679 audio-frequency ).ienerator, V 416
generators) wailing, lll-560 417
LC oscillator, low-frequency, l V-509 wttrble-tonc siren, IV-515, IV-516, y,7 audio tone generator, Vl,F, TV-GOR
741
sound generators (cont.) tone hurst grnerator. repeat.Pr. spectrum an<t.ly~er adapter,
autodrwll, Il-591 V-6~!.l osdllnsr:opes, V-424
bagpipes, elect.romc, III-561, IV-521 LOI\t' chime, V-560 speech-related c1rcuits
beat-frequem:y, IV-871 tone gener<Jiors, 1-604, 1-625 acLhily detector. 11-617. III-619
beeper, V-558 top ortave gPnerator, V .'1!=:1:3 l'UH\jJl'I.'~SUr, 11-15
bini chirp, 1-605, 11-588, lll-577 Touchtone dral-tone, telephone. filt.Pr
bongos, II-587 111-60\J .100Hz-8kHz hnndp:1ss, 1-29!>
r:mary sinmlat.or, V-flfl7 traiu cltulTL'r, ll-3S8 second-order, 300-to-3,400 Hz.
chime generator, II-001, TV-fl24 tremolo cir-cuits. III-692-695.1V- 1V-174
chug-chug, III-576 GR8 speech-rcu1F(c b<.Utdpass fllter,
dial lone. 1-0~!.l. 111-00!.l twang-twang. 11-:192 v 185
ditltcriziHg circuil, iligilal audio two-tone, II-570. V-629 twn-sertinn, :~00-to-1,000 Hz_
use. fV-2:3 ultrasonic sound source. IV-605 IV-171
doorbell, musical tones, IV-522 vcry-luw-l'n'(!Uency, 1-64 network, II-03-3
doubler, audio-freqtJenry rlonbler. vocal eliminator, 1V-1V scrambler, V-554
fV-16-17 vnke circuits, Ill 729-7:34 spt>('d alarm, I-\J5
dual-tone sounder. V-564 wai-'1-\V&'l. drrtJit, Tl-fl9() spted controllers (see also motor
echo illtd reverb, analog delay line_ warbling tone. 11-:)78 control). 1-450, 1-4!):3, IT :378,
1V-21 whiLe noise, IV-301 II-.179, Il-1ilG, V-8RO, V-8Rl
eler.tronir, m-:ifiO sumtd-upcralL'd circuils (see ([/so back EMF P:\1. II-37D
envelope generator/modulator. lJltra.snnic c1rcurts; vuicc- casscllc-deck motor speed
II-601 OIWra1.ed drclJit.s), Tl-!lRO-fl84, calibrator, 1V~:J53
equalizer, 1'/-18 III-579-580, IV-525-528, dosed-Jnop, TTJ-,'iR:l
fader. 1V-17 V-545-555 fans. automatic:, III-8R2
frPqtJenry-shift keyer. tone- amplilkr. gaiu-conLrollcU_ JV-6~8 -feedback speed, I-447
generator t.est dn:nit, 1-72:i co lot orgau, Il-58:3, ll-584 lie mulors, I-452, P!54, III-377,
funk box, II-593 dernder, Tlll45 ll1-;J80, 111-!J88
fuzz box, II-5UO, III-575 fndPr. V-:119 l_k v;u"iablc, IiberopLic, 11-206
gong, clcclronic. V-56:3 flash trig-gers. I-1RL 11-119, IV-:1Fl2 fp-edback. I 447
guitar COlllprL'SSUr.JV-51\J kaleidoscope. sonic_ V-:)4fl-:)49 fm2rl, III-8R7
hamtonic generator, I-24, 1V-64!.l lighLs_ 1-00U. V-552 high-effir.ient:y, III-890
high-freqtJency signal, III-160 memo akrL, V-:352 high-torque motor, I-449
hold for telephone, TT-02:1 noist clipper, 1-:396 light.-acl-ivated/controlled_ IV-247
instnunent tune-up, audio relay. T-flOR. 1 610 JoaU-depeiK\cnl. 1-451
generator_ V-3UO sh:l'p-mrxie rirruit, V-il47 model trains outdlor l'ars, 1-453,
low-level sow1der, V-564 s\\itch, II-381. III-:180, III-000. l-4flfi. IV-T'lR 140
noise generators, I-467, 1-468. 111-601, IV-026-527. V-:)53, mot.nr (.~ee motor ron trois;
1-109, JV-208, V-.'395 V-655, \-'-5!)() tachometers)
octave-shifter for muskal effer.t.s. ac, TT-f1Rl power loollorque, 1-458
IV-523 t.wo->vay, 1-fil() P\VM, II-:376, lll-380, V-:381
une-IC Uesign, U-56!) voice-operated, III<lRO, IV-:127 radio-controlled, l-576
perfect pitch circuit, \ -J\J1 speech activity detector. s<2ries-wound motors, I-44R, TI-450
phasor smmd generator IV-523 Ldephune, 111-615 shtmtwound motors. Tl-1fifl
pink noise, T-4fiR voil'e-uroerateli swilo:.:h, 111-580 st-epper motors, direction and
portable, I-fi25 vnx bo;.;, II-582 speed conlrol, 1V-350
pulsed-tone alarm, V-558 \Vhisrle-activated swttch, V-551 switcheli-mode.ll1-:384
race-car motor/crash. III-578 SO\lfCPS (see Cllrrent S01lfCPS: tadlollll'tL'rs, 1-94,1-100,1-102.11-
rwt-dowu duck for games, IV-206 VOltagP SOllft:PS) 175, m .3.'36, m-:340, III-347
SOLUK\ dTLcls, l11-574-578 sourcP followers analog readout, IV 280
siren, V-5.59, V-565, V-,567 bool.strapped. V-20 calibrated, III-G9R
sound-effert.s generator, V-56.5 JF]._,;'l', \'-20 closed loop feedback control,
space-age sonnd mac:hine, V-!lfi2 phutudiudc, 111-4l!.l 11-:JUO
spaceship alarm. V-660 SPOT swit.rh, ac-static. TT-012 Uigital reaUuuL 11-6L 111-45, 1V-
speech dcleclurs, ll-617_ lll-615 space-agP sotmd marhine, V-:Jfi2 2n8-2H!=!, IV-278
st.eam locomotive wlilstk.ll-58V, space war. 1-606 dwell mder/t.achomet.er, TTT-1G
III-Sfifl S[XIl'l.'~hip alarm, V-F.6U feedback control, II-378, II-390
steam train/prop plane, JI-G82 spPakPr systems frequency counter, 1-:310
stereo system. derived center- ~"M rarrier cnrrPnt remote, 1 140 luw-JrequL'Ju.:y, 111-5!)6
ch:mnd, 1V-2:3 hand-held transcl,iver-amplifiers. minimum-coinponeJlt des~Jt,
su~wr, III-564 m-:39 l-J();)
synthesi:ter, 11-599, V-561 overload protector for. 11-16 motor spE><2d cont.rollers. 11-878,
telephone call-tone generator, prolcctiou circuil_ V-476, V-4/!.l 11-389
IV-:Jfi2 wirclc~~, IlL 111-272 optical pick-up, III-347
telephone ringer, 11-018 speakerphone, Il-611,l11-G08 set. point, Ill-47
742
tachometerless, III-386, IV-34D stabilizers, fixed power supplies, 1\'- FM stereo transmitter, V-575, V-580
tools and appliances, l-446 39!3, IV-406 frequencyrlecoder, TT-Ifi9
universal motors, I-457, II-451 stairea.se generat.ors, (.sne a1so frequency division multiplex, II-169
speed warning rle\rke, T-9fi, I-101 function generators; waveform loudspeaker protector circuit, V-483
speedometers, bicycle, IV-271, IV-282 generators), I-730, II-601-602, mixers, l-55, IV-:J32
splitters, III-581-582 lll-5136-51313, 1v-443-44 7 power meter, III-331
baltery, lll-66 stand-by power supply, non-volatile preamplifiers, I-90, I-91, II-43,
phase, precision, IU-582 CMOfi RAMs, II-177 II-45; III-37, III-671, III-673,
prerision phase, 1-177 standard, precision calibration, I-406 IV-35, IV-36, V-581, V-584
voltage, III-738, III-7 43 standard-cell amplifier. saturated, reception iwJ.icutur, III-269
wideband, III-582 ll-2!.l6 reverb systems, I-602, f-606, U-9
squarer, precision, 1-615 sta.lldill,{l wave ratio (SWH) speaker proter.tion drcuit, V-17G,
square-wave ,lo(enerators, II-594-600, meter, fV-269 V-179
III-583-585, IV-529-536, power meter, 1-lG TDM decoder, II-168
V-fltl8-G70 QRP bridge, III-336 test circuits, I-618-61!.1, lll-26!.l,
I kHz, IV-G3G warning indicator, I-22 III-331, 1V-306, lV-310
2 MHz using two TTL gates, II-5D8 Star Trek red alert siren, ll-577 tune control circuit, high-Z input,
10-Hz Lo 10-kHz VCO, V-570 staJt-<md-ruH motor circuit, III-382 T-676
60-Ilz, V-569 state-of-charge indicator, lithium TV-~tereo decoder, II-167, V-576-
555 timer, TT-59fl battery, II-78 579, V-580
astable circuit, II-597, IV-534 state-variable filters, II-215, III-Hm slimulalur, constant-current, III-352
CMOS 555 astable, true rail-to-rail, multiple oulpuLs, 111-l!.lU stimulus isolator, III-351
Il-5U6 second-order, 1kHz, Q/10, I-293 stop light, garage, TI-fl3
duty-cycle multiv1brator, III-50- universal, T-290 ~train gauges
percent, IU-584 static clet.ect.or, IV-27() bridge excitation, III-71
fonr-clecade clesign, IV-53G steam locomotive sound effects, bridge signal conditioner, 11-85
high-current oscillator, III-585 II-580, II-5U~, lll-5613 irtStrwnentation amplifier, III-280
line frequency, II-5DD step-up swildli.r!J:( rq~ulator, 6V o;trobe circuits, JI-606-610
low-frequency TTL oscillator, ll-595 battery, II-78 alarm system, V-fi-7
multiLurst generator, II-88 step-up/step-down rlc-rlc mnVforters. disco-, II-610
multivibrator, IV-536 TIT-liB high-voltage power supplies,
oscillators, T-613-014, II-fl97, TI-OIG, stepper motors (see also motor IV-413
IV-G32, IV-S33, V-509 control circuits), V-571-573 safely flare, ll-608
0.5 Hz, I-616 direction conlrol, IV-:J5U tune burst generator, II-90
1kHz, I-612 drivers, 11-!3?6, II-390 trip switch, sound activated, 1-4f!~
frequency doubled output, II-596 bipolar, V-572 variable strobe, III-589-590
phase-tracking, three-phase, TT-G9fl FF.T-based, V-:'"i73 stud finder, III-339
pulse extractor, III-584 half-step, IV-349 subharmunic frequencies, crystal-
quadrature-outputs oscillator, quarter-step, IV-!350 stabilized TC timer, TT-151
lll-585 dual dock clrcuit, V-573 suhtractor drcuit, III-327
Schrnitt tr.LAAer, V-569, V-570 speed and direction, TV -:1:JO subwoofer amplifier, V-49, V-50
sine-1.vave and, tunable oscillator, stepping switr:h, solid state, II-612 successive-approximation AID
III-232 stereo/phonograph (hi-fi) circuits, converter, 1-45, 11-24, 11-30
sine-to-square wave converter, V-574-584 swrmli.r!J:( urnpWlers, I-37, III-16
V-569, V-570 acoustic fleld generator, V-338-341 fast action, I-!36
three-phase, ll-600 amplifiers, 1-77, I-80-81, I-89, I-670, inverting, V-18, V-20
lone-burst ,lo(cnerator, si11gle timer II-9, II-43, TI-45, HI-34, TTT-37, precision design, I-3G
IC, II-89 TTT-88, TV-29, TV-3.G, IV-10, TV-fiG video, clamping circuit and, IIF710
triangle-wave and, TTT-239 hass t.onf! control, V-584 sun tracker, III-318
precision, III-242 mini-stereo amplifier, V-583 superheterodyne receiver, 3.5-to-10
programmable, III-225 audio level meler, lV~!JlO MHz, IV-450-451
wide-range, III-242 J.tudio power ounpliJiers, V-40, V- supply rails, current sensing in,
TTL. LSTTL, CMOS desi,lsns, 48 II-153
TV-510-fi32 audio power meter, IV-306 suppressed-carrier, double-
variable duty-cycle, IV-533 audio signal amplifier, V-58 sideburtd, modulator, III-377
variable-frequency, IV-535, V-570 balance circuits, 1-618-619, II-60!3- sweep generators (see aL~0 funr:tion
square-\ntve oscillator 605, V-583 generators; wavefore
a.st.able multivibratur and, V-386 booster amplifier for car stereo, V-72 generators)
square-tosine wave eonvert.ers, comp:mdf!r, TT-12, III-93,III-95 10.7 MHz, I-472
TIT-118 expander, II-13, III-93, III-95, V-582 add-on lri.ggered, 1-472
squelch circuits, II-394 decoders, II-18, II-167-169 oscillu~cope-triAAered, III-438
AMIFM. I-547 demudulalors, l-544, U-159 switches and switching circuits,
voice-aclivaled circuils, lV-624 derived center cham tel stereo TT-611-612, TT1-fl91-fi94, IV-S37,
squib firing circuits, ll-357 system, IV-23 V-fi8fi-fi93
743
s\Nitches and switching circuits self-latching, V-278 switched-mode power supplies,
(r;ont.) solar triggered, III-318 II-470, III-458
ac switches, III-408, IV-387 zero-point triac, H-311 24-lo 3.3-V, V-462
ac power switch, V-112, V-115 load-discormect switch, V-591 5- to 3.3-V, V-462
analog switches, I-621, I-622, III- load-sensing, solid-state, V-285 50 W, off-line, III-473
593 mercury-switch tilt detector, V-302 100 kHZ, multiple-output, III-488
antenna selector, electronic, MOSFET power control switch, converter, Y~461
IV-538-539 IV-086 synchronous stepdown regulator,
audio switch, eight-charmel, onloff iuverter, III-594 V-468
V-588-589 on/off switch, I-577, II-359, TV-543, voltage regulators for switched
audio-controlled switch, V-590 TV-G40 supplies, V-453
audio/video .'lwitcher circuit, optical safety-circuit switch, V-409 3 A, III-472
IV-540-541 optically coupled, III-408, III-410 5 V, 6 A, 25 uHz, separate
auto-repeat switch, bounce-free, oscillator-triggered switch, V-590 ultrastable reference, I-497
IV-545 over-temperature switclt, IV-571 6 A variable output, T-513
bidirectional rc1ay switch, IV-472 photocell memory, ac power 200kHz, T-491
bistable switch, mechanically control, T-363 application circuit, 3W, I-492
controlled, IV-fi4fi photoelectric, II-321, II-326 fixed power supplies, 3 A, IV-408
contact, I-136 proximity, III-517 high-current inductorless, III-4 76
controller, III-383 push on/off, IJ-059 low-power, III-490
dark-activated, V-274, V-276 pushbutton power control switch, multiple output MPU, I-513
de controlled, V-586, V-592 IV-388 positjve, I-498
de .'ltatic, II-807 remote switches, I-630, I-577, V-592 step-down, I-493
debouncers, III-592, IV-105, IV-106, rf switches, III-361, III-592 step-up, 6V battery, II-78
IV-108, V-316 rotary switch, BCU digit.ul, V-160 converter, +50V push pull, I-494
delay, auto courtesy light, 111-42 saJet.v switch, V-589 inverter, 500kHz, 12 V, II-474
dimmer switches, I-369, II-309, satellite TV audio switcher, TV-543 power amplifier, I-33
IV-247, IV-249 solar-triggen'!d, III-318 switched light, capacitance, I-132
BOOW, 11-309 solid-state stepping, II-612 switching/mixing, silent audio, 1-59
de lamp, II-307 sonar transducer/, III-703 sync circuits, V-594-595
four-quadrant, IV-248-249 sound-activated, I-610, ll-581, combiner, V-595
halogen lamps, III-300 lli-580, 111-600, Ul-601, gatin,li circuit, V-595
headlight, 11-57, 11-63 IV-526-527, V-553, V-555, V-590 separators, TIJ-715, IV-61ti
low-cost, I-373 speed, I-104 synthesizers (see also musical
soft-start, 800-W, I-376, IIJ-304 RPDT, ar-static, II-012 circuits; sound generators)
tandem, II-312 switching controller, III-383 four-channel, 1-603
triac, I-375, II-310, III-303 temperature control, low-power, frequency, programmable voltage-
DTL-TTL controlled-buffered zero-voltage, II-640 controlled, II-265
analog, I-621 th~nnostatic, for auto fan, V-08 music, I-599
fax/telephone .'lwitc:h, IV-fifi2-GG3 tone switch, narrowband, IV-542
FET, de controlled, V-592 touch switches, I-131, I-135-136, T
FET dual-trace (oscilloscope), Il-690-693, lll-661-665, tachometers, I-94, 1-100, I-102,
II-432 IY-590-594, V-270 II-175, III-335, III-340, ITI-347,
flex switch, alann sounder circuit, touchomatic, II-693 V -65, V -S96-G98
V-15 TR switch for antennas, automatic:, analog readout, IV-280, V-597-598
frequency switcher/oscillators, V-37 calibrated, III-598
V-418 triac s~itches, I-623, II-311, IV-253 closed loop feedback control, Il-390
Hall-effect, III-257, IV-539 two-channel, I-623 digital readout, ll-61, III-45,
headlight switching circuit, V-75 two-way switch wiring, V-591 IV-268-269, IV-278
hexFET switch, Y-W2, Y-593 ultrw;onic, I-683 dwell meter/tachometer, III-45
high-frequency, I-622 unde-r-temperature switch, IV-570 feedback control, II-378, II-390
high-side power control switch, G V VHFITJHF diode rf switch, IV-544 frequency counter, I-310
supply, IV-384, IV-385 video switches, III-719, III-725, low-frequency, lll-596
infrared-activated, IV -345 lii-727, Ill-728, IY-618-621, minimwn-component design, I-405
IR-controlled NB switch, V-225 V-587 motor speed controllers, II-378,
kill-switch for batteries, V-71-72 video/audio switc:h, V-GRO II-3R9
latching, SCR-replacing, ITT-593 voice-operated, I-608, III-5RO, optical pick-up, III-347
light-operated, II-320, III-314, IV-527, V-553 set point, lli-47
V-274, V-278 whistle-activated switch, Y-551 tandem dinuner, II-312
adjustable, I-362 wiring for two-way switch, V-591 tap, telephone, III-622
capacitartcc switch, 1-132 zero crossing, I-732 tape-recorder circuits, I-21, I-419,
light-controlled, II-320, III-314 zero point, I-373, IJ-311 III-599-601, IV-547-548
photoelectric, II-321, II-326, zero-voltag~ switching, I-623, amplifiers, 1-90, IV-36
III-319 TII-410, III-412 audio-powered controller, IV-548
744
automatic tape-recurcli..n,q switch, hands-free telephone, III-605 switch, solid-state, line-activated,
T-21, TI-21 handset tonc:ocier, I-fi34, IH-613 IIT-617
automotive-battery power circuit, hold button, II-628, III-612 tap, III-622
N-548 hold circuit, V-614 tape-recorder starter controlled by,
cassdle-deck motor speed in-use irtdicator, II-629, IV-560, I-632
calibrator, N-358 N-503, V-fi02 teler.om converter --4R to +5 Vat 1
extended-play r:ircuit, III-600 intercom, IV-557, V-239, V-240 A, V-472
flat-response amplifier, III-673 interface timer, teleotimer, V-623
interface for, II-614 audio, V-612 toll-tolalizer, IV-551
personal message recorder, V-330- FCC Part 68, V-613 tone-dial.irl,q, III-607
331 for phone-lli1e, V-605 tone ringers, f-627, T-628, II-630,
playba~k amplifiter, JTT-672, N-36 light for, TI-62fl II-631
position indicator/controller, II-015 line interface, autopatch, I-635 Touchtone generator, III-609
preamplifier, I-90 line monitor, I-628 touch-tone decoder, IV-555
sound-activated switch, III-600, line tester, V-615 vocalizer, dialed-phone number,
III-601 mcssage-t.akcr, IV-560 111-731
starter switch, telephone-activated, monitors, I-625, II-626 voice-mail alert, V-607
1-632 muskal hold, H-623,-V-601, V-605 television (see video circuits)
telephone-activated starter switch, musical ringer, II-G19 temperature-related circuits (see
I-632, II-622, III-616 night light, telephone controlled, also thermometers), I-541-643,
telephone-to-cassette interface, 111-604 -I-648, I-657, Il-645, III-629-631,
lli-618 off-hook irldicator, I-633 IV-565-572, V-616-620
teleeom converter -4R to +fl Vat 1 optoisolator status monitor, 1-626 0-50 C, four-channel temperature,
A, V-472 pager, V-609, V-611 I-648
telemetry demodulator, I-229 parallel connection, III-611 alarms, II-4, II-643, II-644, V-D
telephone-related circuits (see also personal message recorder, automotive water-temperature
inlen:oms ), ll-616-635, V-3:30-331 gauge, II-56, IV-44, IV-48
III-602-622, IV-549-564, piewelectric ringer, I-636 boiler temperature control, J-638
V-599-615 pow~r ~v,it~h, ar:, JV-flfiO compensation adjuster, V-617
alarm dialer, V-fi12 pulse-dialing, III-610 control circuits, I-641-643, II-636-
amplifier, III-621, IV-560, V-614 recording calls, I-632, III-616, 644, III-623-628, IV-567
answering machine beeper, N-559 IV-553, IV-558, V-600 defrost cycle, IV-566
auto answer and riJlg indicator, redial, lll-606 heater clement, 11-642
1-635 relay, I-631 heater protector, servo-sensed,
automatic recording device, H-622 remote monitor for, If-626 TII-624
basic telephone cir~nit, V-6lfl repeater, III-607 heat sniffer, electronic, III-627
bell simulator, V-604 repertory dialer, line powered, I-633 liquid-level monitor, II-643
blinking phone light monitor, ring converter, V-602 low-power, zero-voltage switch,
ll-624, II-629 ring detectors, II-623, III-611, II-640
call-tone generator, TV-562 Jll-619, N-564 piezoelectric fan-hased, IJI-027
caller ID, V-013 ring indicator, V-604 proportional, III-626
cassette interface, III-618 ringers, IV-556, V-600 signal conditioners, II-639
decoder, touch-tone.IV-555 extension-phone ringer, IV-561 sir!glc ~ctpoint, 1-641
dial pul~e indicator, Hl-610 high-isolation, 11-625 thermocoupled, IV-567
dial-tone circuit, 5-V, V-610 multi-tone, remote zero-point switching, III-624
dialed-phone number vocalizer, programmable, U-634 converters
TH-7:11 mnsical, JJ-619 logarithmic, V-127
dialer piezoelectric, I-636 temperature-to-digital, V-123
emergency dialer, V-603 plug-in, remote, Il-627 temperature-to-frequency, I-646,
pulse/tone, single-chip, III-603 relay, lll-606 1-168,1-656,11-651-653, V-121
dual tone det:odirl!(, ll-620 remote, Il-627, III-614, IV-562 temperature-to-time, III-632-633
duplex audio link, IV-554 tone, I-627, I-628, 11-630, H-631 eool-down circuit for amplifiers,
duplex line amplifier, IIT-fiHi ~r:ramhler, II-618, V-08 V-354, V-357
eavesdropper, wireless, III-620 series connection, III-608 defrost cycle and control, lV-566
emergency dialer, V-603 silencer, IV-557 differenti<tl temperature, I-654, I-
fax-machine.switch, remote- sound level meter monitor, III-614 655
controlled. N-552-553 speaker amplifier, TV-fi55 flame temperature, III-313
flashers, TT-fi29 ~peakerphone, II-632, IH-608 furnace fuel miser, V-328-329
phone-message, IV-556 speakerphone adapter, V-606-607 heater control, I-639, I-540, II-642,
tell-a-bell, IV -558 speech activity detector, II-617, III-624
visual ring indicator, IV -55!.l, lll-615 heat srliffer, Ill-627
lV-561 ~peedt network, II-633 hillo sensor, II-650
frequency and volume controller, status monitor using optoisolator, hook sensor on 4- to 20-mA loop,
II-623 T-626 V-61R
745
temperature-related d.rcuits (coni.) temperulurc-lo-frcqucncy converter, differential capacitance
I(; tempPrat.nre, T-649 l-168, I-656, II-651-653 mca~urcmcnl circuit, 11-665
indicator, II-56, IV-570 t.emperatlJrP-to-frequency mercury-switch, V-!302
isolated temperature, I-651 transconduc:er, linear, I-G10 sense-of-slope, TT-fifi4
loga.ritlunic converter, V-127 lemperature-to-time converters, ultra-simple level. II-fififi
low-temperature sensor, V-619 lll-632-600 lime bases
measuring drcuit/sensors, IT-058. t.en-band grapluc eqLtalizer, active crystal u~cillalor, lll-103, IV-128,
IV-572 filter, IT-Gfl4 V-137. V 1!39
meters/monitors, I-647, IIl-206. Tesla coils, III-G34-G30 filndion genemtors, 1 Hz,
N-569 Lest bench amplifier, V-26 readont/c:mmter applications,
op amp, temp-compensated le~l circuits (::.:ee rncasurcrnenlltest IV-201
breakpoint, V-401 circuits) oscilloscopes limebase generator,
oscillators, temperatnre-controllerl. text adder, composite-video s@tal, V-42,5
I-187, II-427, III-137 Ill-710 trigger selector for oscilloscopes
over-temperature switch, IV-571 theremins, II-654-050 timeba.~e. V-425
over/wuJ.er sensor, dual output, cli,gital, II-656 time delays, I-008, II-220, II-fifi7-fi70,
II-646 elect..ronic, 11-655 III"647-649
remote sensors, T-649, 1-654, V-619 thermal flowmetL'f, low-rate Jluw, circuit, precision solid slale. 1-664
seru:ors, I-648, l-fiil7, Il-04:i-O:JO, TJT-208 constaut curreut chmfllltg, ll-668
III-620-631, I\'-568-572, V-619 thermocouple circuits 02lect.ronic, TTT-048
0-50-degree C four channel, l-648 amplifiers, I-355, I-654, II-14, II-049 generator, I-218
0-63 degrees C, III-6:31 digital thermometer using, II-658 hour sampling circuit. II-668
:i V powered linearized platinum multiplex, temperaturL' sensor iltlegrator to multip~y 555 timers,
RTD signal conditioner, 11-0GO system, TJT-f\10 low-cost, II-669
automotive-temperature pre-amp using, TIT-2fl3 long-duration, J-220
indicator, PTC thermistor, II-56 thermometers (see also temperature- rPlay, 1-219, I-fifi8
Cent,-ade thermometer, Jl-648 related circuits), II-657 -662, timing threshold and load driver,
coefficient resistor, positive, l-657 U1-6!J7-643,1V-573-577 II-670, III-648
differential, 1-654, I-655 0-50 degree F, I-656 time division multiplex stereo
overhmder, dual output, II-fi1fl 0-100 degree C, T6.56 decoder, Il-168
DVM: interface, II-647 5-V opemt.ion, V-Gl7 timers (see a.L~o .555 tUner circuits),
hillo, II-650 adapter, III-012 T-fi6fl, T-6fl8, JJ-671-681, TTT-6.50-
lltte,l{raled circuit, l-64D add-on for DMM digital voltmeter, flGG, IV-57fl-G8fi, V-fi2l fi27
isolated, I-651, III-631 Ul-640 0.1 to 90 second. l-663
low-temperature, V-619 CL'IltigraLle, l-655, 11-648, 11-664 4- lo 2000-minute, V-624
remote, I-049, 1-051, V-fi19 f:alibrated. I 050 555-basL'Li alarm, V-11
soil heater for plants, V-333 ground-referred, I-057 741 timer, T-607
soldering iron control, V-327 differential, I-652, II-661, III-638 adjnstable, II-081, IV-G85
thermal monitor, N-569 Lligilal, 1-651, 1-658, V-618 alarm. II-674
thermoconple amplifier, cold temperature-repurtlltg, lll-638 appliancc-culoff timer, lV-583
jWlction compensation, II-019 thermocouple, TT-658 CMOS, progr;munitble prc'dsiun,
thermocouple multiplex system, uP controlled, 1-fi:JO TTT-fi52
lll-630 electronic:, II-fiOO, III-039, IV-G7G. cmmt.dO.'Tl, V-027
zero-crossinf( detector, 1-70!3 IV-576 darkroom, I-480, V-130
signal conditioners, II-639 i"aill'elthcit, 1-658 elapsed time/counter timer, II-680
single-set.point, temperature, I-641 ,~SrouJtd-referrcLl, l-656 clcclronic egg, 1-665
temperature-to-digital r:onvert.er, high-accuracy design, IV-577 eJLlarflL'r timer, 11-446, 111-445
V-123 impl:mtahle/ingestihle, HI-641 extended on-time, V-627
temperature-to-frequency kelvm, I-fi:i3, 1-055. TT-fifi I TC, crystal-stabilized, Jl-151
couverter, Hi46, 1-168. 1-656, linear, III-642, I\'-574 interval, programmable, I-flfiO,
II-651-653, V-121 low-power. 1-655 II-678
temperatur~-to-time converters, meter, trinuned oulpul, 1-655 long-delay, l-21!.l, V-626
III-632-G83 remote, TT-659 1011.'(-duratlon, ll-675, lV-585
lhermocouples single-de: supply, IV-575 long-interval, T-fifi7, IV-G81, IV 582
a.mpWier, cokljunclion variable offset, I-652 long-period, V-024
mmpensa.tion, II-649 thermostats, 1-60D, 1-640. \i 60 long-lerm, ll-672, III-65!3
control, N-:ifi7 third-oveJtone oscillator, l-186, mairt~-powercd.IV-57!.l
multiplex system, III-030 IV-121 Ll!te-shot, Il-266, lli-:317, lll-654
thermometers (see thermometers) three-in-one test set, TTT-880 photographic. T-485
thermostat (see thermostats) three-minute timer, III-OG1 darkroom enlarger, TJJ-44G
thennostalic fwt switch, V-68 three-rail power supply, III-466 photo-event timer, IV-379
transconducer, I-646, l-649 lttrc~hold detectors, precision, reaction timer, game circuit, N-204
uncl~r-temperature switch, IV 570 lll-157 reflex timer, V-622
zero-rrossing cletect.or, J-733 tilt meter. Il-663-666, lll-644-646 t:JCH dc~ign, 1\i-583
746
self-retriggering timed-on three-hand active_ 1-676, lll-658 lrack-and-hold circuits, III-667,
generator, V-343 thrPe-ch:mnP-1, T-fi72 Ill-668
sequential, I-661-662, l-66:3, trebel control, V-G31 sample-and-hold circuit, 111-54U,
TTI-tlfll, V-623 tremolo circuit, IV -58D III-GG2
slide-show, III-111, TTI-44f~ voltune limiter, audio signal tracking circuits, III-G66-fifi8
solid-state, industrial applicatiom, amplifiPrs, V-59 posit.ivc/negative voltage reference.
I-664 Wien-bridge filter, IIT-6fi9 III-667
tele-timer, V-623 tone decoders, I-231, III-143 prerf!gulator, TTI-492
ten-minut.e TD timer, TV-584 dual Lime constant, 11-166 track-and-hold, TTT-Ofi7, TTT-608
three-minute, III-6fi4 24 vcrccut bamh~idUt. 1-215 train chuffer smmd effect. IT-fiflfl
three-stage sequential, V-028 relay output. I-213 lransceivers (_see also receivem;
Utwnbwheel-type, prograrrunable tone-dial derodP.r, T-680, I-631 tmnsmillcrs), 1V-5U5-603
iutcrval, 1-660 tonedetector.'l, GOO-Hz, TTT-154 transceivers
time-out cirl:uit, IV-580, 1V-586 tone-dial generator, I-629 17fi0-meter, V-646
triangle-wave generator, linear. Lone-dialing telephone, III-607 CE, 20-m, IV-ri96-598
III-222 tone cucodcr, 1-67 CW, 5 W, 80-met.er, JV-002
variable rluty-cyde output, JIT-240 subaudible, I-2!3 external microphone circuit., V-8fi1
voltage-controlled, programmable, tone-rlial encoder, I--629 hand-held, lii-3U, IIl-461
ll-676 two-wire, II-361 HF tra.nscl'ivcrlmixcr, IV-457
washer, I-668 lone generators (see sound ultrasonic, TTT-702, HI-704
watch tick timer, V-292 generators) transdur.er an1plifiers, T-80,
watchdog timer/alarm, IV -Gf!4 tone probe, digitai1C testing with, III-669-673
wide-range, V-I-minute to 400 II-G04 nut-response, tape, III-673
hours, V-625 tone ringer, tPlephone, II-080, TI-6:31 NAB preamp. Ill-673
ti.ming J.i.W_1t, i}(nition, 11-60 totem-pole driver. boot.'ltrapping, photocliode amplifier, III-672
timing threshold and load driver, 111-175 preamp, magnP.tic phono, III-671,
III-61R touch switches, 1-1:31,1-135-136, I- III-673
tone alert decoder, I-218 137, II-690-69:3, 111-661-665, tape playback, III-672
tone annunciator, transformerless, TV-fi90-594, V-632-635 voltage, differential-to-single-
lU-27-:::!t) CMOS, I-187 endcll, lll-670
tone burst gcncralors, 1-604, U-\JO, bistable multivihrator, tmJch- transducers, I-86
III-74 triggered, I-133 bridge t:ype, amplifier, Il-84, lll-71
tone circuits (see Iw1ction bridging touch plate sensor, V-634 detector, magnet.ir transducer,
generators; smmd generators) dinuncr, CMOI::l based, V-270 I-233
tone controls (see also .'lmmd double-button latdting, l-1!38 sonar, s\vitch and, III-703
generators), I-677, II-682-G89, hum-rietf!rting touch sensor, lcmpcrulure, remote sensor, I-640
Ill-656-660, IY-587-58[), V-334, IV-591 transformers, isolation transfonner.
V-630-631 lamp control, three-way, IV-247 V-849, V-470
500-Hz, III-1G4 low-current, 1-132 transistors and transi.'ltorizP.cl
active control, IV -GRR On/Off, II-69L lll-663, 1V-5U3 circuits
audio amplifier, II-686 latching switch, V-635 flashers, ll-236, III-200
automatic level control (ALC), line-hum, III-064 frequency triplcr, nonselective,
V-60-62 momentary operation, I- 188 saturated, II-252
bass,J-670, V-584, V-631 negative-triggered, III-062 h~arlphone amplifier, II-4.3
ha.'ls ami treble, I-674, V-631 on-only swilch, V-635 on/off .'lWit.ch for op amp, fV-546
Baxandall tone-r:ontrol audio positivc-lriggcrcd, lll-662 phototransist.or, V-279
amplifier, IV-588 sensor switch and dock, lV-5!.ll amplifier, V-409
decibel level detector.'l, III-1S1 single-plate sensor, V-633 variable-sensitivity, V-409
equalizers, III-658, II-684 switrh, V-633, V634, V-635 pulse generator, lV-437
filter circuit, V-1 kHz, V-191 time-on touch .'lritch, IV-fi94 sorter, I-401
guitar treble booster, 11-680 touchomatic, II-693 tester, T-401, TV-281, V-.306
high-quality, T-675 two-terminal, III-663 turn-on circuit, V-84fi
high-z input, hi fi, I-070 Touchtone generator, telephone, transmission indicator, II-211
level meters, sound levels, III-346, nr~oog transmitters (see also receivers:
III-614, 1V-:J05, IV-307 toxic gas deter.tor, II-280 transceivers), lll-674-691,
loudness, II-46 loy siren, II-575 TV-G9:J-008, V-636-649
microphone preamp, T-675, II--687 TH circuit, ll-532 2-meter, IV-600-601
mixer preamp, I-G8 TH switch for anlcmms, automatic, IO-meter DSB, V-G47
passive circuit, II-689 V-:37 27.125-MHz NBFM, V-637
preamplifiers, I-58, I-673, I-675, tracers acoustic-sounll transmitter, IV-311
11-687, U-688, III-657 audio reference signal, probe, I-527 amateur radio, 80-M, lll-675
rumble/scratch filler, Ul-660 bug, III-358 amateur TV, TV-.599
stereo preamp with tone control, closed-loop, III-356 ATV .TR transmitter, V-440 MHz,
V-581 receiver, III-357 V-610
747
transmitters (cont.) vacuum-lube, low-power, V-80/40- TT'L-to-MOS logic converter, II-125
audio, visible-light, V-261 M, V-642 TTL oscillators. I-179, I-613, IV-127
baby-alert, carrier-curreut circuit. voke-comm1mication, light-heam, lMHz to lOMHz, 1-178
V-95 V-2GO 1MHz lo 20Mllz, IV-127
htncon, Tn-08.1, TV-GO.:: VHF. III-081, III-684 crystal, TTL-compatible, J-179
broadcast, 1-to-2 MHz. I-680 tnmsvertcr, V-2-tu-6 meter, V-124 sine V>--ave/square oscillator, fV-512
carrier eurrcnl, l-144, 1-145. HI-79 treasme locator, lo-parts, 1-109 television display using, II-372
computer circuit, l-of-8 channel, trehle hoost.er, guitar, II-683 tube amplifier, high-voltage
III-100 tremolo circuits, I-59, I-598, isolatiou, IV -426
C'Nl transmitters, T-G81, III-684, III-692-605, IV-589 lwters
III-f\8G, III-678, III-690. IV-601. tri-color indica lor. V-232 antenna tuner, TV-14, V-38
V-648, V-64U lriac circuits, V-268 FM, I-231
DSB, 10-mctcr, V-647 Clc-voltage controller, TV-420 guitar and bass, II-362
fiberuplic, lll-177 contact. protection, TI-G81 turbo circuits, gJ.itdt free, lli-186
FMtransmitters, I-681, V-641 controller circuit, V-267, V-271 lurn-un circuit, V-345
27.125-MHz NRFM, V-687 dimmer s\vitches, I-375, II-310. lwung-twang circuit, II-592
19-MHz, V-018 III-303 twilight-triggered circuit, II-322
infrared, voice-modulated pulse, drive interface, direct de, I-266 r.win-T notch filters, III-403
IV-228 ntil:rocomputer-to-t.riar interfare, two-state siren, III-567
.light- !.Jearn, V-259 V-211 two-tone generator, 11-570
multiplex, ITT-fiSR microprocessor array, II-410 two-tune siren, III-562
one-transistor design. III-G87 relay-contact proleclion with, 11-5!31 two-way intercom, ITT-292
optical. I-361, I-367. II-417 swilch, iududivc load, IV-25!3 two's complement, D/A conversion
radio, V-648 tr.iAAer, I-421 system, binary, 12-bit, III-166
snooper, 111-680 voltage douhler, TTJ-46R
stereo; V-575, V-580 zero point switch, II-311 u
voice, ITT-678 zero voltage, I-623 U},.2240 staircase generator, 11T-587
wireless micmphone, III-G82, triangle-to-sine convcrter.ll-127 UHF-related circuits (.~mJ n.L~o
III-685, III-691 triangle/square wave oscillator, rarlio/rf circuit.'l)
half-duplex information 11-422, V-206 amplifier, J-560-565
transmission link, low-cost, triangle-wave generators, ITT-284, audio-to-UHF preamp, V-24
lll-67!1 v 203 broadband rf amplifiers, V-623
llF, low-power, fV-598 10-Hz r.o 10-kHz VCO. V-570 field-strength melers, IV-165
infrared, T-342, J-343, TT-289, JT-290, dock-driven, V-206 rf ampli11ers, UHF TV-line
ITT-27G, III-277, JV-22G-227, square/triangle-wave. lll-225, amplifier, fV-482, TV-488
IV-228 Ul-2!J!J, lll-242 source clipper, fV-299
headphones. V-227 t.Lmer, linear, III-222 TV preamplifier, III-546
puLsed l"or un/ulT control, V-228 triangle-wave oscillat.or, V-205 VHF/UHF rf diode switch, !V-644
line-carrier. with on/off, 200kHz, trickle charger, 12 V battery, I-117 VIIF/Ul!F rf preamplifier, V-5Hi
I-112 triggers wideband amplifier, 1-IifiO, TTT-264
low-frequency, III-682 50-MHz, Ul-064 U.J'T' rircuitR
MIDI transmitter, V-3U0 camera alarm, III-444 hat.t.ery chargers, III-56
modulated-light trmtSittitter. \i-258 nash, photography, xenon flash, metronome, II-355
Morse-code transntitter. V-6-W for rrr -447 monostable circuit, bias- volia~e
7-MHz, V-641 loacl-sen.'ling, V-286 change insensitive. II-268
mllltiplexed, 1-of-8 channP.l, IH-89i"i optical Schmitt, I-362 ultrasortic circuits (see also sound-
negative key-line keyer, IV-244 oscilloscope-triggered sweep, operated circuits), III-096-707,
optical, I-3G1, I-363, II-417, II-418. lll-438 fV-604-606, V-G50-653
IV-368 remote llW:Jh. 1-484 arc welcling inverter, 20KHz,
oscillator mtd, 27 and 49 Mliz, SCR series. optically mnplecl, III-700
I-680 IIHll cleaner, V-652-650
outpnt imlkator, JV-218 soundllight flash, I-482 i.nduclion heater, 120-KHz 500-W,
QRP. V-088-639, V-644-645 triac, I-421 III704
remote-control, V-50!.1. V-513 triggered sweep. add-on, I-472 pest-cont.roVrepel, I-684, II-685,
interface, V-511 tripler, nonselective,.t.ransi.'ltor III-69U, Ill-706, lll-707, IV-605-
ultrasonic, V-512 sat.nratwn, II-2G2 606
remote sensors, loop-type, TTI-70 t.rouhle tone alert, II-3 rml,l\ing system, III-697
television, III-f\70 TTL circuits receiver, HI-698, TTT-70fl
tradting transmitter, V-642 clock, widc-frcqueucy, Ill-85 Doppler ult.r.asouncl, V-651
transceiver, V-1750-meter, V-646 coupler, optical. III-416 remote-control receiver, V-513
lransntillreceivc sequencer, jo\ates, siren using, II-57fi remote-control transmitter, V-512
premnp, V-!348 Morse rode keyer, IT-2G sonar transducer/switch, lll-703
ultrasonic, 40kHz, I-685 sqnanH.o-triangle wave converter. sound source, IV-605
ultrasmmd, Doppler, V-6GI II-125 switch, 1-683
748
transceiver, HT-702, III~704 current source, voltage- audio!virleo S\\itcher circuit,
transmitter, 1-0flfl progr;umna\.Jil', IV-420 IV-540-541
Doppler ultrasound, V-651 rlr supply automatic TV tum-oft I-577
wtdervultuge detector/monitor, SCR variahle, IV-41fl buiTers, V-9:J
III-762, IV-1:38 step variable, IV-418 camera-image tracker, illtalug
tminterrupt.ible power supply, dual universal supply, 0-to-50 V, 6 voltage, fV-flOR-00!=1
II-462, III-477, V-471 A, fV-416-417 camera link, wireless, III-71fl
unity-gain amplifiers regulated supply, 2.5 A, 1.25-to- chronta demodulator with RGB
inverting, 1-:..15, 1-80 25 v matrix, 111-716
non.lnvertiltg, V-21, V-42 S\\'itch-selected fixed-voltage color amplifier, III-724
ultra high-Z, ac, II-7 supply, IV-419 color-bar generator, TV-614
unity-gain huffer switdtirtg regulator, low-power, commercial zapper, V-884-135
stable, speed and high-input III-490 composite-video signal text adrlPr.
impedance, II-6 switching, 100-KHz multipk- 111-716
wtity-gain follower, I-27 outpnt, TTI-488 converters
wUver::;al counters trar.king preregulator, lll-492 HGB-to-NTSC, 1V-611
JO.MH:.::, I-255, II-1:39 transformerless supply, IV-420 vir!Po a/d and dla, IV-610-611
10-MHz, ITT-127 uuiversal :J-!JOV, III-489 cross-hatch generator, color TV,
universal mixer stage, rn-:wo voltage rL'gulaturs for variable III-724
universal power supply, 3-30V, supplies, TTT-490, IIIA92, fV-421 dull! iltterface, TTL oscillator,
IH-489 variable current ~onrce, 1OOmA to II-372
up/down !.:Owlters 2A, II-471 de restorer, III-723, V-659
R-rligit, 11-184 vollage regulator, III-491 decoders
extreme cmmt freezer, ITI-125 VCR/TVonlulTcoJtLrol, V-11:3 NTSC-to-RGB, IV-fll3
XOR gate, III-105 vPhides (see automotive circuits) stereo TV. II-157, V-57G-G79,
VHF-rel:lt.erl circuits (see also V-5!:10
v radiolrf; televi~ion; TJHF) detector~
vacuum fluorescent display circuit, amplifiers, I-558 TF, MC130/MC1352 design, 1-688
TT-18fl cry~lal o~cillators, III-138-140 low-levPl video, I-687 689
vacuum gauge, automotive, rv-45 IIFNllF switchable active antenna, differential vidP.o loop-throngh
vapor detector, II-279 V-524 amplifier, V-fl57
varactor-tuned 10 MHz ceramic modulator. I-440, lll-684 fader, V-558
resonator oscillator, II-141 ton~ transmitter, TH-681 high-performance video switch.
variable current soillce. 100 rnA-to transmitter~, III-OR 1, 111-0fl4 III-728
2A, II-471 VHF/CHF diode rf S\\itch, fV-G44 IF amplifier, V-4.5-MHz sound,
variable-frequem:y inverter, VllF/UllF IT" preamplifier, V-516 V-flGS
complementary output, TTI-297 video circuit~, 111-713-728, IV -607- IF detector, amplifier,
variable-frequency oscillators (VFO) 021, V-OG4-662 MC1:30/MC1052, I-688
5 MH:.:: design, ll-551 amateur TV (A TV) dmwt line pulse extradur, lV-61::
4093 CMOS, V-421 converter, V-125, V-126 linP/bar generator, V-662
arljnstahle temperature amplifiers, \ideo, 1-688, I-690. loop-thrn amplifiPr, TV-616
compensation, V-420 I-692, ll1-:39.Hl-708-71::l, V-482, master circuit, video ma~ter,
amateur radio, V-532 IV-48!3. V-656, V-662 V-661
buffer amplifier, V-D2 7G-ohm video pulse, III-711 mixer, high-performance >ideo
CMOS design, V-418 buffer, lm\-distortion, lTT-712 mixer, IV-609
code practice oscilluturs, V-10:3 color, I-34, III-724 moclul;_>tors, I-437, l-439, ll-:371,
rf, V-6.5 MHz, V-fi29 de gain-controL III-711 TT-372, II-483. II-434
variable-gain amplifier, voltage- difTercnlial \ideo loop-through, monitors, HGR, blue box, ITI~99
controlled, 1-2R-29 V-657 monochrome-pattern generator,
variable-gain and sign op amp, II-40G FET cascade, I-691 IV-617
variable-gain circuit, accurate null, gain block, TTT-712 multiplexer. cascaded, 1-of-15,
III-69 IF, I-689, II-G87, V-flGG HI -!393
variable-state filters JFET bipolar cascade, I-692 MCX cable driwr
universal, V-17R line drivinJ.(, lll-710 multi-input, V-G57
variable oscillators, II-421 log amplifier, T~!38 two-input, V-657
audlo,--20Hz tu 20kHz, ll-727 output, V-GGG op amp circuits, 1V-615
duty-cycle, III-422 RGB, III-709 output amplifier, V-655
four-decade, single control, II-424 8lllruning, clamping circuit and, PALJNT8C decoder with HGB
sine-wave oscillator, low-distortion, lll-710 input, 111-717
III-558 TV amplilkrs, 1-688, 1-6\JO, III-09, palette, III-720
wide range, II-429 TV-482, TV-483 picture fixer/inverter, III-722
variable power supplies, III-487-492, variable-gain 1rirleo loop-through, preampli11er, 111-546. V-660
IV-414-421 V-05R rf amplifiers, TV sowtd system,
0- to 12-V, V-1 A, V-460 ATV >ideo sampler circuit, V-flfi(l V-519
749
video circuits (cont._) voice idcnlliier l"ur <Uuateur radio unipolar-to-dual supply, TTT-743
rf up-couverter for TVHO llSE', V -5.50 voltage-to-current converters,
subcarrier reception, TV-501 voir.e substitute, electronic, III-734 I-163, I-166, II-124, III-110,
RGR-r:ompoRitf! ronvf!rter, III-714 VOX circuit, IV -623 III-120, IV-118
sampler circuit, ATV video, V-656 Yoltage-conlrolled ru:nplificr (VCA), vultctgc-to-frequency converters,
satellite TV audio switcher. J-:31, l-598, lV-20 T-707, TTT-749-7;)7, N-68R-642
JV-543 attenuator for, TT-18 I Hz-to-lOMHz, III-754
selector. V-660 differential-to-single-enrlerl, III -6 70 1 Hz-to-30 MHz, III-750
signal-arrtplitmle mf!asurer, V-309 reference, I-36 1Hz-to-1.25 MHz. lll-755
signal damp, III-726 tremolo circuit, 1-588 5 Kllz-lu-2Mllz, Hl-752
sound, IFIFM IF amplifier with variable gain, 1-~8-2!.1 10Hz to 10kHz, 1-706, III-110
quadrature, 1-6\.JO vult.age-cuntrolied oscillators (VCO), accmate, TTT-7fifl
stereo-sowtd decoder, 11-167 I-702-704, U-702, ITT-735, differential-input, III-750
stereo TV decoder, V-.576-579, TV-fl2fi-fl30, V-003-007 function generators,
Y580 3-G V Fegulaterl output converter, potentiometer-position. IV-200
switching drcuits, lTT-719, Jll-72fl, III-739 low-cost, III-751
III-727, IV-618-621 10Hz to 10kHz, 1-701, III-735-741 low-frequency cunve1ter, 1V-641
video/audio switch, V-586 lhrec-dccade, V-666 negative input, I-708
wide band for RGU signals, V-587 555-VCO, IV-627 optocoupler, N-642
sync separator, III-715, IV-616 audio-frequency VCO, TV-020 positive input, I-707
sync stripper/video interface, ha~ic circuit, V-M6, V-GG7 precision, II-131
V-OG9 crystal oscillator, III-135, IV-124 preserved input, 111-753
transmitter, TV, III~676, IV-589 current sink, vollagc-cuntrolled, ultraprecision, I-708
TV sound system, rf amplifiers, IV-629 wide-range, III-751, ITT-752
V-519 driver, op-amp design, IV-362 voltage-to-puis<! rlmation
variabk-gailt video loop-through linear_ T-701, TV-62R converter, II-124
amplifier, V-658 triangle/square wave, II-2G3 voltage-ratio-to-frequency
VCR/TV on-off control, V-133 logarithmic sweep, III-738 converter, III-116
video. power, channel-select signal one-shot, II-266 voltage dclectur relay, battery
carrier, V-344-345 precision, 1-702, HJ-4!J1 char~er, II-76
wireless camera link, lll-71 rcslriclcd-rangc, lV-627 voltage doublers, III-459, TV-635,
VLFIVHF wideband anlcrma siue-wave oscillator. V-666 V-460
low-nuisl', active, V-33 sinusoidal 3-Hz to 800-kHz, V-flfl4- r.ascaderl, Cockcroft-Walton,
vocal elirn.inator, IV -19 (l(if"i IV-635
voice r.ommunkations stable, IV-372~373 triac-controlled, III-468
light-beam transmitter/receiver, square-wave generators, V-570 voltage followers, 1-40, 111-212
V-260 supply voltage spliller, 111-738 fast, I-34
personal message recorder, Uuee-decade, I-70:3 noninvf!rting, I-33
V-:3:30-3:31 TLOR2-ha.~erl, V-flOG signal-supp~y operation, amplifier,
vokf!-mail alert fm telephone, TMOS, balanced, III-736 III-20
V-007 t\vo-decade, high-frequency, 1-704 voltage inverters, precision, III-298
voice scrambler/descrambler, IV-26. varaclorlcss.IV-6:JO vulta,'le illdicators/meters (see also
lV-27 variable-capacitru:tce Wude- voltmeters), HI-758-772, IV-428
voice subgJ,ituLe, eler:Lrunic, 111-734 sparkecl, III -737 automotive hat.teryvoltage gauge,
voice-activated circuits (see also VHF oscillator, voltage-tuned, IV-47
sound-operated citTnits; TVA12R battery-voltage measuring
tel<!phone-relaterl circuits), III- waveform generator. III-737 regulator, lV-77
729-734, IV-622-624, V-545-555 wide-range, IV-627, lV-6~U comparator and, 11-104
ac line-voltage announcer, III-730 voltage-controller. pulse generator. five-step level detector, I-337
allophone generator, 111-?:.l:J lll-524 freque11cy counter, JJT-76f!
rnnplifier/switdt, 1-608 voltage eonverters!inverters, lTT-742- HTR, precision, I-122
computer spBech S}'llthesizer, 748, V-flOf!-009 level detectors, I-338, II-172,
ITI-782 12-to-16 V, III-747 III-75!J, III-770
dialed phone number vocalizer, dc-to-ac inverter, V-669 low-voltage illdicator, III-769
lll-701 de-tu-de, lll-744, III-746, V-669 monitor, V-81G
disguiser for voices, V-326-:327 flyback, high-effkiem:y, IIT-744 multiplexed cormnon-cathode LED
intercoms, V-239 fly hack -S\\itr.hing, self-oscillating, ADC, III-764
scanner voir.e squelch, IV -021 III-748 over/under monitor, III-762
scrambler, V-554 negative voltage, uP-controlled, peak prugrru:n detector, lll-771
speech detector, II-617, III-615 IV-117 solid-slate battery, I-120
stripper, vocal stripper, V-546-547 offline, 1.5-W, lll-746 ten-step level detector, T-335
switches, lll-580, lV-527 re~ulated 15-Vout 6-V driven, visible, I-338, ITT-772
switdt!ampliller, I-608, V-553 III-74.5 voltage freezer, III-763
vocal stnpper, V-546-547 splitter, TTI-748 voltage-level circuit, V-301
750
voltage multipliers, TV-631-637, Darlington, IV-421 step dowu, 1-493
V-670-672 Llual-lracking, Ill-462 variable current source wiUt
2,000 V low-current supply, IV-080- efficiency-irltpruvirl,l\ 8Wilching, voltage regulation, TV-470
6!37 IV-101 variable supplies, III-490, JIJ-491,
I 0,000 V de Sltpply._ JV-6:J:J fixed pnp, zeneJ' diodP, increases Jll-4!)2, IV-421, IV-468-470
corona \\ind generator, f\.'-633 oulpul. 11-484 ~:urrent sowce, lll-4!)0
doublers, III-459, N-fi3G tlxed-currenl rcgulalor, IV-467 zener design, progrmmnable,
cascaded, Cockcroft-Walton, fixed supplies, III-461, lll-468, IV-470
fV-635 III-171-177, TV-408. IV-462-467 voltage sources
rk:, V-672 flyback off-line, 11-481 millivoil, zenerless, I-696
triac-controlled, nr--468 foldback-current limiting, 11-478 progranunabic, 1-6!)4
laser power supply, TV-O::lO high- or low-input regulator, IV-4fifi voltage splitter, III-738
lo,v-frequency multipher, IV-82fl high-stability, l-4!_l!_l, 1-502, III-468 voltmeters, ITT-758
IH~e(alivc-ion generator. high- high-voltage power supplies, 1-50[1, 3.5 digit, I-710
voltage, l\-'-6:34 11-178, TTT-485, III-490 full scale, III-761
quadwpleT, de, V-671 induct.orles~, TTT-47fl lrue nns ac, I-713
tripler, TV-6:37, V-671 LM317 design, IV-400 4.5-di,l\il, lll-760
voltage probes, V-171 los8 culler_ V-467 ii-digit, TII-760
voltage references, III-772-77:) low-Llrupoul, 5-V, lll-461 ac, !II-70fl
bipolar source, lll-774 low-power, I 695, Ill-490 wide-band, I-71fi
digitally cuntruikd, 111-775 low-voltage, 1-!>02, 1-511 wide-range, III-772
Pxpamled-scale analo,l\ mdcr, linear, II-4138, IJI-1G9 add-on Utermometer for, III-640
III-774 mobile, l-4!_l8 bar-graph, I-99, II-54
posilive/negative, tracker for, MPIJ, multiple oulpul, 1-513 de, III-708
lll-667 negative, I-498, I-499.lll-474, high-input re~i~tance, TTJ-762
variable-voltage reference source, TV-1fi!l low-drift, V-301
TV-:327 npnlpnp boost, TII-47;) digilal voltmeters (DVM), III-4
voltage rPgulators, I-50L l-511, off-line flyback regulator, TT-481 3 ..5-digit, coHunon anode display.
II-484, III-1BG pnp. 11-484 T-71:3
0- to 10-Vat 3A, adjustable, I-G11 positive, 1-4U8.1ll-471, Ill-475 ::l.fl-digit, full-scale, fow-decade,
0-lo 22-V, I-510 pre-re,..;ulatur8, 11-482,111-480, III-701
0-lu 30-V, 1-510 TTT-492 3.76-digit, I-711
:3 A, III-472 programmable, f\.'-470 4.5-cligit, III-760
:i V, low-dropout, III-461 projection lamp. 11-80:-i 4.5-digil, LCD display, I-717
:) V, I A, T-GOO PUT, UO V :rms, II-479 auto-calibrate circuil, 1-714
5 V, ultrastahle referem:P, 1-497 railialion-hardened 125A linear automatic m111ing, I-712
6 A. variable output switching, regulator, Il-468 interface and temperature sensor,
I-513 remote shnt.rlown, J.-,510 II-647
8- from G-V regulator, Y-46!:1 SCR preregulator for, II-182 LED rcadoul, IV-286
10 A, I-510 8inglc supply voltage regulator, temperature sensor and DVM, 64 7
10 A, adjustable, III-192 II-471 FFJ'f, 1-714, HJ-765, III-770
10 V, high-stability, III-468 sensor, LM!317 regulalur sensing, high-input resistancP, TTT-768
15 V, 1 A, remole sense, I-499 fV-400 JFET, V-318
15 V, slow-tun t-un, lll-477 short-r.ircuit. protection, low- LED expanded scale, V-311
-IS Vnegative, I-499 voltage, I-502 millivoltmcters, Ill-767, III-769,
45 V, 1 A ~-witching, IA99 single-ended. I-493 JV-289, IV-294, IV-2!)5
[10 V :rms voltage regnlator with single-supply, II-471 ac, T-716
PUT, II-479 slow-tw'll-onl5 V.I-4DU audio, TII-707, TH-769
100 Vrrns, l-4U6 step-down, I-49:3 de, IV-29!>
200 kH:.:, 1-491 ~tep-np, TT-7fl four-range, IV-289
ac. TTT-477 s'\-itching supplies, I-491, I-492. ltigh-input impedance, I-715
adju~table ont.pnt, Hl06, I-512 l-4U3. I-497, I-498, I-51.1, II-78, LED readout, IV-2!.14
application circuit, I-192 III-472, 1U-476.lll-4UO, IV-408, rf, 1-40:), TTT-766
aulomolive circuits, III-48, N-G7 TV-46!3, V-45:3 voltoluruneter~ (VOM)
battery J-lUWL'r suppliers, I-117, 3-A, III-172 Held slrength, I-276
IV-77 3 \V, application cirr.uit, 1-492 phase meter, digilal readout,
bucking, high-voltage, III-481 5 V, 6 A 25kHz. separate TV-277
combination voltagekJui<ent ultrastabic reference, I-497 volume amplifier, II-46
regulator, V-455 6 A, va.riallk uulpul, l-51:3 volume control circuits, TV-643-645
couunu11 hot-lead regulator, IV-4fi7 200 kHz.--T-491 telephone, II-G23
constant volta,llc/conslanl current. high-current inductorless, III-476 volume indicator, audio amplifier,
l-:i08 low-power. III-190 IV-212
current and thermal protectiu11, 10 multiple output, for use with volwne limiter, audio signal
amp, II-474 .MPU, 1-51:3 amplifiers, V-59
751
VOR signal simulator,_IV-273 sine-wave generators, IV-505, weight scale. d4lital, Il-398
vox box, II-fi82, IV-02~ IV-506, V-541, V-542, V-543, V-544 Wheel-of-Fortune game, TV-200
Vpp generator, EPROM, II-114 60Hz, IV-507 whistle, steam locomotive, II-589,
VU meters, III-487 audio, II-564 III-568
extended range, II-487, I-715 LC, TV-G07 who's first game circuit, 111-244
LED display, IV-211 LF, IV-512 wide-range oscillators, I-69, I-720,
oscillator, audio, Hl-559 TU-425
w square-wave and, tunable wide-range peak detectors, III-152
waa-waa circuit, II-590 oscillator, TIJ-2:12 hybrid, 500 kHz-1 GHz, III-205
wailers (see alarms; sirens) VLF' audio tone, IV-508 instrumentation, lll-281
wake-up call, electronic, 11-324 sine/square wave generators, I-65, winiature, III-265
walkrnru1 ampWler, II-456 III-232, IV-512 UHF amplifiers, high-performanc:e
warblers (see alarms; sirens) square-wave generators, Il-594-600, FF:Ts, III-2fi4
warning devices lll-225, III-239, III-242, IU-583- '"idehanrl amplifiers
auto lights-on warning, II-55 585, IV-529-536, V-fit1R-S70 low-noise/low-drift, I-38
high-level, I-387 1kHz, TV-5~0 tv.'o-stage, I-089
high-speed, I-101 2 MHz using two TTL gates, II-598 rf, IV-489, IV-490, lV-491
light, ll-320, lll-317 555 timer, II-5!.15 HF, IV-492
low-level, audio output, J-391 astable circuit, lV-534 JFE'l', IV-493
speed, I-90 astable multivibrator, II-fi97 MOSFET, IV-492
varying-frequency alarm, II-57() CMOfl Gfifi astable, true rail-to-rail, two-CA3100 op amp design, lV-491
water-level sensors (see fluid and TI-590 unity gain irtvertir~, I-35
moisture detectors) duty-cycle multivibrator, 111-50- wideba.nd signal splitter, TII-G82
water-temperature ga.uge, percc.nt, HI-584 '"idehanrl two-pole high-pass filter,
automotive, IV-44 four-decade design, IV-5:35 II-215
wattmeter, I-17 high-current osr:illator, III-SR5 Wien-bridge filter, Ill-65!.1
wave-shaping circuits (see also line frequency, II-599 notch fl.lter, 11-40:~
waveform generators), low-frequency TTL oscillator, Wien-bridge oscillators, I-62-63,
IV-646-651 II-595 l-66, I-70, II-566, Jll-429, ITI-fiG8,
capacitor for high-slew rates, IV-650 multiburst generator, Il-88 IV-371, TV-377, IV-Gll, V-415,
clipper, glitch-free, JV-648 rnultivibrator, TV-5:36 V-4Hl, V-G11
flip-flop, SIR, IV-fiGl oscillators, I-613-614, I-616, CMOS chip in, II-568
harmonic generator, IV-649 U-596, TI-597, IT-61fi, TV-532, low-distortion, thermally stable,
phase shifter, IV-647 IV-G~~ lll-557
rectifier, full-wave, lV-650 phase-tracking, three-phase, low-voltage, III-432
signal conditioner, IV-649 II-5!.18 sine wave, 1-flfl, J-70, JI-GUG, IV-510.
wavefonn generators (.~ee aL~o burst pullie extractor, III-584 IV-51~
generators; function generators; quarlrature-outpnts oscillator, single-supply, III-558
sound generators; square-wave III-585 thcnnally stable, 111-557
generators; wave-shapin,IS sine-wave and, tunable oscillator, three-decade, IV-510
circuits), II-269, II-272, III-232 variable, TIT-424
V-200-207 three-phase, II-600 very-low-distortion, IV-513
AM bmadc:ast.-band, IV-~02 tone-burst generator, single timer wind-powered battery charger, Il-70
AMJIF, 455kHz, IV-301 rc, n-89 windicator, I-330
audio, precision, III-230 triangle-wave and, III-225, III-23D, window circuits, ll-106, III-90, III-
four-output, lll-223 III-242 776-781, IV-655-659, V-673-674
harmonic generators, I-24, III-228, TTL, LSTTL, CMOS designs, comparator, IV-656-657, fV-fifi8,
IV-649 !V-530-5!32 IV-659, V-299, V-074
high-frequency, Il-l GO variable duty-cycle, IV-533 rlf)ter:tor, I-23G, III-776-781, IV-658
high-speed generator, I-723 variable-frequency, fV-fi3fi digital frequency window, III-777
pattern generatorlpolar-to-rect. staircase generators, I-730, discriminator, III-781, V-674
converter, V-288 II-601-602, III-586-588, generator, IV-657
precise, II-274 IV-443-447 high-input-impedance, TI-l 08
ramp generators, 1-540, II-S21-523, stepped waveforms, IV-447 winrlshielrl wiper circuits (see
III-525-527, IV-443-447 sweep generators, I-472, III-438 automotive circuits)
555 based, V-203 triangle-wave, III-234, V-203, wire tracer, U-343
accurate, lll-526 v-205, v -206 wireless microphones (see
integrator, initial condition reset, square wave, I-726, 111-225, microphones)
III-527 Ill-239, IH-242, V-206 wireless spPaker .'ly.'ltem, IR, III-272
linear, JJ-270 timer, linear, III-222 wiring
variable reset level, II-267 two-functioJt, IH-234 ac outlet tester, V-318
voltage-controlled, II-523 VCO and, III-7~7 ac wiring locator, V-!317
sawtooth generator, III-241, JV-444, wavemeter, tuned RF, IV-302 two-way switch, V-591
IV-446, V-204, V-205, V-491 weather-alert decoder, IV-140 write muplifiers, III-18
752
X z voltage regulator, prograrrunable,
N-470
xenon flash triAAer, slave, IU-447 Z80 clock, II-121
XOR gates, TV -107 zappers, battery, II-64, II-UG, II-68 zero crossing detector, I-732, I-733,
complementary signals generator, zener diodes II-173
lli-226 clipper, last and synunetrical, N -3'29 zero meter, suppressed, I-716
oscillator, lll-429 inr:reasing power ratil),l.(, 1-4!:16, ll-485 zero-point switches
up/clown cmmter, III-105 limitP.r using one-zener design, IV- temperature control, UI-624
2fi7 triac, ll-311
test set, V-321 zero-voltage switches
y tester, T-.400 dosed contact half-wave, III-412
yelp oscillator/siren, II-577, III-562 variable, I-507 solid-state, III-410, Ul-416
753
COMPLETE YOUR ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
LIBRARY WITH VOLUMES 1 THROUGH 4
"Outstanding ... Alf of the circuits use the latest
in state-of-the-art technology and my be used
in the home or industry." -Electron
''A virtual treasure-house of circuits . .. an Invalu-
able reference tool for every hobbyist, techni-
cian student, and design professional."
-Electronics for You
SAVE 40%-Get thousands of

ClfCUifS andproject ideas 1n the
4-volume set for only $149.95
(regularly $240. 00)
3 Easy Ways to Order

~ 18008228158
I, CALL
'""'-~
2. FAX 1-717-7945291
\-. 3. Mall This Order Form to:
.1#- McGraw-HII, Inc.
Blue Ridge Summit, Pa. 17294
Book I Oly Title Pnce

#5861488 Encyclopedia at Flec1romc C11Cu1IS Vol 14
1151332 4 Encyclopedia ol tleclromc C11Cu11S Vol l
It you can imagine it, it's in here. The more than 4,000 circuit 115~49 3 lnc,clopedla ot ttectronc CncUIIs Vol 2
schematics found in volumes l through 4 of the Encyclopedias #155814 4 Encyclopedia ol Electromc Cncu1IS Vol 3
of Electronic Circuits will complete your Electronic Circuits library, Enc,clopedla of Uectromc Crcu1!S Vol 4
1011042 5
providing all you need on any circuit imaginable. You'll get clear,
D-
concise data on each circuit's configuration and function for your Subtotal
f---
projects, designs or applications. Each guide is meticulously State & local Sales fa~
indexed and cr.oss-referenced for easy application. f---
sh1ppmg & Handling I 15.75
YOU GET: Charge my Total L.._
Volume 1:
Dl ~I D~ D[il]
Featuring circuits from alarms to zero cross detection Acct.# _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Exp _ __
768 pp.. 1.762 lllus. # 157332-4 $60.00 $39.95
Signature--------------
Volume 2:
Circuits covered range from fiber optics to thermal reactors. 0 Check or money order enclosed made payable
732 pp.. 1.100 illus #155949-3 $60.00. . $39.95 to McGraw-Hill
Volume 3: Name - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Covers everything from antenna to voltage circuits. Address - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
840 pp .. 1.300 illus #155814-4 $60.00. . $39.95 1
I City - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Volume 4: 1 State _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip _ _ _ _ __
Volume 4 How-tos on using: automotive, security. computer-!
related. audio. ultrasonic. and video circuits. Also included is an 1 Signature ----------~~~~
(otter 10vE1hd Without sgnature) Cod&SP9<CZZA
Index to find the circuits you need in any of the four volumes. 1 "Order:~ ll!Mk:l&tll& U.S. and Canada m..,.lbco pl"fll'ak:l In U.S. CI-"Cirawn
768 pp.. 1,000 illus # 011042-5 $60.00 . $39.95 I on U.S. banll::l and lnduCI& an IIOdlllonal $5.00 lor poa~aS- alld handll~.

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 5

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 5

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Rudolf F.

Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

Library of Congress Cataloging-In-Publication Data

Authors for v. 5- :Rudolf F. Graf & William

Acquisitions Editor: Roland S, Phelps

The Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits, Volume V adds approximately I 000 new

Rudolf F. Graf and William Sheets

High-Power Alarm Driver Exit Delay for Burglar Alarms

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-1

MULTI-LOOP PARALLEL ALARM

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-2

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-3

PARALLEL LOOP ALARM CLOSED-LOOP ALARM

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-4

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-6

The circuit is activated by an LED/photorcsistor isolator (Ul), which is a combination of a light-

+220 1'-F 100 kil

IC1 NE556 dual time

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 1-9

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-10

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-11

GND 1 k!l 6.8k{l

+12V +12 v +12V +12V

r-> 10k{l 10 kfl

Darkness Light Cold Heat

WILUAM SHEETS FIG. 1-12

"( pcos [M F C1 ,C2....... .047 Disc Capacitor

1991 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 1-13

EXIT DELAY FOR BURGLAR ALARMS

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-14

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-15

LIGHT-BEAM ALARM FOR INTRUSION DETECTION

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 1-16

ELECTRONICS NOW FIG. 1-17

PRECISION LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 118

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 119

LIGHT-BEAM ALARM PREAMPLIFIER

Photo >-..-o output

100kil 100kil 2.2Mn

___ c_ri_~bo_, __'_'_"_"_, j; ~:

100 k!l 1 Mfl R3

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 1-21

HIGH-OUTPUT PULSED-TONE/LIGHT-ACTIVATED ALARM

ALARM SOUNDER FOR FLEX SWITCH

Plastic outer sheath

T1 D1 -BZ..... .......................... Metal Hom Buzzer

1991 PE HOBBYIST HANDBOOK FIG. 1-25

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 1-26

A sensor switch triggers a set-reset flip flop and lights an LED.

Difference Amplifier Electret Mike Preamp

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-2

NONINVERTING ac AMPLIFIER INVERTING SUMMING AMPLIFIER

RIN =-R3 .L 1v 2 vV3 )

Vour =R1 R2 v,.

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-5 POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-6

NONLINEAR OPERATIONAL MOSFET HIGH-IMPEDANCE

High-impedance biasing method for an N-

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 2-10

POPULAR ELECTRONICS FIG. 2-9 This bootstrapped source follower uses an

27om MPF 102 MPF 102

WILLIAM SHEETS FIG. 2-11

ELECTRET MIKE PREAMP DIFFERENCE AMPLIFIER

- 2.2 k!l 471-LF